This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at http : //books . google . com/|
Digitized by
Google
^migm
\ %t\i^T\iK VfeRlTAS
... ,, t - .
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
1
Digitized by
Google
i^
Digitized by
Google
A DICTIONAEY
DENTAL SCIENCE
CONSISTING OF
WORDS AND PHRASES USED IN DENTAL LITERATURE AND SUCH
WORDS OF THE COLLATERAL SCIENCES AS RELATE TO THE ART
AND SCIENCE OP DENTISTRY, WITH THEIR PRONUNCIATION,
DERIVATION AND DEFINITION
\-
BY
L. PIERCE ANTHONY, D.D.S.
ASSOCIATE BDITOR OF THE "dENTAL COSMOS"; CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON
NOMENCLATURE OF THE AMERICAN DENTAL ASSOCIATION
ILLUSTRATED
LEA & FEBIGEK
PHILADELPHIA AND NEW YORK
1922
Digitized by
Google
Dentistry
KK
COPYKIGHT
LEA & FEBIGER
1922
PRINTED IN U. S. A.
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE.
The aim of the author of this work has been to produce an up-to-
date dental dictionary sufficiently full to meet the requirements of
all classes of dental practitioners and students of dentistry. Only
those words from the collateral sciences have been included with which
it is felt the dentist and dental student should be familiar as relating
definitely to his own specialty.
In some instances, however, words have been included that do not
come strictly within the scope of dentistry, but they have been incor-
porated for the purpose of aiding those interested in dental nomen-
clature in making use of the root words and combinations in the
formation of new words related particularly to the technical phase
of dentistry.
Realizing, as must all who have had to do with dental literature,
the need of a definite place of record of distinctly technical dental
terms, the author has had the temerity, at the risk of criticism that
comes to all authors, to undertake a task that presented numerous
obstacles which had to be surmounted before the work could come to
fruition. The helpful advice and kindly encouragement he has
received from nimierous professional friends, to say nothing of the
personal benefit that the pursuit of such a work has afforded, more
than recompenses the energy expended and the sacrifice consequent
upon the drudgery of the task.
Special consideration has been given to the matter of pronunciation,
adopting the simple and easily comprehended plan of dividing the
words into their natural syllabic divisions, with the acute accent
mark to designate the accented syllable, thus eliminating the con-
fusion so often attendant upon the phonetic method of pronuncia-
tion, yet indicating with accuracy the exact pronunciation of the
words.
Digitized by
Google
IV PREFACE
The derivation of the words has been given as fully as the dictionary
style permits. The derivative words from the Greek language have
been transliterated to the Italic characters for the sake of the increas-
ingly large class of students who are unfamiliar with the Greek
characters.
No effort has been made to produce a work of an encyclopedic
nature, the words being defined in as concise manner as is consistent
with clearness. Many phrases have been included and these are given
both under the noun and the qualifying word to facilitate convenience
of consultation.
The author is fully conscious of the shortcomings of his effort,
but presents it to the profession with the sincere hope that it may con-
tribute in its modest way to the nation-wide effort that is at present
being put forth for the elevation of the educational status of the pro-
fession as a whole.
The author welcomes this opportunity to express publicly his
sincere appreciation of the assistance afforded him in the compila-
tion of the present work by the late Dr. George H. Wilson, Dr. J. L.
Appleton, Jr., Dr. Arthur Hopewell-Smith, Dr. William K. Gregory,
Dr. John O. McCall, Mrs. Carrie Kirk Bryant, Dr. Arthur D. Black,
Dr. Hermann Prinz, Dr. Edward C. Kirk, Dr. J. P. Buckley and
others, without which kindly assistance he would not have been able
to present the work in its present form. He also wishes to express
his deep appreciation of the material aid in proofreading and helpful
suggestions volunteered by his friend and associate, Mr. John Lang-
don, of the Dental Cosmos staff, and to the publishers for their many
courtesies which have aided in surmounting some of the obstacles
that beset the path of the lexicographer. L. P. A.
Philadelphia, 1922.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ABBREVIATIONS AND SIGNS.
Abbr Abbreviation.
At. wt Atomic weight.
A. S Anglo-Saxon.
ay Avoirdupois.
C Centigrade.
cc Cubic centimeter.
cf. . . . (L. Confero) Compare.
cm Centimeter.
cwt Hundred-weight.
dim Diminutive.
ext Extract.
P Fahrenheit.
fl. dr Fluidrachm.
fl. oz Fluidounce.
fl. ext Fluidextract.
Ft French.
gen Genitive.
Oer German.
gm Gram.
Or Greek.
gr Grain.
Ital Italian.
L Latin.
ft Micron.
min Minim.
N. P. National Formulary.
N. L. New or Modern Latin.
neg Negative.
O. E Old English.
O. P., O. Pr. . . . Old French.
Pers Persian.
pi Plural.
priy Privative.
B Reaumur.
If Recipe.
sp.gr Specific Gravity.
Sp Spanish.
sym Sjrmbol.
U. S. P. U. S. Pharmacopeia,
wt Weight.
Signs.
° Degree.
5 Dram.
< From.
5 Ounce.
+ Plus or and.
' Accent.
S Scruple.
To.
= Equal.
Explanatory Notes.
In designating the dosage of drugs, where the metric unit is not specifically
indicated, the dosage is understood to be cubic centimeter (cc.) for fluid and gram
(gm.) for dry measure.
As a means of distinguishing a hyphenated compound from the syllable division
of words, the German double hyphen ( * ) is used as the hyphen and the ordinary
hyphen ( - ) for the syllabic division.
Digitized by
Google
ANTHONY'S
DENTAL DICTIONARY
a- or an». 1. Used as a prefix in words
of Greek origin to signify without or
not, 2. Used as a prefix in words
of Latin origin to indicate separation.
KKt ia (G. ana J of each). An abbre-
viation used in prescription-writing,
signifying of each,
ab. Latin preposition meaning from.
ab- (L. aby from, away). A prefix indi-
cating from or away,
ab-a-]i-en-a^tk>n (L. ah, from + alienare,
to estrange). Mental derangement.
ab-ar-fhro'sis (L. ab, from + Gr.
arthrosis, a joint). A joint that is
freely movable, as the shoulder joint.
ab-ar-tic'u-lar (L. ab, from + articulare,
to join). Away from a joint.
ab-ar-tic-a-la^tion (L. ab, from +
articulare, to join). 1. A disloca-
tion. 2. A freely movable joint.
a-ba'sia (Gr. a, without + basis, step).
Defective coordination of the lower
limbs; inability to walk.
ab-az'i-al, ab-az'ile (L. ab, from + axis,
axis). Away from the axis of the
body or any part.
Abbott's method [Alexander C. Abbott,
contemporary Philadelphia bacteriol-
ogist] . A method of staining spores :
the specimen is covered with methy-
lene-blue and brought to boiling
point several times; it is then decolor-
ized with 2 per cent solution of nitric
acid in 80 per cent alcohol, and
1
ABIOSIS
dipped in a saturated alcoholic solu-
tion of eosin 10 parts and water 90
parts. The spores are stained blue,,
and the bodies of the bacilli, pink.
A. B. C. liniment. A liniment com-
posed of equal parts of liniments of
aconite, beUadonna, and chloroform.
ab-do'men (L, abdere, to hide). That
part of the body lying between the
diaphragm and the pelvis. The
ab-doml-nal. Eelatmg to the abdo-
men.
ab-du'cens (L., leading away). A
term applied to muscles that draw
the related part away from the
median line of the body.
a. oris. The levator anguli oris
muscle.
ab-duct' (L. ab, from + ducere, to draw).
To draw away from the median line.
ab-duc^tion (L. ab, from + ducere, to
lead). The act of drawing away
from the axis of the body.
ab-duc^tor. See Table of Muscles,
ab-er-ra^tion (L. ab, from + errare, to
wander). An abnormal or disor-
dered state of the intellect.
ab-i-o-gen'e-sis (Gr. a, without + Uos,
life + genesis, generation). Spon-
taneous generation; the production
of living beings from matter not
alive.
ab-i-o'sis (Gr. a, without + Uos, life).
Absence of Ufe.
(1)
Digitized by
Google
ABIOTIC
ab-i-otlc. Opposed to life.
ab-ir'ri-tant (L. a6, from + irrilare,
to irritate). 1. Relieving irritation;
soothing. 2. An agent that relieves
irritation.
ab-ir-ri-ta^tion. Lessened responsive-
ness to stimulation.
ab-late' (L. a6, from + latumy from
ferrey to carry). To remove, espe-
cially by cutting.
ab-la'tion. The act of removing a
part, as a tumor, by excision.
ablu-ent (L. ab, away + luere, to wash).
1. Cleansing. 2. An agent that
cleanses; a detergent.
ab-lu^tion. The act of cleansing or
washing the body.
ab-nor'mal (L. a6, from + normaj rule).
Not normal; contrary to the usual.
ab-nor-mal^i-ty, ab-nor'mi-ty. That
which is abnormal; a malformation.
ab-o'ral (L. a6, from + os, oris, the
mouth). Away from the mouth.
a-bort' (L. db, from + ortus from oriri,
to grow). 1. To bring to an end
before complete development. 2.
To miscarry.
a-bor'tion. The arrest of a process
before its normal completion, as the
abortion of an abscess.
a-bor'tiye. Incompletely developed.
ab-ra'dant. An agent that causes
abrasion.
ab-rade^ (L. abraderey to scrape). 1.
To rub or scrape off. 2. To wear
away from mechanical rubbing.
ab-ra^sion 1. A rubbing or wearing
away of the teeth. 2. A spot that
has been rubbed bare.
a. of enamel. A term applied to
the rapid wasting and destruction of
enamel and dentin by friction set
up by foreign bodies. [Hopewell-
Smith.]
ab-ra^siye. 1. An abrading substance.
2. Tending to abrade.
abS" (L. ah, away, from). A prefix
meaning away or from. The form
which ab- takes before c, q, t.
ab'scess (L. abscessusy from a6s, from,
+ cederey to go). A collection of pus
in a cavity in the body formed by
the disintegration of tissue.
S ABSORBENT
acute a. An abscess resulting from
an acute inflammation of the part in
which it is formed.
alveolar a., apical a. An abscess
located in the periodontal membrane
and bony tissues immediately sur-
rounding the apex of the root of a
tooth, usually resulting from the
death of the pulp.
blind a. An abscess without a
fistulous or other opening. See
granuloma.
chronic a., cold a. An abscess of
comparatively slow development
with little evidence of inflammation.
dento^alveolar a.' See alveolar a.
diffuse a. One in which the pus is
diffused through the surrounding
tissues.
dry a. One that disappears without
pointing.
gangrenous a. One accompanied by
gangrene of the surrounding parts.
lateral a. Same as periodontal a.
parietal a. Same as periodontal a.
periapical a. An abscess at the apex
of the root of a tooth.
pericemental a. An abscess lo-
cated in the periodontal membrane
other than at the apical area.
peridental a., periodontal a. An
abscess located in the periodontal
membrane.
abs. feb. Abbr. for L. absente febre,
in the absence of fever.
ab-sorb^ (L. ab, from + sorbere, to
suck). The process of taking mate-
rial into the body through the lym-
phatics or blood-vessels.
ab-sor-be-fa'ci-ent (L. absorbere, to
absorb + facere, to make). 1. Pro-
moting absorption. 2. An agent
that promotes absorption.
ab-sor^ent (L. db, from + sorbere, to
suck). 1. An agent that takes up
moisture. 2. An agent that pro-
motes absorption.
a. cotton. A specially prepared
cotton, as absorbent cotton, spunk
or bibulous paper used for drying
cavities in teeth.
a. organ. The delicate vascular
structure spread over portions of the
roots of the deciduous teeth, during
the period when they are about to be
Digitized by
Google
ABSORPTION
shed. It is derived from the outer
layer of the dental capsule of the
permanent teeth.
ab-sorp'tion (L. ab, from + sorhere, to
suck). The taking up of fluids by
the skin, mucous sunaces or walls
of the alimentary canal. Applied
particularly to the taking up of
nourishment as compared to resorp-
tioUj which means the taking up of
products or tissues originating in the
ab-ster'gent (L. ahstergerey to cleanse).
1. Cleansing. 2. A cleansing medi-
cine.
ab'stract (L. abstractum^ from ahstra-
here, to draw away). A powder
made from a drug or its fluidextract
representing twice the strength of
the original drug or extract.
a-bat\ To touch; come in contact
with.
a-but'ment. 1. A structure which
supports. 2. In dentistry, a tooth
to which a bridge is anchored; a
natural tooth or root utilized as an
attachment for a bridge; also called
pier.
a. c. Abbr. for L. ante cibunif meaning
before meals.
Aca'cia (L. acacia; Gr. akakia). 1.
A genus of leguminous trees of many
species, some producing gum arabic
and others catechu. 2. Gum arabic.
ac-cel-e-ra'tion (L. acceleratiSf a has-
tening). Increased activity of a
bodily function.
ac-cel'e-ra-tor. Any nerve or muscle
that hastens the performance of a
function.
ac-ces-so^ri-us or-bic-u-la'ris m-te'n-
or. See Table of Mitscles.
ac-ces-80^ri-as or-bic-u-la'ris su-pe'-
ri-or. See Tables of Muscles.
ac-ces'so-ry (L. accessorius). Addi-
tional; supplementary or affording
aid to another and generally more
important organ.
ac-cip^i-ter (L., hawk). A bandage
with tails like the talons of a hawk.
ac-cre^tion (L. od, to + crescere. to
grow). 1. The process by which
nutrient particles are added to
a tissue. 2. An accumulation of
foreign matter in a cavity or on the
teeth.
( ACETRAL
A. C. E. mixture. An anesthetic mix-
ture of one part of alcohol, two of
chloroform and three of ether.
a-ce-pha'lia, a-ceph'a-lism, a-ceph^a-
ly, a-ceph'a-lous (Gr. a, without +
kephalCt head). Congenital absence
of the head.
a-ce-tan'i-lid (acetic + anilin). A
white crystalline solid produced by
combining glacial acetic acid with
anilin. Analgesic and antipyretic,
used in neuralgia and rheumatism.
Dose, 2 to 10 gr. [0.133 to 0.666 gm.].
a-ceHic (L. acetum^ vinegar). Relating
to vinegar; sour.
a. acid. See add. The acid prin-
ciple C2H4O2 that characterizes
vinegar.
ac'e-tol. 1. A proprietary remedy for
toothache. 2. A ketone alcohol, de-
rived from sugars by the action of
alkalies.
ac^e-to-mor-phin. Heroin.
ac^e-tone. An inflammable, colorless
liquid with an acrid taste and pene-
trating odor; dime thy 1-ketone,
CHaCOCHj. It is an anesthetic
and anthelmintic and is used as a
solvent in making oleoresins. Dose,
1 cc [15 mins.j. Used for dissolving
gutta-percha in making a coating
for the hands of the surgeon.
ac-e-to-ni'tril. Methyl cyanid; CH3-
CN, a colorless volatile liquid.
ac-e-to-py^rin. A white, crystalline
compound of antipyrin and aceto-
salicylic acid; used in rheumatism
and neuralgia. Dose, 5 to 10 gr.
[0.333 to 0.65 gm.].
ac-e-tor-fho-toru-id. An antipyretic,
C9H11NO: less toxic than acetanilid.
Dose, 2 to 5 gr. [0.1 to 0.3 gm.].
a-cet'o-zone. A crystalline compound
soluble in alcohol, oils and ether.
Used as a germicide and antiseptic,
and as a dusting powder and oint-
ment. Dose, 3 to 5 gr. [0.2 to 0.33
gm.].
a-cet-phe-netl-din. The official name
for phenacetin.
ac-e-tral'. A solution of acetate of
aluminum; used in dilution as an
astringent and antiseptic mouth-
wash.
Digitized by
Google
ACETUM
ac'e-tum, pi. aceta, (L.). 1. Vinegar;
acetic acid. 2. A medicinal solution
of a drug in vinegar.
a-cet'y-lene. A colorless inflammable
gas, C2H2, a constituent of coal gas.
ache [ak]. A continuous fixed pain.
a-cheiHa, a-chiHa (Gr. a, without +
cheilasj lip). Congenital absence of
one or both lips.
a-cheilous. Having no lips.
a-chon-dro-pla'sia (Gr. a, without +
chondroSf cartilage + plassein, to
form). Defective formation of car-
tilage at the epiphyses of long bones,
producing a form of dwarfism; some-
times seen in rickets.
a-chro-ma'sia (Gr. achromas, colorless).
1. Lack of normal skin pigmenta-
tion. 2. Absence of usual staining
reaction in a tissue or cell.
a-chro-matlc (Gr. a, without + chro-
matikos, pertaining to color). 1.
Producing no discoloration; staining
with difficulty. 2. Containmg achro-
inatin. 3. Color-blind.
a-chro'ma-tin, achromatism. (Gr. a,
without + chroma J color). The
faintly staining portion of the cell
nucleus.
a-chro-mat'o-phil (Gr. a, without +
chroma J color 4- philein^ to love).
Having no aflfinity for stams. Tissue
that does not stain easily.
a-chyHa- (Gr. a, without + chylos,
chyle). 1. Absence of chyle. 2.
Absence or lack of any of the di-
gestive ferments.
a-chylous. Deficiency of chyle.
ac'id (L. acidumy from acere, to be
sharp). 1. Sour; having properties
opposed to those of alkafis. 2. In
chemistry, a compound of an electro-
negative element or radical with hy-
drogen, having the property of com-
bining with an alkau or base to form
a new compound. The acid termina-
tions vary according to the quantity
of oxygen contained; those having
the maximum amount of oxygen ter-
minate in -ic; those having a lesser
amount end in -ous. Acids that end
in -ic form salts terminating in -ate;
those ending in -ous form salts ter-
minating in -ite. Acids are called
monobasic, dibasic, tribasic and
ACID
tetrabasic, depending on whether
they contain one, two, three or four
replaceable hydrogen atoms.
acetic a. A product of the oxida-
tion of alcohol. It is used locally
as a counterirritant and is caustic
in action on hypertrQphied tissues.
acetic a., dilated [vinegar]. Dilute
acetic acid. Containing approxi-
mately 6 per cent of acetic acid.
acetyl-salicylic a. See aspirin,
aconitic a. A crystalline acid ob-
tained from aconite.
arsenous a. Arsenic trioxid.
aseptic a. A combination of per-
oxid of hydrogen, boric and salicyUc
acids.
benzoic a. A white crystalline
acid obtained from benzoin and coal
tar; it is antiseptic and diuretic.
Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.333 to 1 gm.].
boric a. boracic a. A white ciys-
talline powder made by the action
of chlorhydric acid on sodium borate;
it is antiseptic, used in skin diseases
generally in the form of a lotion or
ointment.
borobenzoic a. See benzoic a.
butsrric a. A ijroduct of the fermen-
tation of protein, found in the feces,
urine and sweat.
camphoric a. A colorless crystal-
line substance obtained from cam-
phor.
carbolic a. A colorless crystalline
substance obtained by the distilla-
tion of coal tar; phenol. It is a
powerful antiseptic, disinfectant and
germicide, and very poisonous. The
pure acid is caustic and a local anes-
thetic.
carbonic a. Carbon dioxid.
chinovic a. A white crystalline
powder obtained from cinchona bark.
chloracetic a. An acid produced
by the substitution of chlorin for the
hydrogen radical in acetic acid; used
as a caustic.
chromic a. A crystalline solid sub-
stance, used as an escharotic.
citric a. A crystalhne acid ob-
tained from lemons, Umes, etc.; it is
diuretic and refrigerant.
Digitized by
Google
ACID I
cresotic a. An antipyretic in the
form of sodium cresolate.
cresylic a. See cresol.
diacetic a. An acid found in the
urine in some conditions of diabetes.
dichloracetic a. An acid formed by
substitution of chlorin for two atoms
of hydrogen in acetic acid. It is
used as an escharotic in skin diseases.
eni^enic a. See eugenoL
formic a. Acid obtained from
oxalic acid and glycerin. It is a vesi-
cant and counterirritant.
gallic a. Acid obtained from nut-
galls; also from tannic acid. It is an
astringent and disinfectant.
glacial phosphoric a. A mono-
basic acid, the liquid ingredient of
oxyphosphate of zmc cement.
glycosiuic a. An acid found in the
urine in certain conditions.
gummic a. See arabin,
hydrobromic a. A gaseous acid
used in aqueous solution for conges-
tive headaches.
hydrochloric a. A colorless gas
used in solution with water 31 to 69,
as a digestant; it is also used in den-
tistry to remove the oxidation from
metals, by the pickling process.
hydrocyanic a. A colorless liquid
used in 2 per cent aqueous solution
as an antispasmodic. Dose, 1 to 3
min. [0.066 to 0.2 cc].
hydrofluoric a. A compound of
hydrogen and fluorin. Used in den-
tistry in combination with ammo-
nium carbonate (ammonium fluorid),
for removing tartar from the teeth.
Also used for dissolving porcelain
teeth from an artificial denture.
iodosalicylic a. An antiseptic, anti-
pyretic and analgesic acid. Dose,
6 to 10 gr. [0.333 to 0.666 gm.].
lactic a. An acidulous liquid pro-
duced by the fermentation of milk.
malic a. An acid found in apples.
monobasic a. An acid containing
one replaceable hydrogen atom.
muriatic a. See hydrochloric add,
nitric a. A colorless liquid acid,
exceedingly caustic and escharotic.
nitrohydrochloric a. A combina-
tion of nitric and hydrochloric acid
and water.
ACID
nitromnriatic
chloric.
See nitrohydro-
oleic a. An acid found in fats and
oils; it forms oleates.
ortiiophosphoric a. Ordinary phos-
phoric acid.
osmic a. (Incorrectlv so called)
Osmium tetroxid, OSO4. An acid
used in histology as a fixing and
staining agent of fats.
oxalic a. An odorless crystalline
substance with a very acid taste;
used in dentistry as a bleaching agent.
oxy-a. An acid that contains
oxygen.
phenolsulphonic a. An acid formed
by imion of phenol and sulphuric
acid; an oily disinfectant ana anti-
septic. Used in 1 to 10 per cent solu-
tions.
phosphoric a. An acid resulting
from the oxidation of phosphorus,
HsP04. In diluted form, 10 per cent
solution, it is used in rickets, dyspep-
sia, etc.
prossic a. See hydrocyanic add,
qninic a. An acid obtained from
cinchona.
saccharic a. An acid formed by
the action of nitric acid on carbo-
hydrates.
salicylic a. A crystalline acid
made from phenol, oil of gaultheria.
etc.; it is antiseptic, antipyretic and
antirheumatic. Its salts are used in
articular rheumatism and neuralgia.
silicic a. An acid of which silicon
is the base, and from which are
formed the silicates.
stearic a. An acid obtained from
animal fats.
succinic a. An acid obtained from
amberj a diuretic, antispasmodic
and stimulant.
sulphocarbolic a. See phenolstd-
phonic a, or aseptol.
sulphuric a. An oily, corrosive
acid used as a caustic; oil of vitriol.
sulphurous a. An acid produced
by combining sulphurous anhydrid,
SO2, with water. It is a bleachins
agent and disinfectant and is used
in medicine in cases of stomatitis,
diphtheria, etc.
Digitized by
Google
ACIDEMIA
tannic a. A yellow powder ob-
tained from tan bark and nut-galls.
It is an astringent, styptic and hemo-
static.
tartaric a. An astringent acid ob-
tained from grapes.
thiocyanic a. Its salt, potassium
thiocyanate, is found in the saliva.
trichloracetic a. A crystalline sub-
stance, escharotic and astringent.
uric a. An acid found in the urine,
and in the blood in gouty conditions.
valerianic a., valeric a. An acid
obtained from valerian, or by oxid-
izing amvl-alcohol. Its salts have
medicinal properties supposedly as
nervous sedatives.
a-ci-de'mia (acid + Gr. /mima, blood).
Abnormal acidity of the blood.
acid«fast. Term applied to bacteria
that are not easily decolorized by
acids when stained.
acid-gland. One of the glands of the
stomach that secretes the gastric
juice.
acid -intoxication. A disease condition
produced by the toxic effect of an
excess of acids formed in the system
or taken in from without.
a-cid'i-ty (L. aciditas). The quality
of being sour or acid.
a. of the stomach. A condition
marked by heartburn, gastric distress
and acid eructations.
a-ci-do'sis. Increased acidity, or
rather a lessened alkalinity in an
organism inducing intoxication : acid-
intoxication. A metabolic disorder.
a-cid'u-late. To render acid.
a-cid'u-lous. Possessing a sourish
taste.
acl-dum, pi. acida. Latin for add,
ac-i-du'ric (L. acidum + durare^ to
endure). Growing in acid media.
ac'i-nus, pi. acini. (L., grape). The
smallest lobules of a gland. One of
the small air-sacs of the lungs.
ac'ne (Gr. akne^ point). A general
name applied to various eruptions
arising from the sebaceous glands,
often pustular in character, and
sometimes caused by drugs.
a. artificialis. Acne due to external
irritation.
6 ACROTISM
a. generalis. Acne over the whole
body.
a. rosacea. Chronic inflammation
of the nose and face due to too free
use of alcohol.
a. scorbutica. A papular eruption
in scurvy.
a. vulgaris. Common acne.
epileptic a. Acne in an epileptic
person.
iodin a. Acne caused by too free
use of iodin.
ac'o-in. A white crystalline powder
derived from guanidin; used m infil-
tration anesthesia and as a bac-
tericide.
ac'o-nite (L. aconitum; Gr. akoniton).
A drug prepared from the dried
roots and leaves of Aconitum napel-
lu8. It is a cardiac depressant and
respiratory sedative; it is also an
analgesic, diaphoretic and diuretic.
The tincture is used in dentistry in
combination with tincture of iodin.
equal parts, as an anodyne ana
counterirritant in periodontitis.
Dose of the abstract, \ to J gr.
[0.016 to 0.033 gm.].
ac'o-ni-tin. A very poisonous white
crystalline alkaloid, the active prin-
ciple of aconite. Dose, yi^r gr.
ac-o-ni'tum. Latin for aconite, which
see.
ac'ro- (Gr. akroSy uppermost). A pre-
fix indicating uppermost or extreme,
ac'ro-blast (Gr. akros, extreme +
blastos, germ). The external layer
of the mesoblast.
ac'ro-dont (Gr. akron, extremity +
odousj tooth). Characterizing a
genus of animals having the teeth
attached to the edge of the jaws,
rather than in alveoli. Paleontolog-
ical term.
ac'ro-lein (L. acer, acrid + oleumj oil).
An oily liquid trom the decomposi-
tion of glycerol.
ac-ro-me-gaHa, ac-ro-megVly (Gr.
akros, extremity + megale, great).
Enlargement of the bones and soft
tissues of the hands, feet and face,
associated with disease of the pitui-
tary body or the thyroid gland.
ac'ro-tism (Gr. a, without + krotos^ a
striking). Failure or impercepti-
bility of the pulse.
Digitized by
Google
ACTINIC
ac-tinlc (Gr. aktiSj ray). Possessing
the power o.f inducing chemic action;
said of rays of light.
ac-tin'ium. A radio-active metallic sub-
stance found in the ore of uranium.
ac'ti-no- (Gr. aktis, ray). A prefix
indicating relation to a radiate struc-
ture or the presence of tentacles;
also relation to light rays in inducing
chemical action.
ac-tin'o-gram (Gr. aktis, ray + giammay
a writing). The record made with
an actinograph.
ac-tin'o-graph (Gr. aktisy ray +
graphein, to write). 1. Same as
skiagraph. 2. An instrument for
measuring the actinic effect of the
sun's rays.
ac-ti-noro-gy. The science of the
chemic effects of light.
Ac-ti-no-my'ces (Gr. aktiSj ray +
mykesy fungus). A genus of branch-
ing filamentous bacteria, exhibiting
radiating clusters of the spores;
vegetable parasitic microorganisms
producing tumors in the jaws of
cattle, and from them it may be
transmitted to man.
A. bovis. Species causing actino-
mycosis or lumpy-jaw.
A. buccalis. A non-pathogenic
species found in the mouth.
A. inteiproximalis [Fennel]. An ob-
ligate microaerophile found in the
human mouth.
ac-ti-no-my-co'sis. A disease of cattle
characterized by lumpy tumors of
the jaws and tongue; sometimes
transmitted to man; caused by
Actinomyces bovis.
ac-ti-no-therVpy (Gr. aktiSy ray +
therapeiaj treatment) . Treatment of
disease by light rays; particularly
the violet and ultra-violet rays.
ac'tion (L. actio, from agerCf to do).
The function of a part or organ or
of the whole body,
reflex a. An involuntary action
produced by a stimulus that is con-
veyed to the nervous system and
reflected to the periphery.
ac'ti-va-tor. A substance which ren-
ders some other substance active.
ac'tol. A white tasteless powder used
as an antiseptic in infectious dis-
ADENECTOMY
eases, sore throat, gonorrhea, etc.,
in 2 per cent solution; silver lactate.
a'cus (L.). A needle.
a-cute' (L. aculus, from acuere, to
sharpen). 1. Sharp. 2. In medi-
cine, diseases haying a short and
severe course.
a. abscess. One which runs a short
course as opposed to chronic.
ad., add. Abbr. for Latin addCf add;
used in writingprescriptions to indi-
cate that a sufficient amount of the
drug named be added to make the
mixture the amount stated.
ad- (L. adf to). A prefix indicating
to, toward. For the sake of euphony
ad becomes ab, ac, af, ag, al, an, ap,
ar, as, at, before b, c, f, g, 1, n, p, r,
s, t.
-ad (Latin preposition meaning to).
Used in anatomical nomenclature as
a suffix meaning toward, in the
direction of; especially related to a
part or origin indicated by the root
word on which the suffix is used. Ex. :
Dorsad, toward the back; Labiad,
toward the lip; Linguad, toward the
tongue.
A. D. A, Abbr. for American Dental
Association.
adVman-tine (L.). Pertaining to the
tooth-enamel.
ad-a-maa-ti-no'ma. A tumor from the
remains of the enamel organ.
ad-a-man'to-blast. One of the cells
from which the enamel is formed.
Addison's disease [Thomas Addison,
an English physician, 1793-1860].
Tubercular disease of the supra-
renal capsules, characterized by
pigmentation of the skin and anemia.
ad-du'cens. A term appUed to mus-
cles which draw the related part
toward the center of the body.
ad-duct' (L. adducere, to draw toward).
To draw toward the center or median
line of the body.
ad-duc'tion. The act of drawing to-
ward the axis of the body.
ad-e-nal'gia (Gr. aden, gland + algos,
pain). Pain in a gland.
ad-e-nec'to-my (Gr. aden, gland +
ektome, excision) . 1 . Surgical excision
of a gland. 2. Removal of adenoid
growtns.
Digitized by
Google
ADENITIS
ad-e-ni'tis (Gr. aderif gland + itiSf
inflammation). Inflammation of a
gland.
ad'e-no« (Gr. aderiy gland). A com-
bining form or prefix meaning, per-
taining to a gland.
ad'e-no-blast (Gr. adeut gland + hlastosy
germ). The embryonic cell from
which the gland tissue is formed.
ad'e-no-cele (Gr. adeuy gland + kele,
tumor). A glandular tumor.
ad'e-no-cyst (Gr. aden. gland + kystis.
bladder). A glandular cyst or
embryonic origin.
ad-e-no-fi-bro'ma. An adenoma with
marked increase of interacinar fi-
brous tissue.
ad-e-nog'ra-phy (Gr. aderif gland +
graphein, to write). A treatise on
the glands.
ad'e-noid (Gr. aden, gland + eidos^
form). 1. Resembling a gland. 2.
PL adenoidsj refers especiafiy to the
adenoid tissue in the nasopharynx.
3. An adenoma.
ad-e-noi-dec^to-my (adenoid + Gr.
ektome, excision). Surgical removal
of adenoid growths.
ad-e-noi-di^tis (adenoid + Gr. itis,
inflammation). Inflammation of an
adenoid.
ad-e-no^ma, pi. adenomata (Gr. aden,
gland + onuiy tumor). 1. A glandu-
lar tumor. 2. A tumor of gland-like
structure. 3. An abnormal enlarge-
ment of a gland.
ad-e-no^ma-tome, ad'e-no-tome (ade-
noma + Gr. tome, cut). A cutting
instrument used in removing adenoid
growths.
ad-e-not'o-my (Gr. aderif gland +
tome, cut). 1. Dissection of the
glands. 2. Excision of adenoids.
ad-here^ (L. ad, to + haerere, to stick).
To stick together; to stick to.
ad-he^8ion (L. adhaerere, to stick to).
1. The union of substances that
differ in their nature. 2. The union
of bodies by their surfaces.
ad-he^sive (L. adhaerere, to stick to).
Having the quality of stickiness.
a. plaster. A sticking plaster em-
ployed in dressing wounds as a
retaining dressing.
3 ADRENALIN
ad-he'80l. A surreal dressing con-
taining copal resin, 35D parts; ben-
zoin, 30 parts; oil of thyme, 20
parts; alphanaphthol, 3 parts; tolu
balsam, 30 parts; and ether, 1000
parts. When applied to the skin the
ether evaporates, leaving a coating
similar to collodion.
ad'i-pose (L. adiposus, fatty). 1. Of
the nature of fat; fatty. 2. Fat in
cells of adipose tissue.
ad'ju-vant (L. adjwans, aiding). A
remedy that aids other remedies.
An auxiliary remedy.
ad lib. Abbr. of Latin phrase ad libi-
tum, meaning, at pleasure.
ad-max'il-la-ry gland. An accessory
salivary gland.
ad nauseam. Latin phrase meaning,
until nausea is produced.
ad-ne'phria. A 1 to 1000 solution of
the active principle of the supra-
renal glands. Same as epinephrin,
ad-o-les'cence (L. adolescere, to grow
up). The period of life or growth
of an individual between puberty
and adult life.
ad-o'ral (L. ad, at or near + os, oris,
mouth). Near or at the mouth.
Opposed to aboral.
ad-ral'gin. A local anesthetic com-
posed of adrenalin, cocain and
thymol.
ad-re/nal (L. ad, near + ren, kidney).
1. The suprarenal capsule. 2. Near
the kidney.
a. extract. A principle extracted
from the suprarenal glands of animals,
which is a powerful hemostatic.
See epinephrin.
ad-renVlin. The trade name for the
active principle of the suprarenal
gland, discovered by Takamine. A
very powerful astringent and hemo-
static, used externally in a 1 to
10,000 to 1 to 1000 solution. Inter-
nally it is a cardiac tonic and hemo-
static. Dose, 0.001 gm. [^ gr.].
a. chlorid. A salt of adrenalin
used in solutions of 1:10,000 to
1:1000, in surgical operations as an
astringent, hemostatic, and heart
stimulant.
a-inhalant. An oily solution of
adrenalin chlorid used as a nasal
spray in hay fever.
Digitized by
Google
ADRIN
ad'rin. Epinephrin hydrate, an active
principle of suprarenal gland; used
locally as a hemostatic and astrin-
gent.
ad-8orp'tion (L. orf, to + sorbere, to
suck). The property possessed by
some substances of suckmg up fluids.
ad-ven-ti'tious (L. od, to + venire^ to
come). 1. Accidental or acqpured
as opposed to natural or hereditary.
2. Out of proper or usual place.
»- Words beginning thus and not
found here see under c-.
aSr«, aero- (Gr. aer^ air). A prefix
denoting relation to or growth in air.
a-8-ro'bia (Gr. aer^ air + 6tos, life).
Bacteria which require air or free
oxygen for growth.
facultative a. Bacteria which nor-
mally do not CTow in air, but acquire
the power to live in it.
obligate a. Bacteria which always
require oxygen to Uve.
a-g-ro'bic, a-e-ro-bi-ot'ic (Gr. aery air
+ hiosj life). Requiring air or
oxygen for growth * applied particu-
larly to bacteria which grow only in
air.
a-e-ro-bi-o'sis. Same as aerobia.
a-e-ro'gen. A gas-producing bac-
terium.
a-S-ro-ge-ne'sis (Gr. aer, air + genesis,
formation). Gas-proauction.
a-S-ro-genlc. Producing gas.
a-g-ro-ther-a-peu'tics, a-S-ro-therVpy
(Gr. oer, air + therapeia, treatment).
Treatment of disease by the use of
air.
»8-, »t«. For words beginning aes
and set, see es-, et-, the newer form
of spelling.
JBs-cu-la^pi-an. Pertaining to ^scu-
lapius, the god of medicine; medical.
»^ta8 (L.). Age. Abbr. cbL
af-fec^tion. A diseased or morbid
condition.
af'fer-ent (L. ady to + ferret to carry).
Canying toward the center.
a. blood-vessels. Blood-vessels, as
arteries, carrying blood to the tissues.
a. lymphatics. Lymphatic vessels
entering the glands.
a. nerves. Nerves conveying sen-
sation to the central nervous system.
) AGGLUTINATION
a. veins. Veins carrying blood
direct to the heart.
af-fin'i-ty (L. affinitasy relationship).
1. An attraction by which two
different substances combine to form
new substances, called chemical
aflfinity. 2. Morphological relation-
ship.
af'fliix, af-fliix'ion (L. cwi, to + fluere,
to flow). Rush of blood to a par-
ticular part.
Ag. Chemical symbol for silver (L.
argentum).
ag'am-ete (Gr. a, without + gamos,
marriage). A protozoon that pro-
duces spores asexually.
ag'ar, agar-agar. A jelly-like sub-
stance made from Asiatic seaweed;
used in making culture media for
bacteriologic work.
blood a. A culture medium made
from blood and agar.
glucose a. Nutrient agar with
glucose added.
glycerin a. Agar to which 6 to 8
per cent of glycerin has been added.
nutrient a., peptone a. Culture
medium consisting of agar and pep-
tone.
serum a. A culture medium made
by mixing blood-serum and agar.
slant a. An agar culture with a
slanting surface.
agVthin (Gr. agathoSy good). A
greenish-white, crystalline compound
used like saUcylic acid for neuralgia
and rheumatism. Dose, 8 to 10 gr.
[0.52 to 0.65 gm.].
AgCl. Chemical formula for silver
chlorid.
AgCN. Chemical formula for silver
cyanid.
argent (L. agerCy to perform). A sub-
stance that produces changes in the
body, as a medicinal or other remedy.
ag-glom^e-rate (L. agghmerare, to
gather together) . Crowded together
into a mass.
ag-glu-ti-na'tion (L. od, to + glutinarey
to glue). 1. A gluing or joining
together. 2. A process of repair by
adhesion. 3. The phenomena of
the grouping together in clumps of
cells distributed in a fluid; supposed
to be caused by agglutinins.
Digitized by
Google
AGGLUTININ
ag-irla'ti-nin. A substance formed in
the blood as a result of infection,
capable of producing agglutination
of the bacteria that produced the
infection.
Agl. Chemical formula for silver iodid.
aginiT amalgam. A process of heating
an alloy and aging it artificially to
lengthen the setting time. The pro-
cess of aging is claimed to lessen the
tendency to expansion and contrac-
tion and to increase the edge strength
of the amalgam.
ag-ma-toro-gy (Gr. agmos, fracture +
logos J treatise). The science of
fractures.
ag-na^thia (Gr. a, without + gnathos,
jaw). Congenital absence of jaws.
AgNOs. Chemical formula for silver
nitrate.
Ag20. Chemical formula for silver
oxid.
a-gom-phra-sis (Gr. a, without +
gomphioSy a tooth). 1. Being with-
out teeth. 2. Looseness of the
teeth.
a-gom'phi-ous. Being without teeth.
a-gom-pho'sis. Same as agomphiasis.
Ag2P04. Chemical formula for silver
phosphate.
a-gra^phia (Gr. a, without + graphein,
to write). The lack of ability to
express thoughts in writing.
Ag2S. Chemical formula for silver
sulphid.
AgS04. Chemical formula for silver
sulphate.
a'gue (Fr. aigu, sharp). A severe
recurrent symptom of malarial fever,
beginning with a chill.
face a. Tic douloureux.
Ai-lan^thu8. A genus of rubaceous
trees. The bark of A. glandulosa is
purgative, tonic and anthelmintic.
Dose, fl. ex., 10 to 60 min.
ail'ment. A disease or affection of the
body.
Ainsworth's rubber dam punch [Geo.
C. Ainsworth, contemporary Boston
dentist]. An instrument for punching
various size holes in the rubber dam.
to facilitate its application and
adaptation to the teeth.
10 ALCOHOL
air chamber. A recess in the palatal
portion of upper dentures, made for
the purpose of assisting in retention
of the denture.
Al. Chemical symbol for aluminum,
«al. Suffix denoting derivation from
an aldehyd.
ala, pi. alcB (L., wing). A wing-like
process.
a. nasi, the cartilaginous border of
the outside of the nostrils.
aini)a. Latin for white.
al-bi'o-din. lodin in a glycerin base
in a 12.5 per cent solution.
al-bo-fer'rin. A tonic preparation of
iron, phosphoric acid and albumin.
al-bolene (L. alhusj white + oleums oil).
A white oily substance obtained
from petroleum, used as a base for
salve ointment, etc.
liquid a. A spray for the nose
and throat.
al-bu'men (L. albus, white). 1. White
of eggs. 2. The nutritive material
stored in a seed. 3. Albumin.
al-bu'min. A simple protein found in
animal and many vegetable tissues.
It is soluble in water and coagulable
by heat, and contains carbon, hydro-
gen, nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
alkali a. Albumin that has been
treated with an alkali.
egg a. That derived from eggs.
vegetable a. That derived from
plants.
al-bu'mi-noid (albumin + Gr. eidos,
form). Resembling albumin.
al-bu'mi-nose. Same as albumose.
al-bu-mi-nu'ria (albumin + Gr. ouron,
urine). Presence of albumin in the
urine, which may indicate a diseased
condition of the kidneys, permitting
albumin to pass from the blood, or
it may be a simple mixture of albu-
minous matter, as blood with urine.
aini)U-mo8e. A primary product of
the digestion of protein; not coagu-
lable by heat. Albumose is converted
by further digestive process into
peptones.
al'co-hol (Arabic al-kohly something
very subtle). Ethyl hydrate,
C2H5OH, a volatile colorless liquid
distilled from various products of
Digitized by
Google
ALCOHOLASE
vinous fermentation. It is used
internally as a cardiac stimulant;
locally as an antiseptic and astrin-
gent.
wood a. Methyl alcohol.
al'co-hol-ase. A ferment that con-
verts lactic acid into alcohol.
al-cre'sol. A proprietary preparation
of cresylic acid; a germicide and dis-
infectant, used externally.
alcresta ipecac. A compound of the
ipecac alkaloids emetin and cephaelin
with hydrated aluminum silicate.
Used internally to destroy amebae.
alMe-hyd (L. alcohol dehydraiusy dehy-
drated alcohol). The generic term
for a class of bodies intermediate
between the alcohols and the acids
derived from them.
al-eml)lc (Arabic oZ, the + Gr. am-
blXf cup). A vessel used to receive
the volatile products in distilling.
a-leu-ke'mia (Gr. a, neg. + Uuhos,
white + haima, blood). Deficiency
in white corpuscles in the blood.
a-leu-ko-cy-to^sis (Gr. a, neg. +
leukoSy white + kytoSj cell). Defi-
ciency in white corpuscles in the
blood..
Alexander crown [Charles L. Alex-
ander, contemporary Charlotte,
N. C, dentist]. A metal hood or
half cap conforming to the lingual,
proximal and occlusal surfaces of a
tooth, and used as an abutment or
attachment in bridgework. See also
hood crown.
A. gold [C. L. Alexander, contem-
porary Charlotte, N. C, dentist]. A
sponge form of gold into which a
wax-uke material is incorporated to
make it plastic. The gold is first
shaped to the cavity form, removed
and invested and the wax binder
removed under heat, after which the
gold form is solidified by the incor-
poration of gold solder.
a-lex'in (Gr. cdexeiUf to ward off).
Any defensive protein. Same as
complement.
a-lex-i-phar'mac (Gr. cdexeiny to ward
off). 1. Warding off the ill effects
of poison. 2. Antidote for poisoning.
a-lex'o-cyte (Gr. alex&in, to ward off
+ kytoSf cell). A microbicide cell.
11 ALLERGY
A protective cell of the animal organ-
ism that secretes alexins or anti-
toxins.
al-ge'sia (Gr. algesisy pain). Sensi-
tiveness to pain; hyperesthesia.
al-ge'sic. Painful.
al-go-phoni)ia (Gr. algoSy pain + phobos
dread). Morbid dread of pain.
al'i-ment (L. alimsnlum, from alercj to
nourish). Food; that which affords
nourishment.
al-i-men'-tary. Pertaining to aliment.
al-i-men-ta'tion. The act of taking
nourishment.
a-lime^ a-lign' (L. od, to + linear line).
To bring into line. To arrange the
teeth in proper relation to the line
of occlusion.
a-line'ment, a-lign'ment. The adjust-
ment line of the teeth. The arrange-
ment of the teeth in proper relation
to the line of occlusion.
. al-ka-les'cent. Having a slight qual-
ity of alkalinity.
al'ka-li (Arabic cdy the + kalij soda
plant). A class of compounds which
form salts with acids and soaps with
fats.
al^ka-line. Having the reaction of an
alkali.
al'ka-li-ni-ty. The quality of being
alkaline.
al-ka-lith%. A proprietary prepara-
tion, an effervescent remedy used
in rheumatism.
al^ka-loid (alkali + Gr. eidos, form).
1. Resembling an alkali. 2. An
alkaline principle of vegetable origin.
3. The active principle of a medici-
nal plant. Morphin, quinin, caffein,
nicotin, atropin and strychnin are
alkaloids.
al'ka-sal, al^ka-sol. An aluminum
potassium salicylate; an astringent
and antiseptic.
Allen's cement [John Allen, New York
dentist, 1810-1892]. A fusible sili-
cious cement for uniting porcelain
teeth to the plate and to each other
in the construction of continuous
gum dentures.
al-ler'gy, al-ler'gia (Gr. cdloSf other +
er^on, energy). A term coined by
von Pirquet to indicate an altered
Digitized by
Google
ALLOCAIN 12
susceptibility under which the indi-
vidual would react differently to a
second inoculation from the reaction
to the first inoculation.
al-lo-cain'. A proprietary prepara-
tion composed of novocain, alypin.
suprarenin and thymol; a local
anesthetic.
al-lo-mor'phism (Gr. alloSf other +
morphej form). A change of form
without change in chemical consti-
tution.
allo-path, al-lop Vthist. Incorrect des-
ignation for the regular practitioner
of medicine.
al-lo-pathlc. Pertaining to allopa-
thy.
al-lopVthy (G. aUoSy other + pathos^
affection). The curing of disease
by producing a different kind of
action, but not necessarily a dis-
eased one.
al-lo-tox^in (Gr. dUos, other + toxikon,
poison). A substance formed within .
the body that acts as a defense
against toxins by neutralizing their
poisonous properties.
al-lo-tri-o-don^ti-a (Gr. aUotrioa,
strange + odousj tooth). 1. The
occurrence of teeth in abnormal
positions, as in tumors. 2. Trans-
planting of teeth from one person
to another.
al-lo-troph^ic (Gr. alios, other + trophe.
nourishment). Having modified
nutrient characters.
al-lot^ro-pism (Gr. alios, other +
iropoSy manner). The existence of
an element in different forms with
different physical properties.
al-lot^ro-py (Gr. alios, other + tropos,
manner). The existence of certain
elements in different conditions and
with diBferent physical properties.
al-loy^ (Fr. aloyer, to mix metals). 1.
A mixture of two or more metals,
excluding mercury, effected by the
process of fusion. 2. To mix metals.
3. To reduce the purity of a metal.
AI2OS. Chemical formula for alu-
minum oxid.
al^oes. The bitter juice of various
species of Aloe, Cathartic and stim-
ulant. Dose, 1 to 10 gr. [0.065 to
0.65 gm.].
ALUMINUM
almoin. A crystalline powder of ex-
tremely bitter taste, soluble in hot
water and alcohol. A laxative,
dose, i gr. [0.032 gm.] and purga-
tive, dose, 2 gr. [0.13 gm.].
al-o-pe^da (Gr. alopex, fox, l)ecause
that animal is subject to loss of hair).
Natural or abnormal deficiency of
the hair; baldness.
a. areata. Baldness occurring in
patches; probably caused from
nervous disturbance, sometimes re-
sulting from impacted third molar
teeth.
al'pha-eu-cain^. See eucain.
al'phoL Alpha-naphtholsalicvlate; an
internal antiseptic and anodyne used
in articular rneumatism and gon-
orrhea. Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.324 to
0.972 gm.].
al^pho-ione. Succinic dioxid; a white
crystalline powder derived from
hydrogen dioxid. An antiseptic
used for disinfecting instruments
and the hands; also used in abscesses
and ulcers, in 1 to 1000 solution.
al'ta-ra-tive (L. alter are, to change).
A medicine that tends to reestabBidi
healthy functions of the body.
al^um (L. alumen). Aluminum and
potassium sulphate, a colorless crys-
talline substance with styptic and
astringent properties.
al-a-min^ium. Same as aluminum,
al-u^mi-num. An exceedingly light,
whitish, lustrous metaUic element
obtained from clay. Symbol, Al.
It is very malleable and ductile; is
used in the manufacture of instru-
ments and as a base for artificial
dentures.
a. acetate. An antiseptic and astrin-
gent compound.
a. acetoglycerate. An astringent
and antiseptic used in diseases of
the nose and throat.
a. and potassium sulphate. Ordi-
nary alum.
a. bromid. AlBrs. Used as an anti-
septic gargle in diphtheria.
a. bronse. An alloy consisting of
copper, 90 parts; aluminum, 10
parts, used as a substitute for low
carat gold plate; fuses at 1800** F.
Digitized by
Google
ALUMNAL 13
a. hydrate, a. hydrozid. A mildly
astringent powder used as a drying
powder; internally as an antacid
and absorbent. Dose, 3 to 15 gr.
[0.2 to 1 gm.].
a. nitrate. An antiseptic compound
used in pruritus.
a. oleate. An ointment used in
bums, ulcers, etc.
a. silicate. See feldspar.
a. sulphate. Antiseptic in 5 per cent
solution, caustic in stronger solution.
af-um'nal. A white non-hygroscopic
powder. In mild solutions it is anti-
septic and astringent; in strong solu-
tions (10 to 20 per cent) it is caustic.
al-unMum. A form of alumina pre-
pared especially to resist severe heat
temperatures. Trade name for an
abrasive much the same as car-
borundum,
al-ve'o-lar (L. cdveolaris). Relating
to the alveoli or sockets of the teeth.
a. abscess. An abscess occurring
at the apex of the root of a tooth,
usually resulting from infection fol-
lowing the death of the pulp.
a. arches. The arches formed by
the alveolar process of the jaws.
a. artery. See Table of Arteries,
a. border. The thin edge of the
alveolar process surroimding the
necks of the teeth.
a. index. The degree of projection
of the maxillse; the relation of the
distance from the basion to the
alveolar point, to the distance fropi
the basion to the nasion, the latter
being taken as 100.
a. membrane. The periodontal
membrane.
a. plates. The inner and outer
walls of the alveolar processes.
a. point. The center point of the
lower edge of the upper alveolar
arch.
a. process. The projection of the
manllffi and mandible which en-
velops the roots of the teeth and
forms their alveoli.
a. ridge. The summit of the
alveolar process of either jaw.
a. septum. The alveolar process
wall which separates the alveoli of
two teeth.
AMALGAM
al-ve'o-lec-to-my (L. alveolus^ a socket
+ Gr. ektomej excision). ITie opera-
tion of excising or cutting away any
portion of the alveolar process.
al-ve'o-li, pi. of aloeolus. A, dentaUs,
the sockets of the teeth.
al-ve-o-li^tis (L. alveolus^ socket + Gr.
itiSj inflammation). Inflammation
of the tooth socket.
al-ve-o-lo-da^sia (L. aloeolus^ socket +
Gr. klasiSf a breaking). A breaking
down or absorption of the inner wall
of the alveolus.
al-ve-o-lo-den'tal. Relating to the
teeth and their sockets. Designat-
ing the membrane which lines the
alveoU and invests the roots of the
teeth.
a-d. ligament. The periodontal
membrane.
a-d. periosteum. The periodontal
membrane.
al-ve-o-lo-lani)i-al. Relating to the
outer wall of the tooth socket or
alveolar process; the labial surface
of the alveolar wall.
al-ve-o-lo-lin'goal. Relating to the
inner wall of the tooth socket or
alveolar process. The lingual sur-
face of the tooth socket or alveolar
process.
al-ve-o-lot'o-my (L. alveolus, 21. socket
+ Gr. temneiny to cut). The opera-
tion of incising or cutting through
the bony wall of the tooth socket.
al-ve^o-lus, pi. alveoli (L. a small
cavity). 1. The bony socket of the
tooth. 2. The terminal air-sac of
the limgs. 3. The minute cell of
the gastric mucous membrane.
al^ve-us (L., a trough). A trough; a
canal.
al-y^pin. A local anesthetic used in
eye operations; used in a 10 per cent
solution locally; for the eye, 1 to 2
per cent and hjrpodermatically 1 to
4 per cent solution.
A. M. A. Abbr. for American Medical
Association.
am-al^gam (O. F., amalgam; Gr., malag^
ma, a soft mass). Any combination
of mercury with other metal or
metals. Amalgams may be binary,
ternary, quaternary, etc., according
as they contain two, three, four
metals.
Digitized by
Google
AMALGAMATE
aging a., anneaUng a. Lengthen-
ing the setting time of an amalgam
by aging the alloy for a period of
time or aging it artificially by heating
it in an oven.
a. burnisher. An instrument for
finishing an amalgam filling.
a. carrier. An instrument used to
carry the freshly mixed amalgam to
the tooth cavity.
contraction of a. The volume
change by which the mass of amal-
gam becomes smaller, i, c, shrinkage
of amalgam.
dental a. An amalgam of silver,
tin, copper or other metals like
gold, platinum, zinc in varying
combinations with mercury, used in
filling teeth.
edge strength of a. The resistance
of amalgam to the stress of mastica-
tion.
expansion of a. The volume
change of an amalgam through
which the mass grows larger.
flow of a. The lateral spreading
or flattening out of amalgam under
pressure, after it has set.
a. mixer. An instrument used to
mix amalgams.
palming a. Manipulating the amal-
gam in the palm of the hand.
setting of a. The hardening of
amalgam so that it will resist pres-
sure.
trituration of a. The mulling of
alloy and mercury in a mortar.
a-mal'ga-mate. To unite a metal in
an alloy with mercury. To form an
amalgam.
a-mal-ga-ma'tion. The process of
combining mercury with one or more
metals; mixing of mercury with an
alloy of other metals.
am-ar-thri'tis (Gr. amaf together +
artfyrouy joint). The inflammation
of several joints occurring at one
time.
am-a-se'sis (Gr. a, without + masesisy
chewing). Inability to chew,
am-au-ro'sis (L. from Gr. amauroeinj
to darken). Blindness from disease
of the optic nerve, or brain.
reflex a. Blindness caused by the
reflex action of a remote irritation.
14 AMEBOIDISM
am-au-rotlc. Pertaining to amaurosis.
am'ber (L. sucdnum), A fossil resin,
yellowish in color, the gum of several
varieties of coniferous trees.
a. acid. Succinic acid.
oil of a. A volatile oil obtained
by distilling amber.
am-bi-dex'ter, am-bi-dex'trous (L.
ambiy on both sides + dexter, right-
handed). Ability to use either hand
equally well.
am-bo-cep'tor (L. amho, both +
capere, to take). One of the active
elements found in the blood serum in
cytolysis, the other element being
the complement. The amboceptor
connects the invading cell with the
complement. See Ehrlich^s side-chain
theory.
bacteriolytic a. One that takes
part in bacteriolysis.
hemoljrtic a. One that takes part
in hemolysis.
a-me'ba, A-moB^ba, pl.-&ae (Gr.
ameibein, to change). A single-
celled nucleated mass of protoplasm,
a protozoan organism, constantly
changing its shape by extending
from its surface pseudopodia; by
this process it moves and absorbs
nourishment, bacteria, etc.
a-me'bic, a-moB^bic. Having the na-
ture of amebse.
a-me-bi-ci'dal. Capable of destroy-
ing amebse.
a-me-bi-cide (ameba + L. caedere, to
kill). An agent destructive to
amebffi.
a-me'bi-form. Having the shape of
an ameba.
a-me'bi-o-sis. Infection fromamebae.
a-me'bism, a-moB^bism. Invasion of
the system by amebae.
a-me'bo-cyte, a-moB^bo-cyte (ameba +
kytos, cell). An ameba cell found in
the tissues of invertebrate animals.
am-e'boid (Gr. ameiheiny to change +
eidoSy form). Resemblance to an
ameba in form.
am-e-boi'dism. The occasional prop-
erty in nerve cells to perform ame-
boid movements. A condition some-
times exhibited by nerve cells to per-
form ameboid movements.
Digitized by
Google
AMELIFICATION
a-mel-i-fi-ca^tion (O. Fr. amelj enamel
+ L. facere, to make). The forma-
tion of enamel by the enamel cells.
a-mero-bhuit (O. Fr. amd, enamel +
Gr. hlastos. germ). The enamel-
forming cell.
amelo«dentinal junction. Junction of
the enamel and dentin.
am^i-do«. See amino.
amido-acid. An acid in which one
hydrogen atom has been replaced
by the radical NH2.
am^in. Any one of a group of chemical
compounds formed from ammonia
by the replacement of one or more
of its hydrogen atoms by an alcohol
radical. Amins combine with acids
to form salts and are called primary,
secondary and tertiary according as
one, two or three hydrogen atoms
are replaced by the alcohol radical.
aml-no». A prefix used in chemical
names to indicate that the substance
has been modified by the substitu-
tion of the radical NH2 for one or
more of the hydrogen atoms.
aml-no-acid. An acid characterized
by the presence of the acid radical
COOH and the amino radical NHj.
These are regarded as the chief con-
stituents of the protein molecule.
am-mo^nia (L. sal ammoniac, salt of
Ammon, found near the temple of
Jupiter in Libya). Symbol, NHs.
An alkaline gas, with strong odor,
soluble in water forming ammonia-
water. Ammonia preparations are
antacid and stimulant in stomach
acidity, headache, hysteria, etc.
Dose, spiritus ammoniae aromaticus
(aromatic spirit of ammonia), 15
to 60 min. [1 to 4 cc].
am-mo^ni-ac-al. Containing ammo-
nia.
am-mo'ni-a-ted. Combined with am-
monia.
am-mo'm-um. A hypothetical radical
of ammonia, NH4. It exists only in
combination, and the salts are car-
diac stimulants, expectorants and
antacids.
a. acetate. Dilute acetic acid
neutraUzed with ammonia; a dia-
phoretic and refrigerant.
15 AMPHOTERIC
a. bromid. A crystalline com-
pound, used in rheumatism, epilepsy
and whooping cough.
a. carbonate. A compound of am-
monium and carbonic acid; an expec-
torant and cardiac stimulant.
a. chlorid, (sal ammoniac). A stimu-
lant and expectorant, used in bron-
chitis, neuralgia and rheumatism.
a. hydrogen fluorid. Hydrofluoric
acid neutralized with ammonium car-
bonate to form ammonium fluorid;
used in dentistry as a tartar solvent.
Suggested by Joseph Head, con-
temporary Philadelphia dentist.
a. iodid. White crystalline sub-
stance used as an antisyphiUtic and
antirheumatic.
am-ne'sia (Gr. amnesia^ forgetfulness).
InabUity to remember proper words;
loss of memory.
a-moB^ba, pi. amoebm. See ameba,
a-mor'phism, a-mor'pbia. The qual-
ity of being amorphous.
a-mor'phou8 (Gr. a, without + morphe,
form). Without form; shapeless.
am'pdre (From Amp^ie a French
physician). The unit of measure-
ment of electrical current strength.
The current produced by an electro-
motive force of one volt passing
through a conductor with one ohm
of resistance.
am-phi-ar-thro'sis (Gr. amphiy both
+ arthrosis, joint). A form of artic-
ulation intermediate between diar-
throsis and synarthrosis, as in the
vertebrae; it admits of very limited
motion.
am-phlb'ia (Gr. amphi, both + bios,
life). A species of vertebrate ani-
mals that are able to live both on
land and in water.
am-phi'bi-ous. Capable of living on
land or in water.
am-phi-di-ar-thro'sis (Gr. amphij both
+ dia, through + arthrosis, joint).
An articulation having the nature of
both the ginglymus and arthrodial
joints; as the articulation of the
mandible with the temporal bone.
am-pho^ter-ic, am-pho^ter-ous, am-
pho'ter-ism (Gr. amphoteros, per-
taining to both). Having opposite
characters; possessing both acid and
basic properties.
Digitized by
Google
AMPOULE
am'poule [ahm-poor] (Fr.). A small
glass container which may be sealed
so as to preserve its contents in a
sterile condition. It is used for
containing preparations to be used
hypodermically.
am-piil^, pi. -IcB (L.y a flask). The
dilated flask-like portion of a canal:
especially the semicircular canal of
the ear.
am-pnllu-la, pl.-te (L.). Any minute
ampulla, such as those connected
with the lymphatic system in the
villi of the intestine.
am-pu-ta'tion (L. amputarey to cut off).
Surgical removal of a limb or part of
the body.
linear a. Straight division of the
tissue.
root a. Removal of the apical
portion of a tooth root surgically.
subperiosteal a. One in which the
cut end of the bone is covered with a
periosteal flap.
a-my-e-lin'ic (Gr. a, without + mydos,
marrow). The condition of being
without marrow or having no medul-
lary sheath.
a-myg^da-la, pi. -Ub (L. from Gr. amyg-
dak, almond). 1. The tonsil. 2.
The lobules of the cerebellum, situ-
ated on the lower surfaces of the
hemispheres. 3. An almond.
a. amara. The bitter almond.
a. dulcis. The sweet almond.
a-myg-da-lec^to-my (Gr. amygdale, al-
mond 4- ektome, excision). Excision
of the tonsil.
a-myg-da-lo-glos'sus. See Table of
Muscles.
a-myg^da-loid (Gr. amygdale, almond
+ eidos, form). Like a tonsil or
almond.
a-myg-da-lot'o-my (Gr. amygdale, al-
mond 4- tome, cut). Incision of a
tonsil or excision of a part or the
entire tonsil.
am'yl (Gr. amyhn, starch). The
hypothetical radical CsHn.
a. chlorid. A profound anesthetic.
a. nitrite. A yellowish volatile
liquid. A powerful heart stimulant
administered by inhalation. Dose
3 to 5 drops upon a napkin.
16 ANAESTHESIA
am'y-lase (Gr. amylon, starch + ase),
A ferment that converts starch into
sugar.
am-yl-o-dex'trin. A substance pro-
duced during the conversion of
starch into sugar.
am-yl-ory-sis (Gr. amylorij starch +
lysis, solution). The digestion of
starch.
am-yl-op^sin (Gr. amylon, starch +
ovsis, appearance). A ferment of
the pancreatic juice that converts
starch into maltose.
a-myx'ia (Gr. a, without + myxa
mucus). Deficiency of mucus.
a-myx-or-rhe'a (Gr. a, without +
myxa, mucus + rhoia, flow). Ab-
. sence of the normal mucous secre-
tion.
ana (Gr. ana, so much of each). Used
in prescription-writing to mean of
each and written aa. Gr. prep,
meaning again,
an-ab^o-lism (Gr. anabaUein, to build
up). Physiologic assimilation; the
building up of healthy tissue.
an-ac-idl-ty (Gr. an. neg. + acidity).
Lack of normal acidity.
an^a-cin. Trade name of preparation
used to prevent post-operative pain
following tooth extraction.
an-a-dor. A proprietary preparation
of acetanihd.
a-n»'mia, a-n»^mic. See anemia,
anemic.
an-a'e-robe, an-a-e-ro^ion (Gr. an,
neg. + a^r, air + bios, life) . A micro-
organism having the power to live
without air; also inability to live in
the presence of free oxygen.
facultative a. A microorganism
ordinariljr requiring oxygen, but is
able to live without it.
aii-a-e-roni)i-a. Plural of anaerohion.
an-a-e-roni)ic, an-a-e-ro-bi-ot'ic. In-
dicating a microorganism that lives
best without oxygen.
an-a-e-ro-bi-o'sis (Gr. an, without +
aer, air + bios, life). Existence
without oxygen.
an-a-e-ro-phyte' (Gr. an, without +
aer, air + phyton, plant). A anaero-
bic microorganism.
an-»8-the'8ia, an-»s-thetlc. See
anesthesia, anesthetic.
Digitized by
Google
ANAL
a^nal (L. aniLSf analia). Pertaining to
the anus.
an-al-ep^tic. A restorative medicine.
an-al^gen (Gr. ariy without + cdgos,
pain). A white crystalline powder,
anti-pjrretic. analgesic, used m rheu-
matism ana neuralgia. Dose, 7 to
15 gr. [0.46 to 1 gm.].
an-al-ge'sia (Gr. arty without + algos,
pain). Insensibility to pain.
an-al-ge^8ic. 1. Relieving pain. 2.
A remedy that allays pain.
an-al^gia, an-al^gic. Absence of pain.
an-al^gin. See creolin.
an^al-ogne (Gr. analogos, proportion-
ate). An organ or part having the
same function as another, but of
different structure.
ho-moro-gous a. A part similar
to another in both structure and
function.
an-al^y-sis, pi. -sea (Gr. anay apart +
lyein, to loosen). The process of
separating a substance into its ele-
mental component parts.
eolorimetric a. A qualitative an-
alysis by means of color tests.
gravimetric a. A quantitative an-
alysis, obtained by weighing bodies
or their products.
qoalitatlYe a., qualitiva a. Deter-
mination of the number and char-
acter of elements composing a body,
quantitative a., quantitive a. De-
termination of the proportionate
amounts of the elements composing
a body.
volumetric a. A quantitative an-
alysis, by determining the compo-
nents of a body by volume.
an-a-mor'pho-8is (Gr. ana, up +
morpfie, to form). Gradual progres-
sion from one type into another.
an-a-phy-lac'tic. Pertaining to ana-
phylaxis.
an-a-phy-lac'tin. A substance sui>-
posed to be present in blood of ani-
mals that have survived a small
dose of foreign protein, causing a
higher power of assimilation for the
toxin.
an-a-phy-laz'is (Gr. ancL against +
phylaxiSf guardian). Induction of
disease; opposed to prophylaxis; in-
2
17 ANATOMY
creased susceptibility to intoxica-
tion from imion of a foreign sub-
stance with antibodies produced by
previous introduction of the same
substance. *
an-a-plas^tic (Gr. aruif up + plaasein,
to form). Restoring a lost part.
an-a-plas^ty. Plastic surgery.
a-uar^co-tin (Gr. a, against + narke,
stupor). Narcotin; a non-narcotic
antiperiodic.
an-a-8tal^tic (Gr. aruif upward + steU
leCn, to contract). An astringent or
styptic drug.
a-nas^to-mose, a-nas-to-mo^sis (Gr.
anUf by or tlu*ough + stomas a mouth) .
Communication of branches of ves-
sels with one another. Commimica-
tion between two vessels.
a-nas'-to-mot^ic. Having the nature
of anastomosis.
anat. Abbr. for anatomy.
a-nat'o-my (Gr. ana, apart + temneinf
to cut). 1. That science which has
for its object the study of the struc-
ture of organized bodies. 2. Dis-
section of organized bodies.
i^iplied a. Application of anatomy
to the diagnosis and treatment of
comparative a. A comparative
study of the structures of different
animals one with another.
dental a. Study of the teeth and
their contiguous parts.
descriptive a. Anatomical descrip-
tion of the parts of the body.
general a. Study of the structure
and composition of the body, its
tissues and fluids in general.
gross a. Structures that can be
studied with the eye.
histologic a. Study of the histo-
logic structure of the parts of the
body.
macroscopic a. Same as gross
anatomy,
microscopic a., minute a. The
structures of the parts of the body
studied under the microscope.
morbid a., pathologic a. Study of
the tissues and parts of the body in
disease.
Digitized by
Google
ANCHORAGE
18
ANESTHESIA
regional a. Study of the anatomy
of the particular regions of the body.
special a. Study of particular
parts or organs of the body.
surgical a. Study of portions or
particular regions of the body with
a view to surgical intervention.
topographic a. Study of parts or
organs of the body in relation to the
surrounding parts.
an^chor-age (Gr. ankyna, hook).
1. A means of support or security.
2. The points of fixation of crowns,
bridges or fillings. 3. In ortho-
dontia teeth used for supports of a
regulating appliance.
anMo-lin. A local anesthetic contain-
ing beta-eucain, stovain and supra-
renin.
an-droro-gy (Gr. aner, man + logos^
treatise). That branch of medicine
which treats of diseases of the male
sex.
an-e-lec^trode (Gr. ana, up + electrode).
The positive pole of the galvanic
battery.
a-ne^mia (Gr. an, without + haimay
blood). Deficiency in either quan-
tity or quahty of the blood. Anemia
is marked by paleness of the skin
and mucous membrane, lack of
energy, palpitation of the hearty and
other general symptoms.
a-ne^mic. Pertaining to anemia.
an-er^gic (Gr. an, without + ergon,
energy). The state of being lethar-
gic or sluggish.
an^er-gy (Gr. an, not + ergon, work).
Opposed to anaphylaxis.
an^es-on. See chloreUme,
an-es-the-d-ne^sia (Gr. a, without +
aisthesis, sensation + kinesis, move-
ment). Loss of sensibihty; loss of
motor power.
an-es-the^sia (Gr. an, without +
aisthesis, sensation). Loss of sensa-
tion, particularly loss of tactile
sensibility.
Credit for the discovery of anesthe-
sia is due to Horace Wells, a Hartford,
Conn., dentist, in 1842, who produced
anesthesia bV inhalation of nitrous
oxid gas. The promoting of the
anesthetic process is credited to Wm.
T. G. Morton, a Boston dentist, who
received his suggestions from Wells
and C. T. Jackson, a Boston chemist,
and produced anesthesia by the
inhalation of sulphuric ether. Craw-
ford T. Long, a Georgia physician, is
also credited with the discovery of
the anesthetic properties of sulphuric
ether, even before Morton, but it
was not made known to the world
ujitil after Morton's discovery was
being exploited.
The anesthetic process is divided
into: General a., and Local a.
Local a. is divided into: Block or
Conduction a., and Terminal or
Infiltration a.
Block or Conduction a. is further
divided into: Endoneural a,, and
Perineural a.
Perineural a. is further divided
into: Inira-osseous a.. Regional or
Circular a., and Deep nerve blocking a.
Terminal or Infiltration a. is further
divided into: Submucous a.. Sub-
periosteal a.. Peridental a.. Pressure
a.. High Pressure a., ana Insuffla-
tion a.
block or conduction a. Anesthesia
of a part produced by blocking the
nerve trunk supplying the part, by
injection of an anesthetic agent at
a point distant from the field of
operation.
circular a. Same as regional a.
conduction a. Same as block a.
deep nerve blocking a. Anesthesia
of a part or parts produced by inject-
ing the anesthetic agent near the
trunk of the nerve supplying the
part or parts with sensation.
endoneural a. Anesthesia pro-
duced by injecting the anesthetic
agent directly into the nerve trunk.
facial a. Anesthesia of the parts
suppUed by the facial nerve.
general a. Anesthesia of the whole
body.
high pressure a. Anesthesia of a
tooth produced by forcing the anes-
thetic agent into the dentin of the
tooth under high pressure.
infiltration a. Same as terminal a.
insufflation a. Anesthesia pro-
duced about the upper anterior
teeth by application of the anesthetic
agent to the tissues in the floor of the
Digitized by
Google
ANESTHESIN
intruiearal a. Injection of the
anesthetic agent directly into the
nerve.
intra-osseoos.a. Anesthesia pro-
duced by injecting the anesthetic
agent into the bone structure proper.
local a. Anesthesia of a part of the
body.
peridental a. Anesthesia produced
by injecting the anesthetic agent
into the peridental membrane be-
tween the tooth root and the alveolar
wall.
perineural a. Anesthesia produced
by injecting the anesthetic agent
around the nerve trunk.
pressure a. Anesthesia of the pulp
of a tooth by forcing the anesthetic
agent into the tooth pulp through
a tooth cavity or an exposed point
of the nerve.
regional or circular a. Anesthesia
produced in an area zone around
the point of deposit of the anesthetic
agent, by the infiltration of the
anesthetic into the tissues.
spinal a. Anesthesia produced by
injecting the anesthetic agent into
the spinal column.
submucous a. Anesthesia pro-
duced by injecting the anesthetic
agent under the surface of the
mucous membrane.
subperiosteal a. Anesthesia pro-
duced by injecting the anesthetic
agent just under the periosteum and
along the surface of tne bone.
surgical a. Anesthesia produced
for the purpose of preventing pain
during a surgical operation.
terminal a. Anesthesia produced
by the injection of the anesthetic at
the nerve terminals.
an-es'the-sin. A white, tasteless and
odorless powder, soluble in alcohol;
used as an anesthetic like cocain
and orthoform and said to be non-
toxic ; ethyl - para - amidobenzoate .
Dose, internally, 5 to 8 gr. [0.3 to 0.5
gm.J.
an-es-the'tic. Any drug that produces
anesthesia; a drug having the power
of producing anesthesia.
general a. An anesthetic that
produces anesthesia of the whole
body.
19 ANGINA
local a. An anesthetic that pro-
duces anesthesia of a local or circum-
scribed area or part.
an-es'khe-tist. One who administers
an anesthetic.
an-es-khet-i-za'tion. The production
of anesthesia by means of an anes-
thetic.
an-es-the-tize'. To put under the
influence of an anesthetic.
an-es-the-tom'e-ter. An instrument
for measuring and mixing anesthetic
an-es'thile. An anesthetic mixture of
equal parts of methyl and ethyl
chlorid.
an-es'thol. A general anesthetic mix-
ture containmg chloroform, ether
and ethyl chlorid.
an-es'thyl. A local anesthetic con-
taining 1 part methyl chlorid with
5 parts of ethyl chlorid.
an'eu-rism, an'eu-rysm (Or. aneu-
rysiruif a widening). A circum-
scribed dilatation of an artery, form-
ing a sac filled with blood.
an-ea-rys'mal. Pertaining to an
aneurysm.
an-eu-rys-mat'ic. Of the nature of
aneurysm.
an-eu-rys-mec'to-my (Gr. aneurysma
+ ektomCj excision). Extirpation of
an aneurysmal sac.
an-eu-rys-mot'o-my (Gr. aneurysma +
tome, to cut). Incision into the sac
of an aneurysm.
an-ge-i'tis, an-gi-i'tis (Gr. angeion,
vessel + itis, inflammation). In-
flammation of a blood or lymph
vessel.
an-gi'na (L. anger e, to strangle). Any
disease attended with spasmodic
suffocating attacks; especially a dis-
ease of the fauces or phar3mx.
Ludwig's a. An inflammatory ul-
cerous condition of mucous mem-
brane of the mouth over the sub-
maxillary gland.
a. pectoris. Paroxysmal neurosis
associated with diseased conditions
of the heart and aorta; it is marked
by a sensation of suffocation and
intense pain in the chest.
Plant's a. Same as Vincent^s a.
Digitized by
Google
ANGINAL
ulceromembranous a. Same as
Vincent*8 a.
Vincent's a. An inflammatory ul-
cerous condition of the mucous mem-
brane of the throat, caused by B.
fusiformis, and a spirochete.
an'gi-nal, an'gi-noid, an'gi-nose, an'gi-
nous. Pertaining to or resembling
an angina.
an'gi-o-blast (Gr. angewn, vessel +
blastos, germ). An embryonic tissue
from which the blood-vessels and
blood cells are derived.
an-gi-o-car-di'tis (Gr. angeion, vessel
+ kardia, heart). Inflammation of
tlie heart and large blood-vessels.
an-gio-fi-bro'ma (Gr. angeion^ vessel +
L. fibray fiber + Gr. omay tumor).
A fibrous degenerating angioma.
An angioma containing fibrous tis-
sues.
an'gi-o-lith (Gr. angeion, vessel +
liihos, stone). A calcareous deposit
in a blood-vessel.
an-gi-oro-iry (Gr. angeion, vessel +
logos, treatise). The silm of knowl-
edge concerning the blood- and
lymph-vessels.
an-gi-o'ma, pi. angiomaia (Gr. angeion,
vessel + oma, tumor). A tumor con-
sisting of blood- or lymph-vessels.
an-gi-o'ma-tous. Of the nature of
angioma.
an-gi-o-neu-rec'to-my (Gr. angeion,
vessel + neuron, nerve + ektome,
excision). Excision of vessels ana
nerves, particularly the operation for
enlarged prostate.
an-gi-o-neu-rot'o-my (Gr. angeion, ves-
sel + neuron, nerve + tome, to cut).
The operation of cutting vessels and
nerves.
an-gi-op'a-thy (Gr. angeion, vessel +
pathos, affection). Disease of the
vessels.
an'gi-o-plas-ty (Gr. ang&ion, vessel +
plassein, to form). Plastic surgery
of the blood-vessels.
an'gi-o-pres-sure. Control of hemor-
rhage by the appUcation of pressure.
an-gi-ot'o-my (Gr. angeion, vessel +
tome, to cut). Dissection of the
blood-vessels.
an'gle (L. angvlus). The degree of
(Svergence of two lines which meet.
20 ANGLES OF TH E TEETH
cavHy a's. See camty angles.
a. of the jaw. The angle formed by
inferior surface of the body of the
mandible and the .posterior surface
of the ramus.
line a. Angle formed by imion of
two tooth surfaces.
point a., solid a. Angle formed by
imion of three tooth surfaces.
tooth a. The point or line at which
two or more surfaces of the tooth
meet.
Angle's chin retractor. A swaged
metal cup to fit the chin, and con-
nected by rubber bands with a cap
fitted to the back of the head.
Angle's classification. A classification
of the various types of malocclusion;
made by Edward H. Angle, contem-
porary American orthodontist. See
malocclusion.
angles of teeth. Black has given a
complete classification and nomen-
clature of the surface angles of the
teeth as follows:
angles of surfaces of the teeth. Each
surface of the cuspids, bicuspids and
molar teeth has four angles: (1)
Those of the occlusal surfaces being
mesio-buccal, disto-buccal, mesio-
lingual and disto-lingual: those of
the buccal (2) and lingual (3) being
mesio-occlusal, disto-occlusal, mesio-
gingival and disto-gingival; (4) those
of the mesial and distal siuf aces be-
ing bucco-occlusal, linguo-occlusal,
bucco-gingival ana linguo-gingival.
The angles of the surfaces of the
incisor and cuspid teeth are, of the
labial and lingual surfaces; the mesio-
incisal^ disto-incisal, mesio-gingival
and disto-gingival. On account of
the triangular form of the mesial and
distal surfaces of the incisors, these
surfaces have but three angles: the
labio-gingival, linguo-gingival and
incisaL [Black.]
angles of the teeth. The angles of the
teeth are named as if the teeth were
cubes. Compounds of the names of
the surfaces are used in designating
the angles. There are three sets of
angles: (1) Those formed by the
junction of the axial surfaces with
each other and form line angles
extending from the occlusal surface
to the gingival line, namely, mesio-
Digitized by
Google
ANGULUS 21
buccal, disto-buccal, mesio-lingual
and disto-lingual an^es. (2) Those
formed by the junction of the axial
surfaces with tne occlusal surface,
namely, mesio-occlusal, bucco-
occlusal, disto-occlusal and linguo-
occlusal angles. (3) Those formed
by the junction of three surfaces at
a point; also called point angles,
namely, mesio-bucco-occlusal, mesio-
lin^o-occlusal, disto-bucco-occlusal
and disto-linguo-occlusal angles.
The shapes of the incisors and cus-
pids are such that they have only
the first set of an^es, mesio-labial,
disto-labial, mesio-lingual and disto-
lingual angles; and mesio-incisal and
disto-incisal angles. [Black.]
an'ga-los. Latin for <
ANNEXA
an-his'tic, an-his'tous (Gr. an, without
+ hiatos, web). Structureless; not
organized.
an-hy'drid (Gr. an, without + hydor.
water). A chemical compound
derived from an acid by the abstrac-
tion of a molecule of water.
an-hy-dro'sis. Deficiency of sweat.
an-hy'drou8. Deprived of water.
anl-lid. A compound formed from
anihn by the substitution of an acid
radical for the hydrogen of the
amine radical NH2.
anM-lin (Fr. anUf indigo). A colorless
oily liquid made by reducing nitro-
benzene; combined with chlorin and
the chlorates it forms the anilin dyes.
A poisonous drug used in chorea and
epilepsy. Dose, i gr. [0.03 gm.J.
an-i-li-py'rin. A proprietary prepara-
tion of acetanihd 1 part and anti-
pyrin 2 parts, used in rheumatism
and influenza. Dose, 5 to 15 gr.
[0.3 to 1 gm.].
an-i-mal^cule (L. animalcidum). Any
microscopic animal organism.
a-ni'o-dol. A proprietary antiseptic
used in sterilizmg dressings and
instruments.
anl-on (Gr. ana, up + ion, going). In
electrolysis the element, or radical
SO4, which is liberated at the posi-
tive pole; an ion carrying a charge
of negative electricity.
an'ise (L. anisum). The ripe fruit
of PimpineUa anisum. It is a car-
minative and expectorant. Dose,
10 to 20 gr. [0.666 to 1.333 gm.].
an-i'so-dont (Gr. anisos, unequal +
odouSy tooth). Having teeth of
irregular length.
an-i-sog'nath-ous (Gr. anisos, irregular
+ gnathos, jaw). Having the upper
jaw of greater transverse diameter
than the lower.
anl-80l. A fragrant colorless liquid
obtained from phenol by heating
with potassium and methyl iodid.
a-ni-80-mer'ic. Containing the same
elements but in different propor-
tions; opposite of isomeric.
an'i-snin, gen. anisi, Latin for anise.
anlcy-losed, an-ky-lot'ic. Pertaining
to ankylosis.
an-ky-lo'sis (Gr. ankylosis). Adhesion
of the articulating ends of bones that
form a joint; a stiff joint.
bony a. Ankylosis due to the
actual osseous union of the articular
ends of the bone.
false a. Ankylosis caused by fi-
brous bands of the joint.
a. of the jaws. A closure of the
jaws with inability to open them,
resulting from muscular spasm,
traumatism, or adhesions in the
temporomandibular articulation.
true a. Same as bony a.
an-ky-lot'o-my (Gr. ankyle, loop +
temnein, to cut). Cutting operation
for tongue-tie.
an^-ge (German), pi. ardagen or
anlages. The undifferentiated rudi-
mentary mass of cells in the develop-
ing embryo.
an-neal' (Saxon annelan, to heat).
To heat and cool slowly. The heat-
ing of gold foil for filling teeth to
drive off surface impurities and
restore the cohesive qualities.
an-neal'ing amalgam. A process of
heating an alloy to lengthen the
setting time, and increase edge
strength.
a. lamp. An alcohol lamp used
for annealing gold,
a. tray. A device heated by
electricity used for annealing gold
uniformly.
an-nex'a (L. annectare, to annex).
Appendages or adjimct parts to a
main organ or structure.
Digitized by
Google
ANOCIASSOCIATION
a-no'ci^as-so-ci-a'tiOQ. The condition
in which pain, fear, shock and neu-
roses are blocked and so excluded in
surgical cases. A condition de-
scribed by W. Crile, an American
physician, of Cleveland.
an'ode (Gr. anuj up + hodoSy way).
The positive pole of the galvanic
battery.
an-o-don'tia (Gr. an, without + odous,
tooth). Absence of teeth.
an'o-dyne (Gr. an, without -f odyne,
pain). Ally medicament that re-
lieves pain e. g., morphin, opium,
codein, atropin, ether, etc.
a-nomVly, a-nomVloos (Gr. an,
without + omcdos. even, regular)
Marked deviation from the normal,
irregular, contrary to the regular
order.
an-o-rex'^ia (Gr. an, without + orexis,
appetite) . Loss of appetite for food.
an-os'mia (Gr. an, priv. + osme, smell).
Loss of the sense of smell.
an-os-to'sis (Gr. an, without + osteon,
bone). Defective development of
bone; atrophy of bone.
an-ox-e'mia, an-ox-ae'mia, an-oxy-
Q'mia (Gr. an, without + oxygen -f-
haima, blood). Deficient supply of
oxygen to the blood.
an'sa, pi. ansas (L., a handle). A wire
loop used in bacteriologic technique.
ant-acld (Gr. anti, against + L.
addum, sour). A substance that
neutralizes acidity.
an-tag-o-niz'er. Same as articulator.
ant-al'gic (Gr. anti, against + cdgos,
pain). A remedy that relieves pain.
KeUeving pain.
ant-allca-line (Gr. anti, against +
alkali). An agent that neutralizes
an alkali.
ant-ar-thrit'ic (Gr. anti, against +
arthritikos, gouty). A remedy used
for gout. Opposed to gout.
an'te-. Latin prefix meaning before.
ante cibum. Latin phrase meaning
before meals.
an-te-flexlon (L. ante, before + flexis,
bend). A displacement in which
the upper part of the organ is bent
forward.
22 ANTHROPOGENY
ante mortem. Latin phrase meaning
before death.
an-te-na'tal (L. ante, before + natus,
bom). Occurring before birth.
an-te'ri-ad. Toward the anterior sur-
face of the body.
an-teMor (L., before). Situated in
front of.
a. teeth. The six front teeth in
either jaw.
an'te-ro« (L. anterior, before). A pre-
fix meaning before.
an-te-ro«in-fe'rior. Located in front
of and below.
an-te-ro»in-te'ri-or. Located in front
of and internally.
an-te-rO'in-ter'nal. Located in front
of and to the inner side.
an-te-ro«lat'er-al. Located in front
of and to one side.
aa-te-ro»pos-teM-or. Extending from
before backward.
an-te-ro»8a-pe'ri-or. Located in front
of and above.
an-te-ver'sion (L. ante, before + vertere,
to turn). A displacement in which
the organ is tipped forward,
an-te-ver'ted. Tipped forward.
an-thel-min'tic (Gr. anti, against +
elmins, worm). A remedy used to
expel worms.
an-thra'cia (L. anthrax, carbuncle).
A disease marked by the formation
of carbuncles.
an-thra'cic. Pertaining to anthrax.
an-thra'coid. Resembling anthrax.
an-thra-co'sis (Gr. anthrakosis). \.
A malignant ulcer. 2. A disease
of the lungs caused from inhaUng
coal dust.
an-thra-cotlc. Pertaining to anthrax.
an'thrax (Gr. anthrax, coal, carbuncle).
A carbuncle.
maliffiiant a. A fatal infectious
disease of cattle due to Bacillus
anthracis, and may occur in man.
pulmonary a. Anthrax due to
inhalation of dust containing Ba-
cillus anthracis.
an-thro-pog'eny (Gr. anthropos, man
+ gennan, to produce). The evolu-
tion of man.
Digitized by
Google
ANTHROPOID 23
an'thro-poid (Gr. anlhroposy man +
eidoSf form). Having the form of
man.
an-thro-poro-iry (Gr. anthropost man
+ lo^os, (fiscourse). History of
mankmd.
an-thro-pom'e-try (Gr. anthropos, man
+ metrony measure). That branch
of anthropology which deals with
the comparative measurements of
weight, dimensions, etc., of the
different parts of the human body.
an'ti* (Gr. aniif against). A prefix
meaning against.
an-ti^am-bo-cep'tor. A substance that
opposes the action of an amboceptor.
an-ti-ar-fhrit'ic. A remedy used to
relieve gout.
an-ti-bac'te-rial. An agent that
checks the growth of bacteria.
an-ti-bac-te-ri-o-lytlc. An agent that
counteracts bacteriolytic action.
an-ti-bi-o'sis (Gr. antij against + bios,
life). Destructive to life; the process
whereby one organism retards the
growth of another.
an-ti-bi-otlc. Destructive of life.
an-ti-bod'y. A substance in the blood
of animals rendered immune, that
exerts an antagonistic influence on
invading microbes.
an-ti-bro'mic (Gr. antij against +
bromosj smell). A deodorant. An
agent that overcomes ill smells.
an'ti-bmle. A proprietary antiseptic
used for burns, skin diseases, etc.
an-ti-cal'ca-lou8. Term applied to
an agent that prevents formation of
calculi.
an-ti-ca'ri-0U8. Preventive of or op-
posed to caries.
an-ti-cath'ode. That part of the
vacuum tube opposite the cathode.
an-ti-chlo'ren. A proprietary mer-
cury albuminate used in syphilis.
Dose, i gr. [0.01 gm.].
an-ti-chola-gogae. An agent that re-
strains the function of the liver.
an-ti-co-ag'a-lant, an-ti-co-ag'u-la-
tive. Opposed to coagulation.
an-ti-co-ag'a-lin. A substance formed
in the body whose action is opposed
to coagulin.
ANTI-IMMUNE
an-ti-coin'ple-ment. A substance cap-
able of neutralizing the action of a
complement. See Ehrlichia aide-
chain theory,
an-ti-com'ple-men-tary. Capable of
destroying the power of a comple-
ment.
an-ti-d4>h'the-rin. A serum used
against diphtheria.
an-ti-diph-the-rit'ic. Opposed to diph-
theria.
an-ti-do-lo'rin (Gr. anti^ against + L.
doUyr, pain) . A proprietMy prepara-
tion of ethyl chlorid.
an'ti-dote (Gr. anti, against + didonai,
to give). A remedy that counter-
acts a poison. For antidotes for
various poisons see under poisons.
chemic a. One that changes the
chemical natiire of the poison.
phyBiologic a. One that acts against
a poison by producing other effects.
an-ti-e-met'ic. ReUeving nausea; pre-
venting vomiting.
an-ti-en'zyme (Gr. antij against +
enzyme). An agent that neutralizes
an enzyme; or an enzyme that neu-
traUzes the action of another enzyme.
an-ti-feb'rile (Gr. antij against + L.
febris, fever). An agent that allays
fever.
an-ti-feb'rin. Same as acetanilid.
an-ti-fer'inent, an-ti-fer-men-ta'tiye.
An agent that prevents the action
of a ferment.
an-ti-for'nun. An alkaline solution of
sodium hypochlorid; it has been used
under the name of radicin in the
treatment of infected root canals.
an'ti-gen (Gr. anlij against + gennan,
to form). A substance that induces
the formation of antibodies in the
animal organism.
an-ti-glob'a-lin. An agent that pre-
cipitates globulin.
an-ti-he-ino-ly'tic. An agent that pre-
vents hemolysis.
an-ti-hem-or-rhafflc. An agent that
stops hemorrhage.
an-ti-hy-gi-enlc. Opposed to the prin-
ciples of hygiene.
an-ti-im-mmie'. Acting to prevent
immunity. An antiamboceptor.
Digitized by
Google
ANTIKAMNIA
24
ANTISIALOGOGUE
an-ti-kam'nia. A proprietary anti-
Eyretic containing sodium bicar-
onate, caffein and acetanilid.
Dose, 4 to 10 gr. [0.266 to 0.666 gm.].
an-ti-ki'nase. A substance that in-
hibits the action of kinase.
an-ti-lac'tase. A substance that in-
hibits the action of lactase.
an-ti-lith'ic (Gr. antiy against + lithos,
stone). All agent that prevents the
formation of calculus.
an-ti-ly'sin. A substance formed in
the blood of an animal immunized
against a disease, that neutralizes
the lysins produced by the bacteria
of the disease and enables the alexins
to destroy the disease.
an-ti-mi-croloic. Opposed to the
growth of microbes.
an-ti-mi-craine'. A proprietary head-
ache remedy. Dose 10 to 20 gr.
[0.6 to 1.2 gm.].
an'ti-mo-ny (L. antimonium or stib-
ium). A bluish crystalline metallic
element, symbol Sb. forming various
medicinal salts. The salts are heart
depressants, with emetic and dia-
phoretic properties.
an-ti-my-cot'ic (Gr. antiy against +
mykeSf fungus). Capable of de-
stroying fungi.
an-ti-nar-cot'ic. An agent for pre-
venting narcotism.
an-ti-nar'co-tiii. A proprietary reme-
dy for morphinism, etc.
an-ti-ne-phritlc. Capable of prevent-
ing or relieving inflammation of the
kidneys.
an-ti-nea-ral'gic. An agent that re-
lieves neuralgia.
an-ti-o-don-tal'gic. An agent that re-
lieves toothache.
an-ti-op'so-nin. A substance that in-
hibits the action of opsonins.
an-ti-pa-ra-sit'ic. An agent that de-
stroys parasites.
an-ti-path'o-gen. A substance that
acts against a pathogen.
an-ti-pep'sin. An anti-enzyme which
neutralizes the action of pepsin.
an-ti-pe-ri-odlc. An agent used to
prevent m|darial recurrence.
an-tiph'a-gin. A substance formed
by bacteria that protects them from
phagocytes.
an-ti-phag-o-cy'tic. An agent oppos-
ing phagocytosis.
an-ti-phlo-gi8'tic. An agent that coun-
teracts inflammation and fever.
an-ti-phlo-gifl'tine. A proprietary
preparation used as an anodjnae,
and antiphlogistic.
an-ti-pylc (Gr. antif against + pyon
pus). Preventing suppuration.
an-ti-py-o-gen'ic (Gr. antiy against +
pyon, pus + gennan, to form). Op-
posing or hindering the development
of pus.
an-ti-py-ret'ic (Gr. anti, against +
pyretos. fever). An agent that re-
lieves lever. A remedy for fever.
an-ti-py'rin (Gr. anii, against + pyr,
fire). A grayish crystalline coal-tar
derivative; antipyretic, antirheuma-
tic and analgesic, used in typhoid
fever, rheumatism and neimdgia.
Dose, 5 to 10 gr. [0.333 to 0.666 gm.].
an-ti-ra-chit'ic. A remedy for rickets.
an-ti-rhea-mat^ic. An agent that re-
lieves or prevents rheumatism.
an-ti-8Cor-ba'tic. An agent curative
of scurvy.
an-ti-sep'sis (Gr. anti, against +
sepsis f putrefaction). Excluding of
germs that cause putrefaction.
an-ti-sep'tic. An agent that prevents
decay or putrefaction. Some of the
principal antiseptics are alcohol,
boric acid, phenol, creosote, corro-
sive subUmate, common salt, chlorin,
tannic acid and vinegar.
an-ti-sep'ti-cm. Trade name of an
antiseptic preparation composed of
benzoic acid, boric acid, eucalyptol,
thymol, and peppermint.
an-ti-sep'ti-cism. Employment of anti-
septic agents.
an-ti-sep'ti-cize. To render antisep-
tic.
an-ti-sep'tin. A whitish powder used
as an antiseptic in wounds and skin
diseases.
an-ti-sep'tol. A reddish powder used
externally as an antiseptic.
an-ti-si-al'ic (Gr. anti, against +
stolon f saliva). An agent used to
check the flow of saliva. Anything
that checks the flow of saliva.
an-ti-si-al'o-gogae. An agent that
checks the flow of saliva.
Digitized by
Google
ANTISPASMODIC
an-ti-spas-mod'ic. An agent that re-
lieves spasms.
an-ti-8trep-to-coc'oic. Opposed to
streptococci.
an-ti-ther^mm (Gr. anti, against +
thennef heat). A poisonous crystal-
line coal-tar derivative used as an
antipyretic, antiseptic and analgesic.
Dose, 3 to 8 gr. [0.2 to 0.52 gm.].
an-ti-ffairomloin. An antibodv in the
blood that prevents coagulation.
an-ti-tox'ic. Opposed to poisons.
an-ti-tox'ia (Gr. antif against + toxikon,
•poison) . Any defensive substance ex-
isting or developed in the body as the
result of the implantation of a toxin.
an-ti-triB'mas. A spasm that prevents
closure of the mouth.
an-ti-tiu'sin. An ointment used in
the treatment of whooping cough/
containing 5 per cent of difluordiphe-
nyl.
an-ti-iy-mot'ic. Opposing the action
of ferment. A orug that inhibits
fermentation.
ant-o-don-tal'gic. An agent that re-
lieves toothache.
an'tra (L.) Plural of antrum.
an'tral (L. antralis). Pertaining to the
antrum.
an-trec'k>-my (Gr. antron, cavity +
ektome, excision). Excision of the
walls of the antrum.
an-tri'tis. Inflammation of the maxil-
lary antrum.
an-trchcele' (Gr. antron, cavity + kde,
tumor). An accumulation of fluid
in the antrum.
an-tro'na-sal. Pertaining to the an-
trum and the nose.
an-tro'-8Cope (Gr. antron, cavity +
shypein, to inspect). An instru-
ment used to examine the maxillary
antrum.
an-tro8'cop-y. Inspection of the an-
trum by means of the antroscope.
an-tro'tome (Gr. antron, cavity +
tome, cut). An instrument for per-
forming antrotomy.
an-trot'o-my (Gf. antron, cavity +
tome^ cut). The cutting open of the
maxillary antrum.
an'tmm, pi. ardra (L.; Gr. ardron,
cavity). A cavity within a bone.
25 APICAL
maxillary a., a. of Highmore, a.
maxillare. The large cavity in the
maxillary bone, communicating with
the nose.
an'yil. A heavy iron or steel block
on which metal mav be forged or
shaped in the dental laboratory.
a-or'ta (L.; Gr. aeirein, Fr. a^orte, to
raise up). The large artery that
leads from the left ventricle and
gives rise to all the arteries of the
systemic circulation.
a-or'tic. Pertaining to the aorta.
a-os'mic (Gr. a, without + oame, odor).
Without odor.
ap-ar-fhro'sis. Same as diarthroais,
ap-a-thet'ic. Indifferent.
ap-ath'ic, M^'ft-thy (Gr. a, without +
pathos, feeling). Lack of sensation
or feeling.
a-pe'ri-ent (L. aperiens, opening). A
mild purgative.
a'pex, pi. apices (L.). The point or
extremity of a cone.
root a. The terminal extremity of
the root of a tooth.
a-pex-o'graph (L. apex, the end + Gr.
graphein, to write). An instrument
for determining the apical end of a
tooth root.
a-pha'sia (Gr. a, without + phasis,
speech). Loss of power of speech.
a-pho'nia (Gr. a, without + phone,
voice). Loss of voice.
aph'tha, pi. aphtha (L.; from Gr.
avtein, to set on fire). Thrush. An
ulcer of the mouth.
aph'thoos. Pertaining to aphthae,
a. stomatitis. An inflammation
of the mucous membranes of the
mouth accompanied by the forma-
tion of whitish spots; caused by the
fungus Oidium albicans; occurring
in infants. See thrush.
ap'i-cal (L. apex). Located at or
pertaining to the apex of a tooth
root,
a. foramen, pi. foramina. The
minute opening of the pulp canal at
the apex of a tooth root.
a. space. A supposed space between
the wall of the alveolus and the apex
of the tooth root; such a space is
questioned by good authorities.
Digitized by
Google
APICO-
ap'i-cO" (L. apeXj ajndsy the end of a
thing). The combining form indi-
cating relation to an apex, as the
apex of the root of a tooth.
ap-i-co-ec'to-my (L. apex, the end +
Gr. ektomey excision). Excision of
the apex of a tooth root.
ap-i-co-locVtor (L. apex, the end +
locare, to locate). An instrument
for determining or locating the apex
of a tooth root; devised by George
Evans, contemporary New York
dentist.
a-pla'sia (Gr. a, not + pldssein, to
form). Defective development.
dental a. Defective development
of the teeth.
a-plas'tic (Gr. a, not + plasseiUf to
form). Without tendency to de-
velop into new tissue.
ap-ne'a (Gr. a, without + pnea,
breath). Asph3^a.
apo= (Gr.). A prefix meaning /rom.
ap-o-llp'sin. An antipyretic, analgesic
and sedative coal-tar derivative.
ap-o-mor'phin. An alkaloid derived
from morphin. It is a powerful
emetic.
a. hydrochlorid. An artificially pre-
pared alkaloid of morphin. It is an
emetic and expectorant. Dose, ^
to ^V gr. [0.002 to 0.006 gm.]. It is
also used in a 2 per cent solution
hypodermically.
ap-o-nea-ro'sis (Gr. apo, from +
neuron f tendon). A fascia: a white
gristly membrane that connects
muscles with the parts they move.
a-poph'y-sis, pi. apophyses (Gr. apo,
from + phyeiny to grow). A process
or protuberance of bone.
ap'08-tem, ap'os-te-ma (Gr. aposiema).
An abscess.
a-poth-e-ca-ries' weight. See Weights
and Measures,
ap-oth'e-ca-ry (Gr. apotheke, store-
house). A druggist or pharmacist.
ap'o-them. The deposit from a vege-
table concoction occurring on expos-
ure to air.
ap-oth'e-8ine. Trade name of a syn-
thetic local anesthetic, hydrochlorid
of ganoma diethylamino-propyl cin-
namate, used in 0.2 to 2 per cent
26 AQUA
solution in combination with supra-
renin.
ap'o-zem, apVze-ma, ap'o-zeme (Gr.
apOf from + zein, to boil). A medi-
cated concoction.
ap-pa-ra'tos, pi. -us or -ses (L. ad,
to + par are, to make ready). A
mechanical appUance or appliances
used in operations.
ap-pen'dix, pi. appendices (L. appen-
dare, to hang upon) . An appendage.
ap'pli-ca-tor. An instrument used for
making local applications.
Ap-po-lo'nl-a, Saint. Patron saint of
dentistry. Daughter of a heathen
magistrate of Alexandria, Egypt.
She became a Christian, and was per-
secuted by the extraction of her teeth
one by one; and on her refusal to
renounce her faith she suffered death
by fire in 249 a.d. She was canon-
ized in 300 A.D. [Dental Cosmos,
February, 1900.]
ap-proxl-mal, ap-proxl-mate (L. ap,
[for adj], to 4- proximu^, next). Con-
tiguous; close together; contiguous
surfaces of adjoining teeth. See
proximal,
ap-ty-aHia, ap-ty Vlisin (Gr. a, without
+ ptyalixein, to spit). Efficiency
of the saliva.
a^qua, gen. and pi. aqu^. Latin for
water. A solution of medicinal sub-
stance in water. Abbr. aq.
a. ammonisB. Water containing 10
per cent ammonia gas [U. S. P.]; an
antacid and stimulant. Dose, 10
to 30 min. [0.6 to 2.0 cc].
a. aurantii florum. Orange-fiower
water [U. S. P.]. Dose, | to 2 oz.
[15 to 60 cc].
a. chlori. Water charged with
chlorin; antiseptic. Dose, 10 to 30
min. [0.666 to 2 cc].
a. communis. Common water.
a. destillata. Distilled water.
a. fervens. Hot water.
a. fortis. Nitric acid.
a. javellensis. Javelle water.
a. menthas piperitas. Peppermint
water.
a. pluvialis. Rain water.
a. para, gen. aqiice puroe (L.). Pure
water.
Digitized by
Google
AQUEOUS
27
ARSENATE
a. regia. Nitrohydrochloric acid.
a. roses. Rose water, used as a
menstruum.
a. vitsB. Brandy.
a'qae-0U8 (L. aquaj water). Watery;
containing water.
a'qui-nol. A disinfectant liquor com-
posed of formalin, glycerin, potash
soap and thymol. *
arch (L. arcvsy a bow). In anatomy
any curved or bow-like structure.
a. wire. A term used by ortho-
dontists to indicate a wire extending
around the dental arch used in cor-
recting irregularities.
alveolar a. The arch of the alveo-
lar process of the jaws.
dental a. The arch formed by the
teeth in the jaw.
expansion a. An orthodontic ap-
pliance made of wire to conform to
the arch of the jaw, and used as
anchorage for the movement of the
teeth.
lingual a. An orthodontic appli-
ance made of wire to conform to the
lingual aspect of the dental arch,
used to produce movement of the
teeth. The designing and applica-
tion of this appliance is credited to
Dr. J. V. Mershon, Philadelphia.
mandibular a. The arch formed
by the tympanic plate of the tempo-
ral bone and the mandible.
palatine a. The arch formed by
the anterior pillars of the fauces.
ribbon a. An orthodontic appli-
ance made of flattened wire to con-
form to the dental arch, used as
anchorage to produce movement of
the teeth. The designing and appli-
cation of this appliance is credited to
Dr. Edward H. Angle, Pasadena,
Calif.
zygomatic a. The arch formed by
the malar and temporal bones.
ar'cus, pi. arcus (L., a bow). Any
structure resembling an arch.
a. dentalis. The dental arch.
a'rea (L.). A plane surface. An
open space. A limited space.
a-re'o-la, pi. 4(b (L. dim. of area). 1.
Any minute space in a tissue. 2.
The ring around the nipple.
a-re'o-lar. Containing small inter-
spaces.
ar'ge-nol. An antiseptic and bacteri-
cidal silver albuminoid preparation.
ar-gen-tam'in. An alkaline compound
of silver phosphate and ethylene-
diamid; an antiseptic.
ar-gen'tum, gen. argenti. Latin for
silvery which see. Abbr. Ag.
a. nitratum. Silver nitrate, which
see.
Argyll-Robertson pupil. Absence of
light reflex in the pupil; a symptom
of paralysis.
ar-gyr'ia (Gr. argyros, silver). A
bluish discoloration of the skin or
mucous membrane resulting from
long-continued use of silver nitrate.
ar'gy-rol. A silver preparation used
in gonorrhea, conjunctivitis and
lar3mgitis, in a 0.5 to 2.5 per cent
solution.
a-rhyth'mic (Gr. a, without + rythmos,
rhythm). Lack of rhythm.
ar-is'tol (Gr. aristoSy befit). A brown-
ish-red powder used as a deodorant
antiseptic dressing.
Arkansas stone. A compact hard
stone used for sharpening blades of
cutting instruments.
Arkovy's mixture [J. Arkovy, contem-
porary Hungarian dentist]. A mix-
ture of phenol crystals, 8 gm.; cam-
phor, 4 gm.; and oil of eucalyptus,
4 cc; used in the treatment of putres-
cent root canals.
ar-ma-men-ta'rium (L.). The outfit
of a practitioner, including books,
medicmes and instruments.
Ar-me'ni-an bole. A reddish clay
used in tooth powders, and some-
times used for aphthse.
ar-o-mat'ic (L. aromaticus; Gr. aro-
matikos), 1. Having a spicy odor.
2. A medicinal substance of spicy
fragrance and with stimulant quali-
ties.
a. spirit of anmionia. See ammo-
nia,
ar-rach'ment, (ar-ash'mong). French
term used for extraction of teeth.
ar-rest^ To check.
ar-sa-ben'zol. Salvarsan.
ar'sen-ate. A salt of arsenic.
Digitized by
Google
ARSENIC
ar'sen-ic (L. arsenicurriy or arsenium,
from Gr. arsen. strong). A brittle,
lustrous, grayisn solid element, with
a garlicky odor, the salts of which
are medicinal. Symbol As. The
salts of arsenic are used as tonics
and alteratives.
a. trioxid. A salt of arsenic, AS2O8,
used to destroy the pulps of teeth.
ar-sen'i-cal. Pertaining to arsenic.
ar'sen-i-cal-ism. Chronic arsenical
poisoning.
ar'se-nid. A compoimd of arsenic
with another element.
ar-8en'i-0U8, ar'sen-ous. Containing
arsenic.
ar'sen-ite. A salt of arsenic.
ar-sen'o-ben-iol. See aalvaraan.
ar-sen-o-phe'nol. An arsenical prep-
aration used as a spiriUicide.
arsenoos acid. See arsenic trioxid.
ar-80-fer'rin. A proprietary prepara-
tion of iron with arsenic and glycero-
phosphoric acid.
ar-80t'ro-pin. A preparation of arsen-
ous iodid and belladonna extract
used in neuralgia and epilepsy.
ars-phen-am'in. The name substi-
tuted for salvarsan by the Federal
Trade Commission of the U. S. It
is a yellowish powder, paradiamido-
dioxyarsenobenzol dihydrochlorid,
used in the treatment of syphilis,
pernicious malaria, pernicious ane-
mia, and other protozoan infections.
Used locally in the treatment of
Vincent's stomatitis.
. ar'te-fact (L. arte^ by art + factum,
made). Any artificial product. The
term is used in histology for details,
relations or appearances in a section
which are not natural but which are
the result of the technique.
ar-te'ri-a, pi. arterice (L.; Gr.). An
artery.
ar-te'ri-al (Gr. arteria, artery). Per-
taining to an artery.
ar-te-ri-al-i-ia'tion. The change of
venous blood into arterial blood.
ar-te-riVsis. Degenerating change
in the walls of the arteries.
ar-t6'rio«cap'il-lary. Relating to the
arteries and capillaries.
28 ARTHRITIS
ar-te-rio-genVsis (Gr. art^ria, artery
.4- genesis, production). Formation
of the arteries.
ar-te'ri-ole (L. arteriola). A minute
arterial branch.
ar-te-ri-oro-iry (Gr. arteria, artery +
logos, discourse) . The sum of knowl-
edge concerning arteries.
ar-te-ri-or-rhex'is (Gr. arteria, artery
+ rhexis, a bursting). Rupture of
an artery. ,
ar-te-rio-sde-ro'sis (Gr. arteria, artery
+ sUeros, hard). Hardening of the
coats of the arteries.
ar-te-rio-8cle-rotlc. Pertaining to
arteriosclerosis.
ar-te-rio-ste-no'sis (Gr. arteria, artery
+ stenos, narrow). Narrowing of the
caUber of an artery.
ar-te-ri-os-to'sis (Gr. arteria, artery +
osteon, bone). Ossification of an
artery.
ar-te-ri-ot'o-my (Gr. arteria, artery +
tome, cut). Surgical division or
opening of an artery.
ar-te'ri-o-ve'nous. Pertaining to an
artery and a vein.
ar-te'ri-o-ver'sion (L. arteria, artery +
vertere, turn). Surgical eversion of
the coats of an artery to arrest
hemorrhage,
ar-te-ri'tis (Gr. arteria, arteiy + itis,
inflammation). Inflammation of an
artery,
ar'te-ry (L. arteria from Gr. aer, air
+ terein, to keep, because the arteries
were supposed in ancient times to
contain aur). Any one of the vessels
through which the blood passes
from the heart to various parts of
the body.
ar'fhral (Gr. arthron, joint). Relating
to a joint.
ar-thral'gia (Gr. arthron, joint + algos,
pain). Pain in a joint.
ar-thrargic. Relating to arthralgia.
ar-threc'k>-my (Gr. arthron, joint +
ektome, excision). Excision of a
joint.
ar'thri-fuf e (arthritis + L. fugare, to
put to flight). A remedy for gout.
ar-fhrit'ic. Relating to arthritis.
ar-fhri'tis (Gr. arthron, joint + itis,
inflammation). Inflammation in a
joint.
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 29 ARTERY
Tablb op Arteries op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Alveolar.
Angular.
Antral.
Aorta,
(arch).
Aorta
(thoracic)
Auditory,
internal.
Auricular,
anterior.
Auricular,
inferior.
Auricular,
deep.
Auricular,
posterior.
Axillary.
Aaygos.
Basilar.
Buccal.
Buccal.
Buccal.
Buccinator.
Carotid,
common.
Carotid,
external.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Terminal branch
of facial.
Posterior dental.
The left ven-
tricle.
Arch of aorta.
Basilar.
Temporal.
Posterior auricu-
lar.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Fifth branch of
external car-
otid.
Subclavian.
Temporal.
Right and
vertebral.
left
Facial.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Posterior dental.
Same as Buccal a.
Innominate (on
right side), arch
of aorta (on left
side).
Common carotid.
The gums and molar
teeth of upper iaw.
Lacrimal sac, muscles of
the cheek and side
of nose, and inferior
portion of orbicularis
palpebrarum.
Antrum of Highmore.
Internal ear.
Auricle.
Anterior portion of ear.
Tympanic membrane
and integument of ex-
ternal auditory meatus.
Middle ear, mastoid
cells, auricle, parotid
gland, digastric and
other muscles.
Upper extremity, in-
cluding pectoral mus-
cles, axilla, side of
chest and shoulder.
Temporomaxillary ar-
ticulation.
Cerebrum and cerebel-
lum.
Cheek muscles.
Buccinator muscle and
oral mucous mem-
brane.
Buccinator muscle.
Front and back of the
neck, face, side of the
head, integuments,
meninges, middle ear,
thyroid gland, tongue,
tonsils.
Anastomosing with the
infraorbital.
Right and left coronary,
innominate, left common
carotid, left subclavian.
Pericardiac, bronchial,
esophageal, posterior
mediastinal, intercostal.
Stylomastoid, auricular
mastoid, parotid, and
muscular.
Superior thoracic, acro-
miothoracic, long tho-
racic, alar thoracic, sub-
scapular, anterior and
posterior circumflex.
Transverse, internal audi-
tory, anterior cerebellar,
superior cerebellar, right
and left posterior cere-
bral.
External and internal car-
otid.
Ascending pharyngeal, su-
perior thyroid, lingual,
facial, occipital, poste-
rior auricular, temporal,
internal maxillary.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
ARTERY 30 ARTERY
Table op Arteries op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Carotid,
internal.
Celiac axis.
Central (of
retina), or
of Zinn.
Cerebellar,
anterior.
Cerebellar,
inferior.
Cerebellar,
superior.
Cerebral,
anterior.
Cerebral,
middle.
Cerebral,
posterior
or inferior.
Cervical,
ascending.
Cervical,
deep.
Cervical, de-
scending.
Cervical, su-
perficial.
Cervical,
transverse
(transver-
salis colli).
Chiasmic.
Ciliary.
Cochlear.
Commis-
sural.
Coronary,
inferior.
Coronary,
left.
Common carotid,
Abdominal aorta.
Ophthalmic.
Basilar.
Vertebral.
Basilar.
Internal carotid.
Internal carotid.
Basilar.
Inferior thyroid.
Superior inter-
costal.
Deep cervical.
Transverse cer-
vical.
Thyroid axis.
Anterior cerebral
Ophthalmic.
Internal auditory.
Anterior cerebral.
Facial.
Left anterior si-
nus of Valsalva.
Large portion of brain,
the orbit, internal ear,
nose, and forehead.
Esophagus, stomach, du-
odenum, spleen, pan-
creas, liver, and gall
bladder.
Retina.
Lower anterior surface
of cerebellum.
Cerebellar cortex and
vermiform process.
Circumference of cere-^
bellum and superior
vermiform process.
Frontal lobe, corpus
callosum, olfactory
and optic tracts.
Frontal, parietal, and
temporosphenoidal
lobes, basal ganglia,
and island of Reil.
Occipital and temporo-
sphenoidal lobes.
Muscles of neck, verte-
brse, and spinal canal.
Deep muscles of back of
neck.
Tissues of the neck.
Muscles of back of neck
and scapular region.
Muscles of neck and
scapular region.
First part of the optic
nerve.
Eye.
Cochlea.
Callosum.
Lower lip.
Heart.
Tympanic, Vidian, arteriae
receptaciili, pituitary,
Gasserian, meningeal,
ophthalmic, posterior
communicating, anterior
choroid, anterior cerebral,
middle cerebral.
Gastric, hepatic, splenic.
Inferior vermiform and
hemispheral.
Superior vermiform and
hemispheral.
Anterior communicating,
ganglionic, commissural,
hemispheral.
Ganglionic, hemispheral.
Ganglionic, hemispheral.
Muscular, spinal, and
phrenic.
Muscular, anastomotic,
vertebral.
Superficial cervical
posterior scapular.
and
Left auricular, anterior in-
terventricular, left mar-
ginal, terminal.
Digitized by
Google
PLATE 1
Superficial Arteries of the Head. (Gray.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 31 ARTERY
Table of Arteries op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Coronary,
Right anterior
Heart.
Right auricular, preven-
right.
sinus of Valsal-
tricular, right marginal.
va.
posterior interventricu-
lar, transverse.
Coronary,
Facial.
Upper lip.
Artery of nasal septum.
superior.
Cricothy-
See Laryngeal,
roid.
inferior.
Dental, an-
Infraorbital.
Incisor and canine teeth.
terior.
and antrum.
Dental, in-
See Mandibular.
ferior.
Dental, pos-
Internal maxil- | Maxillary antrum, teeth
Antral, dental, alveolar.
terior (or
lary.
of upper jaw, gums,
buccal.
alveolar).
and cheek.
Dental, su-
Posterior dental.
Molar and bicuspid
perior.
teeth of upper jaw.
Descending,
External carotid.
Neck.
superfi-
cial.
Diploic.
Supraorbital.
DiploS of frontal sinuses.
Dorsalis lin-
Lingual.
Dorsum of tongue, pil-
gua.
lars of fauces, and ton-
sUs.
Epigastric,
Internal mam-
Abdominal muscles, dia-
Phrenic, xiphoid, cutane-
superior.
mary.
phragm, liver, and peri-
ous, muscular, hepatic.
toneum.
and peritoneal.
Esophageal.
Gastric.
Esophagus.
Esophageal.
Inferior thyroid.
Esophagus.
Esophageal.
Left phrenic.
Esophagus. 1
Esophageal.
Thoracic aorta.
Esophagus.
Esophageal,
Coronary (of
Esophagus.
inferior.
stomach).
Ethmoidal,
Ophthalmic.
Anterior ethmoid cells.
Ethmoidal, meningeal.
anterior.
dura mater, nose, fron-
tal sinuses, skin of face.
nasal, frontal, cutaneous.
Ethmoidal,
Ophthalmic.
Posterior ethmoidal cells,
Ethmoidal, meningeali
posterior.
dura mater, nose.
nasal.
Eustachian.
Pterygopalatine.
Eustachian tube.
Facial.
External carotid.
Pharynx, lower jaw, lip,
Inferior palatine, tonsillar.
nose, orbit, lacrimal
muscular, submental.
sac.
masseteric, buccal, infe-
rior labial, inferior and
superior coronary, later-
alis nasi, angular.
Facial,
Temporal.
Parotid gland, masseter
transverse.
muscle, skin of face.
Frenum lin-
Sublingual.
Frenum of tongue.
gu8B, ar-
tery of the.
1
Gasserian.
Internal carotid. Gasserian ganglion.
Gasserian.
Middle menin-i Gasserian ganglion and !
geal.
Meckel's space.
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 32 ARTERY
Table op Arteries op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
Branch of. Parts supplied.
Branches.
Gastric (or
Celiac axis.
Esophagus and stom-
Esophageal, cardiac, gas-
coronary).
ach.
tric.
Glandular.
Facial.
Submaxillary gland.
Glaserian
Internal maxil-
Tympanum and laxator
(or tym-
lary.
tympani muscle.
panic).
Gustatory
Inferior dental.
Lingual nerve.
(or lin-
gual).
Hyaloid.
Central artery of
retina.
Crystalline lens.
Hyoid.
See Infrahyoid
and Supra-
hyoid.
Incisive.
Mandibular.
Incisor teeth.
Infrahyoid.
Superior thyxoid.
Infrahyoid bursa and
thyrohyoid muscle.
Infraorbital.
Internal maxil-
Upper lip, lower eyelid.
Orbital, anterior dental,
lary.
lacrimal sac, side of
nose.
nasal.
Innominate.
Arch of the aorta.
Right side of head and
Right carotid, right sub-
neck, right side of
clavian, thyroidea ima.
trunk, and right arm.
Intercostal,
Subclavian.
Neck and upper part
Deep cervical, first inter-
superior.
of thorax.
costal, aberrant.
Labial, infe-
rior.
Facial.
Lower lip.
Labial, supe-
Facial.
Upper lip.
rior.
Lacrimal.
Middle menin-
geal.
Orbit.
Lacrimal.
Nasal.
Lacrimal sac.
Lacrimal.
Ophthalmic.
Tiacrimal gland, eye
Recurrent lacrimal, mus-
muscles, cheek, and
cular, palpebral, malar.
eyelids.
ciliary.
Laryngeal,
Inferior thyroid.
Larynx.
inferior.
Laryngeal,
Superior thyroid.
Mucous membrane and
superior
muscles of larynx.
(or inter-
nal).
Lingual.
External carotid.
Tongue, sublingual
Hyoid, dorsalis linguae,
gland, tonsil, epiglot-
tis.
sublingual, ranine.
Malar.
Lacrimal.
Temporal fossa.
Mammary,
Axillary.
Mammary gland.
external.
Mammary,
Subclavian.
Thorax and thoracic
Superior phrenic, medias-
internal.
structures.
tinal, pericardiac, sternal,
anterior intercostal, per-
forating, musculophrenic,
superior epigastric, in-
1 temal mammary.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
PLATE II
branch
Plan of Branches of Internal Maxillary Artery. (Gray.)
Digitized by
Google
w
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 33 ARTERY
Table of Arteries of the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Mandibular.
Masseteric.
Mastoid.
Mastoid.
Mastoid.
Maxillary,
internal.
Meatal.
Meningeal.
Meningeal.
Meningeal,
anterior.
Meningeal,
middle or
great.
Meningeal,
posterior.
Meningeal,
posterior.
Meningeal,
small.
Mental.
Mental.
Nasal.
Nasopala-
tine.
Occipital.
Ophthalmic.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Occipital.
Posterior auricu-
lar.
Stylomastoid.
External carotid.
Stylomastoid.
Ascending phar-
jrngeal.
Posterior eth-
moidal.
Internal carotid.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Occipital.
Vertebral.
Internal maxil-
lary.
Facial.
Mandibular.
Ophthalmic.
See Sphenopala-
tine.
External carotid.
Internal carotid.
Teeth of the lower jaw.
Masseter muscle.
Dura mater, lateral si-
nus, mastoid cells.
Posterior b,elly of the oc-
cipitofrontfdis muscle.
Mastoid cells and an-
trum.
Mandible, palate, alve-
olar tissues, and deep
tissues of the face.
Incisive and mental.
External auditory mea- t
tus. I
Cerebral membranes. i
Dura mater.
Deep auricular, tympanic,
middle meningeal, small
meningeal, mandibular,
deep temporal, ptery-
goid, masseteric, buccal,
alveolar, infraorbital,
posterior palatine. Vidian,
pterygo-palatine, spheno-
palatine.
and dura i Anterior and posterior.
Dura mater.
Cranium
mater.
Dura mater.
Dura mater.
Gasserian ganglion and |
dura mater.
Chin and lower lip.
Chin and lower lip.
Lacrimal sac and dor-
sum of nose.
Muscles
scalp.
of neck and
Eye and adjacent parts
of face.
Lingual and mylohyoidean.
Lacrimal and transverse
nasal.
Sternomastoid, auricular,
meningeal, mastoid,
princeps cervicis, com-
municating, muscular,
cranial branches.
Lacrimal, supraorbital,
central artery of retina,
muscular, ciliary, poste-
rior and anterior eth-
moidal, palpebral, frontal,
nasal.
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 84 ARTERY
Table op Artebies op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically.— Con.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Orbital
Anterior cere-
First frontal convolu-
(three or
bral.
tion and olfactory
four).
bulb.
Orbital.
Infraorbital.
Fat of orbit; inferior
rectus and inferior
oblique muscles.
Orbital.
Temporal.
Orbicularis palpebra-
rum and orbit.
Palatine.
Ascending phar-
yngeal.
Soft palate.
Palatine, as-
Facial.
Upper part of pharynx,
Palatine, tonsillar.
cending
(or infe-
rior).
Palatine.de-
Internal maxil-
Soft and hard palates.
Anterior and posterior.
scending.
lary.
Palpebral.
Lacrimal.
Eyelids and conjunc-
tiva.
Palpebral.
Supraorbital.
Upper eyelid. .
Palpebral,
Ophthalmic.
Eyelid.
external.
Palpebral,
Ophthalmic.
Conjunctiva, lacrimal
inferior.
sac, caruncle, and low-
er lid.
Palpebral,
Ophthalmic.
Upper eyelid.
superior.
Parotid.
Posterior auricu-
lar.
Temporal.
Parotid gland.
Parotid.
Parotid gland.
Pharyngeal.
Pterygopalatine.
Roof of the pharynx.
Pharyngeal.
Sphenopalatine .
Pharjoix.
Pharyngeal.
Vidian.
Roof of the pharynx.
Pharyngeal,
External carotid.
Muscles and nerves of
Prevertebral, pharyngeal.
ascend-
neck, pharynx, soft
palatine, tympanic, men-
ing.
palate, tympanum,
and membranes of
braii;.
ingeal.
Pharyngeal,
Sphenopal,atine.
Roof of mouth and
descend-
pharynx.
ing.
Pituitary.
Internal carotid.
Pituitary body.
Princeps
Occipital.
Muscles of the neck.
Superficial and deep.
cervicis.
Pterygoid,
Internal maxil-
External pterygoid mus-
external.
lary.
cle.
Pterygoid,
Internal maxil-
Internal pterygoid mus-
internal.
lary.
cle.
Pterygopal-
Internal maxil-
Pharynx, Eustachian
Pharyngeal, Eustachian,
atine.
lary.
tubes, and sphenoidal
cells.
sphenoidiJ.
Quadrate.
Anterior cere-
Quadrate convolution of
bral.
brain.
Digitized by
Google
ARTERY 35 ARTERY
Table of Arteries op the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
Branch of.
Parts supplied.
Branches.
Ranine.
Lingual.
Tongue and oral mu-
cous membrane.
Sphenoidal.
Pterygopalatine.
Sphenoidal cells.
Sphenopala-
Internal maxil-
Nares and accessory
Pharyngeal, sphenoidal,
tine (or
lary.
cavities.
nasal, ascending septal.
nasopala-
tine).
Sternal.
Left phrenic.
Spleen.
Sternomas-
Occipital.
Sternomastoid muscle.
toid.
Sternomas-
Suprascapular.
Sternomastoid muscle.
toid, infe-
rior.
Stylomas-
Posterior auricu-
Middle ear, mastoid
Meatal, mastoid, tym-
toid.
lar.
cells, tympanic cavity,
panic, vestibular, termi-
etc.
nal.
Subclavian.
Innominate
Neck, thorax, spinal
Vertebral, thyroid axis,
(right side) ;
cord, arms, brain, men-
internal mammary, supe-
arch of aorta
inges.
rior intercostal, axillary.
(left side).
Sublingual.
Lingual.
Sublingual gland, side of
tongue, floor of mouth
and muscles of lower
jaw.
Artery of the frenum.
Submaxil-
See Glandular.
lary.
Submental.
Facial.
Tissues under the jaw.
Muscular, perforating, cu-
taneous, mental.
Suprahyoid
Lingual.
Muscles above hyoid
(orhyoid).
bone.
Supraor-
Ophthalmic.
Forehead, upper mus-
Periosteal, muscular, dip-
bital.
cles of orbit.
loic, trochlear, palpebral.
Supraster-
Suprascapular.
Upper part of chest.
nal.
Temporal.
External carotid.
Forehead (temporal re-
Transverse facial, anterior
gion), parotid gland.
auricular, middle tempor-
masseter muscle, auri-
al, and anterior and pos-
cle.
terior terminal.
Temporal.
Posterior cere-
Lower part of temporal
bral.
lobe.
Temporal,
Internal maxil-
Temporal muscle, malar
deep an-
lary.
bone.
terior.
Temporal,
Internal maxil-
Temporal fossa.
deep pos-
lary.
terior.
Temporal,
Temporal.
Temporal muscle.
middle.
Temporal,
Superficial tem-
Side of head and vertex.
posterior.
poral.
Thyroid
Subclavian.
Larynx, trachea, esopha-
Inferior thyroid, supra-
axis.
gus, muscles of should-
scapular, transverse cer-
er, neck, thorax, spine.
vical.
Digitized by
Google
ARTHRITISM 36 ARTHRODYNIA
Table of Arteries of the Head and Neck, Arranged Alphabetically. — Con.
Artery.
1
Branch of. Parts supplied. Branches.
Thyroid, in-
Thyroid axis.
Larynx, esophagus, thy-
Ascending cervical, esoph-
ferior.
roid gland, and mus-
ageal, tracheal, inferior
cles of neck.
laryngeal, muscular.
Thyroid, su-
External carotid.
Muscles attached to hy-
Hyoid, stemomastoid, su-
perior.
oid bone, sternomas-
perior laryngeal, crico-
toid, larynx, and thy-
thyroid.
roid gland.
Thyroidea
Innominate.
Thyroid gland.
ima>.
Thyrolaryn-
Thyroid, superior.
Larynx and thyroid
geal.
gland.
TonsiUar.
Ascending pala-
Tonsil and Eustachian
tine.
tube.
Tonsillar.
Facial.
Tonsil and base of the
tongue.
Tracheal.
Inferior thyroid.
Trachea.
Transverse
Nasal (of oph-
Nose.
nasal.
thalmic).
Vertebral.
Subclavian.
Muscles of neck, verte-
Lateral spinal, muscular,
brae, spinal cord, cere-
posterior meningeal, pos-
bellum, and interior of
terior and anterior spinal.
cerebrum.
inferior cerebellar, basi-
lar.
Pharyngeal, Eustachian,
Vidian.
Internal maxil-
Nasopharynx, Eusta-
lary.
chian tube, and tym-
panum.
tympanic.
Zygomati-
The orbital branch Palpebral muscle and
co-orbital.
of the temporal
portion of orbit.
artery.
acute a. Joint inflammation from
gout or rheumatism; accompanied
by intense pain, swelling and redness.
a. deformans. Chronic inflamma-
tion of a joint, with deformity.
gonorrheal a. Acute arthritis
caused by the gonococcus.
gouty a. Arthritis due to gout.
rheumatoid a. Same as a. defor-
mans,
syphilitic a. Arthritis due to syph-
ilis.
uratic a. Same as gouty a.
ar^thri-tism. The gouty diathesis that
predisposes to joint disease.
ar'thro- (Gr. arthron, joint). A prefix
indicating relation to a joint.
ar'thro-cele (Gr. arthron, joint + kele,
tumor). Swollen joint.
ar-thro-chon-dri'tis (Gr. arthron^ joint
+ chondritis). Inflammation of the
cartilages of a joint.
ar-thro-cla'sia (Gr. arthron. joint -i-
klaien, to break). Surgical breakage
of a joint in order to restore its lost
function.
ar-thro-cli'sis (Gr. arthron, joint +
kleisiSf closure) . Ankylosis of a joint.
ar-thro-de'sis (Gr. arthron, joint +
desis, binding). Surgical fixation of
a joint.
ar-thro'dia (Gr. arthrodia). An articu-
lation which allows a gliding motion
of one articular surface upon another.
ar-thro'di-al. Having the nature of
an arthrodia.
ar-thro-dyn'ia (Gr. arthron, joint +
odyne, pain). Pain in a joint.
Digitized by
Google
ARTHROLITH
ar'thro-lith (Gr. arlhron, joint + lilhoSy
stone). A calcareous deposit in a
joint.
ar-thro-li-thi'a-sis. Gout.
ar-throrogy (Gr. arihron^ joint + logos,
treatise) The knowledge concern-
ing joints.
ar-tiirop'a-thy (Gr. arthron, joint +
pathos, disease). Disease of a joint.
ar-thro-plas'tic. Relating to arthro-
plasty.
ar-thro-plas^ty (Gr. arthron, joint +
plassein, to form). Plastic surgery,
comprising the formation of movable
joints.
ar-thro'sis (Gr. arthrosis, joint). An
articulation or joint.
ar-tiiros-te-i'tis (Gr. arthron, joint +
osteon, bone + itis. inflammation).
Inflammation involving the bony
structures of a joint.
ar-thro-syn-o-vi'tis (Gr. arthron, joint
+ synovitis). Inflammation involv-
ing the synovial membrane of a joint.
ar-tiirot'o-my (Gr. arthron, joint +
tome, cut). Incision into a joint.
Arthur, Robert [Baltimore dentist,
1819-1880]. The discoverer of the
cohesive properties of gold by anneal-
ing (1856).
ar-tic'u-lar (L. articulus, joint). Relat-
ing to a joint.
ar-tic^a-Iate (L. articuUitus, jointed).
1. The act of enunciating words or
syllables. 2. The act of placing the
teeth in their proper relation to each
other in making an artificial denture.
3. To unite to form a joint, as of
bones.
articulating paper. A paper coated
with graphite and used between the
upper and lower teeth to indicate
the contact relationships of the
teeth.
ar-tic^u-la-tion (L. articulus, joint).
A term used in several of the sciences,
as Phonetics, Anatomy, etc. As
applied in Anatomy it means joint,
a constant relationship. It may be
fixed — ^inlocked, as the suture articu-
lation of the bones of the skull; it
may be freely movable — a hinge,
as between a phalanx and meta-
carpus, the humerus and scapula;
or it may have a constant relation-
37 ARTIFICIAL
ship with slight movement as the
proximating surfaces of the teeth at
their point of embrasure in which
the joint is exposed, or this slightly
movable joint may be bound to-
gether by ligamentous tissue, as the
head of the tibia and fibula. In
Dentistry the term articulation is
used to represent the various contact
relationships of the occlusal surfaces
of the teetn while in action, in con-
tradistinction to occlusion which is
properly applied to these surfaces in
contact and at rest. Antagoniza-
tion is sometimes used as s3monym
for articulation. The former term
is imdoubtedly the better word
etymologically, but the latter has
the prestige of common usage.
Therefore, the term is defined as:
Articulation is the term used (by
common assent for want of a more
acceptable one) to express the con-
tact relationships of the occlusal
surfaces of the teeth imder stresses.
[Wilson.]
ar-tic'u-la-tor. The dentist's instru-
ment used in moimting artificial
teeth in occlusion and articulation
(antagonization). The term is cor-
rectly used because of the hinge
joint. The first attempt to produce
an articulator that would simulate
the movements of the lower jaw was
made by W. G. A. Bonwill, a Phila-
delphia dentist (1833-1899), in 1858.
Since that time numerous instru-
ments have been devised by various
dentists, endeavoring to reproduce
the movements of the jaws, among
them the following: Christensen,
Gariot, Gritman, Gysi, Hall, Hanau,
Monson, Snow, Starr and Walker.
crown a. A small articulator used
in articulating the casts of only a
portion of the teeth of the arch.
hinge a., plain line a. An articu-
lator of the simplest form, consisting
of two metal frames joined together
by a hinge, permitting the separation
of the casts without detaching them
from the articulator.
ar-ti-fi^cial (L. ars, art + facere, to
make). Made by art; not natural.
a. crown. A crown of either porce-
lain or metal or both, to be adjusted
upon the root of a natural tooth.
Digitized by
Google
ARYTiENOEPIGLOTTIDEUS 38
a. denture. A denture made of por-
celain teeth in vulcanite, celluloid or
metal to be used as a substitute for
the natural denture.
a. respiration. Inducing by arti-
ficial means the respiratory move-
ments. A commonly used method
of artificial respiration is as follows:
The patient is placed on his back,
the tongue drawn forward, and then
drawing the arms slowly over the
head, which enlarges the chest,
the arms are next brought down to
the sides of the chest, slightly com-
pressing the chest. These move-
ments are repeated until respiration
is induced.
Schafer's method. A method of
producing artificial respiration in
asphyxia and drowning, in which
the patient is laid face down, and
gentle intermittent pressure applied
at the lower part of the thorax at the
rate of about fifteen times per
minute.
Silvester's method [Robert Silves-
ter, an English physician, 1829-
1908]. A method of inducing respir-
ation by placing the patient on his
back, raising the arms upward by
the sides of the head, then turning
the arms down and pressing them
firmly against the chest, repeating
the operation until respiration is
resumed.
a. teeth. Teeth made of porcelain,
and used as substitutes for the
natural teeth in the making of an
artificial denture.
a. velum. An appliance composed
of flexible vulcanite, used in the
mechanical treatment of fissure of
the soft palate.
a-rjrt-se-no-ep-i-glot-ti-de'us in-fe'ri-
or. See Table of Muscles.
a-ryt-8e-no-ep-i-glot-ti-de'u8 sup-e'ri-
or. See Table of MiLsdes.
a-ryt-e-noi-de'us. See Table of Mus-
cles.
a-ryt-e-noi-de^us rec'tus. See Table
of Muscles.
As. The symbol for arsenicum [L.],
arsenic.
as-a-fet^i-da, as-a-foet^i-da (N. L., asa^
gum + foetiduSj fetid). A gum resin
of fetid garlic odor; an antispasmodic
stimulant and expectorant.
ASPHYXIAL
as-bes^tos (Gr. asbestos, quicklime).
An incombustible fibrous magnesium
silicate used in the manufacture of
investment compounds and also for
soldering blocks in the dental labor-
atory.
as-ei'tes (Gr. askos^ bag). Accumula-
tion of serous fluid in the peritoneal
cavity.
As-de-piVdes. A Bithynian physi-
cian who went to Rome about 100
B.C., where he practiced medicine
and attained great reputation.
as^co-spore (Gr. a^kos^ sack + sporos.
spore). One of the spores contained
in an ascus.
as'cus (Gr. askoSf bag). The spore
case or bag characteristic of some
fungi.
-ase (Gr. <ms, slime). A termination
indicating an enzyme.
a-sep^sis (Gr. a, without + sepsis,
decay). Free from septic material;
exclusion of disease germs; freedom
from infection.
a-sep'tic. Having no septic material.
Being free from disease germs.
a. acid. A combination of peroxid
of hydrogen, boric and salicylic
acids.
a. surgery. The performance of a
surgical operation in such a manner
as to prevent introduction of germs
from without.
a-sep'ti-cism. The strict preservation
of asepsis in wounds. The princi-
ples involved in producing and main-
taining aseptic conditions in surgery.
a-sep'ti-cize. To produce the condi-
tion of asepsis.
a-sep'tol (aseptic + L. oleum, oil).
Phenolsulphonic acid. An oily dis-
infectant and antiseptic. Used in
1 to 10 per cent solutions.
A82O8. The chemical formula for
arsenic trioxid.
as-phyc'tic, as-phyc'tous. Relating to
asphyxia.
as-phyz'ia (Gr. a, without + sphyxia,
pulse). Suffocation; suspended ani-
mation caused by interrupted respir-
ation or deficiency of oxygen in the
blood.
as-phyz'i-al. Having the character of
asphyxia.
Digitized by
Google
ASPHYXIANT
as-phyz'i-ant. An agent that produces
asphyxia.
as-phyz'i-ata. To cause asphyxia.
as^pi-rata (L. od, to + spirare, to
breathe). To draw in.
as-pi-ra^tion. The act of drawing in.
The removal of fluid from a cavity.
as-pi-ra'tor. An instrument used to
suck fluid from a cavity.
as^pi-rin. Acetylnsalicylic acid. A
white crystalline powder used as a
remedy for rheumatism; an elimi-
nant. Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.333 to 1.0
gm.].
as-po^rous (Gr. a, without + sporoSf
seed). Microorganisms that do not
have true spores.
as-sim^i-la-ble. Capable of being as-
similated.
as-sim-i-la'tion (L. adj to + similare,
to make like). The conversion of
food into living tissue protoplasm.
The process of metabolism.
as-so-ci-a'tion (L. od, to + sodua^ allv).
Coordination of fimctions of similar
parts. Structural or functional con-
nection.
as^'tar (L.; Gr., aster, star). The star-
like figure of tne fibers of the
chromatin of a cell formed in the
process of karyokinesis.
as-the^nia (Gr. a, without + sthenos,
strength). Debility; want of
strength.
as-the^nic. Having the character of
weakness.
as-the-no^pia (Gr. a, without + stkenos,
strength + opsis, vision). Suscep-
tibility to quickly tiring visual
organs, accompanied by pain in the
eyes, headache, etc.
asthma [as'mah] (Gr. asthma, gasping).
A disease of probable neurotic origin
attended with difficult breathing,
wheezing, cough, etc.
asthmatic [as-mat'ic]. Relating to
asthma.
as-tif^ma-tism (Gr. a. without +
stignuif point). A defect of the
eyes in which the light rays con-
verge at different angles instead of
being brought to one point or focus.
as-trin^gent (L. od, to + stringere, to
bind). An agent that causes con-
traction of the tissues. The princi-
39 ATRESIA
pal astringents are silver nitrate,
tannic acid, gaUic acid, lead acetate,
zinc sulphate and alum.
as-ylum. An institution for the care
of the helpless.
a-syn'er-gy (Gr. a, without + synergia,
cooperation). Lack of coordination
of organs that normally work in
harmony.
a-syn-o^Tia. Deficiency of synovial
secretions.
atVvic, at-a-Tis^tic. Having the
character of atavism.
at'a-Tism (L. atamis^ ancestor). Re-
version to or inheritance of traits of
remote rather than immediate an-
cestors.
a-taz^ia (Gr. a, without + toxia, order).
Lack of muscular coordination.
a-tel-o-chei^-a (Gr. ateZes, imperfect +
cheilos, lip). Harelip; defective de-
velopment of a lip.
a-the-ro'ma (Gr. athere, porridge +
oma. tumor). 1. A sebaceous cyst.
2. Fatty degeneration of the coats
of the arteries.
at'om (Gr. atomoSy indivisible). The
ultimate unit of an element.
a-tom^ic. Relating to an atom.
a. weight. The weight of an atom
of an element as compared with the
weight of an atom of hydrogen taken
as the standard. Abbr., at. wt. See
Table of Metals for atomic weights
of the different metallic elements.
«t-o-mi-2a'tion. The breaking up or
diffusion of a liquid into a spray.
at-o-mi'ser. An instrument for throw-
ing a spray.
at'on'ic (Gr. a, without + tonos, tone).
Lack of normal tone in the tissues.
at-o-ni^ci-ty. Having an atonic qual-
ity.
at'o-ny (Gr. a, without + tonoSj tone).
Want of normal tone of the tissues.
at^o-phan. Phenylcinchoninic acid;
increases elimination of uric acid in
gout and rheumatism.
a-tox'ic (Gr. a, without + toxikon,
poison). Lack of a poisonous
quality.
a-tre'sia (Gr. a, without + tresis, bor-
ing.) Complete closure or imper-
Digitized by
Google
ATRICHIA
foration of a natural opening of the
body.
a-trich'ia (Gr. a, without + thriXf hair).
Want of hair.
a'tri-um, pi. atria (L. hall). 1. The
auricle or auricles of the heart. 2.
The main portion of the tympanic
chamber.
infection-a. The point of entrance
of bacteria in an mfectious disease.
a-tro'phia (L. from Gr. a, without +
trophCf nourishment). Latin for
atrophyj which see.
A-tro'phic. Relating to atrophy.
at'ro-phied. Being shrunken.
afro-phy (L. atrophia; Gr. atrophia),
A wasting of a part as the result of
deficient nutrition.
at'ro-pin. A poisonous crystalline al-
kaloid of belladonna. A powerful
stimulant of the respiration and
heart's action. Dose, xiiy to ^ gr.
[0.00065 to 0.001 gm.].
a. soU^ta. A white amorphous
powder, the commonly used prepara-
tion of atropin and having the same
properties. Dose, ^kji to jk gr-
[0.000325 to 0.00065 gm.].
at-tan^a-ata (L. aitenuare^ to make
thin). To lessen the pathogenic
quality of a virus or microorganisms.
To make thin.
at-tan-u-a'tioa. The act of making
thin or weakening, as the virulence
of microdrganisms.
at-tollans au'rem. See Table of Mus-
cles,
at-trac'tion (L. aUrahere, to draw
toward). The force that attracts
one body to another.
capillary a. The force that causes
liquids to rise on the sides of the
containing vessel; it is particularly
marked in small tubes.
at'tra-hans au'ram. See Table of
Muscles.
at-tri'tion (L. attritioj from atterere, to
rub against). Rubbing against.
Friction. The act of wearing or
grinding down by friction.
a. of anamal. Gradual wearing
away of the enamel through the
physical and physiological agencies
of mastication of food.
40 AUTOCLASIS
A-Xjp'ic (Gr. n, without + typos^ type).
Not conforming to type.
Au. Symbol for gold (L. aurum).
aa-di'tion (L. audircy to hear). The
sense of hearing.
au-di-to'ry. Relating to the sense of
hearing.
aof-na'thuB (Gr. au, besides + gnathos,
iaw). A fetus having a double
lower jaw.
antral (L. auris, ear). Relating to the
ear.
aa-ram'in. A methylene-blue prep-
aration used in treatment of gin-
givitis and Vincent's angina.
aa-ran'ti-iim, gen. aurantii, Latin for
orange.
aa^-cle (L. auricula). 1. The cham-
ber at the base of each side of the
heart. 2. The pinna of the ear.
aa^ric-a-lar. Relating to the ear.
au-ric-u-la^ris an-ta'ri-or. See Table
of Muscles.
au-ric-a-la^ris po8-ta'ri-or. See Table
of Muscles.
aa-ric-u-la^ris su-pa'ri-or. See Table
of Muscles.
au-ri-na^sal. Relating to the ear and
nose.
aa^rist. One who treats diseases of
the ear.
aa'rum. Latin ,meaning^oZc2. Abbr. Au.
aos-cul-ta'tion (L. auscuUare, to listen
to). The act of listening to sounds
in the body.
aa'to« (Gr. autos, self). A prefix
meaning self.
au-to-ac-ti-ya'tion. Activating a gland
by means of its own secretions.
au-to-a^-glu-ti-na'tion. Agglutination
of the corpuscles of the mood of an
individual by his own serum.
au-to-an'ti-body. An antibody that
acts upon the products of the indi-
vidual in whom it is developed.
aa-to-an-ti-tox^in. An antitoxin pro-
duced by the body itself and tending
to protect the body from disease.
aa'to-blast. A microorganism.
aa-to»cla'si8 (Gr. auios, self + klasis,
breaking down). The self-destruc-
tion of a part by influences inherent
in itself.
Digitized by
Google
AUTOCLAVE
au'to-clftve (Gr. autos, self + L. dams,
key). An apparatus for producing
sterilization by means of steam under
pressure. A sterilizer.
au-to-di-a^-no'sis. The diagnosing of
one's own disease.
aa-to-gen'e-sis (Gr. aiUoSy self +
genesis, production). Self -produc-
tion.
aa-to-ge-net^ic, au-toir'e-nous. 1.
Spontaneous generation. 2. Origi-
nating within the body; applied to
vaccines made from bacteria of the
patient, as opposed to stock vaccines,
made from standard cultures.
autogenous soldering. A process of
uniting contiguous parts of metal by
direct fusion, without the interven-
tion of an alloy.
au'to-graft. The transplanting of a
graft taken from one part of the
patient's body to another.
au-to-im-mu-ni-sa'tiou. Immuniza-
tion brought about by the natural
processes within the body.
au-to-in-fec'tion. Infection produced
by a virus generated within one's
own organism.
au-to«in-fu'sion. Forcing the blood
toward the heart by bandaging the
extremities.
au-to-in-oc'u-la-tion. Inoculation oc-
curring from a virus generated
within one's own body.
au-to-in-tox-i-ca^tion (Gr. autos^ self +
intoxication). Poisoning resulting
from faulty metabolic products pro-
duced within the body. See also
autoinfection.
au-tory-sin (Gr. autosj self + lysis,
solution). A lysin capable of de-
stroying the red blooa-cells of the
same individual. Compare hetero-
lysin and hemolysin.
au-tory-sis (Gr. autos, self + lysis,
solution). 1. The disintegration of
a tissue by the action of a ferment
produced in the tissue itself. 2.
Destruction of the body cell by its
own serum.
au-to-mat'ic (Gr. atUomaiizein, to act
spontaneously). Performea inde-
pendently of the will.
a. mallet. An instrument used in
dentistry for condensing gold or
41 AVULSION
other material in filling teeth. The
blow of the mallet is produced by
pressing the point of the condensing
plugger against the material which
automatically releases a spring that
produces the blow.
a. plugger. Same as a. mallei.
au^to-phyte (Gr. autos, self + phyton,
plant). A plant that derives its
nourishment from inorganic food
material.
au'to-plas-ty (Gr. atUos, self + plasseinf
to form). The repair of injured or
diseased parts of tne body by pieces
taken from other parts of the body.
au'top-sy (Gr. autos, self + opsis, view).
Examination of the body after death.
au-to-sen-si-ti'sed. Sensitized by one's
own serum.
au-to-sep-ti-ce'mia. Septicemia pro-
duced by poisons developed within
the body.
au-to-se'rum (Gr. atUos, self + serum).
A serum used on the person from
whom it is obtained.
au-to-the'ra-py (Gr. autoSf self +
therapeia, treatment). 1. Self-cure.
2. Treatment of diseases by sub-
stances obtained from the patient's
own secretions.
au-to-tox^ic. Relating to autointoxi-
cation.
au-to-tox'in. A pathogenic substance
developed in the tissue by meta-
morphosis.
au-to-vac'cine. A vaccine made from
one's own secretions.
au-tox-i-da'tion. Oxidation from di-
rect combination with oxygen.
Avicenna's gland [A celebrated Arabian
physician and philosopher, 980-1037,
called the "Prince of Physicians"].
Encapsulated tumor.
a-yir'u-lent. Not being virulent.
Avogadro's law [Amadeo Avogadro.
Italian physicist, 1776-1856]. Eaual
volumes of gases and vapor, at like
temperature and pressure, contain
an equal number of molecules.
av-oir-du-pois^ weight. See under
Weights and Measures.
a-YUl'sion (L. aveUere. to tear away).
The tearing away of a structure or a
part.
Digitized by
Google
AXIAL
az'i-al, az^ile. Relating to the axis
of a part.
a. angles of teeth. See angles of
teeth.
a. cavities. Tooth cavities begin-
ning in any of the axial surfaces of
the teeth. See angles of surfaces of
the teeth,
a. surfaces. See angles of teeth,
azio-bucco-lingaal plane. A plane
passing through any part of a tooth
from buccal to lingual parallel with
its long axis. [Black.] See angles
of surfaces of the teeth.
azio-labio-lingoal plane. A plane
passing through any part of an
mcisor or cuspid tooth from labial
to lingual parallel with its long axis.
[Black.] See angles of surfaces of the
teeth.
azio-mesio-distal plane. A plane
passing through any part of a tooth
mesiondistally parallel with its long
axis. [Black.] See angles of surfaces
of the teeth.
42 AZZLE-TOOTH
az'is, pi. axes (L. axist axle). An
actual or imaginary line about which
a revolving body turns.
az^on (Gr. axon^ axis). The process of
a nerve cell that conducts impulses
away from the cell body.
az^one (Gr. axon, axis). A part of a
neurone; the process of a nerve cell,
measuring variously from 5 m to one
meter in length. It gives off colla-
terals in its course and ultimately
divides into dendraxones or telo-
dendria according to situation.
[Hopewell-Smith . ]
ai-o-tu^ria. Excess of nitrogen com-
pounds in the urine.
ai^ote (Gr. a, priv. + zoe, life). Nitro-
gen.
a-sy^gos pha-ryn^gis. See Table of
Muscles.
a-sy^gos u'7U-l8B. See Table of Mus-
des,
ai^sle-tooth. Obsolete name for a
molar tooth.
Digitized by
Google
43
BACILLUS
B
B. Symbol for boron,
Ba. Symbol for barium.
Babbitt's Metal. An alloy of tin,
copper and antimony; used for mak-
ing dies upon which to swage metal
bases for artificial dentures.
ba'cil-lar, ba'^cil-lary. Relating to ba-
cilli or to those of the rod form.
ba-cil^-dde (bacillus + L. caedere, to
kiD). A drug used to destroy bacilli.
ba-cil^-form {badXlua + L. f(mna,
form). Having the form of a
bacillus.
ba-cil^lin. A disinfectant.
bac^il-loL Trade name of an antisep-
tic preparation containing cresol,
obtained from tar.
ba-dl-luMa (L. bacillus + Gr. ouron,
urine). Presence of bacilli in the
urine.
Ba-dllus, pi. baciUi (L. dim of bacvlus,
a rod). A rod-shaped body. Any
rod-shaped bacterium. A genus of
schizomycetes comprising the rod-
shaped forms of bacteria.
B. acidi lactici. Concerned in the
souring of milk; non-pathogenic.
B. acidophilus. Anaerobic; habitat,
milk and intestinal canal; found
regularly by Howe in dental caries.
B. aerogenes ,^sulatus [Welch
andNuttall]. Same as B. welchii.
B. aeruginosas. Same as B. pyo-
cyaneus.
B. anthrads. The bacillus that
causes anthrax.
B. bifidus. Anaerobic; habitat, milk
and intestinal canal; foimd regularly
by Howe in dental caries.
B. botulinus. Anaerobic: cause of
botulism, a form of food-poisoning.
B. bulgaricus. Concerned in the
souring of milk.
B. coli [communis, commimior or
verus], [Escherich]. Habitat, colon;
occasionally pathogenic.
B. comma. Same as Microspira
cholerae, which see.
B. diphtherisB [Klebs-Loffler].
Cause of diphtheria.
B. diphtheriticus. Same as B. diph-
theriae.
B. dj^enterisB [Shiga, Kruse, Flex-
ner. Hiss and Russel, Park]. Cause
of bacillary dysentery.
B. edematis maligni [Pasteur's
Vibrion septique]. Anaerobic; cause
of malignant edema.
B. enteritidis [Gaertner]. A cause of
some types of food-poisoning; enteri-
tis.
B. fusiformis. Associated with a
spirochetal form in Vincent's infec-
tion and also at times in noma.
B. gangrensB pulpa [Arkovy]. Same
as B. mesentericus fuscus; non-
pathogenic, sporogenic.
B. hoffmanni. A diphtheroid organ-
ism.
B. influenza [Pfeiffer]. Cause of
influenza.
B. lactis aerogenes. Concerned in
souring of milk.
B. lepra. Cause of leprosy; acid-
fast.
B. melaninogenicum [Oliver and
Wherry]. Anaerobic; from carious
teeth. [Ed, Jour, Inf, Dis,, April,
1921.]
B. mallei. Cause of glanders.
B. meUtensis. Cause of Malta or
Mediterranean fever.
B. mesentericus [fuscus, ruber].
Non-pathogenic; sporogenic.
B. mucosus capsulatus [Fried-
lander]. Cause of 7 per cent of
lobar pneumonia.
B. of Bordet-Oengon. Same as B.
pertussis.
B. of Ducrey. Cause of soft chancre.
B. of Friedlander. Same as B. mu-
cosus capsulatus.
B. of gas gangrene. Same as B.
welchii.
B. of Koch- Weeks. A cause of con-
junctivitis.
B. of malignant edema. Same as B.
edematis maligni.
B. of Morax«Azenfeld. A cause of
conjimctivitis.
Digitized by
Google
BACILLUS
B. of Moro=Tissier. See B. acido-
philus, B. bifidus.
B. ozenad. Cause of ozena.
B. paratjrphosus a. Cause of one
type of paratyphoid fever.
B. paratjrphosus B. Cause of one
type of paratyphoid fever.
B. paratjrphosus r. Cause of one
type of paratyphoid fever.
B. perfringens. Possibly a synonym
of B. welchii.
B. pertussis. Cause of whooping-
cough.
B. pestis. Cause of bubonic plague.
B. phlegmones emphysematosad.
oame as B. welchii.
B. pneumoniad. Same as B. mucosus
capsulatus.
B. prodi(posus. Non-pathogenic;
produces a red pigment.
B. proteus mirabilis. Non-patho-
genic; saprogenic.
B. proteus viridis. Non-pathogenic;
Saprogenic; produces a greenish
water-soluble pigment.
B. proteus vulgaris. Non-patho-
genic; saprogenic.
B. pseudodiphtheritlcus. Morpho-
logically and culturally resembling
B. diphtheria but not causing diph-
theria.
B. pyocyaneus. Found in hlue-green
pus.
B. pyogenes fetldus. Same as B.
coli.
B. rhinoscleromatis. Cause of a dis-
ease of the nares called rhinoscler-
oma.
B. septicus sputigens. Same as
Micrococcus lanceolatus.
B. subtilis. Non-pathogenic; sapro-
genic; sporogenic.
B. tetanl. Cause of infectious tetanus
or lockjaw; anaerobic.
B. tuberculosis [Koch] [human,
bovine, avian, reptilian, amphibian
and piscian types]. Acid-fast; cause
of tuberculosis.
B. typhi ezanthematici. Cause of
typhus fever.
B. typhosus [Eberth]. Cause of
typhoid fever.
44
BACTERIA
B . welchii. A cause of gas-gangrene ;
anaerobic; sporogenic.
B. xerosis. A diphtheroid organism ;
non-pathogenic.
B. seokeri. Non-pattogenic; sapro-
genic.
backing. A term applied to the burn-
ishing of a gold plate to the back of
a p)orcelain facing in making a
soldered crown or in bridge work.
The metal plate so produced.
BaCU. Symbol for barium chlorid.
bac-te'ri-a, pi. of bacterium. Schi-
zomycetes, or vegetable micro-
organisms; unicellular vegetable or-
ganisms reproducing by division or
spore formation.
Some are motile, others not; when
motility is present it is usually
effected by flagella, sometimes by
an undulating membrane. They
are variously designated as aerobic
and anaerobic, according as they live
and grow, with of without oxygen;
saprophytic and para^tic, according
as they do or do not live and grow
outside of a living organism; only a
few are obligatory parodies, unable
to live outside of a living organism,
naost of the parasites being facuLta-
live or capable of existence either
within or without a living host.
By far the greater number of known
bacteria are saprophytic; these are
not only harmless to animal life, but
are most beneficial, being instru-
mental in the resolving of dead
organic matt#lnto its original ele-
ments and alsb'iii the initiation and
conduct of many economic pro-
cesses- the parasitic bacteria, on the
other hand, are in many if not most
cases pathogenic, that is, causing
disease in the organism within
which they multiply. Add-fast, acid-
proof, or acid-resisting bacteria are
those which, when once stained, are
not readily deprived of their color
by acid-decolorizing solutions.
Bacteria are also distinguished
according to the changes produced
m the media in which they grow
We may thus have pigment-forming
or chromogenic, fermentative, putre-
factive and pathogenic bacteria.
Chromogenic bacteria form, while
growing, definite color stuffs. Fer-
mentative or zymogenic bacteHa pro-
Digitized by
Google
PLATE III
FIG. 1
"^
^C\
ooooo" ^
gg s&
®
^
a, Staphylococci; 6, Streptococci; c, Diplococci; d, Tetrads; e, Sarcinae. (Abbott.)
FIG. 2
^ *• /.
a, bacilli in pairs; b, single bacilli. (Abbott,)
FIG. 3
a and c, spirilla in short segments and longer threads — the so-called comma
forms and spirals. (Abbott.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
BACTERIA 45
duce their changes in non-nitrog-
enized media. Putrefactive bacteria
produce changes allied to fermenta-
tion in complex organic substances.
Pathogenic bacteria are those asso-
ciated with infectious diseases in
man and the lower animals.
Koch's Postulates: To establish
the pathogenic character of bacteria,
according to Koch, it is necessary
that [Ij the microorganism must be
found in the blood, Ijonph, or dis-
eased tissue of man or ammal suffer-
ing from or dead of the disease; [2]
the microorganisms must be isolated
from the blood, lymph, or tissues,
and cultivated in suitable media,
i. e.f outside the animal body; these
pure cultivations must be carried
on through successive generations
of the organism; [3] a pure cultiva-
tion, thus obtained, must, when
introduced into the body of a healthy
animal, produce the disease in ques-
tion; [4] in the inoculated animal
the same microorganism must again
be found.
In spite of many attempts, no entirely
satisfactory classification of bacteria
has yet been made. The simplest
is that based upon morphology, the
general groups being Sphasrobacteria
or Coccif BaciUi. And Spirobacteria
or Vibrtones. The sphaerobacteria
are spherical or spheroid cells which
may exist singly [monococci]^ in pairs
[diplococd]. in fours [tetracocciX in
larger packets Isarcinae]^ in chains
[streptococci]f or in clusters like grapes
[staphylococci]. The bacilli are the
elongated rod-shaped microorgan-
isms; they may be single or arranged
end to end in pairs [diplobaciUi]^ in
greater number [streptobadlli], or as
long threads without any visible
nodes. The spirobacteria are the
curved or spiral bacteria, vibriones,
spirochsetae, spirilla, etc. [See plate.)
The classification usually followed is
that of Migula; it is based upon the
double characteristics of the mode
of reproduction and the means of
locomotion as follows:
Family.
I. Coccaceae. Cells which are globu-
lar in the free state, but slightly
elongated before division. Division
in one, two or three dimensions.
BACTERIA
Genera.
1. Streptococcus. Cells dividing
in one dimension of space;
and remaining attached they
form beaded chains. No lo-
comotion.
2. Micrococcus. Division in two
dimensions; when the cells
remain attached they form
plate-like clusters — mensmo-
pedia. No locomotion.
3. Sarcina. Division in three di-
mensions; and the cells re-
maining attached, packet-like,
eight-celled cubes are formed.
No locomotion.
.4. Planococcus. Division in two
dimensions. Differ from mi-
crococcus in possessing loco-
motion by means of flagella.
5. Planosarcina. Division in three
dimensions, but differ from
sarcina in seldom forming
packets and in the fact of
locomotion by means of
flagella.
II. Bacteriaceae. Short or long straight
cylindrical cells; no sheath surrounds
the chains resulting from division in
one dimension of space.
Genera.
1. Bacterium. Cells of varying
length without flagella; no
locomotion; endospores sup-
posed to be present, but not
always discoverable.
2. Bacillus. Cells of varjdng
length; motile by means of
flagella, single or multiple,
and attached to any part of
the organism; endospores
usually present, though not
always discoverable.
3. Pseudomonas. Cells possess
terminal flagella varying in
number up to ten, and are
actively motile; endospores
are seldom present.
III. Spirillaceae. Spiral cells, some-
times forming only one segment
of a spiral; division in one di-
Digitized by
Google
BACTERIA
Genera.
1. Spirosoma. Rigid spiral or
commaHshaped cells; non-
motile; no endospores; often
united in zoogloea masses.
2. Microspira. Rigid spirals,
formed of a number of comma
cells imited end to end; no
endospores; one single wavy
flagelmm at one pole, some-
times one at each.
3. Spirillum. Corkscrew forms,
actively motile, with bundles
of flagella at one or both
poles; endospores in a few
of the species.
4. Spirochaete or spirochseta.
Cells in the form of long
coiled filaments, with slow,
undulatory movement; no
flagella and no endospores.
IV. MycobacteriacesB. Cells of vary-
ing length, filamentous, cylin-
drical, or clavate; no endospores,
but se^entation results m co-
nidia-like bodies; no flagella;
dichotomous branching; no
sheath.
Genera.
1. Mycobacterium. Rodsofvary-
mg shape, bent, swollen,
cuneate, or Y-shaped. No
. endospores; no flagella.
2. Streptotnrix. Thread-like cells;
no endospores; multiplication
taking place by conidia.
V. Chlamydobacteriaceae. Cells of
varying shape, surrounded by a
sheath; reproduction by conidia.
Genera.
1. Leptothrix. Non-branching fil-
aments enclosed in a sheath;
reproduction by non-motile
conidia.
2. Phragmidothrix. Cells first are
filaments, then divide in three
dimensions to form sarcina-
like packets, and finally free
cells; delicate sheath.
3. Crenothrix. Threads dividing
first in one dimension, then in
three; conidia, both large and
small.
46 BACTERIOGENIC
4. Cladothrix. Pseudo-branching
filaments; reproduction by
separation of branches and
by motile conidia with flag-
5. Thiothrix. Non-motile, un-
branched threads; reproduc-
tion by conidia, contain sul-
phur granules.
VI. Beggiatoacese. Long threads with-
out sheaths, but with undulat-
ing membrane giving motility.
Contain sulphur granules.
Genera.
1. Beggiatoa. The only genus of
this family.
Bac-te-ri-ft^ce-8B. A family of the
SchizomyceteSy or vegetable micro-
organisms; the genera are Bacterium^
BadUuSy and Psevdomonas.
bac-te^ri-al. Relating to bacteria.
b. plaque. A deposit of mucinous
material upon a tooth surface that is
supposed to afford lodgment and
pabulum for the bacteria responsible
for the inception of dental caries.
bac-te-ri-ci^dal (L. bacterium + caedere,
to kill). Having the power of de-
stroying bacteria.
bac-te^ri-cide. An agent that destroys
bacteria.
bac-te-ri-ci^din. A substance in the
body-fluids which kills bacteria with-
out lysis.
bac-te^-e-ma, bac-te^ri-e-mia (Gr.
bakterion, a Uttle rod + hmma, blood).
The presence of bacteria in the blood.
bac^te-rin. A bacterial vaccine.
bac-te-rin^ia. A condition of unfavor-
able action that sometimes follows
inoculation with bacterial vaccines.
bac-te^rio-ag-glu^ti-mn. A substance
that causes the agglutination of
bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o-ci'din. A bacteriocidal sub-
stance formed in the blood.
bac-te^ri-o»di-ag-no^8is. Diagnosis by
means of bacteriologic examination
of the blood and body fluids and
tissues.
bac-te-ri-o-genlc, bac-te-ri-og^e-notis.
1. The power of producing bacteria.
2. Bacteriologic in origin.
Digitized by
Google
BACTERIOHEMOLYSIN
bac-te'ri-o-he-mo-ly'sin. Production
of a hemolysin in the body by the
action of bacteria.
bac-te^ri-oid (Gr. hakterioriy rod +
eidos, form). 1. Like bacteria. 2.
Resembling bacteria in structure.
bac-te-ri-o-log^ic, bac-te-ri-o-loglc-al.
Relating to bacteriology.
bac-te-ri-oro-gist. One versed in the
science of bacteriology.
bac-te-ri-oro-gy (Gr. hakterion, rod +
logos f discourse). The science of
bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o-ly'sin. A bacteriolytic sub-
stance formed in the blood of a
living organism as a reaction against
the introduction of certain bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o-ly'sis {bacteria + Gr. lysis,
solution). Disintegration of bac-
teria within the living organism, as
by a bacteriolysin.
bac-te-ri-o-lyt'ic. Relating to bac-
teria; destructive of bacteria.
bac-te^ri-o-op-so^nin. An opsonin that
acts upon bacteria.
/ bac-te^ri-o-path-oro-gy. The science
of bacteria in their relation to path-
ology.
bac-te-ri-o-pho^bia. Morbid fear of
bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o»pro^tein. A poisonous al-
buminous body derived from certain
bacteria by boiling.
bac-te^ri-o-the^ra-py. Treatment of
disease by the use of bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o-toxlc, bac-te-ri-o-tox^in.
A substance that is toxic to bacteria.
bac-te-ri-o-tro'pic (Gr. hakterion, a rod
+ tropoSy turning). A term used to
designate a substance that makes
bacteria more susceptible to destruc-
tion by bacteria.
bac-te-rit^ic. Caused by bacteria.
Relating to bacteria.
Bac-te^ri-um, pi. bacteria (L.; Gr.
bakteriorif a httle rod). A genus of
non-motile rod-shaped bacteria, de-
void of flagella. For species see list
under Bacillus. There is some con-
fusion in the use of this word because
of its several general and specific
meanings. It is used in the plural
to denote microorganisms in general,
or in a more restricted sense, the
vegetable microorganisms; or again
47 BANDAGE
the fission fungi, or schizomycetes
as distinguished from the budding
fungi or saccharomycetes. In a still
more restricted sense it is used to
denote one genus of the family Bac-
teriacecB,
bac-te-ri-a^ria (Gr. bakterion, rod +
ouroUj urine). The presence of bac-
teria m the urine.
bac^te-roid (Gr. bakterion, rod + eidos,
form). Having a structure Uke a
bacterium. like a bacterium in
appearance.
bake. The process of vitrifying by
means of heat; used particularly in
relation to porcelain.
bal^ance (L. 6i, two + lanx, dish). An
apparatus for weighing. Also ap-
plied in medicine to the harmonious
performance of functions of different
parts.
balm [bahm] (Fr. baume). A healing
medicine. A balsam, which see.
b. of Qilead. Canada balsam.
bal-ne-o-the^ra-py (L. balneum, bath
+ Gr. tkerapeia, treatment). The
treating of disease by means of baths.
bal-ne-oro-gy (L. balneum, bath +
Gr. logos, discourse). The science of
treating disease by administering
baths.
balsam [bawl'samj (L. balsamum; Gr.
balsamon), A resinous healing medi-
cine.
Canada b. A resinous material
used for mounting specimens for
microscopic examination.
b. of Peru. An oleoresin obtained
from a tree of Salvador, used in medi-
cine as an expectorant and tonic.
Dose, of emulsion, 10 to 25 min.
fO.6 to 1.5 cc.j.
b. of Tolu. An oleoresin used as the
base of cough mixtures.
balsamo del deserto. A resin from a
pine tree of Mexico. Used as a root-
canal filling.
band. 1. An appliance that binds.
2. A thin metal hoop used to encircle
a natural tooth or root.
ban^dage. A piece of fabric or gauze
used for wrapping around any part
of the body.
Digitized by
Google
BAR
Barton's b. A double figure-of-8
bandage used in fractures of the
lower jaw.
bar. A metal extension connecting
two portions of bridge or partial
denture.
lingual b. A metallic bar exten-
sion on the lingual portion of the
lower arch for strengthening and
connecting the parts of a denture.
palatal b. A bar of metal extend-
ing across the roof of the mouth con-
necting and strengthening the parts
of a denture.
barb. A backward projecting point
on a fine instrument; particularly
the points on a dental broach.
barb^ed. Having barbs.
ba^ri-um (Gr. haros, weight). A metal-
lic element, the salts of which are
poisonous; symbol Ba.
Barlow's disease [Sir Thomas Barlow,
a London physician, 1845-]. In-
fantile scurvy.
Bamum, Sanford C. A New York
dentist [1838-1885], who invented
the rubber dam in 1862.
bar^rel. 1. A tube or round vessel.
2. The band portion of a metal
tooth crown. 3. The reservoir of
the hypodermic S3rringe.
bar-tho-li-ni^tis. Inflammation of the
glands of Bartholin.
Bartholin's duct [Kasper Bartholin,
a Copenhagen physician, 1655-1738].
The duct of the subungual gland
opening into Wharton's duct.
Barton's bandage [John R. Barton,
Philadelphia surgeon, 1794-1871].
See under bandage.
base (L. basis; Gr. basis, stepping). 1.
The foundation of a thing. 2. The
principal ingredient of a compound.
3. In chem. a substance which com-
bines with an acid to form a salt.
4. That portion of an artificial den-
ture which covers the roof of the
mouth or jaw, and to which the arti-
ficial teeth are attached.
b. metal. A metal other than the
noble metals.
b . «plane. An imaginary plane upon
which the retention of an artificial
denture is estimated. The plane
may be from the crest of the process
48 BATH
to the crest on the opposite side of
the mouth, or from muscle attach-
ment of one side of the mouth to
the muscle attachment of the other
side. The location of the plane will
be determined by the form and
resorption of the process, thus deter-
mining where the peripheral bearing
may be. [Wilson.]
b. -plate. A plate of metal or
organic material used as a rest upon
the mucosa as a support for the
superstructure — teeth. The base-
plate may be constructed and the
teeth attached later, or the base-
plate may be molded or cast to the
teeth. [Wilson.]
Basedow's disease {Karl A. Basedow,
German physician, 179^1854]. Ex-
ophthalmic goiter.
ba^sic, ba-si^d-ty. The state of being
a base. In chemistry the combining
power of an acid.
ba-si-fa^ci-al (L. basis^ base + faciesy
face). Relating to the lower portion
of the face.
bas^i-lar (L. basilaris from basis, base).
Relating to a base.
b. index. The relation of the dis-
tance between the basion and
alveolar point to the length of the
skull.
ba-si-o-glos^sus. See Table of Muscles.
ba^si-on (Gr. basis^ base). The middle
point of the anterior border of the
foramen magnum; a basic point of
measurement used in craniotomy.
ba^sis (L. and Gr.). The lower part;
the base.
ba-si-tem^po-ral. Relating to the
lower part of the temporal bone.
Basle anatomical nomenclature. The
anatomic nomenclature accepted at
Basle in 1895 by the Anatomical
Society.
bath. The immersion of the body or
any part into a medium such as
water, vapor, etc., for cleansing or
medicinal purposes.
acid b. The immersion of a metal
into an acid for cleansing the metal
surfaces. Vulcanite dentures are
also immersed in an acid bath to
remove the tin foil where this is used
in the vulcanization to give a finish
to the vulcanite.
Digitized by
Google
BATTERY 49
bat^te-ry. A series of cells for produc-
ing an electric current.
faradic b., galyanic b. A battery
giving a galvanic current.
storage b. An apparatus for stor-
ing electricity.
Basin's disease [Pierre Ernest Bazin,
Paris physician, 1807-1878]. Psor-
iasis of the buccal mucous mem-
brane.
B. D. A. Abbr. for British Dental
Association.
beak (L. heccvsy beak). The project-
ing jaws of an instrument, as the
beaks of the tooth forceps.
bearer. A glass cup or measure used
by chemiste and pharmacists.
beat. A pulsation of the heart or an
artery.
Beck's paste. A preparation of bis-
muth subnitrate, 24 gm. ; white wax,
4 gm.; paraffin, 4 gm.* and vaselin,
48 gm., mixed by boilmg. Used in
the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris.
bees^waz. Wax made by bees to form
the honey comb.
Beg-gi-a-to^a. Genus of Schizomy-
cetes of the family Beggiatoacece.
See Bacteria.
bel-la-don^na (Italian, meaning fair
lady). A poisonous plant the roots
ana leaves of which are used in med-
icine and are narcotic, anodyne,
cardiac and respiratory stimulants,
used in the form of atropin, the active
principle of the plant. Dose, tinc-
ture, 1 to 30 min. [0.06 to 2.0 gm.].
See atropin.
bell-crowned. A term used to de-
scribe the shape of the crown of
some teeth having crowns shaped
like a bell.
bell-metal. An alloy of copper and
tin.
bellows. An apparatus with an air-
chamber and flexible sides for forcing
a current of air.
Bell's paralysis, or Bell's palsy [Sir
Charles Bell^ Scotch physician, 1774-
1842]. Facial paralysis.
be-ne. Latin word meaning well.
be^nign, be-nig^n&nt. A term applied
to a growth that is not malignant
and non-recurrent.
BEZOAR
ben^sene. A volatile hydrocarbon liq-
uid from naphtha or soft coal; used
in medicine to dissolve fats, resins,
caoutchouc, and alkaloids. Also
called benzol.
ben^so-a-ted. Combined with ben-
zoic acid.
ben-zolc acid. See under add.
ben-so^in (L. henzoinum). The resin
from an Asiatic tree, having the
properties of benzoic acid and used
for the same purposes. Dose, 5 to
30 gr. [0.333 to 2.0 gm.]. See benzoic
acid.
ben^sol. See benzene.
ben-so-naph^thol. A crystalline com-
pound of beta-naphthol and benzoic
acid, used as an intestinal antiseptic.
Dose, 4 to 8 gr. [0.26 to 0.52 gm.].
ben-zo-res^i-nol. A resinol made from
benzoin.
ben^so-sol. A crystalline powder con-
taining 54 per cent guaiacol; an
intestinal antiseptic. Dose, 3 to 12
gr. [0.2 to 0.8 gm.].
ben-so-sul-phi-Di^dum [U. S. P.]. A
white, sweet, crystalline powder
used as a substitute for sugar, and as
a urinary antiseptic in cases of
glycosuria. Dose, 1 to 5 gr. [0.065 to
0.3 gm.]. See also saccharin.
be-ri-be'ri. A form of polyneuritis
prevalent in Japan, India and
Ceylon. The disease is due to de-
ciency of the antineuritic vitamin,
water soluble B.
Berlin blue. A ferrocyanid of iron
preparation used as a stain for histo-
logic sections.
beta-eucain. A local anesthetic.
beta-n&ph^thol. See naphthol.
be^tel. A masticatory preparation
consisting of a betel nut rolled up
with lime in a betel leaf; used largely
in East India. Betel nut chewing
blackens the teeth, and results in
massive accumulations of salivary
tartar, and may predispose to oral
carcinoma. It has a tonic, astrin-
gent and stimulant effect. Dose of
fluidextract, 1 to 3 fl. dr. [4 to 12 cc]
bey^el, bev^eling. The flaring out of
the enamel edges of a tooth cavity.
be-so^ar, or be-so^ard (Pers. Pazahar
from pa, against -f- zahar, poison). A
Digitized by
Google
Bl 50
calcareous concretion formed in the
stomachs and intestines of animals.
Used in olden times to ward off dis-
ease. These concretions were form-
erly considered to possess wonderful
medicinal virtues; not only efficacious
against poisons but also against pest-
ilential diseases.
BL Symbol for hiemtUh,
U- (L. bUt twice). A pjxGx meaning
two or tvnce. Sometimes becomes
bis- and bin- for sake of euphony.
bi-bey'al-ed. Having a bevel on two
sides of a blade. [Black.]
bib-li-og^ra-phy. A list of the works
bearing on a particular subject. A
list of works consulted by an author
in writing an essay on any subject
and placed at the end of the article.
bib^a-lotis (L. hibvluSf from hiberej to
drink). A substance having the
property of absorbing moisture.
b. paper. An absorbent paper used
to keep the teeth dry when filling.
b. paper points. Absorbent paper
made into points for use in drying
root canals.
bi-car^bo-n&te. A salt having two
parts of carbonic acid to one of a
basic substance.
bi-cella-lar. Being made up of two
cells.
bi-chlo^rld. A chlorid whose molecule
contains two chlorin atoms.
b. of mercury. See under mercury..
bi-chro^mate. A salt whose molecule
contains two chromic acid atoms.
Bi2[C0s]s. Bismuth carbonate.
bi-con^caye. Having two surfaces con-
cave.
bi-con^ex. Having two surfaces
convex.
bi-cu8^pid (L. 6i, two + cuspiSf a point).
Having two cusps.
b. tooth. A tooth having two cusps.
These teeth are called premolars by
comparative anatomists. See also
Bl NET TEST
WM (L. Hfidvs), Divided into two
parts.
U-fo'caL Having two foci.
U-fo'rate (L. W, two + fora^ opening).
Having two openings.
bi-fnr'cate (L. hi, two + furca, fork).
Divided into two forks; forked.
bi-for-ca^tioii. A division into two
forks or branches.
bi-la^i-ate. Relating to two sides.
bi-lat^e-ral (L. &t, two + lotus , side).
Having two sides.
bi-latVral-ism. Symmetry of the two
b. i. d. Latin abbr. for hia in die,
meaning twice daily,
bi-den'tal (L. 6t, two + dentaliSf tooth).
Having two teeth.
bi-den'tate. Same as bidental.
bne (L. bUis). The bitter, reddish-
yellow substance secreted by the
Uver: one of the digestive juices
which emulsifies fats and prevents
I>utrefactive changes in the intes-
tine; it is alkaline in reaction.
bil'i-ary. Relating to bile.
billotis. Relating to the bile. Char-
acterized by an excess of bile.
billous-ness. A condition of malaise,
with constipation, headache, etc.,
attributed to an excessive secretion
of bile.
bi-lol>ate (L. &t, two + lobus, lobe).
Having two lobes.
bi-lob^a-lar. Having two lobules.
bi-loph^o-dont (L. 6i, two + Gr. lophos,
crest + odousj tooth). Paleontologi-
cal term apphed to species of animals
having two transverse crests on the
molar teeth.
bi-xnan^oal (L. hi, two + manus, hand).
Relating to the two hands. Per-
formed with both hands.
bi-ino-lec'a-lar. Relating to or being
composed of two molecules.
bin-. Latin prefix meaning two, same
as hi-, the letter n being added before
a vowel for the sake of euphony.
bi'na-ry (L. binarius, of two). Made
up of two elements.
bind'er. A colloidal substance used
to hold several other substances
together.
Binet test [Alfred Binet, French psy-
chologist, 1857-1911]. A test by
means of a series of questions to
determine the mental development
of a child at different ages.
Digitized by
Google
BING BRIDGE
Bing bridge [Benj. James Bing, Ameri-
can dentist of Paris. 1840 — ]. A
bridge for supplying a single tooth
by means of attachments to the ad-
joining teeth. The predecessor of
the present day bridge denture.
bin-i'o-did. An iodid that has two
atoms of iodin in each molecule.
Bi[NOs]s. Chemical formula for bis-
muth nitrate.
bin-oxld. Same as dioxid, which see.
bi-na^cle-aTi bi-na^cle-ate (L. Unij
two + nucleus J nut). Having two
nuclei.
bio- (Gr. hioSf life). A prefix indicat-
ing relation to life,
bio-chem^is-try (Gr. bios, life + chemeia,
chemistry). Chemistry of living
organisms and vital processes.
bio-dy-nam^ics (Gr. bios, life +c?ynawi«,
force). That branch of physiology
that treats of the active vital phe-
nomena of organisms.
bio-gen^e-sis (Gr. hiosy life + genesis j
origin). The origin of life from liv-
ing things.
bio-ge-net^ic, bi-og^e-nous. Relating
to biogenesis.
bio-ki-net^ic8 (Gr. 6tos, life + kinetikos,
moving). The science of the changes
occurring in developing organisms.
bi-o-log^ic, bio-log^i-cal. Relating to
biology.
bi-oro-gist. One versed in biology.
bi-oro-gy (Gr. hioSf life + logosy dis-
course). The science of the study
of life; and of living organisms.
bio-more-cule (Gr. 6ios, life + L.
moleculat little mass). A molecule
of living substance.
bi-on'er-gy (Gr. hios, life + ergon,
work). Force exerted in the living
organism.
BiO[NOs]. Bismuth subnitrate.
bi-o-nom'ics (Gr. bios, life + nomoSf
law). The science of life and its
laws.
bi-on'o-my (Gr. bios, life + nomosy
law). The science which treats of
the laws of life and vital functions.
bi-o-physlcs (Gr. Uos, life + physis,
nature). Study of the physics of
the vital processes.
51 BISMUTH
biVphys-i-ol-o-gy (Gr. bios, life +
physis, nature + logos, discourse).
That branch of science which treats
of the various life processes.
bi^o-plasm (Gr. bios, life + plasma,
plasm). TTie primary matter of
which living tissue is formed.
bi-o^sis (Gr. bios, life) . Life in general ;
vitality.
bi-o-8tat^ics (Gr. bios, life + staiikos,
standing). That branch of science
which treats of the structure of
organisms in relation to their fimc-
tions.
bi-o-tax^is (Gr. bios, life + taxis,
arrangement). Classification of liv-
ing organisms. The power of living
organisms to arrange themselves in
a definite order.
bi-ot^ic. Relating to life.
bi'o-type (Gr. bios, life + typos, mark).
A group of individuals having the
same hereditary characteristics.
birth. The process of being bom.
bis (L., twice). Also used as a prefix .
to indicate two.
bi^salt. Any acid salt.
bis^cuit. The stage of porcelain just
before the process of vitrification
begins.
hard b. A state resulting from
heating porcelain sufl&ciently to
obtain shrinkage but not enough to
produce glaze.
soft b. A state resulting from
heating porcelain sufl&ciently to
slightly harden it, but yet not enough
to produce shrinkage.
bis^cui-ting. Primary drying and fix-
ing of porcelain molded into definite
form.
bi-sect^ bi-sec^tion (L. bi, two +
secare, to cut). Cutting into two
parts.
Bismarck brown. A brown dye used
in staining histologic and bacterio-
logic specimens. -
bis^muth (L. bismuthum). A white
silver-like metal. Symbol, Bi. Its
salts are used in diseases of the
stomach and intestines.
b. nitrate. An astringent and anti-
septic salt of bismuth. Dose, 5 to
10 gr. [0.333 to 0.66 gm.].
Digitized by
Google
BISTOURY
b. iMUite. A preparation of bismuth
subnitrate, 24 gm. ; white wax, 4 gm. ;
paraffin, 4 gm.; and vaselin, 48 gm.,
mixed by boiliiig. [Beck.] Used in
the treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris.
b. subnitrate. A white insoluble
Sawder, used in gastric disorders,
ose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.3 to 2.0 gm.].
bis^tou-ry. A narrow-bladed Icnife,
with a curved point for opening
abscesses.
bite. 1. A plastic mass used in making
artificial dentures to obtain the
proper relation of the upper and
lower jaws to each other. Beeswax,
paraffin and modeling compound are
used for this purpose. 2. To seize
with the teeth. 3. The term is also
used to designate the relation of the
upper and lower incisors to each
other. See overbite, closed bite, etc.
check-b. Term applied to a sheet
of thin wax or paraffin placed be-
tween the teeth in the mouth, either
natural or artificial, in central,
lateral, or protrusive occlusion and
used as a check upon the teeth in
the articulator.
closed b. A condition in which
the lower anterior teeth close farther
than normal under the upper ante-
rior teeth.
end-to-end b. A condition in
which the anterior teeth come to-
gether at their incising surfaces
when the jaws are closed naturally.
b.-gage (or gua^e). An instrument
used as an aid in securing a correct
bite or a phase of the bite desired.
open b. A condition in which the
anterior teeth of the two jaws are
farther apart than normal when the
jaws are closed naturally.
overbite. A condition in which the
upper anterior teeth close farther
forward than normal when the jaws
are closed naturally.
b. -plane. An imaginary plane ex-
tending from the edge of the upper
lip, at rest and relaxed, backward at
right ancles to the sagittal plane,
and parallel with a line drawn from
the spine of the nose to the lower
border of the external auditory
meatus. This is the plane to which
the bite is constructed. Also called
occlusion-plane. [Wilson.]
52 BLEEDER
b. -plate. A base-plate of any more
or less rigid material used to support
the rim of wax, paraffin or modeling
compound while securing the bite.
bi-tem^po-ral. Relating to both tem-
poral bones.
bit^ters. Various alcoholic medicines
employed as tonics and alteratives.
biyVlence, biyVlent. Having an
atomic valence of two.
bi-yen^ter cer-yi^ces. See Table of
^f uncles
Black's 1-2-3 [G. V. Black, Chicago
dentist, 1836^1915]. Oil cassia, 4
cc; phenol crystals, 8 gm.* and oil of
wintergreen, 12 cc, used in treat-
ment of putrescent root canals.
Black, Qreene Vardiman. Chicago
dentist, 183^1915. Noted for his
scientific work on amalgam, the
physical characteristics of the teeth,
dental nomenclature, etc. See Clas-
sification of angles of the teeth, caries,
instruments, etc.
blad^der. The membranous sac situ-
ated in the anterior portion of the
pelvic cavity that serves as a reservoir
for the urine secreted by the kidneys.
gall-b. The bile reservoir.
blade. The cutting portion of any
sharp instrument or tool.
blas-te^ma (Gr. blastema, short). Em-
bryonic tissue from which cells and
tissues are formed.
blas^to-derm (Gr. blastos, germ +
derma, skin). The germinal mem-
brane lining the zona pellucida of
the impregnated ovum.
blas-to-der^mal, blas-to-der^mic. Re-
lating to the blastoderm.
blas-to-genlc (Gr. blastos, germ +
genesis, generation). Derived from
the germ cell.
blas-to^ma, pi. blastom/Ua (Gr. blastos,
germ + omu^ tumor). A morbid
growth resultmg from a fetal rem-
nant. A true tumor.
Blas-to-my^ces, pi. blastomycetes (Gr.
blastos, germ + mykes, fungus). A
genus of yeasts, the same as saccharo-
myces.
bleed^er. 1. A person with a hemor-
rhagic diathesis; one who bleeds
freely; hemophiliac. 2. A person
who lets blood.
Digitized by
Google
BLENNOSTASIS
53 BONES OF HEAD AND FACE
blen-nos^ta-sis (Gr. hlennosy mucus +
stasiSy standing). The act of sup-
pressing an abnormal rnucous flow
or correcting an excessive mucous
flow.
blind abscess. An abscess without a
fistulous of other opening.
blis^ter (L. vesicula), 1. An agent pro-
ducing vesication. 2. An accumula-
tion of serous fluid beneath the skin.
blis^ter-inff. The formation of a blis-
ter.
block. A term used to indicate the
obstruction of nerve impulses.
b. anesthesia. Anesthesia produced
by the obstruction of nerve impulses
by the injection of an anesthetic
into a nerve or ganghon. See anes-
thesia,
blood (L. sanguis; Gr. haima). The
life-sustaining fluid that flows
through the heart and arteries.
b. count. The coimt of the number
of corpuscles in a given volume of
blood.
b. plaque. Blood platelets; oval
light-gray bodies found in the blood,
of uncertain purpose.
b. plasma. Liquor sanguinis^ the
fluid portion of the blood.
b. poisoning. Bacteria in the blood
as the result of focal infection.
b. pressure. The tension of the
blood in the arteries.
b. serum. The clear liquid part of
the blood, without the fibrm and
corpuscles.
b. tumor. Hematoma.
b.-yessel. An artery or a vein.
bloodless. 1. A condition of anemia.
2. Said of an operation performed
with little loss of blood.
bloodlet-ting. The act of drawing
blood for therapeutic purposes.
blood^shot. A condition of blood con-
gestion.
blow^pipe. A device used in the dental
laboratory by which air is blown
through a gas or alcohol flame for
the purpose of melting or heating
metjds, etc.
blue. A color like the clear sky.
Loffler's b. A solution of methy-
lene-blue used in staining bacteria.
b. mass. Massa hydrargyri; mer-
cury mixed with honey, used as a
cathartic. Dose, 1 to 10 gr. [0.06
to 0.6 gm.].
methylene-b. A coal-tar dye used
in staining histologic specimens.
b. stone. Same as copper sulphate.
trypan«b. A benzidin dye used as a
trypanocide and intravitam stain.
B. M. S. Abbr. for Bachelor of
Medical Science.
B. N. A. Abbr. for Basle Nomina
Anatomica. The anatomic nomen-
clature accepted at Basle in 1895 by
the Anatomical Society.
body (L. corpus; Gr. soma). 1. The
animal frame with its contained
organs. 2. The largest part of any
organ. 3. In dentistry, the siliceous
base of porcelain teeth which is
overlaid by enamel.
boil. Same as furuncle, which see.
gum b. See parulis. An erroneous
term for abscess on the gum.
Boley gage. A linear measurement
gage named for the man who de-
signed it. It is particularly con-
venient for making delicate measure-
ments in the metric system.
bolt. A metal pin used for holding
anything in its place, as the bolt that
holds the two halves of a vulcanizing
flask together.
bolus (L. bolus; Gr. holos). A large
mass or pill.
bone (L. os; Gr. osteon). 1. The sub-
stance that comprises the skeleton
of vertebrate animals. 2. Any one
of the separate parts of the skeleton.
bone»ash. The material remaining
after the calcination of bone.
bone«cor^pu8-cle. A connective-tis-
sue cell in the lacuna of a bone.
An osteoblast.
bone^plas-ty. Plastic surgery on bones.
bone plombe. A preparation of iodo-
form, spermaceti and oil of sesame,
used to fill bone cavities after opera-
tion, as in root amputations.
bones of the head and face. Those of
the head are: Frontal (1); Parietal
(2); Occipital (1); Temporal (2);
Ethmoid (1); Sphenoid (1). Those
of the face are: Maxillae (2); Malar
Digitized by
Google
BONWILL ARTICULATOR 54
(2); Nasal (2); Lacrimal (2): Pala-
tine (2); Vomer (1); Mandible (1).
See plate facing p. 265.
Bonwill articulator. An articulator
devised by W. G. A. Bonwill, 1858,
the first attempt to produce an
instrument that would simulate the
movements of the lower jaw.
B. crown [W. G. A. Bonwill, Phila-
delphia dentist, 1833-1899]. An all-
porcelain crown attached to the
root of a tooth by means of a
threaded dowel which projects into
a hole extending through the porce-
lain, and upon the end of which ii^
placed a nut, which holds the crown
in position.
B. mallet. A mallet for condensing
cohesive gold in which the power
was electrically applied; devised by
W. G. A. BonwiU, Philadelphia.
B. triangle. A triangle formed by
a line from the center of one condyle
to the center of the other, and two
converging lines from these points
to the center of the alveolar ridge of
the mandible.
bo-raclc acid. See under add,
bo^ral. Aluminum borotartrate; an
astringent and disinfectant.
bo^ra-lid. A proprietary antiseptic
containing boric acid and acetanilid.
bo^rate. A salt of boric acid.
bo^ra^ted. Mixed with or containing
borax.
bo^raz, gen. hordds (L. from Arabic
buraq). Sodium p3nx)borate, a white,
crystalline substance; it is an anti-
septic, and diuretic. It is used in
solution in mouth and throat affec-
tions. Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.333 to
2.0 gm.]. It is also used in powder
form as a flux in soldering metals.
bore. 1. The act of cutting in or
through anything. 2. The inside
diameter of a cylinder.
bo^ric acid. See under acid.
bo^ri-cin. A preparation of boric acid
and borax.
bowline. A proprietary preparation
of boric acid, formaldehyd, etc.,
used as an antiseptic.
bo-ro-flu'o-rin. A proprietaiy anti-
septic preparation of boric acid,
sodium fluorid, benzoic acid ana
formaldehyd.
BRACHYCEPHALIC
bo^ro-form. A germicidal prepara-
tion of boroglycerid and formalde-
hyd.
bo-ro-glyc^e-rid, bo-ro-glyc^e-rin. An
antiseptic preparation of boric acid
and glycerin.
bo-ro-glyc^e-rol. A solution of boro-
glycerid in glycerin.
bo'rol. Sodium borosulphate. Used
in 20 per cent solution as an anti-
septic and disinfectant. Dose, 10
to 50 min. [0.6 to 3 cc].
bo-ro-lyp^tol. A proprietary antisep-
tic and disinfectant for intestinal
diseases.
bo^ron (L. horium). A non-metallic
crystalline substance or powder, the
base of borax and boric acid. Sym-
bol, B.
bo-ro-phe^nol. A disinfectant com-
pound of borax and phenol.
bo^ro-80l. Trade name of a prepara-
tion of boracic, salicylic, and tar-
taric acids, aluminum tartrate and
glycerin; it is an astringent and
deodorant.
bor^sal. Mixture of boric and salicylic
acid in equal parts; a dusting powder
used on woimds.
bor-sal^yl. Sodium borosalicylate; a
white powder made by heating
sodium salicylate and boric acid in
water; used as an analgesic and anti-
septic in rheumatism and chorea.
Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.3 to 2.0 gm.].
bot^a-ny (L. l?otanica, from Gr. hotane,
herb). The science of plants.
bo^vine (L. hovinus, from 60s, ox).
Relating to the ox or cow.
box. To enclose; used in referring to
the act of filling in the base of a cast
with plaster in denture-making.
B. Ph. Abbr. for British Pharmacopeia.
Br. Symbol for hromin.
bra^chi-al (L. brachialist from brachiunif
arm). Relating to the arm.
bra^chi-umj)!- hrachia (L. ; Gr. brachiorif
arm). That portion of the arm
above the elbow.
bra-chy^ce-phal-ic,bra-chy-ceph^y-lou8
(Gr. hrachySf short + kephale, head).
An animal having a short head. See
cephalic index.
Digitized by
Google
BRACHYDONT
brach^y-dont, brach^y-o-dont (Gr.
hrachySf short + odous, tooth).
Paleontological term applied to
animals having teeth with short
crowns. Opposite to hypodorUi
bra-chy-fa'cial. Having a short face.
bra-chy-fnath^ia (Gr. hrachysj short +
gnathoSf jaw). Abnormal shortness
of the lower jaw.
bra-chy-fnath^ous. Having a very
short jaw.
bra-chy-8taph^y-line (Gr. hrachya, short
H- staphylCf uvula). Having an
abnormally short palate.
brack^et. A piece projecting from a
wall to support a shelf. A project-
ins arm for supporting a suspended
table used by dentists for holding
instruments.
bra-dy-car^dia (Gr. hradys, slow +
kardiaf heart). Unusual slowness in
the heart-beat.
brain (L. encepheUm; Gr. enkevhalos).
The whole nervous mass within the
cranium.
brasJB. An alloy of zinc and copper.
bras-sard^ (Fr.). Insignia worn by
gersons belonging to the various
ranches of the army; worn on the
left arm.
braie. 1. To finish a surface in imi-
tation of the finish found on brass.
2. To join with hard solder.
brea'thinif. Kespiration, which see.
moath-b. The habit of breathing
continually through the mouth.
bridge. 1. In dentistry, an appliance
used in the mouth to replace the lost
natural teeth by means of substi-
tutes attached to and held in position
by some of the remaining teeth or
roots. They are called fixed, remov-
able, saddle, sanitary, etc., bridges
according as they embody the prin-
ciple indicated. 2. The act of mak-
ing a device for supplying missing
teeth.
bridgework. The replacement of lost
natural teeth by means of substi-
tutes or pontics, attached to and
held in position by some of the
remaining natural teeth or roots.
fixed b. Bridgework permanently
fixed or set on abutments.
removable b. Bridgework that can
be removed by the patient or dentist
for cleansing.
55 BROMOUTHIA
Bright'8 disease [Richard Bright, Eng-
lish physician, 1789-1858J. A term
applied to the more serious forms
of nephritis.
Britaimia metaL An aUoy composed
of tin, 85.64 per cent; antimony, 9.66
per cent; copper, 0.81 per cent; zinc,
3.06 per cent; and bismuth, 0.83
per cent.
broach. A small wire-like instrument
used for cleaning out a root canal
and also for removing the devitalized
or anesthetized pulp. There are
two kinds, the smooth and the
barbed broach.
Donaldson b. [R. B. Donaldson,
Washington dentist] . A fine, barbed
broach intended especially for re-
moving the contents of a pulp canal.
brochure [hrchshwre] (Fr.). A small
pamphlet.
bro^mate. A salt of bromic acid.
bro-ma-toro-gy (Gr. broma, food +
logos f treatise). The science of
dietetics.
bro-ma-to-the'ra-py (Gr. hroma, food
+ ^^a2>6ia. treatment). Treatment
of diseases by means of food; the use
of various food materials in treating
disease.
bro-meth^yl. See ethyl hromid.
bro'mid. A binary compound of bro-
min, some of them being cardiac
depressants.
bro-mid^ia. Trade name of a hyp-
notic and sedative preparation.
bro^min (L. bromium; Gr. bromoSy
stench). A brownish Uquid element
that gives off suffocating odors.
Sjrmbol, Br. Its compounds are
sedatives and disinfectants.
bro^mism. Poisoning by bromin or
' one of its salts.
bro-mo-caf^fein. A proprietaiy prep-
aration of bromin and canem; a
remedy for headache.
bro^mo-form. A colorless licjuid anes-
thetic, used in whooping-cough.
Dose, 3 to 15 min. [0.2 to 1 cc].
bro^mol. Tribromphenol; a crystal-
line antiseptic, disinfectant and
caustic.
bro-mo-lith^ia. A proprietary prepa-
ration used for gout and rheuma-
tism.
Digitized by
Google
BROMOSELTZER
bro-mo-seh^zer. A proprietary prepa-
ration used as a remedy for head-
aches.
bro-mu^ral. A nerve sedative and mild
hypnotic. Dose, 5 to 10 gr. [0.333
to 0.666 gm.].
bron^chi. Plural of bronchus yWhich see .
bron^chi-a (L.; Gr. bronchia, bronchia).
The bronchial tubes of the size
between the bronchi and the bron-
chioles.
bron^chi-al. Relating to the bronchi
or bronchia.
bron-chi-ec^ta-sis (Gr. 6ronc/io«, bron-
chus + ektasiSf dilatation). Dilata-
tion of the bronchial tubes.
bron^chi-ole (L. bronchioltui). The
smallest bronchial tubes.
bron-chi-o-li^tis (L. bronchiolus + Gr.
t^is, inflammation). Inflammation of
the bronchioles.
bron-chi^tis (Gr. bronchia, air-tubes +
Gr. itis, inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the bronchi.
bron'chi-um, pi. bronchia (L.). A sub-
division of the bronchus.
bron^cho-cele (Gr. bronchos, bronchus
+ keU, tumor). See goiter.
bron-chopVthy (Gr. bronchos^ air-
tube + pathos, disease). Diseases
of the air passages.
bron^cho-plas-ty (Gr. bronchos, bron-
chus + plassein, to mold). Plastic
surgery relating to the trachea.
bron^cho-pneu-mo^nia. Inflammation
of the bronchia and lungs.
bron-cho-pul^mo-nary. Relating to
the bronchi and lungs.
bron-chor-rhe^a (Gr. bronchos, air
passage + rhoia, flow). Abnormal
discharge of mucus from the air
passages.
bron^cho-scope. An instrument for
the inspection of the bronchial tubes.
bron-chos^co-py (Gr. bronchos, air
Ciage + skopein, to examine),
mination of the bronchial tubes
through the bronchoscope.
bron-chot^o-my (Gr. bronchos^ air pas-
sage + tome, cut). Incision of a
bronchus or tne bronchi.
bron^chus, pi. bronchi (L.; Gr. bronchos,
air passage). 1. One of the two
branches of the trachea. Also the
trachea.
56 BUCCAL
bronse. 1. An alloy of copper and tin.
2. To color a reddish-brown color,
aluminum b. An alloy consisting
of copper, 90 parts; aluminum, 10
parts, used as a substitute for low
carat gold plate; fuses at 1800® F.
Brophy furnace [R. C. Brophy, Chicago
dentist). A gas furnace for fusing
porcelain.
Brophy's operation [Truman W. Bro-
phy, contemporary Chicago dentist].
An operation for closing a cleft
palate by means of lead plates
attached to the tissues and so
manipulated with the aid of sutures
as to draw the two sides of the cleft
into approximation.
brush. An implement made with
bristles for the purpose of cleansing,
or making smooth. Cleaning with
a brush.
plate»b. A brush used in the
dental laboratory for cleaning arti-
ficial dentures in process of niaking.
toothbrush. A brush for cleansing
the teeth.
brush-wheel. An implement made of
bristles and used to polish metals.
Bryant's bridge-repair tools [E. A.
Bryant, contemporary Washington
dentist]. A set of tools designed
for repairing a bridge from which a
facing has been broken, by attaching
a new facing by means of threaded
nuts.
bry'o-cy-te (Gr. bryein, to proliferate
+ kytos, cell). The living parasite
by which the proliferation of cells is
produced.
B. S. Abbr. for Bachelor of Science.
bu^bo (L. from Gr. bovbon, groin).
An inflammatory swelling of the
glands of the groin.
bu-bonlc. Relating to buboes.
buc^ca (L. cheek). The cheek.
buc^cal (L. buccaliSf from bucca, cheek).
Relating to the cheek or mouth.
b. angles of teeth. The angles
formed at the junction of the other
crown surfaces with the buccal face.
b. cavity. The mouth.
b. mucosa. The mucous tissue
beyond the alveolar gingiva on the
buccal surfaces.
b. surface of a tooth. That surface
next to the cheek.
Digitized by
Google
BUCCALLY
buc^cal-ly. In the direction of the
cheek.
buc-ci-lin^gual (L. hucca^ cheek +
lingua f tongue). Relating to the
tongue and cheeks.
buc-ci-n&^tor. See Table of Muscles.
buc-co-cerM-cal (L. huccaf cheek +
cervix f neck). Relating to the neck
and buccal surface of the tooth.
b. ridge. The ridge on the buccal
surface of the deciduous molars near
the cervix.
buc-co-la^i-al. Relating to the cheek
and lips.
buc-co-lin^gu-al. Relating to the cheek
and tongue.
buc-co-lin^gu-al-ly. Indicating the di-
rection from the cheek toward the
tongue.
buc-co-pha-ryn^ge-al. Relating to the
cheek and pharynx.
Buckley's desensitizing paste [J. P.
Bucklev, contemporary Los Angeles
dentist). A paste composed of
neothesin, 11 parts; thymol, 12 parts;
trioxymethylen, claimed to be a
specific for hypersensitive dentin.
B. formocresol. Equal yolumes of
cresol and liquor formaldehyd used
in the teeth in cases of gangrenous or
decomposing pulps, by sealing it in
the pulp chamber.
bud^ding. Gemmation; cell-division.
bulb (L. hvlhuSy a bulbous root). Any
globular structure.
dental b. The dental papilla,
taste b. One of the papillaB of the
tongue in which the gustatory nerves
terminate.
biil11>US, pi. hulhi (L.). A bulb.
bnn^dle. A fasciculus of nerve fibers.
bu^no-dont (Gr. bunoSf mound +
odovSf tooth). Round-cusped molar
teeth.
bu-no-lo^pho-dont (Gr. hunosy rounded
+ lophoSf crest + odouSf tooth).
Having teeth with rounded crests, as
molar teeth. Paleontological term.
bu-no-se-le'no-dont (Gr. hunos,
rounded + selene, moon + odou^^
tooth). Having teeth with longi-
tudinal rounded crests, as molar
teeth. Paleontological term.
Bonsen burner [Robt. Bimsen, German
chemist. 1811-1899]. A gas burner
in whicn the gas is mixed with air
before ignition, affording complete
oxidation.
67 BUTYRUM
bur. A dental cutting instrument
used for excavating decay from
teeth cavities, and operated by a
dental engine.
cone b. A dental bur with the
cutting head in the shape of an in-
verted cone.
finishing b. A dental bur with
the blades very close together, used
in finishing gold fillings.
fissure b. A dental bur, augur-
shaped, with cutting blades sur-
rounding it, for cutting out fissures
in the enamel.
round b. A dental bur with a
spherical- shaped cutting head.
surgical b. A large-headed spear-
shaped bur used in surgical work.
bu-ret^ bu'retta' (Fr.). A glass tube
for measuring liquids.
bumper, Bunsen. A gas-burner in
which the gas is mixed with air before
i^tion, affording complete oxida-
tion.
bur^nish. 1. TopoUshorsmoothenby
rubbing or friction. 2. To secure
relatively perfect adaptation of two
edges of two corresponding sub-
stances, e. g.y to burnish a gold or tin
or amalgam filling over the enamel
margin; to burnish a -band to a tooth
cervix or root.
bur^nish-er. An instrument used for
burnishing or finishing the surfaces
of fillings.
amalgam b. An instrument used
for obtaining an even or smooth sur-
face on an amalgam filling.
bur'row. To make a way through, as
pus in making a fistula.
Burton's line. A bluish line on the
border of the gums, characteristic of
lead poisoning.
bur^sa, pi. bursce (L.; Gr. bursa, a sac).
Small sacs in the body situated
between the bones and their covering
of muscles, tendons or skin.
but. Same as abut, which see.
but^tar (L. buiyrum; Gr. boutyron).
Concrete oil obtained from cream
by churning.
b. of cacao. An oil obtained from
the seeds of cacao plant.
bu-tyl-chlo^ral hy^drata. A com-
pound resembling chloral hydrate
used in the treatment of neuralgia.
Dose, 2 to 15 gr. [0.133 to 1.0 gm.].
bu-ty'rum. Latin, meaning butter.
Digitized by
Google
58
CALCARIURIA
C
C. Chemical symbol for carbon; cen-
tigrade.
Ca. Chemical symbol for calcium.
ca., cir. Abbr. for Latin word drca,
about.
cabl-net. A piece of furniture espe-
cially suited to holding instruments
and materials for the dentist's use.
ca1i>le. A flexible metal arm for trans-
mitting rotary power from the dental
engine to the implement to be used.
CaC2. Chemical formula for calcium
carbid.
ca-ca'o. The seeds from the Cacao
theohromaf from which cocoa, choco-
late and cacao butter are obtained.
c. batter. A butter made from the
Cacao theohromaf used in dentistry
to protect the surface of a silicate
filling imtil the filling has thoroughly
set.
cac-es-the^8ia (Gr. kakosy bad +
aisthesiSf sensation). Disorder of
sensibility; morbid sensation.
ca-chec^tic. Relating to cachexia.
ca-chez^ia (Gr. kakos^ bad + hexiSf
habit). A marked condition of con-
stitutional disorder. A depraved
nutritional condition.
CaCl2. Chemical formula for calcium
chlorid.
Ca[C102]2. Calcium chlorate.
CaCOs. Calcium carbonate.
cac'o» (Gr. kakos^ bad). A prefix
indicating had or irregular.
ca-co-dyric acid. See add.
cac-o-gen'e-sis (Gr. kakoSy bad +
genesis, develop). Deviation from
normal.
cac-o-plas^tic (Gr. kakoSy bad -h plas-
tikoSy forming). Capable only of
imperfect development.
cac-os-to'mia (Gr. kakoSy bad + stomay
mouth). A gangrenous condition
of the mouth.
cac-ot^ro-phy (Gr. kahDSy bad + trophcy
nourishment) . An ill-nourished con-
dition; malnutrition.
cade oil (L. oleum cadinum). An oil
obtained from the Juniperus oxy-
cedruSy used in skin diseases.
cad'mi-um (Gr. kadmia, calamin).
A metallic element resembling tin
in color and properties. Symbol, Cd.
c. iodid. Used in the form of an
ointment, 1 part to 8 of lard, in
treatment of skin diseases and
chronic arthritis.
ca-du^ce-us. The wand of Mercury
surmoimted by wings and entwined
with two serpents. The emblem of
the healing art.
ca-du^cous (L. cadere, to fall). A
deciduous membrane.
caf-felc acid. See acid.
caf^fein (L. caffea, coffee). An alka-
loid obtained from coffee and tea.
It is a heart stimulant and diuretic.
Dose, 1 to 3 gr. [0.06 to 0.2 gm.].
c. citrate [U. S. P.]. Diuretic and
cardiac stimulant. Dose^ 2 to 10 gr.
[0.13 to 0.6 gm.].
caf^fein-ism. A diseased condition
produced by excessive use of coffee.
CaH202. Chemical formula for cal^
dum hydroxid.
caj'e-put oil, caj^u-put oil. A volatile
oil obtained from the leaves of the
Melaleuca leucadendron; used in
rheumatism and intestinal disorders.
Dose, 2 to 10 min. [0.13 to 0.66 cc].
caj^e-put-ol. Oil of cajeput.
cal'am-in (L. calamina). Zinc car-
bonate found in its natural state.
Used as a dusting powder when cal-
cined and powdered.
cal'a-mus (L., reed). The U. S. P.
name for ''sweet flag.'' It is a car-
minative and tonic in the fluid-
extract and tincture forms.
cal-ca'rea (L.). lime.
c. chlorata. Chlorinated lime; a
bleaching agent and disinfectant.
cal-ca^re-0118 (L. caUarius). Relating
to lime; chalky.
cal-caM-u-ria (L. calcariOy lime + Gr.
ourony urine). Lime salts in tiie
urine.
Digitized by
Google
CALCIC
cal^cic. Relating to lime or calcium.
eal'ci-din. A preparation of calcium
and iodin. Used in croup. Dose,
J to 1 gr. [0.022 to 0.065 gm.].
eal-ciflc. Forming calcium; calcify-
ing.
cal-cif-i-ca'tion (L. calx, lime + facere,
to make). The hardening of organic
tissues by the deposition of calcium
salts within the tissues. For calcifi-
cation of teeth see under teeth,
c. lines of Retails. See under
Retzius.
c. of teeth. See under teeih,
cal-ciff^e-rons (L. calx, lime -h aerere,
to produce). Capable of proaucing
calcium salts.
eal-cm-a^tion (L. caldnare, to char).
The process of reducing to a powder
by the evaporation of moisture by
heat.
ealcis liquor. Lime water. Prepared
by adding water to freshly slaked
lime and pouring off for use. the clear
fluid. It is antacid, astringent and
detergent. Used in dentistry as a
mouth wash to correct an acid con-
dition of the oral fluids.
eal^d-um, gen. caldi, (L.) The yellow
metallic basic element of lime.
Symbol, Ca. It occurs in nearly all
organized tissues of the body.
c. borate. An antiseptic dusting
Eowder formed by the addition of
orax to a solution of calcium chlorid.
c. carbonate. A tasteless white anti-
septic powder, used in tooth-powder.
c. chlorid. Chlorid of lime; a power-
ful antiseptic and bleaching agent.
c. hydrate, c. hydrozid. Slaked lime.
c. hypochlorite. Chlorinated lime.
See Dakin^s solution.
c. hypophosphite [U. S. P.]. A
white crystalUne powder employed
in treatment of rickets and other
forms of defective nutrition. Dose,
10 to 30 gr. [0.6 to 2 gm.].
c.iodid. A skin antiseptic, prepared
bjr the action of iodid of iron on
milk of lime.
c. lactate. A crystalline substance,
soluble in water, used in treatment
of rickets. Dose, 4 to 8 gr. [0.25 to
0.5 gm.].
c. ozid. Lime. See calx»
59 CALIBRATE
c. phosphate [U. S. P.]. A white
amorphous powder used in treatment
of rickets. Dose, 10 to 30 gr. [0.6 to
2 gm.].
c. sulphate. G3rpsum; plaster of
Paris.
cal-co-glob'u-lin. A combination of
calcium salts with albumin which
characterizes the first stage of the
process of calcification. It is the
result of the coalescence of small
globular bodies called calcospherites.
cal^coid (L. calx, lime + Gr. eidos,
form). A neoplasm of the tooth
pulp.
calcospherite spherules. Tiny, al-
most structureless, roimded masses
of calcoglobulin occasionally found
near the epithelial bodies, particu-
larly in inflammatory conditions of
the periodontal membrane.
cal-co-spher'ites (L. calx, lime +
sphaira, sphere). Small globular
bodies formed during the process of
calcification by chemical union of
calcium and the albuminous organic
matter.
cal'cu-lous. Relating to calculus.
cal'cu-lu; pi. cal'cuU (L., pebble). A
stone-like or calcareous concretion
formed in any part of the body;
composed of mineral salts.
arthritic c. Concretions formed in
the ligaments in cases of gout.
dental c. Salivary calculus.
renal c. Concretions formed in
the kidneys.
salivary c. Concretions formed
by the saliva or in the salivary
glands or ducts.
serumal c. Calculus formed upon
the roots of the teeth from serous
exudations.
urinary c. Calculus formed in the
urinary passages from crystallizable
substances in the urine.
cal-e-fa^cient (L. calidua, warm +
facere, to make). An agent that
causes warmth or heat.
cal^i-ber, call-bre (Fr. calihre, the
bore of a gun). The internal diame-
ter of a tube or canal.
cal^i-brate. 1. To determine the ex-
act size of an opening. 2. To grad-
uate the tubes of a thermometer so
Digitized by
Google
CALIBRATION
that it will correctly indicate the
temperature.
cal'1-bra-tion. The act of calibrating.
Cftll-bra-tor. An instrument for deter-
mining the exact diameter of the
lumen of an opening.
cal'i-pars (corruption of caliber). Com-
passes with curved legs, used for
measuring the diameter of any
cylindrical body.
calix, calyx, pi. calices (L. calix; Gr.
calyx f cup). A cup-shaped cavity
or organ.
Callahan's method (root canal cleans-
ing) [John R. Callahan, Cincinnati
dentist, 1853-1918]. A method of
using sulphuric acid as an aid in
opening up and cleansing putrescent
pulp canals. The action of the acid
may be neutralized or controlled
by a solution of bicarbonate of soda.
[Dental Cosmos, p. 957, 1894].
ealloiu. That which is hard or
indurated. See callus.
callus (L.). 1. Hardened or thick-
ened skin. 2. Osseous matter
thrown out between the fractured
extremities of bone, acting as a
cement during the process of repair.
cal'o-mel (L. calomelas; Gr. kalo. fair
-h meZcw, black). Mercurous chlorid,
HgCl [hydrargyri cMoridum mite].
A white insoluble powder, purgative
and antisyphilitic. Dose, ^^ to 2
gr. [0.006 to 0.13 gm.].
calor (L., heat). Heat of the body.
Also one of the cardinal symptoms
of inflammation — the increased tem-
perature of the affected parts.
ca-lorlc. Relating to heat.
cal'o-rie, cal^'ory (Fr.; L. calor, heat).
The unit of heat; the amount of heat
necessary to raise one kilogram of
water one degree centigrade.
cal-o-rif'ic. Producing heat.
cal'o-ry. See calorie.
caloz. Trade name of a dentifrice
containing calcium peroxid.
calx, gen. calcis [kalks] (L., lime).
Lime. U. S. P. name for lime or
calcium oxid, CaO.
c. chlorinate. Chlorinated lime
[U. S. P.]. A white powder made
by the action of chlorin on calcium
60 CANAL
hydroxid; a disinfectant and deo-
dorant.
caljrx. See calix.
camera lucida. A device for project-
ing the image of a histologic or bac-
teriologic specimen, under the micro-
scope, upon a paper surface with the
idea of tracing the outlines of the
image with pen or pencil.
cam-phe'nol. A preparation of cam-
phor and phenol; a disinfectant.
cam-pho-phe-nique' (Fr.). A proprie-
tary preparation of camphor and
phenol; an antiseptic.
cam'phor, cam'pho-ra (L. camphora;
Gr. kamphora). A solid volatile oil
obtained from Cinnamomum cam-
phoraj an Asiatic tree. It is anodyne,
diaphoretic and stimulant. Dose,
1 to 20 gr. [0.06 to 1.3 gm.].
cam^phor-a-ted. Containing camphor.
ca-nal' (L. canalis). A channel or
tubular passage.
alimentery c. The digestive tract.
alveolar c. Inferior dental canal.
anterior alveolar c. The canal in
the maxillary bone that transmits
the middle superior dental nerve.
anterior dental c. The canals in
the maxillae that transmit the ante-
rior dental nerves and vessels.
anterior palatine c. The canals in
the maxillae that transmit the ante-
rior palatine arteries.
dental c. Inferior dental canal.
dentinal c. Canaliculi of dentin.
haversian c's. The canals of
osseous tissue, containing the nerves
and vessels.
Incisive c. The canal in the max-
illa from the incisal foramen to the
nasal fossa.
incisor c. Anterior palatine canal.
inferior dental c. The canal lead-
ing from the inferior dental foramen
into the body of the mandible and
transmitting the inferior dental
nerve.
infra-orbital c. A canal through
the orbital surface of the maxilla,
transmitting the infra-orbital nerves
and vessels.
malar c. The canal in the malar
bone that transmits the temporo-
Digitized by
Google
CANALICULAR
malar branch of the superior maxil-
lary nerve.
mandibular c. The inferior dental
canal.
maxillary c. Dental canal.
posterior alveolar c. The canal in
the maxilla that transmits the ante-
rior superior dental nerve.
posterior dental c's. The canals
in the maxillae which transmit the
superior posterior nerves and blood-
vessels.
posterior palatine c. The canal in
the maxilla and palate bone that
transmits the palatine artery.
pulp c. The central canal of the
root of a tooth.
•c. of Bivinns. Duct of the sub-
lingual gland.
root c. Same as pulp canal.
c. of Steno or Stenson. The duct of
the parotid gland.
superior palatine c. The canal in
the maxilla and palate bones that
transmits the palatine nerve and
vessels.
supra«orbital c. The canal in the
floor of the orbit that transmits the
supra-orbital nerve and vessels.
temporomalar c. The canal in the
malar bone that transmits the tem-
poromalar branches of the superior
maxillary nerve.
ca-na-lic'u-lar. Relating to or like a
canaliculus.
ca-na-lic'u-lus, pi. canaliculi (L.). A
small canal.
c. dentalis. The dentinal canals.
can-al^is (L., canal). A canal.
can'cel-la-ted. Lattice-Uke; formed of
cancelli.
can^cel-lous. Lattice-like structure.
can-cellus, pi. cancelli (L., a lattice).
A lattice-like bone structure.
can'cer (L., crab). A malignant
tumor; carcinoma.
can'cer-ous. Relating to cancer.
can'croid (L. cancer^ crab + Gr. eidos^
form). Resembling cancer in ap-
pearance.
can'crum (L.). Cancer. A spreading
ulcer.
c. oris. Gangrenous stomatitis;
noma.
61 CAPILLARY
ca'nine (L. canis^ dog). Pertaining to
or resembling that which belongs to
a dog.
c. eminence. The prominence in
the maxillae bones over the canine
teeth.
c. fossa. The depression in the
maxilla posterior to the canine emi-
nence, and above the premolars.
c. tooth. The single cusped tooth
situated between the lateral incisor
and premolar teeth.
ca-nin^i-form. Resembling a canine
tooth.
cancer. Ulceration, particularly of
the mouth and lips.
can'nu-la, can'u-la, pi. cannuLce (L. dim.
of cannay a seed). A small metal
tube used in surgery for insertion
into the body, usually carrying a
trocar.
can'nu-lar. Tubular.
can^thus, pi. canthi (L.; Gr. kanthos).
The corner or angle of the eye.
CaO. Chemical formula for calcium
oxid.
caoutchouc [koo'chook]. Indian name
for india-rubber. A hydrocarbo i.
When combined with sulphur and
subjected to heat it is converted into
vulcanite.
cap crown. Same as shell crowns which
see.
ca-pac^i-ty (L. capere^ to take). The
power of holding.
respiratory c. The space in the
lungs for the normal reception of air.
vital c. The amount of air that
can be forcibly expired after a full
inspiration.
cap'il-la-ry (L. capillarisj hair-like).
1. Relating to hair: hair-Uke. 2.
The minute vessels tnat connect the
arterioles with the venules, through
which oxygen and nutriment pass to
the tissues, and through which the
tissues discharge the waste products
into the blood. ,
c. arteriole. A minute artery that
terminates in a capillary.
c. attraction. The attraction of
the walls of a tube for any contained
liquid, raising the latter above the
level of that outside of the tube.
Digitized by
Google
CAPITULUM
62
CARIES
lymph-c. A minute lymphatic
vessel arising from a lymph space.
c. vein. A minute vein constituting
the beginning of a vein from a capil-
lary.
cap-iVa-lam (L. dim. of caput y head).
A small head or process; a bony
eminence.
Ca8[P04]2. Tricalcic phosphate.
cap^ping. 1. The material placed over
an exposed tooth pulp. 2. The act
of placing a material over an exposed
pulp in an effort to save the pulp
from death.
cap'd-cam (L.). The fruit of the
Capsicum fastigiatum or red pepper.
Cayenne. It is a rubefacient and
local stimulant: used in the form
of plasters to nasten the develop-
ment of a dento-alveolar abscess.
cap'su-la, pi. capsules. Latin, meaning
capsule.
cap'su-lar. Relating to a capsule.
cap-su-la^tion. Inclosing a drug in a
capsule to facilitate its administra-
tion.
cap^sule (L. capsulay a little box). 1.
Name given by anatomists to vari-
ous capsular ligaments in the body.
2. A gelatin case used to inclose
drugs of disagreeable taste.
dental c. See under dental.
ca^put, pi. capita (L., head). The head.
Any head-like prominence.
car'at. A unit of weight; also used to
designate the fineness of gold or the
amount of gold in an alloy, 24 carats
being pure gold. Thus an 18-carat
gold alloy would be composed of 18
parts of gold and 6 parts of an alloy.
Symbol R. See also under gold.
car^id. A combination of carbon
with another substance.
car-bo-hy^drate. A compound of car-
bon, hydrogen and oxygen, the H
and O in the proportion to form
water. Generally containing six
atoms of carbon or a multiple of six.
The most important carbohydrates
are the sugar and starch groups.
car-bol-fuch'sin. A bacteriologic
staining solution, made from a mix-
ture of a 5 per cent aqueous solution
of carbolic acid 90 parts, and a 10
per cent alcoholic solution of fuchsin
10 parts.
car-borie ac^id. See under add.
carnK>l-i8m. Poisoning by carbolic
acid.
carl>on (L. carhoy carbon). A non-
metallic element found in all organic
compounds. S3rmbol C.
c. dioxid. Carbonic acid.
c. monoxid. Carbonic oxid.
carl>on-ate. A salt of carbonic acid.
car-bon^ic acid. See imder add.
car-bo-nm^dum. A mineral substance,
SiC, made by the fusing of carbon
and silicon in an electric furnace.
A very hard, dense substance used as
an abrasive.
car1i>un-cle (L. carhunculu^. dim. of
carho). A localized deeply seated
suppurative inflammation, involving
the skin and cellular tissue.
car-ci-no^mai pi. cardnomata (Gr.
karkinomay cancer). A malignant
tumor composed of epithelial cells
tending to infiltrate and give rise to
metastases, and to recurrence after
incision.
car-ci-no'ma-toii8. Relating to car-
cinoma.
car-ci-no^sls. A diathesis to cancer.
car'dia (Gr. kardiay heart). 1. The
heart. 2. The esophageal opening of
the stomach.
car'di-ac. Relating to the heart or
the upper orifice of the stomach.
car-di-iJ'gia (Gr. kardiay heart + algoSy
pain). Pain in the stomach; heart-
burn; a symptom of dyspepsia.
car-di-al^gic. Relating to cardialgia.
car'dio- (Gr. kardiay heart). A prefix
or combining form meaning relating
to the heart.
car-dio-dy-nam'ics (Gr. kardiay heart
-h dynamiSy power). The science
of the forces involved in the action
of the heart.
car-di-oro-gy (Gr. kardiay heart +
logoSy treatise). Study of the heart
and its functions.
car-dio-neu-ro'sis (Gr. kardiay heart +
neuroTiy nerve). A functional ner-
vous disorder affecting the heart.
ca^es (L., decajr). Molecular death
and disintegration of bone tissue.
Digitized by
Google
CARIOUS
c. classification. According to de-
gl'ee of penetration, caries is classified
as follows:
caries of the first degree: that in
which the enamel alone has become
decalcified, the disturbance being
limited to the enamel rods,
caries of the second degree: that
in which the enamel and dentin have
been affectedi the pulp as yet not
being involved, the latter being pro-
tected by a sound layer of dentm.
caries of the third degree: that in
which the carious process has pene-
trated to the extent of exposing the
pulp, the pulp still being covered by
a thin layer of carious dentin.
caries of the fourth degree: that
in which the pulp has undergone
putrefactive decomposition, due to
the ingress of microorganisms con-
cerned in the process of decay.
c. dental. See imder dental caries,
ca^ii-ous (L. cariosiLs), Relating to
caries.
Carmichael crown. A hood or half-cap
crown designed by J. P. Carmichael,
contemporary Milwaukee dentist.
It is a hood conformed to the lingual,
proximal and occlusal portions of the
tooth and reinforced by metal bur-
nished in a groove in the natural
tooth; and used as an abutment or
attachment in bridgework. See also
hood crown.
car^min. A histologic red coloring
stain made from cochineal.
car-minVtiye (L. carmen^ charm). A
remedy that allays pain by relieving
flatulence.
car-niv^o-rous (L. caro, flesh + vorare,
to devour). Mesh-eating.
ca-rot^id (Gr. karotia, from karos^ deep
sleep). 1. The main artery of the
neck. 2. Relating to the carotid
artery.
c. gland. One of the glands of
internal secretion situated at the
bifurcation of the common carotid
artery.
Carrel-Dakin solution. See Dakin'a
solution,
car^ti-lage (L. cartUago). A white
elastic substance adhering to the
articular surfaces of bones and form-
ing parts of the skeleton.
63 CATABOLIC
car-ti-lagl-nous. Relating to car-
tilage.
car'un-de, caruncula, pi. carunculcB (L.,
caruncle). A small fleshy eminence.
cas-ca'ra (Si)anish for bark). Name
by which cinchona bark is known in
Peru.
c. sagrada (Sp. for sacred bark).
Bark of the Rhamnus purshianus,
a shrub indigenous to the Pacific
States. It is a stimulant, laxative
and cathartic. Dose, fluidextract 10
to 20 min. [0.666 to 1.333 gm.].
Dose, extract 2 to 8 gr. [0.13 to 0.52
gm.].
Case enamel cleaver [ Calvin S. Case,
contemporary Chicago dentist]. A
dental cutting instrument designed
to remove enamel from the tooth in
preparation for crowning.
ca-se-a'tion (L. caseusy cheese).
Cheesy necrosis; also precipitation
of casein in the coagulation of milk.
ca^se-in (L. caseuSf cheese). The prin-
cipal protein occurring in milk, and
also the basis of cheese. It is similar
in composition to the chief constitu-
ents of blood, fibrin and albumin.
ca'se-ous. Cheese-like.
CaS04. Chemical formula for calcium
sulphate,
CaS042H20. Chemical formula for
hydrous calcium sulphate fgvpsum).
Plaster of Paris is obtainea by driv-
ing off with heat all but a half mole-
cme of the water of crystallization.
cast. 1. An object formed or run in a
matrix, as of metal, plaster, etc. Any-
thing made in a mold. It is a posi-
tive likeness of some form desired.
The arts distinguish casts made of
metal, which are called castings, and
those made of plaster, wax, and
similar substances, which are desig-
nated as casts, [Wilson.] 2. The
act of forming metal, plaster, etc.,
in a mold. Improperly called model.
casting. 1. A metallic object formed
in a mold. 2. The act of forming
. metal, plaster, etc., in a mold.
cas-toM-a. A proprietary laxative
drug used for infants and children.
cat'a- (Gr. kata, down). A prefix
meaning down or under.
cat-a-boric. Relating to catabolism.
Digitized by
Google
CATABOLISM 64
cat-ab'o-lism (Gr. kata, down + baUein,
to throw). Normal tissue disinte-
gration; retrograde metabolism.
cat-a-gen'e-sis (Gr. kata, down -h
genesiSj production). Production of
energy by retrograde metamorphosis.
cat'a-lase. An enzyme of very general
occurrence in animal and vegetable
tissues which breaks down hydrogen
dioxid.
catVlep-sy (Gr. kata, down -h lam-
haneiUy to se ze). A nervous disease
in which there is sudden suspension of
the senses and of volition; occurring
at times in association with hysteria
and in ether intoxication. The
attacks last from a few minutes to
several days.
cat'al-i-zer. A substance producing
catalysis.
cat-al'y-sis (Gr. katalysisy dissolution).
Chemical decomposition induced by
the presence of a body, which body
itself does not undergo any change.
Dissolution, as by death.
cat-a-pho-re'sis (Gr. kcUUf across -h
phoresiSf bearing). The introduc-
tion of medicinal agents into the
body through the unbroken skin by
means of an electric current.
cat-a-pho-retlc. Relating to cata-
phoresis.
cat-a-phorlc. Relating to cataphore-
sis.
cat-a-pla'sia (Gr. kata^ down + plassein,
to form). Reversionary tissue
changes; atrophy which expresses
itself by reversion of the tissues to
earlier embryonic conditions.
ca-ta-plas'ma (L.; Gr. kataplasma).
A poultice.
cat'a-ract (L. cataracta, from Gr. katar-
regnynaij to rush down). Opacity
of the crystalline lens or its capsule,
preventing passage of rays of light.
cat'gut. The intestine of the sheep
twisted into a cord and asepticized,
and used in surgery as a ligature ana
suture.
chromic c, chromicized c. Catgut
that has been sterilized and treated
with chromium trioxid; whereby it is
rendered less absorbent and less
absorbable.
CAVAL
silverized c. Catgut treated with
silver to give additional strength and
resisting qualities.
ca-thar^tic (Gr. kathartikos). A medi-
cine that causes purgation; one that
increases evacuation from the bowels.
cath>-ter (Gr. kalheter). A hollow
tubular instrument used to draw ofif
fluids from a cavity of the body or
to dilate a passage.
cath-o'dal. Relating to the cathode.
cath'ode (Gr. kaiay down + hodosy way).
The negative pole of a galvanic
battery.
catl-on (Gr. kationy descending). The
electropositive element; that which
passes to the cathode or negative pole
in electrolysis; opposed to anion.
cau'da (L., tail). A tail-shaped appen-
dage.
cau'dal. Relating to a cauda.
cau'date. Having a tail.
cau^sal. Relating to a cause.
cause (L. caiisa). That which brings
about a condition or produces an
effect.
cans'tic (L. causticus; Gr. kaustikos).
A substance that by its burning
properties is destructive to living
tissue. An escharotic or corrosive
agent.
cau'te-rant. An agent possessing caus-
tic properties.
cau-te-ri-za'tion. The act of applying
a caustic or cautery.
cau'te-rue. To apply a caustic or
cautery.
cau'te-ry (L. cauierium; Gr. kauterioriy
a branding iron). A substance used
for burning or disorganizing parts to
which it is apphed.
actaal c. 1. A red-hot iron used
as a cauterizing agent. 2. Applica-
tion of an agent that burns the flesh.
dento«el6Ctric c. A galvanic cau-
tery for dental use.
galvanic c. A wire heated by the
galvanic current and used in cau-
terization.
potential c. An agent that forms
an eschar without the agency of
actual fire.
ca'val (L. cavusy hollow). Relating to
a cavity.
Digitized by
Google
CAVATINE
cav'a-tine. A proprietary preparation
for lining tooth cavities previous to
the insertion of a filling.
cav'i-ty (L. caviiSj hollow). A hollow
space; particularly a space or hollow
in the body or in any organ. The
decayed portion of a tooth. The
classification of cavities is made up
as foUows:
class I. Cavities beginning in pits
and fissures in any parts of tne teeth
in which these occur.
^ dass n. Cavities beginning in the
proximal surfaces of the bicuspids
and molars.
dass m. Cavities beginning in
the proximal surfaces of incisors and
cuspids which do not require the
removal and restoration of the in-
cisal angle.
class IV. Cavities beginning in the
proximal surfaces of the mcisors
which require the removal and restor-
ation of the incisal angle.
dass V. Cavities beginning at the
gingival third of the labial, buccal or
lingual surfaces of the teeth.
c. angles [G. V. Black's nomencla-
ture]. The first set of line angles is
formed by the junction of the sur-
rounding walls of a cavity with each
other. In occlusal cavities these
are the mesio-buccal, mesio-lingual,
disto-buccal and disto-lingual angles.
In simple mesial or distal cavities
they are the bucco-gingival. linguo-
gingival, bucco-occlusal and linguo-
occlusal angles. In simple buccal
or lingual cavities, they are the
mesio-gingival, disto-gingival, mesio-
occlusal and disto-occlusal angles.
A second set of line angles is formed
in occlusal cavities by the junction
of the surroimding walls with the
Eulpal wall; and in mesial, distal,
uccal and lingual cavities by the
junction of the surrounding walls
with the axial wall. In occlusal
cavities these are the pulpo-mesial,
pulpo-buccal, pulpo-distal and pulpo-
lingual angles. In simple mesial or
distal cavities these are the axio-
gingival, axio-buccal, axio-occlusal
ana axio-lingual angles. In buccal
or lingual cavities these are the axio-
ginsival, axio-distal, axio-occlusal
and axio-mesial angles.
5
65 CAVITY
The point angles in occlusal cavities
are the pulpo-mesio-buccal, pulpo-
disto-buccal. pulpo-mesio-lingual and
pulpo-disto-lingual. In simple mes-
ial and distal cavities these are the
axio-bucco-gingival, axio-linguo-gin-
gival, axio-bucco-occlusal and axio-
unguo-ocelusal angles. In simple
buccal or lingual cavities these are
the axio-mesio-gingival, axio-disto-
gingival, axio-mesio- occlusal and
axio-disto-occlusal angles.
In any case in which a mesial, distal,
buccal or lingual cavity is cut into
the occlusal surface, forming a com-
plex cavity, the angles toward the
occlusal are missing and the an^es
that are formed in the step portion
are named as in simple occlusal
cavities. In this case, and in any of
these cavities, the junction of the
axial and piupal walls forms the
axio-pulpal line ang^e. In mesio- or
disto-occlusal cavities the junction
of this with the buccal and lingual
waUs forms the axio-pulpo-buccal
and the axio-pulpo-lingual point
an^es. In bucco- or linguo-occlusal
cavities the axio-pulpo-mesial and
axio-pulpo-distal point angles are
formed m a similar way.
In incisor or cuspid mesial or distal
cavities, the first set of line angles
consists of the labio-gingival, linguo-
gingival and incisal angles. The
second set consists of the axio-labial,
axio-gingival and axio-lingual aneles.
The point angles are the axio-labio-
gingival^ axio-linguo-^gival and
the axio-incisal. Tms latter is
usually called the incisal angle and
is regarded as an exception to the
rules of naming angles of cavities.
In incisor or cuspid labial or lingual
cavities, the first set of line angles is
the mesio-gingival^ disto-gingival,
mesio-incisal and disto-incisal. The
second set consists of the axio-mesial,
axio-distal, axio-gingival and axio-
incisal.
The point angles are the axio-
mesio-gingival^ axio-disto-gingival,
axio-mesio-incisal, axio-disto-incisal.
See also angles of teeth.
buccal c. A cavity in the buccal
surface of a tooth.
complex c. A cavity involving two
or more surfaces of a tooth.
Digitized by
Google
CAVITY ee
lingual c. A cavity in the lingual
surface of a tooth.
c. margins. Cavity margins take
the names of the margins of the sur-
faces of the teeth in which they
occur; or each cavity margin takes
the name of the cavity wall of which
it forms the margin or cavoHSurface
an^e. Therefore, cavity walls,
cavity margins, cavoHSurface angles
and margins of surfaces of teeth, take
the same names^ the difference being
only the specification as to which
they belong. See also angles of teeth.
m. 0. d. c. An abbr. of the words
mesial, occlusal and distal; indicat-
ing a cavity extending from the
mesial surface of the tooth through
the occlusal surface to the distal
surface.
c. nomenclature. Cavities in teeth
take the names of the surfaces in
which they occur, as occlusal cavity,
mesial cavity, etc. When two or
more surfaces are involved the
names of the two or more surfaces
are united in naming the cavity, as
mesio-occlusal cavity, mesio-occluso-
distal cavity, etc. [Black.]
ocdnsal c. A cavity in the occlusal
surface of a tooth.
oral c. The mouth.
pit c. A cavity that begins in a
small pit.
proximal c. A cavity in the proxi-
mal surface of a tooth.
pulp c. The cavity in a tooth con-
taining the pulp.
c. vamish. A varnish containing
gum dammar, 1 dr.: resin, 6 drs.;
ether i fld.oz.; and alcohol i fld.oz.;
used for lining cavities previous to
insertion of a filling to protect the
Eulp from thermal changes conveyed
y the filling material.
c. walls nomenclature. The walls
of a cavity take the names of surfaces
of the teeth adjoining and toward
which the decayed surface extends:
as mesial wall, buccal wall, etc., of
an occlusal cavity. That wall of a
cavity which is to the occlusal of the
pulp, and in the horizontal plane, or
at right angles to the long axis of the
tooth, is called the pulpal wall.
That wall of a cavity in an axial sur-
CELL
face of a tooth that covers the pulp
is called the axial wall. [Black.]
cavo- surface angle. The angle formed
by the junction of the cavity wall and
the surface of the tooth. Each cavb-
surface angle of a cavity takes the
name of the cavity wall to which it
belongs. See cavity margins. [Black.]
ca'vum (L., a hollow). An open space
or cavity.
cc., c.c. Abbr. for cubic centimeter.
Cd. Chemical symbol for cadmium.
Ce. Chemical symbol for cerium.
ce'cum, c»'cum (L. ccecum, blind).
The portion of intestinal canal situ-
ated between the ileum and the colon ;
blind gut, so called because it is open
at one end only.
- cele (Gr . kele, hernia) . A suffix mean-
ing tumor or swelling.
celec-tome (Gr. A^eZe, tumor + ekt<mie,
excision) . A knife used for removing
tumor tissue for examination.
ce-U-ec'to-my (Gr. koilia, belly +
ektome, excision). Removal of one
of the abdominal organs.
ce-U-o-my-o-si^tis (Gr. koilia, belly -h
mys, muscle + itis, inflammation).
Lmammation of the muscles of the
abdomen.
celi-o-scope (Gr. kaUos, hollow -h sko-
vein, to examine). An instrument
used to illuminate and examine cavi-
ties in the body.
ce-U-ot'o-my (Gr. koUia, belly + tome.
cut). Incision into the abdominal
cavity.
cell (L. ceUula, dim. of cella). 1. One
of the minute masses of protoplasmic
substance which make up organized
tissue, composed of a mass of circum-
scribed protoplasm and a nucleus.
2. A small cavity.
ameboid c. One capable of chang-
ing shape, like an ameba.
bone c. A nucleated cell in the
lacunae of bone tissue.
connective-tissue c. Any one of
the cells occurring in connective
tissue.
daughter c. Cell formed by the
division of a mother cell.
Digitized by
Google
CELLOIDIN
embryonal c. One of the cells from
which embryonic tissues are devel-
oped.
enamel c. See amelohlast.
endothelial c. One of the flat cells
that line serous and lymphatic cavi-
ties.
epithelial c. One of the cells that
cover the surface of the body and
line the alimentary tract.
germ c. A cell that develops into
an ovum.
giant c. One of the large cells of
the bone marrow.
lymphoid c. A cell having ameboid
movement; a cell found in lymphoid
tissue.
mastoid c. A sinus of the mastoid
bone.
mother c. A cell that divides and
forms new cells.
nerve c. A cell characteristic of
nerve tissue.
nucleated c. Cell having a nucleus.
parent c. A mother cell.
plasma c. A large cell containing
a large amount of cytoplasm.
red-blood c. See red-blood corpuscle,
round c. A cell having a spherical
shape.
spindle c. A spindle-shaped cell.
sqnamons c. A flat scale-like cell.
c. walL Inclosing membrane of a
cell.
wandering c. A leukocyte or cell
that has movement.
white-blood c. See whiUMood cor-
pusde,
cel-loi^din. Celluloid dissolved in
ether or alcohol used in mounting
histologic specimens.
cellu-la, pi. ceUvloB (L., a little cell).
A small cell.
cellu-lar. Relating to or made up of
cells.
cellu-lase. An enzyme which hydro-
lizes cellulose.
cellule (L. ceUuUi), A small cell.
cel-ln-U'tis. Inflammation of cellular
tissue; particularly inflammation of
the subcutaneous tissue of a puru-
lent nature.
67 CENTER
cel-lu-lo-ac'e-tone. A solution of cel-
luloid [40 parts] in acetone [100
parts], used in mending plaster
models, mounting grinding wheels,
etc.
cellu-loid. An artificial substance,
resembling hard rubber in its proper-
ties, made from pyroxylin and cam-
phor. Used in dentistry as the base
for artificial dentures.
c. strips. Strips of celluloid used
for polishing and smoothing silicate
cement fillings.
cellu-lose. A substance forming cell
walls and tissues of plants.
cellu-lous. Made up of cells.
Cebus, Aurelius Cornelius. A Roman
physician and writer who lived about
25 A.D.
comment (L. cemenlum). 1. A sub-
stance for binding together by ad-
hesion two opposing surfaces. 2. A
tooth-filling material. Improperly
used for cementum.
ozychlorid of sine c. See under
oxychlorid.
ozyphosphate of copper c. See
imder oxyphosphate.
oxyphosphate of sine c. See under
oxyphoaphcUe,
oxysulphate of sine c. See imder
oxystdphcUe.
silicate c. A synthetic filling mate-
rial supposed to compose the ele-
mentary ingredients and propor-
tions of tooth enamel.
ce-men^to-blast (L. cementum + Gr.
blastoa, germ). One of the cells
which form the cementum of the
tooth.
ce-men-to^ma. A tumor composed of
tooth cementum.
ce-men-to^sis. A cemental neoplasm
on the root of a tooth. Synonym
exostosis.
ce-men'tum (L.). The hard substance
situated immediately external to the
dentin of the roots of the teeth. It
is produced by the osteoblasts of the
periodontal membrane. Called also
crusla petrosa.
Cent. Abbr. for centigrade and centi-
meter.
cen'ter (Gr. kenlron; L. centrum). 1.
A ganglion or plexus which gives off
Digitized by
Google
CENTESIMAL
nerves that control function. 2.
The middle point of a figure.
cen-tes'i-mal (L. centesimuSf hun-
. dredth). Divided into hundredth
parts.
centi-. A Latin prefix meaning a
hundred.
cen'ti-grade (L. centum^ himdred +
gradusy step). Term applied to the
thermometric scale having IW
between the freezing and boiling
points of water. See thermometer,
cen'ti-gram, cen'ti-gramme (Fr. centU
gramme). The himdredth part of a
gram; 0.1543 gr. (Troy).
cen^ti-li-ter (Fr. centilitre). The hun-
dredth part of a liter; 0.6102 cubic
inch.
cen'ti-me-ter (Fr. centimetre). The
hundredth part of a meter; 0.3937
of a linear inch.
cen-ti-nor'mal (L. cenlumy hundred +
norma, rule). Having a strength of
liij of the normal.
cen^ad. Toward the center; partic-
ularly toward the center of the body.
cen'tral. Relating to the center; situ-
ated at the center.
cen'tric oc-clu^sion. The relation of
the inclined planes of the teeth when
the jaws are closed in the position of
rest.
cen-trif'a-gal (L. centrum, center +
jugere, to fly). Moving in a direc-
tion away from the center.
cen-trif-u-gai-i-za'tion. The act of
separating solid particles of a Uquid.
such as the blood, from the liquid
portions by centrifugal force, by
means of an instrument called a
centrifuge.
cen-trif-u-ga'tion. Same as centrifu-
galization.
cen'tri-fage (L. centrum, center -h
fugere, to fly). An instrument for
performing centrifugalization.
cen-trip'e-tal (L. centrum, center +
peter e, to seek). Moving in a direc-
tion toward the center.
cen'tnim, pi. centra. Latin, meaning
center.
ce-phallc (L. cephalicus; Gr. kepha-
liko8). Relating to the head.
68 CERVICOLINGUAL
c. index. The number arrived at
by multiplying the breadth of the
cranium by 100 and dividing by the
length of the cranium.
cep'tor. A term employed by Ehrlich
in place of intermediary body. See
Ehrlich*s side-chain theory.
ce'ra (L.). Wax.
c. alba. White beeswax.
c. flava. Yellow beeswax.
ce-ramlcs, dental. The art of employ-
ing porcelain and similar materials
in dentistry.
ce'rate (L. cera, wax). A medicinal
preparation of wax and oil with
other ingredients for external appli-
cation.
ce-ra'tnm. Latin for cerate.
cer-e-bellum (L. dim. of cerebrum,
brain). That portion of the brain
behind the cerebrum and above the
pons and the fourth ventricle.
cer-e-broro-gy (L. cerebrum, brain +
Gr. logos, word). The scientific
knowledge concerning the brain.
cer-e-bro-spi^nal. Relating to the
brain and spinal cord.
cer'e-bnun (L., brain). The brain
proper, occupying upper portion of
the cranium; the two portions being
called hemispheres.
cer'e-sin (L. cera, wax). A wax-like
substance used as a substitue for
beeswax.
ce-ro'ma (Gr. keroma, waxy mass).
A tumorous growth that has under-
gone waxy degeneration.
ce'ro-plasty (Gr. keros, wax + plassein,
to mold). The art of making ana-
tomic models in wax.
cerM-cal (L. cervicalis, from cervix,
neck). Relating to the neck, or to
the neck of the tooth.
cer-vi-cal'is as-cenMens. See Table
of Muscles.
cer-vi-co-buc'cal. Relating to the
buccal surface at the necks of the
posterior teeth.
cer-vi-co-la'bi-al. Relating to the la-
bial surface at the necks of the ante-
rior teeth.
cer-vi-co-lin'gual. Relating to the lin-
gual surface at the neck of the tooth.
Digitized by
Google
CERVIX 6(
cer^vix, pi. cervices (L., neck). The
cervix of a tooth is the constricted
portion at the gum line.
CH2. Chemical formula for ethylene.
CH4. Chemical formula for methane.
C2H2. Chemical formula for acetylene.
CftHe. Chemical formula for benzene.
chain. A connected series; in chemis-
try a series of multivalent atoms so
connected that some of their aflfinities
are left imsaturated. Sfee Ehrlichia
side-chain theory.
chal'in-o-plas-ty (Or. chaHnos, bridle
+ plasseinf to form). Correction of
defects of the mouth and lips.
chalk (L. calx or creta). Calcium car-
bonate. A white insoluble earthy
substance.
prepared c. Creta preparata.
chal-yb^e-ate. A therapeutic agent
that contains iron.
chaml>or (Gr. kamara). An inclosed
space.
pulp c. The cavity in the crown of
a tooth occupied by the pulp,
vacaum c. The depression in a
denture which aids in the support of
the denture by tending to create a
vacuum between the denture and
the tissues.
cham'fer (L. canttiSf edge -{-frangarej to
break). To bevel or cut a channel
in.
chamois-skin (sham'e). A soft leather
of sheep skin used for various pur-
poses in dentistry.
chan'cre. The initial lesion of syphilis.
chan'crons. Relating to chancre.
chan'nel (L. canalis. water pipe). A
canal. A groove tnrough which any-
thing flows.
char'coal. Carbon prepared by the
imperfect combustion of wood in an
air-tight chamber.
charla-tan (Fr.). One who makes
unwarranted pretense to medical
skill; a quack.
charla-tan-ism, charla-tan-ry. Pre-
tense at the practice of medicine.
charta, pi. chartce (L., a paper, Gr.
chartos). A paper for containing
medicinal powder.
CHEMICOCAUTERY
char'tn-la, pi. chartvloB (L. dim. of
charta, a paper). A small piece of
paper for containing a dose of powder.
Chayes' method (bridgework) [H. E. S.
Chayes, contemporary New York
dentist]. A system and method of
removable bridgework.
ChB. Abbr. for Chirurgice Baccalau-
reus, Bachelor of Surgery.
C2H6.Br. Chemical formula for ethyl
bromid.
CHClg. Chemical formula for chloro-
form.
C2H«Cl2. Chemical formula for ethylene
chlorid.
C2H«C1. Chemical formula for ethyl
chlorid.
C2H8Cl2[OH]. Chemical formula for
chloral hydrate.
[CHeCOkO. Chemical formula for
acetic anhydrid.
CH«COOH. Chemical formula for
acetic acid.
C4H9COOH. Chemical formula for
valerianic acid.
Ch.D. Abbr. for Chirurgical Doctor,
Doctor of Surgery.
cheek-bone. The malar bone.
chei-li'tis (Gr. cheUos, lip + His, inflam-
mation). Inflammation of the lip.
cheilo-, chilo- (Gr. cheilos, lip). A
prefix indicating relation to the lips.
chei-log'na-thns (Gr. cheilos, lip +
gnalhoSy jaw). Harelip.
chei-lo-pa-la-tog'na-thas (Gr. cheitos,
lip + L. palatum^ palate -h Gr.
gnalhoSf jaw). Cleft-palate occur-
ring in connection with fissure of the
alveolar process.
cheilo-plas-ty (Gr. cheUoSy lip + ^las-
sein, to form). The art of repau*ing
defects of the lips by plastic surgery.
chei-lot'o-my (Gr. cheilos. lip -h tome.
cut). Surgical removal of a part ot
the lip.
cheloid. Same as keloid, which see.
chem'ic, chemlc-al. Relating to
chemistry.
chem-i-co-bi-o-loglc. Relating to the
chemistry of living matter.
chem-i-co-cau'te-ry. A chemical cau-
tery.
Digitized by
Google
CHEMICOPHYSICAL
chem-i-co-physl-eal. Relating to
physical chemistry.
chem-d-co-phys-i-o-log'ic. Relating to
physiologic chemistry.
chem'is-try (Gr. chetneia). That
branch of science which has for its
object the study of the elements and
atomic relations of matter and of the
various compounds of elements.
analytic c. Chemistry applied to
the analysis of organic or inorganic
bodies.
inorganic c. Chemistry of inor-
ganic or imorganized bodies.
organic c. Chemistry of organized
bodies.
physiologic c. Chemistry of the
vital processes taking place in ani-
mals and plants.
synthetic c. Chemistry which deals
with the building up of substances
from their constituents.
che-mory-sis (Gr. chemeia, chemistry
+ lysiSf solution). Decomposition
of organic bodies by chemical means.
che-mo-ly^tic. Relating to chemolysis.
che-mo-tac'tic. Relating to chemo-
taxis.
che-mo-tax'is (Gr. chemeia, chemistry
-h taxis, arrangement). The prop-
erty possessed by certain chemical
agents of attracting or repelling liv-
ing cells.
che-o-plas'tic (Gr. chein, to pour +
plassein, to form). Relating to a
method of molddng in metal of
an artificial denture.
che-o-plas'ty. The art of molding the
base of an artificial denture in metal.
chest. Thorax.
C2H«HS04. Chemical formula for sul-
phuric ether.
CHIs. Chemical formula for iodoform,
C2H6I. Chemical formula for ethyl
iodid.
chill. Involuntary contraction of the
muscles accompanied by a sensation
of cold and pallor.
chin. Inferior middle part of the face
below the lower lip; the mentum.
chi'nol. A svnthetic antipyretic and
analgesic drug. Dose, 3 to 5 gr.
[0.2 to 0.3 gm.].
70 CHLORAMINE
chi'no-sol. Oxychinolin-sulphonate of
i; a yellow powd(
potassium; a yellow powder 1
mg astringent, styptic and antiseptic
properties.
chin-o-tro'pin. Urotropin quinate; a
urinary disinfectant and solvent for
uric acid. Dose, 5 to 20 gr. [0.33 to
1.32 gm.J.
chip-blower. An instrument com-
posed of a rubber bulb with a metal
tube, used for blowing debris from
a tooth cavity.
chi-ro-prac^tic (Gr. cheir, hand -h
prassein, to do) . A system of restor-
ing health and nervous function by
manipulation of the spinal column.
chi-ro-prac'tor. A person practicing
chiropractics.
chi-rur'ge-ry (L. chirurgia; Gr. cheir,
hand + ergon, work). Surgery.
chis'el. In dentistry a cutting instru-
ment of various shapes used by hand
in cutting tooth structure.
Chlam-y-do-bac-te'ri-a-ce-8B. A family
of the Schizomycetes or vegetable
microorganisms which are sur-
rounded by a thick sheath or capsule;
the genera are Leptothrix, Phrag-
midiothrix, Crenothrix, Cladothrix and
Thiothrix.
chlo-as'ma (Gr. chloasein, to be pale
green). A discoloration of the skin
occurringin irregular yellowish-brown
patches.
chlo-ra-ce'tic acid. See under acid.
chlo'ral. Trichloracetic aldehyd,
made by the combination of alcohol
and chlorin; hypnotic.
c. hydrate. U. S. P. name for
above. Dose, 10 to 30 gr. [0.6 to
2.0 gm.].
chlo-ral-caf'fein. A combination of
chloral and cafifein used in the treat-
ment of rheumatism.
chlo-ral'i-mid [U. S. P.] A colorless
crystalline substance made by the
action of ammonium acetate or
chloral Iwdrate; hypnotic and anal-
gesic. Dose, 15 to 45 gr. [1 to
3 gm.].
chlo-ra-mine^. An antiseptic and ger-
micidal preparation containing chlo-
rin. See DakirCs solution.
chlo-ra-mine^-T. A crystalline odor-
less substance containing 12 per
Digitized by
Google
CHLORATE
cent chlorin. Abbr. name for sodium
toluene sulpkonchloramid. A power-
ful antiseptic in wound treatment.
In solution it can be used on the most
delicate membrane.
chlo^rate. A salt of chloric acid. See
acid.
chlo-ra-zene^. See Dakin^a solviion.
chlor 'co-sane. Chlorinated paraffin,
used as a solvent for dichloramine-Tf
to make it less irritating to the deli-
cate mucous membrane.
clilo're-tone. A white crystalline com-
pound formed by the combination
of equal parts of potash, acetone and
chloroform. Used as a local anes-
thetic and internally as a hypnotic
and antiseptic. Dose, 5 to 20 gr.
[0.33 to 1.32 gm].
chlo'rid. A compound containing an
element or radical in combination
with chlorin.
c. of efhyl. A combination of
alcohol and hydrochloric acid; used
in the form of a spray for local anes-
thesia.
c. of gold. A salt of gold having
medicinal properties.
c. of line. See zinc cfdorid,
ehlo'rin (L. cfdorumy from Gr. chlorosy
green). A greenish-yellow elemen-
tary gas, of a strong, suffocating odor
and disagreeable taste. S3rmbol CI.
It is a disinfectant and used for
bleaching in the form of chlorinated
lime.
ehlo'ri-na-ted. Combined with chlo-
rin.
e. lime (ccdx chlorata). A bleaching
agent and disinfectant, made by the
action of chlorin on calcium hydroxid.
c. water (L. aqua chlori). Water
charged with chlorin; antiseptic and
cleansing agent. Dose« 10 to 20
min. [0.666 to 1.333 cc].
chlo'ro-dyne. Trade name of an ano-
dyne mixture containing chloroform,
cannabis indica, hydrocyanic acid,
and capsicum. Dose, 5 to 10 min.
[0.3 to 0.6 cc.].
chlo'ro-form (L. chloroformum; chlorin
H- formyl) . A colorless volatile liquid
of a sweetish, ethereal odor and
burning taste. It is made by the
action of chlorinated lime on methyl
71 CHONDROBLAST
alcohol. Used to produce anesthesia
in surgical operations. The usual
quantity to be inhaled ia from 1 to
4 fl. dr. [4.0 to 16.0 cc.].
chlo-ro-per'cha. Gutta-percha dis-
solved in chloroform. An insoluble
(in water), non-conducting substance
used for filling root canals.
chlo-ro-phe'nol. See chlorphenol,
chlo^ro-phyl (Gr. chloroSf ereen + phyl-
Ion. lefirf). Green coforing-matter
of leaves.
chlo'ro-zone (chlorin + ozone). A
combination of chlorin and caustic
soda; used as a disinfectant.
ddor-phe^nol. A volatile liquid pre-
pared by the action of chlorin on
phenol. It is an antiseptic and anti-
pyretic and antituberculotic.
clilo^ryl. A combination of ethyl and
methyl chlorids; a local and general
anesthetic.
cho^-gogue (Gr. chole, bile -h ageing to
lead). A medicinal agent that in-
creases the flow of bile.
cho-le-cys-ti'tis (Gr. cholcy bile +
kystis, bladder + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the gall-bladder.
cho-le'ic. Relating to the bile.
chole-Hth (Gr. chole, bile + lithos,
stone). Gall-stone.
cho-le-lith-i'a-sis. A diathesis favor-
able to the formation of gall-stones.
chole-ra (Gr. choleray from cholCf bile).
An acute, infectious disease, endemic
in certain parts of India.
cho-les'te-rin. A fat-like, inodorous
substance found in the blood, nerves,
liver, spleen and other tissues of the
body. It forms the crystalline por-
tion of certain biliary calculi. It is
an ingredient of the bile.
chon^dric (Gr. chondroSf cartilage).
Relating to cartilage.
chon-dri^tis (Gr. c?iondro8. cartilage +
itis, inflammation) . Inflammation of
cartilage.
chon-dro-ad-e-no^ma. Adenoma con-
taining cartilage tissue.
chon-dro-an-gi-o'ma. A tumorous
growth composed of a chondroma
and an angioma.
chon^dro-blast (Gr. chondrosy cartilage
H- blastos, germ). The embryonic
cell which forms cartilage.
Digitized by
Google
CHONDROFIBROMA
chon-dro«fi-bro'ma. A chondroma
made up of or containing fibrous
tissue.
chon-dro-fflos'sus. See Table of Mus-
cles.
chon^droid (Gr. chondroSy cartilage . -h
eidos, form). Resembling cartilage.
chon-droro-gy (Gr. ckondros, cartilage
+ logosy discourse). The science of
the cartilages.
chon-dro'ma (Gr. chondroSf cartilage +
onuif tumor). A cartilaginous growth.
chon-dro^zna-tous. Relating to car-
tilage.
chon-dro-sar-co^ma. A sarcoma con-
taining cartilage; a cartilaginous
tumor.
cho-re^a (L.; Gr. choreiay dance). St.
Vitus's dance. A nervous affection
characterized by irregular convul-
sive motions of the limbs, head, or
parts of the face.
cho-re'al, cho-re'ic. Relating to
chorea.
cho^ri-on (Gr. chorionf membrane).
The external investing membrane
of the fetus that attaches it to the
uterus.
cho'roid (Gr. chorion^ skin + eidoSf
like). The vascular coat of the eye.
cho-roid-i'tis. Inflammation of the
choroid.
Christensen's articnlator. An articu-
lating instrument devised by Carl
Christensen, contemporary Copen-
hagen dentist.
chro'ma-, chro'ma-to- (Gr. chroma,
color). Prefix indicating relation to
color,
chro'mate. Salt of chromic acid.
chro-mat^ic. 1. Relating to color. 2.
Relating to chromatin.
chro'ma-tm (Gr. chroma, color). Cell
substance capable of being stained.
chro-zna-toff'e-noii8 (Gr. chromay color
+ gennan, to produce). Producing
color.
chro-zna-toro-gy (Gr. chroma, color -h
logosy treatise). The science of
colors.
chro'ma-to-phil,chro-ma-to-phil^ic (Gr.
chronuiy color + phUein, to love).
Easily stainable.
chro'mic acid. See add.
72 -CIDE
chro'mi-um (L.; Gr. chroma, color).
A bright, brittle, metallic element.
Symbol Cr.
c. trioxid. Chromic acid, which see.
chro-mo-di-ag-no'sis. Diagnosis by
examination of color.
chro-mo-gen'e-sis (Gr. chromay color
+ genesis, origin). Formation of
colors.
chro-mo-gen^ic. Forming coloring-
matter.
chro^mo-phil, chro-mo-phillc, chro-
mo-phil^ous (Gr. chroma, color -h
philein, to love). Easily stainable.
chro'mo-plasm (Gr. chroma, color +
plasma, formed). The easily stain-
able network of the cell nucleus.
chro^mo<-some (Gr. chroma, color +
som^a, body). A chromatin fiber
formed during the process of cell
division.
chro-mo-therVpy (Gr. chroma, color
-f therapeia, treatment). The treat-
ment of disease by means of colored
lights.
chron'ic (L. chrordcus, from Gr. chranos.
time). Of long duration; opposed
to acute.
chnck. A clamp or wedge for holding
a tool, as a drill, in a revolving device.
Churchill's iodin. A compound of
iodin, 4 gm.; potassium iodid, 8 gm.;
water, 16 cc. A counterirritant in
diseased conditions of the oral mu-
cous membrane.
chyle [kil] (Gr. chylos, juice). A
nutritive fluid extracted from food
by the process of digestion; consist-
ing of lymph and emulsified fat.
chy-lif'er-0118. Chyle-bearing.
chyme [kim] (Gr. chymos. juice). The
liquid mass into whicn the food is
formed by the digestive process.
dc-a-tri'cial. Relating to a cicatrix.
ci-ca'triz, pi. cicatrices (L., scar). A
scar left by a wound or an ulcer.
d-ca-tri-za'tion. The process by
which a cicatrix is formed.
d'ca-trize. To heal so as to form a
scar.
- dde (L. ccedere, to kill). A suffix indi-
cating an agent that destroys, as a
germicide.
Digitized by
Google
CILIA
cil'ia (L. plural of dlium). 1. Eye-
lashes. 2. The locomotive organs
of some, protozoa.
cil'i-ary. See Table of Muscles.
cil^i-a-ted. Provided with cilia.
cil^inm, pi. cilia (L.). An eyelash.
cin«, cine- (Gr. kinesis). A prefix
indicating movement. Also written
kin- and kine-.
cin-cho^na (from Countess de Cinchon,
a Spanish lady who was cured of
fever by the bark of the tree at Lima
in 1638). The bark of a South
American tree from which the alka-
loids quinin, cinchonin and cin-
chonidin are obtained. Dose, fluid-
extract, 10 to 60 min. [0.666 to 4 cc].
cin-chon^i-din. An alkaloid of cin-
chona.
c. salicylate. An antiperiodic.
Dose, 15 to 20 gr. [1 to 1.3 gm.].
cin^cho-nin. An alkaloid of cinchona
bark, used like quinin and in the
same dosage.
c. soliihate. A salt of cinchonin.
Antiperiodic in fever. Dose, 5 to
15 gr. [0.3 to 1 gm.].
cin^cho-nism. S3rmptoms of cinchona
poisoning, consisting chiefly in ring-
ing in the ears, headache, deafness,
and sometimes dimness of vision.
cin-es-the^sia. The sense of percep-
tion of motion or movement.
cin^ga-lnm, pi. cingvla (L. a girdle).
1. The neck or constricted portion
of the tooth. 2. In anthropology,
the projecting basal rim of the ante-
rior, external, posterior or internal
margins of the upper molars of many
extinct primitive mammals. The
cingulum is usually reduced in man,
but is probably represented by the
Carabelli fcusp. [Gregory].
cin^na-bar. The ore from which mer-
cury is obtained by the process of
sublimation.
dn^na-mon (L.; Gr. kinamon). The
bark of the cinnamomum tree.
oil of c. An aromatic oil from
cinnamon bark. It is carminative
and astringent. Used as a flavoring
for mouth washes.
cir'cle (L. dr cuius). A circuit; also
a part of the body that is circular.
73 CITRATE
c. of Willis. The arterial anasto-
mosis formed by the internal carotid,
the anterior and posterior cerebral
and the anterior and posterior com-
municating arteries.
cir'cuit (L. circuity^). In pathology,
period, course or revolution. In
electricity, the path of the current
from one pole to the other of a bat-
tery.
Koch's c, or Koch's postulates.
Four conditions that must be ful-
filled before the specificity of an
organism is definitely proven . These
conditions are: 1. The organism
must always be found associated
with the disease. 2. The organism
must be obtained by cultures outside
the body. 3. The cultures must be
capable of producing the disease; and
4. The organism must again be
found in disease so produced.
circular anesthesia. See anesthesia.
dr-cu-la^tion (L. drcvlarej to move
around). The movement of the
blood through the vessels of the body.
arterial c. Movement of the blood
through the arteries.
lymph c. The movement of Ivmph
through the lymph vessels and glands.
portal c. The passage of the venous
blood from the intestinal tract into
the liver and out through the hepatic
vein.
pulmonary c. The circulation of
the blood through the lungs in the
process of oxygenation.
cir^CU-lus. Latin for circle.
cir^cum-. Latin prefix meaning
around.
cir-com-fer-en^tial. Forming a circum-
ference.
dr^cum-flex (L. drcumjlexus, bent
around). Curved circularly.
circumvallate papillss. One of the
projections on the dorsum of the
tongue.
cir-rho^sis (Gr. hirrhos, reddish-yellow).
A pathologic conoition in which
the tissues become indurated as the
result of an excessive formation of
connective tissue followed by con-
traction.
dr-rhot^ic. Relating to cirrhosis.
ci^trate. A salt of citric acid.
Digitized by
Google
CITROPHEN
cit^ro-phen. A white crystalline pow-
der resulting from the combination
of citric acid and paraphenetidin.
Antipyretic, analgesic and sedative.
Dose, 3 to 15 gr. [0.2 to 1 gm.J.
CI. Chemical symbol for chlorin.
CUd^o-fhriz, pi. dadothricea (Gr. kladoa,
branch + thrix, hair). A genus of
filamentous bacteria.
C. matnichoti. A species found in
apical infection.
clamp. An instrument used in den-
tistry to hold a substance around the
tooth, as cotton or rubber dam, for
the purpose of keeping the tissues
dry and also to afford a better view
of the cavity and to facilitate asepsis.
jB. forceps. A special forceps de-
signed to assist in the adjustment of
the clamp about a tooth.
robber dam c. A clamp designed
to fit around a tooth and hold the
rubber dam in position.
clasp. A partial circular band fitted
to a tooth or teeth for the purpose of
retaining a bridge or denture.
c. metal. An alloy of gold to which
platinum has been added to impart
the property of elasticity. It is used
largely as a means of securing attach-
ment of an appliance to the natural
teeth.
classification of cavities. See cavity
dasaification.
clas^tic (Gr. klastos, breaking). Hav-
ing a tendency to break up into
pieces.
cleav^Bf e. The property of breaking
readily in one or more directions, as
enamel cleavage.
cleave. To divide forcibly; to split.
cleav^er. An instrument used in den-
tistry to remove the enamel from a
tooth.
cleft-palate. A congenital fissure of
the hard and soft palates; it may also
involve the alveolar process. It
may also be acquired from trauma-
tism, as by a gunshot woimd.
devoid (O. E. deua, claw + Gr. eidos,
like). Term applied to a cutting
instrument with a blade shaped like
a claw.
cli-en-tele^ (Fr.). The persons com-
prising a dentist^s clients or patients
spoken of as a body.
74 COAGULIN
cli-mac'ter-ic (Gr. klivmklery the round
of a ladder). A particular time or
period in a person's life when the
body is believed to undergo a radical
change, as the time of puberty and
the menopause period.
cli^maz. The height or period of
greatest intensity of a disease.
clinic (Gr. kline, bed). 1. Instruction
at the bedside or at the dental chair;
also the place where such instruction
is given. 2. A place where dental
service is rendered to the public.
clinlc-al. Relating to a clinic.
c. dentistry. The study and diag-
nosis of dental diseases from symp-
toms.
cli-ni^cian. One who instructs by
means of a clinic.
clo-a^ca (L., drain). The fistula lead-
ing to a cavity containing necrosed
bone.
clonic. Relating to clonus.
clo^nus (Gr. klonos, turmoil). A spasm
characterized by successive rigidity
and relaxation of the muscles.
closed bite. See under bite,
clot. A mass of coagulum, as of the
blood or lymph.
clove (L. ckama, a spike). An aromatic
spice, the flower of Eugenia aro'
maiica; a carminative.
oil of c. An aromatic oil made
from cloves^ used as an anodyne to
relieve pulpitis.
cm. Abbr. for centimeter.
CNOH. Formula for cyanic acid,
co«. A Latin prefix meaning with or
together. See c<m-.
Co. Chemical symbol for cobalt,
CO2. Formula for carbon dioxid.
co-ag^u-la-ble. Capable of coagula-
tion.
co-ag^u-lase. An enzyme that pro-
duces coagulation.
co-ag^u-late (L. coagidare). To form
a clot.
co-ag-u-la^tion (L. coagulatio). The
act of forming a clot.
co-ag^u-la-tive. Having a tendency to
coagulate.
co-ag^u-lin. An antibody formed in
the blood of an animal after inocula-
tion with a coagulable substance.
Digitized by
Google
COAGULOSE
co-ag'u-lose. A proprietary prepara-
tion used hypodermically for arrest-
ing hemorrhage.
co-ag^u-lum, pi. coagvla (L.). A clot.
co-a-les^cence (L. coalescere, to grow
together). Adhesion or union of
parts.
coat (L. coUuSf a tunic). Covering; a
membrane that lines an organ or
covers a part.
coni>alt (L. cobaUum). A reddish-gray
metal, the oxid of which is much
used as a pigment. Symbol Co.
CO^ca. The leaves of erythroxylon
coca, a shrub of Peru, from which
the alkaloid cocain is obtained.
Dose, fluidextract, 15 to 60 min.
[1.0 to 4.0 cc].
co^ca-in. Alkaloid of coca leaves; it
is an astringent, narcotic and anes-
thetic. Its salts are used to produce
local anesthesia in minor surgery;
the salt principally used in the hydro-
chlorid. Dose, J to 1 gr. [0.008 to
0.066 gm.].
co-ea^in-ism. A morbid condition of
mind and body caused by habitual
use of cocain.
co-ca-in-i-sa^tion. The process of
placing the organism or a part imder
the influence of cocain.
co-ea^in-ize. To place under the influ-
ence of cocain.
Coc-ca^ce-8S. A family of the Schizo-
myceteSf or vegetable microorgan-
isms, which are globular in the free
state, but become slightly elongated
before division: the genera are
Streptococcus, Micrococcus, Sarcina,
Planococcus and Planosardna,
coc^ci. Plural of coccus, which see.
coe-co-ba-cillus. A spheroidal bacil-
lus or elongated coccus.
coe-co-bac-teMom (Gr. kokkos, berry
+ bacterion, rod). An elongated
coccus or spheroioal bacterium.
coe^coid. Resembling a coccus.
coc^cus, pi. cocci (L.; Gr. kokkos, berry).
1. A senus of insects. 2. A spher-
oidal bacterium.
coc-cy-f e^al. Relating to the coccyx.
coe^cyx (Gr. kokkyx, cuckoo, because
it resembles its bill). The lower
part of the spinal column below the
sacrum.
75 COHESIVE
co-chi-ne'al (L. coccinelld). Coccus
cacti^ a dried insect used as a dye-
stuff.
coch-le-a^re, abbreviation cochl. (L.,
spoon). A spoonful.
c. amplam. Large or tablespoon-
ful.
c. magnam. A tablespoonful
[cochl, mag.].
c. medium. Medium-sized spoon-
ful [cochl. med.].
c. parvom. Teaspoonful.
co^coa. See cacao,
c. batter. See cacao butter,
coc^tio. Latin meaning boUing,
code of dental ethics. A set of rules
adopted by the National Dental
Association for the guidance of den-
tists in their professional relations.
co-de^in (L. codeina; Gr. kodeia, poppy
head). A crystalline alkaloid ol>-
tained from opium. It is a narcotic,
used as a remedy for cough. Dose,
J to 2 gr. [0.03 to 0.13 gm.].
c. sulphate. Used for same pur-
pose and in same dosage as codein.
co-dre^nin. A proprietary local anes-
thetic composed of cocain hydro-
chlorid. adrenalin chlorid and chlore-
tone dissolved in physiologic salt
solution.
coffer-dam. Same as rubber dam.
Cofflii split plate [C. R. Coffin, an
American dentist of London, 1826-
1891]. A vulcanite appUance for
spreading the dental arches. It
is similar to a vulcanite denture and
conformed to the inner portion of the
arch, and divided through the center
into lateral halves which are con-
nected with spring wire.
Cohnheim's end-arteries. Terminal
arteries that have no anastomoses.
co-he^sion (L. con, together + hcerere,
to stick). The force by which simi-
lar particles of matter adhere to one
another.
co-he^sive. Having the property of
cohesion.
c. foil. Gold prepared in thin
sheets, in crystal or in sponge form
or in pellets or cylinders wfich are
readily welded together under pres-
Digitized by
Google
COIL
c. gold. Gold foil or pellets in which
the welding property is partially or
fuUy developed. [Black.]
coil. Anything wound spirally, partic-
ularly wire.
COl«. A Latin prefix meaning with or
together. See con-.
Corchi-cnm. A genus of lilaceous
plants indigenous to Europe and
. Asia. The root and seed of colchi-
cum autumncde are used as cath-
articS) emetics and local irritants.
Dose, tincture of seed 10 to 30 min.
Fluidextract of root, 2 to 5 min.
cold sore. Herpes labialis; fever blister.
coli^c (L. colica; Gr. kolikos). 1.
Relating to the colon. 2. Acute
pain in the abdomen.
co-li-cys-ti^tis. Inflammation of the
bladder due to the colon bacillus.
co-li^tis (Gr. colon + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the colon.
col'la-gen (Gr. koUaf glue + gennarty to
produce). The principal organic
constituent of connective tissue and
of bone.
collar crown. An artificial crown made
of porcelain and metal and attached
to the natural tooth root by means
of a gold collar or band encircling the
exposed portion of the root and oy a
post that extends into the root canal
of the tooth.
col-lar^gol. Trade name for a col-
loidal silver used in septic condi-
tions. Dose, 1 gr. [0.02].
colleague (L. col^ with + lego^ depute).
A fellow member of a profession.
coriet. A collar or clamping piece.
col-lo-chem^is-try. That part of
chemistry which treats of colloids.
col-lo^dion (L. coUodium, from Gr.
koUodeSf glutinous). An ethereal
solution of gun-cotton. It is a
syrupy liquid used as a protective
covering for wounds and burns.
colloid (Gr. kollodes^ glutinous). 1.
Resembling glue. 2. Any substance,
as gum or gelatin, that in solution
passes with diflficulty or not at all
through animal membranes. 3. The
translucent gelatinous substance that
results from colloid degeneration.
c. degeneration. The changing of
the protoplasm of epithelial cells
into a substance resembling mucus.
76 COMMISSURA
col-loi^dal. Having the nature of a
colloid.
col-lo^ma, pi. coUomata (Gr. kollOf glue
+ oma, tumor). A tumorous growth
that has undergone colloid degenera-
tion.
collo-sol. A proprietary preparation
of colloidal silver in solution.
collmn, pi. coUa (L.). The neck.
coro-cynfh (L. coloq/nthis; Gr. kolo-
kynthe). The peeled dried fruit of
CitruUus colocynthis, bitter cucum-
ber; a cathartic used in combination
with other drugs, as in cathartic pills.
colon (Gr. kolon). That portion of
the large intestine whicn extends
from the cecum to the rectum.
coro-ny. A collection of bacteria
resulting from the culture on solid
media of a single organism.
color (L. color). The impression of
hue and tint that the light reflected
by the surface of an object makes on
the organ of sight.
col-or-i-me^ter (L. color + Gr. metron^
measure). An instrument used for
measuring color; particularly the
blood in determining the amoimt of
hemoglobin present.
corunm (L. columna). A pillar. A
part resembling in general shape a
pillar or colunm.
coly-one (Gr. kolyon, preventing).
A chemical substance formed in one
part of the body and carried to
another part, which tends to inhibit
the functional activity of the part.
Opposite of hormone.
com- (L. from cunij with). A prefix
indicating together or vnth. See con-.
co^ma (L.; Gr. koma, deep sleep). A
profound stuporous condition; a
symptom of many diseases.
co^ma-tose. Relating to or resem-
bling coma.
corn-bus ^tion (L. combustis, burning).
Burning. Rapid oxidation with
evolution of heat.
com^min-u-ted (L. comminuerej to
break). Fractured into small pieces.
com-min-u^tion. The act of breaking
into small parts.
com-mis-su^ra, com^mis-sure (L. joir-
ing together). Tissue that joins cor-
responding parts to each other.
Digitized by
Google
COMPATIBILITY
77
CONDUCTION
c. labiomm oris.
mouth.
Corners of the
com-pat-i-bil^i-ty (L. compalibilis, ac-
cord). Quality of bemg compatible.
com-pat'i-ble. Term applied to a
drug which can be prescribed with
another without interfering with its
medicinal activity.
com-pen-sa^tion (L. compenaare, to
compensate). Counterbalancing a
defect.
com^plas-ter. A proprietary composi-
tion of plaster of Paris, soluble in hot
water. It is used for making impres-
sions and is dissolved away after the
cast has been poured and allowed to
harden.
com^ple-ment (L. complementumy com-
pleting). In Ehrlich's side-chain
theory a heat-sensitive ferment in
normal serum that is destructive to
bacteria or toxins with which it is
brought into contact by means of the
amboceptor. See amboceptor.
complement fixation. The reaction
produced when equivalent quantities
of complement, serum containing
antibody (heated to SG** C. for one-
half hour),and corresponding antigen
are added together. The complete-
ness of fixation of complement is
determined by titration against a
mixture of eauivalent quantities of
washed erytnrocjrtes and corre-
sponding [homologous] complement
— free hemolytic serum. Total fixa-
tion of complement is indicated by
complete absence of hemolysis; total
absence of fixation of complement,
by complete hemolysis. This re-
action is the basis of tests for infec-
tion, like the Wassermann test for
syphilis, although the Wassermann
test is not strictly one of comple-
ment fixation.
com^plex (L. comphcto, to twist
together). Complicated, as a com-
plex of symptoms.
com-plex^us. See Table of Mmdes.
com^pli-ca-ted, com-pli-ca^tion. The
presence of several diseases in a
patient.
com-po-si^tion. See modeling com-
pound,
com^poond. Made up of several in-
gredients.
inyestment c. A material of plas-
ter, asbestos, sand, etc., used for
investing models that are to be repro-
duced in rubber, metal or porcelain.
modeling c. A plastic material
used in taking impressions of the
jaws in prosthetic work.
com^press (L. con, together + premere,
to press). A pad used to apply
pressure to a part.
com-pres^sor na'ris. See Table of
Muscles.
com-pres^sor na^ri-um mi^nor. See
TMe of Muscles.
com-pres^sor sac^cu-li la-ryn^gis. See
Tc^U of Muscles.
cons, cor«. Latin prefix meaning with.
Becomes col- before 1, co- before
vowels and h; con- before c, d, f, g, i.
i, n, q, s, t, w; cor- before r; com-
before b, m and p.
con^cave (L. concavus, arched). A
hollo wed-out surface.
con-ca^vi-ty. Hollowness.
con-ca^YO"Con^Yex. Having a concave
surface on one side and a convex on
the other.
con-cen-tra'tion (L. concentratio).
Evaporation of part of the fluid por-
tion of a mixture by which the latter
gains relative strength.
con-cen^tric (L. concentricus, con, to-
gether + centrum, center). Periph-
eries having a common center.
con-coc^tion (L. con, together + coquere,
to boil). The mixing of medicinal
substances.
con^cre-ment (L. concrementum). Con-
cretion.
con-cres^cence (L. con, together +
crescere, to grow). Growing to-
gether of parts previously separate.
con-creation (L. con, together + crescere,
) to grow). An inorganic mass which
has solidified; calcareous, chalky,
fibrinous, etc.
con-den-sa^tion (L. con, together +
densatum, from densere, to make
thick). The act or process of mak-
ing dense, as the condensation of
gold in filling teeth.
con-duc^tion (L. con, together + ducere,
to lead). The transmission of nerve
influence, heat or electricity.
Digitized by
Google
CONDUCTIVITY
c. anesthesia. See anesthesia.
con-duc-tivl-ty (L. conductio). The
ability to convey certain forces, such
as nervous impulses, heat, soimd and
electricity.
con-duc'tor (L.). A material or part
that has the power of conductivity.
con^dyle (L. condylus; Gr. kondylos,
knuckle). The rounded eminence of
mandibular bone.
c. path. The path followed by the
condyle of the mandible in wide
openmg of the mouth, as the result
of the combined action of the
external ptervgoid and depressor
muscles. [Wil»on.]
con-dy-lec^to-my (Gr. kondylos, knuckle
+ ektome, excision). Surgical ex-
cision of the condyle.
con-dy^-on. The point at the lateral
tip of the condyle of the mandible.
con^dy-loid (Gr. kondylosy knuckle +
eidoSy form). Having the shape of
a condyle.
con-dy-lot^o-my (Gr. kondylos, knuckle
+ tomey cut) . Excision of a part of a
condyle.
cone (Gr. konos; L. convs). 1. A solid
figure which tapers from a circular
base to a point. 2. Term applied in
paleontology to the cusp of a tooth.
Used as a combining suffix, it be-
comes -conid to indicate the lower
jaw; -cone referring to the upper
jaw.
cone-socket instruments. Instruments
with interchangeable handles.
confrere [congfrare] (F.). A fellow-
member of a profession.
cong. Abbr. for the Latin word
congiuSy a gallon.
con-genl-tal (L. congeniiusy bom to-
gether). Existing at birth.
con-ges^tion (L. congere, to heap
together). Abnormal accumulation
of blood in an organ.
con-ges^tive. Relating to or affected
with congestion.
con^gi-us, pi. congii. Latin meaning
a gallon. Abbr. cong.
con-glu-ti-na^tion (L. conglutinalioy cony
together + glutinarCy to glue). Glu-
ing together of parts.
Con^ic, con^i-cal. Cone-shaped.
78 CONTOUR
con-jnnc-ti^va (L.). The mucous
membrane lining the eyelids.
con-jonc-ti-yi^tis. Inflammation of the
conjunctiva.
con-nec^tive tis^sue. Cellular tissue;
tissues forming the skeleton with its
various connections: bone, car-
tilages, and ligaments; also affording
framework and investment for the
various organs.
co^noid (Gr. kanoeides). Resembling
a cone.
con-ser-va'tion, con-ser^va-tive (L. am-
servare, to keep). Preservation of
health or restoration of organs.
con-sti-pa^tion (con, together + st^rCy
to press). Infreauent and difficult
evacuation of the bowels.
con-stric^tor pha-ryn'gis [inferior, mid-
dle and superior]. See Table of
Muscles.
con^tact (L. conlangercy to touch to-
gether) . Two bodies or parts touch-
ing each other, as the teeth contact
pomt, the point at which adjoining
teeth surfaces come together.
C. point. The point at which ad-
joining teeth surfaces come together.
proximal c. Contact of proximal
surfaces of the teeth.
con-ta^gion (L. contagio from contangere,
to touch). Commimication of dis-
ease by contact.
con-ta^gi-ous. Capable of being trans-
mitted from one person to another.
con-ta'gi-nm (L.). A virus matter
that may transmit disease.
con-tam-i-na'tion (L. con, together +
tangerCy to touch). Infection of a
person by contact.
continuous -gum denture. A denture
in which porcelain teeth are attached
to a platinum base by fused porcelain.
It gets its name from the continuity
of the porcelain teeth and the fused
porcelam. The continuous-gum pro-
cess was perfected and largely used by
John Allen, New York dentist.
con-tour^. To restore the normal or
natural outlines of a tooth.
con^tour. The outline or configura-
tion of a part, as the outline of the
tooth.
Digitized by
Google
CONTOURING
con-tour^ing. Restoration of a part
to its natural form.
c. pliers. An instrument used for
producing the proper contour of a
gold crown or band for a tooth.
con^tra- (L., against). A prefix indi-
cating againstf opposite.
eontrft-angle. An angle formed in
the shank of a cutting or plugging
instrument designed to reach in-
accessible points, in order that the
cutting or working edge may be in
line with the long axis of the handle
of the instrument.
contra-angle handpiece. A dental
handpiece with a contra-angle to
enable the operator to reach posi-
tions difficult or impossible with a
straight handpiece.
eon-trae^tile, eon-trae-till-ty (L. con,
together + trahere, to draw)*. Cap-
able of contracting in response to
stimulus.
eon-trae^tion (L. contracto). The ac-
tion of contracting; also a patho-
logical shortening.
con-tra-in-di-ca^tion. A condition that
is unfavorable to a particular method
of procedure.
con-tra«lat'e-ral (L. contra, opposite +
laitLs, side). Acting in conjunction
with a part of the opposite side.
con-tra-stim^u-lant. A medicine that
diminishes vital action; opposed to
stimulation.
con-tror. Check; determination of
the accuracy of an experiment by
another, the latter being used as the
standard. A control animal used
in experimental work is one not sub-
jected to the conditions of the
animal experimented upon.
con-ta^sion (L. contundere, to bruise).
Bruise; an injury resulting from
impact of a part of the body against
a hard substance without breaking
the skin.
con-ya-les^cent (L. convalescere, to
grow strong). Relating to recovery
of health.
eon'vez (L. convextis, from con, together
+ vehere, to carry). Having a
roimded, protruding surface.
con-vexl-ty. A surface that is con-
vex; the opposite of concavity.
79 CORNEA
con-vo-lu^tion (L. con, together +
volvere, to roll). The rolling of any-
thing upon itself.
con-vo-lu^tion-al, con-yo-lu^tion-ary.
Relating to convolutions.
eon-Yul'sion (L. conveUere, to pull
together). Violent and involuntary
contraction of volntary muscles.
Coolidge tabe. An x-ray tube devised
by William David Coolidge, an
American chemist.
co-or-di-na^tion. Parts working to-
gether in harmony, as the muscles.
co-pal^. A gum resin used in making
varnish.
cope. The small plate of metal cover-
ing the free end of a root to be
crowned; the cope is subse(|uently
soldered to a narrow metallic band
fitting the end of the root; the cope
and band, when joined, forming tne
cap.
cop^per (L. cuprum; Gr. kupros), A
reddish metallic element verv malle-
able, used in dentistry largely as an
Xdienit of alloys. Many of the
of copper are used medicinally:
and also in dental cements. Symbol
Cu.
c. amalgam. A dental amalgam
filling material composed of copper
and mercury.
c. sulphate. A crystalline salt
of copper (blue stone), an external
styptic and astringent. Used in
powdered form locally in the treat-
ment of pyorrhea alveolaris, etc.
Dose, 1 to i gr. [0.008 to 0.03 gm.].
cop^pe;-ra8. Ferrous sulphate; an
astringent.
cor, gen. cordis, Latin for ?ieart,
cor^a-coid (Gr. korakoeides, crow-like).
Resembling the beak of a crow; name
given to the short, thick process at
the upper margin of the scapula.
core (L. cor, heart). 1. The central
portion of a body. 2. A device
used in reproducing a plaster model
in metal to avoid undercuts in the
cast.
co^ri-nm. The connective-tissue layer
of the skin, below the epidermis.
cor^ne-a (L. comu, horn). The trans-
parent inner coating of the eyeball;
so called because of its resemblance
to a horn.
Digitized by
Google
CORNU
80
COULOMB
cor^nu, pi. cornua (L., horn). A horny
excrescence.
co-ro^na, pi. coronce (L.). Crown.
c. dentis. Crown of a tooth.
co^ro-nad. In the direction of the
crown.
co-ro^nal. Relating to a crown.
c. suture. The junction of the
frontal bone with parietal bones.
cor'o-na-ry. Resembling a crown.
cor^o-noid. Resembling a crown.
c. process. A beak-like process
situated on the anterior and superior
part of the ramus of the mandible
to which the temporal muscle is
attached.
cor^puSi pi. corpora (L., body). Body;
the main portion of an organ.
cor'pus-de (L. corpuscuLum, dim. of
corpus J a small body) . A small body
or particle; cell.
bone c. An osteoblast.
lymphoid c. A leukocyte found in
lymph and blood.
medullary c. An odontoblastic cell.
pus c. Leukocytes which consti-
tute the formed elements of pus.
red-blood c's. Circular non-nu-
cleated disks in the blood containing
the red coloring matter, hemoglobin,
from which the blood receives its
color. They are about ^irm inch
(1.9 m) in diameter and T^ivv inch
(7. m) thick, and they number about
5,000,000 to the cubic millimeter of
blood.
saliyary c. A globule in the saliva
like a white corpuscle of the blood.
white»blood c's. Colorless, flat-
tened cells in the blood, about y^
inch (2. n) in diameter, and exist in
ratio of 1 to 500 with the red-blood
corpuscles.
cor-pus^cu-lar. Relating to or having
the nature of a corpuscle.
cor-pus^cu-lum, pi. corpuscida, Latin
for corpuscle.
cor^ri-gent (L. corrigere^ to correct).
That which corrects; a substance,
added to a medicine to modify its
action.
cor-ro'sion (L. con + rodere^ to gnaw
away). The destruction of tissue
by the action of a corrosive sub-
stance.
cor-ro'sive. A substance that is de-
structive to tissues.
cor-ru-^^tor la^bi-i in-fe-ri-or^is. See
Table of Muscles.
cor-ru-ga^tor su-per-cil^iL See Table
of Muscles.
cor^tex, gen. corticis. Latin for hark.
The outermost layers of an organ
as distinct from the inner layers.
cor'ti-cal. Relating to the cortex.
co-nm'dum. Aluminum oxid, a native
mineral substance used for abrasive
purposes.
c. stones. Dental grinding stones
made from corundum.
c. wheels. Dental grinding wheels
made from corundum.
cor'y-fin. Ethyl glycolic acid ester
of menthol; a substitute for menthol
for external use in coryza and
catarrhal affectioiis.
co-ry^za (L.; Gr. koryza, a running at
the nose). Nasal catarrh; inflam-
mation of the mucous membrane
lining the nose: commonly known
as "cold in the nead.''
cos-me^sis (Gr. kosmein, to adorn).
Use of cosmetics; method of improv-
ing and preserving natural beauty.
cos-met'ic. That which beautifies or
preserves beauty; the art of improv-
mg the beauty and the means em-
ployed for that purpose.
cos^mo-lin. A proprietary prepara-
tion of petrolatum.
cos^ta, pi. cosUb. Latin for rib.
cos^tal. Relating to a rib.
cot^ton. The soft, white, fibrous mate-
rial obtained from the cotton plant.
absorbent c. Cotton that has been
given the quality of absorbing by
removing the fatty material.
cot^ton-oid. Absorbent cotton in a
felt-like form used by surgeons.
cough (L. tussis). A violent expulsion
of air from the lungs.
whooping c. (Jj-periiLssis), A cough
accompanied by a distinct whooping
noise and spasm.
coulomb. Unit of electrical quantity
produced by the force of one volt
acting for one second against one
ohm of resistance.
Digitized by
Google
COUNTER
coun^ter- (L. from cordra, against). A
prefix indicating opposite to.
coun^ter-die. The reverse image of
a die; usually made of a softer and
lower fusing metal than the die.
coun-ter-irM-tant. An agent that pro-
duces an irritation in one part of the
body with the view of relieving a
morbid condition existing in another
part.
coun^ter-ir-ri-ta-tion. The resultant
action of a counterirritant, which see.
cover glass. A disk of thin.glass used
to cover a histologic or bacteriologic
specimen under examination.
cox'ajpl. coxcB (L.). 1. The hip bone.
2. The hip-joint.
c. p. Abbr. for chemically pure.
Cr. Chemical symbol for chromium.
cra'ni-al (L. cranialis; Gr. kranioriy
skull). Relating to the skull.
cra^ni-o« (L. cranium^ skull). A prefix
indicating relation to the skull.
cra-ni-oro-gy (Gr. kranion, skull +
logos f treatise). The science of the
study of the skull.
cra^ni-om, pi. crania, Latin for skuU,
Crawcoors. Two French adventurers
who first introduced amalgam as a
material for filling teeth in the U. S.
in 1833. It was called by them
"royal mineral succedaneum."
cream of tartar. Potassium bitartrate.
Dose, 5 to 60 gr. [0.3 to 4.0 gm.].
cre^a-sote. Same as creosote.
cre^at-in (Gr. kreas, flesh). Nitro-
genized, crystallizable alkaloid ob-
tained from muscular tissue.
cre-at^in-in. A substance obtained
from creatin by the action of the
enzyme creatinase.
cre-at^i-nose. The enzyme that
changes creatin into creatinin.
cre^^na, pi. crenoe. Latin, meaning
a notch.
cre^nate, crenated. Notched.
Crenshaw matrix [Wm. Crenshaw,
Atlanta dentist, 1847-1921]. A
matrix designed to assist in the
insertion of gold foil fillings.
cre^o-lin. A dark browh syrupy liquid
obtained from coal-tar by dry dis-
tillation. It forms an emulsion with
6
81 CRICOTHYROIDEUS
water and is an antiseptic, deodorant
and disinfectant.
cre^o-sote (L. creosotumy from Gr. Areas,
flesh + sozeinf to preserve). A color-
less, oily liquid of penetrating odor
and burning taste obtained from dis-
tillation of beechwood tar. It is
anesthetic, escharotic, antiseptic,
germicidal. Used qiiite commonly
m disinfecting putrescent root canals,
and as an anesthetic applied to the
skin surface previous to pimcturing
for the injection of a local anesthetic.
Dose, 1 to 10 min. [0.06 to 0.6 gm.].
crep-i-ta^tion (L. crepitare, to crackle).
The noise of fractured bones when
the ends are rubbed together.
bony c. The sound made by rub-
bing the fractured ends of bones
together.
crep^i-tus (L.). Discharge of wind
from the rectum.
cre^sol. Methyl phenol; derived from
coal-tar by fractional distillation.
There are three kinds: orthocresol,
metacresol and paracresol. They
are all antiseptics and disinfectants
and not so toxic as carbolic acid.
Dose, i to 2 min. [0.03 to 0.12].
crest (L. cristay a crest) . A ridge form-
ing the projecting border of a bone.
cre'ta (L., chalk). Chalk.
c. prssparata. Prepared chalk.
creatin. One affected with cretinism.
cre^tin-ism. Endemic goiter or other
disease of the thyroid body. It is
associated with idiocy, deformity of
the head and body.
crey'ice (Fr. crevasse, break). A small
fissure.
gingival c. The space normally
existing between the cervical enamel
and the overlying unattached gin-
giva. Same as subgingival space.
cre-vic^u-lar. Relating to the gingi-
val crevice.
crib^-form (L. cribrum, a sieve 4-
forma, form). Sieve-like.
cri^co-a-ryt-8s-noiMe-as lat-e-ral^is
See Table of Muscles.
cri^co - a-ryt-»-noiMe-as pos^ti-cus.
See Table of Muscles.
cri-co-thy-roiMe-us. See Table of
Muscles.
Digitized by
Google
CRINOGENIC
82
CULTURE
crin-o-genlc (Gr. krineiny to separate
+ gennan, to produce). Stimiilating
the production of secretions.
cri^sis, pi. crises (L.; Gr. krisis). The
tumine point in the course of an
acute disease.
crista, pi. cristce. Latin for crest.
c. dentalifl. A ridge on the alveolar
processes of the fetus.
Crookes' tabe [Wm. Crookes, Enslish
physicist]. A g^ass tube, used in
the x-T&y macmne, with two elec-
trodes between which an electrical
discharge takes place in a vacuum.
The cathode rays are given off in
the tube and from the place where
they strike, the a^-rays arise.
croup. An affection of the larynx
occurring in children, usually ac-
companied by considerable mucous
discharge.
crown (L. corona). 1. The exposed
portion of a tooth. 2. To place an
artificial crown upon a tooth or root.
c. articulator. A small articulator
used in articulating the casts of only
a portion of the teeth of the arch.
artificial c. A restoration of the
crown of a tooth with porcelain,
metal or combination of the two.
For the various kinds of artificial
crowns see qualifying words, as
Bonwill c, cap c, collar c, Davis c,
jacket c, Litch c, Morrison c,
Richmond c, shell c, etc.
Land's c. See under Land.
crownwork. The method of applying
artificial crowns to the teeth.
cru^cial (L. cruxj gen. crucis, a cross).
Having the form of a cross.
cru^ci-ble (L. crucibulum). A vessel
in which metals are melted.
cms, pi. crura. Latin for leg.
crus'ta. Latin for crust.
c. petrosa. Term appUed to the
cementum of a tooth. [Old form.]
Cryer elevator [Matthew H. Cryer,
Philadelphia oral surgeon, 1840-
1 92 1 ] . An instrument dfesigned par-
ticularly to remove fractured roots of
teeth.
crjrpt (L. crypta from Gr. kryptos,
hidden). Follicle; a small pit-like
cavity.
dental c. The bony space occupied
by a developing tooth.
enamel c. A space described by
Bolk, occupied by mesenchvma.
boimded laterally by the lateral and
mesial dental ledges and basally by
the external epithelium of the corre-
sponding enamel-organ.
crys^tal-line. Crystal-like in form and
transparency.
crys-tal-li-sa^tion. The forming of
particles into regular geometrical
shapes. .
crys^tal-loid. Resembling crystal.
Cu. Chemical symbol for copper.
Abbr. of cuprum, Latin for copper.
cul«de-sac. A sac-like cavity.
-cule (L. cuius). A suffix denoting
diminutive.
cul-ti-va^tion (L. cvUivatio, to till).
Artificial growing of microorganisms.
cul'ture (L. cvUura). 1. Artificial
growing of microorganisms. 2.
Medium in which the microorgan-
isms are grown.
agar c. An agar preparation for
cultivation of bacteria.
bouillon c. A bouillon preparation
for cultivation of bactena.
gelatin c. A bacterial culture made
on gelatin.
hanging-drop c. A culture ob-
tained in a drop of the culture
medium on the imder surface of
a cover-glass.
c. medium, pi. media. Any sub-
stance used for culturing bacteria.
plate c. One made on a plate sur-
face.
pure c. A culture of a single species
of bacteria.
sensitised c. One to which a
specific antiserum has been added.
slant c. One made on a slanting
surface.
smear c. One made by smearing
the inoculated material on the sur-
face of the medium.
stab c. One made by thrusting the
inoculated material into the culture
medium.
Digitized by
Google
CUMULATIVE
stock c. A permanent culture
from which transfer of culture mate-
rial may be made.
stroke c. A culture made by draw-
ing a platinum wire loop containing
the infected material across the sur-
face of a solid culture medium.
tabe c. One made in a test tube.
cu^mu-la-tiYe (L. cumiUaref to heap
up). Adding to.
c. action, c. effect. The marked
effect of a drug after the adminis-
tration of a number of compara-
tively ineffective doses.
cu^ne-ate (L. cuwetw, wedge). Wedge-
shaped.
cu^ne-i-form. Wedge-shaped.
Ca20. Chemical formula for cuprcms
oxid.
Ciq|. 1. A small vessel for containing
liquid. 2. A structure shaped like
a cup.
impression c. A cup-shaped im-
plement used for taking impressions
of the teeth and adjacent parts.
cu^pre-ous. Relating to or resembling
copper.
cu^pmm, gen. cupri. Latin, meaning
copper.
cure (L. cura, cure). The systematic
treatment of a disease. Restoration
to health. A remedy.
cu-ret', curette (F.). 1. A sharp cut-
ting instrument used for removing
bone or other material from a cavity.
2. To use a curet.
cu-ret^tage, curettement. The act of
using a curet.
Cu^rie. The unit of measurement of
emanations of radium. [Named for
Marie Curie, the discoverer of
radium.]
cur^rent (L. currere, to run) . Anything
that flows, as electric fluid.
faradic c. An induced or secondary
electric current.
galyanic c. Electric current devel-
oped from a battery.
high-frequency c. An alternating
current that oscillates 10,000 per
second and upward.
cur-ric^u-lum, pi. curricuU (L.). A
systematic course of study.
83 CYAN ID
curve, dental. Curve or bow of the
teeth. The different portions of the
curve are:
alignment c. The line passing
through the center of the teeth
mesiodistally.
buccal c. The curve from cuspid
to third molar.
compensating c. An arrangement
of the molars in artificial dentures to
aid in balancing the dentures.
labial c. The curve from cuspid to
cuspid.
c. of Spec. An imaginary curve
from the cusp of the lower canine
tooth along the buccal cupps of the
premolars and molars, and extending
to the anterior border of the head
of the condyle. [Wilson.]
cusp (L. citspiSy a point). The pointed
projection on the crown of the tooth.
cus^pad. In a direction toward the
cusp.
cus^pal. Relating to the cusp.
cus^pid (L.) . A tooth having one cusp ;
the canine tooth.
cus^pid-ate (L. cuspidatvs). Having
cusps, as a cuspid tooth.
cus^pi-dor (L. con, with + spiiere, to
spit). A receptacle for sputum and
excretions from the mouth.
cus^pis, pi. cuspides. Latin, meaning a
CU8p,
cuticula dentis (Latin phrase mean-
ings kin of a tooth). Nasmyth's
membrane that covers the enamel
of teeth.
enamel cuticle. Same as Na-
smytKs membrane.
cu^tis. Latin, meaning skin.
cutting edge. The incisal edge of a
tooth.
cut^tle-fish disk. A flat circular disk
used for grinding and cutting in
dentistry, made from the ground
bone of tne fish, sepia officinalis.
Cy. Chemical symbol for cyanogen.
cy^an-id. A binary compound of
cyanogen.
C. of mercury. See mercuric cyanid.
Digitized by
Google
CYANOGEN 84
cy-an^o-gen (Gr. kyanosy blue 4-
gennarty to produce). So called from
being an ingredient in Prussian blue
or ferric f errocyanid It forms with
oxygen, cyanic acid; with hydrogen,
hydrocyanic acid.
cy-an-o-my-co^8i8 (Gr. kyanos, blue +
mykeSf fimgus). The presence of
Micrococcus pyocyaneus in pus.
cyVnosed, cy-a-notlc. Relating to
or affected with cyanosis.
cy-a-no^8is (Gr. kyanos, blue). Livid-
ity from plethora of the venous
system. Any blue discoloring of the
skin.
cy'cle (Gr. kyklos^ circle). Recurring
succession of symptoms of a disease.
life c. The life of protozoan par-
asites, fungi, and some metazoa.
cy'clic. Relating to a cycle.
cyrin-der. A solid tube-shaped body.
cyl-in^dric, cyl-in^dri-CAl. Relating to
a cylinder,
cyat (Gr: kystisy bladder). A sac that
contains liquid or soft material.
adventitioas c. A cyst formed
around a foreign body.
colloid c. A cyst containing col-
loid material.
cutaneous c. A cyst of the skin.
dentigerous c. A cyst that con-
tains teeth.
extrayasation c. One formed by
the encapsulation of a hemorrhage
or other fluid into the tissues.
false c. An adventitious cyst.
follicular c. One due to closure of
a duct of a gland.
multilocular c. A cyst composed
of many separate compartments.
retention c. A cyst resulting from
the obstruction of an excretory duct.
sebaceous c. A cyst resulting from
obstruction of the secretion from
sebaceous follicles.
serous c. One containing watery
fluid.
sterile c. One that fails to repro-
duce.
sublingual c. Same as ranula.
true c. One formed other than by
the dilatation of a passage or cavity.
CYTOMA
cyst-ad-e-no^ma, pi. -rmnata. An
adenoma having cysts in its interior.
cys-tec^to-my (Gr. kyslis, bladder +
ektome, excision). Excision of a
cyst.
cys^tic (Gr. kystis, bladder). Relating
to cysts.
cys-ti-cotVmy (Gr. kystiSy bladder +
tome^ cutting). Incision into the
cystic duct.
cys-tig'e-rous (Gr. kystiSf bladder +
L. gererCf to bear). Relating to
cysts.
cys-ti^tis (Gr. kystisj bladder 4- itisy
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
bladder.
cys-to-fi-bro^ma. A fibroma that con-
tains cysts.
cys'toid (Gr. kystis, bladder + eidos^
form). Resembling a cyst.
cys-to^ma (Gr. kystis, bladder + omaf
tumor). Cystic tumor.
cys-to-mor^phous (Gr. kysHsj bladder
+ morphe, form). Cyst-like.
cys-to-myx-o^ma. Myxomatous tu-
mor containing cysts.
cy^tase (Gr. kytos, cell + •<i8e). An
enzyme having the power to dissolve
the cell wall. It occurs in the seed
of various plants.
cy^tax. An instrument for counting
the leukocytes, lymphocjrtes, and
red cells and registering their relative
proportions.
cy'to- (Gr. kytos, cell) . A prefix denot-
ing relation to a cell.
cy^to-blast (Gr. kytoSf cell 4- hlastos,
germ). Cell nucleus.
cy-to-blas-te^ma. Intercellular sub-
stance.
cy-to-gen^e-sis (Gr. kytosy cell +
genesis, origin). Cell-formation.
cy-tol'o-gy (Gr. kytos, cell 4- logoSf
treatise). Science of cells in rela-
tion to form, origin, transformation.
cy-tory-sin. An antibody that causes
dissolution of cells.
cy-tol'y-sis (Gr. kylos, cell 4- lysis, so-
lution). Disintegration of cells.
cy-to'ma (Gr. kylos, cell 4- oma, tumor).
A tumor composed of cells, as a
sarcoma.
Digitized by
Google
CYTOPHAGOCYTOSIS 85 CZERMAK'S SPACES
cy-to-phag-o-cy-to^sis. Same as cyto- cy-tos^ta-sis (Gr. kytosj cell + stasis.
phagy. stagnation). Arrest of white-blooa
cy-toph Vgy (Gr. kytos^ cell + phagein, corpuscles in the capillaries in the
to eat). Feeding on cells. early stages of inflammation.
cy'to-phil (Gr. kytoSf cell + vhileiriy to cy-to-therVpy (Gr. kytosy cell +
love). Possessing affinity for cells. f/ieropeia, treatment). Treatment of
cy^to-plasm (Gr. kytos, cell + plasma, disease by administering animal
plasm). Protoplasm; material con- cells.
stituting the body of the cell outside Czermak's spaces [Johann N. Czermak,
the nucleus. a Bohemian physician, 1828-1893].
cy^to-plast. The cell body as distinct Irregular spaces in the interglobular
from the nucleus. substance of the dentin.
Digitized by
Google
86
DECANTATION
D
D. Abbr. for Latin dosis, dose.
d. and w. t. f. Abbr. meaning daily
and weekly tiU forbidden,
dac^ry-, dac^ry-o- (Gr. dakry, tear).
Combining form.
dac-ry-ad-e-ni^tis (Gr. dakry^ tear +
aderiy gland + itiSf inflammation).
Inflammation of the lacrimal gland.
dac^ry-a-gogue (L. dacryagogus; Gr.
dakry^ tear + agogos, leading). An
agent that promotes the now of
tears.
dac^ry-o-cele (Gr. daAry, tear + kele,
hernia). Cyst of the lacrimal sac.
dac-ry-o-cys-ti^tis (Gr. dakry, tear +
kystiSy sac + UiSf inflammation).
Inflammation of the lacrimal sac.
dac^ry-o-lith (Gr. dakry^ tear + lUhoSy
stone). Lacrimal calculus; tear
stone.
dac-ry-o^ma (Gr. dakryy tear + omay
tumor). Lacrimal tumor.
dac^tyl (Gr. dakiyloa, finger). A finger.
dac^tyl-ate. Resembling or having
fingers.
dac-tyl-o-meg Vly (Gr. daktylos, finger
+ megaSf large). Having abnor-
mally large fingers.
dac^tyl-us (Gr. daktyloSy finger). Fin-
ger; digit; finger-like.
Dakin's solution [Henry D. Dakin, con-
temporary New York chemist]. A
solution of sodium hypochlorite; anti-
septic.
Dalton's law [John Dalton, English
chemist, 1766-1844]. In a mixture
of gases, that do not chemically
unite, the pressure of the mixture is
eaual to the sum of the pressures of
all the gases present.
dam. A sheet of thin rubber used to
protect the field of operation in filling
teeth from saliva and infection.
coffer d. Old term for rubber dam.
rubber d. Same as dam.
dam^mar. A resinous substance de-
rived from various species of dam-
mara. Also called gum dammar,
d. yamiBh. A preparation of gum
dammar, gum mastic and benzol
used in mounting microscopic speci-
mens.
gum d. Ethereal solution of the
resin of dammara, used for micro-
scopic mounting.
Darcet'8 metaL A low-fusing metal
used for making dies, etc. ; fuses about
201** F.
Davis crown. A porcelain crown with
detached post, which is cemented
into the root of the natural tooth and
to the artificial crown.
D. D. S. Abbr. for Doctor of Dental
Surgery.
de«. Latin preposition used as a prefix
meaning /fom or down,
de-ac-id-i-fi-ca^tion. The act of neu-
tralizing an acid.
dead. Deprived of life. Improperlv
used in speaking of a pulpless tooth
as a dead tooth.
deadly nightshade. Belladonna.
deaf. Devoid of hearing.
de-ar-tic-u-la'tion (L. de. from +
articuluSf ^ joint). Dislocation.
Same as abarticulation.
death. Definite cessation of all the
functions.
debris epitheliauz paradentaires [Ma-
lasses] . See Malassez epithelial rests.
dec^a* (Gr. deka, ten). Combining
form.
dec^a-gram (Gr. deka, ten + gramma,
gram). Weight of ten grams, 154.34
grains Troy.
de-cal-ci-fi-ca^tion. The process of
removing lime salts from hard tis-
sues; softening of the teeth as the re-
sult of removal of lime salts from the
dentin and enamel. See under teeth.
de-cal^ci-fy (L. dc, from + calXf lime).
To remove lime salts from hard
tissues.
decVli-ter (Gr. deka, ten + Fr. litre).
Ten liters.
decVme-ter (Gr. deka, ten + Fr.
metre, from Gr, mMron, measure).
Ten meters.
de-can-ta^tion (L. de, from + canlus, a
side). The act of pouring off gently
a fluid from its sediment.
Digitized by
Google
DECAY
de-cay^ (L. de, down + caderCf to fall).
Decomposition of organic matter.
de-dd^u-ous (L. decidere, to fall off).
Temporary.
d. dentition. The twenty teeth of
childhood, which are replaced by
others of the permanent set. See
dentition,
d. teefh. The teeth of the first
dentition.
dec^i-inram (L. dedmvs, ten 4- Gr.
gramma, gram). Tenth part of a
gram in weight, 1.544 grams.
dec^i-li-ter (L. decimua, ten + Fr. litre).
Tenth part of a liter, 6.1028 cubic
inches.
dec^i-me-ter (L. decimua, ten + Gr.
metroUf measure). Tenth part of a
meter, 3.937 inches.
dec-i-nor^mal (L. decimus, ten +
norma f rule). One-tenth of the
normal strength.
de-coc^tion (L. de, down + coquere, to
boil). The act of boiling certain in-
gredients in a fluid, to extract the
parts soluble at that temperature.
de-coe^tom [L., boiled]. Same as decoc-
tion.
de-col-or-a^tion (L. cte, from 4- colorere,
to color). Absence of color; de-
prived of color.
de-coror-ize. To deprive of color; to
bleach.
de-com-po-8i^tion (L. de, from + com-
ponere, to put together). Dissolu-
tion or separation of parts composing
a body. Putrefaction.
de-cm-des^cence. Abatement of in-
tense symptoms.
de-den-ti^tion (L. de, from + dens,
tooth). Shedding of teeth.
def-e-ca^tion (L. defcecare, to deprive
of dregs). To empty the bowels.
de-for-ma^tion, de-for^mi-ty (L. de,
from +fonnaf form). Morbid alter-
ation in some part of the body.
de-fonc-tion-al-i-sa^tion. Destruction
of function.
de-fen-e-ra^tion (L. de, from + genus,
family). The changing from a
higher to a lower form, especially
tissues.
de-flu'ti-ble. Capable of being swal-
lowed.
87 DELITESCENCE
def lu-ti-tion (L. de, down + glviio, to
swallow). The act by wluch sub-
stances are passed from the mouth
into the stomach.
deflu-ti-tive, deglu-ti-to-ry. Relat-
ing to deglutition.
de-jfree'. 1. Title conferred by a
college. 2. Graded division, as on
a thermometer scale. 3. Also used
to indicate the particular stage of a
disease, as caries. See caries.
de-hem^a-tise (L. de, from + Gr. haima.
blood). The act of removing blood
from a part.
de-hy-dra^tion (L. dcj from 4- Gr. hydor,
water). Abstraction of water from
a compound.
de-jec^tion (L. dejectio, to cast down).
Expulsion of the feces.
deka«. See deca-,
de-lac-ta^tion (L. de, from + lactare, to
suckle). Weaning; stoppage of lac-
tation.
Delafield'8 hematoxylin. A prepara-
tion of hematoxylin used for staming
histologic specimens.
de-lam-i-na^tion (L. de, from + lamina,
a layer). Splitting into layers.
de-li-ga^tion (L. de, down 4- ligare, to
bind). Ligation. Application of a
bandage.
de-lim-i-ta^tion (L. de, from 4- limitare,
to limit). Term used to designate
the finding out and limiting the
boimdaries of organs, or the extent of
diseased tissue.
del-i-quesce^ (L. deliquescere, to melt
away). Said of a salt that becomes
liquid by absorption of moisture
from the atmosphere.
del-i-ques^cence (L. deHquescere, to
dissolve). The condition of becom-
ing liquid by attracting moisture
from the air.
del-i-ques^cent. Having a tendency to
become liquid by the absorption of
moisture.
de-li^ri-ous (L. ddirare, to rave).
Attended by delirium. Raving.
de-li^ri-um, pi. deliria (L., raving).
Mental derangement occurring in the
course of febrile or exhausting dis-
ease; violent temporary insanity.
del-i-tes^cence (L. dditescere, to lie
hidden). 1. The sudden subsiding
Digitized by
Google
DELTA
of symptoms of a disease. 2. The
incubation period of an infectious
disease.
del'ta (The Greek letter A). A tri-
angular area.
dertoid (Greek letter A + eidosj like).
Resembling the Greek letter A.
Triangular shape.
de-mar-ca^tion (L. demarcarej to limit).
Marking the boimdary line.
de-men^tia (L. de^ from + mena^ mind).
Unsoimd mind characterized by loss
of the faculty of thought.
d. pracox. Adolescent insanity.
deml- (Fr. demi; L. dimiduSy half).
Prefix meaning half.
de-min-er-al-i-sa'tion. An increase in
the elimination of the mineral salts
from the tissues.
de-mog'ra-phy (Gr. demosj people +
grapheirif to write). Study of peo-
ples in their various aspects.
dem^on-8tra-tor (L. demonstrarey to
exhibit). One who exhibits. A
teacher of subordinate rank to a pro-
fessor.
de-mul'cent (L. demulceoy to assuage).
An agent that soothes or allays
inflammation.
de-na'tu-red alcohol. Alcohol to which
some agent or material has been
added that unfits it for medicinal use.
den-draz'one. A neuron with a short
axone which is mostly devoid of a
sheath.
den'dric, den'dri-form, den'droid (Gr.
dendroHf tree). Having dendrons or
branches.
den-dri^tic. Relating to dendrons.
den'dron (Gr. dendron, tree). A rami-
fying afferent process of a nerve cell.
dengue [den' gay] (Sp.). An eruptive
fever.
dens, gen. dentiSf pi. denies, Latin,
meaning tooth.
d. acutns. Incisor tooth.
d. angnlaris. Canine tooth.
d. bicnspidatns. The bicuspid
tooth.
d. caninns or cospidatns. The
canine or cuspid tooth.
d. deciduns. A deciduous tooth.
d. indsiyus. Incisor tooth.
88 DENTAL
d. lacteos. A milk tooth or decidu-
ous tooth.
d. molarifl. A molar tooth.
d. premolariB. A premolar tooth.
den^tal (L. dentalis). Relating to a
tooth or teeth.
d. aplasia. Failure in growth or
development of the teeth.
d. arch. The arch formed by the
teeth in the jaws. The various
arches are called roundf V-shaped
and square, as they resemble or
approach these shapes.
d. band. A band of epithelial
involution that precedes tooth for-
mation.
d. bulb. The dentinal papilla.
d. canal. The canal in the root of a
tooth through which the nerves and
vessels pass to supply the pulp.
d. capsule. An investment com-
posed of dense strands of connective
tissue fibers, derived from the meso-
derm of the tooth germ; during the
growth and development of the
tooth before eruption it protects the
tissues of the growing tooth and
forms on its innermost side cemen-
tum, and on its outer side the
alveolo-dental periosteum. [Hope-
weU-Sn|ith.]
d. caries. A chemico-vital process
of destruction of the hard structures
of the tooth carried on through the
agency of microorganisms. It in-
volves two distinct but related
activities: fij^t, a solution of the
inorganic constituents of the calci-
fied structures by acids locally pro-
duced through the enzyme action
of acid-producing bacteria; and,
second, destructive decomposition
of the organic matrix through the
enzyme action of proteolytic bac-
teria, which latter is essentially a
putrefactive process.
d. cartilage. The cartilaginous ele-
vation on the margins of the gums of
infants prior to dentition.
d. cavity. The pulp cavity; also
see under cavity.
d. cord. Epithelial bud giving
origin to an enamel organ.
d. curve. The curve or bow of the
teeth. See also under curve.
Digitized by
Google
DENTAL
d. cuticle. See Nasmyth^s mem-
brane.
d. cyst. A cystic degeneration of
the epithelial resta of the periodontal
membrane, resulting from inflam-
mation of that tissue. They contain
viscid fluid, crystals of cholesterin
and other salts in suspension, and
are lined with epithelium. [Hope-
» well-Smith.]
d. engine. A machine used in
dentistry for applying rotary power.
d. file. A file adapted particularly
to operations upon tne teeth.
d. follicle. See dental capsule.
d. foramen, pi. foramina. The
opening at the apex of a tooth root
for the passage of the vessels and
nerves into the pulp.
d. forceps. Forceps adapted par-
ticularly to the extraction of teeth.
d. formula. A notation used to
designate the number and character of
the teeth. The dental formula for
man is written thus for the deciduous
t«eth: I. f, C. i, M. f, and the
formula is read: Incisors, two up-
per and two lower; canines, one upper
and one lower; molars, two upper
and two lower; 10 on one side, 20
in all. For the permanent set the
formula is written thus: I. f, C. i,
PM. I, M. I, and the formula is
read; Incisors, two upper and two
lower; canines, one upper and one
lower; premolars, two upper and
two lower; molars, three upper and
three lower; 16 on one side, 32 in all.
d. gangrene. Dental caries.
d. germ. The germ of a tooth.
d. groove. A groove along the
border of the jaws in the embryo.
d. hygienist. A dentist's assistant
who cleans and polishes the teeth
and also removes accretions from
the exposed surfaces of the teeth.
d. index. The result obtained by
multiplying the dental length, i. e.,
the distance from the anterior sur-
face of the first bicuspid to the pos-
terior surface of the third molar, by
100 and dividing by the basinasal
[basion to nasion] length.
d. laboratory. A room where oper-
ations relating to the mechanical
phase of dentistry are done.
89 DENTAL
d. lamina. The projecting borders
of the dental groove.
d. length. The distance measured
from the anterior surface of the first
premolar to the posterior surface of
the third molar.
d. ligament. That portion of the
pericementum which embraces the
neck of a tooth.
d. liniment [Buckley]. A prepara-
tion of menthol, 1.3 gm.; chloroform,
6.0 cc; tincture of aconite, 30.0 cc.
Used in the treatment of pericemen-
titis, applied freely to the affected
tooth.
d. lobe. One of the protuberances
or cusps of which a tooth surface is
made up.
d. neuralgia. Neuralgia resulting
directly from disease of the dental
pulps.
d. notation. A plan for indicating
with symbols the various teeth in
the mouth, as an aid to the dentist
in charting the mouths of patients.
The accompanying figures, page 90,
illustrate the Palmer system of noting
the upper and lower teeth. For ex-
ample, li indicates the upper left cen-
tral incisor; i| would indicate the
lower right central incisor, etc. Plan
devised by Corydon Palmer in 1891.
d. orthopedia. Name given by
Dr. C. S. Case, contemporary
Chicago dentist, to the branch of
dentistry which has to do with the
correction of facial and dental irreg-
ularities.
d. papilla. The mesenchymal mass
surrounded by the epithelial enamel
organ. The dental papilla is the
organ that forms the dentin and it
persists after the completion of
odontogenesis as the dental pulp.
d. periosteum. See periodontal
membrane.
d. porcelain. A solidified mass
composed of one or more silicious
substances in a fused siUcate.
[Wilson.]
d. pulp. The soft, vascular and
sensitive organ occupying the central
portion of the tooth.
d. sac. The sac of connective tis-
sue inclosing the enamel organ and
the dentinal papilla.
Digitized by
Google
DENTALGIA
90
DENTIN
d. science. That branch of the
healing art which has for its object
the study and treatment of diseases
of the teeth.
d. surgery. That branch of sur-
gery which has for its object the
study and treatment of diseases of
the teeth and mouth.
Palmer's Dental Notation.
d. sapientiflB. Wisdom teeth or
third molar teeth.
den'ti- (L. denSf dentiSf tooth). A
combining form indicating relation
to a tooth or tlie teeth.
den'ti-cle (L. denticvlua^ a small tooth).
A small tooth or projecting point.
den-tic'u-late, den-tic'u-la-ted (L. den-
Hculaius). Dentate. Having teeth.
den-tic^a-liis. Latin, meaning a smaU
tooth.
den-ti-fi-ca'tion. Formation of the
teeth.
den'ti-form (L. dens, tooth + forma,
form). Tooth-shaped.
den'ti-frice (L. dens, tooth + frico, to
rub). A tooth-paste, tooth-powder
or mouthwash.
den-tig^e-roos (L. dens, tooth 4- gerere,
to carry). Tooth carrying, as cysts
containing teeth.
Palmer's Dental Notation.
d. tophi. Calculary deposits on
the roots of the teeth.
d. tubnli. Minute tubules that
make up the dentin.
den-tftl'gia (L. densy tooth + Gr. algos,
pain). Toothache,
den'tate (L. dentatus). Having teeth
serrated.
denotes (L. pi. of densj a tooth). Teeth.
d. acuti. Incisor teeth.
d. bicnspidati. Bicuspid or pre-
molar teeth.
d. canini. Canine teeth.
d. molares. Molar teeth.
d. prflsmolares. Premolar teeth.
den-ti-la'bi-al (L. densj tooth + labium.
the Up). Relating to the teeth and
lips.
den-ti-lin'ga-al (L. dens, tooth +
lingua, the tongue). Relating to
the teeth and tongue.
den-ti-me'ter (L. dens, tooth + Gr.
mMron, measure). An instrument
used for measuring the circumfer-
ence of the tooth in preparation for
making a crown.
den'tin (L. dens, tooth). An osteoid
tissue forming the body proper of
the teeth, consisting of dentinal
tubuli and intertubular tissue; com-
posed chemically of phosphates of
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PLATE IV
FIG. I
Dentin Showing Tubules in Cross-section: Dt,
Matrix; S, Shadow of Sheaths of Newman.
FIG. 2
Dentinal Tubules; D, Dentin
(About 1150 X ) (Noyes.)
Diagram of Enamel Rod Directions, From a Photograph of a Buccolingual
Section of an Upper Bicuspid. (Noyes )
Digitized by
Google
DENTINAL 01
calcium and magnesium, carbonate
of lime and organic matter.
d. gemmation. The unioA or fusion
of two or more teeth.
d. matrix. The solid part of dentin
in which the dentinal tubes run.
Homogeneous and translucent in
appearance, it is probably identical
with the matrix of bone. Its chemi-
cal composition may also be the
same. The organic part is called
collagen. [Hopewell-Smith].
nanoid d. (L. nana, a dwarf).
Dwarfed dentin, incompletely de-
veloped dentin, especially of the
roots of unerupted teeth, {producing
a stunted or dwarfed condition of the
parts. It is not hypoplasia of dentin,
as there is no concomitant increase
in the number of interglobular spaces,
nor is it true aplasia, which in^cates
complete failure in growth or de-
velopment. [Hopewell-Smith].
d. papilla. In the tooth germ that
part of the mesoderm beneath the
enamel organ, the cells of which are
destined to form the dentin and
dental pulp.
secondary d. Deposits of dentin
on the pulpal side of the dentin, rep-
resenting an effort on the part of
Nature to protect the tooth pulp.
den'ti-nal. Relating to dentin.
d. fibrils. The prolongations of the
odontoblasts which occupy the den-
tinal canals.
d. sheath. See Neumann^s sheath,
d. tabules. The minute canaliculi
in the dentin containing the dentinal
fibrils.
den-ti-nal'gia (L. densj tooth + Gr.
algosj pain). Sensitiveness of the
dentin.
DENUDATION
den-ti-ni-fi-ca'tion. Process of forma-
tion of dentin.
den-ti-ni^tis (L. dcrw, tooth, Gr. itiSy
inflammation). Sensitiveness of the
dentin.
den-tin^o-blast (L. dens^ tooth + Gr.
hlastoSf germ). A mesenchymal cell
that forms dentin.
dentino-cemental junction. The line
of junction of dentin and cementum.
dentino-enamel junction. The line of
junction of dentin and enamel.
den^ti-noid (dentin + Gr. eidoSf form).
Resembling dentin.
den-ti-pa^rous. Relating to tooth pro-
duction.
den'tist (L. dens, tooth). One who
devotes himself to the study of the
teeth and contents of the oral cavity,
their diseases and treatment. A
dental surgeon.
den'tis-try (L. dens, tooth). The
science and art which treats of the
teeth and contents of the oral cavity,
from the surgical and therapeutic
standpoint.
operative d. That branch of den-
tistry which deals particularly with
methods and procedures for inserting
fillings in the teethj and the treat-
ment of conditions m the soft parts
connected with the teeth.
prosthetic d. That branch of den-
tistry which deals with the replace-
ment of teeth by artificial substi-
tutes.
den-ti^tion (L. dentitio, to cut teeth).
1. The character, number and ar-
rangement of tne teeth. 2. The
process of eruption of the teeth. See
eruption of teeth under teeth.
primary d. The deciduous teeth.
secondary d. The permanent teeth.
den-to-al-ve-o-li^tis. Pyorrhea alveo-
laris.
den'toid (L. dens, tooth + Gr. eidos,
form). Resembling a tooth or
shaped like a tooth.
dento-surgical. Pertaining to both
dentistry and surgery.
dent'ure (L. dens, tooth). 1. The
full complement of teeth. 2. An
artificial substitute for a full or par-
tial set of teeth.
full d. A denture substituting the
full set of teeth of both jaws.
partial d. A denture substituting
only a portion of the teeth of one
jaw.
den-tur-lite'. Trade name of a metai-
Uc alloy intended especially as a base
for cast dentures.
de-nu^cle-a-ted. Deprived of the nu-
cleus.
de-nu-da'tion (L. denvdare, to make
bare). Condition of a part deprived
of its natural covering.
Digitized by
Google
DENUTRITION
92
DERMOID
de-nn-tri'tion. Opposite to nutrition.
de-o^dor-ant (L. de, from + odorare^ to
perfume). An agent that destroys
offensive odors.
de-o'dor-ize. To destroy odors.
de-on-toro-gy (Gr. de<my right + logoSy
treatise). The science of profes-
sional ethics.
de-08-8i-fi-ca^tion (L. de, from + os^
bone + facerCj to make) . Absorption
or removal of the osseous elements.
de-ox-i-da^tion. Separation of oxygen
from a compound.
de-oxl-dize/ To deprive a substance
of oxygen.
de-ox-y-ge-na^tion. The deprivation
of oxygen.
de-pilVto-ry (L. cte, from + pilus,
hair). Possessing the power of
removing hair; an agent so used.
de-poslt (L. dCy down + ponerey to
place). 1. Sediment. 2. A laying
down of mineral substance in or
about the tissues, as calculus about
the teeth.
de-pres'sant. An agent that dimin-
ishes functional activity.
de-pres'sion (L. de^ down + premeret to
press). 1. A hollow. 2. A lowering
of physical forces.
de-pres-so-mo'tor (L. depremere, to
press down + motor ^ moving). Re-
tarding motor activity; checking the
action of motor centers.
de-pre8^8or la1i>ii in-fe-ri-o'ris. See
Table of Muscles,
de-pre8^8or thy-roiMe-iu. See Table
of Muscles,
de-pre8'8or alse na'8i. See Table of
Muscles.
de-pre8^8or an'ga-li o^ri8. See Table
of Muscles,
de-pre8'8or ep-i-glot'ti-di8. See Table
of Muscles.
de-pn'rant (L. depurare, to purify).
An agent that purifies.
Derenberg tweezer8. Cutting tweez-
ers used in removing projecting or
jagged portions of the alveolar pro-
cess following tooth extraction.
derl-vant. Same as derivative^ which
see.
de-rivVtiye. An agent that with-
draws the blood from a diseased part
and so modifies the morbid process.
derm, der'ma (Gr. derma, skin). The
skin.
der'ma-, der'ma-to-, der'mo- (Gr.
derma, skin). Prefix meaning shin.
der'mad. Toward the skin.
der^mal. Relating to the skin.
der-mal'gia, der-ma-tal'gia (Gr. derma,
skin + algoSy pain). Neuralgia of
the skin.
der-ina-ti^ti8 (Gr. derma, skin + itis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
skin.
der-ina-to«au'to-pla8-ty (Gr. derma,
skin + auios, self + plassein, to mold).
Grafting skin from one part of a
person's body to another.
der^ina-to-cy8t (Gr. derma, skin +
kystis, a sac). Cystic tumor of the
skin.
der'ma-toid (Gr. derma, skin + eidos,
form). Like the skin.
der-ma-toro-gy (Gr. derma, skin +
logos, treatise). The science of the
study of skin diseases.
der-ma-to'ma (Gr. derma, skin + om,a,
tumor). A tumor of the skin.
der^ma-tome (Gr. derma, skin + tome,
cut). An instrument used for cut-
ting the skin.
der-ma-to-neu-roro-gy (Gr. derma,
skin + w6Mron, nerve + logos, treatise).
The science which has for its object
the study of the nerves and skin.
der-ma-to-nea-ro'8i8 (Gr. derma, skin
+ neuron, nerve). Neurosis of the
skin; skin disease of nervous origin.
der-ma-to-pla8^ty (Gr. derma, skin +
plassein, to mold). Plastic opera-
tion for the restoration of skin.
der-ma-to'8i8 (Gr. derma, skin). Cu-
taneous disease.
der^mi8 (Gr. derma, skin). The skin.
der-mi'ti8 (Gr. derma, skin + His, in-
flammation). Inflammation of the
skin.
der'mo-bla8t (Gr. derma, skin +
blastos, germ). The mesoblast from
which true skin is developed.
der'moid (Gr. derma, skin + eidos, like).
Like the skin or resembling the skin.
Digitized by
Google
DESCHAMPS' NEEDLE
Deschamps' needle. A surgical needle
with long shaft, for suturing deep
tissues.
de-8en-8i-tize'. To render insensible
to sensation, as hypersensitive den-
tin.
de-8en-8i-tiz'inff pa8te, Backley'8. See
Buckley\s desensitizing paste.
de8-ic'ca]it, de8'ic-ca-tiye (L. desiccare^
to dry up) . Drying.
de8^ic-cate (L. desiccate^ to dry up).
To dry thoroughly.
de8-ic-ca'tion. The process of drying
or evaporation; as desiccation of a
cavity.
de8'moid (Gr. desmoSj band + eidos,
like). Resembling a tendon.
de8-moFo-gy (Gr. desmosy band +
logos J treatise). 1. That branch of
medical science which treats of liga-
ments. 2. Science of bandaging.
de8-qua-ma'tion (L. de^ from + squa-
may scale). Exfoliation of the skin
in the form of scales.
de88ert8pooiiful. A measure equalling
approximately two fluidrams.
de-ter'gent (L. detergere, to cleanse).
A cleansing agent.
de-ter^8iye. A cleansing agent. Same
as detergent.
de-thy'roid-ism. Artificial myxedema
due to removal of the thyroid gland.
de-toxl-ca-ted. A substance from
which the toxic quality has been
removed.
de-tri'tion (L. dc, from + terercy to
wear). Wearing away of a part by
friction, as the teeth for example.
de-tri'tii8 (L. detererey to wear away).
The remains of organic tissue which
has imdergone disorganization.
de-ta-me8'cence (L. de, from + tumes-
cere, to swell). The subsiding of a
swollen part.
debtor. Latin, meaning give. Abbr.
det.
dea'te-ro» (Gr. deuteros, second). A
prefix meaning the second of a series.
deu'te-ro-cone (Gr. deuteros, second
+ konosy cone). The anterolingual
cusp of an upper deciduous molar;
corresponding to the protocone of
the permanent molar.
93 DEXTROVERSION
den-te-ro-path^ic (Gr. deuterosy second
+ pathosy disease). A disease occur-
ring secondarily to another disease.
den^te-ro-plasm (Gr. deuteroSy second
+ plasnuiy formed). The proteid
substance of an egg that nourishes
the body of the embryo.
deu'to* (Gr. deuteroSy second). A pre-
fix denoting two.
den-to-chlo'rid. A chlorid containing
double the normal proportion of
chlorin.
de-ya8-cu-la-ri-za'tion. Depriving a
part of its blood supply.
developmental groove. A fine de-
pressed line in the enamel which
marks the junction of the primitive
lobes.
de-vi'tal-ize (L. dc, from + vitay life).
To deprive of vitality, as the vitality
of the tooth pulp for example. Im-
properly used in connection with
pulpless teeth.
devitalising pa8te. A paste of arsenic
and cocain used to devitalize the
pulps of teeth.
de-vo-lu'tion (L. dCy from or down +
+ volvercy to roll). The opposite of
evolution.
dex'ter (L., right). Right side.
dex'trad. Toward the right side.
dex'tra8e. A ferment that converts
dextrose into lactic acid.
dex'trin (L. dexter y right). A carbo-
hydrate resulting from ther action of
diastase on starch.
dex^trin-a8e. A ferment that converts
starch into isomaltose.
dex'trin-ate, dex'trin-ize. To change
into dextrin.
dex'tro* (L. dexter y right). Combining
form signifying to the right side.
dex-tro-man'u-al (L. dexiery right +
manvsy hand). Right-handea.
dex'tro8e. Glucose.
dex-tro-8u'ria. The condition of dex-
trose in the urine.
dex-tro-tor'8ion (L. dextery right +
torgnerCy to twist). To twist to the
right.
dex-tro-yer'8ion (L. dextery right +
verterey to turn). Turning to the
right.
Digitized by
Google
DEZYMOTIZE 94
de-zy'mo-ti86 (L. de, from + Gr.
zyme, leaven). To free from fer-
ments or germs.
dg. Abbr. for decigram,
D. Hy. Abbr. for Doctor of Hygiene.
di» (Gr. dis, twice). Prefix meaning
two or twice,
dia- (Gr. dia, through). Prefix mean-
ing through or apart.
di-a-be^tes (Gr. dia, through + bainein,
to go). A disease characterized by
increased secretion of urine.
d. mellitas. Presence of sugar in
the urine.
di-a-be'tic. Relating to diabetes.
di-ac'e-tate. A salt of diacetic acid.
dl-a-ce'tic add. An acid found in the
urine in diabetes and indigestion.
di'ac-id (Gr. diSf twice + L. addtiSf
sour). Having two hydrogen atoms
that are replaceable.
di-a-cla'sia, di-a-cla'sis (Gr. dia^
through + klasis, breaking). A re-
fracture for surgical purposes.
di-a-critlc, di-a-crit'i-cal (Gr. dia,
apart + krineinj to judge). Diag-
nostic; distinguishing.
di'ad. 1. A radical that has a com-
bining power of two. 2. A bivalent
element.
di'af-nose (Gr. dia, apart + anoais,
knowledge). To determine the na-
ture of a disease.
di-ag-no^sis, pi. diagnoses (Gr. dia,
apart + gnosis, knowledge). The
ability to distmguish one disease
from another. T^e ability to deter-
mine the nature of a disease.
clinical d. Diagnosis of a disease
from its clinical symptoms.
d. by exclusion. A diagnosis of a
disease made by excluding all other
known conditions.
differential d. A diagnosis dis-
tinguishing between two diseases
similar in character by comparing
their symptoms.
phsrsical d. A diagnosis made by
inspection, palpation, auscultation,
etc.
di-af-no8'tic. Relating to diagnosis.
Symptom which is characteristic of a
disease.
DIASTASE
di-af-no8'ti-cate.
which see.
Same as diagnose.
di-af-no8-ti^cian. A person who is
proficient in the art of diagnosis.
di-al^y-8ate. A liquid substance that
has imdergone solution of continuity.
di-al^y-siB (Gr. dia, through + lyein, to
loose). The separation from Uquids
of substances in solution — crystal-
loids and colloids — ^bv passage
through a porous membrane.
di'al-yze. To separate by the process
of dialysis.
di'al-y-zed. Prepared by dialysis.
di^al-y-zer. An apparatus for dialyz-
ing.
dl-am'e-ter (Gr. dia, through + metron,
measure). A line through the center
of a round body.
di'a-mid. A double amid; that is, a
double molecule of ammonia in
which an acid radical partially
replaces the hydrogen.
dl-a-pe-de'sifl (Gr. dia, through +
pedan, to leap). The passage of
blood or its elements through the
unbroken walls of the vessels.
di-a-pho-re'sis (Gr. dia, through +
pherein, to carry). Greater degree
of perspiration than natural.
di-a-pho-retlc. An agent that stim-
ulates perspiration.
diVphragm (Gr. dia, through or
across + phragma, wall). The mem-
branous partition which separates
the abdomen from the thorax. See
Table of Musdes.
di-aph'y-sis (Gri dia, through +
fjhyesthai, to grow). The shaft of a
ong bone.
di-ar-rhe'a (Gr. dia, through + rhein,
to flow). Looseness of the bowels.
dl-ar-fhro'sis (Gr. dia, through +
arthrosis, joint). A joint permitting
the bones to move freely on each
other in every direction, as the
shoulder joint.
dl-as-tal^sis (Gr. dia, through + sUdsis,
contraction) . Movement of the con-
tents of the intestines in a forward
direction.
di'as-tase (Gr. diastasis, separation).
A ferment that converts starch into
grape sugar.
Digitized by
Google
DIASTATIC
di-as-tat'ic. Relating to diastase.
di-as-te^ma (Gr. diastema^ a fissure).
An interval; particularly a space
between the teeth.
di-as'ter (Gr. di, two + aster ^ star).
The double star figure, in the process
of mitosis, that occurs previous to
division of the nucleus.
di-as'to-le (Gr. dia^ through + ataUein^
to send). Dilation of the heart
when the blood enters the ventricles;
the opposite movement to systole^
when the heart and arteries contract
to send forth the blood.
di-as-toric. Relating to the diastole.
di-ath^e-sis (Gr. diathenaif to dis-
pose). Predisposition to certain dis-
eases.
bilioiu d. The morbid condition
following the imperfect elimination
of bile.
gouty d. A tendency to the accu-
mulation of uric acid in the fluids of
the body.
hemorrhagic d. An abnormal ten-
dency to hemorrhage.
rhemnatic d. Same as gouty dia-
thesis.
scorbutic d.
uric add d.
thesis.
A tendency to scurvy.
Same as goviy dia-
di-ath-etlc. Relating to diathesis.
di-at-omlc (Gr. diSy two + atomoSf
atom). Containing two atoms.
diatoric tooth (Gr. dia. through + L.
tortiSy a hole or round-place [anchor-
age ring, Math.]) A porcelain tooth
crown for dentures that is held in
gosition by means of an '^ anchorage
ole" extending through the porce-
lain.
di-ba'sic (Gr. dis. two + feasts, base).
Relating to acids in which two atoms
of hydrogen are replaceable by a
base.
di-cal^cic. Having two atoms of cal-
cium in the molecule.
di-car1iM>-nate. Same as Hcarhonate,
which see.
dl-chlo-ra-mine'-T. A yellowish-
white crystalline substance. Abbr.
name for sodium toluene sulphon-
dichloramid. A powerful antiseptic
in wound treatment and used in con-
95 DIGESTION
ditions where prolonged antiseptic
treatment is required.
di-chlo'rid. A chlorid having two
atoms of chlorin in the molecule.
di-dac'tic (Gr. didaktikos, teach) . The
term applied to instruction by means
of lectures, as distinguished from
laboratory or clinical instruction.
die. A fac-simile of the form of the
mouth in cast metal from which a
metal blank is stamped to fit a part
of the mouth.
die-plate. A metallic plate in which
are negative cusp forms, used for
forming cusps for metal crowns.
di'et (Gr. diaitan^ to regulate). The
particular kind of food and drink
taken by an individual. Also proper
food for an invalid.
di'e-ta-ry. A regulated diet or allow-
ance of food.
di-e-tetlc (Gr. diaiteiikosj regulating).
Relating to diet or proper food.
di-e-tet'iC8. The science and art of
treatment of disease by the scientific
regulation of the diet.
di-e-tet'ist, di-e-ti'tian. One skiUed
in the scientific use of diet in disease.
dif-fe-ren-ti-a'tion. Distinguishing one
disease from another.
dif-fuse', dif-fused' (L. dis, apart +
funderej to pour). To spread over
a surface or through a mass.
d. abscess. One in which the pus
is spread through the surrounding
tissues.
dif-fu'si-ble. Capable of being quickly
diffused.
dif-fu'siou. The act of becoming dif-
fused or spread.
di-gas^tric (Gr. dts, double + gaster,
belly). Having two bellies, as a
muscle so formed.
di-gas'tri-cus. See Table of Muscles.
di-ges'tion (L. dis, apart + gerere^ to
carry). The process by means of
which alimentary substances, when
introduced into the digestive canal,
undergo alterations which fit them
for absorption and assimilation into
the organism.
gastric d. That part of the diges-
tive process carried on by the action
of the gastric juice.
Digitized by
Google
DIGESTIVE
gastro-intestinal d. The gastric
and intestinal digestion taken to-
gether.
intestinal d. That part of the
digestive process carried on by the
action of the intestinal juices, includ-
ing the bile and pancreatic juice,
salivary d. That part of the diges-
tive process carried on by the saliva.
di-ges'tive. 1. Relating to digestion.
2. An agent that promotes digestion.
digit (L. digitus^ finger). A finger or
toe.
digl-tal. Relating to or performed
with the fingers.
Dig-i-ta^ (L. digitus^ finger). A
genus of plants, order fScrophularia-
ceoB. The leaves of Digitalis pur-
purea, purple fox-glove, are narcotic,
cardiac, tonic, diuretic and stimulant.
Dose, extract, i gr. [0.016 gm.];
fluidextract, 1 to 2 min. [0.065 to 0.13
cc]; tincture, 5 to 20 min. [0.3 to
1.25 cc].
digl-tate. Possessing finger-like pro-
cesses.
digl-ti* (L. digituSy finger). A prefix
denoting relation to the fingers or
toes.
dig-na'thns (G . dis, two + gnathosy
jaw). Monster having two lower
jaws.
di-hy'drate (Gr. dts, two + hydoTy
water). Compound con taming two
molecules of water.
dl«i'o-did. Compound of a base with
two atoms of iodm.
di-la-ta^tion. The process of enlarg-
ing an aperture or canal.
di-la-ta^tor na'ris (anterior and pos-
terior). See Table of Muscles.
di-la'tor. An instrument used for
enlarging or stretching an aperture
or canal.
dil'u-ent (L. diluerey to dilute.). A
medicine which increases the fluidity
of the blood. Anything that dilutes.
di-lu^tion. The act of weakening by
admixture of water or other sub-
stance.
di-mer'ic. A theory on the phylogeny
of tooth forms regarding each mam-
malian tooth as the equivalent of
two primitive tooth germs fused
along their mesio-distal diameters.
96 DIRECT
di-me-tal^c. Containing two metal-
lic elements.
di-ni'trate. A salt containing two
molecules of nitric acid.
d. in p. 80q. Latin, Dividatur in 'paries
(EquaUsy meaning, Let it be divided
in equal parts.
di-os-mo'sis (Gr. dia, through +
osmoSy passing). The passing of a
fluid through a membrane. See
also osmosis.
di«oxld. An oxid a molecule of which
contains two atoms of oxygen.
di-ox'o-gen. A proprietary prepara-
tion of hydrogen dioxid; antiseptic.
dioxydiamidoarsenobenxol. Arsphena-
miney or salvarsaUy which see.
di-pha'sic (Gr. disy two + phasisy
phase). Appearing in two phases.
diph-the'ria (Gr. diphtkeray membrane).
An infectious disease of mucous
membranes, generally of the pharynx,
caused by the presence of Klebs-
Loffler bacillus.
diph-the^c, dlph-the-rit^ic. Relating
to diphtheria.
diph'the-roid. Having the appearance
of diphtheria.
diph'y-o-dont (Gr. diy two + phyeiuy
to produce + odouSy tooth). Having
two sets of teeth, as the deciduous
and permanent sets in man.
diph'y-o-don'tic gem-in'ation. A con-
dition in which a deciduous tooth is
fused or united with one of the per-
manent set.
dip-lo-ba-cillns. Two bacilli occur-
ring linked together, end to end.
dip-lo-bac-te'ri-a. Bacteria occurring
linked together.
Dip-lo-coc'cos, pi. diplococci (Gr. dip-
loos y double + kokkoSy berry). A
genus of spherical bacteria grouped
in pairs. See Micrococcus.
dip-lo'pia (Gr. diploosy double + oxww,
vision). A defect of vision in which
one object is seen as two.
di-pro-to-don'ty (Gr. diy two + protoSy
first + odous^ tooth). Enlargement
of a pair of cutting teeth. Pale-
on tological term.
di^rect (L. directus). Immediate. In
dentistry used to designate a method
by which an operation is performed
Digitized by
Google
DIS-
without the intervention of inter-
mediate steps, as the direct method
of casting inlays, forming the inlay
pattern in the tooth, as distinguished
from the indirect method, forming
the pattern in a replica of the tooth.
dis- (L. diSf apart). A prefix used to
denote separation.
dis-ar-tic-u-la'tion (L. dis, apart +
articuliiSj joint). The act of sepa-
rating at a joint.
dis-as-sizn-i-la'tion. Opposite to as-
similation. Same as cataholism,
which see.
disc. Same as diskj which see.
dis'charge. To set free or liberate.
dis-char'ging. Giving vent to an
excretion, as pus.
dis-cis'sion (L. diSy apart + scinderef
to cut). Cutting apart.
disclosing solution. An aqueous solu-
tion of iodin and potassium iodid,
applied to tooth surfaces to disclose
bacterial growth and accretions on
the teeth.
dis'coid (Gr. diskosj disk + eidos, form).
Disk-shaped. Applied to a dental
cutting instrument having a blade
in the form of a disk.
Dis-co-my'ces. See Actinomyces,
dis-crete' (L. discemerCj to separate).
Composed of separated parts, or
units; not coalescent, as lesions
which do not become blended.
dis'cas. Latin, meaning disk.
dis-cn'ti-ent (L. discutere, to dissipate).
An agent that causes a scattering.
dis-ease' (Fr. diSy neg. + aise^ ease).
Illness, ailment. Opposite state to
that of health.
Addison's d. Tubercular disease
of the suprarenal capsules, charac-
terized by pigmentation of the skin
and mucosse and anemia.
Basedow's d. Exophthalmic goiter.
Basin's d. Psoriasis of the mouth.
Blight's d. Disease of the kidney
accompanied by albuminuria.
deficiency d. A metabolic disease
due to the lack of some important
element in the diet.
Fauchard's d. Pyorrhea alveolaris.
focal d. A disease resulting from
a localized focus.
7
07 DISOCCLUDE
Graves's d. Goiter.
Rajmaud's d. Disease of the paro-
tid glands.
Biggs' d. Pyorrhea alveolaris.
St. Apollonia's d. Toothache.
zsrmotic d. A disease due to bac-
terial activity.
dis-in-fect' (L. dis, apart + inficere, to
corrupt). To destroy pathogenic
germs.
dis-in-fec'tant. An agent that de-
stroys microorganisms.
dis-in-fec'tion. The act of destroying
pathogenic germs.
dis-in-te-gra^tion (L. dis, apart +
integer y entire). Destruction by' re-
ducing to small particles. Decay.
Same as catabolism.
disk (L. discus; Gr. diskos, disk). A
circular-shaped plate.
blood d. See hlood corpuscle.
carbonindom d. A disk for dental
use made from carborundum.
corundum d. A disk for dental
use made from corundum stone.
cutfle-fish d. A disk for dental
use made from the bone of the sepia
officinalis.
diamond d. A metallic disk
charged with diamond dust, and
used for cutting the teeth.
dental d. A circular disk chared
with an abrasive material, used lor
cutting and polishing teeth and
fillings.
Hall d. A dental cutting disk
made of vulcanite, with the cutting
surface charged with emery; one
side of the disk being non-cutting.
sandpaper d. A dental cutting
disk made of sandpaper.
vulcarbo d. A dental cutting disk
made of vulcanite, with the surface
charged with carbon.
dis-lo-ca^tion (L. diSy apart + locarCj to
place). Displacement of the bones
of a joint.
dis-oc-clude^ (L. dls, apart + occluderCy
to close together). To grind the
surface of a tooth so that it does not
meet its antagonist in the opposing
jaw in any of the movements of
mastication.
Digitized by
Google
DISPENSARY 98
dis-pen^M-ry (L. dispensare, to dis-
pense). A place for the free treat-
ment of dental diseases.
dis-sect' (L. disy apart + secare, to cut).
To cut apart.
dis-sec'tion. The act of cutting apart
the tissues for anatomic stuofy.
dis-sim-i-la'tion (L. dis, apart + simir
lis, alike). Same as diaasaimilatum
or cataholism,
dis-so-d-a'tion (L. dis, from + sociatio,
union) . Disunion of the elements ol
chemical compounds. The state- of
being separated.
dis'sol-u-ble. Capable of being sepa-
rated into parts.
di8-80-la'tion. Disintegration.
dis-solve^ (L. dissolvere, to dissolve).
To imdergo solution in a liquid.
dis-sorvent. An agent capable of
dissolving substances. Medicines
capable of dissolving swellings, con-
cretions, etc.
dis'tad. Toward the distal aspect;
away from the center.
dis'tftl. (L. distaliSf distant). Distant
from the center. Used to indicate
the location of surfaces and cavities
in the posterior surfaces of teeth
farthest distant from the median
Une of the arch.
d. angles. Angles formed by the
jimction of other surfaces of the
, crown with the distal surface.
dis-til-la'tion (L. dtstiUarey to drop
little by little). The process of
vaporizing substances and collecting
the vapor by condensation.
fractional d. A method of sepa-
rating substances by distilling the
mixture containing them at gradfually
increased temperatures, the different
substances bemg vaporized and col-
lected in the order of their volatiliza-
tion.
disto-bnccal. Relating to the distal
and buccal surfaces of the bicuspid
and molar teeth.
di8-to«buc'co-oc-cla'8al. Relating to
the distal, buccal and occlusal sur-
faces of a tooth.
dis-to-clu'sion. A condition in which
a tooth of the lower dental arch is
distal to its normal relation to
that of the upper arch. Contracted
DORSOVENTRAD
form of disto-ocdiLsion. See Anglers
classification of malocclusion.
disto-labial. Relating to the distal
and labial surfaces of the incisor
teeth.
disto-lingiml. Relating to the distal
and lingual surfaces of the teeth.
di-sul'phate. Combination of two
parts of sulphuric acid with one part
of a base.
di-n-ret'ic. An agent that increases
the secretion of urine.
di'va-lent. Same as bivalent, which
see.
dl-ver'gent (L. dis, apart + vergere, to
tend). Extending from a common
point in different directions.
di-ver-tic'a-lum, pi. diverticvla (L.
diverticulare, to turn aside). A
pocket or cul-de-sac leading from a
main cavity.
di-vul'sion (L. dis, apart + vellere, to
pluck). Rupture or laceration of
tissues by external violence.
D. M. D. Abbr. for Doctor of Dental
Medicine.
D. O. Abbr. for Doctor of Osteopathy .
Dobell'8 solution. A solution, em-
ployed as a spray in rhinitis, contain-
ing carbolic acid, sodium bicarbonate
and glycerin.
dol-i-cho-ce-phallc (Gr. dolichos, long
+ kephaUj head). Having a long
skull, the breadth being less than 75
per cent of its length.
dolor, pi. dolores, Latin, meaning
pain. A cardinal symptom of in-
flammation.
Donaldson broach [R. B. Donaldson.
Washington dentist] . A fine, barbed
broach intended especially for re-
moving the contents of a pulp canal.
dor'sad. In a dorsal direction or
toward the back.
dor 'sal (L. dorsalis, back). Relating
to the back or dorsum.
dor'so* (L. dorsum, back). Used as
a prefix to denote relating to the
back.
dor-so-ven'trad (L. dorsum, back +
venter, belly). In a direction from
the back toward the belly or ventral
aspect.
Digitized by
Google
DORSUM
dor 'sum, pi. dorsa, Latin, meaning
back. The back. Also the back of
any organ, as the foot, hand, tongue,
etc.
do'saf e. The study of the regulation
of doses. See Dosage table j pp. 100-
102.
dose (Gr. dosts, dose). The proper
amount of a medicine to be given
at one time. Also applied to aj-ray
and radium administration.
do-si-met'ric (Gr. dost«, dose + metron,
measure). Relating to dosimetry ,
which see.
do-sim'e-try (Gr. dosiSy dose + metron.
measure) . The study of regular ana
systematic determining of doses.
do'sis. Greek and Latin for dose.
douche [doosh] (Fr.). Term applied
to a stream of water directed to any
portion of the body.
Dover's powder. A powder contain-
ing opium and ipecac each 10, sugar
of milk 80; diaphoretic and anodyne.
Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.3 to 1.0 gm.].
dove'tail-ed. Having the form of a
dovetail joint or mortise. Applied
to cavities in teeth so shaped.
dow'el. A metal post or pin used in
attaching an artificial crown to the
root of a natural tooth.
D. P. Abbr. for Doctor of Pharmacy.
D. P. H. Abbr. for Diploma in Pubhc
Health.
dr. Abbr. for drachm or dram.
Dr. Abbr. for Doctor.
drachm. Same as dram^ which see.
draft, draught. A liquid medicinal
preparation to be given at one dose.
drain. An arrangement for procuring
proper drainage of a wound. Also
to produce drainage.
drain'age. The act of draining fluids
and discharges from a wound or
cavity in a systematic manner.
dram (L. drachma; Gr. drachme).
Eighth part of an ounce, sixty grains,
apothecaries' weight.
dras'tic (Gr. drastikoSy effective). A
purgative agent that acts powerfully.
draw. To lengthen by pulling, as a
wire.
d. plate. A perforated steel plate
used in drawing out or lengthening
99 DUCT
wire and reducing it from a larger to
a smaller size.
dres^ser. One who dresses wounds.
Also used in England in connection
with dental to designate a dental
hygienist.
dres'sing. A material used for pro-
tecting a wound; also the application
of such material.
root-canal d. Application of a
medicinal agent in a putrescent root
canal.
drill. A cutting instrument used in
dentistry to remove decay from
cavities and for enlarging root canals.
Gates-Glidden d. A drill espe-
cially designed for enlarging root
canals;
drop (L. gutta). A small quantity of
liquid generally valued at the weight
of a grain.
drop'sy (L. hydrops^ from Gr. hydor,
water). Abnormal collection of ser-
ous ;fluid in any cavity or in the
areolar tissues.
drug. Any medicinal substance used
in the treatment of disease. See
Dosage table of drugs, pp. 100-102.
duct (L. ductus from ducerej to lead).
A canal or tube for carrying secre-
tions or excretions.
Bartholin's d. The duct leading
from the sublingual gland and open-
ing into Wharton's duct.
cystic d. The duct leading from
the gall-bladder.
hepatic d. The duct leading from
the liver to the bile duct.
Isrmphatic d. One of the prmcipal
lymph canals.
pancreatic d. The duct leading
from the pancreas.
parotid d. The duct leading from
the parotid gland into the mouth;
Stenson's or Steno's duct.
d. of Rivinus. One of the ducts of
the sublingual gland.
salivary d's. The ducts that carry
the saliva, i. e., Stenson's, Wharton's,
Bartholin's and Rivinus's.
Stenson's d., Steno's d. The duct
leadmg from the parotid gland.
Wharton's d. The duct leading
from the submaxillary gland.
Digitized by
Google
DRUG 100 DRUG
DOSAGE OR POSOLOGICAL TABLE OF DRUGS USED IN DENTISTRY.
Drug.
Dose for adults.
I Min.-Max.
Min.-Max.
Gm. or cc.
Acetanilid
Acetphenetidin (Phenacetin) . . . .
Acid, acetic, diluted (Vinegar)
" benzoic
" boric
" carbolic (Phenol)
" hydrochloric, diluted (10 per cent)
" l^drocyanic, diluted (2 per cent) .
" nitric, diluted (10 per cent)
" phosphoric, diluted (10 per cent) .
" salicylic
" sulphuric, aromatic (20 per cent) .
" sulphuric, diluted (10 per cent)
" tannic
Aconite
" tincture (10 per cent)
Aconitin
Aloes . . .
Alum
Ammonia, aromatic spirit of ... .
Amyl nitrite
Antipyrin
Apomorphin hydrochlorid (emetic)
Arsenic trioxid
Aspirin
Atropin sulphate
Belladonna, tincture (10 per cent)
Benzosulphinid (Saccharin) . . . .
Bismuth subnitrate
Blue mass (Mercury)
Caffein
" citrated
Calomel (Mercury)
Camphor
Cascara sagrada
Chloral hydrate
Cinchona
Coca
Cocain
Codein (Opium)
Cream of tartar (Potassium bitartrate)
Creosote
Copper sulphate (emetic) ....
Digitalis
" tincture
Dover's powder
Emetin (Ipecac)
Epsom salt (Magnesium sulphate)
Ergot
Eucalyptol
2-10 gr.
5-10 gr.
h-2 fl. dr.
5-15 gr.
5-20 gr.
1-3 min.
5—30 min.
1-3 min.
5-30 min.
10-60 min.
5-30 gr.
5-20 min.
5-30 min.
5-16 gr.
1-2 gr.
3-10 min.
1-10 gr.
5-30 gr.
15-60 min.
1-5 min.
5-15 gr.
5-15 gr.
1-30 min.
1-5 gr.
5-30 gr.
1-10 gr.
1-3 gr.
2-10 gr.
iV-5 gr.
2-10 gr.
5-30 gr.
10-30 gr.
10-60 gr.
15-60 min.
i-lgr.
i-2gr.
5-60 gr.
1-10 min.
i-igr.
f-2gr.
5-20 min.
5-15 gr.
1-6 dr.
15-60 gr.
5-15 gr.
0.13-0.65
0.3-0.6
2.0-8.0
0.3-1.0
0.3-1.3
0.06-0.2
0.3-2.0
0.06-0.2
0.3-2.0
0.6-4.0
0.3-2.0
0.3-1.3
0.3-2.0
0.3-1.0
0.06-0.13
0.2-0.6
0.00011-0.00025
0.065-0.65
0.3-2.0
1.0-4.0
0.06-0.3
0.3-1.0
0.002-0.006
0.001-0.004
0.3-1.0
0.0003-0.0006
0.06-2.0
0.065-0.3
0.3-2.0
0.06-0.6
0.06-0.2
0.13-0.6
0.006-0.3
0.13-0.6
0.3-2.0
0.6-2.0
0.6-4.0
1.0-4.0
0.008-0.06
0.016-0.13
0.3-4.0
0.06-0.6
0.008-0.03
0.03-0.13
0.3-1.0
0.3-1.0
0.002-0.0065
4.0-24.0
1.0-4.0
0.3-1.0
Digitized by
Google
DRUG
101
DRUG
DOSAGE OR POSOLOGICAL TABLE OF DRUGS USED IN DENTISTRY.-
(Continued.)
Drug.
Dose for adults.
Min.-Max.
Min.-Max.
Gm. or cc.
Eugenol
Fowler's solutiou (Arseuic)
Glauber's salt (Sodium milphate) ....
Glycerin
Guaiacol
Hexamethylenamin (Urotropin)
lodid, ferrous, syrup of (6 per cent) ....
lodin, tincture (7 per cent)
Ipecac
Krameria, tincture (20 per cent)
Laudanum (Opium)
Lead acetate (Sugar of lead)
Lime, syrup
Magnesium sulphate (Epsom salt) ....
Mercurous chlorid, mild (Calomel) ....
Mercury chlorid (Corrosive sublimate) .
" iodate
" mass of (Blue mass)
Morphin .... *
Nitroglycerin, spirit of (1 per cent) ....
Novocain hydrochlorid
Nux vomica
" " tincture
OU.Castor
" Clove
" Cassia (Cinnamon)
" Eucalyptus
" Peppermint
" Wintergreen
Opium
" tincture (Laudanum)
" tincture (Paregoric)
Paregoric
Phenacetin (Acetphenetidin)
Phenol (Carbolic acid)
" salicylate (Salol)
Phosphorus
Pilocarpin hydrochlorid (hypodermic)
Potassium bicarbonate
" bitartrate (Cream of tartar) .
" bromid
" chlorate
" citrate
** and sodium tartrate (Rochelle salt) .
iodid
" sulphate
Quinin (Cinchona)
Rochelle salt (Potassium and Sodium tartrate)
Saccharin (Benzosulphinid)
Salol (Phenol salicylate)
1-5 min.
3-10 min.
1-6 dr.
f-2 fl. dr.
2-10 min.
6-15 gr.
6-30 min.
1-6 min.
i-2gr.
f-2 fl. dr.
6-10 min.
1-3 gr.
i-1 fl. dr.
1-6 dr.
A-5gr.
i-lgr.
1-10 gr.
i-i«r.
1-5 min.
*-lgr.
1-4 gr.
6-20 min.
4-8 fl. dr.
1-5 min.
1-3 min.
6-15 min.
1-5 min.
5-20 min.
i-lgr.
6-20 min.
1-4 fl. dr.
1-4 fl. dr.
6-10 gr.
i-3gr.
5-15 gr.
Wgr.
5-30 gr.
5-60 gr.
6-30 gr.
2-10 gr.
5-60 gr.
1-4 dr. .
5-60 gr.
5-30 gr.
1-20 gr.
1-4 dr.
f-3gr.
5-15 gr.
0.06-0.3
0.2-0.66
4.0-24.0
2.0-8.0
0.12-0.6
0.3-1.0
0.3-2.0
0.06-0.3
0.016-0.13
2.0-8.0
0.3-1.3
0.06-0.2
2.0-4.0
4.0-24.0
0.006-0.3
0.002-0.006
0.01-0.06
0.06-0.6
0.008-0.016
0.06-0.3
0.013-^.06
0.03-0.26
0.3-1.3
16.0-32.0
0.06-0.3
0.06-0.2
0.3-1.0
0. 06-0. 3
0.3-1.3
0.016-0.065
0.3-1.3
4.0-16.0
4.0-16.0
0.3-0.6
0.03-0.2
0.3-1.0
0.0004-0.0013
0.008-0.016
0.3-2.0
0.3-4.0
0.3-2.0
0.13-0.6
0.3-4.0
4.0-16.0
0.3-4.0
0.3-2.0
0.06-1.3
4.0-16.0
0.03-0.2
0.3-1.0
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
DUCTILE
102
DYSOSTOSIS
DOSAGE OR POSOLOGICAL TABLE OF DRUGS USED IN DENTISTRY.-
(Continued.)
Drug.
Dose for adults.
Min.-Max.
Min.-Max.
Gm. or cc.
Scopolamin hydrobiomid (hypodermic)
Silver nitrate
Sodium bicarbonate
" bromid
" chlorid
" phosphate
" salicylate
" sulphate (Glauber's salt)
Strychnin (Nux Vomica) ....
Sugar of lead (Lead acetate) .
Sulphonal
Sulphur, washed
Thymol
Urotropin (Hexamethylenamin) .
Zinc sulphate (emetic)
Wgr.
5-30 gr.
6-30 gr.
5-30 gr.
5-30 dr.
2-10 gr.
6-20 gr.
1-3 gr.
10-30 gr.
i-2dr.
1-3 gr.
6-15 gr.
10-20 gr.
0.00025-0.001
0.016-0.03
0.3-2.0
0.3-2.0
0.3-2.0
0.3-2.0
0.13-0.66
0.33-1.33
0.001-0.004
0.06-0.2
• 0.6-2.0
2.0-8.0
0.06-2.0
0.3-1.0
0.6-1.3
duc'tile, duc'ti-li-ty (L. ducerCf to
draw). That property possessed
by some metals by virtue of which
they may be drawn into wire or plate.
ductless. Being without an excretory
ducty as the ductless glands.
duc^tus, pi. ductus. Latin for duct.
dom^my. A substitute tooth in a
bridge to take place of a natural
tooth; also called substitute or pontic.
da-o-de'nam. The first division of the
intestine.
dy^ad. An element capable of com-
bining with two atoms of hydrogen,
as a bivalent element.
dy-namlc, dy-namlc-al (Gr. dynamis.
power). Relating to or endowed
with power.
dy-namlcs. Li mechanics, the laws
of motion and force. In biology,
the laws of vital forces.
dy-na-mom'e-ter (Or. dynamise power
+ metroUy measure). An instrument
used for measuring the force of mus-
cular contraction.
dyne. The unit of measurement of
force in the centimeter-gram-second
system; i. e., the amount of force
which, applied to a mass of one gram
for one second, will give it a velocity
of one centimeter a second.
dys- (Gr. dys). A Greek prefix de-
noting iU or bad.
dys-ar-thro'sis. Gr. dys, bad + arthro-
siSf joint). Congenital defect of a
joint.
dys-cra'sia (Gr. dys, ill + krasiSf mix-
ture). Depraved habit of body.
dys-cratlc. Relating to dyscrasia.
dys^en-te-ry (Gr. dys, bad + enteron,
intestine) . Inflammation of the mu-
cous membrane of the large intestine.
dys-er'gi-a (Gr. dys, bad + ergouy
work). Inharmonious action of
muscles, as the result of irregular
nerve impulses.
dys-es-the^sia (Gr. dys, bad + aisthesis,
sensation). The stage of impair-
ment of sensation just previous to
the anesthetic stage — analgesia.
dys-fimc^tion (Gr. dys, bad + L. fun-
gor, to act). Abnormal function.
dys-o-don-ti^a-sis (Gr. dys^ ill + odous,
tooth). Difficult dentition.
dys-os-to^sis (Gr. dys, bad + osteon,
bone). Morbid condition of bone,
or faulty ossification.
Digitized by
Google
DYSPEPSIA 108 DYSTROPHY
dys-syn-er'gia (Gr. dys, ill + syn,
together + ergon, work). Lack of
muscular coordination.
dys-to'ni-a (Gr. dys, bad + tonos, tone).
Abnormal tonicity of tissues.
dys-taz^ia (Gr. dys, ill + taxis, arrange-
ment). Lack of control of volun-
tary movements.
dys-thy'roid-ism. Defective develop-
ment of the thyroid gland.
dys-to'liia, dya'to-py (Gr. dys, ill +
topos, place). Improper placement
of an organ.
dys-tro'phia, dys'tro-phy (Gr. dys, ill
+ trovhein, to nourish). Imperfect
or deiective nutrition.
dys-tro'phie. Relating to dystrophy.
dys'tro-phy. See dystrophia.
dys-pep'sia (Gr. dys, ill + peptein, to
digest). DiflSculty of digestion; in-
digestion.
dys-pha'gia (Gr. dys, ill + phagein, to
eat). Difficulty of deglutition.
dys-i^'sia (Gr. dys, ill + phasis,
speech). Difficulty of speech.
dys-pho'nia (Gr. dys. ill + phone, voice)
Difficulty in speaking.
dys-pi-ta^i-ta-iiam. Abnormal action
of the pituitary body,
dys-pla'sia (Gr. dys. ill + plassein, to
form). Abnormal development.
dysp-ne'a, dyspnoBa (Gr. dys, ill +
vnoe, breatliing). Difficulty in
breathing.
dysp-nelc. Relating to dyspnea.
dys-pra'gia (Gr. dys, ill + pragein, to
do). Pain in the performance of a
function.
Digitized by
Google
104
EDENTATION
E
6-. Latin, from ex-j out, from; used as
a prefix.
ead. Abbr. for Latin eadem, the
same.
ear (Gr. ous). Organ of hearing.
eau de Javelle. A solution of potas-
sium h3rpochlorite; an antiseptic.
Ebner's fibrils [Victor Ebner, a Vienna
histolpgist, 1842-]. Fine connective
tissue fibers that pervade the den-
tinal matrix.
E. glands. Mucous glands opening
about the circumvallate papillse of
the tongue.
6-bo-na'tion. The act of removing
fragments of bone following an
injury.
ebur dentis (L.). Dentin of the tooth.
6-bur-na'tion (L. efewr, ivorv). The
changing of bone into a harder ivory-
like mass.
e-bor^ne-ous. Ivory-like.
e-bur-ni'tis (L. ebur, ivory + Gr. itis,
inflammation). A condition in
which there is increased hardening
of dentin.
•c- (Gr. from ek-, from). A prefix
meaning otU of, from. Before a
vowel it becomes ex-.
ec-cen^tric oc-clu'sion. The relation
of the inclined planes of the teeth
when the jaws are closed in any of
the excursive movements of the
mandible.
ec-chon-dro'ma, pl.-mata (Gr. ekj out
of + chondroSf cartilage + omaj
tumor). Tumor growing from car-
tilage.
ec-chy-mo^sis, p\-moses (Gr. eky out of
+ chymoSj juice). Eflfusion of blood
into the areolar tissue as the result
of a contusion.
ec-critlc (Gr. ekkritikos). An agent
that promotes excretion.
ec-dem^ic (Gr. ekdemos, foreign).
Name given to diseases that are not
indigenous to a locality.
6C^dy-sis (Gr. ekdyein, to put off).
Desquamation.
6-chi-no'sis (Gr. echinos, hedgehog).
An erythrocyte of irregular form,
particularly of spiny appearance.
ec-lec'tic (Gr. eklektikosj selecting).
A sect of physicians who profess to
choose from medical science those
opinions that appear to them best
founded.
e-col'o-gy (Gr. oikoSf family + logos,
treatise). The science of the rela-
tions of organisms to each other.
ec^tad (Gr. ektos, without). Directed
toward the surface of the body.
ec^to- (Gr. ektos, without). A prefix
used to signify, situated on the out-
side.
ec'to-blast (Gr. ektosj without +
hlastoSf germ). Same as epibUist.
ec^to-derm (Gr. ektos, without + derma,
skin). Same as epiblast.
ec-to-genlc (Gr. ektos, without +
gennan, to produce). Developing
outside the host.
ec'to-phyte (Gr. ektos, without +
phyton, plant). A vegetable para-
site growing on the surface of the
body.
ec'to-plasm (Gr. ektos, without +
plasma, formed). Outer layer of a
ceU.
ec^to-sarc (Gr. ektos, without + sarx,
flesh). The outer zone of the cyto-
plasm of an animal microorganism,
such as the amoeba.
ec^Z6-ma (Gr. ekzein, to boil out).
Eruption of small vesicles on various
parts of the skin, usually close to-
gether, with inflammation around
their bases.
ec-zemVtous. Relating to eczema.
e-de'ma, OB-de^ma (Gr. oidema, swell-
ing). Swelling produced by the
accumulation of serous fluid in the
• areolar tissues.
e-dem'a-toos. Relating to edema.
e-den'tate (L. e. without + dens, tooth).
Without teetn.
e-den-ta'tioii. The act of depriving
of teeth.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC j
EDENTULOUS 105
e-den'ta-louB (L. e, without + dens,
tooth). Without teeth.
ef'fer-ent (L. efferens, carryine from).
A term applied to nerves and vessels
which carry impulses or fluid from
a central system to the periphery.
ef-fer-ves'cent (L. effervescere, to boil
up). The bubbling of gas through
a liquid.
6f-flor-68C6' (L. efflorescere, to blossom) .
The property of a fluid substance to
become powder by losing its water
of cnrstallization on becoming ex-
posed to the air.
ef-flo-res'cent (L. efflarescerej to bloom) .
Losing water of crystallization and
thereby becoming powdery.
ef-flu^Ti-nm, pi. effluvia (L. effluere, to
flow out). An offensively odorif-
erous emanation from a substance
or person.
ef-fu^sion (L. effundere, to pour out).
1. The escape of blood or serum into
the surroimding tissues or into
serous cavities. 2. The fluid so
escaped.
Ehrlieh'8 side-chain theory [Paul Ehr-
lich, German bacteriologist, 1854-].
The theory advanced by Ehrlich in
explaining the phenomena of infec-
tion, immunity, nutrition, etc.; the
theory assumes that protoplasma is
comparable to the benzene mole-
cule with its linked hydrogen atoms
capable of being displaced by various
groups to form side-chains. Linked
to the protoplasma, then, are these
numerous ** side-chains" or receptors
capable of seizing certain bodies,
such as foodstuffs or poisons, and
incorporating them in the molecules
of protoplasm. See receptor.
eighth nerve. The auditory nerve.
e-jec'ta (L. e^ out + jacere, to throw).
Excrementitious matters that are
thrown out from the body.
ejufldem. Latin, meaning of the same,
e-las^tic (L. ekisticus). Possessing
elasticity.
e-las'ti-ca. India-rubber; caoutchouc.
e-las-ti'd-ty. Having the quality of
being elastic.
ell>oir. The articulation of the arm
with the forearm.
e-lec'tric, e-lec'tri-cal. Relating to
electricity.
ELECTRO- PLATING
e-lec-tric'i-ty (Gr. eleklron, amber, the
substance in which it was first
noticed). A material agency that
exhibits magnetic, chemical and
thermal effects, and the nature of
which is such that when it is present
in two localities a mutual interaction
of force between the two localities is
observable.
e-lec^tro- (Gr. elektron, amber). A
prefix signif3dng relation to elec-
tricity.
e-lec-tro-cau^te-ry. A wire heated by
electricity for cauterization purposes.
e-lec^trode (Gr. elektron^ amber +
hodoSj way). The exit pole of an
electric battery.
e-lec-tro-di-ag-no'sis. Diagnosis by
means of electricity.
e-lec-troro-gy (Gr. elektron^ amber +
logoSy treatise). The science of
electricity.
e-lec-trory-sis (Gr. elektron^ amber +
lyeirif to loose). Decomposition by
the electric current.
e-lec^tro-lyte (Gr. elektron, amber +
lytos, soluble). A fluid or other sub-
stance that is decomposed by the
electric current.
e-lec-tro-lyt'ic. Relating to electro-
lysis.
e-lec-tro-me^ter (Gr. elektron, amber +
metron, measure). An instrument
for measuring electromotive force.
e-lec-tro-mo'tive force. The force pro-
ducing an electric current. Abbr.
E. M. F.
e-lec'tron. A negatively electrified
particle of an atom; the smallest
component of matter^ supposed to
be about one-seven hunaredth the
size of a hydrogen atom.
e-lec-tro«neg'a-tive. Element appear-
ing at the positive electrode in elec-
trolysis.
e-lec-tro-path-oro-gy (Gr. elektron,
amber + pathos, disease + logos,
treatise). The science of disease in
relation to electricity.
e-lec-tro-phys-i-oro-gy (Gr. elektron,
amber + physis, nature + logos,
treatise). Science of physiology in
relation to electricity.
electro -plating. The process of coat-
ing metals with a thin covering of
Digitized by
Google
ELECTRO-POSITIVE
gold, silver, etc., by the action of the
electric current.
e-lec-tro-pos^i-tive. Element appear-
ing at the negative electrode in
electrolysis.
e-lec - tro - the-ra-peu^tics, e-lec-tro -
ther'a-py (Gr. elekiron. amber +
therapeia, treatment). Use of elec-
tricity in the treatment of disease.
e-lec'tro-zone. Ozone produced by
electrolysis of water; it is a disin-
fectant.
ere-ment (L. elementum). Ultimate
constituent or principle. A sub-
stance that cannot be further re-
duced into different constituents.
See Table of Metals.
el-e-men^ta-ry. Not further divisible
into constituent parts.
el-e-phan-ti'a-sis (Gr. elephantiasis,
elephant's disease). A chronic dis-
ease marked by hyperplasia of the
skin and subcutaneous tissues, with
edema, induration and some pigmen-
tation.
ere-va-tor (L. eleoare, to lift). An
instrument for removing the roots
of teeth.
Cryer e. An elevator designed
especially for the removal of frac-
tured or broken down roots of teeth.
Leclufle e. A specially designed
elevator for removing impacted third
molars.
e-liml-nant. An agent that produces
elimination.
e-lim-i-na^tion (L. eliminere^ to turn
out). The act of separating and
expelling.
e-lix'ir, pi. elixiria (Ar. el iksivy the
philosopher's stone). An aromatic,
spirituous liquid containing a small
amoimt of an active ingredient.
e-ma-ci-a^tion (L. emaciare, to become
lean). A lean or wasted state of the
body.
e-maillo-blast (Fr. emails enamel +
Gr. hlastos, bud). Same as amelo-
hlastf which see.
em-a-na'tion (L. e, out + manare, to
flow). Term applied to a body
which proceeds or draws its origin
from otner bodies ; eflauvium. Radia-
tion.
106 EMERY
radimn e. The luminous gas given
ofif from radium that impaHs radio-
activity to other substances. Used
in mecucine for the treatment of dis-
ease.
em^l-ism (L. embolismtis from Gr.
en, in + haHetrij to throw). The
plugging of a bloodvessel by an
embolus or clot brought from some
other part of the body by the circula-
tion.
emlM-luB (Gr. enibolos, plug). A clot
or foreign substance in the blood
that obstructs a bloodvessel from
within, causing embolism.
em-bra^sure (Fr.). That portion of
the interproximal space, extending
buccally or lingually from the contact
point, which normally is not filled
with gum tissue.
em'bry-o (Gr. embryonj from en, within
+ hryein, to swell). Fecimdated
germ in the early stages of its devel-
opment in tUero; at the end of the
third month the name fetus is given
to it.
em-bry-o-gen'e-sis (Gr. embryon,
embryo + genesis, ori^). The
development of embryonic into adult
structures.
em-bry-o-gen'ic. Relating to the
growth of the embryo.
em-bry-oro-gist (Gr. embryon, em-
bryo + logos, treatise). One versed
in the science of embryology.
em-bry-oro-gy (Gr. embryon, embryo
+ logos, treatise). The science of
embryonic development.
em-bry-o'ma (Gr. embryon, embryo +
oma, tumor). A tumor contaming
embryonic structures.
6m1i>ry-o-iial, em-bry-onlc. Relating
to the embryo.
em^er-y. A hard black variety of
corundum, used in powdered form,
for grinding and polishing metal, etc.
6. disks. Disks charged with
emery powder, used for polishing
and grinding teeth.
6. paper. A paper charged with
emery powder, and used as an abra-
sive.
6. strips. Cloth strips covered with
emery powder for polishing fillings.
Digitized by
Google
EMETIC
6. wheel. A grinding or polishing
wheel made of emery.
e-metlc (Gr. emelikos). An agent
that causes vomiting.
em'e-tin. An alkaloid of ipecac. It
is used in dysenterv, and in the
treatment of pyorrhea alveolaris.
Dose, iAj to A gr. [0.002 to 0.0065
gm.].
e. hydrochlorid. A salt of emetin.
E. M. F. Abbr. for electromotive
force.
em'i-nence (L. eminentia from e, out +
minere^ to project). A projection
or protuberance, particularly on the
surface of a bone.
canine e. The prominence in the
maxillse bones over the canine teeth.
em-i-nen'tia (L.). Same as eminence.
e. articularis. A rounded ridge on
the temporal bone in front of the
glenoid fossa.
e. ssrmiihysis. The prominent
point of the chin.
em-men^a-ffogue (Gr. emmenaj menses
+ ageiUj to lead). An agent that
stimulates the menstrual discharge.
e-mora-ent (L. e, out + mollis, soft).
A soothing application.
em-]ihy-8e^ma (Gr. emphysema^ swell-
ing). Term applied to any white,
shining, elastic, indolent tumor of
the integuments caused by the intro-
duction of air into the areolar tissues.
em-pir'ic (Gr. empeirikos, experimen-
tal). One dependent upon experi-
ence.
em-pirl-cal. Relating to empiric;
founded on experience.
em-pir'i-cism (Gr. emveiria, experi-
ence) . Generally, at the present day,
signifies quackery.-
em-py'e-ma (Gr. en, within + pyon,
pus). Collection of pus in some
cavity of the body, particularly the
maxiUary sinus or any of the para-
nasal sinuses.
em-py-e-mat'ic, em-py-em'ic. Relat-
ing to empyema.
e-mnl^ffent (L. emulgere, to drain out).
An agent that stimiilates the flow
of urine or bile. A purifjdng agent.
e-mol'si-fy. To make or form an
emulsion.
107 ENAMEL
e-mnl^sion (L. emvhum). A fluid
composed of oil held in suspension
by means of mucilage.
en». Greek preposition meaning in
or within, used as a prefix. Changed
to em- before b, p and m.
en-am^el. 1. The hard vitreous sub-
stance that envelops the crown of the
tooth. It is the product of the amelo-
blast of the enamel organ. 2. A
hard vitreous substance laid upon
porcelain to impart a glossy finish,
as in- the manufacture of porcelain
teeth.
e. body. A basal body with enough
flux added to give it greater fusibility
than that of the foundation body and
one which requires less than two
minutes to fuse at 2100 degrees F,
e. bud. The early formation of the
enamel organ before the differentia-
tion of the latter into its four layers,
viz., external epithelium, stellate
reticulum, stratum intermedium and
internal epithelium (ameloblasts).
It is formed by the expansion of the
free extremity of the tooth-band.
[Hopewell-Smith.]
e. cap. The enamel organ at the
stage of its development when it •
covers the dental papilla like a cap.
e. cell. The amelohlaat, which see.
e. chisel. A dental chisel with a
cutting blade designed especially for
cutting enamel in the preparation of
a cavity.
e. cleaver. A dental cutting in-
strument designed especially for
removing the enamel from the pjer-
iphery of a tooth root in preparation
for crowning.
e. column, e. piism, e. rod. One of
the long prismatic bodies that make
up the substance of the enamel.
e. cuticle. Cuticula dentis, Na-
smyth^s membrane, which see.
e. germ. Epithelial rudiment of
the enamel organ.
e. hyperplasia. Over-formation of
the enamel.
e. hypoplasia. Defective develop-
ment of the enamel.
e. margins. The portion of the
enamel adioining the cementum; the
enamel edges of a prepared tooth
cavity.
Digitized by
Google
ENARTHRODIAL
108
ENDOENTERITIS
6. nodule. A small round sessile
body situated below the necks of the
maxillary or mandibular molars,
with the dentin and cementum of
which it is intimately associated.
6. organ. The structure formed
from the tooth band in the develop-
ment of the teeth by the growth and
niultiplication of epithelial cells
dipping down into the mucous tissue.
e. pulp. The middle layer of the
enamel-organ composed of loose,
stellate cells. Same as stellate reticu-
lum.
nanoid e., dwarfed e. Lack of
normal thickness of the enamel,
probably from failure of nutrition of
the enamel organ.
en-ar-thro^di-al. Relating to arthro-
sis.
en-ar-thro^sifl (Gr. en, in + arthrouj
i'oint). Ball-and-socket joint, as the
dp-joint.
en-cap-su-la'tion. Inclosing in a cap-
sule.
en-ce-phal'ic (Gr. enkephalos^ brain).
Relating to the brain cavity.
en-ce-phal-i'tis (Gr. enkephalosj brain
+ itiSj inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the brain.
en-ceph^a-lon (Gr. enkephalos). The
brain.
en-chon-dro^ma (Gr. ew, in + chondros,
cartilage + oma, tumor). A car-
tilaginous tumor.
en'clave (Fr.). Anything inclosed in
another structure, as a microbe in a
phagocyte.
en-cys'ted (Gr. en, in + kystis, cyst).
Inclosed in a cyst.
en-da-me'ba, pi. endamebce. See En-
tameha.
end-ar-te-ri'tis (Gr. endon, within +
arteriaf artery + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the inner coat of an
artery.
end^-ar-te-ry. A terminal artery; one
that does not anastomose with other
arteries.
en-dem^ic (Gr. en, in + demos, people)
Indigenous; prevalent in a locality.
6. disease. A disease which con-
stantly prevails in a definite locality.
en-der^mic (Gr. en, in -f derma, the
skin). In or through the skin; term
applied to a method of administering
medicines by application to the skin,
through which they are absorbed.
en-der-mo'sis (Gr. en, in + derma,
skin). Eruptive disease of mucous
membrane.
en'do- (Gr. endon, within). A prefix
meaning within,
en-do-an-gi-i^tis. Inflammation of the
inner coat of an artery.
en-do-bi-ot^ic (Gr. endon, within +
biosis, living) . Living within animal
tissues, as a parasite.
en'do-blast (Gr. endon, within + bias-
tos, germ). The hypoblast; the
innermost layers of the blastolderm.
en-do-car^di-ac (Gr. endon, within +
kardia, heart). Within the heart.
en-do-car-di^tis (Gr. endon, within +
kardia, heart + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the internal mem-
brane of the heart.
en-do-car^di-mn (Gr. endrni, within +
kardia, heart). Membrane lining
the interior of the heart.
en-do-cellu-lar. Occurring within a
cell.
enMo-crin (Gr. endon, within + krinein.
to separate). Relating to internal
secretions.
enMo-crine, en-doc'rin-ous. Relating
to the internal secretions.
e. glands. The glands that elabor-
ate the internal secretions, as the
thyroid, the adrenals, etc.
en-do-cri-no-don^ti-a (Gr. end(m, with-
in + krinein, to separate + odous,
tooth). The study of the internal
secretions in their relations to the
teeth.
en-do-crin-oro-gy (Gr. endon, within -f-
krinein, to separate + logos, treatise).
The study of the endocrin glands and
their secretions.
en^do-derm (Gr. endon, within +
derma, skin). The innermost layer
of the blastoderni; hypoblast.
en-do-don-ti^tis (Gr. endon, within +
odous, tooth + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of tne pulp of the
tooth.
en-do-en-te-ri'tis (Gr. endon, within +
enteron, intestine + itis, inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the mucous
membrane of the intestines.
Digitized by
Google
ENDOGENOUS
109
ENTAMEBA
en-doff^e-nouB (Gr. endorif within +
gennauj to produce). Growing by
increase of internal cells.
En-do-my'C68, pi. endomyceies. A
genus of Schizomycetes characterized
by a t3rpical branched mycelium with
cross walls, forming yeast-like bodies
or oidia and chlamydospores, and
with asci containing 4 ascospores.
These are formed always at the
expense of cells in the mycelium.
The genus Endomyces is differen-
tiated from the Saccfiaromyces by
the formation of a typical mycelium
and the formation of asci in mycelial
cells and never in the yeast-like
structures.
E. albicans. The fungus that
causes thrush.
E. ▼nJllemini. A fungus found in
thrush.
en-do-myo-car-di^tis (Gr. endon, within
-f mysj muscle + kardia, heart + itis^
inflanmiation) . Inflammation of the
cardiac muscles.
en-do-neu'ral anesthesia (Gr. endo,
within + neuron^ nerve). See
anesthesia,
en-do-neu-ri'tis (Gr. endouy within +
neuron^ nerve + itis^ inflammation).
Inflammation of the endoneurium.
en-do-neu'ri-mn. Connective tissue
between nerve fibrils.
en-do-per-i-car-di'tis (Gr. endon, with-
in + p^i around + kardia^ heart +
itiSy inflammation). Inflammation
of the inner and outer membranes
of the heart occurring simultane-
ously.
en'do-phyte (Gr. endon, within +
phytoUy plant). Vegetable parasite
growing within the body.
en'do-plasm (Gr. endon, within +
plasma^ formed). Inner part of pro-
toplasm of a cell.
en'do-plast (Gr. endon, within + plas-
sein, to form). Nucleus of cell and
cell-body.
end^-or-gan. The special structure
in which a nerve-fibril terminates;
in organs like the skin, mucous mem-
brane, glands, etc.
en'do-sarc (Gr. endo, within + sarx,
flesh). The inner perinuclear zone
of cytoplasm, particularly of a pro-
tozoon.
enMos-mose, en-dos-mo'sis (Gr. endon
within + osmoSf impulse). Action
by which fluids pass from without to
within organic membranes. Action
of two fluids of different density
when separated by a membrane.
en-dos-te-o'ma, en-dos-to'ma (Gr.
endon, within + osteon, bone + oma,
tumor). Tumor in the interior of
bone.
en-dos^te-mn. Medullary membrane
of bone.
en-do-theli-al (Gr. endon, within +
thele, nipple). Relating to the endo-
theUum.
en-do-the-li-o'ma (Gr. endon, within -f
t?iele, nipple + oma, tumor). A
tumor of the endothelium.
en-do-theli-mn (Gr. endon, within +
tkele, nipple). Lining membrane of
blood-vessels, lymphatics and serous
cavities.
en-do-toyp'sin (Gr. endon, within' +
tripsis, a rubbing). A yeast ferment
resembling trypsin in action.
en'e-ma, pi. enemata (Gr. enema, to
inject). An injection into the lower
bowel.
en-ep-i-der^mic (Gr. en, in + epi, upon
-f derma, skin). A term applied to
the method of applying medication
by means of plasters, ointments and
lotions.
en-er-va^tion (L. enervate, to weaken).
State of being weakened.
en'gine, dental. See denial engine.
en-fforged.' Filled with fluids.
en^si-fonn (L. ensis, sword + forma,
form). Sword-shaped.
en'tad. In a direction toward the
center.
En-ta-me^a, pi. entamebcs. Entamoe-
ba. A genus of parasitic Rhizopods,
E. buccalis. See E. gingivalis.
E. eoli. A common non-pathogenic
bacteria foimd in the human intes-
tine.
E. gingivalis [Gros]. A bacterium
found in the mouth and about the
tonsils. Its pathogenicity is ques-
tionable.
E. histolytica. The cause of amebic
dysentery.
E. kartulisi. See E, gingivalis.
Digitized by
Google
ENTERALGIA HO
en-te-ral^gia (Gr. enteron^ intestine 4-
algoSy pain). Pain in the intestines.
en-te^ric (Gr. enterikosj intestine).
Relating to the intestines.
en-ter-i^tis (Gr. enteron^ intestine +
Uis^ inflammation). Inflammation
of the intestines.
en^t6-ro« (Gr. enteron^ intestine). A
prefix to indicate relation to the
mtestine.
en-ter-o-ki'nase. An enzyme that
converts trypsinogen into trypsin.
en^ter-o-lifh (Gr. erUeron, intestine +
lithoa, stone). An intestinal con-
cretion.
en-te-roro-gy (Gr. enteroUy intestine +
logoSy treatise). Study of the intes-
tines.
en'te-ron (Gr. enteron). Intestine.
en-te-ro-sep'sis (Gr. enteron^ intestine
+ sepsiSy putrefaction). Sepsis of
intestinal origin. Intestinal toxemia.
en-te-ro-zo^dn, pi. enterozoa (Gr.
enteroTit intestine + zodn, animal).
An intestinal parasite.
6n'to- (Gr. entos, within). A prefix
signifying within, inside.
en'to-blast (Gr. entos, within +
hlastosy germ). Same as entoderm,
en^to-cone (Gr. entos, within + konoa,
cone). The posterior lingual cusp
of an upper molar tooth.
en-to-co^ipd. The posterior lingual
cusp of a lower molar tooth.
en'to-derm (Gr. entos^ within -f dermay
skin). Internal germ layer; hypo-
blast.
en-to-moro-gy (Gr. entomon, insect +
logos y treatise). The study of in-
sects.
en'to-plasm (Gr. enioSy within -f plas-
mos, formed). Same as endoplasm.
en-to-plas'tic (Gr. entos, within +
plastikosy forming). Tissues devel-
oping through changes within the
cells.
en'to-sarc (Gr. entos, within + sarx,
flesh). Same as endosarc. Oppo-
site to ectosarc.
en-to-zo'dn, pi. entozoa (Gr. entos.
within -f- zodn, animal). Animal
parasite living in the interior of other
animals.
EPIGNATHUS
e-nu'cle-ate (L. enudearey to take out
a kernel). To remove a part entire.
en'zsrme (Gr. en, in + zymej leaven). A
chemical ferment produced in animal
or vegetable organisms.
en-zy-moro-gy (Gr. en, in + zymey
leaven + logos, treatise). Study of
ferments; science of fermentation.
en-zy-mo'sis (Gr. en, in -f zyme,
leaven). Fermentation caused by
the presence of an enzyme.
en-zy-mot'ic. Relating to an enzyme.
eVsin (Gr. eos, dawn). A red dye
from coal tar, used for staining in
histology.
e-o-siii^o-phil (Gr. eos, dawn + phUein,
to love). A tissue that takes eosin
stain readily.
ep^i*. Greek preposition meaning on,
upon, over, used as a prefix.
ep-i-az^ial (Gr. epi, upon + L. axis,
axle). Above the axis.
epl-blast (Gr. epi, on + hlastosy germ).
The upper layer of the blastoderm,
from which the nerve cells, the epi-
dermis, the oral mucosa, the salivary
f lands, the enamel of the teeth,
I^asmyth's membrane, etc., are
developed.
ep-i-blas'tic. Relating to the epiblast.
ep-i-car'di-mn (Gr. epi, upon + kardiay
heart). Visceral layer of the peri-
cardium.
ep-i-dem^ic (Gr. epi, on + demosy
people). A disease occurring among
a large number of inhabitants in
a locality.
ep-i-der^xnal, ep-i-der^mic. Relating
to the epidermis.
ep-i-der^mis (Gr. epi, on + derma, skin).
The outer layer of the skin.
ep-i-gas'tri-mn. The pit of the
stomach.
ep-i-glot'tis (Gr. epi, upon + glottis,
glottis). An oval elastic fibrocar-
tilage situated at the upper part of
the larynx, behind the base of the
tongue ana covering the opening to
the larynx.
ep-i-glot-ti'tis. Inflammation of the
epiglottis.
ep-ig^na-thuB (Gr. epi, upon + gnathos,
jaw). A monster in which an in-
complete fetus is attached to the jaw
of one more complete.
Digitized by
Google
EPILEPSY 111
epl-lep-sy (Gr. epilepsia f seizure).
Cerebrospinal disease characterized
by loss of consciousness and con-
vulsive motions of the muscles with
uncertain intervals before attacks.
ep-i-lep'tic (Gr. epUeptikos). Relating
to epilepsy.
ep^i-lep'ti-form. Resembling epilepsy
in symptoms or manner of occurrence.
ep-i-man-dib'u-lar (G. epi, on + L.
mandihulumf jaw). Located on the
lower jaw.
ep-i-neph'rin (Gr. epi, upon + nephroSf
kidney). A powder prepared from
the adrenal gland. It is a powerful
hemostatic and vasoconstrictor, and
used in local anesthesia in connection
with novocain.
ep-i-neph-ri'tis (Gr. em, upon +
nephroSf kidney). Inflammation of
the suprarenal capsule.
ep-iph'y-sis, pi. epiphyses (Gr. epi-
physisj from epi upon + phyeiUy to
grow). 1. The pineal gland. 2. A
portion of bone separated from the
body of the bone by a cartilage,
which later becomes converted into
bone.
epi-spas'tic (Gr. epi, on + span^ to
draw). An agent that produces a
blister.
ep-is'ta-sis (Gr. epi, on + stasis, stand-
ing). Suppression or retention of a
secretion or excretion.
epi-fhe^-al (Gr. epi, on + thde, nipple).
Relating to the epithelium.
6. "rests" of Malassez. Collec-
tions of a few cells of ectodermic
origin in the innermost parts of the
alveolo-dental periosteum. These
epithelial cells are the unatrophied
portions of the epithelial sheath of
Hertwig, are found invariably near
the cementum, and under suitable
conditions may become the site of
development of a dental cyst or of a
squamous-celled carcinoma of the
alveolo-dental periosteum or jaw.
[Hope weU-Smitn . ]
ep-i-fhe-li-o'ma, pi. -mata (Gr. epi, on
+ thele, nipple + oma, tumor). A
morbid growth of epithelial cells,
a variety of carcinoma.
ep-i-the-li-o'ma-tous. Relating to epi-
thelioma.
ERUPT
ep-i-the^-om (Gr. epi, on + thele,
nipple).- The layer of cells covering
all free mucous and cutaneous sur-
faces.
ep^iih-em (Gr. ej)i, on + tithenai, to
place). A topical application other
than ointments or plasters.
ep'o-nsnn (Gr. evonymos, named from
a person). Tne name of an organ
or disease derived from the person
who discovered it.
ep-o-nsnn^ic. Disease or organ named
for the person describing it, as
Bright's disease.
Epsom salt. Magnesium sulphate; a
cathartic. Dose, 1 to 6 ar. [4 to
24 gm.].
ep'u-lis, pi. epvlides (Gr. epi, on +
oulon, gum). A tumorous growth of
gum tissue.
malignant e. Sarcoma of the jaws.
ep-u-lo-fi-bro^ma. A fibroma involv-
ing the gums.
ep^u-loid. Like an epulis.
e-qni-lib^ri-om (L. cequus, equal +
libra, balance). A state in which
there is harmony of action between
the different parts of the system.
e-qnivVlence. Condition of being
equivalent.
e-qniv^a-lent (L. ceoruus, equal + valere,
to be worth). The atomic weight
of a substance, or a number caress-
ing the proportion by weight in
which it combines wim other sub-
stances.
er'got (L. ergota). A drug obtained
from a fungous growth on various
cereals, especially rye. Dose, fluid-
extract, 15 to 60 min. [1 to 4 cc].
er'ffo-tin. An extract of the active
principle of ergot.
6-ro^sion (L. erodere, to eat away).
Action of a corrosive substance, or the
gradual destruction of a part by such
substance,
e. of teeth. Progressive destruction
of the exposed surfaces of teeth, pro-
ducing cavities which are peculiarly
dense and polished.
e-ro'sive. Relating to or causing
erosion.
e-rupt^ (L. erumpere, to break through).
The appearance of the tooth through
the gum tissue.
Digitized by
Google
ERUPTION
112
ESTER
e-nip^tion (L. erumperey to break out).
1. Sudden evacuation of fluid, as
serum, blood, pus, etc., from a cavity.
Breaking out of an exanthem. 2. Ap-
pearance of developing teeth through
the gums.
e. of teeth. The appearance of the
teeth through the gum tissue. For
period of eruption of teeth see under
teeth.
e-rup^tive. Relating to eruption.
er-y-sip'e-las (Gr. erythroSy red + pellay
skin). St. Anthony's fire^ a disease
characterized by superficial inflam-
mation of the skm, with general fever,
tension and swelling of the part.
er-y-the'ma (Gr. erythainein, to red-
den). Inflammatory blush; a super-
ficial redness of the skin.
er-y-fhre'mia (Gr. erythros, red -i-
hairruiy blood). 1. Physiologic aera-
tion of the blood. 2. Abnormal pro-
duction of red blood corpuscles.
e-ryth'ro- (Gr. erythroSy red). Com-
bining form denoting relation to red
color.
e-ryth'ro-cyte (Gr. erythroSy red -f
kytoSy cell). Red-blood corpuscle,
which see.
e-ryth-ro-cy'tic. Relating to red-blood
corpuscles.
e-ryth-ro-cy-tory-sis (Gr. erythroSy red
+ kytoSy cell + lysisy solution). Dis-
solution or loss of the soluble mate-
rials of the red corpuscles.
e-ryth-ro-gen'e-si8 (Gr. erythroSy red +
genesiSy producing). Producing red-
blood corpuscles.
er'yth-ro-phil (Gr. erythroSy red +
phileiny to love). A cell which
readily takes red stain.
er-yth-ro^sin. A red pigment used in
staining histologic specimens.
er-y-throx'y-lin. Same as cocain,
which see.
er-y-fhrox'y-lon (Gr. erythroSy red +
xyloUy wood). A genus of trees of
South America, most of which pos-
sess medicinal properties.
e. coca. The species from which
coca leaves which produce the alka-
loid cocain are derived.
es'char (Gr. escharOj scab). A scab or
slough produced by burning.
es-cha-rot^ic. An agent that causes
an eschar.
e-8oph'a-ffe-al (Gr. oiseiuy to carry +
phagemay food). Relating to the
esophagus.
e-8oph-a-ffec^to-my (Gr. oiseiny to
carry + phagemay food + ektomey
excision). The excising of a part
of the esophagus.
e-8oph-a-ffi'ti8 (esophagus + itiSy in-
flammation). Inflammation of the
esophagus.
e-soph^a^-o-plas-ty (esophagus + plas-
seiUy to form). Plastic operation
for restoring a portion of the eso-
phagus.
e-8oph-aff-08'co-py (esophagus + sko-
peiriy to view). Exploratory exami-
nation of the esophagus.
e-soph-ag-os'to-my (Gr. esophagus +
Htotnay mouth). Operation for estab-
lishing an artificial opening in the
esophagus.
e-soph-a^-ot'o-my (Gr. esophagus +
tomCy to cut). An external incision
made into the esophagus.
e-8oph VgU8, 08-8oph'a-gU8 (Gr. oisetn,
to carry + phagemay food). The
gullet. A musculo-membranous canal
that extends from the pharynx to
the stomach.
es-o-ter'ic (Gr. esoteroSy within). Origi-
nating within the organism.
e8-o-tro^pia (Gr. eso, within + trepeiny
to turn). Convergent strabismus;
cross-eyes.
e8'sence (L. essentiay being, from easCy
to be). A tincture or alcoholic solu-
tion of volatile oil.
e8-sen^tial oil. A volatile oil obtained
from an aromatic plant by distilla-
tion. An oil occurring in the aro-
matic plants which imparts to the
plant its characteristic odor. The
essential oils are extensively used in
dentistry for their antiseptic, obtun-
dent and stimulant properties. The
principal essential oils used in den-
tistry are: cloves, eucal3rptus, pepper-
mint, cassia, cinnamon, wintergreen
and cajuput.
es'ter. A compound formed by the
combination of an acid with the
alcohol radical CsHj.
Digitized by
Google
ESTHESIOLOGY 113
68-th6-8i-oro-gy (Gr. aisthesis, sensa-
tion H- logo8y'trea,tiae). Science of
sensation or the senses.
es-thet'ic (Gr. aisthesisj sensation).
Relating to sensation. Artistic.
Relating to beauty or taste.
68^to-ral. A preparation of boric acid
and menthol used as a spray in
rhinitis and coryza.
e'ther (Gr. aither; L. cether, air). 1 Sul-
phuric ether, ethyl oxid. A volatile
licfuid obtained by distillation from
a mixture of alcohol and sulphuric
acid. It is employed chiefly to pro-
duce anesthesia by inhalation. 2.
A compound formed by the com-
bination of oxygen with the alcohol
radical C2H6.
e-the're-al. Relating to ether.
e-ther-i-za'tion. Production of anes-
thesia by the inhalation of ether.
e^ther-ue. To anesthetize by means
of ether.
efhlc, 6th'i-cal (Gr. ethos^ character).
Acting in accordance with the rules
governing professional conduct.
elh^ics (Gr. ethos^ character). The
rules of proper conduct.
dental e. The rules governing
professional conduct of dental practi-
tioners.
eth'moid (Gr. ethmosj a sieve + eidos,
Uke). 1. The sieve-like bone situ-
ated at the anterior, inferior and •
iniddle part of the base of the cran-
ium. 2. Resembling a sieve.
6. bone. One of the eight bones
comprising the cranium. S^ bone.
efh-moid^al. Relating to the ethmoid
bone.
efh-noff'ra-phy (Gr. ethnos, race +
grapheirij to write). History of the
races of man.
efh-noro-gy (Gr. ethnos, race + logosy
treatise). Science of the races of
man.
efh^yl (Gr. aiiher^ air + yUy matter).
Hypothetical radical of ethyl alco-
hol, C2H6.
6. alcohol. See alcohol.
6. bromid. A colorless volatile
liquid, CaHsBr; an anesthetic used
like chloroform.
6. chlorid. An anesthetic much
like chloroform in action.
8
EUGENOL
6. nitrate. Sweet spirit of niter.
e. ozid. See ether.
eth'yl-ene. defiant gas; the essential
part of illuminating gas.
e-ti-o-lofflc, e-ti-o-loff'i-cal (Gr. aitia,
cause -f logos, treatise). Relating
to etiology or tne causes of disease.
e-ti-oro-gy (Gr. aitiaf cause + logos ^
treatise). Doctrine or science of the
cause of disease.
e-ti-o-trop^ic (Gr. aitiaj cause + troposj
turning). Term applied to a medi-
cine or agent that attacks the causal
factor of a disease.
et'y-mol-o-gy (Gr. etymon, true [sense]
-f logos, treatise). The branch of
philology which treats of the deriva-
tion of words.
eu- (Gr. eu, good). A Greek prefix
meaning good or well.
eu-ca^in. An artificial alkaloid em-
ployed as a local anesthetic and used
as a substitute for cocain.
e. hydrochlorid. A salt of eucain,
used hypodermically in a 2 per cent
solution as a substitute for cocain.
eu-ca-lyp'tol. A colorless liquid ob-
tained from the essential oil of eucal-
3rptus. The active principle of
eucalyptus oil. An antiseptic; also
used as a solvent for gutta-percha.
eu-ca-lyp^tus (Gr. eu, well -f kalyptos,
covered). A genus of myrtaceous
trees of many species of Australia.
The E. globulus furnishes oil of eucal-
yptus, an astringent, deodorant and
antiseptic, used extensively in den-
tistry.
e. oil. The essential oil distilled
from the leaves of the eucal3rptus
plant. It is antiseptic. Also used
as a solvent for gutta-percha.
eu-for^mol. A proprietary agent, ger-
micidal, deodorant and antiseptic.
eu-genlcs, eu-ge-netlcs (Gr. eugenes,
well-born). The science of control
of relation of sexes to improve the
racial qualities of future generations.
eu-gen'o-form. A colorless crystalline
powder, a salt of eugenol carbinol; an
intestinal disinfectant. Dose, 8 to
15 gr. [0.52 to 1 gm.].
eu^ge-nol. The chief constituent of
oil of cloves, cinnamon, etc. It is
an antiseptic. Dose, 1 to 5 min.
[0.06 to 0.3 ccj.
Digitized by
Google
EULYPTOL
114 EXCITATORY
eu-lyp'tol. An antiseptic preparation
composed of salicylic acid, 6 parts,
carbolic acid, 1 part, and oil of
eucal3rptus, 1 part.
eu-py-rex'ia (Gr. ew, well + pyr, fire).
A slight rise of temperature in the
first stages of an infection; it is
regarded as an attempt on the part
of the organism to combat the infec-
tion.
eu-ro-don'tia (Gr. et*ro«, putrefaction
+ odouSf tooth). Suffering from
carious teeth.
eu^ro-phen. A yellow amorphous
powder, diisobutyl-orthocresol-iodid ;
a substitute for iodoform. Used in
the form of powder or ointment in
skin diseases.
Eustachian tube. A canal extending
from the cavity of the middle ear to
the upper part of the pharynx.
eu-tec'tic (Gr. eu. well + tektoSf melt-
ing). The quality of an alloy that
causes it to melt more readily than
any of its ingredients.
eu-tha-na'sia (Gr. ew, well + thanatos,
death). Easy death.
au-than^ics (Gr. eu, good + thenia,
state of body). Science of the im-
provement of racial conditions by
control of environments.
au-thy'mol. An antiseptic combina-
tion of eucal3rptus, thymol, boric
acid, menthol, oil of wintergreen and
baptisia tinctoria.
au-troph'ic (Gr. ew, well + trophein, to
nourish). A state of being well
nourished.
a-vac'u-ant (L. evcumarCf to empty).
An agent that increases discharge
from the bowels.
a-vac-u-a^tion. The act of emptying
the bowels.
av-an-as'cant (L. evanescercj to vanish
away). Quickly passing away, or
vanishing.
Evans' raamar [Geo. Evans, contem-
porary New York dentist]. A
reamer designed especially for en-
larging root canals.
a-vap-o-ra'tion (L. e, out + vaporare,
to emit vapors). Transformation of
a Uquid into vapor.
a-var'sion (L. e, out + verterCj to turn).
Turning outward or inside out.
a-vart'. To turn out or inside out.
a-7i-da-mant^ [a-ved-maw] (Fr.). The
act of curetting a cavity.
av-o-lu'tion (L. e, out + volvere, to roll).
Development. The doctrine of the
descent or derivation of all forms of
animal and vegetable life from one
primitive form.
a-Yul'sion (L. e, out + vellere, to pluck).
The act of plucking out; forcible
extraction of a part, as ike teeth,
polypi, etc.
ax«. Latin preposition used as a prefix
meaning oiU, fronij beyond.
ax-ac-ar-ba^tion (L. ex, beyond +
dcerhiLSf harsh). Increase in the
symptoms of a disease.
ax-an'tham, ax-an-tha^ma, pi. exanthe-
mata (Gr. exanthema^ eruption).
A rash; an eruption. An eruptive
disease, as smallpox, measles, cow-
pox, chickenpox.
ax-an-tham'a-toii8. Relatmg to ex-
anthema.
ax-ar-tic-u-la^tion (L. ex, out + wrticur
lusy joint). Amputation at a joint.
ax-ca-va^tion (L. ex, from + cavus, a
hollow). 1. A cavity. 2. The prep-
aration of a tooth cavity for filling
by removing the decayed contents.
ax'ca-va-tor, dantal. An instrument
for removing the carious debris from
a tooth cavity.
hatchat a. An excavating instru-
ment with a cutting blade shaped
sitnilar to a hatchet.
hoa a. An excavating instrument
with a cutting blade shaped like a
hoe and intended to cut with a pull-
ing motion.
spoon a. An excavating instru-
ment with a spoon shaped cutting
blade.
ax-cip'i-ant (L. ex, out + capere, to
take). Substance which gives form
and consistence to a medical pre-
scription.
ax-cis'ion (L. ear, from + coedere, to cut).
The act of removing by means of a
cutting instrument.
ax-d^tant (L. ex, out + citare, to call).
An agent that stimulates the vital
functions.
ax-ci-ta'tion. The act of stimulating
the vital functions.
ax-ci'ta-to-ry. Tending to excite.
Digitized by
Google
EXCITOMOTOR 115
6x-ci-to-mo'tor. Exciting motor or
muscular action.
6X-cla^8ion (L. ex, out + davdere, to
shut). The act of rejecting. Diag-
nosis by exclusion. Making a diag-
nosis by excluding one possible cause
after another imtil the only tenable
one is left.
ex-coch-le-a'tion (L. ex, out + cochlea,
a spoon). The act of curetting a
cavity.
ex-co-ri-a^tion (L. ex, out + corium,
skin). Abrasion; the act of remov-
ing only the skin.
ex^cre-ment (L. excrementum, separat-
ing). Fecal matter evacuatea from
the body.
ex-cre-men-ti^tioiiB. Relating to ex-
crement.
6x-cres^cenc6 (L. ex, out + crescerCy to
grow). Tumor which forms at the
surface of organs, especially on the
skin and mucous membranes.
ex-cres^cent. Relating to or having
the nature of an excrescence.
ex-cre^ta. The excretions of the body.
ex-crete' (L. ex, from cemere, to
excrete). To throw off from the
body.
ex-cre'tion (L. excemeref to excrete).
1. The act of throwing off excreted
material. 2. The material thrown
off.
ex'cre-to-ry. Relating to or causing
excretion.
ex-fo-li-a'tion (L. ex, out of + folium^
leaf). The separation and falling
off of dead tissue from the living in
the form of layers.
6X-ha-la^tion (L. exj from + halarej to
breathe). Emission or giving off
of vapor from the lungs or surface of
the body.
ex-hauB'tion (L. ex, out + haurire, to
drain). The loss of strength occa-
sioned by excessive evacuations,
fatigue, privation of food or by dis-
ease.
ex-hil'ar-ant (L. exhilarare, to make
cheerful) . An agent that exhilarates
or enlivens.
ex'i-tiu. Opening or exit of a canal.
Termination of a disease.
ex'o- (Gr. exo, outside). A combining
form used as a prefix to mean out-
wardt outside.
ex-o-don'tia (Gr. ex, out + odousy
tooth). That branch of dental
EXPECTANT
science which deals with the extrac-
tion of teeth.
ex^o-dyne (Gr. ex, out + odyne, pain).
A preparation of acetanilid, sodium
sahcylate and sodium bicarbonate,
used as an anodyne and antipyretic.
ex-o-ffe-netlc, ex-o-genlc (Gr. exo,
without -f gennarif to generate).
Having origin from external causes.
ex-og^en-ouB. Increase by addition
from without.
ex-o-lev'er. An instrument named
and designed by Geo. B. Winter.
St. Louis dentist, for the removal
of tooth roots or impacted teeth. It
is similar in action to the ordinary
dental extracting elevator.
6x-oph-thal'mia, ex-oph-thal'mos (Gr.
ex, out + ophthalmoSy eye). Abnor-
mal protrusion of the eye from its
socket.
6x-oph-thal^mic goiter. An anemic
condition accompanied by protrusion
of the eyeballs, palpitation of the
heart and tumefaction of the thyroid
gland.
ex^o-plasm (Gr. exo, outside + plasma,
formed). The outer portion of pro-
toplasm in a cell.
ex-o-sep^sis (Gr. exo, without, sepsis,
decay). Septic poisoning from ex-
ternal causes.
6x^08-mos6, 6X-08-mo^8i8 (Gr. ex, out
+ osmos, impulse). Act by which
substances transude from within to
without an animal membrane. Op-
posite to endosmose.
6X-08-to'si8 (Gr. ex, out + osteon, bone) .
An osseous tumor growing on the
surface of the bone or on the root of
a tooth.
dental e. A pathological over-
growth of cementum.
ex-o-ter'ic (Gr. exoterikos, outer). De-
veloped exteriorly or outside the
organism. Opposite to esoteric.
ex-pan'sion (L. expandere, to spread
out). The act of increasing in size,
bulk or volume.
e. arch. An orthodontic arch wire
used to expand the dental arch.
e. of the arch. Increasing the
width and size of the dental arch.
ex-pec'tant (L. expectare, to wait for).
That which waits, as expectant
treatment; management of a disease
by constant observation of the
patient, only treating conditions as
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
EXPECTORANT
they present themselves, or watching
the progress of a disease without in-
terfering unless special symptoms
arise.
ex-pec^to-rant (L. ex, out + pectusy
breast). An agent that promotes
expectoration.
ex-pec-to-ra^tion. The act of expel-
ling secretions from the lungs and
trachea.
ex-perl-ment (L. experimentum). A
procedure intended to demonstrate
or prove some general truth; a test
or trial.
ex-pi-ra^tion (L. ex, out + svirarej to
breathe). The act of expelling from
the chest the air received during
inspiration.
ex-pi^ra-to-ry. Relating to expiration.
ex-plo-ra^tion (L. explorarCf to search
diligently). The act of investigat-
ing carefully everything connected
with a disease or injury, as an aid to
diagnosis.
ex-plo^ra-to-ry. Relating to an ex-
ploration.
ex-plo^rer. An instrument used in
making exploratory examinations.
ex^po-nent. Fig;ure placed at the right
of a symbol to indicate that the latter
is to be raised to the power indicated
by the figure.
hydrogen e. A figure used to indi-
cate the hydrogen-ion concentration
of a liquid, H+.
ex-pres^sion (L. expremere, to press
out). The act of compressing a sub-
stance to separate from it the fluids
which it contains.
ex-san^guin-ate (L. ex, out + sanguis^
blood). To remove blood from a
part or organ.
ex-sec^tion (L. ex, from -f secarCf to
cut). The act of cutting out a part
from its surroundings.
ex-8ic^cate (L. ex, out + siccus^ dry).
To dry out; to remove water of
crystaUization.
ex-sic-ca^tion (L. ex, out + siccv^f dry).
Drying. The act of removing the
water of crystallization from a sub-
stance.
ext. Abbr. for extract.
6x-t6'ri-or (L.). Outward; outside.
ex-ten'8or. A muscle that causes
extension.
ex-ter^nal (L. externus^ outside). Situ-
ated on the outside.
lie EYE
ex-tir-pa^tion (L. extirpare, to root
out). Complete removal of a part.
Enucleation.
ex%a-. Latin prefix meaning with-
out, beyond,
ex-tra-buc^cal. Situated outside of the
mouth.
ex^tract (L. extradum, from ex, out +
trahere. to draw). An evaporated
vegetable solution containing the
active principles of a drug.
ex-trac^tion (L. ex, out + trahere, to
draw). 1. The act of preparing
an extract. 2. The forcible removal
of a tooth from its socket.
ex-trac^tiye. Active principle or prin-
ciples of a substance capable of
being extracted by alcohol or other
solvents.
ex-trac^tor (L. ex, from or out + trahere,
to draw). An instrument used to
extract or pull out.
ex-tra^ne-0U8 (L. exlraneus, external).
Relating to the outside of an organ-
ism.
ex-tra-o^ral. Situated outside of the
mouth.
ex-trav-a-sa^tion (L. extra, beyond +
vas, vessel). E cape of a fluid from
vessels into the surrounding tissues.
ex-treml-tal. Relating to an extrem-
ity.
ex-trin^sic (L. extra, outside + secus,
otherwise). That which comes from
without. In anatomy, applied to
the external muscles of certain
organs.
ex-trude^ (L. ex, out + trudo, to thrust).
1. The condition in which the tooth
projects from the socket abnor-
maUy. 2. To force or push out.
ex-tru^8ion (L. ex, from + trudere, to
thrust). A term used to designate
the condition in which the tooth pro-
jects from its socket beyond normal,
and in which the occlusal surface of
the tooth extends above the occlusal
line of the teeth.
ex-tro-yer^sion (L. extra, outside +
vertere, to turn). The act of turning
out or inside out.
ex^u-date, ex-u-da^tion (L. ex, out +
sudare^ to sweat). Material that is
thrown out through the skin.
ex-u-da^tive. Relating to the process
of exudation.
6ye (L. oculus; Gr. ophthalmos). The
organ of vision.
Digitized by
Google
117
FARADIC
F
F. Abbr. for Fahrenheit; ficU, let
there be made; also the chemical
sjonbol for fiuorin.
F. A. C. D. Abbr. for Fellow of the
American College of Dentists, an
honorary dental degree.
Iftce (L. fades). Anterior portion of
the head from the forehead to the
chin,
Iftce-bow. A device used in connec-
tion with the articulator, designed to
determine and obtain the same rela-
tive position of the casts to the joint
mechanism, as exists between the
jaws and the temporo-mandibular
joint. That in common use is the
one devised by Dr. Geo. B. Snow,
contemporary Buffalo dentist.
fac^et (Fr. facette). A small circum-
scribed plane on the surface of a bone
or other solid body.
fascial (L. fades, the face). Relating
to the face.
f. artery. See Table of Arteries.
f . nerve. See Table of Nerves.
f . neuralgia. NeHiralgia of the face ;
tic douloureux.
f. vein. See under vdn.
fancies. Latin iorface or surface.
t anterior (BNA). The anterior
or mesial proximal surface of a tooth.
f. buecalis (BNA). The buccal
surface of a molar or premolar tooth.
f. contaetns (BNA). The contact
or proximal siirface of a tooth.
f. Ubialis (BNA). The labial sur-
face of an incisor or canine tooth.
f. linfoaliB (BNA). The lingual
surface of a tooth.
f. masticatoria (BNA). The mas-
ticating or morsal surface of a tooth.
f. posterior (BNA). The posterior
or distal proximal surface of a tooth.
f a^cinf . A thin piece of porcelain with
or without pins, representing the
outer surface of a tooth and intended
to be reinforced by gold or porcelain
so as to restore the full form of a
natural tooth.
interchangeable f . A porcelain fac-
ing so designed that it can be re-
placed in case of breakage.
fa-ci-o-lin^gual. Relating to the face
and tongue.
F. A. C. S. Abbr. for Fellow of the
American College of Surgeons.
fac-ti^tiou8 (L. factitius). Artificial.
fac^ul-ta-tive (L. facuUaSy faculty).
Possessing power; potential,
f. aerobe. A bacterium that does
not grow normally in the presence of
oxygen, but which can acquire the
power of living in it.
f. ana<$robe. A bacterium that
normally requires the presence of
oxygen for growth, but which can
acquire the power of living without
it.
fac^ul-ty (L. facuUas). Power of exe-
cuting a power or function.
Fahrenheit (Abbr. F. or Fahr.). The
name of a thermometric scale in-
vented by Fahrenheit. See Ther-
mameter scale.
faint, fainting. Weak; having a ten-
dency to swoon. Syncope.
false (L. faUo, to deceive). Spurious,
not genuine.
fa^mes. Latin for hunger.
fa-mil^ial (L. familia, family). Be-
longpg to or characteristic of a
family.
family. In natural histonr, denoting
a genera allied to each other by
common characteristics.
fang. The term applied by anato-
mists to the root of a tooth. The
tooth of a serpent.
far^ad. A imit of measurement of
electrical capacity.
Faraday's law [Michael Faraday, an
English physicist, 1791-1867]. The
amoimt of an electrol^rte decomposed
by a galvanic current is in proportion
to the strength of the current.
fa-radlc, fa-rad-alc. Relating to
faradization.
f. battery. A battery producing a
faradic current.
Digitized by
Google
FARADIZATION
f . current. A current of alternating
induced electricity.
fa-rad-i-M^tion. Localized therapeu-
tic application of induction electric
currents.
fa-ri^na (L. flow). Meal or flour.
fa-ri-na'ce-0U8 (L. farina, meal). Hiav-
ing the nature of flour or meal. A
food containing starch.
fas^da, pi. fascicB (L. fascia, band).
A band of tissue that invests muscles.
A bandage.
fas^cial. Relating to a fascia or
fasciae.
fas^d-de (L. fasciculus, a little bundle).
A small collection of fibers.
fas-dc^u-lar, fas-dc^u-late, fas-dc^u-
la-ted. Arranged in bundles.
fas-dc^u-lus, pl.-^i. Latin for a small
bundle.
fas-d^o-la (L. dim. of fascia, a band).
A small bimdle of fibers.
fat-8oluble A. Term applied to a
class of vitamins, a group of sub-
stances as yet not fuUy understood,
concerned in body growth. Defi-
ciency of this vitamin is thought to
be the cause of rickets.
f au^ces (L. , throat) . The passage lead-
ing from the mouth to the pharynx.
isthmus of the f. The posterior
opening of the mouth cavity,
boimded laterally by the anterior
pillars of the fauces, above bv the
velum pendulum pftlati, and below
by the epiglottis.
Fauchard's disease. Pyorrhea aiveo-
laris. So named for Pierre Fauchard ,
a French dentist [1680-1761], who
first described the disease.
fau^dal. Relating to the fauces.
Fe. Abbr. for Latin ferrum, the
chemical s3anbol for iron.
feb-ri-fa^dent (L.fehris, fever -^facere,
to make). Causing fever.
feb^ri-fuge (L.fehris, fever +fugare, to
dispel). Reducing fever; also an
agent having this power.
feb^rile (L. febris, fever). Relating to
fever.
f e1i>ris. Latin for fever.
fe^cal. Relating to the feces.
fences (L. fceces, pi. of fcex, dregs).
Excremental matter discharged from
the bowels.
118 FERRIPyRIN
FeCla. Chemical formula for ferrous
chlorid.
fe-cnn-da^tion (L. fecundus, fruitful).
Impregnation or fertilization of the
ovum.
fe-cuuMl-ty. Capable of producing
offspring.
feed^ing. The act of taking or giving
food.
Fehling's solution. A solution of (a)
copper sulphate, 40; distilled water,
160; (b) caustic soda. 130; potassium
tartrate, 160; distilled water, 600;
the two solutions are mixed at the
time of using. A solution for testing
the presence of sugar in the urine.
fel, gen./etti«(L.). Bile.
feldspar (orthoclase). A silicate of
aluminum and potassium, with varie-
ties in which the potassium is par-
tially replaced by sodium. It is a
translucent, moderately high fusing
substance and varies in color.
fem^o-ral (L. femoralis). Relating to
the thigh.
fe'mur (L., thigh). The thigh; the
thigh-bone, the strongest andlongest
of the bones in the body.
fe-nes^tra (L., a window). A window-
like opening. An opening in a
bandage or dressing for drainage.
fen^es-tra-ted. Pierced with holes.
Fe^Os. Chemical formula for ferric
oxid.
fer'ment (L. fermenlare, to leaven).
An enzyme, or an agent that pro-
duces fermentation of another sub-
stance.
amyloljrtic f. A ferment that acts
upon starch to form sugar.
proteoljrtic f . A ferment that con-
verts protein into peptone or other
substance of more simple constitu-
tion.
fer-men-ta^tion. Decomposition of a
body by the action of a ferment, as
by that of microorganisms.
fer-men'tum. Latin for leaven or
fer^ric (L. ferrum, iron). Relating to
iron. Containing iron in its highest
valency; a sesqui-salt of iron.
fer-ri-py'rin. A powder made by
mixing ferric chlorid and antipyrin;
Digitized by
Google
FERROUS
119
FIBROPLASTIC
used locally as a hemostatic. Inter-
nally for neuralgia and headache.
Dose, 5 to 10 gr. [0.3 to 0.6].
fer^rous. Relating to iron. Contain-
ing iron in its lowest valency.
fer^rule. A metallic ring or band ap-
plied to the end of the root or crown
of a natural tooth to strengthen it.
fer^mm, gen. ierri, Latin for iron.
fer^tile (L. fertilis). Fruitful, prolific.
FeS. Chemical formula for ferrotts
siUphid,
FeS04. Chemical formula for ferrous
sulphate; atUphate of iron; copperas.
fes-toon^. A wreath-like outline of
the margin of the normal gum around
the necKB of the teeth.
festal (L. fastalis, unborn),
to a fetus.
Relating
fe^tid (L. fastidus, stinking). Having
a bad smell.
fe^tor (L., stench). Offensive odor,
f. ex ore (L.). Offensive odor from
the mouth. Halitosis.
f. oris (L.). Offensive breath.
fe^tus, foB^tus, pi. fetuses (L. unborn).
The unborn offspring of any creature.
fe'ver (L. fehris). Elevation of the
temperature of t>he body above nor-
mal. A disease that is character-
ized by an elevation of the tempera-
ture of the body, restlessness, delir-
ium, etc.
fiat, pi. fiant. Latin for let there he
made.
fL^er (L. fihra, a thread). A thread-
like structure making up part of
animal and vegetable tissues.
Sharpey's fa. Connective tissue
fibers, the homologues and analogues
of Sharpey's fibers of bone. They
pass from the alveolo-dental pen-
osteum inward, penetrating the
superficial layers of cementum, and
in normal conditions become com-
pletely calcified and indistinguish-
able imder the microscope. They
attach the alveolo-dental periosteum
to the cementimi.
Tomes' f* s. Protoplasmic pro-
cesses of the ameloblasts of the
enamel organs of developing teeth
around which calcification of enamel
takes place.
fi1i>ra, pi. fihrcB. Liatin for fiber.
fi1i>ril, fi-brilOa, pi. fihriUcB (L. jihriUa,
a small fiber). A small fiber.
dentinal f s. The fibrils occupying
the dentinal canals.
Ebner's Vs. Fine connective tis-
sue fibers that pervade the dentinal
matrix.
Tomes' f s. The prolongations of
the odontoblasts wnich occupy the
dentinal canals. Same as demiinal
fibrils, which see.
fi-brillar. Relating to a fibril or
fibrils.
fi1i>iin (L. fiJbrina, fibrin). A white,
inodorous protein formed in shea
blood by the action of fibrinogen.
fi-brin^o-gen (L. fibrina, fibrin + gen-
nan, to produce). A globulin in the
blood that imder certain conditions
yields fibrin.
fi1i>rm-ous. Relating to fibrin.
fi-bro-ad-e-no^ma. A ^landulous tumor
containing fibrous tissue.
fi-bro-an-gi-o^ma. An arterial tumor
containing fibrous tissue.
fi'bro-blast (L. fibra^ fiber + hlastos,
germ) . A connective-tissue develop-
mental cell.
fi-bro-car-ci-no^ma. A carcinoma
which contains fibrous tissue.
fi-bro-car^ti-lage (L. fibra, fiber +
cartHago, cartilage). Organic tissue
partaking of the nature of fibrous
tissue and cartilage.
fi1i>ro-cyst. Cystic fibroma.
fi-bro-cys-to^ma. Cystic fibroma.
fi1i)roid (L. fibra, fiber + Gr. eidos,
form) . Of a fibrous nature ; fibroma.
fi-bro^ma (L. fibra, fiber + Gr. oma,
tumor). A tumor made up of fibrous
tissue.
fi-bro^ma-tous. Relating to or the
nature of fibroma.
fi-bro-my-o^ma. Myoma having
fibrous tissue blended with it.
fi-bro-myx-o'ma. A tumor made up
of fibrous and mucous tissue.
fi-bro-neu-ro^ma. A tumor made up
of fibrous and nerve tissues.
fi-bro-plas^tic (L. nbra, fiber + Gr.
plassein, to form). Forming fibers.
Digitized by
Google
FIBROSARCOMA 120
fi-bro-sar-co'ma. Sarcoma having a
fibrous structure.
fi-bro^sis. Fibroid degeneration.
fi'broos. Composed of fibers.
fib^U-la (L., a buckle). The long smaller
bone of the leg extending from the
ankle to the knee.
field. An open space or area.
microscopic f. The area that can
be seen under a microscope at one
time.
fifth nenre. See Trigeminal nerve,
in Table of Nerves,
fil^a-ment (L. filamentumj a small
thread). A small thread or fibril.
fil-a-men^tous. Composed of fila-
ments.
file. A hard steel abrading or polishing
tool.
fil^i-form (L. jUum, thread + forma,
form). Hair-like; thread-like.
fil^let (L. JUum, thread). A bandage
like a noose.
fill^ing. 1. The operation of inserting
a material into the cavity or root
canal of a tooth. 2. The material
so inserted.
combination f. A filling made of
two or more materials inserted in
layers.
f. material. A substance used for
fiUing teeth.
f. materials. Cement: gold; plati-
num; tin; silver; amalgam; gutta-
percha; oxychlorid; chlora-percha;
oxyphospha te. See under designa-
ting wonls.
fil^ter (L. filirurn). An apparatus for
straining liquid.
fil-tra^tion. The act of passing a
liquid through a filter to purify it.
filum, pi. jili (L., a thread). A thread
or filament.
fin^ger. One of the five digits of the
hand.
Finsen light. The violet or ultra-
violet rays of the spectrum separated
by a special apparatus, and used in
the treatment of skin diseases.
firing. The process of heating porce-
lain in the furnace.
fis^su-ra. Latin for fissure.
FLAGG'S DEPRESSOR
fis'sure (L.fissura, iromfindoy to cleave) .
A cleft or opening. A fault in the
enamel caused by the imperfect
joining of the enamel of the lobes of
the teeth.
f . bur. A cylindrical bur with even ,
straight or parallel surfaces.
f . cavity. A cavity beginning along
the line of a fissure.
fis^tu-la, pl.fisttdcB (L., a pipe or reed).
An ulcerous canal leaaing from an
abscess to the surface of the skin or
mucous membrane. See also sintis,
blind f . A fistula ending in a cavity
being open only at one end.
dental f . A fistula leading to an
alveolar abscess.
salivary f . A fistula leading into a
salivary duct.
fis^tu-lous. Relating to or resembling
a fistula.
fit. A convulsion.
fiz-a^tion (L. fixtis, from figere, to
fasten). The act of fastening in a
fixed or firm position.
f . of comidement See under com-
plement fixaiion.
fiz^a-tive. Term applied to any sub-
stance used to fix tissues so as to
preserve their structural relations
and shape as found in life; or for
fastening a microscopic specimen to
a slide.
fixed oils. Oils not volatilizing upon
the application of heat. Also called
fatty oils because they constitute
in part the animal and vegetable
fats.
fizi dentes. Latin, meaning the teeth
of the second dentition.
fixing. The act of using a fixative in
the preparation of material for micro-
scopic study.
fl. Abbr. for fluid.
fla-geriate (L. flagellum, whip). Pro-
vided with flagella.
fla-gellum, pi. flagella (L., whip). A
cord-like process of protoplasm con-
nected with various cells for loco-
motion.
Flagg's tongue depressor [J. Foster
Flagg, Philadelphia dentist, 1828-
1903]. An instrument for holding
the tongue out of the way of the
operator.
Digitized by
Google
FLAP
flap. A portion of tissues separated
from those beneath for surgical pur-
poses.
flask. A metal box for holding the
cast and waxed-up teeth in the
making of a vulcamte denture; it is
usually in two sections, the sections
being bolted together.
f . clamp. See /. press.
t press. A press for forcibly clos-
ing the sections of the flask together.
flat^u-lence (L. flatus, wind). Accu-
mulation of gas in the digestive
tract.
fla^tus (L.). Gas in the intestines.
fl. dr. Abbr. for fluidram.
fl. ext. Abbr. for fluidextract.
Fleteherism. Thorough mastication of
food. Named so for Horace Fletcher,
an American dietician, 1849-1921.
flex^i-ble (L. fl^cto, to bend). Capable
of being bent without breaking.
flex^ion (L. flecto^ to bend). State of
being bent. Also action of a flexor
muscle.
flex^ure (L. flexura). A bend or joint.
floc'cu-lent (L. floccusy flock of wool).
Containing small wool-like, cloudy
flakes.
florid (L. fl^ridus, flowery). Bright
red in color.
floss silk. A loosely twisted silk
thread adapted for cleaning between
the teeth.
flow. A discharge.
f . of amalgam. The lateral spread-
ing or flattening of an amalgam
under pressure after it has set.
flowers of sulphur. Sublimated sul-
phur.
fluc-tu-a^tion (L. fluctuare, to roll).
Undulation of a fluid in a natural or
artificial cavity, felt by pressure or
percussion.
fluid (L. flttere, to flow). Liquid or
gaseous; flowing.
fluidextract. Concentrated liouid so-
lution of the active principles of a
vegetable dru^, prepared by the pro-
cess of extraction. In U. S. P. prep-
arations 1 cc equals 1 gm. of the
crude drug.
fluidounce. Eight fluidrams; 29.57 cc.
121 FOLLICULAR
fluidram, fluidrachm. A measure con-
taining 56.96 grains of distilled water;
3.70 cc.
flu-or-es^cence. The quality which
some substances possess of dispensing
light and becoming self-luminous
under the action of rays of light, such
as the violet or ultraviolet rays.
flu^or-id. Compound of fluorin and a
base.
flu^or-in. A non-metallic gaseous ele-
ment of the halogen group. Symbol
F.
flu^o-ro-scope. An apparatus for ob-
serving the picture of opaque objects
formed by the passage of the Rontgen
rays.
flush. A temporary redness of the
face or other part.
flux (L. fluxusy flowing). 1. Excessive
discharge of fluid. 2. A substance
used to facilitate the fusing of metals.
F. M. Latin, fi^ mistura, let a mix-
ture be made.
fo^cal. Relating to a focus.
f. infection. Infection in which
bacteria exist in certain tissues and
are sent out from there into the
blood stream.
fo^cus, pi. foci (L., a fireplace). The
center of greatest force of a morbid
process. The seat or point of origin
of a disease.
foil. A thin plate or sheet of metal
used in filling teeth, as gold foil.
f . carrier. An instrument designed
especially for carrying the foil to
place in inserting a filling.
f . plug ger. A plugging instrument
for condensing the foil in inserting a
filling.
f. shears. Shears with long blades
particularly adapted to cutting gold
foil.
fold. A doubling of serous or mucous
membranes.
fol^-de (L. folliculusy a little bag).
A small crypt or gland, formed by
depression of the skin or mucous
membrane.
dental f. Sac containing a tooth
in the process of formation.
fol-lic^u-lar. Relating to a follicle or
follicles.
Digitized by
Google
FOLLICULUS
fol-lic^a-lu8, pi. foUicuLi. Latin for
foUide.
fo-men-ta'tion (L. fomenialio, from
foveo, to keep warm). 1. The appli-
cation of heat or moisture to a part
to relieve pain or inflammation. 2.
The substance so applied.
fon-ta-ner, fon-ta-nelle (Fr. a little
fountain). An unossified spot in the
cranium of a newborn child.
food. Any substance that gives nour-
ishment to the body. Aliment.
foot (L. pes). The terminal extremity
of the leg.
fo-ra'men, pi. foramina (L. forarCf to
pierce). A hole in a bone, giving
passage usually to a nerve or blood-
vessel or both.
alveolar f. The opening of the
posterior dental canal on the maxilla.
apical f . The foramen at the end
of a tooth root through which the
nerves and vessels of the pulp pass.
dental f ., inferior. The opening of
the inferior dental canal on the
ramus of the mandible.
dental f., superior., f of Scarpa.
The foramen behind the incisor
teeth.
frontal f. The supra- orbital notch.
incisor f . The opening for the ante-
rior palatine artery.
infra-orbital f . The opening in the
maxilla for the infra orbital nerve
and vessels.
f. magnum. The opening in the
occipital bone through which the
spinal cord passes to the brain.
mandibular f. Same as inferior
dental f.
mental f . The opening in the man-
dible for the mental nerve and vessels.
f. ovale. The opening in the sphe-
noid bone for the inferior maxillary
nerve and meningeal artery.
palatine f., anterior. The opening
in the hard palate of the incisor canal.
palatine f., posterior. The opening
in the hard palate of the palatine
canal.
Scarpa's f. The superior dental
foramen.
Stenson's f. The foramen back of
the incisor teeth that transmits an
artery.
122 FORMOCRESOL
suborbital f . The opening at the
anterior end of . the infra-orbital
canal for the infra-orbital artery
and nerve.
for-am-in^a-lum. A small foramen.
for-am-in-if ^er-ous (L. foramen^ hole +
ferre^ to bear) . Containing foramina.
for^ceps (L., a pair of tongs). An
instrument with two blades and
handles for removing or compress-
ing an object.
idveolar f. Forceps for cutting
and removing portions of the alveo-
lar process.
artery f. Forceps for closing or
occluding arteries and preventing
excessive flow of blood.
bone f. Forceps used in cutting
bone.
clamp f. Forceps used to adjust
clamps about the teeth.
dental f . Forceps adapted partic-
ularly to the extraction of teeth.
excising f. An instrument for
excising the crowns of teeth.
hemostatic f . Forceps used to stop
hemorrhage.
for^d-pate. Having the shape of a
forceps.
Fordyce's disease [John A. Fordyce,
contemporary New York physician].
A disease of the lips characterized by
the presence of numerous yellowish
white granules on the inner surface
of the lips, supposed to be due to
hypertrophy of the sebaceous glands.
for^ma-gen. A proprietary cement
used in dentistry.
for-malMe-hyd. Formic aldehyd, a
powerful disinfectant gas.
for^mal-in. A 40 per cent solution of
formaldehyd in water; a germicide,
deodorant and antiseptic.
for^ma-mint. Trade name of a prep-
aration of milk-sugar and formal-
dehyd used in the treatment of
of stomatitis.
for^ma-tiye (L. formoy to form). Con-
cerned in the formation of tissue.
formic acid. See add.
for-mo-cre'sol. Formalin and cresol
in equal parts, used in the treatment
of putrescent pulps.
Digitized by
Google
FORMOL 123
f. Buckley's. Equal volumes of
cresol and liquor formaldehyd, sug-
gested by J. P. Buckley for the treat-
ment of teeth with decomposing or
gangrenous pulps, by sealing it in the
pulp cavity.
for^mol. A proprietary preparation of
formaldehyd in wood-alcohol and
water; an antiseptic.
for^mu-la, pi. formidoB, or formulas (L.
dim. oi forma J a form). A prescrip-
tion or detailed statement of the
ingredients of a prescription. A
coUection of s^pibols expressing the
chemical constitution of a body,
dental f . See imder dental.
for^ma-la-ry. A collection of medical
formulse or recipes.
for'ni-cate (L. fomicatuSf arched).
Arch-shaped or vaulted.
for^niz, pi. fomices (L., arch). Any
anatomical structure resembling an
arch.
tOB'Btk,pl.fos8(B (L., a ditch). A depres-
sion or pit.
canine f. The depression in the
maxilla over the camne tooth.
glenoid f. The depression in the
temporal bone that receives the con-
dyle of the mandible.
incisive f. The depression in the
maxilla above the incisor teeth.
mandibular f. Same as glenoid
fossa.
pterygoid f. The fossa formed by
the plates of the pterygoid process
of the sphenoid bone, at which point
is attacned the pterygoid muscle.
retromandibular f . The depression
behind the angle of the mandible.
sublingual f. The depression on
the inner side of the mandible in
which the sublingual gland rests.
submaxillary f. The depression
on the inner surface of the mandible
in which the submaxillary ^and
rests.
sygomatic f. The fossa on the
inner side of the zygoma.
f os^su-la, pi. fossvloe (L. dim. of fossa^
a ditch). A small fossa.
Fothergill's disease [John Fothergill,
an English physician, 1712-1780].
Tic douloureux.
FRENUM
fo've-a, pi. fovecB (L. pit). A small
depression or pit.
fo've-ate. Pitted.
Fowler's solution [Thos. Fowler, an
English physician, 1736-1801]. A
solution of potassium arsenite; a
convenient form of administering
arsenic as a tonic. Dose, 3 to 10
min. [0.2 to 0.666 cc].
fo-ve'o-la. pl.foveolcB (L. dim. of fovea).
A small fossa.
frac^ture (L. fraduray from frangere, to
break). Solution of continuity in a
bone.
comminuted f • A fracture in which
the bone is broken into numerous
small pieces.
compound f. A fracture accom-
panied by an open wound of the soft
parts.
green-stick f . An incomplete frac-
ture of a bone.
multiple f. A fracture involving
several parts of the same bone.
simple f . A fracture in which only
the bone is involved.
fr»^nu-lum, frssnum. See frenulum,
frenum.
F. R. C. P. Abbr. for Fellow of the
Royal College of Physicians.
F. B. C. S. Abbr. for Fellow of the
Royal College of Surgeons.
frame, occluding. Term suggested by
Dr. G. V. Black as preferable to
articulator.
frem^i-tus (L. fremoy to murmur).
Vibration, as that conveyed by
friction or by the voice.
fre^nal. Relating to the frenum.
fre-not'o-my (L. /rewwm, a bridle +
Gr. tome. cut). The operation of
incising tne frenum.
fren^u-lum, pi. frenula (L. dim. of
frcenum). A small frenum.
fre^num, pi. frena (L., a bridle). A
membranous fold that checks or
limits the movements of an organ.
f. labiorum. The mucous fold
that attaches the upper lip to the
maxillse above the incisor teeth.
f. linguae. The mucous fold that
attaches the tongue to the floor of
the mouth.
Digitized by
Google
FRIABILITY
124
FUSION
fri-a-bil'i-ty (L. friaref to break into
pieces + habiliSy able). Having the
property of being readily broken into
pieces.
friVble (L.friaref to break in pieces).
Easily broken or crumbled.
fric^tion (L. fricare^ to rub). The act
of rubbing; attrition.
FriedlSnder's bacillus. Same as Bacil-
lus pneumonicB.
frig-o-ther^a-py (L. frigar, cold +
Iherapeirif treatment) . Treatment of
disease by the application of cold.
frit. An intense pigment, fused with
feldspar and flux, and then ground to
a fine powder, used as a coloring
material for porcelain. See gum
fnL
fron^tad. In a direction toward the
front.
fron^tal. Relating to the forehead.
f. bone. The bone situated at the
superior part of the face; forming
the vault of the orbit.
f . sinuses. The two irregular cavi-
ties in the frontal bone just above
the root of the nose, communicating
with the nose by the infundibulum.
fron-to-max^il-lary. Relating to the
frontal and maxillary bones.
fron-to-na^sal. Relating to the frontal
region and the nose.
ft. Abbr. for Latin fial or fiavU, let
there be made.
fuch^sin. An anilin red dye used as a
stain in microscopical work.
-fufe (L. fugo, to expel). A suffix
signifying an expeller.
ful^gu-rant, ful^gu-ra-tizig (L. fulgur,
lightning). Resembling Ughtning in
suddenness, as pains.
ful-gu-ra^tion (L. fulgur, lightning).
Treatment by electric sparks; as
the high-frequency sparks.
fuller's earth. See kaolin.
fu-mi-ga^tion (L. fumigarej to smoke).
Disinfection by fumes of a disinfec-
tant.
ful^mi-nant, ful^mi-na-ting (L. ful-
minare, to lighten). A term applied
to a disease occurring suddenly.
functio l»sa. The interference with
function; a symptom of inflamma-
tion.
func'tion (L. functioj to perform).
The normal action of an organ or
part.
func^tion-al. Relating to function.
func^tion-ate, func^tion-a-ting. Per-
forming its functions nornaally.
fundus, pi fundi (L., bottom). Base
of an organ ending in a neck or hav-
ing an external aperture.
fun^goid (L. /ungues, a toadstool +
Gr. eidoSf form). Fungiform; re-
sembling a fungus.
fun^gus, pi. funoi (L., a toadstool).
Mushroom order of plants. A low
order of vegetable organisms.
fu-nic^u-lus, pi. funiculi (L. dim. of
funis J a cord). A bundle of fibers;
a cord.
fun'nel. A wide-mouthed conical ves-
sel used to transfer liquids from one
vessel to another.
fur^nace (L./wmws, oven). An appar-
atus enclosing a fire-chamber, for
melting metal, fusing porcelain, etc.
fur'row. A groove or sulcus.
fu'run-cle (L. furunculus, a boil). A
boil.
fu'run-cu-lar. Relating to a boil.
fu-run-cu-lo^sis. A disease charac-
terized by the growth of boils.
fu-run'cu-lus, pl.furunculi (L., furuncle
or boil). A boil.
f . vulgaris. A carbimcle.
fuse (L. fursu^j from fundere^ to pour).
To liquefy by means of heat, as
metals, porcelain, etc.
fu^si-ble (L. fusio, to melt). Capable
of being melted.
f . metal. A low fusing metal used
in making casts, dies, etc.
fu^si-form {L:fususy spindle + forma j
form). Spindle-shaped.
fu^sion. A chemico-physical change pro-
duced by subjectmg porcelain to
enough heat and for a given time to
cause a rearrangement of the mole-
cules with partial vitrifaction, and a
glaze of the surface of the mass.
tooth f . The union of two or more
teeth during the process of develop-
ment resulting from the blending of
the formative organs.
Digitized by
Google
125
GANGRENE
G
g. Abbr. for gram.
gag. A device for holding the mouth
open.
gage, gauge (O. F. ganger, measure).
An instrument used for measuring
capacity, dimension, force, etc.
g. plate. A circular metallic plate
with graded slot perforations for
measuring the thickness of sheet
metal.
mbber g. A device for measuring
the amount of rubber to be used in
making an artificial denture.
gal-ac^tase. An enzyme that causes
fermentation of nulk.
gal-ac^tose (Gr. gala, milk). A carbo-
hydrate produced by the fermenta-
tion of lactose.
gal-ac-to-fherVpy (Gr. gala, milk +
therapein, to cure). The treatment
of nursing infants by giving remedies
to the mother.
gaU (L. galla, bile). The bile.
g. bladder. The bile reservoir,
situated below the liver.
g. -stone. A calculus formed in the
gall bladder or duct.
gallic add. See add,
gallon (L. amgius). A measure equal
to four quarts; 3.785 liters. See
Table of Weights and Measures,
gal-vanlc. Relating to galvanism.
g. battery. A collection of galvanic
cells.
gal>an-ism. A constant current of
electricity deuved from batteries.
gal-van-o-cau^te-iy. A wire heated
by the galvanic current used for
cauterization.
gal-van-o-fher^my (L. Ealvanism + Gr.
therme, heat). Production of heat
by galvanism.
gam^ete (Gr. gamos, marriage). A
mass or cell of protoplasm which
unites with another to form a spore,
or zygote. Any reproductive cell
of organisms reproducing sexually.
gam-e-to-cyte^ (Gr. gamete, spouse +
kytos, cell). The mother cell from
which the gamete is derived.
ga^mo- (Gr. gamos, marriage). A
prefix denoting union,
gan-gli-ec^to-my (Gr. ganglion, gan-
glion + ectome, excision). Excision
of a ganglion.
gan-gli-o^ma (Gr. ganglion, ganglion +
oma, tumor). Tumor of the lym-
phatic glands.
gan^gli-on, pi. ganglia (Gr. ganglion,
knot). A coUection of nerve-cells
and fibers forming a subsidiary nerve
center. Also a knot-like enlarge-
ment in the course of a nerve.
Oasserian g. The ganglion on the
main root of the fifth cranial nerve,
situated in the fossa of the temporal
bone^ and gives off the superior and
infenor maxillary and orbital nerves.
inframazOlary g., anterior. The
ganglion situated on the root of the
inferior maxillary nerve near the
incisor teeth and distributes fila-
ments to the anterior teeth.
inframazOlary g., posterior. The
ganglion situated on the root of the
inferior maxillary nerve near the
molar teeth and distributes filaments
to the posterior teeth.
lingoal g. See submaxillary g,
maxillary g. See submaxillary g.
Mockers g., or sphenopalatine g.
Small ganglion situated in the spheno-
maxillary fossa made up of branches
from the superior maxillary, facial
and sympathetic nerves and dis-
tributes nerve branches to the nose,
palate and orbit.
submaxillary g. A ganglion situ-
ated above the submaxillary gland
and formed by branches from the
lingual nerve, chorda tympani, and
sympathetic and distributes nerve
branches to the mouth, sublingual
and submaxillary glands and Whar-
ton's duct.
gan^gli-on-ic. Relating to a ganglion.
gangrena oris. Gangrenous stomatitis ;
noma.
gan^grene (L. gangrcena; Gr. gangraina,
a sore). Death of a part of a body
from failure in nutrition. The putre-
factive fermentation of dead tissue.
Digitized by
Google
GANGRENOUS
126 GAUZE
dry g. Gangrene of a dry form
resulting from anemia.
gas g. Gangrene in which gas is
formed due to the presence of B.
aerogenes.
moist g. Gangrene with an offen-
sive watery discharge.
primary g. Gangrene occurring
without inflammation of the part.
secondary g. Gangrene following
inflammation.
gan^gre-noos. Affected with or relat-
ing to gangrene.
gar^gle (L. gargarizo. to gargle). A
liquid medicine for rmsing the
mouth and throat.
OarioVs articulator. An articulating
instrument devised by J. B. Gariot,
1805; supposed to be the first articu-
lator.
gas. An air-like fluid.
laughing g. Nitrous oxid gas.
marsh g. M ethane j which see.
gas^e-ous. Relating to or having the
nature of gas.
gasket. A ring or disk for making a
joint water tight.
gas-om^e-ter. A reservoir for measur-
ing nitrous oxid gas.
gasp. Spasmodic catching of the
breath.
gas-ser-ec^to-my (Gasserian + Gr.
ekiome, excision). Excision of the
Gasserian ganglion.
Oasserian ganglion. The ganglion on
the main root of the fifth cranial
nerve, situated in the fossa of the
temporal bone, and gives off the
superior and inferior maxillary and
orbital neryes.
gas-trad-e-ni^tis (Gr. gasterj stomach
+ aderiy gland + itisy inflammation).
Inflammation of the glands of the
stomach.
gas-tral^gia (Gr. gaater^ stomach +
algoSf pain). Pain in the stomach.
gas-trec^to-my (Gr. gastetj stomach +
ektomef excision). Excision of a
part or all of the stomach.
gas'tric (Gr. gaster, stomach). Relat-
ing to the stomach.
g. juice. The digestive liquid se-
creted by the glands of the stomach.
gas-tri^tis (Gr. gasterj stomach + itis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
stomach.
gas^tro- (Gr. gasteTf stomach). A prefix
indicating relating to the stomach.
gas-tro-dyn^ia (Gr. gasteTf stomach +
odyne^ pain). Pain in the stomach.
gas-tro-en-te-ri^tis (Gr. gaatery stomach
+ enterony intestine + UiSy inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the stomach
and intestines.
gas-tro-en-te-roro-gist (Gr. gaakr,
stomach + enteronj intestines + logos y
treatise) . One who specializes in the
treatment of diseases of the stomach
and intestines.
gas-tro«en-te-roro-gy. Study of the
stomach and intestines and their dis-
eases.
gas-tro-gen^ic (Gr. gastery stomach +
genesiSy origin). Originating in the
stomach.
gas-tro-in-tes^ti-nal (Gr. gastery stom-
ach + enteron, intestines). Relating
to the stomacn and intestines.
gas-trol^o-gist (Gr. gaster, stomach +
logosy treatise). One who specializes
in the treatment of diseases of the
stomach.
gas-troro-gy. Study of the stomach
and its diseases.
gas-tror-rhe^a (Gr. gastery stomach +
rhoia^ flow). Excessive secretion of
gastnc juice.
gas-trot^o-my (Gr. gaster, stomach +
tomey cut). Surgical incision of the
stomach or abdomen.
gate (AS.). In dentistry a hole or
opening through which metal is
poured into a mold. Also an open-
mg through which an excess of mate-
rial may pass.
Gates crown [W. H. Gates, Philadel-
phia dentist, 1850-]. A porcelain
pin crown similar to the BonwiU
crowriy which see.
Gates-Glidden driU [W. H. Gates.
Philadelphia dentist, I860-, and
O. A. Glidden, Oneida, N. Y., den-
tist^ 1845-1922]. A cutting drill
designed especially for enlarging
root canals.
gauze. A thin sheer cloth material,
emploved for bandages and in
woirna dressing.
Digitized by
Google
GE
absorbent g. Gauze from which
oily matter has been removed.
antiseptic f . An antiseptic gauze
used for dressing wounds.
iodoform g. A gauze treated with
iodoform used for antiseptic dressing
of woimds.
Qe. Chemical symbol for germanium,
gel. Name given to a colloid that is
of firm consistence.
gera-tin (L. gdare. to congeal). An
albuminous jelly-like substance,
made by boiling connective tissue in
water,
g. culture. A gelatin medium used
for bacterial cultiu'e.
vegetable g. A gelatinous material
obtained from vegetable tissues.
gel-at^i-nise. To make gelatinous.
gel-at^i-noid. Resembling gelatin,
g. plaques. Masses of micro-
organisms inclosed in a gelatinoid
substance and attached to the teeth.
gel-atl-nous. Relating to or having
the character of gelatin.
gel-atl-num. Latin for gelaiin.
geml-nate, gem^i-nous (L. geminus^
twins). Twins; two together.
gem-i-na^tion (L. geminusy twin). The
act of duplicating or dividing into
two.
diphyodontic g. A condition in
which a deciduous tooth becomes
firmly united or fused to a tooth of
the permanent dentition.
gem-ma^tion (L. aem/may a bud).
Generation by buds, which grow and
become distinct from one another.
gem stones. Dental grinding stones
made of corundmn and mounted on
shafts for use in the dental engine.
ge^na. Latin, meaning cheek,
genial (L. gena, cheek). Relating to
the cheek.
gen^e-ra. Pliu'al of genua,
gen-e-ra^tion (L. genero, to beget).
The act of reproducing the species.
gen-er'ic (L. genus, generis^ kind). 1.
Relating to a genus or class of related
objects; opposed to specific. 2.
Having a general application.
gen^e-sis (Gr. genesis, origin). Origin
or first formation.
127 GERMAN SILVER
gen-et^ic (Gr. genesis, origin). Relat-
ing to origin.
gen-et^ics (Gr. genesis, origin). The
laws pertaining to generation or
heredity.
ge^ni-al (Gr. geneion, chin). Relating
to the chin.
g. tubercles. Two small nodules
on the mandible, one on each side
of the symphysis.
-gen^ic (Gr. genesis, production or
origin). A suffix relating to pro-
duction or generation.
ge-nic^u-lum (L. dim. of genu, knee).
Bent in shape like a knee.
ge'ni-o- (Gr. geneion, chin). A prefix
denoting relation to the chin.
ge-ni-o-hy-o-glos^sus. See Table of
Muscles.
ge-ni-o-hy-oi-de^us. See Table of
Musdes,
ge^nion (Gr. geneion, chin). The tip of
the chin; a point from which cranio-
metric measurements are made.
gen-i-to-uM-na-ry. Relating to the
genital and urinary organs.
gen^tian. The official U. S. P. name
for the root of Gentiana lutea. Its
bitter principles are aperient. Dose,
fluidextract i to 1 dr. [2 to 4 cc].
g. violet. An aniline dye used in
microscope work.
genu, pi. genua (L., knee). The knee.
g. valgum. Knock-kneed.
g. varum. Bow-legged.
ge^nus (L., race). The division be-
tween the order and the species in
natural history. A group embracing
subordinate species.
germ (L. germen, sprig). 1. An oyum;
an imdevelopea embryo, or unde-
veloped part, e. g,, the dental germ.
2. A microbe or bacterium.
g. theory. The theory that all
living things are produced by devel-
opment from organized living matter.
Also that all infectious diseases are
produced by development of bac-
teria in the body.
German silver. A metal alloy, white
in color and possessing considerable
hardness, composed of copper 50 to
66 parts; mac 19 to 30 parts; nickel
Digitized by
Google
GERMICIDAL 128 GINGIVOLABIAL
g. border. The border of the gums
covering the highest portion of the
alveolar process. The free edge of
the gums.
f. crevice. The space normally
existing between the cervical enamel
and the overlying unattached gin-
giva. Same as subgingival space.
f . curvature. The deviation of the
gingival line from the horizontal in
its course around the neck of a tooth.
[Black].
f . line. The line aroimd the neck
of a tooth at which the gingiva is
attached.
g. margin. The portion of the
crown of a tooth next to the gingival
line.
g. trough. The name given by
Hopewell-Smith to the sulcus exist-
ing in mammals, fishes, and reptiles
around the necks of the teeth,
formed by the attachment of the soft
tissues to the cementum. It is
bounded internally by Nasmyth's
membrane and the free surface of the
enamel, and externally by the outer
layer of the stratified squamous
epithelium of the gum. It measures
from 2 mm. to 4.5 mm. in depth, and
contains in normal circumstances
saliva, phagocytes from the tonsils,
desquamated epithelial cells, micro-
organisms, chiefly of the Strepto-
coccus and Micrococcus catarrhalis
types, and, if deep, also food debris.
gin'gi-val-ly. Toward the gums.
gin-gi-vi'tis (L. gingivay gum + Gr.
itiSj inflammation). InJSammation
of the gums.
g. nudata. Gingivitis character-
ized by denudation of the lajrers of
papillae of the gingival mucous mem-
brane; usually caused by wearing
ill-fitting artificial dentures. So
named by Joszef Arkovy, contem-
porary Hungarian dentist,
interstitial g. The term given by
Talbot to pyorrhea alveolaris.
gin-gi-vo-glos-si'tis (L. gingiva, gum +
Gr. glossa, tongue + itis, inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the gums
and tongue.
13 to 18 parts. It is largely used in
making orthodontic appliances.
ger-mi-ci^dal (L. grermew, germ +
coBdere, to kill). Destroying germs.
ger^mi-cide (L. germeny germ + coederey
to kill). An agent that destroys
germs.
ger'mi-nal. Relating to a germ.
ger-mi-na^tion. First development of
germs.
ger-mi-na^tive. Relating to germina-
tion or having the power of germinat-
ing.
ges-ta^tion (L. gestoy to carry). The
period from conception to delivery;
pregnancy.
giant (Gr. gigasy giant). An organism
of unusual size.
g. cells. Very large cells.
Gibson's bandage [Kasson C. Gibson,
contemporary oral surgeon of New
York]. A modification of Barton's
bandage, for retaining the bones in
cases of fracture of the mandible.
Oiemsa stain. A specially prepared
staining preparation for detecting
the presence of Spirochaeta pallida.
gi-gan^to-blast (Gr. gigasy giant +
blastosy germ). A large nucleated
erythrocyte.
gi-gan'to-cyte (Gr. gigaSy giant +
kytoSy cell). A large non-nucleated
erythrocyte.
gin-gi>a, pi. gingivae (L.). The soft
tissue at the neck of the tooth and
overlying the alveolar process.
alveolar g. That portion of the
investing tissue which overlies the
alveolar process, and which is so
firmly attached to its surface as to
have but slight mobility.
areolar g. The tissue overlying
the alveolar process, and which is
bound to it by a loose areolar con-
nective tissue.
cemental g. That portion of the in-
vesting tissue which is attached to
the cementum, but which lies crown-
ward of the alveolar process.
marginal g. That portion of the in-
vesting tissue which lies in contact
with the enamel, but which is not
attached directly to the tooth surface.
gin^gi-val. Relating to the gum or
gums.
gin-gi-vo-la^bi-al.
gums and lips.
Relating to the
Digitized by
Google
PLATE V
The Salivary Glands. The Right Half of the Body of the Mandible
has been Removed. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GINGLYMOID
gin'gly-moid (Gr. ginglymosy hinge +
ci5os, form). Resembling a hinge-
joint.
gin^gly-mus (Gr. ginglymosy a hinge).
A hinge-like joint; a joint admitting
of motion in only two directions.
gin'seng. The root of several species
of Panax. It is a demulcent.
gla-bella, gla-benum (L. dim. of
glabcTf smooth). The smooth prom-
mence on the frontal bone, just
above the root of the nose.
gla'cial (L. glaciesj ice). Having the
appearance of ice; vitreous.
g. acetic acid. Acetic acid in
nearly pure state.
g. phosphoric acid. The liquid
ingredient of oxyphosphate of zinc
cement.
gland (L. glans, an acorn). Any
organ that separates fluid from the
blood; an organ that secretes some-
thing essential to the system or one
that excretes something that would
be detrimental if retained.
accessory g. A mass of glandular
tissue situated near a gland of similar
structure.
admaziUary g. An accessory sali-
vary gland.
adrenal g. The suprarenal capsule .
bronchial g's. The lymphatic
glands situated at the base of the
bronchial tubes.
buccal g. The glands in the
mucous membrane of the cheek.
cervical g's. The lymphatic glands
of the neck.
Ebner's g's. Mucous glands of
the tongue located near the circum-
vallate papillse.
endocrine g's. The glands that
elaborate the internal secretions, as
the thyroid, the adrenal glands, etc.
excretory g. A gland that excretes
waste products from the body.
gingival g's. The epithelial fold at
the junction of the gums and teeth.
lacrimal g. The gland that secretes
tears.
lymphatic g's. Small glands oc-
curring along the course of the
lymphatic vessels, which filter the
blood, and retain foreign particles;
they also form white corpuscles.
9
129 GLASSY
miliary g. A sweat gland.
molar g's. One of the large buccal
glands in the neighborhood of the
third molar teeth.
mucous g's. Glands secreting mu-
cus.
palatine g's. The small glands in
the roof of the mouth.
parathyroid g. Epithelial glands
near the thyroid gland.
parotid g. The salivary gland situ-
ated in front of the ear.
pituitary g. The pituitary body.
pyloric g. The glands that secrete
pepsin into the stomach situated at
the pyloric end of the stomach.
Bivinus g. The sublingual gland.
saliyary g's. The glands that
secrete saliva; the parotid, sublingual
and submaxillary glands.
sebaceous g's. Glands in the skin
that secrete oily matter.
serous g's. Glands that secrete
watery serous fluid.
Serres g. Epithelial cells at the
gingival border of the jaw of the
mfant.
sublingual g. The small salivary
gland beneath the tongue.
submaxillary g. The salivary
gland situated on the inside of the
lower border of the madible.
suprarenal g's. The glands situ-
ated above the kidneys.
thymus g. See thymus.
thyroid g. The thyroid body situ-
ated in front of and on each side of
the trachea.
glan-di-lem'ma (L. glans, an acorn +
Gr. lemma f rfieath). The sheath
enveloping a gland.
glanMu-la, pi. glandiUcB (L. dim. of
glans. a gland). A small gland; a
glandule.
glandule. A small gland.
glans, pi. glandes. Latin for gland.
glass (L. vitrum). A hard, brittle,
transparent substance consisting of
fused sodium and calcium, with an
excess of silica.
soluble g. Liquid silex.
glas^sy. Like glass.
Digitized by
Google
GLAUBER'S SALT 130
Olaaber'8 salt. A cathartic prepara-
tion of sodium sulphate. Dose, 1 to
6 dr. [4.0 to 24.0 gm.].
glaa-co^ma (Gr. glaukos, green). A
cataract on the eye.
glan-co-sa^ria (Gr. glaukos^ green +
ouroUf urine). Same as indicanuria,
glase. A highly translucent, colorless,
vitrifiable substance appUed to the
surface of porcelain.
glen^oid (Gr. glene. cavity + eidos,
form). Any shallow cavity that
receives the head of a bone.
g, cavity, g, fossa. The fossa of
the temporal bone that receives the
condyle of the lower jaw.
gli-o^ma (Gr. glia, glue + onuiy tumor).
A round-celled sarcoma originating
in the connective tissue of nerves.
glo11)]n (L. globus J globe). Proteid
residue from decomposition of hemo-
globin.
glob^n-lar (L. globulus, globule).
Globe-shaped; spherical.
glob'ule (L. globulus, a globule). A
small globe; a spherical element.
trlob^n-lin (L. globulus, globule). A
general name for various proteids,
which differ from albumins in not
being soluble in water, but are soluble
in dilute neutral saline solutions.
They are coagulated by heat.
glob^a-lose. A variety of hemialbu-
mose resulting from the digestion of
pepsin by globulin.
glob^a-lus, pi. globuli (L.). A globule;
pill; suppository.
glo11)li8. Latin for globe or baU.
glom^er-ate (L. ghmerare, to wind
around). Term used to designate
a structure that its gland-like.
glom^e-mle (L. glomerulus, dim. of
glomus, a ball). A small ball or coil
formed by an agglomeration of
vessels. A tuft or cluster.
glo^mus (L., a ball) . A plexus of small
blood-vessels.
glos^sal (Gr. glossa, tongue). Relat-
ing to the tongue.
glos-sal^gia (Gr. glossa, tongue + algos,
pain). Pain in the tongue.
flos-sec^to-my (Gr. glossa, tongue +
ekUmie, excision). Excision of the
tongue.
GLUTOID
glos-si^tis (Gr. glossa, tongue + itis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
tongue.
gl08-80-dyn% (Gr. glossa, tongue +
odyne, pain). Pain in the tongue.
glos-soro-gy (Gr. glossa, tongue +
logos^ treatise) . Study of the tongue
and its diseases. Also a treatise on
nomenclature.
glos-so-pal-a-ti^nas. See Table of
Musdes.
gl08-80-pha-ryn^geal (Gr. glossa,
tongue + pharynx, pharynx). Re-
lating to the tongue and pharjmx.
See also Table of Nerves.
glos-so-pha-ryn-ge^us. See Table of
Musdes.
glos-so-plas^ty (Gr. glossa, tongue +
pUissein, to mold). Plastic surgery
of the tongue.
glos-sot^o-my (Gr. glossa, tongue +
tom>e, cut) . Incision of the tongue.
glot^tic (Gr. glotta, tongue). Relating
to the tongue or to the glottis.
glot'tis (Gr. glottis, mouth-piece of a
flute). A small narrow aperture in
the larjrnx, concerned in voice pro-
duction.
gln^case. A ferment that digests
glucose.
gla^cose (Gr. glykys, sweet). Dex-
trose, grape-sugar; starch-sugar, a
carbohydrate occurring naturally
in many vegetable juices.
gln^co-side. One of a series of com-
poimds that may be resolved into
glucose and another principle by the
action of an acid.
gla-co-sa^ria (Gr. glykys, sweet +
ouron, urine). The presence of an
abnormal amount of glucose in the
urine. Same as glycosuria.
gla'tvn (L. glue). A glue-like nitrog-
enous substance found in the seed
of cereals.
gla^tin. Gelatin.
gla^ti-nous. Viscid, sticky.
gla'to-f onn. A white insoluble powder
made by the addition of formal-
dehyd to a solution of gelatin; used
as an antiseptic dusting powder,
gln'toid. A mixture of formaldehyd
and gelatin, insoluble in the stomach
but soluble in the intestines; used
Digitized by
Google
GLUTOL
for coating pills desired for intestinal
medication.
gla'tol. Same as gliUpform.
gly'case. A ferment that converts
maltose into dextrose.
gly-ee^mia, gly-csB^mia (Gr. glykya^
sweet + hainuij blood). The abnor-
mal presence of sugar in the blood.
glyc'e-rid. A compound of glycerin
and a fatty acid.
glycVrin, glycerinum (Gr. glykys,
sweet). Sweet principle of fats and
oils^ from whicn it is obtained by
their decomposition. Dose, i to 2
fl. dr. [2.0 to 8.0 gm.]
glyc>r-ite, glye^e-ri-tiun. U. S. P.
name given to various medicinal
preparations of glycerin.
glyc'e-rol. Same as glycerin.
glyc'e-rose. A form of sugar.
gly'co- (Gr. glykys j sweet). A prefix
meaning sweet.
gly^co-gen (Gr. glykys^ sweet + gennan.
to produce). Animal starch, animal
dextrin, liver starch. A carbohy-
drate found in liver, muscle, cartilage
and other tissues. It is formed from
carbohydrates and stored up in the
liver, where it is converted, as the
system requires, into sugar [glucose].
gly-co^gen-ase. A ferment of the
liver that converts glycogen into
dextrose.
gly-co-gen^e-sis (Gr. glykys^ sweet +
genesis^ origin). The formation of
sugar in the liver.
gly-co-ge-netlc, gly-co-gen'ie. Relat-
ing to glycogen or glycogenesis.
gly-cory-sis (Gr. glykys, sweet + lysis,
solution). The digestion of glucose,
or its utilization in the organism.
gly-co-lytlc. Relating to glyooly^is.
gly-co-pro'teids. Proteids combined
with carbohydrates.
gly-co-pty Vlism (Gr. glykys, sweet +
ptycdon, saliva). The occurrence of
sugar in the saliva.
gly-co-se'mia. Same as glycemia.
gly-co-sa'ria (Gr. glykys, sweet +
ouron, urine). The presence of an
abnormal quantity of sugar in the
urine. Same as glucosuria.
gly-co-thy'mo-line. A proprietary
antiseptic containing glycerol, so-
131 GOLD
dium, boric acid, thymol, menthol,
salicylic acid, eucalyptol, etc. Used
in the treatment of diseases of the
mucous membrane.
gly^mol. A proprietary germicide pre-
pared from petroleum.
gm. Abbr. for gram.
foath-al^gia (Gr. gnalhos, jaw + algos^
pain). Pain in the jaw.
foath^ic (Gr. gnathos, jaw). Relating
to the jaw or cheek.
g. index. See alveolar index.
foath^ion (Gr. gnathos^ jaw). The
most projecting point m the median
line of the jaw; mental point.
fnath-i^tis (Gr. gnathos, jaw + itis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
jaw.
foath^o- (Gr. gnaihos, jaw). A prefix
used to indicate relation to the jaw.
foath-o-dy-na-mom^e-ter (Gr. gnathos,
jaw + dynamis, power + metron,
measure). An instrument for meas-
uring the force exerted by the jaws
in the act of mastication.
foath-o-dyn^ia (Gr. gnathos, jaw +
odyne, pain). Pain in the jaw.
foath-o-plas^ty (Gr. gnathos, jaw +
plassein. to form). Plastic surgery
of the cneek and jaw.
-gnosis (Gr. gnosis, knowledge). A
suffix indicating knowledge.
goi'ter, goi^tre (L. giUter, throat).
Enlargement of the thyroid gland.
gold (L. aurum). Symbol Au. A
solid yellow, brilliant, hard, ductile,
malleable, tenacious and heavy metal
found in nature in pure state and in
combination with silver, copper and
iron. Specific gravity, 19.3. Gold
is used extensively in dentistry for
filling teeth, for the construction of
dentures and dental substitutes and
in the correction of irregularities of
the teeth. See Table of Metals,
p. 180, for physical properties.
alloying g. For dental purposes
gold is used practically pure for tilling
teeth and in the form of plate for
backing porcelain facings; but for
other purposes it is reduced in fine-
ness. That in general use for crowns
and bridges is 22 k. and 21.6 k. [coin
gold]; 20 k. and 18 k. plate is used
for making dentures. See carat.
Digitized by
Google
GOLDBEATER'S SKIN 132
annealing g» The process of soften-
ing sold by subjecting it to heat.
In tne process of swaging a gold
denture base the metal becomes hard,
and annealing it is for the purpose
of softening it and makins it more
readily workable. Annealing gold
foil increases its cohesive quality by
destroying any foreign substances
on the surface.
clasp g. Alloyed gold with an
added quality of elasticity used in
attaching appliances to the natural
teeth. Platinum is the alloying
element that adapts the gold alloy
to this particular piurpose.
cohesiye g. Practically pure gold
prepared in thin sheets, m crystal or
sponge form or in pellets or cylinders,
which are readily welded together
under pressure.
g, crown. A crown made of gold
plate to conform to the anatomical
outline of the natural tooth.
crystal g. A cohesive gold prepared
in sponge-like form. First prepared
in this form by A. J. Watts, Utica,
N. Y. dentist in 1853.
f. cylinders. Sheet or foil gold
prepared in the form of small cylin-
ders for filling teeth.
g, foil. A form of sheet gold,
readily cohesive, for filling teeth.
^ The number of tne foil indicates the
number of grains in a sheet.
g. leaf. Gold in sheets for filling
purposes.
non-cohesive g., soft g. Sheet or
foil gold rendered non-cohesive by
a deposition of foreign matter,
usually gas, on the surface.
g. plate. Gold rolled into plate
form for use in various ways in
dentistry.
platinised g. Gold that has a coat
of platinum upon it.
platinous g. An alloy of gold and
platinum.
rolled g. A heavy gold sheet for
filling teeth.
g, solder. An alloy of gold used
in soldering, usually of a lower carat
than the plate soldered.
goldbeater's skin. The outer mem-
brane of the cecum of the ox; used
GRAHAM'S LAW
in beating gold into leaf form. Also
used as a dressing in cuts.
fom-phi^a-sis (Gr. gomphioSf a molar
tooth). Looseness of the teeth.
fom-pho^sis (Gr. gomphos, a nail). An
immovable articulation, in which
one bone is received into another, as
the teeth in the maxillary bone.
go^nadi pi. oonadea (Gr. gone, semen).
Term applied to the organs of repro-
duction.
fo^ni-on (Gr. gonial ande). The outer
side of the angle of the lower jaw.
fon-o-coc^cus, pi. gonococci. The bacte-
rial organism the cause of gonorrhea.
See M. gonorrhea,
gon^o-cyte (Gr. gonoa, seed + kytos, cell)
One of the primitive reproductive
cells.
fon-or-rhe'a (Gr. gone, semen + rhein,
to flow). A contagious inflamma-
tory disease of the genital mucous
membrane, accompanied by a dis-
charge of mucus and pus from the
urethra.
Ooslee tooth [H. J. Goslee, contem-
porary Chicago dentist]. A porce-
lain tooth with a recess for attach-
ment in the body of the crown, es-
pecially designed for use in cast
bridge work; the metal portion being
cast and the crown attached later.
goat. An inflammatory condition of
the fibrous and ligamentous parts of
the joints, accompanied by an excess
of uric acid and deposits of urate of
sodium in and around the joints.
govL^tj. Relating to gout.
g. diathesis. A condition of the
system predisposing to gout.
gr. Abbr. for grain.
grad'n-ate (L. gradus, degpree). A
vessel marked for measuring pur-
poses.
grad'a-a-ted (L. gradus, degree).
Marked off in degrees.
graft. 1 . To unite a part to another, so
that it may receive support from it.
2. A portion of skin so united.
bone g. Bone united by bone.
skin g. Skin united by skin ob-
tained elsewhere on the body.
Oraham's law [Thos. Graham, English
chemist, 1805-1869]. The diffusion
Digitized by
Google
GRAIN
133 GREEN-STICK FRACTURE
of two gases is in inverse ratio to the
square root of their densities.
ffrain (L. granum, grain). A seed.
The unit of weight of the troy and
avoirdupois system of weights.
gram, gramme (Fr. gramme; Gr.
gramme, mark). The imit of weight
in the metric system, equal to 15.437
troy grains.
-gram (Gr. grammaj a writing). A
suffix indicating something written.
gram-ion. The imit of measurement
of the atomic weight of an ion.
gram-molecule. The quantity of a
substance equivalent to its mole-
cular weight expressed in grams;
thus, taking the molecular weight of
hydrochloric acid as 36.4, a gram-
molecule contains 36.4 grams.
Oram-negatiTe. Term applied to
bacteria which are decolorized by
the alcoholic wash in Gram's method.
Oram-positlTe. Term applied to bac-
teria which are not decolorized by
the alcoholic wash in Gram's method.
Oram's method [Hans Joachim Gram,
Danish bacteriologist, 1853-J. A
staining method for differentiating
bacteria, as follows: 1. The speci-
men is placed for two to three min-
. utes in an anilin-oil-water-gentian-
violet solution (2 per cent suspension
of anilin oil in distilled water, filtered,
3 parts: saturated solution of gen-
tian-violet in absolute alcohol, 1
part). 2. From two to three min-
utes in Gram's iodin solution (for
formula see Gram's solution below).
3 . Washed in 95 per cent alcohol just
to the point where no more of the
dye dissolves out to discolor the
alcohol. Bacteria that stain a deep
violet by this method are called
Gram-positive; those that are de-
colorized are called Gram-negative.
O's. reaction. The staining of
bacteria by Gram's method.
Q*B. solution. Solution of iodin and
iodid of potassium in which slides
are placed containing bacteria for
examination by Gram's method.
gran^a-lar (L. granvlum, a little grain).
Composed of granules or small par-
ticles.
g. layer of Tomes. A row or rows
of minute spaces of irregular size
and shape, situated in the periphery
of the dentin of the roots of teeth.
It forms the inner boundary of the
homogeneous layer of dentin, and
under low magnification has the
appearance of a great number of
granules, whence its name. [Hope-
well-Smith.]
gran-n-la^tion. 1. The formation of
new cicatricial tissue in the repair
of wounds or ulcers. 2. The break-
ing up of metallic substances into
small particles.
gran^ule (L. granvlumy a little grain).
A small grain; a small, compact
particle . Also a small pill or globule.
gran-n-lo^ma, pi. granulomata (L. gran-
uLumy a little grain + Gr. (muiy tumor) .
A tumor-like nodule or area of
granulation tissue!
dental g. Granulation tissue about
the apex of a tooth usually contain-
ing bacterial dejposits. Chronic in-
flammatory pericementitis.
gran-n-lo^ma-tous. Relating to or of
the nature of granuloma.
gran-n-lo^sis. T^e formation of gran-
ular masses.
gra^num, pi. grana. Latin for grain,
grape-sugar. See glucose.
-graph (Gr. grapheinj to write). A
suffix indicating an instrument that
writes.
graphic (Gr. grapliein, to write). Per-
taining to the act of drawing or de-
lineating; representing by diagram.
graphite (Gr. grapheme to write).
Black lead; an allotrophic form of
carbon, sometimes used in the
treatment of skin diseases.
grav-i-met^ric (L. gravis, heavy + Gr.
metron, measure). Relating to
measurement by weight.
grav'i-ty (L. gravis, weight). Weight.
Specific gravity. The weight of a
substance compared with that of an
equal volume of another taken as a
standard.
green-stain. A fungoid deposit upon
the teeth of children, most commonly
at the cervico-labial portions.
green-stiek fracture. An incomplete
fracture of a bone, in which the bone
on the side toward which it is bent is
still continuous.
Digitized by
Google
GRIND
grind. 1. To reduce by friction or
cutting. 2. The act of grinding.
grinders. Term sometimes applied
to the molar teeth.
Oritman's articulator. An articulat-
ing instrument devised by A. D.
Gritman, a contemporary Phila-
delphia dentist.
grooTe. A linear channel or sulcus,
especially on the surface of a tooth.
alTeolingual g. The groove be-
tween the mandible and tongue.
dental g. A groove along the
gingival border of the jaws of the
fetus.
developmental g's. Grooves in the
enamel that mark the junction of the
lobes of the teeth.
mesiolingoal g. A groove marking
the junction of the Mth cusp of an
upper molar tooth.
mylohyoid g. The groove on the
inner border of the mandible in
which Lie the mylohyoid artery and
nerve.
supplemental g's.* Grooves on the
surface of a tooth other than those
which mark the junction of the
primitive lobes.
gross (L. grossuSf rough). Coarse;
large.
g. anatomy. Anatomy as studied
from direct observation without the
aid of a microscope.
gt. Abbr. for Latin gutta, a drop,
gtt. Abbr. for Latin guttcBj drops.
gua'dn. Yellow, resinous matter from
Mikania guaco; it is diaphoretic and
a cardiac stimulant.
guai'ac. Guaiacum wood or resin
obtained from tropical American
trees of the lignum vitae species.
goai-a-co-ca'in. A mixture of guaiacol
and cocain used as a local anesthetic.
guaiVcol. A colorless oily substance
obtained from beechwood creosote,
used as an expectorant and anti-
septic. Dose, 2 to 10 min. [0.12 to
0.6 cc].
guaiVcum. Resin of guaiac. It is
a diaphoretic and stimulant, used in
gout, rheumatism, etc.
guaiVcyl. Guaiacol-sulphonic acid,
produced by the action of sulphuric
134 GUMMATOUS
acid on guaiacol. It is a rapidly act-
ing local anesthetic.
guai'a-form. A preparation of guai-
acol formaldehyd. Used as an anti-
septic powder.
guai^o-dol. An antiseptic preparation
of iodin, guaiacol and bismuth.
gu-ber-nac^n-lum den^tis. The cord
passing from the foUicle of the per-
manent tooth along a small, long
canal behind the alveolus of the
deciduous tooth and becoming con-
tinuous with the gum; it is supposed
to direct the permanent tooth in the
process of eruption to its place in the
dental arch.
gullet (L. gulGj the throat). Esoph-
agus; pharynx.
gum (L. gummi). 1. A mucilaginous
exudate from various trees. 2. The
soft dense tissue which clothes the
alveolar processes of the jaws, being
intimately connected with their peri-
osteum, and surrounding the necks
of the teeth. The outer pbrtion is
derived from the ectodermal layer,
and the submucous portion from the
mesodermal layer of the embryonic
tissue. See gingiva.
blue g. A blue line along the
gingival border occurring in cases of
lead poisoning. Called also blue line .
g. dammar. Ethereal solution of
the resin of dammara, used for micro-
scopic mounting.
g. frit. A composition of feldspar,
flux and purple of Cassius for repro-
ducing the gum portion of a con-
tinuous-gum denture.
g. lancet. A lancet used in cutting
the gums in cases of painful eruption
of teeth.
g. margin. The edge of the gum
next to the neck of the tooth.
g. septum. The portion of the
gums that occupies the interproximal
spaces.
gum-boil. A lay name for an abscess
occurring at the root of a tooth.
[Obsolete.]
gum^ma, pi. gummata (L.). A tumor
occurring in the tertiary stage of
syphiUs.
gum^ma-tous. Of the nature of a
gumma.
Digitized by
Google
GUM-RESIN 185 GYSI'S ARTICULATOR
gym'no-plast (Gr. gymnos, naked +
plasaeinf to form) . A mass of proto-
plasm without a limiting membrane.
gy-ne-coro-gy (Gr. gyncj woman +
logos f discourse). The specialty of
medicine which has to do with dis-
eases peculiar to women.
ffyp^sum (L.; Gr. gyphoa). Calcium
sulphate. Plaster of Paris is made
by calcining calcium sulphate.
gjrre (L. gyrus; Gr. gyros, circle). A
convolution.
gy'TUB, pl- Oyri (L.; Gr. gyros, circle).
A convolution of the brain.
g. dentate. A small rudimentary
convolution in the dentate fissure.
Oysi's articulator. An articulating
instrument devised by Alfred Gysi, a
contemporary Swiss dentist.
gum-resin. A mucilaginous juice ex-
uding from various trees.
ffums. Plural of gum. See gingivce,
Onnning splint [Thos. B. Gunning,
New York dentist, died 1890]. An
interdental splint made of vulcanite,
for use in holding the jaws inunov-
able in cases of fracture.
fos-ta^tion (L. giisto, to taste). Taste.
gut'ta, pi. gvi'tcR. Latin for drop.
gut-ta-per^eha. A plastic material
made from the juice of the Isonandra
giUlGf a tree of the order SapoiacecBf
of the Malay peninsula. It is used
in dentistry as a temporary tooth
filling material, also in filling root
canals.
gym^no-cyte (Gr. gyrnnos, naked +
kylpSf cell). A cell without an envel-
oping membrane.
Digitized by
Google
H
136
HANDPIECE
H
H. Chemical symbol for hydrogen,
H+. Symbol for hydrogen ion.
hAb'tt (L. habere, to hold). 1. A con-
stant practice of repeating certain
acts. 2. A predisposition to certain
diseases.
hab'i-tat (L. habito, to dwell). A
natural abode of a plant or animal
in nature.
hm», hsB^ma-to-, hsB^mo-. See he-,
hemcUo-, hemo-.
HflBck^el's law [E. Heinrich Hseckel,
German philosopher, 1834 — ]. The
individual organism tends to pass
through the same changes in develop-
ment from the ovum as did the
species in development from the
lower to the higher forms of life.
Ha'ge-domnee'dle [Werner Hagedorn,
a German sureeon, 1831-1894J. A
curved needle flattened on the sides,
used in surgery.
hah-ne-man^ni-an. Relating to home-
opathy.
hair (L. capiUus). A furry outgrowth
of the body, derived from epidermic
tissue.
hal-is-te-re^sis (Gr. hahf salt + steresis.
privation). Change in structure ol
bones by loss or deprivation of lime
salts. Osteomalacia.
hal-is-te-ret^ic. Relating to softenmg
of bones by loss of lime salts.
hal-i-to'sis (L. halitus^ breath). A
bad breath.
hall-tos (L., breath). Breath; exhala-
tion.
Hall disks. A special carborundum or
emery disk, made with a smooth or
safe side.
Hall's articulator. An articulating in-
strument devised bv Rupert E. Hall,
a contemporary Chicago dentist.
hal-la-ci-na'tion (L. hcdudnari, to
wander in mind). A waking dream,
phantasm. Morbid error in one or
more of the senses.
hallos, hallnz, pi. halluces (L.). The
great toe.
hal'o-gen (Gr. haU, salt 4- gennan, to
produce). One of the electro-
negative bodies, chlorin, iodin, bro-
min or fluorin, forming salts with
electro-positive metals.
hal'oid (Gr. hals, salt 4- eidos, form).
Resembling salt or sodium chlorid.
Hal'stead's sa'tore [William S. Hal-
stead, a Baltimore surgeon, 1852-].
A subcutaneous suture passing back
and forth through the corium, but
not involving the epidermis.
Ham-am-e^ (Gr. hama. together
with + melon f apple). The official
U. S. P. name for the leaves of
H. virginiana, a genus of hamame-
laceous trees. Witch-hazel. Extract
of the leaves is sedative and styptic,
for local inflamed conditions.
ham-ar-thri'tis (Gr. hama, together -f
arthron, joint -f- itiSf inflammation).
Arthritis or gout in all the joints.
ham^a-lus, pi. hamvli (L. dim. of hamvsy
a hook). A hook-shaped process.
Hanaa's articulator. An articulating
instrument devised by M. H. Hanau,
a contemporary Pittsburgh civil
engineer.
hand (L. manus). The terminal por-
tion of the upper extremity that
forms the organ of prehension; the
phalanges; the fingers.
handpiece. An attachment fitting the
cable of the dental eneine in which
burs, drills^ etc., are held securely
when used m cutting tooth structure
or for other operations upon teeth.
Handpieces are of thi^ kinds:
[1] straight, those in which the cut-
ting instrument is directed in a
straight forward direction; [2] right-
angle, those in which the cutting
instrument is directed at right angle
with the holding instrument, and
[3] contra-angle, those in which the
cutting instrument may be directed
in various directions.
Doriot h. A specially designed
dental en^e handpiece in which
the power is applied directly to the
head of the handpiece by means of a
cord rather than by the flexible cable.
Digitized by
Google
HAPLODONT 137
haplo-dont (Gr. haploos, plain +
odous, tooth). A molar t.ooth with
a plain or sinjde crown, a term used
in comparative odontolog>'.
hap'tics (Gr. hapteiuy to touch). The
study of the sense of touch.
hard solder. A solder used in solder-
ing high-fusing metals.
harel^. A fissure or perpendicular
division of the upper lip. A con-
genital cleft of the up.
doable h. One involving both
sides of the upper lip.
single h. One involving only one
side of the lip.
har^mo-sone (Gr. harmozeinf to govern) .
An internal siecretion that has to do
with nutrition and growth.
har-poon^ (Gr. harpazeirif to seize).
An instrument for removing a small
particle of tissue for microscopic
examination.
Har^vey, William. An English physi-
cian [1578-1657] who discovered the
circulation of the blood.
Haskell's metal [L. P. Haskell, Chicago
dentist, 1826-1916]. A die metal
used in swaging metal plates com-
posed of tin, 72.72; copper, 9.10;
and antimony, 18.18.
Hastings's stain. A staining solution
made of aqueous solutions of methy-
lene blue, 1 part, to eosin 2 parts.
hatch^et ex-ca-va^tor. A dental cut-
ting instrument with the cutting
edge shaped like a hatchet; used in
the preparation and shaping of a
cavity preparatory to receiving a
filling.
haus^tos. Latin, meaning a dratight.
Ha-ver^sian ca-nals' [Clopton Havers,
an English anatomist, 1650-1702].
Vascular canals in bone tissue, con-
taining blood- and lymph-vessels,
nerves and marrow.
H. glands. Adipose tissue in the
synovial membrane supposed to
secrete synovial fluid.
H. lamella. Concentric layers of
bone around the haversian canals.
H. spaces. Irregular marrow-filled
cavities in spongy and developing
bone.
H. system. Haversian canal with
the lamellae surrounding it.
HECTO
Hb. Symbol for hemoglohm.
he-, hem-, hemato-, hemo- (Gr.
haimay blood). Prefix indicating
relation to the blood.
head (L. caput). The uppermost part
of the body which contains the brain
and organs of special sense.
head'ache. Pain in the head.
heal'ing. Curative; the act of curing
or making healthy.
h. by first intention. Healing of
parts by direct union without sup-
puration or formation of granula-
tions.
h. by second intention. Union of
parts accompanied by adhesion of
granulating surfaces.
h. by third intention. Union by the
filling of a wound by granulations.
heart (L. cor). A hollow muscular
organ whose function it is to pump
the blood through the blood-vessels.
athletic h. Hypertrophy of the
heart sometimes resulting from ath-
letic activities.
fatty h. Fatty degeneration of the
myocardium.
tobacco h. Irritation of the heart,
characterized by irregular action and
pain, occurring from excessive use
of tobacco.
heat (L. color). 1. Material cause-
producing sensation, or the sensa-
tion itself, produced by a body of an
elevated temperature on our organs,
especially on the organs of touch. 2.
The periodic sexual excitement of
animals. 3. A form of kinetic
energy created by combustion.
h. unit. A calory; the amount of
heat required to elevate the tempera-
ture of one cc. of water one degree
centigrade of temperature.
hec'tic (L. hecticus; Gr. hektikoSy
habitual). Relating to the consti-
tution or to a habit; habitual.
h. fever. A recurring fever accom-
panied by sweating and chills.
h. flush. A peculiar flush accom-
panying hectic fever.
hec'to- (Gr. hekaton, a hundred). A
prefix combining form used to in-
dicate one bundled.
Digitized by
Google
HECTOGRAM
138
HEMATOLOGY
hec'to-gram (Fr. hectogramme). One
hundred grams. See Table of
Weights and Measures.
hec^to-li-tor (Fr. hectoliter). One hun-
dred liters. See Table of Weights
and Measures.
hec'to-ine-ter (Fr. hectometre). One
hundred meters. See Table of
Weights and Measures.
heel (L. calx). The posterior extrem-
ity of the foot.
hercoid (Gr. hdkos, ulcer + eidos,
form). Like an ulcer.
herco-ma. An ulcer.
herco-plas-ty (Gr. helkoSf ulcer +
ptassein^ to form). The act of
grafting skin on an ulcer to promote
the healing process.
hel-co^sis (Gr. helkos, ulcer). Ulcera-
tion.
heri-cis ma'jor, h. minor. See Table
of Muscles.
heri-coid (Gr. hdix, coil + eidoSj form).
Having the appearance of a coil.
he-li-o-therVpy (Gr. heliosy sun +
therapein, to treat). Treatment of
disease by exposure to the sun*s
rays.
heni-um (Gr. hdios, sun). A chemical
element foimd in certain minerals
and in the air. Symbol He.
helix (Gr. heliXj a coil). 1. The fold
forming the puma, or outer circum-
ference of the ear. 2. A coil.
helle-bore (Gr. heUeboros). A plant of
the genus helleborus; the powdered
root is a powerful poison, of cathartic
and emmenagogue properties.
hem^a-chrome (Gr. haima, blood +
chroma, color). Hematin; the red
coloring matter of the blood.
hem^a-cyte (Gr. haima, blood + kytos,
cell). A blood corpuscle.
hem-a-dy-na-momVter (Gr. haim>a,
blood 4- dynamiSf force + metron,
measure). An instrument for meas-
uring the pressure of the blood.
hem-aflf-gla-ti-na^tion. Agglutination
of the corpuscles of the blood.
hemVgogne (Gr. haima, blood +
agogos, leading). An agent that
promotes the menstrual or other
sanguineous discharges.
he^mal (Gr. haima, blood). Relating
to the blood.
hem-al^um. A stain of hematoxylin
and alum used for staining histologic
specimens.
hem-am-e^ba, hem-am-oB^ba, pi.
hemamebcB, hemmnoebce. White-blood
corpuscle.
hem-an-al-y^sis (Gr. haima, blood +
ana, apart + lyeiUy to loosen).
Analysis of the blood.
hem-an-gi-o^ma (Gr. haima, blood +
angeioUf vessel + om^j tumor).
Neoplasm made up of blood-vessels.
hem-ar-thro'sis (Gr. haima, blood +
arthron, joint). Effusion of blood
into a joint.
hem-at^ein. A brownish-red, crystal-
lized substance obtained by the
action of ammonia upbn hematoxy-
lin.
he-matlc. Relating to the blood.
hem^at-in. A bluish-black, amorphous
substance resulting from the decom-
position of hemo^obin.
hem^at-o-blast (Gr. haima, blood +
blastos, ^erm). The formative cell
from which the red-blood corpuscle
is developed.
hem^at-o-cyte (G. haima, blood +
kytos f ceU). A blood corpuscle.
hem^at-o-gen (Gr. haima, blood +
gennanf to produce). A prepara-
tion formed by the addition of ferric
citrate and acetic acid to albumin in
alkaline solution. Also a prepara-
tion used in the treatment of anemia.
hem-at-o-gen^e-sis (Gr. haima, blood
+ genesis f origin). The formation
of blood.
hem-at-o-ge-netlc, hem-at-o-gen^ic,
hMn-a-tog'e-nous. 1. Having origin
in the blood. 2. Favoring blood
formation.
hem-at^-glo11)in. Same as hemo-
globin.
hem Vtoid (Gr. haima^ blood + eidos,
form). Having the character of
blood.
hem-a-toro-gist (Gr. haima, blood +
logos, discourse). One who special-
izes in the study of the blood.
hem-a-toro-gy. The study of the
blood.
Digitized by
Google
HEMATOLYSIS
hem-a-tory-sis (Gr. hainuiy blood +
lyeiTif to dissolve). Disintegration
of the blood.
hem-a-to-lytlc. Relating to degenera-
tion of the blood.
hem-a-to^ma (Gr. hmma^ blood +
onuii tumor). Tumor of blood.
hem-a-tophVgos {haimay blood +
phagein, to eat). Blood-eating.
he-ma-to-phil^ia. Same as hemophilia.
hem^at-o-]>hyte (Gr. haima, blood +
phytorij a plant). Vegetable micro-
organism in the blood.
hem-a-to-poi-6t^ic (Gr. haima, blood +
poieinf to make). Relating to the
formation of blood.
hem-at-or-rhe'a (Gr. hainuiy blood +
rhoioj flow). Hemorrhage.
hemVto-scope (Gr. haima, blood +
skopein, to see). An instrument
used in the examination of the blood.
hem-a-to^sis. Transformation of ven-
ous into arterial blood by respiration.
Formation of blood.
hem-a-tox^ic. Relating to blood poi-
soning.
hem-at-o-so^8n (Gr. haima, blood +
zoon, animal). A parasite that lives
in the blood.
hem-at-n^ria (Gr. haimay blood +
ourorty urine). Voiding of blood
with the urine.
hem'i» (Gr. hemif half). A prefix
meaning half.
hem-i-al'gia (Gr. hemiy half + algos^
pain). Neuralgia occurring only on
one side.
hem-i-at^ro-phy (Gr. hemi, half +
alrophoSy unfed). Atrophy of a half
of an organ or of the body.
hem^ic (Gr. haima, blood). Relating
to the blood.
hem-i-cra^ma (Gr. hemi, half + kraniouy
skull) . Pain occurring on one side of
the head.
hem-i-ia^dal. Relating to half the
face.
hem-i-flos^sal (Gr. hemiy half + glossay
tongue). Relating to half the
tongue.
hem-i-glos-si^tis (Gr. hemiy half +
glossa, ton^e + His. inflammation).
Inflammation of half the tongue.
139 HEMOLEUKOCYTE
hem-i-hy-per'tro-phy (Gr. hemiy half
+ hyper y over + trophCy nutrition).
Increase in size of one-half the body
or of a part.
hem-i-lat>-ral. Relating to one-half
of one side.
hem-i-lin^goal (Gr. hemiy half + L.
linguay tongue). Relating to one-
half of the tongue.
hem-i-ple'gi-a (Gr. hemi, half + pUge,
stroke). Paralysis of one side of
the body.
hem-i-ple'gic. Relating to hemi-
plegia.
hem^is-phere {Gr^hemi, half + sphaira,
a sphere). Half of a body having
a spheroidal shape. Either lateral
half of the cerebrum or cerebellum.
hem'o» (Gr. haima, blood). A prefix
used to indicate relation to the
blood.
hem'o-blast (Gr. haimay blood +
hUistoSy germ). The primitive cell
from which blood cells are formed.
hem'o-chrome (Gr. haimoy blood +
chrom^y color). The blood coloring
matter.
hem^o-cla-sis (Gr. haim<iy blood +
klaMSy destroy). Breaking down of
erythrocytes; hemolysis.
hem^o-cyte. Same as hem^atocyie.
hem-o-cy-to-me'ter. An instrument
used for counting the corpuscles of
the blood.
hem-o-dy-nam'ic8 (Gr. haim^ay blood +
dynamiSy power). The science of
forces operating to keep the blood in
motion.
hem-o-gen^e-sis. Same as hemato-
genesis.
hem-0-gen^ic. Same as hematogenic.
h6m-o-glo11)in (Gr. haimay blood + L.
lohiLSy globe). The coloring matter
of the red corpuscles of the blood.
hem-o-glo-bin-a^ria (Gr. haim^ay blood
+ L. glohusy globe + Gr. ouron,
urine). The presence of hemoglobin
in the urine due to destruction of red
corpuscles.
he'moid (Gr. haimu, blood + eidoa,
form). Like blood.
hem-o-len^o-cyte (Gr. haima, blood +
UukoSy white + kyioSy cell). A
white-blood corpuscle.
Digitized by
Google
HEMOLYSIN 140
HEREDOSYPHILIS
he-mory-sin (Gr. haimay blood +
lysiSf solution). A substance that
destroys red- blood corpuscles; it
may be present in the blood or it
may be formed by the injection of
red corpuscles of another animal.
he-inory-sis (Gr. huima, blood + lysisj
solution). Disintegration of the
blood cells, especially the erythro-
cytes.
hem-o-ljrt^ic. Causing destruction of
red-blood cells.
hem^o-lyse, hern'o-ly-slng. To pro-
duce hemolysis.
he-mom^e-ter (Gr. haimay blood +
metroTiy measure). An instrument
for determining the percentage of
hemoglobin in the blood.
hem-o-phaf^o-cyte (Gr. haimay blood
+ phaaeiUy to eat + kytos, cell). A
white blood corpuscle.
hem-0-phil'ia (Gr. haim^ay blood +
phiteiriy to love). Hemorrhagic dia-
thesis; an abnormal tendency to
bleeding.
hem-o-phil^i-ac. A person susceptible
to abnormal bleedmg.
hem-o-phillc. Relating to hemophilia ;
also applied to bacteria that live on
blood, e. g. B. influenzw.
hem-0-poi-etlc. Relating to the for-
mation of blood.
hem^or-rhaire (Gr. haim^a, blood +
rhegnynaiy to burst forth). Bleed-
ing; escape of blood from the vessels.
hem-or-rhaf'ic. Relating to hemor-
rhage.
hem-or-rhea^ (Gr. haimay blood +
rhota, flow). A hemorrhage.
hem-o-8ta^8i8 (Gr. haima, blood +
stasia, to stop). The arresting of
hemorrhage.
hem^o-8tat. An instrument or medi-
cine used to arrest hemorrhage.
hem-o-8tat^ic (Gr. haima, blood +
staiikos, standing). An agent that
arrests bleeding.
hem-o-styp^tic. Same as hemostatic.
hem-o-therVpy (Gr. haim^i, blood +
theravein, to treat). The use of
blood, or preparations from the same,
in treatment of disease.
hem-o-tox^ic (Gr. haimay blood +
toxikoUy poison). Relating to toxe-
mia or blood poisoning.
he 'par, gen. hepatis (Gr.). The liver.
he-patle (L. hepaticus; Gr. hepatikos,
from he par y liver). Relating to the
liver.
hep-a-ti'tis (Gr. hepar, liver + itis, in-
flammation). Inflammation of the
liver.
hepVto- (L. hepar; Gr. hepar y liver).
A prefix indicating relation to the
liver.
hep-at-0-gen^ic, hep-a-tog^e-nous (Gr.
hepar y liver + gennan, to produce).
Produced by or originating in the
liver.
hep^a-toid (Gr. hepar, liver + eidos,
form). Like the liver.
hep Vto-lith (Gr. hepar, liver + lithos,
stone). Concretion in the liver;
biliary calculus.
hep-a-toro-gy (Gr. hepar, liver + logos,
treatise). Study of the liver in its
normal and morbid relations.
hep-at-o-ljrt'ic (Gr. hepar, liver +
lysis y solution). Destructive to the
ceUs of the liver.
hep-a-to'ma (Gr. hepar. liver + oma,
tumor). Tumor of the liver.
hep'tad (Gr. /lepto, seven). An ele-
ment having a valence of seven.
hep-tayVlent (Gr. heptay seven + L.
valerey to have power). Having a
valence of seven.
herb (L. herba, srass). A non-ligneous
{)lant, dying down to the ground, at
east in winter.
her11)a, gen. and pi. herbce, Latin,
meaning an herb.
her-ba^ce-ous. Possessing the char-
acter of an herb.
her-biy'or-ous (L. herbay grass +
vorare, to eat). Animals that feed
on herbage.
Herbst method [Wilhelm Herbst, Bre-
men, Germany, dentist]. A method
of condensing gold foil by means of
smooth burnishers operated in the
dental engine.
he-red^i-ta-ry (L. hceres, an heir).
Term applied to diseases inherited
from progenitors.
he-red'i-ty (L. hereditas, heredity).
Inheritance of characteristics or dis-
eases from progenitors.
her-ed-o-syph'i-lis. Syphilis acquired
antenatally.
Digitized by
Google
HERMETIC
141
HEXAD
her-met^ic, her-metl-cal (L. hermeticus;
Gr. Hermes J Mercury). Closely
sealed; air tight.
her-met-i-cal-ly. Sealed in an air-
tight manner.
her^ni-a (Gr. hemos, branch, sprout).
Rupture; protrusion of an organ or
part through an opening in the wall
of the cavity normally containing it.
her^ni-ftl. Relating to hernia.
her-ni-ot^o-niy (Gr. hemoa, sprout +
tome, cutting). An operation for
hernia.
he-ro'ic (L. heroicus; Gr. heros, a hero).
Use of very large doses of remedies,
or therapeutic measures of a severe
character.
her'oin. Acetic ester of morphin, used
as a substitute for codein. Dose, ^
to 1^ gr. [0.0025 to 0.005 gmj.
her^pes (Gr. herpeiriy to creep). An
acute inflammatory skin disease
characterized by the development of
small vesicles in clusters on an
inflammatory base.
h. facialis. A non-contagious in-
flammatory disorder of the skin.
Commonly called fever blisters or
cold sores.
h. gingivalis. A herpetic affection
occurring occasionally on the gums.
h'. labialis. Herpes of the lips.
See h. facialis.
h. simplex. Herpes occurring on
the vermilion border of the lips or at
the external nares.
h. soster. Eruption of herpetic
vesicles on the body; usually on the
chest.
her-pet'ic. Relating to or being of the
nature of herpes.
Hertwiff's sheath. A narrow layer of
small epithelial cells, continuous with
the internal epithelium of the enamel
organ, found in the subepithelial
tissue, directed toward the base of
the tooth germ during the periods of
dental histogenesis. It is said to
determine the shapes of the roots of
the teeth; usually atrophies, but
vestigial remains may persist, and
when isolated are known as the epi-
thelial "rests" of Malassez. [Hope-
well-Smith.]
het'e-ro- (Gr. heteros, other). A prefix
indicating dissimilarity.
het-e-ro-blas^tic (Gr. heteros, other +
&Za8^, germ). Originating in differ-
ent kinds of tissue. ^
het-e-ro-cenn-lar. Made up of differ-
ent kinds of cells.
het-e-ro-chro^nia (Gr. heteros, other +
chronos, time) . Deviation as to time
in the formation or action of parts.
het-e-ro-chron^ic. Occurring irregu-
larly or at unusual times.
het^e-ro-dont (Gr. heterosy many +
odauSf tooth). A species of animals
having teeth of various forms.
het-e-ro-ge^ne-ous (Gr. heteros, other
4- genoSj kind). Of a different kind.
het-e-ro-gen Vsis (Gr. heterosj other +
genesis, origin) . Formation and de-
velopment of offspring which pass
through a different form of existence
from that of the parent.
he-te-ro-in-fec^tion. Infection from a
virus having its origin outside of the
body, as distinguished from auto-
infection. Same as exogenous.
het-e-ro-iat^e-ral (Gr. heteros, other +
L. kUiiSf side). Having relation to
opposite sides.
het-e-roro-fous (Gr. keteros, other +
logos, relation). Different in shape
or structure from the normal.
het-e-ro-ly^sin. A lysin produced by
the action of a serum of one animal
upon another animal of a different
species. Compare homolysin and
autolysin.
het-e-rory-sis (Gr. heteros, other +
lysis, solution). Hemolytic action
of the serum of one animal upon the
red corpuscles of another of a differ-
ent species.
het-e-ro-mor^phous (Gr. heteros, other
+ morphe, form). Of different form;
abnormal.
het-er-on^y-mous (Gr. heteros, other +
onyma, name). On opposite sides.
het-e-ro-pla^sia (Gr. heteros, other +
plassein, to mold). Formation of
abnormal tissue.
het-e-ro-tro'phia, het-e-ro-tro^phy (Gr.
heteros, other + trophe, nutrition).
Abnormal nutrition.
hex'a- (Gr. hex, six). A prefix signify-
ing six.
hex'ad (Gr. hex, six). An element
having a valence of six.
Digitized by
Google
HEXAMETHYLENAMIN 142
hex-a-meth-yl-enVmin. A product
of the action of ammonia upon for-
maldehyd; occurring as colorless
soluble crystals, having antiseptic
properties. Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.3 to
l.Ogm.j.
hex-ay'a-lent. Having a valency of
six.
Hg. The chemical symbol for mer-
cury, hydrargyrum.
HgCk. Chemical formula for mercuric
ch^orid.
Kgh* Chemical formula for mercuric
iodid.
high-freqaency. A term used to desig-
nate an alternating electric current
having a frequency of 10,000 or more
per second.
Highmore's antrum. The maxillary
sinus. See antrum.
Hill's stopping [A. Hill, an American
dentist, 1815-74]. A preparation of
feldspar, quartz, quicklime and
gutta-percha, used as a temporary
filling material.
hilum, hilos (L., a little thing). A
small opening in an organ for the
entrance and exit of vessels or ducts.
hinge-joint. See ginglymua.
hip. The upper part of the thigh.
hip-po-cratlc. Relating to Hippoc-
rates, a Greek physician who hved
460 B.C., and called the *' father of
medicine." Relating to his doctrine.
hip'po-lito, hip'po-lith (Gr. hipposy
horse + litkoSy stone). A bezoar or
calcareous concretion of the horse.
his^tic (Gr. histoSy a web). Relating
to tissue.
his 'to- (Gr. hiatoSy web). A prefix in-
dicating relation to tissue.
his'to-blast (Gr. histoSy web + hlastoSy
germ). A cell concerned in tissue
formation.
his-to-chem'is-try. Chemistry of tis-
sues.
his-to-clas'tic (Gr. histosy tissue +
kUistoSj breaking). Term applied to
cells which break down tissue.
his-to-di-al'y-sis (Gr. histoSy tissue +
diay throu^ + lyein^ to loose).
Breaking down of the tissues.
his-to-gen'e-sis (Gr. histoSy tissue +
genesis y origin). Tissue formation.
HOLO-
his-to-ge-net'ic. Relating to histo-
genesis.
his-tog'en-ous (Gr. histoSy tissue +
gennaUy to produce). Produced by
the tissues.
his-tog'e-ny. Same as histogenesis.
his 'told (Gr. histoSy tissue + eidoSy
form). Resembling or made up of
connective tissue.
his-toro-gy (Gr. histoSy tissue + logosy
treatise) . Study of minute or micro-
scopic anatomy.
normal h. Histology of the normal
tissues.
pathologic h. Histology of patho-
logic tissues.
his-tory-sis (Gr. histoSy tissue + lysis,
solution). Disintegration of the tis-
sues.
his-to'ma (Gr. histoSy tissue + om>ay
tumor) . A tissue tumor.
his-to-path-oro-gy (Gr. histoSy tissue +
pathos, disease + logos, treatise),
rathologic histology.
his-to-phys-i-oro-gy (Gr. histoSy tissue
+ physiSy nature + logoSy treatise).
Histology applied to the study of
physiologic processes; physiology of
tissues.
his-to-solc (Gr. histoSy tissue + zoe.
life). Living in the tissue; applied
to certain parasites.
his'to-syme (Gr. histoSy tissue + zymCy
leaven). A ferment causing disin-
tegration of the tissues.
hiyes. Urticaria; also applied to vari-
ous skin diseases.
HNO2. Nitrous acid.
HNOs. Nitric acid.
H2O. Chemical symbol for water.
H2O2. Chemical symbol for hydrogen
dioxid.
hoe ex-ca-Ta'tor. A dental cutting
instrument shaped like a hoe; used
in the shaping and preparation of a
cavity preparatory to the reception
of a filling.
hora-gogue (Gr. holosy whole + agogoSy
leading). A radical remedy; an
agent capable of driving out the
whole of a morbid substance.
holo- (Gr. holosy whole). A prefix
indicating the whole.
Digitized by
Google
HOLOCAIN 148
horo-eain. A local anesthetic used
like cocain; produced by the union
of phenacetin and paraphenetidin.
It IS dangerous when used subcu-
taneously.
h. hy-dro-ehlo^rid. A white crys-
talline powder used as a local anes-
thetic in ophthalmology.
hom-ftl-o-cei>h'a-lii8 (Gr. homalos, level
+ kephxde, head). Flat-headed.
ho-nuzl-ftl, ho-nuz-on^ic. Having
all the axes alike; designating cocci
that grow in all directions.
ho^me-o-, ho^moe-o- (Gr. homoios,
like). A prefix indicating like.
ho-me-opVthy (Gr. homoios, like +
pathos, disease). A system of medi-
cine wnich maintains that disordered
actions in the human body are to be
cured by inducing other disordered
actions of a like kmd IsimUia simili-
htis curantWf like cures like].
ho-me-o-ther Vpy (Gr. homoios, like +
tberapein, to treat). The homeo-
pathic doctrine of drugs.
ho^mo-y horn- (Gr. homos, same). A
prefix meaning sam^e. Opposite to
netero-f which see.
ho-mo-chro'nous (Gr. homos, same +
chronos, time). Occurring synchro-
nously or at the same time.
ho^mo-dont (Gr. homos, same + ocUms,
tooth). Having teeth all of the
same form, as opposed to heterodont.
ho-mo-ge-nel-ty. Similarity of com-
position and character.
ho-mo-fe^ne-ous (Gr. homos, same +
genosy kind). Of the same kind
throughout.
ho-mo-lftt'e-ral. Relating to the same
side.
ho-moro-fous (Gr. homos, same +
logos, relation). Like in structure or
other characteristics.
hom^o-logne (Gr. homos, same + lego,
to speak). A part on an organ of
like structure to another one.
ho-mory-sin (Gr. homos, same + lysis,
solution). A lysin produced by the
introduction of an antigen derived
from an animal of the same species.
Compare heterolysin and atUolysin.
ho-mon'y-mus (Gr. homos, same +
onyma, name). Having the same
name.
HOWE'S METHOD
ho'mo-pla8-ty (Gr. homos, same +
vlassein, to form). 1. Formation of
homologous tissues. 2. Operation
for replacing tissues by similar parts.
ho-mo-ton^ic (Gr. homos, same + tonos,
tone). Having the same tension or
tone.
hom^o-typ6 (Gr. homos, same + typos,
type). A part corresponding to
another similar part.
hon-o-ra^ri-um, pi. honoraria (L.).
A professional fee.
hood crown. A metal hood or half-
cap conforming to the lingual, proxi-
mal and occlusal portions of the
tooth and used as an abutment or
attachment in bridgework. See
Carmichael and Alexander crowns.
hook. A curved instrument for hold-
ing.
ho'ra, gen. and pi. horce. Latin, mean-
ing hour.
hor^mone (Gr. hormanein, to arouse).
A chemic substance produced in one
organ which when carried to another
organ has the power of stimulating
it functionally.
horn. A term applied to the coronal
extremities of tne dental pulp.
hos^pit-ftl (L. hospitatium). An insti-
tution for the care of the sick.
host (L. hospes, host, guest). An or-
ganism on which a parasite lives.
hot-air syringe. An instrument for
introducing hot-air into a tooth
cavity.
HsPOs. Chemical formula for phos-
phorous acid,
H^04. Chemical formula for phos-
phoric acid.
Hotchldss's operation [Lucius W.
Hotchkiss, a New York surgeon,
1859]. Operation for epithelioma
occurring on the cheek; resection of
lateral half of mandible and part of
maxilla, closing the opening in the
cheek by a flap from the side of the
neck.
Howe's silver nitrate method [Percy
R. Howe, contemporary Boston
dentist]. The precipitation in a
pulp canal of the silver in a solution
of silver nitrate by a solution of
ammonia, for the purpose of steriliz-
ing the canal.
Digitized by
Google
HOWSHIP'S LACUNiE 144
HYDROCEPHALUS
How^ship's la-cu^nffi [John Howship,
an English surgeon, 1841 — .] Pits on
the surface of a bone that is being
resorbed; the pits containing osteo-
clasts. It also applies to pits on
radicular surfaces of deciduous teeth
during their absorption, and to the
pits on the radicular surfaces of the
permanent teeth in dentin or cemen-
tiun, indicative of a pathological
absorption.
H2S. Chemical formula for hydrogen
sulphid,
HzSOs. Chemical formula for mtphur-
ous add,
H2SO4. Chemical formula for sulph-
uric add.
hue. 1. The particular shade of a
color. 2. The excessive predomi-
nance of one color over another.
hu-mec-ta^tion (L. humectare^ to
moisten). The use of moisture
therapeutically.
hu'me-rus (L.). The large bone that
extends from the shoulder to the
elbow.
hu^mor (L.. moisture). Any fluid sub-
stance ol the organized body, as the
blood, chyle, lymph, etc. Also a
chronic skm disease .
Hun^ter, John. An English surgeon
bom in Scotland, 1728-1793. An
important contributor to the study
of dental histology, embryology
and pathology.
Hutchinson's teeth [Jonathan Hutchin-
son, an English surgeon, 1828-1913].
A semilunar notched condition of the
incisal ed^es of the incisor teeth
occurring m inherited syphilis.
Hutchinson's triad. The combined
triple svndrome of syphilis consisting
of notcned teeth, interstitial keratitis
and otitis.
hy^al-, hyVlo- (Gr. hyalosj glass). A
prefix used to indicate glassiness.
hyVlin (Gr. hyalos^ glass). 1. Refer-
ring to the quahty of being clear,
transparent, ^assy, amorphous, or
structureless; any substance having
these qualities. 2. In pathology,
used generally to include tne charac-
teristic materials of amyloid, colloid,
mucoid and hyalin degenerations or
infiltrations.
hyVline (Gr. hyalos, glass). Resem-
bling glass.
h. cast. A renal tubule consisting
of clotted blood, epithelium and
albuminoid matter*
hy-al^o-gen (Gr. hyaloSf glass + gennan,
to produce). An albuminous sub-
stance in cartilage and elsewhere,
convertible into hyalin.
hy^al-oid (Gr. hyalos, glass + ddos,
form). Glass-Uke.
hyl>rid (Gr. hyhris, mongrel). _ An
animal or plant produced by cross-
breeding or grafting two dififerent
species.
hy-chlo^rite. A proprietary antiseptic
preparation of chlorin.
hy-datld (Gr. hydatisj vesicle). A
cyst-like bodv with clear watery
contents. Bulbous remnants of em-
bryonic tissue.
hyd^at-oid (Gr. hydor^ water 4- ddosj
form). 1. An aqueous humor. .2.
Resembling water.
hj'dn^gogae (Gr. hydor^ water +
agogoSf leading). An agent that
causes watery evacuations.
hydrargyri chloridum mite. Chlorid
of mercury; calomel.
hy-drar^gy-rism. Mercurial poisoning.
hy-drar^gy-rum, gen. hydrargyri (Gr.
hydoTy water 4- argyroSf silver).
Mercury. Symbol Hg.
hy'drate (Gr. hydor^ water). Com-
pound of an element with water.
hy-dra^tion. The chemical process of
combining with water.
hy-dri-at^rist. One who specializes
in hydrotherapy.
hy^drid (Gr. hydor, water). Combina-
tion of an element or radical with
hydrogen.
hy'dro- (Gr. hydoTj water). A prefix
denoting relation to water or hydro-
gen.
hy-dro-car^bons. Compounds con-
taining only hydrogen and carbon.
hy^dro-cele (Gr. hydory water 4- kele.
tumor). A serous tumor, appliea
particularly to the scrotum.
hy-dro-cephVlus (Gr. hydar^ water +
kephalSf head). A collection of
water within the head.
Digitized by
Google
HYDROCHINON 145
hy-dro-chin^on. An alkaloid of qui-
nin; it is an antipyretic and antisep-
tic. Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.333 to 2
gm.].
hy-dro-chlo^rate. Salt of hydrochloric
acid.
hy-dro-chlo^ric acid. See add.
hy-dro-cy-an'ic acid. A very poison-
ous acid, employed in medicine in
diluted'form. See add.
hy-dro-dif-fu^8ion. The intermingling
of two liquids.
hy-dro-dy-nam^ics (Gr. hydoTj water
+ dynamis^ power). That branch
of mechanics relating to liquids in
motion.
hy^dro-gen (G. hydor^ water + gennauy
to produce). A gaseous element,
symbol H, atomic wt. 1.
h. diozid, H2O2. A powerful oxidiz-
ing and bleaching agent and disin-
fectant.
h. perozid. Same as h. dioxid.
hydrogen^ion concentration. The de-
gree of concentration of hydrogen
ions in a solution and used in chemis-
try to express the reaction of the
solution. S)rmbol Hp.
hy-dro-glos^sa (Gr. hydor, water +
glossay tongue). Ranula.
hy-dro-ki-netlcs (Gr. hydor. water +
kinesis f motion). That branch of
mechanics that treats of the motion
of liquids.
hy'dro-lase. A ferment capable of
producing hydrolysis.
hy-droro-gy (Gr. hydor ^ water 4- logos^
treatise). That branch of science
relating to water and its uses.
hy-drory-sis (Gr. hydor^ water 4- lysisy
solution). Decomposition by the
action of water.
hy-dro-lyt'ic. Relating to hydrolysis.
hy-drom^e-ter (Gr. hyd(yr, water 4-
metron, measure). An instrument
for determining the density of
liquids.
hy-dro-my-o^ma (Gr. hydor^ water +
mys, muscle + oma, tumor). A
cystic myoma containing serous
fluid.
hy-dro-naph^thol. A derivative of
})eta-naphthol; an antiseptic and
disinfectant.
10
HYOID
hy-dropVthy (Gr. hydor, water 4-
'pathoSy pain). Treatment of disease
by the use of water.
hy^dro-plasm (Gr. hydor, water 4-
plasmay forming). A watery con-
stituent of protoplasm.
hy^drops (Gr. hydrops, dropsy).
Dropsy.
hy-dror-rhe^a (Gr. hydor, water 4-
rhoia, flow). Discharge of watery
fluid from a part.
hy-dro-ther-a-pea^tic8(Gr. hydor, water
4- therapein, to treat). The treat-
ment of disease by the use of water.
hy-drox^id. A hydrate. A compound
of hydroxyl with a radical.
hy-drox'yl. A univalent radical con-
taining one atom of oxygen and one
of hydrogen.
hy^dro-zone. A 30-volume aqueous
solution of chemically pure peroxid
of hydrogen. A powerful patho-
genic bactericide and stimulant to
granulating surfaces.
hy-gie^ist. Same as hygienist.
hy-giene' (Gr. hygieia, healthy). That
part of medicine which has for its
object the preservation of health.
oral h. Proper care of the teeth
and mouth.
hy-gien'ic. Relating to hygiene.
hy-gien%t. One who specializes in
hygiene.
dental h. One who specializes in
the proper hygienic care of the mouth
and teeth.
hy'gro- (Gr. hygros, wet). A prefix
indicating relation to moisture.
hy-gro-scop'ic (Gr. hygros, wet 4-
skopein, to view). Capable of ab-
sorbing moisture from the air.
hy-lo-troplc (Gr. hyle, matter 4- trope,
turn). A quality of a substance by
which it may change form without
changing in composition, as from a
liquid to a vapor.
hy-0-glos^sal (Gr. hyceides, hyoid 4-
glossa, tongue). Relating to the
hyoid bone and the tongue.
hy-0-glos^SU8. See Table of Muscles.
hy'oid (Greek T 4- eiilos, shape).
Shaped like the Greek letter upsilon;
relating to the hyoid bone.
Digitized by
Google
HYOSCYAMUS
h. bone. A movable osseous arch
between the base of the tongue and
the larynx.
Hy-os-eyVmus (L.). Henbane; a plant
of the order solanacece. Its extract-
ives are narcotic, anodyne, antispas-
modic and slightly stimulant.
hy-pal-ge'sia (Gr. hypoj under +
(dfiesiSf pain). Dimmished sensi-
bility to pain.
hy^per- (Gr. hyper, above). A prefix
indicating above or beyond. Oppo-
site to hypo-,
hy-per-ac-id'i-ty. Excess of acid.
hy-per-al-ge'8ia (Gr. hyper, over +
algesis, pain). Increased sensitive-
ness to pain.
hy-per-al-ka-lin'i-ty. An excess of al-
kaline quality.
hy-per-ce-men-to'sis. Excessive growth
of cementum of the tooth.
hy-per-chlor-hyd'ria (Gr. hyper, over
+ chloros, green -f hydor, water).
Secretion of excessive amount of
hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice.
hy-per-cho^ia (Gr. hyper, over +
chole, bile) . Secretion of an excessive
amount of bile.
hy-per-chro'mat-in. That portion of
the chromatin that is capable of
being stained with blue anilin dyes.
hy-per-cy-to'sis. Hyperleukocjrtosis.
hy-per-e^mia, hy-per-a&'mia (Gr. hyp^r,
over + haima, blood). Excessive
amount of blood in any part of the
body.
h. of the pulp. Excess of blood to
the pulp; the first change from nor-
mal to an abnormal state of the pulp
due to some irritation.
hy-per-en-do-crin'ism (Gr. hyper, over
+ erwion, within + krinein, to sepa-
rate). Excessive activity of the
organs of internal secretion.
hy-per-es-the'sia, hy-per-»s-the'sia
(Gr. hyper, over 4- aisthesis, sensa-
tion). Excessive sensibility.
hy-per-es-thetle. Relating to hyper-
estibesia.
hy - per - gly - ee'mia. An excessive
amount of sugar in the blood.
hy-per-i-80-ton'ic. Relating to a solu-
tion that has a greater osmotic pres-
sure than the blood. See hyper-
tonic.
146 HYPNOTIC
hy-per-leu-ko-cy-to'sis (Gr. hyper, over
4- levJcoa, white + kytos, cell). An
excessive number of white-blood
cells.
hy-per-me-tab'o-Usm. Excessive met-
abolism.
hy-per-nor'mal. Beyond the normal.
hy-per-o-don-tog'e-ny (Gr. hyper, over
-f odous, tooth + gennan, to produce).
1. Growth of an excessive number of
teeth. 2. A third set of teeth.
hy-per-os-mot'ie. Causing abnormal
or increased rapidity of osmosis.
hy-per-os-to'sis (Gr. hyper, over +
osteon, bone). Exostosis; hyper-
trophy of bone.
hy-per-ox-i-da''tion. Presence of an
excessive amount of oxygen.
hy-per-pla'sia (Gr. hyper, over +
ptosis, forming). Excess of forma-
tive action, as an excessive formation
of new elements in addition to pre-
existing normal elements.
h. of the pulp. A chronic produc-
tive inflammation of the dental pulp
in which the redundant material
formed is extruded into the carious
cavity.
hy-per-sen'si-tiye. Abnormal sensi-
tivity.
hy-per-thy-mi-za'tion (Gr. hyper, over
+ thymus). Incretused action of the
thymus gland.
hy-per-thy-roid-a'tion. Increased ac-
tion of the thyroid gland.
hy-per-thy^roid-ism. Symptoms due
to excessive activity of the thjrroid
gland.
hy-per-ton'ic (Gr. hyper, over + tonos,
tension). Having an excessive de-
gree of tension.
h. solution. A solution having a
higher osmotic pressure than smother
designated one.
hy-per-troph'ie. Relating to hyper-
trophy.
hy-per'tro-phy (Gr. hyper, over +
trophe, nutrition). Excessive growth
of an organ or part of the body.
hy-pes-the'sia, hy-pm-the'sia (Gr.
hypo, under + aisthesis, sensation).
Defective or diminished sensation.
hyp-not'ic (Gr. hypnos, sleep). 1. An
agent liiat induces sleep. 2. Relat-
ing to hypnotism.
Digitized by
Google
HYPO- 147
hy'po- (Gr. hypo J under). A prefix
indicating a deficiency. Opposite to
hyper-,
hy-po-ac-id'i-ty. Deficient acidity.
hy^po-blast (Gr. %po, under + blastos,
germ). TTie inner layer of embry-
onic cells from which the epithelium
of the respiratory ««id alimentary
tracts is derived.
hy-po-chlor-hyd^ria (Gr. hypo^ under +
chlorosj green + hydor, water). A
deficient amount of hydrochloric
acid in the gastric juice.
hy-po-chlo^rite (Gr. %po, under -f
chloroSj green). A salt of hypo-
chlorous acid. See Dakin's solu-
tioTij eau de JaveUe^ etc.
hy-po-chon'dri-iun, pi. hypochondria
(Gr. hypo, under + chondros, car-
tilage). The region of the abdomen
just below the lowest rib.
hy-po-ehro-mat^ie (Gr. hypo, under +
chroma, color). Containing an ab-
normally small amount of pigment.
hy-po-chro^mat-ism (Gr. hypo, under
+ chroma, color). Deficiency of
chromatin in the nucleus of a cell.
hy-po-chy'lia (Gr. hypo, under +
chyhs, juice). A condition in which
there is a deficient amount of gastric
juice.
hy^po-cone (Gr. hypo, under -f konos,
cone) . The disto-lingual cusp of the
upper molars of such primitive mam-
mals as Phenacodus; present in man.
In occlusion the hypocone fits be-
tween the entocomd of one lower
molar and the metaconid of the next.
hy'po-co-nid. The large disto-buccal
cusp on the buccal side of tne talo-
nid of primitive mammalian lower
molars. Prominent in man. In oc-
clusion the hypoconid fits into the
central fossa of an upper molar and
between the protoconule and meta-
conule. [Gregory.]
hy'po-co-nu-lid (Gr. hypo, under +
L. conulus, dim. of conus, a cone).
The small distal (posterior medial)
cusp of primitive mammalian lower
molars on the posterior rim of the
talonid, behind the hypoconid and
the entoconid. In occlusion the
h3rpoconulid of the first and second
lower molars occludes with or
near the metaconule, and that of
HYPOPHOSPHITE
the third lower molar occludes with
the posterior' border of the third
upper molar. In man the hypo-
conulid, or fifth cusp, is often re-
duced or absent, especially on the
second and third lower molars of the
white races. [Gregory.]
hy-po-cy-to'sis (Gr. hypo, under +
kytos, cell). Deficiency of corpus-
cles in the blood.
hy-po-der'xnic, hy-po-der-mat^ic (Gr.
hypo, under -f derma, skin) . Applied
subcutaneously.
h. injection. An injection of a
drug into the subcutaneous tissues.
h. syringe. A svringe with a fine
hollow needle used for making hypo-
dermic injections.
hy-po-der-mo-cly^sis (Gr. hypo, under
+ derma, skin -y klysis, injecting).
Injection of fluids into the subcu-
taneous tissues.
hy-po-en-do-crin'ism (Gr. hypo, under
+ endon, within + krinein, to secrete).
Diminished activity of the organs of
internal secretion.
hy-po-gas^tri-nm (Gr. hypo, under +
gaater, stomach). The lower part
of the abdomen.
hy-po-gen'e-sis (Gr. hypo, under +
genesis, production). Defective de-
velopment or formative power.
hy-po-glos^sal (Gr. hypo, under +
glossa, tongue). Under the tongue.
hy-po-glot'tis (Gr. hypo, under -f
glossa, tongue). 1. The under por-
tion of the tongue. 2. Ranula.
hy-pog'na-thous (Gr. hypo, under +
gnathos, jaw). Having the lower
jaw more prominent than the upper.
hy-po-i-so-ton^ic (Gr. hypo, imder +
isos, equal + tonos, tone). Less
than isotonic. See also hypotonic,
hy-po-leu-ko-cy-to^sis (Gr. hypo, under
+ leukos, white + kytos, cell). Defi-
ciency of white-blood cells.
hy-po-me-tab^o-lism (Gr. hypo, under
+ metabole, ch&nge). Deficient metab-
olism.
hy-po-phos^phite. A compound formed <
by the union of hypophosphorous
acid with oxid of iron, sodium, cal-
cium, etc. The hypophosphites are
tonics prescribed in anemia, nervous
exhaustion, debility, etc.
Digitized by
Google
HYPOPHYSIS
148
HYSTERIC
hy-poph'y-Bis (Gr. %po, under +
phyeinf to grow). The pituitary
body; a small body composed of two
lobes at the base of the brain in the
fossa of the sphenoid bone. It is one
of the glands of the endocrine system.
hy-po-pi-tu^it-a-rism. Symptoms due
to diminished action of the pituitary
body.
hy-po-pla'sia (Gr. hypoy under + ptots,
formation). Defect in development
or formative power.
hy-po-plas^tic. Possessing impaired
power of formation.
hy-po-pty'a-lism (Gr. hypo, under +
ptyaUytif saliva). Diminished secre-
tion of saliva.
hy-po-si-al-ad-e-ni^tis (Gr. hypo, under
+ sialon, saliva + dderif gland).
Inflammation of the submaxillary
gland.
hjrp^o-style (Gr. hypo, under 4- stylos,
pillar). The small cusp on a molar
tooth between the metacone and the
hypocone.
hy-po-sul^phite. A salt formed by the
union of h3rposulphurous acid with a
base.
hy-po-thy^mism. Deficient action of
the thymus gland.
hy-po-ihy^roid-ism. Deficient action
of the thyroid gland.
hy-po-ton^ie. Less than isotonic.
hy-po-tox-ic'i-ty (Gr. hypo, under 4-
toxikon, poison). Diminution in the
poisonous properties or action of any
agent.
hjrp'so-dont (Gr. hypsi, high + odous,
tooth). Having teeth with long
crowns. Opposite to brachydont.
hys-te^ria (Gr. hystera, uterus). A
neurosis so called because it was
supposed to have its seat in the
uterus, occurring principally in
young women, and characterized by
lack of control over acts and emo-
tions.
hys-ter^ic, hys-terl-cal. Relatmg to
hysteria.
Digitized by
Google
149
IMMUNITY
I. Chemical symbol for iodin.
i-at'ric (Gr. iatroSj physician). Relat-
ing to medicine.
i-at'ro« (Gr. iatros, physician). A
prefix indicating relation to mediicine.
i^a-trol. A white powder made by the
action of nascent iodin on coal-tar
derivatives; has the same properties
as iodoform.
iatroSf physician +
The science of med-
i-a-troro-gy (Gr.
logos, treatise),
icine.
■ic. An adjective suffix meaning of or
pertaining to.
ich-thy-o-colla (Gr. ichthys, fish +
koUcif glue). Isinglass; fish glue.
ich^thy-ol (Gr. ichthys, fish + L.
oleum, oil). A brownish oily liquid
obtained from asphalt in which are
semi-fossilized remains of fishes. It
is used in skin diseases and gyne-
cologic practice. Dose, 10 to 30
min. [0.65 to 2 cc] per day; exter-
nally as ointment, 5 to 50 per cent
solution.
ic'te-ms (Gr. ikteros). Jaundice.
ic'tus (L.). Stroke or beat.
«id [formerly 'ide]. A suffix used in
chemistry to form the name of com-
pounds.
i^dem. Latin meaning the same,
i-di-oc^ra-sy (Gr. idios, individual +
krasis, mixture). Same as idio-
syncrasy.
id-i-o-crat^ic (Gr. idios, own + krasis,
temperament). Idiosyncrasy. Hav-
ing peculiarities of temperament.
id-i-o-gen^e-sis (Gr. idios. self + gen-
nan, to produce). Applied to a dis-
ease whose origin is not apparent.
id-i-o-ly'sin (Gr. idios, self + lyein, to
dissolve). A normal lysin in the
blood, not produced by injection of
an antigen.
id-i-o-path^ic (Gr. idios, one's own +
pathos, disease). Term used to in-
dicate a disease arising without
obvious cause, or spontaneously.
id-i-o-syn'cra-sy (Gr. idios, own +
syn, with + krasis, temperament).
.Constitutional peculiarities of tem-
perament.
il-e-i^tis. Inflammation of the ileum.
il'e-o-. Prefix signifying relation to
the ileum.
il-eo-ce^cum. The ileum and cecum
considered together.
il^e-um (L. eileo, to twist). The por-
tion of the small intestine extending
from the jejunum to the cecum.
il^i-um, pi. Uia (L). The upper part
of the innominate bone.
im- (L. in, in). A prefix meaning in;
a euphonic variant of in-. Also
negative prefix.
im-bed^. To surroimd with an attach-
ing material, as a histologic specimen
for reinforcing and supporting it
prior to sectioning.
im-bri-ca^tion lines. Lines made by
the overlapping of tissues in opera-
tive measures for closing woimds or
the repairing of defects. Pickerill
refers to what he calls imbrication
lines in the enamel of teeth; light
horizontal lines, ridges, or furrows
occurring on the surface of the
enamel, easily visible under the
microscope.
im'i-do«. A prefix indicating the pres-
ence of the NH group in a compoimd.
im^i-nO". Prefix denoting presence of
the NH group in a compound.
im-mer'sion (L. imm^rgo, to dip).
Plunging of a body into a liquid.
In microscopy, immersing the objec-
tive in liquid.
im-mis'ci-ble. Not mixable.
im-mo-bil-i-za'tion. The act of mak-
ing a part immovable.
im-mo^bil-ize (L. in, not + moreo, to
move + habilis, able). To render
immovable.
im-mune^ (L. immunis, safe). Pro-
tected from disease either naturally
or by inoculation or by previous
attack.
im - mu^ni - ty (L. immunitos, safe).
Freedom from liability to infectious
diseases.
Digitized by
Google
IMMUNOLOGY 150
im-mu-noro-gy (L. immunisj safe +
Gr. hgoa^ treatise). The science or
study of immunity.
im-pac'ted (L. impactusj wedged).
Wedged in; firmly lodged.
im-pac'tion. Being wedged in or firmly
lodged.
i. of teeth. Fixation of teeth in
such positions as to prevent their
eruption.
im-pal'pa-ble (L. in, not + paLpare, to
feel) . An extremely finely powdered
substance in which the particles
cannot be felt.
im-per'me-a-ble (L. in, not -f per-
meare^ to penetrate). Incapable of
being penetrated by fluids.
im-peiM-ons (L. imperviiLs). Not ad-
mitting of passage through.
im-plan-ta'tion (L. in, into + plantare,
to set). Insertion of the root of a
natural tooth in an artificial alveolus
made for its reception.
im-preg'nate (L. impregnare, to fertil-
ize). 1. To fecundate. 2. To sat-
urate with another substance.
im-pres'sion (L. iUf in + premere, to
press). A negative likeness of an
organ or part taken in a plastic
material from which a cast or cast-
ing may be produced. [Wilson.]
i. compound. See modeling com-
pound.
L cup, i. tray. A tray or cup for
holding the material in taking an
impression of the parts of the mouth.
in- (L. in, into). Prefix denoting in,
into or within. Also negative prefix.
in-ci^sal (L. indsoa, cutting). Cut-
ting.
i. edge of a tooth. The cutting
edge.
in-cised' (L.). Cut.
in-cis^ion (L. incido, to cut). Division
of the soft parts with a cutting in-
strument.
in-d'siye. Relating to the incisor
teeth. Having the power to cut.
in-d'sor (L. incido, to cut). Term
used to indicate the four front teeth
of either jaw.
in-cli-na^tion. The deviation of teeth
from the vertical position.
INDEX
inclined plane. 1. One of the inclined
cuspal surfaces of the teeth. 2.
Term used to designate an ortho-
dontic appliance used in correcting
the bite.
in-eom-pat-i-bill-ty. State of being
incompatible.
in-com-pat'i-ble (L. in, not + com-
peto, to agree + habilis, able). Not
suitable in combination.
in-cms-ta^tion (L. in, on + crusta,
crust). 1. The act of forming a
crust or scab. 2. The crust itself.
in-cu-ba^tion (L. incvbo, to lie upon).
The period elapsing between the
implanting of infectious diseases and
their ma^estations. In bacteri-
ology the keeping of a culture of
bacteria under conditions to facili-
tate growth.
in-cu-ba'tor. An apparatus for devel-
opment of bacteria.
in-den-ta'tion. Notched condition pro-
duced by pressure.
in^dex, gen. indicia (L. indico, to point
out). 1. Something that points, as
the forefinger. 2. A number that
denotes the relation in size, capacity
or function of one part to another.
3. A list of subjects treated in a book,
along with page numbers.
alyeolar i. The degree of projec-
tion of the maxillse ; the relation of
the distance from the basion to the
alveolar point, to the distance from
the basion to the nasion« the latter
being taken as 100.
basilar i. The relation of the dis-
tance between the basion and alveo-
lar point, to the length of the skull.
cephalic i. The number arrived
at by multiplying the breadth of the
cranium by 100 and dividing by the
length of the cranium.
dental i. The result obtained by
multiplying the dental length, i. e.,
the distance from the anterior sur-
face of the first bicuspid to the po^
terior surface of the third molar, by
100 and dividing by the basinasal
(basion to nasion) length.
facial i. The relation of the length
of the face to its greatest width at the
malar prominences.
gnathic i. See alveolar index.
Digitized by
Google
INDIA-RUBBER 151
i i. The relation of the width
of the nasal aperture to the distance
from the nasion to the base of the
nasal aperture^ the former being
taken as 100.
opsonic i. The ratio between the
phagocjrtosis stimulating power of
the blood serum of the patient and
that of a normal individual.
palatal L, Dalatonuudllary i. The
relation of tne distance between the
outer borders of the alveolar arch at
the middle of the second molar teeth,
to the distance from the alveolar
point to the middle of a transverse
line touching the posterior borders of
the maxillce, the former being taken
as 100.
in'dia-nibl>er. Caoutchouc.
in'di-can. A yeXLow ^ucoside found
in the urine indicative of intestinal
putrefaction.
in-di-ea-nu'ri-a. Excessive excretion
of indican in the urine.
in'di-ea-tor (L. indico, to point out).
1. The index finger. 2. A simple
test that shows that a colonmetric
change has taken place.
in-di-ges^tkm. Lack of digestive ac-
tion.
in'di-fo (Gr. indikon^ Indian dye). A
blue dyeing material obtained from
plants. It is also found in sweat
and urine, coming from indican.
in-di-rect'. Not direct. Applied to a
method of working on a replica of a
tooth rather than on the tooth in the
mouth.
in^di-um. A very soft white metal.
Symbol In.
inMol. A crystalline substance result-
ing from bacterial |)utrefaction of
proteins in the intestines; it is sup-
posed to give the characteristic odor
to the feces.
inMo-lent (L. iUj not + doleo, to be in
pain). Exhibiting little or no pain.
in-dnc'tion (L. inducere. to lead in).
Causing to occur. Tne production
of electrical properties in a body by
the influence of a body brought near
it and possessing these properties.
in-dn-ra'tion. Hardening. A hard spot.
in'faret (L. infardre, to stuff in). A
zone of necrotic tissue typically
INFRAMANDIBULAR
cone-shaped resulting from the oc-
clusion of an end-artery of Cohnheim
by an embolus.
in-f act'. To affect noxiously. To cor-
rupt.
in-feet'ing. Causing infection.
in-fec'tion (L. inficio, to taint).
Process by which the germs of dis-
ease are communicated to a healthy
individual from one diseased. Also
applied to the actual disease process
itself when the disease is due to a
parasitic agent.
focal i. Infection in which bac-
teria exist in certain tissues and are
sent out from there into the blood
stream to localize secondarily at
other sites. The principal sites of
focal infection are the mouth, the
tonsils, nasal sinuses, Fallopian tubes,
prostate ^ands, appendix, large in-
testine and male urethra.
in-fec^tiou8. Capable of being trans-
mitted by infection.
in-fec^tiye. Relating to infection.
in-fe'ri-or (L., lower). Lower; situated
below.
in-fe-ro-pos-te'ri-or. Situated below
and behind.
in-fil'trate (L. in. into + fiUro, to
filter). Material left by the process
of infiltration.
in-fil-tra'tion. Passage into a tissue of
substances not normal to it.
i. anesthesia. See anesthesia,
in-fir'ma-ry (L. infirmarium). An in-
stitution for the care and treatment
of the sick.
in-flam-ma'tion (L. inflammare, to set
fire). The condition into which
tissues enter as a reaction to irrita-
tion. [Adami.] It is characterized
by heat, pain, redness and swelling
and interference with function.
in-flam'ma-to-ry. Relating to inflam-
mation.
in-flu-en'ia (Ital., influence). Epi-
demic grip, due to B. influenzae.
in'fra- (L. infra^ beneath). Prefix
indicating situated beneath a part.
infra-alyeolar dental ligament. See
periodontal membrane,
in-fra-man-dib'n-lar. Situated beneath
the mandible.
Digitized by
Google
I NFRAM AXILLARY 152
INSALIVATE
in-fra-max^il-lary. Situated beneath
the maxilla.
in-fra-or^it-al. Situated under or on
the floor of the orbit.
in-fun-dib^u-liiin (L., funnel). Name
given to many parts resembling a
funnel.
in-fu^si-ble. Not capable of being
fused.
in-fu^sion (L. in, into •{■fundoj to pour).
Pouring hot water upon a substance
to extract its proximate principles.
In surgery, introduction of a fluid,
as saline solution, into a vein.
in-fu^sum, gen. infusif pi. infusa.
Latin, meaning infusion,
in-ges^ta (L. ingererey to carry in).
Substances taken into the body, as
food, drinks, etc.
in'got. A mass of cast metal formed
by a crucible or mold.
in-gre^di-ent (L. ingredior, to enter).
A part going to make up a mixtmre.
in-ha-la^tion (L. inhaloy to breathe in).
The act of drawing air or medicinal
vapors into the lungs.
in-hale^ (L. inhalo, to breathe in). To
breathe in.
in-haler. Apparatus for inhalation
of vapors into the lungs,
nitrons oxid i. An apparatus for
administering nitrous oxid.
in-hi-bi^tion (L. inhibeoy to restrain).
Restraint of action caused by ner-
vous influence.
in-hib'i-to-ry (L. inhiheoy to restrain).
A restraining or checking. A term
applied to nerves which when method-
icfiJly excited repress the action of
muscles to which they are distrib-
uted.
in^i-on. The external occipital pro-
tuberance^ which is taken as a guid-
ing-point m craniometry.
in-ject^ (L. in, into + jacerCj to throw).
To introduce by force, especially a
fluid.
in-jec^ti-o, gen. injectioniSf pi. injec-
tionea. Latin meaning an injection.
in-jec^tion (L. in^ into + jacere, to
throw). 1. The act of introducing
a liquid into a part. 2. A substance
injected into a part.
intramuscular i. An injection made
into the muscular tissue.
intravenoas i. An injection made
into a vein.
inlay. A porcelain or metal filling
made in the shape of a prepared
cavity in a tooth, then inserted and
retained by means of cement.
i. bur. An engine bur designed
specially for finishing metal inlays,
cast i. An inlay made of gold by
the casting process.
i. casting machine. A machine
used for casting inlays.
gold i. An inlay made of gold, cast
into a mold.
porcelain i. An inlay made of
fused porcelain.
i. wax. A specially prepared wax
for modeling the inlay preparatory
to casting.
in-ner-ya^tion (L. in, into + nervus^
nerve). 1. The distribution of
nerves to a part. 2. The nervous
influence necessary for the mainte-
nance of the various functions.
in^no-cent (L. in, not -f nocere, to
harm). Benign; harmless.
in-noc'u-ons. Harmless.
in-noxl-oos (L. in, not + noxiusy harm-
ful). Not injurious.
i'no-blast (Gr. is, fiber + blastos, germ).
Cell from which connective tissue is
formed.
in-oc-u-la^tion (L. in, into + ocidua, a
bud). The operation of introducing
the virus of a disease into the body
by subcutaneous, intramuscular,
intravenous, intraperitoneal, intra-
dermal, or intra-ocular injection.
in^o-gen. Substance in muscular tis-
sue thought to be produced during
muscular contraction.
in-o-gen'e-sis (Gr. is, fiber + genesis,
to form). Formation of fibrous
tissue.
in-op^e-ra-ble. That which cannot or
should not be operated upon.
in-or-ganlc. Term applied to bodies
which have no organs, or to sub-
stances derived from non-living ma-
terial, such as minerals. Li chemis-
try, the chemistry of those elements
ana compounds which are not the
hydrocarbons or their derivatives.
in-sal^i-yate. The act of mixing food
with the saliva during mastication.
Digitized by
Google
INSALIVATION
in-sai-i-va^tion (L. in, in + saliva^
spittle). Mixing of the food with
the saliva in mastication.
in-san^i-to-ry. Not favorable to health.
in-san^i-ty (L. in, not + sanus^ sound).
Mentally unsound.
m-8Crip^tion (L. in. upon 4- scriboj to
write). The body of a prescription
indicating the drugs and amounts
of ingredients to be used.
in-ser^tion (L. iriy into 4- «ero, to plant).
Attachment of one part to another^
as bones and fibrous organs.
in-8id^iou8 (L. insidiosiiSf cunning).
Coming on stealthily or impercep-
tibly.
in situ (L.). In the normal place.
in-so-la'tion (L. insolare, to expose to
the sun). 1. Exposure to the sun;
sun bath. 2. Sunstroke; heat pros-
tration.
in-soru-ble (L. in, not + solvere, to
dissolve). A substance that cannot
be dissolved.
in-sper'sion (L. in, upon + spargere,
to sprinkle). Dusting with powder.
in-spi-ra'tion (L. inspirare, to breathe
in). The drawing of air into the
lungs.
in-spis^sate (L. inspissare, to thicken).
To thicken by evaporation.
in-spis-sa^tion. The act of rendering
thick by evaporation.
in-stil-la^tion (L. in, into + stillare, to
drop). Act of pouring a liquid drop
by drop,
in'stm-ment (L. instruo, to build). A
mechanical tool; an implement for
surgical work.
in-stm-men^tal. Relating to or done
by instruments.
in-stm-men-ta^ri-um (L.). An equip-
ment of instruments for performing
the operations of a specialist.
in-stm-men-ta'tion. The employment
of instruments. Also specially as
used by the periodontist.
in-suf-fl^cien-ey (L. in, not + sufficio,
to suffice). Inadequateness to any
end or purpose.
in-suf-fla'tion (L. in, into + sub, under
4- flare, to blow) . The act of blowing
a gas or vapor into some cavity of the
body.
153 INTERIOR
i. anesthesia. See anesthesia.
in-su-la^tion (L. insvlare, to make like
an island). The prevention of the
escape of electricity by the use of
non-conductors.
in^su-la-tor. A non-conductor of elec-
tricity, as glass or resin.
in-teg'u-ment (L. in, upon + tegere, to
cover). The covering of the body
of the skin.
integomentom commune (L., common
integument). The skin.
in-ten^tion (L. in, upon + tendere, to
stretch). 1. The end or purpose.
2. A process of healing. See heal-
ing.
in'ter- (L. inter, between). Prefix
meaning between.
in-ter-al-ve^o-lar. Between the alveoli.
in-ter-ar-tic'u-lar (L. inter, between +
articultis, joint). Located between
articular surfaces.
in-ter-a-ryt-e-noi-de'us. See Table of
Muscles.
in-ter-eellu-lar. Between cells.
in-ter-cos^tal (L. inter, between +
casta, rib). Situated between the
ribs.
in-ter-cusp^ing. The interlocking of
the cusps of the teeth of one jaw
with those of the other.
in-ter-den^tal (L. inter, between 4-
dens, tooth). Between the teeth.
i. space. The space between two
approximating teeth.
i. splint. A splint of wire, swaged
metal or vulcanite for binding the
teeth together in cases of fracture of
the jaw bones.
in-ter-den^ti-um. The space between
any two of the teeth.
in-ter-dig-i-ta^tion (L. inter, between
+ digitus, digit). The dovetailing
of similar parts. In dentistry, de-
noting the interlocking of the cusps
of the teeth of one jaw with those of
the other.
in-ter-glob^u-lar (L. inter, between 4-
globulus, globule). Between glob-
ules.
i. spaces. Defined areas of faulty
dentin formation.
in-te'ri-or (L., within). Inside.
Digitized by
Google
INTERLABIAL
154
INVESTMENT
in-ter-la^i-al (L. inters between +
labium^ lip). Between the lips.
in-ter-max-illa. The intermaxillary
bone. The anterior inner portion
of the maxilla.
in-ter-max^il-lary. Between the max-
illary bones.
i. bone (L. oa incmvum). The an-
terior inner portion of the maxillary
bone, which is a separate bone in the
fetus and sometimes in the adult.
in-ter-mis^sion (L. intery between +
mittOy to send). Interval occurring
between two paroxysms of a disease,
during which time the patient is
almost in his natural state.
in-ter-mit^tent (L. irUer, between +
miUOf to send). Having intermis-
sions.
in-tem^ (Fr. interne), A resident
physician in a hospital.
in-ter^nal (L. intemusy inward). On
the inside.
in-ter^nist. A physician who treats
internal diseases.
in-ter'nns (L.). Internal.
in-te-ro-in-fe'ri-or-ly. Inwardly and
in a downward direction.
in-ter-os^sens (L. inter, between +
OS, bone). Between tne bones.
in-ter-proxl-mal, in-ter-proxl-mate.
Between adjoining parts.
i. space. The space between ad-
joining teeth.
in-ter'stice. Interval between organs
or parts.
in-ter-sti'tial (L. interj between +
sistere, to set). Occurring in the
interstices of an organ.
in-ter-traglc-ns. See Table of Mus-
cles.
in'ter-yal (L. interj between + vaUunif
rampart). Space between parts.
in-tes'ti-nal. Relating to the intes-
tines.
i. juice. Succus entericus; the
digestive fluid secreted by the
glands of the intestines.
in-tes'tine (L. intiis, within). The
musculomembranous canal extend-
ing from the stomach to the anus.
in^ti-ma (L. intimusj inmost). Inner-
most coat or endothelial lining of the
blood-vessels.
in^tra- (L. intray within). Prefix de-
noting within.
in-tra-buc^cal. Within the mouth.
in'trad. Inward in direction.
in-tra-lin^goal. Within the tongue.
in-tra-nen'ral. Within a nerve.
in-tra-o^ral. Within the mouth.
in-tra-os^seons anesthesia (L. intray
within or into + o«, ossiSy bone).
See anesthesia.
in-tra-re'nal. Within the kidney.
in-tra-sti^tial. Within the fibers of a
tissue.
in-tra-sy-no'vi-al. Within the syno-
vial cavity of a joint.
in-tra-ye'nons. Within a vein.
intra vitam (L.). During life.
in-trin^sic (L.). Situated on the in-
side.
in'tro- (L.). A prefix meaning in,
intOy within.
in-tro-ver^sion (L. introy within +
verterey to turn). A turning within.
Sunken or depressed condition of a
part.
in-tm^sion (L. in, in + trudere, to
thrust). A term used to designate
the condition in which the tooth is
deeper in the socket than normally,
and in which the occlusal surface of
■ the tooth is below the occlusal line
of the teeth.
in-unc'tion (L. iny into + ungerCy to
anoint). The act of rubbing in an
ointment or liniment.
in'val-id (L. in, neg. + validiLs, strong).
One out of health.
in-va^sion (L. invadoy to go in). Be-
ginning of an attack of a disease
in-ver^sion (L. invertOy to turn in).
Turning inside out.
in-yer-te-bra'ta. Animals devoid of
vertebrae.
inyerted cone bur. A bur head in the
form of a cone, the apex of which
forms the attachment with the
shaft.
in-ves^ting. The imbedding of a den-
ture, tooth, bridge or inlay in a solidi-
fying material preparatory to vul-
canization, soldering or casting.
in-yest^ment. The final product of the
investing process.
Digitized by
Google
INVISCATION 155
IPANA
i. compound. A preparation of
plaster, marble dust, asbestos, etc.,
for making an investment.
in-yis-ca'tion. Mixing of the food dur-
ing mastication witn the secretions
of the mouth.
in vitro (L.). Within a glass, as in a
test tube.
in vivo (L.). Within the body.
in-vo-lu'cmm, pi. involitcra (L. in,
in -f volverCf to wrap). A covering;
hence covering of new bone devel-
oped about a sequestrum in necrosis.
in-vbrun-ta-ry (L. in, against +
voluntdSf wiU). Not under the influ-
ence of the will.
in-vo-ln^tion (L. in, into + volvere, to
roll). 1. Return to natural condi-
tion. 2. Regressive change in the
tissues of the aged.
i'o-dan. A proprietary preparation
of iodin ana goose-jgrease, employed
the same as the iodids.
i'o-did. A compound of iodin with
another element.
i'o-din (L. iodum from Gr. iodes, violet-
hued). A non-metallic element of
the halogen group, occurring in
bluish-black scales, peculiar odor
and acrid taste. Symbol I. It is
an alterative and absorbent. Dose,
compound solution [liquor iodi com-
positus], LugoFs solution, 1 to 10
min. [0.065 to 0.65 cc].
i-o-din'o-plul (L. iodin + Gr. phileiny
to love). A substance that takes
iodin stain readily.
i-od'i;-pin. A proprietary preparation
of iodin chlorid and sesame oil used
in syphilis and tuberculosis.
i^o-dism. Toxic symptoms of iodin.
i-o-do-ca'se-in. A compound of iodin
and casein having the same proper-
ties as iodoform.
i-o^do-form. A yellow crystalline sub-
stance, of strong odor, containing
96 per cent iodin. It is an antiseptic
and used for dressing wounds, also
used internally in syphilis, cirrhosis
of the liver, rickets, etc. Dose, 1 to
3 gr. [0.065 to 0.2 gm.].
i-o-do-for'mo-gen. A combination of
iodoform and albumin. Odorless,
and used as substitute for iodoform.
i-o-do-glob^u-lin. An active principle
of the thyroid gland.
i-o-do-gly^ee-rin. Solution of potas-
sium iodid and iodin in glycerin.
iodo-glyeerol [E. S. Talbot, contem-
porary Chicago dentist]. A com-
poima of zinc iodid, 12 gm.; water,
8 cc; iodin, 20 gm., and glycerin,
40 cc. Usea as a counterirritant in
pericemental disturbances and in
diseased conditions of the mucous
membrane of the mouth accompany-
ing pyorrhea.
i'o-dol. A powder derived from the
action of iodin on pyrrol. It is an
antiseptic, used as a substitute for
iodoform.
i'o-done. A proprietary antiseptic
preparation of iodin.
i-o-do-phe'nol. An antiseptic com-
pound of iodin, 20 parts; phenol, 76
parts; glycerin, 4 parts.
i^o-do-iiM. A substance easily stained
with iodin.
i-o-do-ther Vpy (L. iodum + Gr. theror
pein, to treat). Treating of disease
with iodin.
i-o-do-thy^moL See aristoL
i'o-do-vas'o-gen. A solution of iodin
in vasogen, used as substitute for
iodoform.
i-o^dnm. Latin for iodin,
ion (Gr. ion, going). An atom or
radical in solution carrying one or
more electrical charges; it is called
cation when appearing at the nega-
tive and anion at the positive pole.
i-onlc. Relating to ions.
i. medication. Application of med-
icinal agents by means of cataphore-
sis.
i-on-i-ia'tion. Dissociation of a sub-
tance; the producing of ions.
i'on-iie. To break up into ions.
i-o-no-therVpy. Treatment of dis-
ease by use of ions.
i-on-ther'a-py. See iontophoresis.
i-on-to-pho-re^sis. Introduction of
ions of various drugs into the tissues
by means of the electric current for
therapeutic purposes. Same as cata-
phoresis, which see.
i-pa'na. A proprietary toothpaste con-
taining ipecac.
Digitized by
Google
IPECAC 156
ip^e-cac, ipecacuanha. The dried root
of Cephcelis ipecacuanhay ord. Ru-
biacecBf containing an alkaloid eme-
tine. In large doses ipecac is emetic;
in small doses, diaphoretic and ex-
pectorant. Dose, as emetic 15 to
30 gr. [1 to 2 gm.]; as expectorant,
i to 2 gr. [0.06 to 0.3 gm.].
ir-id-es^cence, iridescent (L. iridescere,
to gleam like a rainbow). Shining
with many changing colors.
i-rid'i-nm. A hard white metal; sym-
bol, Ir.
i'ris (Gr. iriSy a rainbow). The cir-
cular membrane between the ante-
rior chamber and the lens of the eye.
i-ri'tis (Gr. tm, iris + itiSy inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the iris.
iron [i-em] (L. ferrum). A metallic
element found abundantly through-
out nature^ and a necessary constit-
uent of ammal tissues. Symbol Fe.
ir-ra-di-a'tion (L. in, into + radiarey to
shine). 1. Direction in which rays
of light pass outward from a center.
2. Treatment of disease by radio-
activity.
ir-reg'u-lar (L. in, not + reguUiy rule).
Not according to the rule of nature.
irregularity of teeth. See malocclusion,
irM-gate. To wash.
ir-ri-ga^tion (L. in, into + ngarCy to
cany water). The act of washing
out by means of a stream of water or
other liquid.
ir'ri-ga-tor. Apparatus for performing
irrigation.
ir-ri-ta-bil'i-ty (L. irrito, to excite +
hoMliSy able). The power of living
organized tissue to respond to
stimuli; excitability.
ir'ri-tant (L. irritOy to excite). That
which causes irritation or pain.
is-che'mia, is-chse^mia (Gr. isckeiuy to
hold back -f haima, blood). Tem-
porary local anemia, due to contrac-
tion of the blood-vessels that supply
the parts.
ig'chi-um, pi. ischia (L.; Gr. ischion,
hip). The lower portion of the
innominate bone.
i^sin-glass. Ichthyocollay which see.
islet. An isolated group of cells or
portion of tissue.
.1ST
i'so= (Gr. isosy equal). Prefix meaning
equal.
i'so-bod-y. An antibody active for
tissues of animals of the species from
which it is taken.
i-so-chro-matlc (Gr. isoSy equal +
chromay color). Having the same
color.
i-so-chro'nons (Gr. isos, equal -f
chronoSy time). That which takes
place in the same time or in equal
times.
i-so-co'cain. Trade name of an arti-
ficial alkaloid of cocain, used as a
local anesthetic.
i-so-dy-namlc (Gr. isoSy equal +
dynamiSf power) . Equal in power or
force.
i-so-gen^eysis (Gr. isoSy equal + genesis,
production). Similar m process of
development.
i'so-late. To separate persons or
objects.
i-so-la'tion. The act of separating a
person or persons having a conta-
gious disease, from the well.
i-so-merlc (Gr. isoSy equal + mesos,
part). Agreeing in composition, but
differing in properties.
i-so-met^ric (Gr. isoSy equal + metroUy
measure). Having the same meas-
urement throughout.
i-so-mor^phons (Gr. isos, equal +
morpfiey form). Having the same
form.
i-sos-motlc (Gr. isoSy equal + osmosy
impulse). Of equal osmotic pres-
sure.
i-so-tonlc (Gr. isoSy equal + tonosy
tone) . Having equal tone or tension.
i. -solution. A saline solution hav-
ing the proper quantity of salt to
maintain the shape of the red cor-
puscles; one having the same osmotic
pressure as the blood.
i-so-tox^in (Gr. isos, equal + toxikoUy
poison). A toxin produced by inoc-
ulation of material from an animal
of the same species.
i-so-tro^pic, i-so-tro^pous (Gr. isoSy
equal + tropey turn). Chemical
substances agreeing in structure but
differing in atomic weight.
■ist. A suffix denoting an agent.
Digitized by
Google
ISTHMUS 157 IVORY SEPARATOR
isth^miis (Gr. iathmoa). A narrow "i'tis (Gr. itisy like). A suflSx indicat-
strip of tissue connecting two larger ing inflammation,
parts- it^rol. An antiseptic powder prepared
i. of the mouth. The fauces. ^rom citrate of silver, used in the
. , Q K* T> form of an ointment for skin diseases;
itcn. bcabies. rsora. jjgo as a disinfectant of instruments,
itch'ol. A proprietary ointment for hands, etc.
relief of itcmng; composed of oil i'yo-ry. Term sometimes applied to
of eucalyptus, phenol, iodoform. the dentin.
-ite. A suffix used to indicate the Ivory separator [J. W. Ivory, Philadel-
nature of or like, phia instrument maker]. An in-
4'*^i. T «+;,, r««„«;«« r. ««„«^«. strument used for separating the
Iter. Latm,meanmg a 7x^80(76. ^^^j, preparatory to insertmg a
i. dentium. Passage through which filling or mlings in the interproximal
a tooth makes its appearance. surfaces.
Digitized by
Google
JACK-SCREW
158
JUGULAR
jack-screw. An appHance formerly
used for expanding the dental arches
or for moving one or more teeth in
correcting irregularities of the teeth.
It has been entirely supplanted by
the modem orthodontic appliances.
jack'et crown. A reproduction of the
natural tooth crown in porcelain
made to fit over a remaining portion
of the natural tooth.
Jackson crib. Name formerly used
to designate a crib-like appliance
used in producing movement of the
teeth, designed by Dr. V. H. Jackson,
New York.
Jacob's ulcer [A. Jacob, a Scotch
physician, 1790-1874]. A rodent
ulcer of the face.
Jaffe's test [Max Jaffe, a German
physician, 1841-1911]. The test for
mdican in the urine by adding 10 cc.
of hydrochloric acid to 10 cc. of
urine; then adding 2 cc. weak solu-
tion calcium chlorid and 4 cc. chloro-
form; if indican is present the pre-
cipitate of chloroform in the tube
will have a purplish color.
jap-a-con^i-tine. An alkaloid of Jap-
anese aconite.
jann^dice (Fr.yawnc, yellow). Yellow-
ness of the skin and eyes, as the
result of bile pigment in the blood.
Jayelle water (Javelle, a town in
France). A solution of potassium
or sodium hypochlorite. Eau de
Javelle.
jaw (A. S. cedwan, to chew) . One of the
bony structures in which the teeth
are located.
j. bone. Either of the maxillse or
the mandible.
j. jerk. Spasmodic contraction of
the temporsd muscles.
lock j. Temporary fixation of the
jaws. Colloquially used for tetanus.
lower j . The mandible.
lumpy j. Actinomycosis.
j. prop. An appliance for holding
the jaws apart in operating under a
general anesthetic.
upper j. The maxillse.
je-ju'num (L., empty). That portion
of the small intestine extending from
the duodenum to the ileum.
jel^. A soft translucent coherent
substance.
Jenkins' porcelain [N. S. Jenkins.
American dentist of Dresden ana
Paris, 1840-1919]. A low-fusing
porcelain for making inlays.
jif . A toolHshaft used to guide cutting
tools.
jo-do-for'ma-gen. A proprietary prep-
aration containing eugenol, phenol,
iodin salts and zinc oxid. An anti-
septic cement-like material used in
protecting pulps which have been
almost exposed by caries.
joint. 1. Articulation between two
bones. 2. A place at which two or
more things are joined together.
arthrodial j. A gliding joint. See
arthrosis.
ball and socket j. A joint in which
a spherical head of one portion of an
apparatus fits into a corresponding
socket in the other portion, thus
allowing free motion. See enar-
throsis.
diarfhrodial j. A freely movable
joint. See diarthrosis,
enarthrodial j. Same as ball and
socket joint. See also enarthrosis.
ginglyimoid j. A hinge joint. See
ginglymiLS.
hinge j. See ginglymus,
piyotj. A rotary joint.
synarthrodia! j. An immovable
joint. See synarthrosis,
joule. A unit of measurement of elec-
tric energy equivalent to the force
expended when a current of one
ampere flows for one second against
a resistance of one ohm.
ju-go-max'il-la-ry. Relating to the
malar bone and the maxillse.
ju'gu-lar (Jj. iugvlurrij neck). Relating
to the neck.
j. fos'sa. The depression in the
neck above the sternal notch.
Digitized by
Google
JUGUM
ju'gum, pi. juga (L. a yoke). A ridge
or depression connecting tissues.
j. alyeolare. The depression on the
anterior surface of the alveolar pro-
cess, between the ridges made by
the roots of the incisor teeth.
juice. A fluid from animal or vege-
table tissue.
gastric j. Digestive fluid secreted
by the glands of the stomach.
intestinal j. The digestive fluid
secreted by the glands of the intes-
tines; succus entericus.
pancreatic j. The fluid secreted
by the pancreas that takes part in
the digestive process.
159 JUXTAPOSITION
junk'et. "Curds and whey," used as
food.
ju-ris-praMence, dental (L. • juris
prudentiaf knowledge of law). The
application of the principles of law
to the relations of dentists to pa-
tients.
justo major (L.) . Larger than normal.
j. minor. Smaller than normal.
jux-ta-ar-tic'a-lar (L. juxta^ near +
articuliis, joint). Near a joint.
jux-ta-po-si'tion (L. juxta, near +
positiOf to place). Apposition. Sit-
uated adjacently.
Digitized by
Google
160
KERATOSIS
K
K (L. kalium). Chemical symbol for
potassium, Abbr. for karat or carat.
Ka. Abbr. for kathode or cathode,
ka^. Latin for potash,
kaOi-um (L.). Potassium.
kalinm-natiiam. A combination of
potassium and sodium used for
cleansing putrescent pulp canals.
The method was introduced into
America by Emil Schreier, con-
temporary Austrian dentist. See
Schreier* s method.
ka^o-lin (Chinese Kao Lingy a range of
hills). A fine clay used medicinally
as an absorbent in skin disease.
The hydrated silicate of aluminum;
a white, opaque, refractory clay,
resulting from the decomposition of
feldspar; used in the manufacture of
porcelain teeth.
kap^u-tine. A proprietary preparation
of acetanilid used for headache.
ka-ry-en'chy-ma (Gr. karyon^ nucleus
+ en, in + chymoSf juice). The
nuclear fluid of a cell.
ka-ry-o-chro-matVphil (Gr. karyon,
nucleus + chroma^ color + philetrif to
love). A cell with a stainable nu-
cleus.
ka'ry-o-chrome (Gr. karyorij nucleus +
chrom^y color). Nerve cell with a
nucleus capable of rapid and thor-
ough stainmg.
ka-ry-o-f en^e-sis (Gr. karyoriy nucleus
+ genesisy production). The devel-
opn^cnt of a cell nucleus.
ka-ry-o-ld-ne'sis (Gr. karyoriy nucleus
+ kinesis y motion). The process of
indirect cell or nuclear division.
ka-ry-o-ki-netlc. Relating to karyo-
kinesis.
ka-ry-o-kla^sis (Gr. karyon. nucleus +
klasis, breaking). Breaking down
of the nucleus of a cell.
ka-ry-o-ly'sis (Gr. karyoriy nucleus +
lysis, solution). 1. Segmentation of
the cell nucleus. 2. Destruction of
the cell nucleus through morbid
processes.
ka-ry-o-ljrt'ic. Relating to karyolysis.
ka-ry'on (Gr. nucleus). Nucleus of a
cell.
ka'ry-o-plasm (Gr. karyon. nucleus +
plasmay plasm). Protoplasm of nu-
cleus.
ka-ry-or-rhez'is (Gr. karyony nucleus
+ rhexiSy rupture). The rupture of
the nucleus of the cell; decomposition
of the chromatin of a nucleus.
kat«, kata«. See cat-, cata- for words
beginning thus.
kation. See cation.
KBr. Chemical formula for potassium
hromid.
KCl. Chemical formula for potassium
chlorid.
KClOs. Chemical formula for potas-
sium chlorate.
ke'flr, ke'fer, ke'phir, ke'fyr, ke'phyr.
Milk acted upon by a ferment from
Bacillus caucasicus; a nutritious
food used in various debilitating dis-
arsenical k. Preparation of kefir
medicated with Fowler's solution.
kelec-tome (Gr. keUy tumor + ektomcy
to excise). An instrument used to
excise tissue specimens from tumors.
kelene, ke'lin. A preparation of
ethyl chlorid used as a local anesthe-
tic.
keloid (Gr. keliSy scar + eidosy form).
A tumorous growth of the skin.
More properly cheloid. An over-
production of white fibrous connec-
tive tissue in the process of healing
of a skin injury.
ke-ra-ti'a-sis (Gr. kerasj horn). The
formation of horn-like excrescences
on the skin.
ke-ra-ti'tis (Gr. kerasy horn + itisy
inflammation ) . Inflammation of the
cornea.
ke-ra'to- (Gr. keraSy cornea). Prefix
indicating relation to homy tissue
or the cornea.
ke-ra-tory-sis (Gr. keraSy horn + lysiSy
loosening). Loosening of the skin.
ke-ra-to^ma, pi. keratomata (Gr. keraSy
a horn + oma, tumor). Horny
tumor.
ke-ra-to^sis (Gr. keras, horn). Any
skin disease attended by horny
growths, warts and the like.
Digitized by
Google
Kl
KI. Chemical formula for potassium
iodid.
kid^'ney. One of the two large glandu-
lar bodies situated in the upper and
posterior portion of the abdominal
cavity concerned in the secretion of
urine.
Idl'o- (Gr. chUioij a thousand). A
prefix meaning a thousartd.
Idl'o-gram. One thousand grams ; 2.68
pounds troy.
IdlVli-ter. One thousand liters;
35.317 cubic feet.
kfl'o-me-ter. One thousand meters.
ki'nase (Gr. kinesis ^ motion). An
enzyme which activates a zymogen.
kin-e-mat'iC8 (Gr. kinemay motion).
The science which deals with the
motion of bodies.
km-es-the'sia, km-es-the'sis (Gr.
kineiUy to move + aisthesis, sensa-
tion). Muscular sense; perception
of motion.
km-es-thet'ie. Relating to kinesthe-
sia.
ki-net'ic (Gr. kinesis, motion). Relat-
ing to motion.
ki-net-o-ffen'ic (Gr. kinesis^ motion +
gennan, to produce) . Producing mo-
tion.
Kingsley's splint [Norman W. Kingsley,
New York dentist, 1829-1913]. An
interdental splint made of vulcanite,
with space between the jaws, or
upper and lower portion of the splint,
through which the patient may take
food.
Undone. Same as quinone.
ki'no-plasm (Gr. kinein, to move +
plasma f plasm). The part of the
protoplasm from which the spindle
fibers are formed.
ki-no-plas'tic. Relating to formation
of kinoplasm.
Kirk's dentate scaler [Edward C. Kirk,
contemporary Philadelphia dentist].
A scaling instnunent with a dentate
cutting surface, especially designed
to remove deposits from the roots of
teeth.
Klebs-Loffler bacillus. See Bacillus.
KMn04. Chemical formula for potas-
sium permanganate.
knee (L. genu). The articulation
between the femur and tibia.
k.-cap. The patella.
knife. A cutting instrument.
11
161 KYTO-
knit'ting. Repair of a fractured bone.
KNOs. Chemical formula for potas-
sium nitrate,
knot. The interlacing of the ends of a
thread, cord or ligature so that they
cannot be readily separated.
surgeon's k. A knot in which the
thread is passed twice through the
same loop.
knurL A protuberance. To mill or
roughen, as the handles of instru-
ments in order to allow a firmer hold.
Koch's postulates [Robert Koch, Ger-
man physician, 1843-1910]. To
establish the specific pathogenicity
of any bacterium, the bacterium
must oe (1) demonstrable from all
cases, and (2) grown in pure culture;
the culture must (3) reproduce the
disease wheninoculated; and (4) from
the reproduced disease a pure cul-
ture must be again obtainable.
K. bacillus. B, tvherculosis,
KOH. Chemical formula for potas'
sium hydroxid.
kory-nos (Gr. kolyo, prevent + nosos,
disease). A proprietary tooth paste
said to contain thymol, saccharin,
peppermint, eucalyptus oil, benzoic
acid, glycerin, precipitated chalk,
alconoland soap.
ko-ly-sep'tic (Gr. koleyein, to hinder +
septikoSf septic). An agent that
hinders septic processes.
kou'miss, ku'miss, kn'myss. An al-
coholic drink made by the fermenta-
tion of cows' milk; originally from
mares' milk.
Kra-me'ri-a [U. S. P.]. An astringent.
Dose, tincture, | to 2 fi. dr. [2 to
8 cc.J.
kre-at^in. See creatin.
kre'sol. See cresoL
Kro-may'er's lamp [Ernst Kromayer,
a German contemporary physician.]
A quartz lamp of mercury vapor that
gives out actmic rays, used m treat-
ment of disease.
EI28O4. Chemical formula for potas-
sium sulphate.
ky'mo-graph (Gr. kynuij wave +
graphein^ to write). An instrument
used to record wave motions, as in
blood-pressure.
ky-pho^sis (Gr. kyphosis, humpback).
Curvature of the spine.
ky'to-. See cyto- for words beginning
thus.
Digitized by
Google
162
LACTOLASE
L. Abbr. for Latin.
Labarraque's solution [Antoine Labar-
raque, French chemist, 1777-1850].
A dismfectant solution composed of
sodium carbonate, 10 pts.; chlorid of
lime, 8 pts.; water, 100 pts. lAquor
sodcB chtorinaUB.
Ia11)i-a (L., plural of labium^ lip).
Lips.
1. oris. The lips of the mouth.
lani)i-ad. In a direction toward the
lips.
la^i-al (L. labium^ lip). 1. Relating
to a lip. 2. Toward the surface of
the tooth which is in the direction
of the lips.
1. mucosa. The mucous tissue
beyond the areolar gingiva on the
labial surfaces.
1. surface. The surface of the tooth
which is nearest to the lips.
lani)i-ate (L. labium^ lip). In botany,
• having two lips.
la'bile (L. labi, to glide). Gliding to
and fro. In chemistry, an unstable
substance.
kirbio-cerM-cal. Relating to the la-
bial surface of the neck of a tooth.
la-bio-den'tal. Relating to the labial
surface of a tooth.
la^i-o-gn4^ (L. labium^ lip + Gr.
grapheirif to write). An instrument
for recording the motions of the lips
in speaking.
la-bio-lin'gual. In a direction from
the lips to the tongue,
la-bio-men'tal. Relating to the lip and
chin.
la-bio-my-co'sis (L. labium^ lip + Gr.
mykea, fungus). Any disease of the
lips due to fimgal origin.
la-bio-na'sal. Relating to the lip and
nose.
la-bio-palVtine. Relating to the lip
and palate.
la-bio-plas'ty (L. labium^ lip + Gr.
plasseirif to mold). Plastic surgery
of the lips.
la-bio-te-nac'u-lum. An instrument
used for holding the lip.
lab'i-tome (Gr. labiSf forceps + temnein,
to cut) . Cutting forceps.
la^i-um, gen. labiif pi. labia (L.). 1.
Lip. 2. LipHshaped structure.
labVra-to-nr (L. laborare, to work).
A room designed for experimental'
work. In dentistry the work shop
in which the mechanical work is
done.
Ia11>rum, pi. labra (L.). A lip-edge;
margin.
lac, gen. lactis (L.). 1. Milk. 2. The
sap of certain trees used for varnish.
lacerate (L. lacerare, to tear). To
tear.
lac'e-ra-tion. The act of tearing or
rending; a wound made by tearing.
lach^ry*. See lacri-.
lac'quer. 1. To varnish with lacquer.
2. A varnish made of shellac dis-
solved in alcohol.
lacM-mal (L, lacrima^ tear). Relating
to the tears.
1. bone. A bone of the face on the
nasal side of the orbit articulating
with the frontal, ethmoid, and
maxilla.
1. gland. The gland situated in a
depression of the frontal bone, that
secretes the tears.
lac'tase. A ferment which splits lac-
tose into glucose and galactose.
lac'tate. A salt of lactic acid.
lac-ta'tion (L. lactare^ to suckle).
Production of milk. The period
during which the child is nourished
from the mother's breast.
lac'teal (L. lac, milk). 1. Relating to
milk. 2. Any one of the lymphatics
of the small mtestines that take up
the chyle.
lac'tic acid. See add.
lac'tis (L. gen. of lac, milk). Relating
to milk.
lac'to- (L. ioc, milk). A prefix denot-
ing relation to milk.
lac'to-lase. An enzyme that forms
lactic acid.
Digitized by
Google
LACTONE
lac^tone. 1. Inflammable fluid from
dry distillation of lactic acid. 2.
Trade name for a lactic acid bacillus
culture preserved in sugar of milk.
lac-to-pep'sin. Pepsin in combina-
tion with other ferments in sugar
of milk.
Iac-to-pho8'phate (L. lac, milk +
pho^haSf phosphate). A salt of
lactic and phosphoric acids.
lac'tose (L. saccharum lactia). Sugar
of milk; used as a vehicle for m^-
cines.
la-ca''na, pi. lacunce (L.). A small
fossa or ditch.
Howship's 1. Small pits or de-
pressions in bone under the perios-
teum.
la-ea'nar. Relating to lacunse.
U-ca'niile (L. lacumda), A small
lacuna.
la'ciu (L., a lake). A small collection
of liquid.
la'dle. 1. A cup-shaped receptacle
with a long handle. 2. To pour
with a ladle.
la grippe, la grip. See influenza,
lal-o-ple'gia (Gr. lalosy speech + pZe^e,
stroke). Paralysis ol the tongue
interfering with articulated speech.
Lamarckian theory [Jean Baptiste
Lamarck, a French scientist, 1744-
1829]. Author of the theory of
evolution based on the assumption
that acquired characteristics can
be transmitted to offspring.
lamb'doid (Gr. lambda, "1" + eidoa,
form). Shaped like tne Greek letter
A or A.
la-mel^, pi. lameUcB (L. dim. of
lamina), A thin disk or plate of
bone.
la-mel^lar, lam'el-late, lam'el-la-ted.
Composed of thin laminse; areolar
tissue.
lam'i-na, pi. lamince (L.). A thin,
flat part of a bone.
dental 1. The projecting borders
of the dental groove.
1. dura. The name first suggested
by Hopewell-Smith for the ex-
tremely thin sheet of compact bone
of the alveolar processes of the jaws,
situated immediately external to the
163 LARVA
alveolodental periosteum to which
it affords attachment.
laml-nar, lam^i-na-ted. Composed of
laminse.
lam-i-na'tion. Condition of being ar-
ranged in laminsB or layers.
lampni)lack. Carbon produced by the
burning of oils, rosin, etc.
lance (L. lancea). 1. To cut or open
with a lancet. 2. Same as lancet,
which see.
lan'cet (L. lancea^ lance). A two-
edged surgical knife.
gam 1. A lancet used in incising
the gums over the crowns of erupting
teeth.
Land's crown [C. H. Land, contempor-
ary Detroit dentist]. The name
first given to the porcelain jacket
crown, Dr. Land being the first to
use this type of crown.
Lane's plates [William Arbuthnot
Lane, a contemporaneous Enslish
surgeon]. Metallic plates used in
approximating the edges of frac-
tured bones.
la'num (L. tana, wool). Wool-fat, a
white odorless substance obtained
from animal wool.
lan'o-lin (L. lana, wool + oleum, oil).
Rectified wool-fat obtained from
sheeps' wool; used as a base for
ointments.
lap. 1. That part of a substance that
extends over another. 2. To lay a
portion of a substance over another.
lap-a-rot'o-my (Gr. lapara, loin +
tome^ cut). Incision into the ab-
dommal section.
la'pis (L.). Stone.
lap'sus (L., fall). A falling of a part.
Larat's method [Jules Louis Larat, a
French physician, 1857-]. Method
of treating paralysis of the palate by
means of the faradic current; one
electrode is placed in a basin of
water in which the child's hands are
immersed, the other electrode being
appUed to the neck.
lar'gin. A soluble gray powder, a
compound of silver and albumin.
Employed locally as an astringent
and germicide.
lar'ya, pi. larvai (L., mask). The first
stage of insect development after
Digitized by
Google
LARYNGEAL 164
leaving the ovum. Also applied to
amphibia during the gill-breathing
period.
la-ryn'geal (Gr. larynx^ larynx). Re-
lating to the larynx.
la-ryn-f 6C^to-my (Gr. larynx, larynx +
ektomef excision). Excision of the
larynx.
la-ryn-gis'mus (Gr. laryngismos, a
whooping). Spasm of the glottis.
la-ryn-gi'tis. Inflanamation of the
larynx.
la-ryn'fo-cele (Gr. larynx^ larynx +
kele, hernia). Hernial or other dila-
tation of the larynx.
la-ryn-f oro-gy (Gr. larynx, larynx +
logos, word). The specialty of medi-
cine which deals with the larynx and
its diseases.
Ia-ryn-(f0-pha-ryn''fe-ii8. The inferior
constrictor muscle of the pharynx.
See Table of Muscles.
la-ryn-ffo-ple'gia (Gr. larynx, larvnx +
{ylege, stroke). Paralysis of the
arynx.
la-ryn'fo-scope (Gr. larynx^ larynx +
skopein, to view). An mstrument
for examining the larynx.
la-ryn-ffos^co-py (Gr. larynx, larynx +
skopein, to view). Inspection of the
larynx by means of the laryngo-
scope.
la-ryn-f ot'o-my (Gr. larynx, larynx +
temnein, to cut). Incision of the
larynx.
la'rynx (Gr. larynx). The muscular
cartilaginous structure located at
the top of the trachea and below the
root of the tongue and hyoid bone.
Las 'Bar's paste [Oskar Lassar, a Ger-
man physician, 1849-1908]. An oint-
ment composed of salicylic acid, 2
parts; talcum, 24 parts; zinc oxid,
24 parts; vaselin, 50 parts; used in
treatment of eczema.
las'si-tude (L. lassus, tired). Fatigue,
weakness.
lat'e-rad. Toward a side.
lat'e-ral (L. latvs, side). Relating
to a side.
la-te-ro-flex'ion (L. latus, side +
flectere, to bend). Bending to one
side.
LECITHIN
lat-e-ro-yer'sion (L. latus, side +
vertere, to turn). Lateral deviation
or displacement.
lathe. An apparatus used in a dental
laboratory for propelling, polishing
and grinding wheels and brushes.
la'tos, gen. laieris, pi. latera. Latin,
meaning the side.
lau'da-ble (L. laudare, to * praise).
Healthy, normal; term formerly
applied to thick, yellow, creamy pus.
lauMa-num. Tincture of opium.
Dose, 5 to 10 min. [0.3 to 1.3 ccj.
laughmg-ffas. Nitrous oxid gas.
layage (lah-vahzh). Washing out or
irrigation, as of the stomach, or one
of the paranasal sinus.
la-YO'ris. A proprietary antiseptic
mouth wash containing oxid of zinc.
law. A formula expressing the rule of
sequence of certam phenomena.
Faraday's 1. The amoimt of an
electrolyte decomposed by a gal-
vanic current is in proportion to the
strength of the current.
Koch's 1. See Koch's postulates.
Virchow's 1. See under Virchow.
lax'a-phen. A preparation of phenol-
phthalein in combination with choc-
olate as a flavoring; laxative.
lax'a-tiye. A mild purgative.
lazator tympani. See Table of Mus-
cles.
lay'er. A stratum of uniform or
nearly uniform thickness, on another
thickness of the same or another
material.
adamantine 1. The enamel of the
teeth.
lb. Abbr. for libra, pound.
L. D. 8. Abbr. for British Licentiate
of Dental Surgery.
lead (L. plumbum). A soft bluish-
gray metal having poisonous salts,
some of which are used in medicine;
symbol Pb. See Table of Metals.
1. acetate. Sugar of lead; a basic
salt used in the preparation of lead-
water. Dose, 1 to 3 gr. [0.06 to
0.2 cc).
1. poisoning. Intoxication result-
ing from lead salts.
lec'i-thin (Gr. lekithos, yolk of egg).
A waxy, crystallizable substance
Digitized by
Google
LEECH
165
LEUKOCYTOLYSIS
obtained from the yolk of egg, also
from animal tissues, especially nerve
tissue.
leech. A blood-sucking worm.
leg. The portion of the lower extrem-
ity extending from the knee to the
foot.
le^gume. The fruit of a plant of the
pulse family, such as peas and beans.
lei-phe'mia (Gr. leipeiuy to fail +
haimaj blood). Thinness or im-
poverishment of the blood.
length, dental. The distance meas-
ured from the anterior surface of the
first premolar to the posterior surface
of the third molar.
lens. A transparent material, such as
glass, made in such shape as to con-
verge or scatter rays of light.
len'ti-cel (Fr. lenticdle; L. lenticular a
lentil). One of the follicular glands
at the base of the tongue.
len-tic'u-lar. Having the shape of a
lens.
len-ti^fo, pi. lentigines (L., freckle).
A freckle or pigmentation of the
skin.
le-pid'ic (Gr. lepis, rind). The lining
membrane tissues of the embryo.
lep-i-do'ma (Gr. lepis, rind + oma,
tumor). A tumor or neoplasm
originating from the lining mem-
brane tissues of the embryo.
lep-i-do'sis. A scaly disease.
lep'o-cjrte (Gr. lepos, scale + kytos,
cell). A cell having an investment
membrane.
lep^ra al'phos. Same as psoriasis.
Lep'to-fhrix (Gr. leptos, slender + thrix,
hair). A genus of the unbranched,
filamentous bacteria.
L. asteroides. A species found in
pyorrhea. [Mendel.]
L. buccalis. A pathogenic species
found in the mouth. [Miller, Kliger.]
L. innominata. A species foimd in
** materia alba" of the mouth and
associated with tartar and caries.
[Miller.]
L. racemosa Vieentini. A non-
pathogenic microorganism peculiar
to the human oral cavity; a filamen-
tous tubular core surrounded by a
number of layers of regularly ar-
ranged micrococcoid elements.
le^sion (L. loedere, to injure). A
wound; a morbid change either in
exercise of functions or in the texture
of organs.
diffuse 1. One that is widely and
irregularly spread.
focal 1. One confined to a small and
definite area.
functional 1. One that interferes
with function without any apparent
change in the structure of the tissues.
organic 1. One that produces a
distinct change in the structure of the
tissues.
toxic 1. A lesion produced by a
poison.
trophic 1. One affecting the life
process of the tissue.
yascular 1. A lesion affecting a
vessel.
leth'al (L. lethum, death). Mortal;
deadly.
leth'ar-gy (Gr. lethe, forgetfulness).
A state of stupor that cannot be
overcome by the will.
leu-ce'mia, leuc»mia. Same as leu-
kemia, which see.
leu'co-. Same as leuko-.
leu-ke'mia, leu-kss^mia (Gr. leukos,
white + haima, blood). A disease
of the blood marked by increase
of white blood cells, and changes
in the blood-making organs: the
bone-marrow, spleen and lymphatic
leu-ke^mic. Relating to leukemia.
leu^o- (Gr. leukos, white). A prefix
signifying white.
leu^o-cjrte (Gr. leukos, white + kytos,
cell). A white-blood corpuscle. A
small mass of protoplasm having
ameboid movement, in size from
0.005 to 0.015 mm.
leu-ko-cy'tic. Relating to leukocytes.
leu-ko-cy'to-blast (Gr. leukos, white +
kytos, cell + blastos, germ). A
white-blood corpuscle forming cell.
leu-ko-cy-to-gen'e-sis (Gr. leukos,
white -h kytos, cell -h genesis, produc-
tion). Formation of leukocytes.
leu-ko-cy-tory-sis (Gr. leukos, white +
kytos, cell + lysis, solution). Break-
ing down or decomposition of white
blood corpuscles.
Digitized by
Google
LEUKOCYTOSIS
166
LINES OF RETZIUS
leu-ko-cy-to'sis. Increase in the num-
ber of white-blood corpuscles of a
tenaporary character; it occurs in
various fevers and inflammatory
conditions, in pregnancy and during
digestion.
leu-ko'mai leu-co'ma (Gr. leukos,
white + omay tumor). Another
term for leukoplakia huccalis.
leu-ko-pla'kia (Gr. leukos^ white +
plaXj surface). The formation of
white patches.
1. baccalis. A disease of the tongue
and mucous membranes of the mouth
characterized by the formation of
white patches.
leu-ko-pla'sia. Same as leukoplakia,
le-ya'tor (L., hfting). Any muscle that
lifts.
L an^ffu-li o'ris. See Table of
Muscles.
L an^ffu-li 8cap'u-l». See Table of
Muscles.
1. la'bii in-fe-ri-or'is. See TabU of
Musdes.
L la^ii su-pe-ri-or^is. See Table
of Muscles.
1. Ia11>ii su-pe-ri-or'is a-l»'qae
na'si. See Table of Muscles.
L men'ti. See Table of Muscles.
L pa-la'ti. See Table of Musdes.
L pal-p6^r» su-pe-ri-or'is. See
Table of Musdes.
le-vo-yer'sion (L. losvusy left + veriere,
to turn). A turning toward the left.
ley'u-lose. A gummy substance asso-
ciated with glucose in fruits, and
pathologically excreted in the urine
in diabetes.
ley-u-lo-su'ria. Occurrence in the urine
of levulose.
Li. Chemical symbol for lithium.
libra. Latin meaning pound. Vbbr.
lb.
lich^en (Gr. leicheuy lichen). A red
papular eruption of the skin.
L planus. A chronic inflammatory
skin disease characterized by red
papular eruptions occurring in
patches.
li'en (L.). Spleen.
life (L. vita; Gr. bios). State of organ-
ized beings, during which, owing to
the union of an unknown force with
matter, they are capable of per-
forming functions different from
those that regulate other natural
bodies. The sum total of vital
phenomena.
ligVment (L. ligarcy to bind). The
fibrous structures which unite bones
and form articulations.
capsular 1. The fibrous sac sur-
rounding every joint, lined with
synovial membrane.
lig-a-men'tous. Relating to or having
the character of a ligament.
lig-a-men'tum, pi. Ugamerda (L.). A
ligament.
1. dentis, 1. circulare. The part of
the gingiva attached to the neck of a
tooth.
li'gate (L. ligarey to bind). To bind
with or apply a ligature.
li-ffa'tion. The act of applying a
ligature.
ligature (L. ligatura. a band). 1. A
thread or cord used for tying about
arteries or other parts. 2. The act
of applying a ligature.
lig'num, gen. ligni. Latin, meaning
wood.
limb (L. limbus, border). One of the
extremities, as the arm or leg.
limbus alyeolaris. The alveolar bor-
der.
lime (L. calx). Calcium oxid.
chlorinated 1. Calx chlorata; a
bleaching agent and disinfectant.
1. syrup. Syrupus colds [U. S. P.];
5 per cent lime, 30 per cent sUgar,
65 per cent water. Dose, i to 1
fl. dr. [2 to 4 cc.l.
1. water. Calcis liquor. A satur-
ated solution of calcium hydroxid
in water.
line (L. linea). A long narrow mark
or ridge.
alyeolar 1. A line from the alveolar
point to the nasion.
basinasal 1. A line from the basion
to the nasion.
linea, gen. and pi. linece (L. ). Line.
lin'e-ar. Relating to a line.
lines of Retzius. See Retzius' strice.
1. of Schreffer. 1. Markings seen
in sections of enamel due to coinci-
Digitized by
Google
LINGUA
dences in the curvatures of the indi-
vidual enamel rods. 2. Also mark-
ings in dentin produced by coinci-
dences of the primary curvatures of
the dentinal tubes.
lin'gua. Latin meaning tongue.
lin'gaad. In a direction toward the
tongue.
lin^goiJ. 1. Relating to the tongue.
2. In a lingual direction.
1. snriaee. The surface of a tooth
nearest the tongue.
lin-iriia^ in-fe'ri-or. See Table of
Mttsdes,
lin-iraa^ su-pe'ri-or.
Mvsdes.
See Table of
hsk-gUAliB tniui-yer'sas. See Table
of Muscles.
lin-iruft^ yer-ti-cal'is. See Table of
Mvsdes.
lin'giuJ-ly. Toward the tongue.
lin'ga-la (L.) . Dim. of lingua, tongue .
1. mandibula. A tongue-like pro-
jection of bone over the inferior
dental foramen.
lin'gao-den'tal. Relating to the
tongue and teeth.
linfno-gmgiyal fiasure. A fissure oc-
curring occasionally in the lingual
surface of the upper incisors. It
usually separates the lineal lobe
from one of the marginal ndges and
extends into the cementum. [Black.]
linfuo-gingiyal ridgo* A ridge near
the gum on the lingual surface of the
incisors and cuspids. It is on the
lingual lobe. [Black.]
linl-ment (L. linere, to anoint). An
oily preparation employed to rub
upon the skin.
dental 1. [Buckley]. A preparation
of menthol, 1.3 gm.; chloroform,
6 cc; tincture of iodin 30 cc.
Used in the treatment of pericemen-
titis, applied freely to the affected
tooth.
lin-i-men'tiim, gen. linimentiy pi. lini-
menta (L. linere, to anoint). Latin,
meaning liniment.
1. aeoniti. A liniment made of
aconite, used in neuralgia.
1. calcis. Carron oil.
1. chloroformi. A liniment of chlo-
roform and camphor used as an
anodyne.
167 LIQUOR
1. hydrargyri. A liniment of mer-
cury used in syphilis.
L iodi. A liniment of iodin, potas-
sium iodid, glycerin and alcohol,
used as a discutient.
L saponis mollis. The tincture of
green soap, used in skin diseases.
lin'tin. Sheet lint made from absor-
bent cotton.
lip. One of the two fleshy folds sur-
rounding the orifice of the mouth.
hare-l. See harelip,
1. distender. An instrument for
distending the lips to afford a better
view and access into the oral cavity.
1. retractor. An instrument for
retracting the lips when operating on
the posterior teeth.
li'pase (Gr. lipos, fat). A fat-splitting
ferment occurring in the pancreatic
juice, in blood plasma, and in many
plants.
li-pe'mia, li-p»'mia (Gr. lipos, fat +
haima, blood). The presence of fat
in the blood,
lip-o-f en'e-sis (Gr. lipos, fat + genssis,
origin) . The formation of fat.
li'poid (Gr. lipos, fat + eidos, form).
Resembling fat or oil.
li-pory-sis (Gr. lipos, fat + lysis, solu-
tion). The splitting up of fat.
lqM>'ma, pi. lipomata (Gr. lipos, fat +
oma, tumor). A tumor composed
of fat cells.
li'pose (Gr. lipos, fat). A fat-splitting
ferment occurring in the blood.
lip-u'ria (Gr. lipos, fat + ouron^ urine).
The presence of fat in the urme.
li-qua'tion (L. Hguare, to render
liquid). ITie transformation of a
solid substance into a liquid.
li-que-fa'dent (L. liquere, to be liquid
+ facere, to make). An agent that
produces liquefaction.
li-qae-iac'tion. Conversion into a
liquid form.
li-que-fac'tiye. Relating to or causing
liquefaction.
liq'uid (L. liquiduSf from liguere, to
flow). Fluid; flowing; a substance
that flows readily.
liquor, gen. liquoris, pi. Ivpiores [li'-
kwor] (L. liquere, to be liquid). 1.
Digitized by
Google
LIQUOR
A liquid. 2. An aqueous solution
of a non- volatile substance.
1. acidi arsenosi. P'ive parts di-
lute hydrochloric acid and 1 part
arsenous acid.
1. ammonue. Aqua ammonioe [U.
S. P.].
1. ammonifld fortis. Aqua ammonice
fortior [U. S. P.]; a strong ammonia
solution.
1. antisepticus, [U. S. P.]. An anti-
septic solution containing boric acid,
20; benzoic acid, 1; thymol, 1;
eucalyptol, 0.25; oil of peppermint,
0.5; oil of gaultheria, 0.25; oil of
thvme, 0.1; alcohol, 250; purified
talc, 20; water, q. s. to make 1000;
employed as an antiseptic mouth-
wash.
1. arsenicalis. Same as /. potasHi
arsenitis.
1. arseni et hydrariTri iodidi. Solu-
tion containing arsenous iodid and
red iodid of mercury 1 per cent each,
used in treatment of syphilis.
1. calds. Ldme water ^ which see.
1. caoutchouc. Solution containing
rubber, 1 part; benzol, 10 parts; and
carbon bisulphid, 10 parts; used as a
substitute for collodion.
1. entericus. The intestinal juice.
1. ferri hypophosphitis [N. F.]. A
solution of hypophosphite of iron,
used as an alterative and tonic.
1. formaldehydi (U. S. P.]. A solu-
tion of formic aldehyd, 37 per cent,
employed as a preservative and anti-
septic.
1. ffastricus. The gastric juice.
1. hypophosphitum [N. F.]. A
solution containing phosphites of
calcium, sodium and potassium, used
as an alterative and tonic.
1. morphinn acetatis. Solution of
morphin acetate^ acetic acid and
alcohol.
1. pancreaticus. The pancreatic
digestive juice.
1. phosphor! [N. F.]. Solution of
phosphorus, in alcohol and glycerin,
used as a nerve tonic.
1. plumbi subacetatis dilutus
[U. S. P.]. Lead water, used for
bruises and sprains.
168 LIVER
L potass» chlorinat» [N. F.].
Javelle wat<»r, used as a disinfectant
and deodorant.
1. potassii arsemtis [U. S. P.].
Prowler's solution, a solution of ar-
senic used as a tonic.
1. sanguinis. Blood serum or
plasma.
1. 80d» chlorinate [U. S. P.].
Labarraque's solution, a solution of
chlorinated soda used as an anti-
septic.
1. sodii carbolatis [N. F.]. A solu-
tion of phenol and sodium hydroxid,
used as a deodorant and disinfectant.
lis'ter-ine. Trade name of an anti-
septic solution of boric acid, benzoic
acid, thymol, etc.
Lis'ter-ism (Joseph Lister, an EngUsh
surgeon 1827-1912). The general
principles of the antiseptic treatment
of wounds.
lis'tol. An antiseptic preparation com-
posed of thymol and iodin.
li'ter, litre (Fr. litre). One thousand
cubic centimeters or 2.1134 U. S.
pints.
lith-e'mia (Gr. lithoSf stone + haima^
blood). A gouty condition with
excess of uric acid or urates in the
blood.
lith-i^'a-sis (Gr. lUhos^ stone). The
formation of calculi in the body.
lith'ium, gen. lithii (Gr. lUhoSy stone).
A white metal; symbol Li; its salts
are used as solvents of uric acid.
lith-o'de-on. Name formerly applied
to amalgam.
lith-ot'o-my (Gr. lithosy stone + tem-
neiUy to cut). The operation of
incising the bladder for the removal
of a calculus.
lit'mus paper. A paper impregnated
with Roccella tincturia, usedf as a
test for acids which change its color
to red, and for alkalis which change
its color to blue.
liy'er. The largest gland of the body,
situated on the right side of the
abdominal cavity, just below the
diaphragm, and forming an appen-
dage to the digestive tract. Its
functions are: the secretion of bile;
the formation and storage of gly-
cogen; the destruction of blood-
Digitized by
Google
PLATE VI
inda
ands
mlar
xnds
Superficial Lymph Glands and Lymphatic Vessels of Head and Neck. (Gray.)
Digitized by
Google
r
Digitized by
Google
PLATE VII
Parotid gland
Superficial cervi'
col glands
Facial glands
Siibmaxillary glands
Deep cervical glands
The Lymphatics of the Face. (After Ktittner.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
LOBAR
169
LYMPH
corpuscles; the formation of a large
quantity of urea; the retention and
destruction of certain poisonous
, substances absorbed from the intes-
tinal tract. It consists of five lobes
and weighs from 50 to 60 ounces.
lo'bar. Relating to a lobe.
lolMkte. Provided with lobes.
lobe (L. lohuB; Gr. Wos, a lobe). 1.
A distinct part of an organ marked
off from other parts by grooves or
sulci. 2. One of the main divisions
of the crown of a tooth.
lob^u-lar. Relating to a lobule.
lob^ule (L. lobiduSf dim. of lohus, lobe).
A small lobe.
lob'u-lons. Having lobes.
lob'u-lus, pi. lohuli (L.). A small lobe.
lo'bus, pi. lohi (L.; Gr. lobos). A lobe.
local anesthesia. See anesthesia,
lo'cal-i-za-tion. The determination of
the seat of a lesion.
loc. cit. (L.). Abbr. for loco citato, in
the place cited.
lock-jaw. Colloquial term for tetanus.
loc^u-lus, pi. loculi (L. dim. of lociiSf
place). A small space or cavity.
lo'cus, pi. loci. Latin meaning place.
1. minoris resistenti». A point of
lessened resistance; a part or organ
more susceptible to attack of disease.
Loffler's bacillus [Friedrich August
Loffler, a German bacteriologist,
1852]. Bacillus diphtherise.
L. blood -serum. A culture medium
consisting of blood-serum and 1 per
cent glucose broth, sterilized in the
inspirator.
Logan crown. A porcelain crown with
platinum post extending into the
root canal affording attachment.
lo-fo-ple'ffia (Gr. logos, word + plege,
stroke). Paralysis of the organs of
speech.
loph'o-dont (Gr. lophos, ridge + odous,
tooth). A species of mammals hav-
ing the crowns of the molar teeth in
the form of ridges.
lo'ti-o, gen. lotionis, pi. lotiones (L., a
washing). A medicated wash em-
ployed externally.
lo'tion (L. lotio), A medicinal solu-
tion for bathing a part.
loupe (Fr.). A convex lens used to
concentrate light upon an object.
loz^ia (Gr. loxasj oblique). Wry neck.
L. R. C. P. Abbr. Licentiate Royal
College of Physicians.
L. R. C. 8. Abbr. Licentiate Royal
College of Surgeons.
Ludwiff's angina [Wilhelm Ludwig, a
German physician, 1790-1865]. A
purulent inflammation about the
submaxillary gland.
lu'es (L.). Syphilis.
lu-et'ic. Relating to or affected with
syphilis.
lug. A projection by which something
is attached.
LugoPs solution. A compoimd of
iodin, 5 parts; potassium iodid, 10
parts; distilled water, 85 parts.
lodi liquor compositus [U. S. P.].
Used in treatment of pericementitis.
lum'bar. Relating to the loins.
lu'inen, pi. lumina (L. meaning light).
The space inside of a tube.
lu-mi-nos'i-ty (L. luminosus, full of
light). The intensity of light in a
color as manifested through reflec-
tion or radiation.
lumpy-jaw. See actinomycosis.
lung. The organ of respiration.
lu'nu-la (L. dim. of luna, moon). The
whitish semilunar area near the root
of the finger nail.
lu-po'ma, pi. lupomata (L. lupusy wolf
+ oma, tumor) . The primary nodule
of lupus.
lu'pus (L., wolf). A chronic tubercu-
lous disease of the skin and mucous
membrane characterized by the
formation of nodules or granulation
tissue.
lute. The line of cement attaching
the inlay to the tooth.
lux-a'tio (L.). A dislocation.
lux-a'tion. See dislocation.
lymph (L. lymphay water). The fluid
in the lymphatic vessels, the product
of the filtration of the liquid portion
of the blood through the walls of the
capillaries.
1. cell. Lymphocyte.
1. gland. A gland that secretes
lymph.
Digitized by
Google
LYMPHADENITIS
1. 8]>ftce. A cavity filled with
lymph.
lymph-ad-a-ni'tis (L. lymphaj water +
Gr. aden, gland + itiSf inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the lymph
glands.
lymph-ad-e-no'ma. Tumor composed
of Ijmaphoid tissues.
lymph-ad-e-no'sis. Hypertrophy of
lymphatic tissue.
lym^pha-gogae. Any agent assisting
in the production of lymph.
lym-phftn-gi-o'ma, pi. lymphangiomata
(Gr. lymphaf water + angetorif vessel
+ oma, tmnor). A dilated condition
or tumor of the Ijrmphatic vessels.
lym-phftn-gi'tiB. Inflammation of the
lymphatic vessels.
lym-phat'ic. Relating to lymph or
lymph vessels.
lym-pha-to-ly^sis. Solution of lym-
phatic tissue.
lym-phe'mJa. Lymphatic leukemia.
lym'pho-. A prefix signifying relation
to the l3maph or lymphatic glands.
lym'pho-cele (L. lympha, lymph + Gr.
kele, tumor). Tumor formed by the
abnormal collection of lymph.
lym'pho-cyte (lymph + Gr. kytos, cell).
A Ijrmph cell. A variety of leuko-
cjrte produced in the lymphatic tis-
sues of the body.
lym-pho-cy-to'sis. Increase in num-
ber of Ijrmph corpuscles in the blood.
lym'phoid (lymph + Gr. etdosj form).
Lymph-Uke.
1. tissue. Adenoid tissue.
170 LYSOL
lym-pho'ma. A tumor composed of
lymphoid tissue.
lym'pho-pl&sm. See spongioplasm,
lym-phor-rhe^a (L. lympha, lymph -p
rhoia, flow). Escape of lymph from
the lymphatic vessels.
lym-pho-sar-co^ma. Sarcomatous tu-
mor with small round cells enclosed
in a structure like that of a lymphatic
gland.
lym-pho-sta'sis (lymph + Gr. stasis,
standing). Stoppage of the flow of
Ijmaph.
lymphVtome (L. lymvha, lymph +
temneiny to cut). An instrument
for excising adenoid growths of the
tonsils.
lymph-ot^o-my. Excision of adenoid
growths of the tonsils.
lym'phoos. Relating to or containing
Ijmaph.
lym-phu'ri-a (L. lympha, lymph + Gr.
ourori, urine). Presence of lymph in
the urine.
ly'sin (Gr. lyein. to dissolve). A cell-
destroying substance formed in the
blood-serum.
ly'sis (Gr. lysis, solution). 1. The
gradual decline of a disease. 2.
Destruction of cells.
ly'so-gen (Gr. lysis, solution + gennan,
to produce). A substance that de-
velops into a lysin, or a substance
that stimulates the production of a
lysin.
ly-so-gen'e-sis. Production of lysins.
ly-so-genlc. Producing lysins.
ly'sol. A coal-tar antiseptic used in
surgery.
Digitized by
Google
M
171
MAL
M
m. Abbreviation for miller thousand;
misce, mix; meter; minim.
fi* Greek letter wm, abbreviation for
micron.
ma. Abbreviation for milliampere.
mac-er-a'tion (L. macerare, to soften).
- The process of softening a solid sub-
stance by soaking in a Bquid.
mae^ro- (Gr. makroa, large). A prefix
indicating largej long or great.
nubc-ro-bae-te'ziam, pi. macrobacteria,
A large bacterium.
mae'ro-blast (Gr. makroSt large +
hlastoSf germ). A large red-blood
cell.
mae-ro-ce-phal'ia, mae-ro-cephVly
(Gr. makroSf large + kephalef head).
Abnormal largeness of the head.
mac-ro-chei^ (Gr. makros, large +
cheiloSy lip). Abnormal largeness
of the lips.
mac-ro-coc'cos, pi. macrococci (Gr.
makroSf large + kokkoa, berry). A
large micrococcus.
mae^ro-csrte (Gr. makros, large +
kytos, ceU). A giant red-blood cor-
puscle found in the blood in per-
nicious anemia.
mae'ro-dont (Gr. makrosy large +
odous, tooth). Having abnormally
large teeth.
mae-ro-don'tia, mac-ro-don'tiBm.
Great size or length of teeth.
ma-cro-gam'ete (Gr. makros^ large +
gamete, wife). The mature female
cell in propagative reproduction in
sporozoa.
mac-ro-gl08^8ia (Gr. makroSf large +
glossGf tongue). Enlargement of the
tongue.
mac-ro-gnath'ia (Gr. makros, large +
gnathos, jaw). Enlargement of the
jaw.
ma-cro-path-oro-ffy (Gr. makroSy large
+ pathos f disease + logos, treatise).
The study of pathology of gross
anatomy.
mac'ro-phafe (Gr. makros, large +
phagein, to eat). A phagocyte com-
. posed of a large cell with one nucleus;
the large mononuclear leukocjrte
or endothelial leukocyte.
mae-ro-pla'sia (Gr. makros, large +
flassein, to form). A condition of
hypertrophy or overgrowth.
mae-ro-scoplc (Gr. makros, large +
skopein, to view). Large enough to
be seen with the naked eye.
mae-ro'sis. Increase in volimie.
mac-ro-80'mia (Gr. makros, large +
soma, body). Great size of boay.
mae'ro-spore (Gr. makros^ large +
sporos, seed). A large sized spore.
mae-ro-sto'inia (Gr. makros, large +
stoma, mouth) . Excessive size of the
moutn.
mae'ro-tome (Gr. makros, large +
tome, cut). An instrument for cut-
ting sections of tissues for anatomic
study.
mac'a-la, pi. macuLce (L.). A spot;
permanent discoloration of some
portion of the skin.
ma-gen'ta. A coal-tar dye from which
fuchsin stain is prepared.
maf-ne'fua. Magnesium oxid, MgO.
A white powder; antacid and laxa-
tive; used as an antidote to arsenic.
Dose, 10 gr. to 1 dr. [0.65 to 4.0 gm.].
maf-ne'sium, gen. magnesii (L.). A
white metallic element; symbol Mg.;
cathartic. Dose, 5 to 60 gr. [0.32 to
4.0 gm.].
m. group. The three basic ele-
ments, magnesium, zinc and cad-
mium.
m. sulphate. Epsom salt; cathar-
tic. Dose, 1 to 6 dr. [4 to 24 gm ].
maf'net (Gr. magnes; L. magnes).
Codestone; a body having the power
to attract iron bodies. Electro-
ma^et. A piece of iron made mag-
netic by an electric current.
mag .ni-fi-ca'tion (L. magnvs, great +
facere, to make). Enlargement of
the image of an object by means of
lenses.
maf 'ni-i^. To enlarge the image of
an object by means of lenses.
mal (Fr.). Disease.
Digitized by
Google
MAL- 172
m. de mer. Sea-sickness.
mal- (L. maluSf evil). A prefix mean-
ing bad.
mal'a-dy (Fr. nicdadie). Any disease.
malAise [ma-l^z] (Fr.). Indisposition,
discoinfort or uneasiness without
characteristic malady.
ma^lar (L. mcday cheek). Relating to
the cheek.
m. arch. The zygoma.
m. bone. The cheek bone, situ-
ated at the lateral and superior part
of the cheek; forming part of the
orbit.
ma-la'ria (It. mala aria, bad air). A
febrile disease due to the presence in
the blood of an animal parasite, the
Plasmodium vivax, or P. falcifarum.
ma-la^rial (It. mala, bad + aria, air).
Relating to malaria.
liSalasses's epitheluJ rests [Louis
Malassez^a French physiologist 1842-
1910]. Collection of a few cells of
ectodermic origin in the inner-most
parts of the alveolo-dental peri-
osteum. These epithelial cells, the
atrophied portions of the epi-
thehal sheath of Hertwig, are
found invariably near the cementum,
and under suitable conditions may
become the site of development of
a dental cyst or of a squamous-
ceUed carcinoma of the alveolo-
dental periosteum or jaw. [Hopewell-
Smith.]
mal-as-sim-i-la^tion. Imperfect assim-
ilation or nutrition.
male. Masculine.
m. die. See counter-die,
mal-for-ma'tion (L. maluSf evil +
formaiio, a forming). An abnormal
development or formation of a part
of the Dody.
ma-Ug'nan-cy (L. malua, evil + gignere,
to beget). The quality of being
malignant.
ma-lig'nant. Virulent; threatening life.
m. tumor. A tumor that destroys
life.
ma^ (Gr.). Any disease of the skin
produced by parasites.
mal-le-a-bill-ty. The quality of being
malleable, which see.
MALOCCLUSION
malle-a-ble (L. mallear e, to hammer).
Capable of being hammered or
rolled into thin sheets or plates.
mal'let. An implement used in con-
densing the filling material in the
operation of filling teeth.
automatic m. A specially designed
mallet in which the force is applied
by spring pressure.
electric m. One in which the force
is electrically produced.
engine m. A mallet that is at-
tached to the cable of a dental
engine and delivers force by the
operation of the engine.
mal-nu-tii'tion. Imperfect nutrition.
mal-oc-clu^sion (L. nudum, bad +
occludere, to shut up). Any per-
version of the normal relations of
the teeth. [Angle.]
Angle's classification of m. The
present accepted classification of
malocclusion is that suggested by
Edward H. Angle, contemporary
American dentist, which is in brief as
follows: There are three great
classes. Class I, II and III, with
divisions and subdivisions, based
on the mesio-distal relations of the
teeth, dental arches and jaws, which
depend primarily upon tne positions
mesio-distally assumed by the first
permanent molar teeth on their
erupting and locking.
Class I, is the class in which the
mesio-distal relations of the jaws and
dental arches are normal, as indi-
cated by the normal mesio-distal
relations of the first permanent
molars, but with some or all of the
anterior teeth in position within or
back of the line of the arch.
Class II, is the class in which the
lower first molars lock distally to
normal with the upper first molars,
more than one-hali the width of one
cusp on each side. There are two
Divisions, each having a subdivision.
Division 1. Distal occlusion of
the teeth of both lateral halves of
the lower dental arches, with a
narrowed upper arch and protruding
incisors with lengthened lower in-
cisors.
Subdivision, Division 1. The same
characteristics as the main division,
Digitized by
Google
PLATE VUl
FIG. 1
PROTUBERANCE
The Mandible Vie^ved from the Right and a Little in Front. (Testut.)
FIG. 2
>R DEN-
RAMEN
GEI
TUBE
The^lRight Half of the Mandible, Inner Surface. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
MALPIGHIAN BODIES
173
MANDREL
except that the distal occlusion is
unilateral.
Division 2. Distal occlusion of
the teeth of both lateral halves of
the lower arch, as indicated by the
mesio-distal relations of the first
permanent molars, but with retru-
sion instead of protrusion of the
upper incisors.
Svbdivisionj Division 2. The same
characteristics as the main division
except that the distal occlusion is
unilateral.
Class III, is the class in which the
lower first molars lock mesially to
normal with the upper first molars.
The extent to which this mesial
occlusion occurs determines the
division of this class.
Division 1. This division is char-
acterized by mesial occlusion of both
lateral halves of the dental arches to
the extent of slightly more than one-
half the width of a single cusp on
each side.
SybdivisioTif Division 1. The same
characteristics as the main division
except that the mesial occlusion is
unilateral.
The following is a condensed sum-
mary of the classification:
Class I. Arches in normal mesio-
distal relations.
Class II. Lower arch distal to
normal in its relation to the upper
arch.
Division 1. Bilaterally distal, pro-
truding upper incisors, rrimarily, at
least, associated with mouth-breath-
ing.
SvJbdivision, Unilaterally distal,
protruding upper incisors. Prim-
arily, at least, associated with mouth-
breathing.
Division 2. Bilaterally distal, re-
truding upper incisors. Normal
breathers.
SvMivision. Unilaterally distal,
retruding upper incisors. Nprmal
breathers.
Class III. Lower arch mesial to
normiJ in its relation to upper arch.
Division 1. Bilaterally mesial.
Subdivision. Unilaterally mesial.
Mal-pi'ghi-an bodies [Marcello Mal-
pighi, Italian anatomist 1628-1694].
Small bodies in the kidney at the
conmiencement of the uriniferous
tubules.
mal-po-si'tion. Abnormal position of
any part or organ.
mal-prac^tice. Improper treatment
through carelessness, or ignorance,
or intentionally; treatment of a dis-
ease by a method contrary to that
taught by experience; also, the un-
lawful production of an abortion.
Unskilful surgical treatment.
mal'tase. A ferment in the saliva and
pancreatic juice that converts mal-
tose into dextrose.
mal'tine. Trade name of a tonic made
from malt.
mal-to-dex'trin. A form of dextrin
convertible into malt.
mal'tose. Malt-sugar; a variety of
sugar formed by the action of malt
diastase upon starch.
malum. Latin for disease.
mal-u'nion. Union of fragments of a
fractured bone in a wrong position.
mam>-lon (Fr. mamehn, a nipple).
One of the three prominences on the
incising edge of an incisor tooth
when it is first erupted.
mam'e-lon-a-ted. The condition of
having mamelons.
mam'e-lon-a-tion. The formation of
mamelons on bone or other structures
Mam-malia (L. mammae breast). A
division of vertebrate animals includ-
ing all animals that suckle their
young.
maimn>-lon. Same as mamelon.
mam'mil-late, mam^mil-la-ted. Hav-
ing nipple-like projections.
ManMel's test [John A. Mandel, an
American contemporary chemist].
The test for albumin by the addition
of chromic acid 5 per cent solution,
which will precipitate albumin if
present.
man'di-ble (L. mandihulum from man-
derCj to chew). The lower jaw-bone.
man-dib'u-la, pi. mandibidcB. Latin
meaning the lower jaw; from
mandere, to chew.
man-dib'u-lar. Relating to the lower
jaw-bone.
man-dib'u-lO". A combining form in-
dicating relation to the mandible.
man'drel, man'dril. A shaft in which
a revolving implement is held.
Digitized by
Google
MANGANESE 174
man-ga-nese^ (L. manganesium). A
hard, brittle metallic substance;
symbol Mn.
ma^nia (Gr. mania^ madness). A form
of insanity characterized by great
mental and emotional excitement.
manl-kin. A pattern of the whole or
part of the body with movable parts
used to illustrate anatomy.
dental m. A pattern of the jaws
used in teaching dental technics.
man-ip-a-la'tion (L. manipvlaref to
handle). Skilful use of the hands in
performing some work.
man'u-al (L. manvs, hand). Relating
to the hands; performed by the
hands.
ma'nos, pi. manus, Latin meaning
the hand.
ma-ras-mat^ic, ma-ras^mic. Affected
with marasmus.
ma-nui'mas (Gr. marasmosj a wasting).
A wasting away of the tissues of the
body due to insufficient or imperfect
food supply.
mar11>le durt. Powdered calcium car-
bonate used in connection with
plaster of Paris as an investment
compound.
mar'cid (L. marcere^ to waste away).
A condition of wasting away.
mar'gin (L. margoy margin). The edge
or border.
mar^gin-al (L. mar go, margin). Relat-
ing to a margin or oorder.
m. ridge. One of the ridges or
elevations of enamel on the margins
of the occlusal surfaces of the bicus-
pid and molar teeth, and on the
mesial and distal margirs of the
lingual surface of the incisors and
cuspids. [Black.]
vaai'go, gen. marginiSy pi. margines.
Latin meaning margin,
markka-sol. Bismuth borophenate.
Antiseptic powder for ulcers, wounds,
and burns.
mar'row. The fatty substance that
fills cavities and cancelli of bones.
marsh gas. Same as methane^ which
see.
Marsh's test [James Marsh, an English
chemist, 1794-1846]. A test for
arsenic in which hydrogen, generated
MATRIX
by li&c and dilute sulphuric acid, is
confined in a container and the sus-
pected solution added. The hydro-
gen is then allowed to pass out
through a tube and ignited and if
arsenic is present the flame will
deposit a brown spot on a porcelain
or glass plate.
(L. massa). An aggregation of
particles of matter.
mas^sa, gen. and pi. masstg. Latin
meaning a mass.
maa-se'ter (Gr. massetety chewer). One
of the muscles of mastication.' See
Table of Muscles.
mas-se-terlc. Relating to the mas-
seter muscle.
mas'tic. A resin obtained from the
bark of the Pistada leniiscus, a tree
of the Mediterranean region. A
styptic and stimulant and used in
dentistry as a varnish for plaster
casts and in microscopy.
s'ti-cate (L. masiicarej to chew).
To chew or grind the food with the
teeth preparatory to swallowing.
mas-ti-ea'tion (L. masticare, to chew).
The act of chewing food.
mas^ti-ca-to-ry. Relating to mastica-
tion.
m. surfaee.
of a tooth.
The grinding surface
mas'ti-che. See mastic.
mas'toid (Gr. mastosy breast + ddos,
form). Nipple-shaped, as the mas-
toid process of the temporal bone.
This latter is also called mastoideum.
mas-toid-i'tis. Inflammation of the
mastoid cells.
ma-te^ria med'i-ca (L. meaning medical
material). That branch of medical
science which treats of the sources,
preparation and uses of drugs.
mat'ri-cal. Relating to a matrix.
mat'zix, pi. matrices (L.,a mold). 1. A
band placed around a tooth to form
a wall against which a filling material
may be packed in restoring the lost
tooth structure. 2. A platinum or
gold pattern of a cavity in which a
Eorcelain or gold inlay is fused or
aked. 3. A mold in wnich anything
is formed. 4. A sand, plaster or
metallic form in which plastic ma-
Digitized by
Google
PLATE IX
FIO. 1
M
Dilatator naris
canals
Incisive
uberositi.
Left Maxilla. Outer Surface.
FIG.' 2
With frontal
Inferior nasc
isal spine
incisive
%nal
Left Maxilla. Nasal Surface.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by
Google
MATTER 175
tenal is cast. 5. The intercellular
substance of tissue.
dentin m. The solid part of dentin,
in which the dentinal tubes run.
Homogeneous and translucent in
appearance, it is probably identical
with the matrix of bone. Its chem-
ical composition may also be the
same. The organic part is called
collagen. [Hopewell-Smith.]
maX'tK. ' 1. Anything that occupies
space. 2. Pus.
matt^ress-sa'tnre. A continuous su-
ture made back and forth through
the lips of a wound.
ma-ta'ti-nal. Relating to or occurring
in the morning,
mftfu-rate (L. maturare, to ripen).
To mature or ripen.
mat-so-9n'. Milk fermented with lac-
tic acid bacilli; used as a preventive
of intestinal putrefaction.
maz^il-la, pi. maxxUoe (L.). The upper
jaw-bone.
inferior m. The lower jaw-bone,
or more properly the mandible.
maz'il-la-ry. Relating to one or both
the upper jaw-bones.
inferior m. Term used for the
mandible.
m. arteriies. See Table of Arteries.
m. bones. Maxillse; also applied
to both upper and lower jaws to-
gether.
m. fissnre. The fiissure on the
maxilla for the reception of the
maxillary process of the palate bone.
m. nenres. See Table of Nerves,
m. process. The portion of the
malar, inferior turbinated and pala-
tal bones which articulates with the
maxilla.
m. ridge. The ridge of mucous
membrane on the maxillary bones
and mandible in which the teeth are
developed.
m. s^os. The antrum of High-
more.
m. yeins. See imder veins,
maz-il-li'tis (L. maxiUaf jaw-bone +
Gr. itis, inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of one of the maxillffi.
maz-il-lo-den'tel. Relating to the
upper jaws and the teeth.
MECKEL'S GANGLION
maz-il-lo-ja'gil. Relating to the max-
illa and the cheek.
max-il-lo-la'bi-al. Relating to the
maxilla and the lips.
max-il-lo-man-dib'a-lar. Relating to
the maxillse and mandible.
maz-il-lo-palVtine. Relating to the
maxilla and palate bone.
mazl-mal (L. maximusj greatest).
The highest or largest quantity
allowable; opposite to minimal.
max'i-mmn (L.). Greatest, as applied
to height, value, dose, location or
limit.
May'o's method [Charles Mayo, a
contemporary American surgeon].
Treatment of tic douloureux by
exsecting the affected nerve branch
and plugging the foramen to prevent
reunion.
M. B. Abbr. for Bachelor of Medicine.
M. C. Abbr. for Magister ChirurguB.
Master of Surgery; also medical
corps.
M. D. Abbr. for Doctor of Medicine.
M. D. 8. Abbr. for Master of Dental
Surgery; a degree granted by the
New York Dental Society.
measures. See Table of Weights and
Measures,
meat-hole. An abnormal space be-
tween two teeth in which food
lodges.
me-a'tos, pi. meatus (L., a passage).
A passage or opening.
me-dian'ic, me-dianl-cal (Gr. mechan-
ikos). Pertaining to mechanics or
physical forces.
dental m. One who specializes in
mechanical dentistry.
me-chan'ics. The science that treats
of the influence and effects of force
upon matter, and may be divided
into statics, treating of matter at
rest, and dynamics, treating of
matter in motion.
me-chan-o-the'ra-py (Gr. mechane,
machine + therapeia, treatment).
Treatmenit of disease by mechanical
means.
meck-el-ec'to-my. Surgical removal
of Meckel's ganglion.
Meck^el's ganglion [Johann F. Meckel,
a German anatomist, 1714-1774].
Digitized by
Google
MEDIA 176
MELALGIA
1. The sphenopalatine ganglion. 2.
The submaxillary ganglion or
Meckel's lesser ganglion.
M. cartilage [Johann Meckel, a
German anatomist, grandson of the
above, 1781-1833]. The embryonal
cartilage of the mandibular arch.
me'dia. 1. The middle coat of an
artery. 2. Plural of medium^ which
see.
me'di-ad (L. mediae middle + arf,
toward). Toward the median line.
me^di-al. Relating to the middle,
nearer the median line or plane.
me'di-an. Situated or placed in the
middle; mesial.
m. line. The antero-posterior per-
pendicular central line of the body.
med'i-cal. Relating to medicine or
to the treatment of disease.
medl-ca-ment. A medicinal sub-
stance; a remedy.
medl-cate. 1. To impregnate with a
naedicinal substance. 2. To treat
disease with drugs.
medl-ca-ted. Impregnated with a
medicinal substance.
medl-ca-tion (L. medicarej to heal).
Treatment by medicines; adminis-
tration of medicines.
hjrpodermic m. Introduction of
medicinal substances under the skin
by means of the hypodermic syringe.
ionic m. Application of medicinal
agents by means of cataphoresis,
which see.
me-dic'i-nal. Relating to or having
the nature of a medicine.
medl-cine (L. medicina from medicare^
to heal). 1. Any substance given
for the cure of disease. 2. The
science of the treatment of disease.
clinical m. The practice of medi-
cine upon the actual patient, as dis-
tinguished from laboratory science.
patent m. A medicine prepared
by a secret or patented formula.
proprietary m. A medicine pre-
pared by a formula which is the
property of the manufacturer.
med'i-co-le-gal. Relating to legal
medicine.
med'i-cus. Latin for physician.
me'di-um, pi. media (L., middle). 1.
That in which anything moves, or
through which it acts. 2. A sub-
stance in which bacteria are cultured.
me-dulOa (L.). 1. Marrow. 2. The
medulla oblongata. 3. Any sub-
stance resembling marrow in struc-
ture.
me-dullar. Relating to or resembling
marrow.
med^ul-la-ry. Relating to or resem-
bling marrow.
m. space. A space in forming bone
filled with marrow.
m. substance. The white sub-
stance of Schwann.
med'ul-la-ted. Containing or covered
by medulla or marrow.
m. nerves. Axones of nerve ^bers
of the cerebrospinal nervous system,
which are inclosed in the white sub-
stance of Schwann, in distinction to
the nonmeduUated fibers of the
sympathetic nervous system, which
are merely covered with tne neu-
rilemma. [Hopewell-Smith . ]
med-ul-li'tis. Myelitis; osteomyelitis.
meg'a-, me-galo- (Gr. megas, large).
A prefix meaning greai or large.
me-ga-bac-te'ri-um (Gr. megas, great
+ haderiony a little rod). A very
large bacterium.
me-ga-ce-phallc, me-ga-cephVloos
(Gr. megas y large + kephaJLe, head).
Having a very large head.
me-ga-cephVly. The condition of
having a very large head.
megVdont (Gr. megas, large + odous,
tooth) . 1 . Having very Targe teeth .
2. Designating a skull with a dental
index greater than 44.
me-ga-gam^te. See macrogamete.
me-ga-lo-ce-phal'ia, me-ga-lo-ceph'a-
ly, (Gr. megas, large + kephale, head).
Abnormal largeness of the head.
megVspore. A macrospare, which
meg Vvolt. A milhon volts.
meg'ohm. A million ohms.
mel (L.). Honey.
mel-al'gia (Gr. melos, limb +
pain). Neuralgia in the limbs
Digitized by
Google
MELANCHOLIA 177
mel-an-cho^ (Gr. melas, black +
i^Uf bile). A form of insanity
characterized by a depressed emo-
tional state.
mel-an-cho^-ac. One affected with
melanchoUa.
melVno- (Gr. mdaa, black). A prefix
meaning black.
mel-a-no-pUk'ift (Gr. melas, black '+
plaXf plate). Pigmentation of the
mucous membrane of the mouth.
meran-oos. Term appUed to a dark
complexioned person.
me-li'ti8 (Gr. melon, cheek + itiSy in-
flammation). Inflammation of the
cheek.
mel-i-ta'ria (Gr. mdif honey -j- ouroriy
urine). Presence of sugar in the
urine; diabetes meUilua.
mel^te (L. meUUum). A medicated
preparation of honey.
Melotte's metal. A low-fusing alloy
composed of bismuth 8 parts, lead
5 parts and tin 3 parts. Fusies at
202** F.
Melotte's moldine [George W. Mel-
lotte, New York dentist]. A prep-
aration of clay and glycerin used m
making molds for casting.
mehinif-point. The temperature at
which soUds pass into the form of
liquids.
mem-bra^na, pi. membrance (L., mem-
brane). A membrane.
m. eboris. The membrane lining
the pulp cavity of a tooth. It is
made up of remains of odontoblast
cells.
m. pitiiitosa. The mucous mem-
brane of the nose.
m. propria. The basement layer
of any mucous membrane.
m. serosa. Serous membrane.
m. Titellma. The membrane that
incloses the ovum.
membrane (L. membrana). A thin
layer of tissue covering a part, or
separating adjacent cavities.
adventitioas m. A membrane that
is not found in the part normally,
as a cicatricial membrane.
alyeolo«dental m. Same as pence-
mentumy which see.
12
MENINGOCOCCUS
m. A thin membranous
tissue used as a dialyzer.
basement m. A thin membranous
layer forming the support of mucous
membranes.
cell m. The protoplasm of the cell.
elastic m. A membrane composed
of elastic connective-tissue fibers,
forming the coats of arteries.
enamel m. Cuticvla dentia, which
fibrous m. A membrane made up
of fibrous tissues.
mucous m. A membrane com-
posed of epithelial tissue upon a
basement membrane, lining the
cavities of the body which commimi-
cate with external air, as the alimen-
tary canal, the respiratory and
genito-urinary tracts.
Nasmsrth's m. A macroscopically
invisible cellulo-laminar film situated
on the free surface of the adult
enamel of the teeth. [Hopewell-
Smith.]
palatine m. The membrane that
covers the roof of the mouth.
peridental m., periodontal m. The
thin connective tissue with extensive
vascular and nervous systems which
intervenes between the external sur-
face of the cementum of teeth and
the lamina dura of the bone of their
alveolar sockets. [Hopewell-Smith.]
Schneiderian m. The mucous
membrane lining the nose.
serous m. The membrane lining
the lymph cavities.
synovial m. The membrane of a
joint that secretes synovial fluid.
Titelline m. The membrane that
incloses the ovum.
mem11)ra-nous. Relating to or of the
nature of membrane.
mem^rum, pi. membra. Latin mean-
ing a m^ernber, as a limb.
men-in'ges (Gr. meninx, membrane).
The membranes of the brain and
spinal cord.
men-in-gi'tis. Inflammation of the
meninges.
men-in-go-coc'cus (Gr. m^ninZy mem-
brane + kokkus. berry). Synonym
for M. intrax^llularis meningitidiSy
which see.
Digitized by
Google
MENINGOSIS 178
men-in-go^sis. The union of bones by
membranous attachment.
men-is 'cu8 (Gr. meniskoSf crescent).
A crescent-shaped interarticular
fibrocartilage, occurring in joints.
men'ses (L., pi. of mensis. month).
The monthly flow of blood from the
genital tract of women.
men-stru-a'tion. The monthly dis-
charge of blood from the genital
tract, pecuhar to women, beginning
at puberty from twelve to seventeen
years.
men'stru-um, pi. menstrua (L. mew-
struics). A solvent for holding
another substance in solution, as
water, alcohol, ether, oils.
men'su-al (L. mensis, month).
Monthly.
men-su-ra'tion (L. mensurare, to meas-
ure). The act of measuring.
men'tal. 1. (L. mens, mind). Relat-
ing to the mind. 2. (L. mentum,
chin). Relating to the chin.
m. foramen. The opening in the
mandible through which the mental
nerve and vessels pass.
men'thene. A liquid hydrocarbon
produced from distillation of men-
thol.
men'thol. A crystalline stearopten
derived from oil of peppermint;
anodyne and rubefacient used in
neuralgia and skin diseases.
mentholphenol. An antiseptic and
local anesthetic composed of 1 part
phenol and 3 parts menthol.
inen'tum (L.). The chin.
me-phit'ic (L. m^phiticus, foul exhala-
tion). Foul or noxious odor.
mer'ci-tan. A proprietary prepara-
tion recommended for the treatment
of pyorrhea alveolaris.
mer-cu'ri-al. 1. Relating to mercury.
2. A preparation containing mer-
cury.
mer-cu^ri-al-ism. Poisoning from over-
use of mercury.
mer-cu'ric. Relating to mercury as a
bivalent element.
m. chlorid. Corrosive sublimate.
m. cyanid. An exceedingly poi-
sonous salt of mercury used in treat-
ment of syphilis and in trench
mouth.
MESIAD
m. iodate. A salt of mercury used
in treatment of sjrphilis. Dose, \
to 1 gr. [0.01 to 0.06 gm.]
mer'ca-rol. Combination of mercury
and nuclein; used in treatment of
syphilis as an interval antiseptic.
Dose, gr. 2 to 3 [0.13 to 0.2 gm.].
mer-cu'roos. Relating to mercury as
a univalent element.
m. chlorid. Ccdomsl, which see.
mer^cu-ry (L. hydrargyrum). A liquid
metaUic element; quicksilver. Sym-
bol Hg.
m. arsenite. A brown powder used
in treatment of syphilis.
m. succinimid. A salt of mercury
used in treatment of syphilis, and
has also been used internally in the
treatment of pyorrhea.
me-ris^tic (Gr. m^ros, part). Having
parts arranged symmetrically so as
to form a pattern.
me^ro-cele (Gr. msros, thigh + kele^
tumor). Femoral hernia.
me-ro-solte (Gr. m^ros, a part +
zoonj animal). A falciform body
representing one of the stages of
development of certain protozoa.
me'sad. Toward the median line of
the body or a part.
me'sal (Gr. mssos, middle). Relating
to or toward the median line of the
body or a part.
mes-en'chy-ma (Gr. rnesosy middle +
chymos, juice). Tha't portion of the
mesoderm that produces the con-
nective tissues of the body^ also the
blood-vessels and lymphatic vessels.
mes-en-terlc (Gr. mesos, middle +
enteron, intestine). Relating to the
mesentery.
mes-en-te-ri'tis. Inflammation of the
mesentery.
mes'en-te-ry (Gr. mesos, middle +
enleron, intestine). A fold of the
peritoneum that attaches the intes-
tine to the posterior abdominal wall.
mes-en'to-derm (Gr. mesosy middle +
entos, within + dermay skin). The
early embryonic tissue from which
both the entoderm and mesoderm
are developed.
me^si-ad. Toward the median line.
Digitized by
Google
MESIAL 179
me^8i-al (Gr. mesosy middle). Relat-
ing to or situated toward the median
line. In dentistry, indicating to-
ward the middle line of the dental
arch.
m. angle. See angles of the teeth.
me-8i-o-buc'cal. Relating to the mesial
and buccal aspects of the tooth.
me-si-o-clu'sion. See mesial occlusion,
under occliLsion.
me-si-o-dis^tel. Relating to the mesial
and distal aspects of the tooth.
me-si-o-lin'goal. Relating to the mesial
and lingual aspects of the tooth.
me'si-on, mes^on (Gr. mesos^ middle).
The imaginary plane dividing the
body into right and left halves.
mes^o- (Gr. mesoSf middle). A prefix
meaning middle.
mes^o-bUst (Gr. m^sos. middle + bias-
toSj germ). The middle layer of the
blastoderm which gives rise to the
skin and connective-tissue structures,
the bones, muscles, organs of excre-
tion, and internal genitals.
mes-o-blas^tic. Relating to or derived
from the mesoblast.
mes-o-cy-to'ma (Gr. m^sos^ middle +
kytos, cell + om^y tumor). A sar-
coma composed of connective tissue.
mes'o-derm (Gr. mesoSy middle +
dermay skin). Same as mesoblast,
which see.
mes^o-dont (Gr. mesoSy middle + odouSy
tooth). Having medium-sized teeth.
mes-og-nath'ic, mes-og-nafh'oos. Re-
lating to the premamllary bone:
mes-og-na'thion (Gr. m^os, middle +
gnathosy jaw). The premaxillary
bone.
mes'on ,(Gr. m^esosy middle). The
middle plane of the body antero-
posteriorly.
mes^o-state (Gr. m^esosy middle +
stasosy state). An intermediate sub-
stance in the process of metabolism.
mes'o-style (Gr. mesoSy middle +
styloSy a style). The small inter-
mediate buccal marginal cusp in the
upper molars of many extinct primi-
tive mammals, such as Phenacodus;
METAL
absent in man. The mesostyle lies
between the para- and metastyle. In
occlusion it widely overhangs the
main disto-buccal cusp (hypoconid)
of a lower molar. [Gregory.]
me'ta- (Gr. metay beyond). A prefix
meaning over, beyondy am^mg, be-
tween, changCy or transform^cUion.
met-a-bi-o'sis (Gr. meto, between +
bioSy life). A symbiosis in which only
one of the organisms is benefited.
met-a-boric. Relating to metabolism.
met-ab^o-liam (Gr. metabolcy change).
The process by which living cells or
organisms are capable of incorpor-
ating substances obtained from food
into an integral part of their own
bodies. See also anabolism and
caiabolism.
met-a-chro'mic (Gr. weto, change +
chroma, color). Staining in a dif-
ferent color from that of the stain
used.
met'a-cone (Gr. meto, beyond, over +
konos, cone). The main disto-
buccal cusp of the upper molars of
primitive mammals and of man. In
occlusion the metacone normally
overhangs and fits between the
hypoconid of one lower molar and
the protoconid of the next.
[Gregory.]
met^a-co-nid. The disto-lingual cusp
of the trigonid of primitive mammal-
ian lower molars. It forms the
prominent mesio-lingual cusp of hu-
man lower molars. In occlusion the
metaconid fits into the internal
space between the hypocone of one
upper molar and the protocone of the
next. [Gregory.]
met'a-co-nule. A small cusp lying
between the protocone and the
metacone in the upper molars of
many primitive mammals, such as
Phenacodics. Usually absent in man .
In occlusion the metaconule fits
between the hypoconid of one lower
molar and the protoconid of the
next. [Gregory.]
met'al (L. metallum; Gr. metaUon).
Any elementary substance having
the properties of luster, malleability,
ductility, and conductivity of elec-
tricity and heat.
Digitized by
Google
METALLIC
180
METASTYLE
TABLE OF METALS USED IN DENTISTRY.
Melting
point.
Conductivity.
Metal.
Sym.
At. wt.
8p.gr.
Duct.
MaU.
Tenac.
C.
F.
Heat.
Elec.
Aluminum
Al.
269.0
2.68
625
1167
8
31.3
65.6
2
4
Antimony (Stibium) .
Sb.
120.2
6.62
630
1176
3.6
4.42
Bismuth ....
Bi.
206.9
9.82
264
607
1.8
1.24
Cadmium ....
Cd.
112.4
8.64
321
600
ii
22.1
24.4
10
9
Cobalt
Co.
68.6
8.95
Copper (Cuprum)
Gold (Aurum) . .
Cu.
63.1
8.94
1200
2192
6
73.6
99.96
3
2
Au.
195.7
19.26
1100*
2012
1
63.20
77.96
1
5
Iridiimi ....
Ir.
191.6
22.40
1950
Iron (Ferrum) . .
Fe.
66.5
7.84
1600
2912
4
11.9
16.81
9
1
Lead (Plumbum)
Pb.
206.35
11.26
326
617
8
8.6
8.32
rum) ....
Mg.
198.5
13.59
—390
13.5
1.49
Magnesium
M^ybdenimi . . .
24.32
1.75
466
'860
Mo.
96.0
8.63
1860
4
Nickel
Ni.
58.68
8.8
1600
2850
12.9
Osmium ....
Os.
190.9
22.48
2600
Palladium . . .
Pd.
106.7
11.8
1546
2800
12.1
11
Platinum ....
Pt.
193.3
21.46
1770
3400
3
"8!4*
18.8
6
3
Rhodium ....
Rh.
102.9
12.1
Ruthenium . . .
Ru.
101.7
12.3
1800
Silver (Argentum)
Ag.
107.12
10.53
1040 «»
1904
2
100.0
100.0
2
4
Tin (Stannum) . .
Sn.
118.1
7.29
228
442
7
14.5
12.36
4
7
Tantalum ....
Ta.
184.0
Tungsten (Wolfram)
W.
184.0
19.0
Oxy
fla
hyd.
me.
Vanadium • •
V.
51.2
5.6
Oxy
fla
hyd.
me.
base m. One whose compound
witli oxygen is not decomposable bv
heat alone, retaining oxygen at hi^
temperatures.
clasp m. An alloy of gold and
platinum used for making clasps for
teeth; it retains its elasticity after
being cast.
noble m. One whose compound
with oxygen is decomposable by
heat alone, at a temperature not
exceeding redness.
rne-tal^. Relating to or made of
metal.
met'al-loid (Gr. metaJUUm, metal +
eu2o«, form). 1. Having the appear-
ance of metal. 2. Any non-metallic
element.
met-al-lur'ffy. That science which has
for its object the study of the proper-
ties and uses of metals.
met Vphase (Gr. meta^ after + phasis,
a phase). The stage of karyoldnesis
from the division of the nuclear fibrils
to the separation of the daughter
nuclei.
met-a-pU'sia (Gr. meta, away + plaa-
aein, to form). Change of adult
tissue into a different form of tLssue,
as of cartilage into bone.
met'a-sta-ble. The ability to change
from one condition to another under
stimulus.
metVsMe (Gr. meta, beyond + stylos,
a style). A backwardly directed
projection of the disto-buccal an^^e
of the upper molars or posterior pre-
molars of many mammals with
carnivorous dentition, such as the
opossum, civet, dog, cat. Absent
in man. The metastyle shear is con-
nected with the metacone. In occlu-
sion it overhangs and codperates
with the protoparaconid shear of a
lower molar. [Gregory.]
Digitized by
Google
METASTASIS 181
met-M^ta-sis, pi. metastases (Or. meta,
beyond + stasis, placed) . The transfer
of disease from a primary focus to a
distant one by conveyance of the
causal agents throudi the blood-
vessels or the lymph channels.
met-a-8tatlc. Relating to or of the
nature of metastasis.
met-a-tar^sus (Gr. metay beyond +
tarsos, tarsus). That part of the
f pot between the tarsus and the toes.
met-aih^es-is (Gr. meta, beyond +
tithemi, to place). Transposition.
Met-a-io'a (Gr. metay after + zodn,
animal). A division of the animal
kingdom in which the ovum imder-
goes division; all animals exhibiting
the gastrula stage in ontogeny.
me^ter (Gr. metroUf measure; Fr.
m>etre). The unit of linear measure
of the metric system; 39.371 inches;
one ten-millionth of the earth's quad-
rant.
-me^ter (Gr. metron, measure). A
termination denoting an instrument
for measuring.
Motehnikofl's theory [Elie Metchni-
koff, Russian biologist, Paris, 1S45].
The body is protected against infec-
tion by the leukocytes which en-
velop and destroy the invading
microorganisms.
meih^an-aL Same as formalin.
meih^ane. Marsh-gas, a colorless, odor-
less, inflammable gas, occurring from
the decomposition of organic matter,
especially m marshes.
meih^ene. See methylene,
meih^od (Gr. msthodos). A regular
order; a mode of performing an act
or operation in conformity with cer-
tain principles.
meih'yl (Gr. m^ethVf wine + yU, matter).
A univalent hydrocarbon radical
CH,.
m. alcohol. Wood alcohol^ ob-
tained by destructive distillation of
wood.
m. aldehyd. Formic aldehyd.
m. chloxid. A combination of
methyl alcohol, sulphuric acid and
sodium chlorid, employed in spray
as a local anesthetic.
m. eiher. An anesthetic gas.
MIASM, MIASMA
m. hydrate. Methyl alcohol,
m. iodid. A combination of iodin,
phosphorus and methyl alcohol,
having local anesthetic properties,
m. oxid. Methyl ether.
m. salicylate. Synthetic oil of
gaultheria.
m. violet. A histologic staining
substance.
meth^y-lene. A bivalent h^rdrocarbon
radicle, CH2, occurring in various
combinations.
^ m. bichlorid, m. chlorid. A com-
bination of methyl alcohol 1 part,
and chloroform 4 parts; an anesthetic.
m.-blae. A histologic staining
agent; also used as an antirheumatic
and antineurotic.
meth-y-len^o-phil. Capable of being
stained with methylene-blue.
me'tol. Trade name for methylpara-
amino phenol sulphate. A photo-
graphic developer, and sometimes
produces dermatitis accompanied by
obstinate fissures of the skin.
me-to^pi-on (Gr. metopon, forehead).
A craniometric point in the median
line between the frontal eminences.
metMc (Gr. mstran, measure). Relat-
ing to measures or measurements.
m. system. The decimal system
of weights and measures, based upon
the meter as a unit. The meter is
one ten-millionth of a quadrant of
the earth's meridian, eoual to 39.371
inches. Fractions of the meter are
expressed in Latin numerals: deci-
meter, 0.1; centimeter, .01; millime-
ter, .001. Multiples are expressed
in Greek numerals: decameter, 10;
hectometer. 100: kilometer, 1000.
The unit 01 weignt is the gram, the
wei^t of 1 cubic centimeter of
distilled water, or 15.432 grains.
The unit of volume is the liter, or
1.056 quarts. In giving the dosage
of dru^ where the unit is not indi-
cated it is understood to be the cc.
for fluids and gm. for solids. See
Weights and Measures,
Mg. Chemical symbol for magnesium.
mho. Unit of electrical conductivity.
mi^asm, mi-as^ma, pi. miasmata (Gr.
miasms), 1. A noxious emanation.
2. A term applied to floating germs
Digitized by
Google
MICRO- 182
of iiiicrobic life generating in marshy
localities. [Obsolete.)
mi^cro- (Gr. mikros, small). A prefix
meaning small.
mi^crobe (Gr. mikros j small + hioSy life).
A living organism of microscopic
size.
MICROLOGY
mi-crol)]c. Relating to microbes.
mi-cro-bi-ciMal (Gr. mikros, small +
bios, life + L. coBderey to kill). De-
structive to microbic life.
mi-crol>i-cide. An agent destructive
to microbes.
mi-cro-bi-oro-gy (Gr. mikros, small +
bios, life + logos, science). The
science that has for its object the
study of microorganisms.
mi'cro-blast (Gr. mikros, small + bias-
tos, germ). An immature blood-
corpuscle.
mi-cro-C6-phal'ic, mi-cro-cephVlous
(Gr. mikros, small + kephcde, head).
Having an abnormally small head.
Mi-cro-coc^cu8, pi. micrococci (Gr.
mikros, small + kokkos, berry). A
genus of non-motile spherical bacteria
reproducing by division in two
planes at right angles to each other.
They are grouped singly, in pairs
and in "grape-like" clusters; includ-
ing diplococcus and siaphyloccus,
which see.
M. albus. A species foimd in acne
vulgaris, stitch-abscesses, etc.
M. aurantiaciiB. Like M. aureus
except that gelatin is not liquefied.
M. aureus. A species found in
boils, carbuncles, osteomyelitis, pye-
mia, etc. It is pathogenic and pro-
duces a golden-yellow or orange
pigment.
M. catarrhalis. A Gram-negative
diplococcus, mildly pathogenic.
M. citreus. Occasionally patho-
genic; produces a lemon-yellow pig-
ment.
M. epidermidis albus. Synonym
of M, aUms,
M. fonorrhen. Cause of gonor-
rhea. A Gram-negative intracellu-
lar, biscuit-shaped diplococcus.
M. intracellularis meningitidis.
Sjmonym of M. meningitidis.
M. lanceolatus. A Gram-positive
diplococcus (Types i, ii, iii, iv); cause
of approximately 92 per cent of lobar
pneumonia cases.
M. meningitidis. A Gram-nega-
tive, intracellular diplococcus; cause
of epidemic cerebrospinal meningitis.
M. minutissimus [Oliver and
Wherry , Jour. Inf. Dis., April, 1921].
From aphthous ulcers of gingival
and buccal mucosa; anaerobic; non-
pathogenic for guinea-pig or mouse.
M. of Fraenkel. Synonym of Af.
lanceolatus.
M. of Neisser. Synonym of M,
gonorrhecB.
M. pneumonise. S3monym of M.
lanceolatus.
M. pyogenes albus. Synonym of
M. albus.
M. pyogenes aureus. Synonym of
M. aibus.
M. pyogenes citreus. Synonym of
M. citreus.
M. tetragenus. A pathogenic spe-
cies with tendency to be grouped in
fours (tetrads).
M. of Weichselbaum. Synonym of
M. intracellularis meningitidis.
mi'cro-csrst (Gr. mikros, small + kystis,
cyst). A cyst of very small size.
mi^cro-cyte (Gr. mikros, small + kytos,
cell). A small red-blood corpuscle.
mi-cro-den'tism. The condition of
having abnormally small teeth.
mi'cro-dont (Gr. mikros, small + odous,
tooth). Having abnormally small
teeth.
mi-cro-gnaih'ia (Gr. mikros, small +
gnaihos, jaw). Abnormal smallness
of the jaws.
mi^cro-gram (Gr. mikros, small + Fr.
gramme). 1. One millionth part of
a gram. 2. A photograph of a mi-
croscopic object.
mi'cro-graph (Gr. mikros, small +
graphein, to write). An instrument
for recording minute movements on
a photographic film.
mi^crohm. One-millionth part of an
ohm.
mi'cro-li-ter (Fr. microlitre). One-
millionth part of a liter.
, mi-croro-gy (Gr. mikros, small + logos,
treatise). A treatise on microscopic
objects.
Digitized by
Google
MICROMETER
mi-crom'e-ter (Gr. mikros, small 4-
metrotif measure). An instrument
for measuring microscopic objects.
mi-cro-mi'cron. The millionth part
of a micron.
mi-cro-mil^-me-ter. The millionth
part of a millimeter. Incorrectly
used sjmonymously with micron.
mi'cron. The millionth part of a
meter or the thousandth part of a
millimeter. Symbol /*
mi-cro-5r-ffan^ic. Relating to a mi-
croorganism.
mi-cro-dr^ffan-ism. A microscopic be-
ing of the animal or vegetable king-
dom, particularly the group known
as bacteria.
mi-cro-paih-oro-gy (Gr. mikroSj small
+ pathos, disease + logos, treatise).
The study of the pathology of dis-
eases caused by microorganisms.
mi-cro-po-larl-8Cope. A microscope
and polariscope combined.
mi'cro-scope (Gr. mikros, small +
skopein, to view). An instrument
through which minute objects are
visible.
mi-cro-8Cop'ic, mi-cro-scoplc-al. Re-
lating to or seen only with the aid
of the microscope.
mi-cr08'co-py (Gr. mikros, small +
skopein, to view). The use of the
microscope.
mi'cro-80l. Trade name of a prepara-
tion of copper sulphate, sulphocar-
bolate and dilute sulphuric acid;
used as an antiseptic in 2 per cent to
4 per cent aqueous solution.
mi^cro-soine (Gr. mikros, small +
soma, body). One of the minute
granules present in protoplasm.
Microspira. A bacterial genus; curved
rod or comma-form in shape, motile
by one or two polar flagella.
M. cholera. Cause of Asiatic
cholera.
M. cholera asiaticsB. Synonym of
Microspira cholerce.
mic^ro-tome (Gr. mikros, small +
temnein, to cut). An instrument for
cutting sections of tissues for micro-
scopic study.
mi^cro-YOlt. One-millionth part of a
volt.
183 MILLIAMPEREMETER
mi-cro-zo'on, pi. microzoa (Gr. mikros,
small + zoon, animal). Very minute
forms of animal life.
mic-tu-ri'tion (L. tniclurire, to urinate).
The passage of urine.
mid-. A prefix meaning middle.
mi-graine' (Fr. from Gr. hemi, half +
kranion, skull). A nervous affection
characterized by periodic headaches.
mi'grain-in. Trade name for a prep-
aration of antip3rrin and caffem
citrate; used as a headache cure.
mi-gra'tion (L. migrare, to wander).
1. An apparent spontaneous wander-
ing. 2. Passing of the leukoc3rte8
through the walls of the vessels.
Migula's classification of bacteria
[Walter Migula, a German bacteri-
ologist, contemporary]. See imder
Bacterium.
Mikulici's disease [Johannes von
Mikulicz, a Polish surgeon, 1850-
1905]. Swelling of the lacrimal and
salivary glands by infiltration of
lymphoid tissue.
mil. Abbr. for milliliter or cubic
centimeter. This has been sup-
planted by the use of cc. to indicate
a milliliter.
mil-am'me-ter. Same as miUiampere-
meter, which see.
mill-ary (L. milium, millet seed). Re-
sembling millet-seed. /
m. fever. A form of fever accom-
panied by eruptions resembling
millet-seeci.
m. glands. Sebaceous glands.
m. tubercle. The characteristic
lesion of tuberculosis.
mil'ium, pi. milia (L., millet seed). A
disease of the skin characterized by
small white nodules, especially of the
face.
milk of magnesia. Hydroxid of mag-
nesium held in suspension in a
liquid; it is used as an antacid.
milk-tooth. Obsolete term for decidu-
ous tooth.
mil^« (L. mille, thousand). A prefix
meaning a thousand.
milli-am-pdre' (Fr.). A thousandth
part of an ampere.
mil-li-am-pdre'me-ter. An instru-
ment for measuring the strength of
an electric current.
Digitized by
Google
MILLIGRAM 184 MONAD
ing a cavity extending from the
mesial surface of the tooth through
the occlusal surface to the distal
surface.
mod>L 1. An object representing
accurately something to be repro-
duced or already existing. 2. A
pattern or representation having
three dimensions. Often wrongfully
used when a cast or casting is meant.
[Wilson.]
mod>l-inf com-po-si^tion or com-
pound. A preparation of stearin,
gum dammar, French chalk and
carmine as a coloring, using in taking
impressions of the jaws and teeth.
modus openmdi (L.). The method of
performing an operation.
moL Same as gram molecule, which
see.
mo'lar (L. mola, a mill). One of the
grinding teeth situated in the pos-
terior part of the mouth.
mold, mould. 1. A matrix for shaping
any plastic material. 2. Any sapro-
phytic fungi.
mordine. Trade name for a prepara-
tion of pipe clay and glycerin used
in making molds for casting.
moldinf flask. A round metal ring
for holding molding sand in which
impressions are made for metallic
castings.
mordiof sand. A fine sand in which
sperm oil is incorporated, used in
making metal castings.
mo-lec^u-lar. Relating to or com-
posed of molecules.
mol^-cule (L. molecvla, a little mass).
The smallest particle of matter
theoretically capable of existence
in imchanged form. An aggrega-
tion of atoms.
moll^o-sin. Trade name of a mixture
of wax and paraffin used as a base for
ointments.
morten. Reduced to a fluid state by
heat, as a metal.
mon-acld. An acid containing one
atom of hydrogen replaceable by a
base.
mon'ad (Or. monos, single). 1. A
univalent radical. 2. An organism
composed of a single cell.
mil^-grauL One-thousandth part of
a gram.
mil^-li-ter. One-thousandth part of a
liter.
milOi-me-ter. One-thousandth part of
a meter.
mil^-mi-cron. The thousandth part
of a micron, or the millionth part of
a millimeter. Symbol i^fi,
min'im (L. minimumy least). One-
sixtieth part of a fluidram. Also TTi
used as a s3monym for drop.
minl-mal (L. minimumy least). The
smallest quantity allowable.
mini-mum (L., smallest). The smallest
amount.
mi-o-car'dia. The systolic contrac-
tion of the heart.
mi-o'sis (Or. meiosiSy a lessening).
Decline or remission of a disease.
mi-ot^ic. An agent that causes the
pupil to contract.
mir^ror. A polished surface that re-
flects images of objects in front of it.
mouih m. A mirror used in den-
tistry to reflect the images of the
teeth.
misce. Latin imperative of miscere,
meaning mix. Abbr. m.
mis'ci-ble. Capable of being mixed.
mis-tu^ra. Latin for mixture,
mi'tis. Latin for mild.
mi-to'ma (Gr. mitosy thread). The
fibrous network inclosing the more
fluid portion of the protoplasm of a
cell.
mi-to'sis. Same as karyohinesisy which
mistral. 1. Shaped like a miter. 2.
Relating to tne mitral valve.
mix^ture (L. mistura), A preparation
made by suspending insoluble sub-
stances in watery fluids, by means
of gum arabic, sugar, etc.
nmi. Abbreviation for millimeter.
Mn. Chemical symbol for manganese.
Mo. Chemical symbol for molybde-
num.
mo-dall-ty (L. mMuSy mode). Any
condition that modifies the action of
a drug.
m. 0. d. cavity. An abbr. of the words
mesial, occlusal, and distal; indicat-
Digitized by
Google
MONARTICULAR
185
MORRISON CROWN
mon-ar-tic'a-lar. Relating to a single
joint.
mon-a-tom^ie (Gr. monoSf single +
atomoSy atom). Composed of a
single atom. Same as univalent,
Monilia (L. moniUy necklace). A
genus of schizomycetes, badly char-
acterized, includes filamentous fungi
characterized by the formation of
oval conidia, elliptical or in chains
(conidial yeasts or oidial forms).
M. seyUnica. A species found in
thrush.
M. seyUmoides. A species found
in thrui^.
mon^o- (Gr. monosy single). A prefix
signifying single or one.
mon'o-an-es-the^8ia. Anesthesia of a
single part or organ only.
mon-o-ba^sic (Gr. monos, single +
basis, base). Having one base;
used in chemistry to denote a sub-
stance which contains one atom of
hydrogen replaceable by a base.
mon-o-cella-lar. Unicellular.
mon-o-chro-mat^ic (Gr. monos, single
+ chroma, color). Having but one
color.
mon-o-chro-mat^o-phil (Gr. monos,
single + chroma, color + philein, to
love). A cell or substance that is
capable of being stained with but
one color.
mon-o-coc^cus, pi. monococci (Gr.
monos, single + kokkos, berry). A
form of coccus in which each is single
and detached.
mon^o-cyte (Gr. monos, single + kytos,
cell). A mononuclear leukocyte.
mon-o-gen^e-sis (Gr. monos, single +
gennan, to produce). Asexual gen-
eration.
mon^o-giaph (Gr. monos, sin^e +
graphein, to write). A treatise on
one subject only.
mon-o-loe^u-lar (Gr. monos, single +
loctduSj cell). Having but one cell
or cavity.
mon-o-nu'de-ar (Gr. monos, single +
L. nudeus). Same as unintuHear,
Having but one nucleus.
mon-o-phsr'o-dont (Gr. monos, single
+ phvein, to ^w + odous, tooth).
A paleontological term applied to
animals that have only one set of
teeth. Cf, diphyodont and poly-
phyodont.
mon-ov'a-lent. Same as univalent,
mon-oz'id. An oxid containing a
single oxygen atom.
rnons. Latin, meaning mountain.
Mongers solution. Liquor ferri sub-
svlphatis [U. S. P.]. A solution of
subsulphate of iron, used as a
styptic and hemostatic.
Monson's articulator. An articulat-
ing instrument devised by W. G.
Monson, a contemporary St. Paul
dentist.
morl>id (L. morbus, disea^). Relat-
ing to disease; diseased.
mor-bid'ity. 1. Morbid condition. 2.
Sickrate; proportion of sickness in a
community.
mor-bif 'ie (L. morbus, disease + facere,
to make). Producing disease.
morl)U8. Latin, meaning disease,
mo^ron (Gr. moras, stupid). A term
applied to feeble-mmded persons
who do not advance beyond the
Binet age of twelve. See under
Binet,
mor^phin (L. morphina). The active
alkaloid of opium. A solid, colorless,
crystalline substance, soluble in al-
cohol, that acts the same as opium
but more powerfully. Dose of the
salts i to i gr. [0.008 to 0.016 gm.].
mor'pho- (Gr. morphe, form). A
combining form to indicate shape or
form.
mor-pho-gen^e-sis (Gr. morphe, form
+ gennan, to produce). The process
of formation and development.
mor-pho-gen-et^ie (Gr. morphe, shape
+ gennan, to produce). Term
applied to an agency that stimulates
growth.
mor-pho-loff'ic. Relating to morphol-
ogy.
mor-phoro-gy (Gr. morphe, form +
logos, treatise). Anatomy.
mor-pho^sis (Gr. morphe, form). Pro-
cess of formation of an organism or
its parts.
Morrison crown. A crown made of
metal so contoured and shaped as
to reproduce the anatomic form of
Digitized by
Google
MORS
186
MULTILOBULAR
the crown of the tooth which it
covers.
mors, gen. mortis. Latin meaning
death.
mor'sal (L. morsoSf bite). Relating
to the grinding or biting surface of
the bicuspid and molar teeth.
mor'tar. A cup-shaped vessel of glass,
iron or porcelain used for reducing
solid substances to powder; also for
mixing substances.
mo'tor (L.). A term applied to a
muscle or nerve that produces mo-
tion.
mould. See mold.
momitinji: teeth. The act of placing
artificial teeth in their proper
relations on the articulator.
mouth. The cavity situated between
the jaws and containing the tongue
and teeth.
m.-breathiiig. Habitual breathing
through the mouth.
m. glass. Same as mouth mirror.
m. prop. An appliance of rubber or
wood used to hold the jaws apart in
the administration of a general
anesthetic.
mouthwash. A drug preparation used
as a medicament in diseased condi-
tions of the mouth or for maintaining
a healthy condition of the mouth.
mu'ci-gen (L. mmms + Gr. gennauy to
produce). A substance existing in
mucous membranes and some glands,
which is changed into mucin.
mu'cil-age (L. mucUagOf moldy mois-
ture). A solution of gum in water.
mu-cil-agl-nous. Gummy; resem-
bling gum.
mu'cin. An albuminoid substance,
the principal constituent of mucus;
occurring m saliva, mucous secretions
and the bile. It is precipitated by
alcohol, alum and acids.
mu-cin'o-gen. Same as mucigen.
mu'cm-ous. Relating to or containing
mucus.
mu'co* (L. mucusy mucus). A prefix
meaning mucus.
mu'coid. Resembling mucus.
m. tumor. Myxoma.
mu-co-mem'bra-nous. Relatmg to the
mucous membrane.
mu - CO - per - i - os'te - um. Periosteum
having a mucous surface.
mu-co-pu'ru-lent. Having the char-
acter of mucus and pus.
mu-co-pus\ A discharge consisting
of mucus and pus.
mu-co'sa. Mucous membrane.
labial m. The mucous tissue be-
{rond the areolar gingiva on the
abial surfaces.
mu-co'sal. Relating to the mucous
membrane.
mu-co-san-guin^eous. Consisting of
mucus and blood.
mu-co-se'rous. Consisting of mucus
and serum.
mu'cous. Relating to mucus.
m. membrane. A membrane com-
posed of epithelial tissue upon a
basement membrane, lining the
cavities of the body that communi-
cate with the external air, as the
aUmentary, respiratory and genito-
urinary tracts and their branches.
mu'cus (L.). The viscid liquid se-
creted by the mucous membranes.
It consists of water, mucin and
inorganic salts, with epithelial cells,
leukocytes, etc., held in suspension.
muf 'fie. The portion of a heating fur-
nace in whicn the object to be heated
is placed. It is made of asbestos
and clay and is commonly used for
firing porcelain.
muller. A pestle with a flat bottom,
for grinding drugs on a slab.
mul'ti- (L. muliusy much, many). A
prefix used to signify many or much.
mul-ti-ar-tic'ul-ar. Relatmg to many
joints.
mul-ti-cellu-lar. Consisting of many
cells.
mul-ti-cus'pid, mul-ti-cus'pid-ate (L.
muliusj many + cuspiSy a point).
Having several cusps, as the molar
teeth.
mul'ti-fid. Divided into many parts.
mul'ti-form (L. midtus, many + forma,
form). Occurring in various forms;
polymorphous.
mul-ti-lob'u-lar (L. mvltus, many +
lohulus, lobule). Made up of many
lobules.
Digitized by
Google
MULTILOCULAR 187
MYLOHYOID
mul-ti-loe'u-lar (L. miUtus, many +
loculusy cell). Having many cells
or small cavities.
mul-ti-na'cle-ar, mul - ti - nu'cle - ate.
Having several nuclei.
mul-ti«root'ed. Having several roots,
as molar teeth.
mul-tiv^a-lent. Combining with more
than one atom of a univalent ele-
ment.
mum-mi-fi-ca'tion (Persian mum^ wax
+ L. facerCf to make). The change
of a part into a hard, dry mass.
mu-ri-atlc. Pertaining to salt or
brine. See acid,
m. acid. Same as hydrochloric acid.
See under acid.
mus^cle. An organ of contractile
tissue which produces the move-
ments of an organism. They are of
two kinds: striated, voluntary and
unstriated, the invoiimtary muscles.
m. trimming. A term used to
describe the act of the patient exer-
cising the muscles of the mouth with
the impression in place, so as to give
proper shape to the periphery of the
unpression in making artificial den-
tures.
mus^cu-lar. Relating to a muscle.
mus-cu-lar'is ma-co'8». The layer of
unstriped muscular tissue separating
the mucosa from the submucosa.
mus^cu-la-tnre. The muscular sys-
tem of the body, or a part of it.
mus'cu-li, pi. of muscuLuSj which see.
mus^cu-lo-e-las'tic. Made up of mus-
cular and elastic tissue.
mus^cu-lus, pi. musculi. Latin for
muscles.
mu^sol-dent. A proprietary mouth
preparation claimed to dissolve the
mucinous plaque.
mu-ta^tion (L. muiare, to change).
Change.
my-al^gia (Gr. wys, muscle + cdgosj
pain). Pain in a muscle.
my-as-the^ni-a (Gr. mys, muscle +
astheneia, weakness). Muscular de-
bility.
my-celi-um (Gr. mykes, fungus +
helosy nail). Filaments or threads
of fungus; the vegetative body of a
fungus.
my-ce-to'ma (Gr. mykes, fungus +
mruij tumor). A tumor produced
by a fungus. Mandura foot.
my'cO", (Gr. mykesy fungus; mykoSy
mucus). A prefix meaning /wn^« or
mucus.
My-co-bac-te-ri-a'ce-». A faniily of
Schizomycetes having cylindrical or
filamentous cells.
My-eo-bac-te'ri-um (Gr. mykes, fungus
+ bakterUmy rod). A genus of rod-
shaped bacteria; non-motile, asporo-
genic; some species acid-fast; inter-
nal structure granular, beaded,
barred or striated : clavate or cuneate
in form. Includes the diphtheria
and tubercle bacilli. See list under
BaciUus.
my^co-cyte (Gr. mykoSy mucus +
kytoSy cell). A mucous tissue cell.
my-coro-gy (Gr. mykeSy fungus +
logosy treatise). The study of fungi.
my-co'sis (Gr. mykeSy fungus). 1. A
disease caused by microorganisms.
2. A growth of fungi in the body.
my-ec'to-my (Gr. mysy niuscle +
ektome. excision). The excision of a
part of a muscle.
my^e-lin (Gr. myelosy marrow). The
white substance of Schwann; the
medullary sheath of a nerve.
my-e-lin^ic (Gr. mydosy marrow). A
more precise synonym for ^^rneduU
^ed, which see.
my-e-li'tis (Gr. myelosy marrow + itisy
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
marrow of bone.
my'e-lo« (Gr. myelosy marrow). A
prefix meaning marrow.
my'e-lo-blast (Gr. myelosy marrow +
hloLstoSy germ). A bone-marrow cell
that develops into polymorphonu-
clear leukocjrtes.
my'e-lo-cyte (Gr. myelosy marrow +
kytoSy cell). A bone-marrow cell
from which the granular leukocjrtes
of the blood develop.
my-e-lo'ma (Gr. myeloSy marrow +
om>ay tumor). 1. A giant-cell sar-
coma. 2. A hyperplasia of bone-
marrow tissue.
mylo» (Gr. mylcy mill). A prefix
denoting relation to the mandible
or lower teeth.
my-lo-hy'oid. Relating to the man-
dible and the hyoid bone.
Digitized by
Google
MUSCLES 188 MUSCLES
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply.
Function.
Accessorius orbicu-
laris inferior.
ft
Accessorius orbicu-
laris superior.
AmygdalogloflsuB.
Arytsno-epiglotti-
deujB inferior.
Arytseno-epiglotti-
deus superior.
Arytienoideus.
Aryteenoideus rec-
tus.
AttoUens aurem.-
Attrahens aurem.
Auricularis ante-
rior.
Auricularis poste-
rior.
Auricularis supe-
rior.
Anrgos pharsmgis
(occasional).
Asygos uvulflB.
Basioglossus.
Biventer cervicis.
Buccinator.
Cervioalis ascen-
dens.
Chondroglossus.
Ciliary.
Complexus.
Compressor naris.
Compressornarium
minor.
Compressor sacculi
larjrngis.
Constrictor
phanrngis (infe-
rior).
Inferior maxilla out-
ward from levator
labii inf erioris.
Alveolar edge of up-
per jaw opposite
incisor teetn.
Pharyngeal aponeu-
rosis over tonsil.
Arytenoid cartilage.
Tip of arsrtenoid car-
tilage.
Base and outer bor-
der of the aryte-
noid cartilage.
Back part of arsrten-
oid cartilage.
Occipitofrontal apo-
neurosis.
Lateral cranial apo-
neurosis.
Same as Attrahens
aurem.
Same as Retrahens
aurem.
Same as Attollens
aurem.
Pharyngeal tubercle
of occipital bone.
Posterior nasal spines
of palate bones.
Fibers of hyoglossus
arising from base
of hyoid bone.
Transverse processes
and spines of 2 to 4
upper dorsal.
Alveolar edges of
maxillae and man-
dible; pterygomax-
illary Ugament.
Angles of four or five
upper ribs.
Inner side and base
of lesser cornu of
hyoid bone.
Longitudinal divi-
mon, junction of
cornea and sclera;
circular division,
fibers form a ring.
Transverse processes
7th cervical and 6th
upper dorsal, and
articular processes
of 4th to 6th cer-
vical.
Maxilla.
Cartilage of ala nasi.
Arytenoid cartilage.
Oicoid and thyroid
cartilages.
Angle of mouth,
joining buccina-
tor, etc.
Angle of mouth.
Continuous with
palatoglossus.
Epiglottis, anterior
surface.
Arytenoepiglotti-
dean folds.
Apex of other ary-
tenoid cartilage.
Comiculum laryn-
gis.
Upper cranial side
of pinna.
Helix and edge of
concha.
Raphe of pharsmx.
Uvula.
Tongue.
Superior curved
line of occipital
bone.
Orbicularis oris.
Transverse pro-
cesses of 4th, 5th
and 6th cervical
vertebra.
Substance of the
tongue.
Outer layers of
choroid and cili-
ary processes.
Occipital bone.
Fellow muscle and
nasal fibrocartil-
age.
Skin at end of nose.
Anterior surface of
epiglottis.
Posterior median
raphe.
Facial.
Facial.
Recurrent laryn-
geal.
Recurrent laryn-
geal.
Recurrent laryn-
geal.
Temporal lu«nch
of facial nerve.
Facial.
Glossopharyngeal.
Fadal.
Hypoglossal.
Upper cervical.
Buccal branch of
inferior maxillary.
External branches
of cervical.
Hypoglossal.
Short (oculomotor)
ciliary.
Suboccipital, great
occipital, various
internal branches
of cervical.
Facial.
Facial.
Recurrent laryn-
geal.
Qlossopharyngeal,
pharyngeal plex-
us, and external
and recurrent
larsmgeal.
Accessory to the
orbicularis oris.
Accessory to the
orbicularis oris.
Elevates the base
of the tongue.
Compresses saccu-
luslaryngis.
Constricts the open-
ing of larynx.
Closes the posterior
part of n^ottis.
Probably shortens
the larsoix.
Elevates pinna.
Raises and advances
pinna.
Blended with supe-
rior constrictor.
Raises tip of uvula.
Depresses side of
tongue.
Retracts, lowers,
and rotates head.
Compresses and con-
tracts the cheek,
and retracts the
angles of the
mouth.
Keeps head and
neck erect; raises
upper ribs.
Depresses and re-
tracts tongue.
Visual accommoda-
tion.
Retracts, rotates,
and otherwise
moves the head.
Compresses the nos-
trils.
Compressesthe nos-
trils.
Compresses the sao-
culus larsmgis.
Contracts phar^x
as in swallowing.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
PLATE X
Superficial Muscles of Head and Neck. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XI
Muscles in Front and Side of Neck. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XII
Temporal and Deep Muscles about the Mouth. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XIII
Pterygoid Muscles, Viewed from Behind, the Back Portion of
the Skull Having Been Removed.. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
MUSCLES 188 MUSCLES
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply.
Function.
Constrictor
phuryngis (mid-
dle).
Constrictor
pharyni^ (supe-
rior).
Corrugator supers
cilii.
Corrugator labii
inferioris.
Crico-arsrtsn-
oideus lateralis.
Crico-arytsen-
oideus posticus.
Cricothjrroideus.
Depressor al» nasi.
Depressor anguli
oris.
Depressor eiHglot-
tidis.
Depressor labii in-
ferioris.
Depressor thyroid-
eus (occasional).
Diaphragm.
Digastricus (ante-
rior belly).
Digastricus (poste-
rior belly).
Dilatator naris an-
terior.
Dilatator naris pos-
terior.
Geniohyoglossus.
Geniohyoideus.
Glossopalatinus.
Glossopharsmgeus.
Helicis major.
Helicis mia«r.
Hyoglossus.
Interarsrtnnoideus.
Intertragious.
Comua of hvoid and
stylohyoid liga-
ment.
Palate bone, internal
pterygoid plate,
pterygomaxillary
ligament, alveolar
PTooew of jaw, and
side of tongue.
Superciliary ridge.
Part of the depres-
sor anguli ons.
Side of cricoid car-
tilage.
Back of cricoid car-
tilage.
Front and ude of
cricoid cartilage.
Incisive fossa of su-
perior maxilla.
External oblique line
of lower jaw.
A portion of thyro-
epiglottideus.
External oblique Une
of lower jaw.
Lower border of first
tracheal ring.
Ensif orm and costal
cartilages, 6 or 7
lower ribs, liga-
ments arcuata and
lumbar vertebra.
Lower border of the
mandible.
Digastric groove of
mastoid process.
Alar cartilage.
Nasal notch of supe-
rior maxilla.
Superior genial tu-
bercle of ihe man-
dible.
Inferior genial tu-
bercle oflower jaw-
bone.
Same as Palatoglos-
sus.
Base of tongue.
Tubercle on helix.
Anterior rim of helix.
Body and oomu of
hyoid bone.
Side of one aryten-
oid cartilage.
Anterior wall of car-
tilaginous canal of
the ear.
Posterior median
raphe.
Posterior median
raphe and basilar
process of occipi-
tal bone.
Pharyngeal plexus
andiB^ossopnaryn-
geal.
Pnarsmgeal plexus,
glossopharyngeal.
Under surface of Facial,
orbicularis palpe-
brarum.
Outer angle of base
of arjrtenoid car-
tilage.
Outer angle of base
of arytenoid car-
tilage.
Thyroid cartilage at
lower inner border.
Septum and ala of
nose.
Angle of the mouth
Epiglottis.
Lower lip.
Lower border of
thyroid cartilage.
Central tendon.
Inner surface of in-
ferior maxilla,
near symphysis.
Hyoid bone and
intermediate ten-
don.
Skin at border of
ala of nose.
Skin near margin
of nostril.
Hyoid bone and
under surface of
tongue.
Body of hyoid bone
Parietes of the pha-
rynx.
Spine of helix.
Concha.
Side of tongue.
Side of other ary-
tenoid cartilage.
Opposite side of
larger fissure of
Recurrent
geal.
Recurrent
geal.
laryn-
laryn-
Superior laryngeal.
Buccal branch of
facial.
Supramaxillary
branch of facial.
Recurrent laryn-
geal.
Supramaxillary
branch of facial.
Phrenic.
Mylohyoid branch
ofinfei'
iferior dental.
Facial.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Hypoglossal.
Hypoglossal.
Auriculotemporal
and posterior
auricular.
Auriculotemporal
and posterior
auricular.
Hypoglossal.
Recurrent lanm-
geal.
Posterior auricular.
Contracts pharsmx.
Contracts pharynx.
Draws eyebrows
downward and in-
ward; wrinkles the
forehead.
Puckers the lower
Up.
Closes the glottis.
Opens the glottis.
Renders vocal cords
tense.
Contracts nostrils
and depresses ala.
Depresses the angle
of the mouth.
Depresses epiglot-
tis.
Depresses the angle
of the mouth.
Depresses thyroid
cartilage.
Respiration and ex-
pulsive acts.
Elevates and re-
tracts hyoid bone
and tongue.
Elevates and re-
tracts hyoid bone
and tongue.
Dilates the nostril.
Dilates the nostril.
Retracts, depresses,
and protrudes the
tongue; raises the
hyoid bone.
Lifts and advances
the hyoid; aids in
depressing jaw.
Contracts the
larynx.
Renders tense the
skin of auditory
canal.
Renders tense the
skin of auditory
canal.
Renders the tongue
convex from side
to side.
Draws together the
arytenoid cartil-
ages.
Dilates the concha.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
MUSCLES 180 MUSCLES
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply.
Function.
Levator anguli oris.
Levator anguli
scapulse.
Levator labii infe-
rioris.
Levator labii supe-
rioris.
Levator labii supe-
riorisalsequenasi.
Levator menti.
Levator paiati.
Levator palpebrse
superioris.
Lingualis inferior.
Lingualis superior.
Lingualis transver-
sus.
Lingualisverticalis.
Masseter.
Mylohyoideus.
Nasolabialis.
Obliquus capitis
inferior.
Obliquus capitis
superior.
Obliquus externus.
Obliquus internus.
Obliquus inferior.
Obliquus superior.
Occipitofrontalis.
Omohyoideus.
Canine fossa of the
maxilla.
Transverse processes
of 4 upper cervical
vertebrse.
Incisive fossa of the
mandible..
Inferior margin of
orbit.
Nasal process of the
maxilla.
(See Levator labii in-
ferioris.)
Petrous portion of
temporal and the
Eustachian tube.
Lesser wing of sphe-
noid.
Under surface of the
tongue at base.
Submucosa and sep-
tum of tongue.
Median septum of
tongue.
Upper surface of
tongue near sides
of tip.
Malar process max-
illa.
Mylohyoid ridge of
mandible.
Septum of nose.
Spinous process of
the axis.
Transverse process
of atlas.
Eight lowest ribs.
Poupart's ligament
and crest of ilium.
Orbital plate of
maxilla.
Lesser wing of sphe-
noid above optic
foramen.
Mastoid process and
superior oblique
line of the occiput;
angular process of
frontal.
Superior border of
scapula.
Orbicularis oris. i Nasal septum, ca-
I nine fossa of man-
I dible.
Orbicularis palpe- I Nasal process max-
brarum. | ilia, angular in-
' ternal process of
I frontal.
Angle of mouth.
Posterior edge of
scapula.
Skin of chin.
Upper lip.
Cartilage of ala
nasi and upper
Up.
Raphe of soft pal-
ate.
Upper tarsal plate.
Tip of tongue.
Edges of tongue.
Edges of tongue.
Under surface of
tongue.
Ramus and angle
of mandible.
Hyoid bone.
Upper Up.
Transverse process
of atlas.
Occipital bone be-
low the superior
curved Une.
Crest of the iUum,
Poupart's and
Gimbernat's liga-
ments, Unea alba,
crest of pubes.
Four lowest ribs
and OS pubis.
Sclera.
Sclera.
Occipitofrontal
aponeurosis.
Hyoid bone.
Angle of mouth.
External palpebral
ligament; lateral
margin of orbit.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Third and fourth
cervical.
Supramaxillary
branch of facial.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Sphenopalatine
gangUon( facial).
Third cranial.
Chorda tympani.
Hypoglossal.
Hypoglossal.
Hypoglossal.
Inferior dental.
Mylohyoid branch
of inferior dental.
Buccal branch of
facial.
Suboccipital and
occipitalis major.
Suboccipital and
occipitalis major.
lUohypogastric and
intercostal.
Same as externus.
Oculomotor.
Fourth cranial.
Posterior auricular,
minor occipital,
facial.
Loop between de-
scendensandcom-
municans noni.
Buccal and supra-
maxillary
branches of facial.
Facial.
Raises angle of the
mouth and draws
it in.
Raises upper angle
of scapula; aids in
rotating head.
Raises lower Up and
wrinkles chin.
Lifts and protrudes
upper lip.
Raises upper Up and
dilates nostril.
Raises soft palate.
Raises upper eyeUd.
Shortens tongue.
Shortens the tongue
and raises its edges
and tip.
Narrows and stretches
tongue and lifts
its edges.
Flattens tip of the
tongue.
Elevates the man-
dible.
Elevates hyoid bone
and aids in de-
pressing mandible.
Raises lip.
Rotates atlas and
head.
Draws head back
and rotates it.
Compresses viscera,
flexes thorax, aids
in expulsive acts.
Same as externus.
Abducts and raises
eyeball and ro-
tates it upward
and outward.
Abducts and de-
presses eyeball
and rotates it
downward and in-
ward.
A muscle of facial
expression and
raises eyebrows.
Retracts and de-
presseshyoidbone ;
contracts cervical
fascia.
Closes the lips.
Closes the eyelids.
Digitized by
Google
MUSCLES 191 MUSCLES
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.— (Ck)nt.)
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply.
Function.
Orbitalis.
Palatoglossus.
Palatopharyngeus.
Palpebralis supe-
rior.
Platysma myoides.
Pterygoideus (ex-
ternal).
Pterygoideus (in-
ternal).
Pterygoideus pro-
prius (occasion-
al).
Pyramidalis nasi.
Quadratus menti.
Quadrigeminus
capitis.
Rectus capitis an-
ticus major.
Rectus capitis an-
ticus minor.
Rectus capitis lat-
eralis.
Rectus capitis pos-
ticus major.
Rectus capitis pos-
ticus minor.
Rectus externus
oculi.
Rectus
oculi.
inferior
Rectus internus
oculi.
Rectus superior
ocuU.
Retrahens aurem.
Risorius.
Rotatores spinse.
Salpingopharyn-
geus.
Scalenus anticus.
Orbital periosteum.
Anterior surface of
soft palate.
Soft palate by two
fasciculi.
Levator palpebrse
superioris.
Clavicle, acromion,
and fascia over del-
toid, trapesius, etc.
External pterygoid
plate; great wing
of sphenoid, etc.
Pterygoid plate of
sphenoid bone, etc.
Crest on great wing
of sphenoid.
Occipitofrontalis
muscle.
(See Depressor labii
inferioris.)
(See Sternocleido-
mastoid.)
Transverse processes
of third, fourth,
fifth, and sixth
cervical vertebrse.
Lateral mass of at-
las.
Trana>rerse process
and lateral mass of
atlas.
Spinous process of
axis.
Tubercle on dorsal
arch of atlas.
Outer margin of op-
tic foramen; mar-
gin of sphenoidal
fissure.
Circumference of op-
tic foramen.
Circumference of op-
tic foramen.
Upper border of op-
tic foramen.
Mastoid portion of
temporal bone.
Fasciaovermasseter.
Transverse processes
of the second to
the twelfth dorsal
vertebrffi.
Eustachian tube
near ntisopharynx.
Upper surface and
inner edge of first
rib.
Fascia of interor-
bital fissure.
Dorsum and side of
tongue.
Thyroid cartilage;
median raphe of
pharynx.
Upper border of
tarsus.
Mandible, muscles
of cheek, angle of
mouth.
Condyle of man-
dible.
Inner surface o f
ramus and angle
of mandible
Posterior border of
external ptery-
goid plate, occa-
sionally the tu-
berosity of max-
illa.
Compressor nasi.
Basilar process of
occipital bone.
Basilar process of
occipital bone.
Jugular process of
occipital bone.
Below the inferior
curved line of oc-
cipital bone.
Under the inferior
curved line of the
occipital bone.
Outer side of sclera.
Lower side of the
sclera.
Ittiier side of the
sclera.
Upper aspect of
Lower surface of
concha.
Angle of mouth.
Laminse of verte-
brae next above.
Posterior part of
palatopharyngeus.
Transverse pro-
of third to
Sympathetic.
Palatine branches
of sphenopalatine
ganglion.
Palatine branches
of sphenopalatine
ganglion.
Sympathetic.
Facial and cervical
plexus.
Mandible.
Mandible.
Infraorbital branch
of facial nerve.
First and second
cervical.
First and second
cervical.
First and second
cervical
Suboccipital and
occipitalis major.
Suboccipital and
occipitalis major.
Abducens.
Oculomotor.
Oculomotor.
Oculomotor.
Posterior auricular
branch of facial.
Buccal branch of
facial.
Branches of dorsal
nerves.
Protrudes the eye.
Constricts faucee:
raises back of
tongue.
Closes posterior
nares and faucial
orifice.
Raises upper eye-
lid.
Wrinkles skin; de-
f>resses mouth and
ower lip.
Draws mandible
forward.
Raises and draws
forward mandible.
Depresses inner an-
gle of eyebrows.
Flexes head and
slightly rotates it;
aids in supporting
head.
Flexes and aids in
supporting head.
Flexes head later-
ally and supports
it.
Rotates head, and
draws it back.
Draws head back-
ward ^nd rotates
it.
Abducts eyeball.
Adducts and ro-
tateseyeball down-
ward and outward.
Rotates eyeball in-
ward.
Adducts and ro-
tates the eyeball
upward.
Retracts the pinna.
Draws back angle,
of mouth.
Rotate spinal col-
umn and head.
sixth cervical ver- '
tebrsB.
Internal branch of Raises nasopharynx
spinal accessory,
liower cervical bra- Flexes neck side-
chial plexus. wise; supports the
head, etc.
Digitized by
Google
MUSCLES 102 MUSCLES
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply.
Function.
Scalenus medius.
Scalenus posticus.
Sphincter iridis.
Spinalis colli.
Splenius capitis.
Splenius colli.
Stapedius.
Sternocleidomas-
toideus.
Sternohyoideus.
Stemothyroideus.
Styloglossus.
Stylohyoideus.
Stylopluuyngeus.
Supraspinales.
Temporalis.
Tensor palati.
Tensor tarsi.
Thyro-arytaen-
oideus.
Thyro-epiglottid-
eus.
Thyrohyoideus.
Trachealis.
Upper surface of
first rib.
Outer surface of sec-
ond rib.
Surrounds i>ujpillary
margin of ins.
Spinous processes of
fifth, sixth, and
seventh cervical
and first two dor-
sal vertebrae.
Lower half of liga-
mentimi nuchtEe,
spines of seventh
cervical and first
three dorsal verte-
brae.
Spinous processes of
third or sixth dor-
sal vertebrae.
Interior of pyramid
of tympanum.
Two heads, stemimi
and clavicle.
Manubrium stemi
and clavicle.
Stemimi and cartil-
age of first rib.
Styloid process and
stylomaxillary lig-
ament.
Styloid process of
temporal bone.
Styloid process of
temporal bone.
Summits of spinous
processes in cervi-
cal region.
Temporal fossa and
fascia on side of
head.
Scaphoid fossa,
spine of sphenoid,
vaginal process of
temporal.
Crest of the lacrimal
bone.
Thyroid cartilage
and cricothyroid
membrane.
Thyroid cartilage.
Oblique line on side
of thyroid cartil-
age.
A transverse layer
of unstriped fibers
in the dorsal por-
tion of the trachea.
Transverse pro-
cesses of second
to sixth cervical
vertebrae.
Transverse pro-
cesses of two or
three lower cervi-
cal vertebrae.
Spinous processes
of axis, and some-
times of third and
fourth cervical
vertebrae.
Mastoid process
and outer third
of middle oblique
line of occiput.
Transverse pro-
cess^ of upper
three or four cer-
vical vertebrae.
Neck of stapes.
Mastoid process
and outer portion
of superior ob-
lique line of occip-
ital bone.
Body of the hyoid
bone.
Ala of thyrcMd car-
tilage.
Side of tongue.
Body of the hyoid
bone.
Side of pharynx.
To other like sum-
mits.
Coronoid process of
mandible.
Palate bone and
soft palate.
Tarsal plates.
Arytenoid cartil-
Sacculus laryngis
and aryteno-epi-
glottidean folds.
Greater horn and
body of hyoid
bone.
Cervical and bra-
chial plexus.
I
Lower cervical bra-
chial plexus.
Oculomotor.
Branches of cervi-
cal nerves.
External posterior
branch of second
cervical.
Posterior branches
of lower cervical.
Tsrmpanic branch
of facial.
Spinal accessory
and cervical plex-
Loop of descendens
and communicans
noni.
Descendens and
communicans
noni.
Hypoglossal.
Facial.
Pharyngeal plexus;
glossophanmgeal.
Branches of oervi-
cals.
Mandible.
Otic ganglion.
Infraorbital branch
of facial.
Recurrent larjm-
geal.
Recurrent
geal.
laryn-
Hypoglossal.
Sympathetic.
Flexes neck later-
aUy.
Bends neck later-
aUy.
Contraotsthe pupil.
Steadies and erects
the neck.
Rotates and ex-
tends head and
neck and flexes
sidewise.
Extends, flexes side-
wise, and rotates
neck and head.
Retracts stapes.
Depresses and ro-
tates head; flexes
head and neck, etc.
Depresses the hy-
oid bone and the
larynx.
Depresses the
larynx.
Raises and retracts
tongue.
Retracts and ele-
vates hyoid bone.
Raises and dilates
pharynx.
Aid in supporting
neck and head.
Raises and draws
backward mandi-
ble.
Renders soft palate
tense.
Compresses puncta
lacrimalia and lac-
rimal sac.
Relaxesandshortens
vocal cords.
Depresses epiglot-
tis; compresses the
sacculus.
Raises and changes
form of larynx.
Lessens caliber of
the trachea.
Digitized by
Google
MYLOHYOIDEUS 193 MYOGRAPH
TABLE OF MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Muscle.
Origin.
Insertion.
Nerve-supply. Function.
Trachelomastoid-
Transverse processes
Posterior margin of
Exterior posterior i Supports head and
e\i8.
of third to sixth
mastoid process.
branches of cervi-
draws it back or
dorsal and articu-
cal.
to one side.
lar processes of
three or four low-
est cervical verte-
brie.
Transversalis ab-
Poupart's ligament,
Linea alba, crest of
Intercostal, iliohy-
Compresses the vis-
dominis.
crest of iliimi, six
pubes, pectineal
line.
pogastric, ilio-
inguinal.
cera and flexes the
lower ribs, limibar
thorax.
vertebrcB.
Transversalis colli.
Transverse processes
Transverse pro-
cesses of five low-
Cervical nerves.
Supports neck.
of third to sixth
dorsal vertebne.
est cervical verte-
brae.
Circumference of
Transversus auris.
Cranial surface of
Auricularis magnus
Retracts helix.
concha.
pinna.
and posterior au- i
ricular. !
Trapesius.
Superior curved line
Clavicle, spine of
Spinal accessory
Draws head back-
of occipital bone,
scapula, and acro-
and cervical plex-
ward or sidewise;
ligamentum nuchjB,
mion.
us.
rotates the scap-
spinous processes
ula, etc.
all thoracic verte-
bne.
TriticeogloBsus (oo-
Cartilage triticea in
Side of tongue.
casional).
the thyrohyoid
ligament.
Malar bone behind
■
Zygomaticus major.
Angle of mouth.
Facial.
Draws the upper lip
upward and out-
ward.
Draws the upper lip
backward,upward,
and outwara.
sygomatic suture.
ZygomaticuB minor.
Malar bone behind
Orbicularis oris and
Facial.
maxillary suture.
levator labii su-
perioris.
my-lo-hy-oi-de'us.
Musdes.
See Table of
my'nol. A preparation of procain; a
local anesthetic.
my'o- (Gr. mySf muscle). A prefix
indicating relation to a muscle.
my'o-blast (Gr. mj/s, muscle 4- hlastos,
cell). A cell that develops into
muscle fiber.
my-o-car'di-ac, my-o-car'di-al. Re-
lating to the muscular tissue of the
heart.
my-o-car-di'tis (Gr. mys. muscle -t-
kardiaf heart 4- itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the muscular walls
of the heart or the myocardium.
my-o-car^di-mn (Gr. mys, muscle 4-
kardiaf heart). The muscular tissue
of the heart.
my'o-cele (Gr. mys, muscle 4- kele,
hernia). Protrusion of a muscle
through its ruptured sheath.
my'o-cep-tor (Gr. mys, muscle 4- L.
capere, to take). The portion of
13
the muscle fiber that receives the
nerve stimulus from the motor end-
organ of the nerve.
my-o-clo'm-a (Gr. mys, muscle 4-
klonos, a tumult). A condition of
muscles in which there is a twitching.
my-oclo-nus. Spasm of a group of
muscles.
my'o-cyte (Gr. mys, muscle 4- kytos
cell). A muscle-tissue cell.
my-o-cy-to'ma (Gr. mys, muscle 4-
kytos, cell -t- oma, tumor). A tumor
made up of muscle cells.
my-o-de'mi-a (Gr. mys, muscle -t-
dem^s, fat). Fatty degeneration of
muscle.
my-o-dy-namlc. Pertaining to mus-
cular force.
my-o-dy-na-mom'e-ter (Gr. mys, mus-
cle -I- dynamis, power -|- melron,
measure). An instrument for meas-
uring the power of muscles.
my^o-graph (Gr. mys, muscle -1-
graphein, to record). An instrument
Digitized by
Google
MYOID
194
MYXOSARCOMA
for recording the effects of muscular
contraction.
msr^oid (Gr. mySf muscle + eidos, like).
Resembling a niuscle.
mj-oVo-gj (Gr. my 8, muscle + loqoSf
treatise). The study of the muscles.
my-ory-sis (Gr. mys, muscle + lysis,
solution). Dissolution of muscle
tissue.
my-o'ma (Gr. mys, muscle + oma,
tumor). A tmnor composed of mus-
cular tissue.
my-om'e-ter (Gr. mys, muscle +
metrorif measure). An instrument
for measuring muscular contraction.
my'on (Gr. mySf muscle). Muscle.
my'o-neore (Gr. mysy muscle + neuron,
nerve). A motor nerve cell supply-
ing power to a muscle.
my-o'pi-a (Gr. wyein, to close + ops,
eye). Near-sightediiess.
my'o-plas-ty (Gr. mys, muscle +
plassein, to form). Plastic surgery
of the muscles.
my-or-rhex'is (Gr. mys, muscle +
rhexis, rupture). Rupture of a
muscle.
my-o-sar-co'ma. Sarcomatous timior
in which muscle fibers are present.
my-o-si'tis (Gr. mys, muscle + Uis,
inflammation). Inflammation of a
muscle.
my'o-tome (Gr. mys^ muscle + temnein,
to cut). A knife for dissecting
muscle tissue.
my-ot'o-nus (Gr. mys, muscle + tonos,
stretching). Spasm or rigidity of a
muscle or group of muscles.
myrrh [mur]. A gum resin obtained
from Commiphora myrrha tree. The
volatUe oil obtained from the resin
is used in the treatment of stomatitis.
myx-ad-e-ni'tis (Gr. myxa, mucus -h
aden, gland + itis, mflammation).
Inflammation of a mucous gland.
myx-an-gi'tis (Gr. myxa, mucus -h
angeion, vessel + itis, inflammation).
Inflamed condition of the ducts of
the mucous glands.
myx-e-de'ma (Gr. myxa, mucus +
oidema, swelling). Disease marked
by hyperplasia of the connective
tissue, in which there is swelling of
the face and hands due to mucous
fluid in the subcutaneous tissue,
resulting from th3rroid atrophy.
myx-e-demVtous. Relating to or
characterized by myxedema.
myx'oid (Gr. myxa, mucus + eidos,
like). Resembling or like mucus.
myx-o'ma (Gr. myxa, mucus + oma,
tumor). A tumor comix>sed of
mucous tissue.
myx-o-sar-co^ma. A sarcomatous tu-
mor containing mucous^tissue.
Digitized by
Google
N
195 NATIONAL FORMULARY
N
n. Abbr. for normal.
N. Chemical symbol for nitrogen.
Na. (L. nairiumj sodiimi). Chemical
symbol for sodium.
NaBr. Sodiimi bromid.
NaCL Sodiimi chlorid.
Na and K. Sodiimi and potassium
in combination used for cleansing
putrescent pulp canals. See
Schreier^s method,
nae^YUS. See nevris.
Nal. Sodium iodid.
nan'ism (Gr. nanos; L. nanus, dwarf).
Dwarfishness.
nan'oid (Gr. nanos, dwarf -|- eidos, like).
Dwarfish.
n. dentin. Dwarfed dentin; incom-
pletely developed dentin, specially
of the roots of unerupted teeth, pro-
ducing a stunted or dwarfed condi-
tion of the parts. It is not hypo-
plasia of dentin, as there is no con-
comitant increase in the number of
interglobular spaces^ nor is it true
aplasia, which indicates complete
failure in growth or development.
[Hopewell-Smith.]
naph'fha. A colorless inflammable oil
made from petroleum.
naph'thoL An antiseptic coal-tar
product.
nap'Un. A small cloth of linen or
other material used in keeping the
mouth dry during operation, and for
other purposes about the operating
chair.
nar'ce-in. A white, crystalline sub-
stance, an alkaloid of opium having
similar properties as morphin. Dose
J to } gr. [0.015 to 0.045 gm.].
nar-co'ma. Stupor produced by nar-
cotics.
nar-co^sis (Gr. narkeo, to benumb).
Stupor; a state of unconsciousness
produced by a drug or anesthetic.
nar-cotlc. 1. A drug that produces
sleep and relieves pain. 2. Produc-
ing stupor.
nar'co-tila. A mixture of ethyl and
methyl chlorids, used as a general
anesthetic by inhalation.
nar'co-tine. A white, crystalline alka-
loid of opium; it is an antiperiodic
and tonic. Dose, 1 to 3 gr. [0.06 to
0.2 gm].
nar'co-tism. The condition resulting
from the use of a narcotic.
nar'co-tiied. Affected with stupor, as
from the use of a narcotic.
na'ris, pi. wares (L.). Nostril; nose.
na'sal (L. nasus, the nose). Relating
to the nose.
n. bones. Two bones of the nose
situated beneath the frontal bone,
and articulating with the frontal,
ethmoid and maxillse.
nas'cent (L. nasciy to be bom). Being
born; the state of gases at the instant
they are liberated from a combina-
tion.
na'si-on (L. n/isus, nose). The middle
point of the nasofrontal suture.
Nasmyth'8 membrane [Alexander Na-
smyth, a Scotch dentist, who prac-
ticed in London, 1847 — ]. A macro-
scopically invisible ceUulo-laminar
film situated on the free surface of
the adult enamel of the teeth.
[Hopewell-Smith.]
Na2S04. Sodium sulphate; Glauber's
salt.
na^80« (L. nasv^j nose). A prefix indi-
cating relation to the nose.
na-80-la^i-al. Relating to the nose
and lip.
na-80-la-bi-al'i8. See Table of Mus-
cles.
na-so-pal'^a-tine. Relating to the nose
and palate.
na-80-pha-ryn'ffe-al. Relating to the
nasopharynx.
na-80-phar'ynz. That portion of the
pharynx above the soft palate.
na8'roL Sodium caffein-sulphonate;
diuretic. Dose, 10 to 15 gr. [0.6 to
1 gm].
National Formulary. A book of for-
mulas issued by the American Phar-
maceutical Association. The for-
mulas contained therein are not
Digitized by
Google
NATRIUM
official but are generally accepted by
practitioners.
na'tri-um. Latin for sodiuniy which
see.
nau'sea (Gr. nausia, sea-sickness).
Sickness at the stomach with a ten-
dency to vomiting.
nau'se-ant. An agent exciting nausea.
nau'se-ate. To excite nausea.
nau'se-ous. Nauseating; causing nau-
sea.
N. D. A. Abbr. for National Dental
Association.
neb-u-li-za'tion (L. nebula^ mist).
Treatment by means of a spray.
Same as atomization.
neb'u-li-zer. A device for converting
a liquid into a spray. Same as
atomizer.
neck. The portion of the body con-
necting the head with the trunk.
n. of a tooth. The constricted por-
tion of a tooth at the gum line.
ne-crec'to-my (Gr. nekrosy dead +
ektome, excision). The removal of
necrosed material by cutting.
nec'ro- (Gr. nekrosy dead). A prefix
denoting death.
nec-ro-bi-o'sis (Gr. nekrosj dead +
bios, life). Molecular death of a
tissue.
nec-ro-bi-ot'ic. Same as necrotic.
nec'rose. To undergo necrosis.
ne-cro'sis (Gr. nekros^ dead). The
death of a circumscribed portion of
tissue, surrounded by living tissue.
arsenical, n. Necrosis resulting
from the use of arsenic, as in the
application of arsenic to devitalize
a pulp and some of the arsenic
passing into the area beyond the
tooth.
ne-crot'ic. Relating to or character-
ized by necrosis.
nee'dle. A sharp instrument used in
sewing or making punctures for
various purposes.
aspirating n. A hollow needle with
an aspirator attached for withdraw-
ing fluid from a cavity.
Deschamps' n. A surgical needle
with long shaft for suturing deep
tissues.
196 NERVE
exploring n. A long needle with a
groove in it, used to insert into cavi-
ties to ascertain the presence of fluid,
the latter passing out through the
groove.
n. -holder. An instrument used as
an aid in suturing a wound.
hypodermic n. A hollow needle
attached to a syringe and used to
inject liquids beneath the skin.
negVtiye phase. The stage following
an injection of vaccines in which
there is a temporary lowering of the
opsonic index.
Neisserian disease. Infection from
Neisser's coccus; Micrococcus gonor-
rhaese.
Neisser's coccus [Albert Ludwig Neis-
ser, a German physician, 1855 — ].
The Micrococcus gonorrhcece.
neo- (Gr. neoSf new). A prefix indi-
cating new.
neo-mem^rane. A new or false mem-
brane.
ne'o-plasm (Gr. neos, new + plassetUt
to form). A new growth of tissue.
ne-o-sal'yar-san. A proprietary drug
used in the treatment of syphilis.
ne-o-the'sin. A synthetic local anes-
thetic, occurring as a white soluble
powder. It is one of the ingredients
of Buckley's desensitizing paste.
ne-phre'mia (Gr. nephroSf kidney +
haima, blood). Hyperemia of the
kidneys.
neph-rit'ic. Relating to nephritis.
neph-ri'tis, pi. nephritides (Gr. nephros,
kidney 4- itis, inflammation). In-
flammation of the kidney.
Nemst lamp [Walter Nemst, a Ger-
man physicist, 1864 — ]. An electric
lamp in which the magnesium fila-
ment is not enclosed in a vacuum; it
produces a powerful actinic light.
nerve (Gr. neuron; L. thervus). A cord-
like structure which conveys sensa-
tions from one part of the body to
another. For the nerves of the head
and face see Table of Nerves of the
Head and FacCy p. 197.
afferent n. A nerve that conveys
impulses from a periphery to the
central nervous system.
n. blocldng. Anesthesia produced
by injecting an anesthetic into the
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XIV
Termination
f supratrochlear
f infratrochlear
f nasociliary
The Nerves of the Scalp, Face, and Side of Neck. (Gray.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
NERVES 197 NERVES
TABLE OF NERVES OF THE HEAD, FACE AND NECK.
(s) Nerve of Sensation, (m) Nerve of motion.
Nerve.
Origin.
Distribution.
Abducens (sixth cranial) (m).
Fasciculus teres.
External rectus of the eye.
Alveolar (s).
Dental.
Molar and bicuspid teeth
and gums.
Auditory (eighth cranial) (s).
Restis.
Cochlea, vestibule, canals.
Auricular (s).
Occipitalis minor.
Skin of. upper portion of
pinna.
Auricular, anterior (s).
Inferior maxillary.
Skin of external ear.
Auricular, inferior (s).
Auriculotemporal.
Ear, internal maxillary
artery, etc.
Auricular, posterior (m).
Facial.
Retrahens aurem, occipito-
frontalis.
Auricular, superior (s).
Auriculotemporal.
Skin over tragus and pinna.
Auricularis magnus (s).
Cervical plexus, second
and third cervical.
Face, ear, neck, parotid.
Auricular vagi («).
Pneumogastric.
External ear.
Auriculotemporal (s).
Inferior maxillary.
Temple and pinna.
Buccal (m).
Facial.
Orbicularis oris and buc-
cinator muscles.
Buccal, long (s).
Inferior maxillary.
Cheek, buccinator, etc.
Cardiac, right and left supe-
Superior cervical ganglion.
Heart, arteries of thorax.
rior (m).
Cervical, eighth («, m).
Spinal cord.
Thorax, neck and upper
extremities.
Cervical, second (dorsal divi-
Spinal cord.
Obliquus inferior, splenius,
sion) (s, m).
scalp, ear.
Cervicofacial (m).
Facial.
Muscles of lower face and
neck.
Chorda tympani («).
Facial.
Tympanum, submaxillary
gland, inferior lingualis,
tongue.
Ciliary, short (m, «).
Ciliary ganglion.
Ciliary body, iris, cornea.
Ciliary, long (w, s).
Nasal nerve.
Ciliary body, iris, cornea.
Colli, superficialis (s).
Second and third cervical.
Platysma and side of neck,
throat and chin.
Communicans hypoglossi (com-
Second and third cervical.
Descendens hypoglossi, de-
municans noni) (», w).
pressor muscles of hyoid
bone.
Dental, anterior superior (s).
Superior maxillary.
Upper incisors and canine
teeth; inferior meatus of
nose, etc.
Dental, inferior or mandibular
(«, m).
Dental, posterior superior (s).
Inferior maxillary.
Teeth, skin, mucosa, etc.
Superior maxillary.
Buccal mucosa, gums and
teeth.
Dental, middle superior («).
Superior maxillary.
Upper bicuspid teeth.
Descendeiis hypo^ossi (w).
Hypoglossal.
Sternohyoid, omohyoid
etc.
Posterior belly of digastric.
Digastric (m).
Facial.
Esophageal (m).
Pneumogastric.
Muscular and mucous
coats of esophagus,
esophageal plexus, etc.
Digitized by
Google
NERVES 198 NERVES
TABLE OF NERVES OF THE HEAD. FACE AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Nerve.
Origin.
Distribution.
Facial (branch) (s).
Facial (seventh cranial) (m).
Frontal (s).
Glossopharyngeal (ninth cra-
nial («, m).
Gustatory. (See Lingual.)
Hypoglossal(twelfth cranial) (m) .
Incisive («).
Auricularis magnus.
Floor of fourth ventricle,
fasciculus teres.
Ophthalmic.
Floor of foiu-th ventricle.
Floor of fourth ventricle.
Inferior dental.
Inframandibular. (See Infra-
maxillary.)
Infraorbital («, m).
Facial.
Facial.
Infratrochlear (a).
Nasal.
Labial (m, a).
Superior maxiUary.
Lacrimal («).
Ophthalmic.
Laryngeal, inferior or recurrent
im).
Laryngeal, superior («, m).
Pneumogastric.
Pneumogastric.
Lingual (», m).
Facial.
Lingual («).
Glossopharyngeal.
Tiingual («).
Malar (m).
Inferior maxiUary.
Facial.
Malar («).
Mandibular.
Masseteric (m).
Mastoid («).
Maxillary, inferior (m, «).
Orbital.
(See Maxillary, inferior.)
Inferior maxillary.
Auricularis magnus.
Trigeminus.
Maxillary, superior («).
Meningeal (m).
Meningeal (m).
Meningeal (m).
Meningeal, recurrent (m).
Mental (m, s).
Trigeminus.
Glossopharyngeal.
Hypoglossal.
Pneumogastric.
Inferior dental.
Motor oculi (third cranial) (m).
Floor of aqueduct of Syl-
vius.
Skin over parotid, etc.
Face, ear, palate, tongue.
Forehead, eyelids, skin of
temples, etc.
Middle ear, pharynx, men-
inges, tonsils, tongue.
Hypoglossus and subhyoid
muscles.
Incisor and canine teeth of
mandible.
Platysma.
Cheek muscles, nose and
lip.
Conjunctiva of eye, lacri-
mal sac, side of nose, eye-
lid, etc.
Mucous membrane and
muscles of lips andmouth.
Lacrimal gland, conjunc-
tiva, upper lid.
Muscles of larynx, larynx,
etc.
Muscles and mucous mem-
brane of larynx.
Mucous membrane of
tongue, styloglossus, pal-
atoglossus, etc^
Glands of tongue and cir-
cumvallate papillse.
Tongue, mouth.
Corrugator supercilii, or-
bicularis palpebrarum
and eyelids.
Skin of cheek.
Masseter.
Skin behind ear.
Muscles of mandible,
cheek, ear, tongue, teeth.
Face, teeth.
Arachnopia.
Dura.
Dura near base of skull.
Dura and mastoid cells.
Skin and mucous mem-
brane of lower lip and
chin.
Muscles of eye, except su-
perior oblique, external
rectus, and orbicularis
palpebrarum.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
PLATE XV
Mot
AuricvloU.
nerve
Distribution of the Maxillary and Mandibular Nerves, and the
§abmaxillary Ganglion, (Gray.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XVI
ANTERII
AURIOUL
SRANOHCS
MCATUS
PAROT
BRANOK
OOMMUNtOATi
TO FACIAL
Mandibular Division of the Trifacial Nerve. (Testut. )
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
NERVES 199 NERVES
TABLE OF NERVES OF THE HEAD. FACE AND NECK.— (Cont.)
Nerve.
Origin.
Distribution.
Mylohyoid (m).
Inferior dental.
Mylohyoid and digastric
muscles, etc.
Nasal («).
Anterior dental.
Mucous membrane of
lower nasal meatus.
Nasal («).
Superior maxillary.
Skin of nose.
Nasal («).
Ophthalmic.
Ciliary ganglion, iris, con-
junctiva.
Nasal, inferior («).
Anterior palatine.
Middle meatus of nose.
Nasal, superior («).
Meckel's ganglion.
Mucosa of nose and poste-
rior ethmoid cells.
Nasopalatine («).
Meckel's ganglion.
Mucosa of nose and mouth
Nasopalatine («).
Meckel's ganglion.
Mucosa of nose and mouth
Occipital, third (s).
Third cervical.
Skin of occiput.
Occipitalis minor (»).
Second cervical.
Skin behind ear, etc.
Occipitalis magnus («, m).
Second cervical.
Splenius, complexus, scalp,
etc.
Oculomotor.
(See Motor oculi.)
Olfactory ( first cranial).
Olfactory bulb.
Schneiderian memWane.
Ophthalmic («).
Trigeminus.
Eyes, forehead, nose.
Optic (second cranial) («).
Cortical center in occipital
lobe.
Superior maxillary.
Retina.
Orbital (8).
Temple, cheek.
Palatine, anterior («).
Meckel's ganglion.
Hard palate, gums, etc.
Palatine, external («).
Meckel's ganglion.
Tonsil and soft palate.
Palatine, posterior (m).
Meckel's ganglion.
Levator palati and azygos
uvulae.
Palpebral («).
Superior maxillary.
Lower lid.
Parotid («).
Auriculotemporal.
Parotid gland.
Petrosal, external.
Facial.
To a plexus over middle
meningeal artery.
Petrosal, large superficial.
Facial.
To Meckel's ganglion and
Vidian nerve.
Petrosal, small.
Facial.
Otic ganglion.
Pharjmgeal («, m).
Glossopharyngeal.
Mucosa and muscles of
pharynx.
Pharyngeal (s).
Meckel's ganglion.
Upper pharynx, posterior
nares, etc.
Pharyngeal (m, s).
Pneumogastric.
Pharynx and soft palate.
Pharyngeal (m).
Sympathetic.
Pharynx.
Phrenic («, w).
Third, fourth and fifth
Pericardium, pleura, dia-
cervical.
phragm.
Pneumogastric (tenth cranial)
Floor of fourth ventricle.
Ev, pharjmx, larynx,
(«, m).
heart, lungs, esophagus,
stomach.
Pterygoid, external (m).
Inferior maxillary.
External pterygoid muscle.
Pterygoid, internal (w).
Inferior maxillary.
Internal pterygoid muscle.
Sphenopalatine («).
Superior maxillary.
Meckel's ganglion.
Spinal (», m).
Spinal cord.
Trunk, neck, arms, leg.
Spinal accessory (eleventh cran-
Floor of fourth ventricle.
Sternocleidomastoid, tra-
ial) (m).
pezius; pharynx, larynx.
Stapedial (m).
Facial (tjrmpanic).
Stapedius muscle.
Stylohyoid (m).
Facial.
Stylohyoid muscle.
Superficialis colli (s).
Cervical plexus.
Skin of neck and chest.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
NERVES 200 NERVE
TABLE OF NERVES OF THE HEAD. FACE AND NECK.— (Con t.)
Nerve.
Origin.
Distribution.
Supraclavicular, descending (s).
Third and fourth cervical.
Skin of neck and chest.
Supramandibular.
(See Maxillary, superior.)
Supramaxillary.
(See Maxillary, superior.)
Supraorbital («).
Ophthalmic.
Upper lip, forehead; peri-
cranium.
Suprasternal (s).
Cervical plexus.
Skin over upper part of
sternum.
Supratrochlear («).
Ophthalmic (frontal).
Upper eyelid, forehead.
Temporal (m).
Inferior maxillary.
Temporal muscle.
Temporal (»).
Orbital
Skin over temporal muscle.
Temporal (m).
Temporofacial.
Attrahens and attollens
aurem, corrugator, su-
percilii, orbicularis palpe-
brarum, occipitofrontalis.
Temporal, superficial («).
Auriculotemporal.
Skin ov^er temporal fascia.
Temporofacial (m).
Facial.
Temple and upper face.
Temporomalar.
(See Orbital.)
Thoracic, posterior or long (m).
Brachial plexus; fifth and
sixth cervical.
Serratus magnus.
Thoracic, spinal («, m).
Cord.
Muscles and skin of chest.
Thoracic, anterior and exterior
Brachial plexus.
Pectoralis major and mi-
(m).
nor.
TonsiUar («).
Glossopharyngeal.
Fauces, tonsil, soft palate.
Trigeminus or trifacial (fifth
Oblongata and floor of
Skin of face, tongue and
cranial ) (m, «).
fourth ventricle.
teeth.
Tjrmpanic (m).
Facial.
Stapedius.
Tjrmpanic (s).
Glossopharyngeal.
Tympanum; Eustachian
tube.
Vidian («).
Union of large superficial
and deep petros^.
To Meckel's ganglion.
trunk of a nerve to inhibit sensa-
tion in the area to which the nerve
is distributed.
n. bristles. Same as nerve broach,
which see.
n. broach. A barbed wire instru-
ment used for removing the pulp or
portions of it from the root canal of
a tooth, or for cleaning the canal of
d6bris.
efferent n. A nerve that conveys
impulses from the central nervous
system to a periphery.
n. extractor. Same as nerve broach,
n. -fibers. Each nerve is composed
of several filaments or fibers sepa-
rated from each other by a connec-
tive-tissue membrane, the endo-
neurium, bound together in a funic-
ulus surrounded by a sheath, the
epineurium, forming the nerve. There
are two forms of nerve fiber; medul-
lated, surrounded by the white sub-
stance of Schwann (myelin), and
non-meduUated.
n.«fibr3ls. The fine threads form-
ing the network of a ganglion and
supposed to form the conducting
part of the nerve fiber.
medullated n. fibers. Nerve fibers
that are covered with medullated
substance in addition to the neuri-
lema.
motor n. A nerve that excites con-
traction of muscles.
n. papilla. A papilla of the skin
which contains a tactile corpuscle.
sensory n. A nerve that conveys
sensation.
Digitized by
Google
NERVIN
201
NEUROHISTOLOGY
n. stretching. The operation of
stretching a nerve in the treatment
of neuralgia.
n. tronk. A bundle of nerve fibers
inclosed in the epineurium.
vasomotor n. A nerve that causes
dilatation or constriction of the
blood-vessels.
ner'vin. A medicine which acts on the
nervous system.
ner-yo-d'din (L. nervus, nerve +
ccBderCy to kill). The hydrochlorate
of an alkaloid extracted from the
Indian plant gasu-biisuj used as a
local anesthetic.
ner'yons. 1. Relating to a nerve.
2. Easily excitable.
ner'vons-ness. A condition of exces-
sive excitability.
ner'yns, pi. nervi, Latin meaning
nerve.
Nessler's rea'gent [A. Nessler, a Ger-
man chemist, 1827—]. A very deli-
cate test for ammonia. An alkaline
solution of pot£Cssium iodid and mer-
curic chlorid is added to the sus-
pected solution, and if ammonia is
present in the slightest degree a
reddish-yellow tinge will appear.
Neumann's sheath. [Ernst Neumann,
German i)hysician, 1834 — ]. The
wall or lining of the dentinal tubes
which, similarly to the lining of the
Haversian canal of bone, is strongly
resistant to the action of acids, and
which contains in its chemical
composition elastin. (Hopewell-
Smith.)
neutral (Gr. neuroriy nerve). Relating
to the nerves.
neu-ral'gia (Gr. neurouj nerve + cHgos,
pain). Pain in the nerves,
facial n. Neuralgia of the face; tic
douloureux; an affection of the
nerves of the face marked by sharp
lancinating pains; frequently caused
by the teeth.
neu-ral'gin. Trade name of a prepa-
ration containing acetanilid, caffein,
and sodium salicylate; it is used as
an analgesic. Dose, 8 to 15 gr.
[0.5 to 1 gm.]
neu-ras-the'ni-a (Gr. neuron^ nerve +
astkeneia, debility). Debility or im-
paired activity oi the nervous system
generally; nervous exhaustion.
neu-ras-then'ic. Relating to or af-
fected with neurasthenia.
neu-ra-tro'phia (Gr. neuron^ nerve +
atrophia^ wasting). Atrophy of the
nerves or impaired nutrition of the
nerves.
neu-ra-tro'phic. Relating to atrophy
of the nerves.
neu-raz'on. The axis cylinder pro-
cess of a nerve cell.
neure. Same as neuron,
neu-rec'to-my (Gr. neuroiif nerve +
ektomey excision). Excision of a
section of a nerve.
neu-iil-em'ma (Gr. neuron, nerve +
lemma, sheath). The sheath of a
nerve fiber; the sheath of Schwann.
neu-rit'ic. Relating to or affected
with neuritis.
neu-ri'tis (Gr. neuron, nerve + iiis,
inflammation). Inflammation of a
nerve.
neu'ro- (Gr. neuron, nerve). A prefix
indicating connection with or rela-
tion to a nerve.
neu'ro-blast (Gr. neuron, nerve +
bUistos, ^erm). The embryonic cell
from which nerve tissue is formed.
nen-ro-cain'. A local anesthetic prep-
aration of cocain.
neu'ro-cyte (Gr. neuron, nerve +
kytos, cell). A nerve cell.
neu-ro-dy-nam'ic (Gr. neuron, nerve
+ dynamis, force). Pertaining to
nervous energy.
nea-ro-dyn% (Gr. neuron, nerve +
odyne, pain). Pain in a nerve.
nea'ro-fil (Gr. neuron, nerve + L.
filum, thread). A plexus of proto-
plasmic processes having their origin
at the commencement of the axis
cylinder and surrounding the cell.
neu-ro-gas'tric. Relating to the
nerves and the stomach.
nea-ro-gen'e-sis (Gr. neuron, nerve +
genesis, origin). The formation of
nervous tissue.
nea-ro'glia (Gr. neuron, nerve + glia,
glue). The tissue constituting the
supporting structure of nervous
tissue.
nea-ro-his-tol'o-gy. Histology of the
nervous system.
Digitized by
Google
NEUROID 202
NITRATE
neu'roid (Gr. neuron, nerve + eidoSy
Hke). Resembling a nerve or nerve
substance.
nea-ro-lem'ma (Gr. neuron, nerve +
lemma, sheath). A synonym for
retina.
neu-roro-gist (Gr. neuron, nerve +
logos, discourse). One versed in
neurology.
neu-roro-gy (Gr. neuron, nerve +
logos, treatise). The specialty of
medicine dealing with tne nervous
system.
neu-rol'y-sis (Gr. neuron, nerve +
lysis, solution). Disintegration or
dissolution of nervous tissue.
neu-ro'ma (Gr. neuron, nerve + om^,
tumor). A tumor composed of
nervous tissue.
neutron, neu'rone (Gr. neuron, nerve).
Unit of structure of the nervous
system, consisting of the nerve cell
body and all its processes.
neu-ron'ic. Relating to a nerve cell.
neu'ro-path (Gr. neuron, nerve +
pathos, disease). A person particu-
larly predisposed to disease of the
nervous system.
neu-ro-path'ic. Relating to nervous
diseases.
nea'ro-idum (Gr. neuron, nerve +
plassein, to form). The protoplasm
of nerve cells.
neu-ro-plas-ty (Gr. neuron, nerve +
plassein, to form). Plastic surgery
of nerves.
neu-ro-psy-cho'sis (Gr. neuron, nerve,
+ psyche, soul). Nervous disease
associated with mental disorder.
nea-ro-sar-co'ma. Sarcoma containing
nervous tissue.
neu-ro'sis (Gr. neuron, nerve).
Generic name for nervous diseases.
A functional disorder of the nervous
system.
neu-ros-the'nia (Gr. neuron, nerve +
sthenos, strength). Great nervous
power; excess of nervous irritation.
neu-ro-the'ra-phy (Gr. neuron, nerve,
+ therapeia, treatment). Treat-
ment of nervous diseases.
neu-rot'ic. Relating to the nerves or
affected with nervous disorder.
neu'ro-tome (Gr. neuron, nerve +
temnein, to cut). A knife used for
dissecting nerves.
neu-rot'o-my (Gr. neuron, nerve +
temnein, to cut). The surgical cut-
ting nerves.
neu-rof o-ny (Gr. neuron, nerve +
teinein, to stretch). Nerve-stretch-
ing.
neu'tnl (L. neuter, neither). Neither
acid nor alkaline.
nea'tnl-ise. To render inactive or
neutral.
neu'tro-phil (L. neuter, neither + Gr.
vhHein, to love). Readily stainable
by neutral dyes.
ne'void. Resembling a nevus.
ne'vns (L. ncevu^, pi. nom, a mole).
1. A mole. 2. An angioma of the
skin. 3. A circumscribed pig-
mented area of the skin.
N. P. Abbr. for National Formulary.
N H|. Chemical symbol for ammonia,
Ni. Chemical symbol for nickel.
niek'eL A white malleable metal;
symbol Ni. Several of its salts are
used medicinally.
n. silver. Same as German silver.
nie'o-tin. An active poisonous alka-
loid of tobacco.
ni'daL Relating to a nidus.
ni'dns (L., nest). A focus or point of
infection.
ni-gri'ties lin'gaa. A black pigmen-
tation of the tongue.
nip'per. The incisor tooth of a horse.
nip'pers. An implement for cutting
wire.
nir-yaa'in. A local anesthetic, em-
ployed in 1 per cent to 5 per cent
solutions. Dose, 4 to 8 gr. (0.266 to
0.533 gm.).
ni'ter, ni'tre. Saltpeter, nitrate of
potassium; a white, crystalline pow-
der, diuretic and diaphoretic. Dose,
10 to 15 gr. (0.65 to 1.0 gm.).
sweet spirit of n. Spiritus celheris
nitrosi; a mixture of ethyl nitrate, 4
per cent and alcohol. It is diuretic
and diaphoretic. Dose, 15 m. to 1
dr. (1 to 4 cc).
ni'trate. A salt formed of a base and
nitric acid.
Digitized by
Google
NITRIC ACID
203
NORMAL
n. of silver. Prepared by the
action of nitric acid on silver. It
occurs in clear, colorless crystals,
which become dark on exposure to
light or on contact with organic
matter. It is used in dentistry to
prevent progress of decay in the
deciduous teeth; and also in the
sterilization of putrescent root canals
of teeth, the silver solution being
placed in the canal and the silver,
precipitated by a solution of am-
monia, forming an antiseptic coating
for the walls of the canals. The
latter method is one devised by Dr.
Percy Howe, of Boston, contempo-
rary dentist.
nitric add. See acid.
ni'trite. Salt of nitrous acid, HNO2.
n. of amyl. See amyl nitrite.
n. of ethyL Volatile liquid char-
acteristic of sweet spirit of niter.
ni'tro- (Gr. nitron, niter). A prefix
used in chemistry to indicate the
presence of nitrogea in some form.
ni'tro-gen (Gr. nitron, niter + gennan,
to generate). A colorless, gaseous
element found in the air. Symbol
N.
n. monoxid. Nitrous oxid.
ni-trog'en-oiu. Containing nitrogen.
ni-tro-gly'ce-rin. A colorless, oily,
highly explosive liquid made by the
action of nitric and sulphuric acids
on glycerin. It is a powerful vaso-
dilator and sometimes used in angina
pectoris.
ni-tro-mu-ri-at'ic add. Agiui regia, a
mixture of nitric and muriatic acids
in proportion of 4 parts to 15.
ni'tron. A term suggested for the
molecular weight of a radium-emana-
tion.
matrons. Relating to nitrogen.
n. oxid, nitrogen monoxid. Gase-
ous oxid of nitrogen used as a general
anesthetic. Its anesthetic proper-
ties were discovered by Horace
Wells, a Hartford, Conn., dentist,
1844.
n. 0. inhaler. An apparatus for
administering nitrous oxid.
NtO. Nitrous oxid.
no-d-a8-80-d-a'tion. The uncon-
scious release of nervous energy
resulting from trauma or shock, as
from a surgical operation.
no'dal. Relating to a node.
node (L. nodus, knot). A protuber-
ance or swelling.
no'dose (L. nodosua). A condition of
having nodes 6r knot-like protuber-
ances.
nod'u-lar. Resembling a node or
having nodes or nodules.
nod'ule (L. noduLus, a little knot). A
small node.
nod'u-lns, pi. nodvli. Latin, meaning
noduU.
no'dns, pi. nodi. Latin for ru)de,
No-ga'chi's test [Hideyo Noguchi, a
Japanese bacteriologist, practicing in
New York, 1876]. A modification of
the Wassermann test for syphilis.
no'ma (Gr. nome, an ulcer). Gan-
grenous stomatitis. A spreading
ulcerative condition of the mucous
membrane of the mouth, especially
in young children.
no^men-da-tnre (L. nomen, name +
calare, to call). A system of names;
terminology.
non- (L., not). A Latin prefix deno-
ting negation.
non-co-he'siye gold foil. A gold foil
filling material, the surfaces of which
have been treated in such a way that
the natural cohesion of the gold is
interfered with. It is also called
soft foil.
non compos mentis (L.). Of unsound
mind.
non-con-duc'tor. Any substance that
does not transmit heat, light or
electricity.
non-mednllated nerves. Nerve fibers
that are inclosed simply in the neuri-
lemma and having no medullary sub-
stance.
norm (L. norma, rule). A standard.
nor'mal (L. norma, rule). According
to a certain standard or established
type.
n. salt solution. A solution of 58.37
grams of sodium chlorid to a liter
of distilled water. This term is in-
correctly used for physiologic salt
solution, which see.
Digitized by
Google
NOSE 204
nose (L. nasus). The organ of the
sense of smell.
no'80* (Gr. nososy disease). A com-
bining form used to indicate relation
to disease.
no-soro-gy (Gr. nosoSf disease + logoSf
treatise). The department of medi-
cal science which treats of the classi-
fication of diseases.
nos'o-phen. A yellow, odorless, taste-
less powder obtained by the action of
iodin on phenolphthalein. An anti-
septic used as a substitute for iodin.
Dose, 5 to 8 gr. [0.3 to 0.5 gm].
no'808. Greek, meaning disease.
nos'trils. The nares.
nos'trum (L. nosier ^ our own) . A secret
or quack medicine.
no-ta'tion. A system of designating
by figures or signs.
dental n. See under denial notation.
notch. A depression or indentation
specially on the edges of certain
bones.
ethmoid n. The notch situated
between the orbital plates of the
frontal bone.
mandibular n. The notch situated
between the coronoid and condyloid
processes; also called sigmoid notch.
parotid n. The triangular space
between the ramus of the mandible
and the mastoid process of the tem-
poral bone, so called because it
lodges the parotid gland.
sigmoid n. The notch situated
between the coronoid and condyloid
processes of the mandible.
sphenopalatine n. The notch situ-
ated between the orbital and sphe-
noid processes of the palate bone.
no-YO-eain'. A local anesthetic used
in 0.2 to 2 per cent solution like
cocain.
n. dermatitis. A skin eruption
caused by contact with novocain.
no-YO-i'o-din. Trade name of a prep-
aration of formaldehyd and iodin,
used as a substitute for iodoform.
no'yoL A proprietary preparation of
procain; local anesthetic:
nox'ioos (L. noxius). Harmful, per-
nicious.
NYLANDER'STEST
na'clear. Relating to a nucleus.
na'cle-a-ted. Having a nucleus.
nu-cle'i-form. Having the shape of a
nucleus.
nu'cle-in. A phosphorized proteid ob-
tained from the internal organs.
na'cle-oid. Shaped like a nucleus.
nu-cle'o-lar. Relating to a nucleolus.
nu-cle'o-li-form. Having the shape of
a nucleolus.
nu-cle'o-lns, pi. nucleoli (L., a little
nucleus). A nucleus within a nu-
cleus.
nu'de-o-plasm. The substance from
which the nuclear reticulum and
envelope are formed.
nu'cle-ns, pi. nudei (L., a kernel) . The
essential part of a cell, situated near
the center and containing chromatin.
nurl. See knurl.
na'tri-ent (L. nutrioy to nourish).
Giving nourishment; food or other
nourishing material.
nu'tri-ment. Anything that nourishes.
Nourishment.
nu-tri'tion (L. nvlrioy to nourish). The
process by which tissue is built up
and waste repaired.
nu-tri'tion-al. Pertaining to or affect-
ing nutrition.
nu-tri'tions. Having the quality of
nourishing.
nu'tri-tive. Relating to nutrition or
having the quality of nourishing.
nux vomica. The seed of Strychnos
nux vomica. It contains several al-
kaloids, the most important being
strychnin. It is a bitter tonic, stim-
ulating gastric secretion. Dose, 1 to
5 gr. [0.066 to 0.333 gm.]; tincture
5 to 20 min. [0.3 to 1.3 cc.].
Nylander's test [Wilhehn Gabriel
Nylander, a Swedish chemist, 1835].
A test for sugar in the urine. Bis-
muth subnitrate, 2 parts; Rochelle
salt, 4 parts; 8 per cent solution of
caustic soda, 100 parts. To 10 parts
of suspected solution add 1 part of
reagent and boil for several minutes;
if glucose is present, a black precipi-
tate of metallic bismuth is formed.
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XVII
FIG. 1
Normal Occlusion. (Cryer.)
FIG. 2
Occlusion of the Molar and Bicuspid Teeth, Internal View. (From
Photograph of a Specimen in Possession of Dr. F. A. Pefesq^^-.^-^T^
Digitized by VjjOOQIC
PLATE XVI 1 1
FIG. I
The Apposition of the Upper and Lower Teeth.
The Horizon of the Line of Occlusion and Plane of Occlusion^
Digitized by
Google
205
OCTAD
O. The chemical symbol for oxygen.
o-a'sis, pi. oases. A spot of healthy
tissue in a diseased area.
ob" (L. ohf against). A prefix meaning
againstj in front ofj before. Before
c, f and p changed to oc-, of-, op-.
o-be'si-ty. Excessive corpulence.
ob-jec'tiye. An object glass; combina-
tion of lenses used next to the object
in a compound microscope. Also
applied to symptoms, as objective
symptoms, those apparent to the
examiner, in contradistinction to
subjective s5nnptoms, those per-
ceived only by the patient.
ob-li^qu-os cap'i-tis in-fe'ri-or. See
Table of Muscles.
ob-li^qu-os cap'i-tis su-pe'ri-or. See
Table of Muscles.
ob-li^qu-os ex-ter^nus. See Table of
Muscles.
ob-li^qu-os in-fe'ri-or. See Table of
Muscles.
ob-li'qu-as in-ter'nos. See Table of
Musdes.
ob-li^qu-os su-pe'ri-or. See Table of
Muscles.
ob-tand' (L. obtundere, to beat against).
To dull, to diminish the acuteness, as
of pain.
ob-tun'dent. A agent that dulls the
tactile sensibility or lessens pain.
ob'tu-ra-tor (L. obturarCj to stop up).
An appUance adapted for closmg an
opening caused by a wound or dis-
ease or occurring congenitally, as an
obturator of the palate.
oc-dp'i-tal (L. ocdpvij the back of the
head). Relating to the back of the
head.
0. bone. The bone at the posterior
and inferior part of the cranium,
which it assists in forming.
oc-d-pi-to-fron-tal'is. See Table of
Muscles.
oc-clude' (L. occludere^ to shut). To
shut; to close.
oc-clu^ding. Closing together, as of the
grinding surfaces of the teeth; com-
ing together in contact.
0. frame. Term suggested by Dr.
G. V. Black as preferable to ariicur
lator.
oc-clu'sal (L. ocduderey to shut up).
AppUed to the grinding surfaces of
the teeth.
oc-clu'sion (L. ocduderCj to shut up).
The normal relations of the occlusal
incUned planes of the teeth when the
jaws are closed. [Angle.]
buccal 0. A tooth is said to be in
buccal occlusion when it is outside
the Une of occlusion.
centric, o. The relation of the
inclined planes of the teeth when the
jaws are closed in the position of rest.
distal 0. A condition in which the
tooth is farther back than or distal
to normal in relation to the line of
occlusion. Also shortened to disto-
clusion.
eccentric o. The relation of the
incUned planes of the teeth in the
excursive movements of the man-
dible.
infra-o. A tooth is said to be in
infra-occlusion when the teeth are
intruded in their sockets.
labial o. Same as bu^ccal occlusion.
lingual 0. A condition when a tooth
is inside the line of occlusion.
mesial o. A condition in which a
tooth is farther forward than normal
in relation to the Une of occlusion.
Also shortened to rnesiodusion.
0. plane. A synonym for and
preferable to bite-plane, which see.
o.«rim. The raised portion of an
occlusion model or bite.
supra-o. A tooth is said to be in
supra-occlusion when it is extruded
from its socket.
torso-o. A condition in which a
tooth is turned on its axis. Also
shortened to torsoclusion.
traumatic o. Malocclusion of a
tooth, or teeth, that induces injury
to the occlusion, or teeth, in the
opposing jaw.
oc-clu^sive. Closing or shutting up.
oc^tad. An octavalent chemical ele-
ment.
Digitized by
Google
OCTARIUS
206
ODONTOMA
oc-ta'ri-us (L. octo, eight). An eighth
of a gallon; one pint. Abbr. O.
oc-tay Vlent (L. octo, eight + valens,
able). An element Imving a val-
ency of eight.
oc'u-lar (L. oculua, eye). Relating to
the eye.
0. d. Abbreviation for ocultLS dexler,
the right eye.
oMol. Trade name of an antiseptic
mouthwash.
o-dont-, o-don'to- (Gr. odousy odontos,
a tooth) . A prefix indicating relation
to a tooth.
o-don-tal'gia (Gr. odous, tooth + algoSf
pain). Pain in a tooth; toothache.
o-don-tal'gic. Relating to toothache.
o-don-ta-tro'phia (Gr. odous, tooth +
atrophia, atrophy). Atrophy or
faulty development of the teeth.
o-don-the-mo'dia (Gr. odoiia, tooth +
haimodia, having the teeth on edge).
Excessive sensitivity of the teeth.
o-don-ti'a-sis (Gr. odontiasis, teething).
Dentition; cutting the teeth.
o-don'tic (Gr. odous, tooth). Relating
to the teeth.
o-don'ti-noid (Gr. odous, tooth +
eidos, like). Resembling or having
the nature of teeth.
o-don'to-blast (Gr. odoiLS, tooth +
blastos, germ). One of the cells
covering the dental papilla and form-
ing dentin.
o-don-to-bothM-on (Gr. odous, tooth
+ bothrion, a pit). The tooth
socket.
o-don-to-bofh-ri'tis (Gr. odours, tooth
+ bothrion, a pit + itis. inflamma-
tion). Inflammation oi the tooth
socket.
o-don'to-cele (Gr. odous, tooth + kde,
a cyst). A tooth cyst which is
essentially a cyst of the alveolo-
dental periosteum and not of a tooth
proper. Two varieties exist: (1)
the svb-^Mvstdar, originating beneath
the dental capsule of an unerupted
anomalous tooth, affected by partial
aplasia of the enamel or dentin or
both, and (2) the extrorcapsvlar.
originating in the degeneration ana
Uquefaction of epitheUal strands in
the soft tissues over an imerupted
tooth. Both varieties are unilocular.
The term odontocele was formerly
used as a synonym of dental cyst,,
[Hopewell-Smith . ]
o-don-to-ce-ram'ie (Gr. odous, tooth
+ keramos, clay). Relating to por-
celain teetn.
o-don-to-ehi-mr'gic (Gr. odou^, tooth
+ cheirourgia, surgery). Relating
to dental operations.
o-don-to-cla'sis (Gr. odous, tooth +
Jdasis, breaking). Fracture of a
tooth.
o-don^to-clast (Gr. odous, tooth +
klaein, to break). A cell which
assists in the absorption of the
deciduous teet^.
o-don-to-dyn'ia (Gr. odous^ tooth +
odyne, pain). Odontalgia; tooth-
ache.
o-don'to-gen (Gr. odours, tooth + gen-
nan, to produce). Layer of odonto-
blasts from which the dentin is
formed.
o-don-to-gen'e-8i8 (Gr. odov^, tooth
+ genesis, origin). The process of
development of the teeth.
o-don-tog'e-ny (Gr. odov>s, tooth +
gennan, to produce). Mode of de-
velopment of the teeth.
o-don'to-gljph (Gr. odous, tooth +
glyphein, to carve). An instrument
for scraping the teeth; a gum lancet.
o-don'to-graph (Gr. odou^^ tooth +
graphein, to write). An mstrument
designed by Percy N. Williams, New
York dentist, for making diagram-
matic charts of the denture.
o-don-toff'ra-phy (Gr. odous, tooth +
graphein, to write). Descriptive
anatomy of the teeth.
o-don'toid (Gr. odous, tooth + eidos,
like). Resembling a tooth.
o-don'to-lith (Gr. od(ms, tooth + lUhos,
a stone). Calcareous accretion on
the teetn; tartar.
o-don-tol'o-gy (Gr. odous, tooth +
logos, treatise). That branch of
science which deals with diseases of
the teeth.
o-don-tol-ox'ia (Gr. odous, tooth -f-
loxos, slanting). Irregularity of the
teeth.
o-don-to'ma» pi. odontomata (Gr. odous,
tooth + oma, tumor). A tumor
composed of tooth-Uke structure, or
a tumor in connection with the teeth.
Digitized by
Google
ODONTOME 207
0-don'tome. Same as odontoma,
o-don-ton'o-my (Gr. odotcs, tooth +
onoma, name) . Nomenclature of the
teeth.
o-don-to-no-soro-gy (Gr. odotts^ tooth
+ nosoSf disease + logos, treatise).
That branch of science wnich treats
of the diseases of the teeth.
o-don-topVthy (Gr. odous, tooth +
pathos, disease). Any disease of
the teeth.
o-don-to-pe-ri-os'te-om. Same as per-
iodontium.
o-don-to-pri'sis (Gr. odous, tooth +
prisis, sawing). Grinding of the
teeth.
o-don-tor-rha'gia (Gr. odoiiSy tooth +
rhegnynai, to burst forth). Hemor-
rhage from the tooth sockets.
o-don-tor-tho'sis (Gr. odous, tooth +
orthoSf straight). Orthodontia; cor-
recting irregularities of the teeth.
o-don'to-schism (Gr. odous^ tooth +
schisma, cleft). A fissure m a tooth.
o-don'to-8Cop6 (Gr. odous, tooth +
skopein, to see). A mirror for exam-
ining the teeth.
o-don-to'sis. Dentition; formation and
development of the teeth.
o-don'to-tech-ny (Gr. odous, tooth +
technef art). Dentistry.
o-don-to-ther'a-py (Gr. odoiiSf tooth +
therapeia, treatment) . Treatment of
diseases of the teeth.
o-don-to-trip'sis (Gr. odovs, tooth +
tripsis, wearing). Abrasion or wear-
ing away of the teeth.
o'dor (L.). A smell.
0B«. For words beginning thus see c.
oe-sophVgus. See esophagus.
of-fi^cial. Used of medicines sanc-
tioned by the pharmacopia.
of-fic'i-nal. Drugs regularly kept on
sale in druggists' shops.
ohm. The unit of electric resistance.
-oid (Gr. eidosy like). A suffix, indi-
cating likeness.
Oid'ium (Gr. dim. of oon, egg). A
genus of parasitic fungi.
• O. albicans. The cause of thrush.
O. mataleiuie. Found in thrush.
O. rotimdatnm. Found in thrush.
OIL
oil (L. oleum). An animal or vegetable
liquid not miscible with water. The
oils are of two classes very different
from each other; those belonging to
one class are called fatty or fixed oils,
and are viscid or almost insipid in
character: those of the other class,
called volatile or essential oils, are
almost devoid of viscidity, and are
caustic and very volatile.
0. of anise. Volatile oil distilled
from anise; represents the medicinal
properties of anise; stimulant and
carminative. Dose, 1 to 5 min. [0.06
to 0.3 cc.].
0. of cade. Junix>er tar ; used in the
treatment of skin diseases.
0. of cajuput. A volatile oil ob-
tained by distillation from MaMeuca
cajuputi; stimulant and antispas-
modic. Dose, 5 to 20 min. [0.3 to
1.3 cc.].
0. of camphor. See camphor,
camphorated o. An oil containing
camphor.
canon o. Linseed oil and lime
water; used for bums.
0. of cassia. A volatile oil distilled
from Chinese cinnamon; stimulant
and aromatic.
castor 0. Fixed oil obtained from
seeds of Ridnus communis; purga-
tive. Dose, 4 to 8 fl. dr. [16 to 32 cc.].
0. of cinnamon. An aromatic
volatile oil obtained from cinnamon
bark; stimulant and carminative.
Dose, 1 to 5 min. [0.06 to 0.3 cc.].
0. of cloves. An aromatic volatile
oil obtained from cloves; stimulant.
Dose, 2 to 5 mm. [0.13 to 0.33 cc.].
Used in dentistry to obtimd sensitive
dentin. .
essential o. A volatile oil obtained
from an aromatic plant, to which it
gives its odor.
0. of eucalyptus. An aromatic
volatile oil obtained from eucalyptus
leaves; a powerful antiseptic, deo-
dorant and disinfectant.
0. of gaultheria. See oil of vdnter-
green,
0. of juniper. A volatile oil dis-
tilled from juniper berries; stimulant
and diuretic. Dose, 5 to 15 min.
(0.333 to 1 cc.].
Digitized by
Google
OINTMENT 208 OPERATIVE
resins extracted from plants with
ether.
ole-om, gen. oleif pi. olea. Latin for
oil,
-ology (Gr. legoy to speak). 1. A suf-
fix indicating a science or a special
branch of study. 2. (Gr. UgOj to
gather.) A suffix indicating a col-
lection.
-oma, pi. -omata (Gr. onuif tumor). A
suffix meaning a tumor.
onmi hora. Latin meaning every hour,
o-mo-hy-oi-de'ns. See Td>le of Mus-
cles.
on-eoVo-gj (Gr. onkos, tumor f logoSy
treatise). The branch of medical
science which relates to tumors.
on-co'ma (Gr. onkosj mass + <wmi,
tumor). A tumor or swelling.
on-cot'o-my (Gr. onkosy tumor + iem-
neinj to cut). Cutting into a tumor;
opening into an abscess.
one-two»three» BUck's 1-2-3 [G. V.
Black, a Chicago dentist, 1836-1916].
A local antiseptic composed of oil of
cassia, 1 part; carboUc acid, 2 parts;
oil of wintergreen, 3 parts.
on-to-gen'e-sis, on-to|pe-ny (Gr. on,
existing + gennan, to produce). De-
velopment of the individual organ-
ism.
on-to-ge-net'ic, on-to-gen'ic. Relat-
ing to ontogenesis.
on'ym (Gr. onyma, name). The tech-
nical name of an organ.
0-pac'i-^ (L. opacusy obscure). In-
capabUity of transmitting light.
o-iMbqae' (L. opacusy dull). The state
of being impervious to Ught.
open bite. The condition in which the
anterior teeth of the upper jaw fail
to properly overlap the lower when
the jaws are closed.
op'e-ra-ble. Admitting of an opera-
tion.
op-e-ra'tion (L. operari, to do). An
act performed with instruments, as
a surgical procedure. 2. Mode of
action of anything.
op'e-ra-tive. 1. Relating to opera-
tions. 2. Effective.
0. dentistry. Those operations
upon the natural teeth and the soft
parts connected with them that are
mineral o. An oil derived from a
mineral; the mineral oils include
petroleum; they are used as intestinal
lubricants.
0. of msrrrh. The volatile oil
obtained from the resin of the Conv-
miphora myrrha tree, used in the
treatment of stomatitis.
parafl&n o. A liquid form of paraf-
fin.
0. of peppermint. A volatile dis-
tillate from Mentha piperita; car-
minative, anodyne, stimulant and
diuretic. Dose, 1 to 5 mir. [0.06 to
0.333 cc.].
rosin o. Volatile oil distilled from
rosin.
0. of sassafras. A volatile oil dis-
tilled from the sassafras root; it is
aromatic and stimulant. Dose, 1
to 5 min. [0.06 to 0.3 cc.].
0. of tar. A volatile oil distilled
from tar and having the same medi-
cinal properties.
0. of thyme. The volatile oil of
thyme; it is tonic, stimulant and
carminative. Dose, 1 to 5 min.
[0.06 to 0.33 cc.].
0. of turpentine. A volatile oil
from the resin of various pine trees;
it is stimulant, diuretic and counter-
u-ritant. Dose, 5 to 30 min. [0.333
to 2 cc.].
volatile o. Any one of a class of
the oils that volatilize at ordinary
temperature; they occur in aromatic
plants; also called essential oils.
0. of wintergreen. An aromatic
volatile oil obtained from GauUheria
procumbens; stimulant and anti-
rheumatic. Dose, 5 to 30 min.
(0.333 to 2 cc.].
oint'ment (L. unguentum). A medi-
cated fatty preparation to be appUed
to the skin.
o-le-ag'i-nous (L. oleuniy oil). Rela-
ting to oil; oily.
ole-ate (L. oleatum). A salt of oleic
acid. A mixture of oleic acid with
medicinal substances.
o'le-0* (L. oleum, oil). A combining
form indicating relation to oil.
o-le-0-res^in (L. oleumy oil + resinay
resin). A pharmaceutical prepara-
tion composed of essential oils and
Digitized by
Google
OPHTHALMIA
209
ORGANOTHERAPY
usually performed by the dentist for
their conservation, or cure of disease.
It includes the employment of such
drugs or remedial agents as may be
necessary. [Black. 1
oph-thal'mia (Gr. ophthalmos, eye).
Inflammation of tne eyej particu-
larly where the conjimctiva is in-
volved.
oph-thal-moro-gy (Gr. ophthalmos, eye
+ logos, treatise). Tne brancn of
medical science which relates to the
eye.
oph-thal'mo-8Cop6 (Gr. ophthalmos,
eye + skopdn, to see). A mirror for
examining the interior of the eye.
o'pi-ate. A drug derived from opium.
Any drug that induces sleep.
o'pi-om (Gr. opion, poppy juice). The
juice obtained from mcising the un-
ripe capsule of the poppy, Papaver
somniferum; the alkaloids are mor-
phin, codein, narcotin, thebain, etc.
Dose i to 1 gr. [0.016 to 0.066 gm.].
op-80n'ic. Relating to opsonins.
0. index. The ratio of the number
of bacteria ingested by the leuko-
cytes as compared to the number
ingested by the leukocytes of the
Eatient. The resistant power of the
lood to bacteria.
op-so'nin (Gr. opsonein, to prepare
food for) . An element in the serum ;
also in the serum of a person inocu-
lated with dead cultures of the bac-
teria which causes a disease, that
raises the resistant power of the
individual.
op-8on-o-the'ra-py. . The treatment of
disease by the use of vaccines to
increase the opsonic index of the
blood.
op'tic, op'ti-cal (Gr. optikos, seeing).
Relating to the eye or the sight.
op'ti-mal. Most favorable.
op'ti-miim (L. optimus, best). The
state or condition at which vital pro-
cesses are carried on with the greatest
efficiency.
o'ral (L. OS, oris, mouth). Relating to
the mouth.
0. teeth. The anterior teeth, inci-
sors and canines, so designated be-
cause they are located directly at the
entrance to the oral cavity.
14
0-rale. The inner surface of the alveo-
lar process at the incisive suture.
or-bie-u-U'ris o'ris. See Table of
Muscles,
or-bic-u-U'iis pal-pe-bra'mm. See
Table of Musdes.
or-bi-tal%. See Table of Musdes,
or'der. In zoological classification the
division between the class and the
family; e. g., the class mammalia has
a number of orders; Edentaia, Ro-
dentia, Camivora, Primates, etc. Each
order has a number of famiUes, e. g.,
the order camivora has the families;
Felidce, Canidas, Ursidoi, etc.
ore. A mineral containing one or
more metals in a free or combined
state.
origan (L. organum; Gr. organon, an
organ). Any part of the body exer-
cising a particular fimction.
enamel o. See imder enam^,
end-o. A structure in which the
nerve fibers and nutritive vessels
terminate.
or-gan'ic. 1. Relating to an organ.
2. Arising from an organisn . 3.
Affecting organized structure.
or'ffan-ism. Any living organized be-
ing, animal or vegetable.
or-gan'o-. A prefix indicating rela-
tion to an organ.
or-gan-o-gen'e-sis, or-gan-og'e-ny
(Gr. organon, an organ + genesis,
origin). The formation and growth
of organs.
or-gan-og'ra-phy (Gr. organon, organ
+ graphein, to write). A description
of the organs of the living body.
or-ffan-oro-gy (Gr. organon, organ +
logos, treatise). The branch of
science that treats of the organs of
plants and animals.
or-gan-on'o-my (Gr. organon, organ +
nomas, law). The laws of organic
life.
or-gan-opVthy (Gr. organon, organ +
pathos, disease). The disease of an
organ. See also organtherapy,
or-gan-0-ther'a-py (Gr. organon, organ
+ therapeia, treatment). The treat-
ment of disease by the use of animal
organs or extracts thereof.
Digitized by
Google
ORGANOTROPIC 210
OSTEOBLAST
or-gan-o-trop'ic (Gr. organouy organ +
trepeirij to turn). Relating to sub-
stances which act upon the organs
of the body.
or'i-fice (L. orificium, an opening).
Entrance to a canal or cavity; a
foramen, meatus or mouth.
or'i-gin (L. origiOf to arise). The be-
ginning or source.
o-ro-lin^gual. Relating to the mouth
and tongue.
o-ro-na'sal. Relating to the mouth
and nose.
o-ro-phar'jmx. Lower portion of the
pharynx, continuous with the mouth.
or^ris. The root of Iris florerUine;
used in dentifrices as a flavoring.
or'thO" (Gr. orthos^ straight). A prefix
meaning straight.
or-tho-chro-mat'ic (Gr. arthos^ straight
+ chroma, color). Stainmg nor-
mally.
or-tho-den'tm. Same as dentin, which
see.
or-tho-don'tia (Gr. arthos, straight +
odous, tooth). That branch of den-
tal science which deals with the
treatment of irregularities of the
teeth.
or-tho-don^tic. Relating to ortho-
dontia.
or'tho-form. A white, crystalline,
tasteless powder; used as a local
anesthetic and antiseptic. Dose,
7 to 15 gr. [0.5 to 1.0 gm.].
or-thoir'liath-ic, or-thog'na-thoiu (Gr.
orthos, straight + gnathos, jaw).
Having a gnathic index less than 98
degrees.
or-tho-pe^dia (Gr. orthos, straight +
pais, child). That branch of medi-
cine which has to do with the cor-
rection of deformities, especially of
children.
dental o. Orthodontia.
or-tho-pe'dic. Relating to orthopedia.
or-tho-pe^dics. Same as orthopedia.
or-tho-pe'dist. One who practices or-
thopedic surgery.
or-tho-phos-phor'ic ac^id. Same as
phosphoric acid^ which see under
acid.
Ortor's enamel cleaver [Chas H.
Orton, contemporary Minneapolis
dentist]. A cutting instrument
specially designed for removing
enamel from the teeth.
Os. Chemical symbol for osmium.
08, gen. oris, pi. ora. Latin, meaning
mouth.
08, gen. ossis, pi. ossa, Latin, meaning
hone.
0. indsiyom. The intermaxillary
bone.
0. 8. Abbr. for Latin oculus sinister,
the left eye.
*08e. A termination indicating a car-
bohydrate.
*08is. A suffix used to indicate a con-
dition of.
08-me'8is (Gr. osnvesis, smelling). The
sense of' smell.
08mic acid. See add.
08'mi-iim (Gr. osme, odor). A very
hard high-fusing, metaUic element of
the platinum group. Symbol Os.
08-mo'8i8 (Gr. osmos, impulsion). The
gassage of liquids through a mem-
ranous septum.
08-mot'ic. Relating to osmosis; of the
nature of osmosis.
088a (L.). Plural of os, bone.
08^86-008 (L. OS, bone). Bony; re-
sembling bone.
08^81- (L. OS, ossis, bone). A prefix
indicating relation to bone.
08'8i-cle (L. ossiculum, a little bone).
A small bone.
08-8ic'u-liim, pi. ossicula. Latin mean-
ing a small bone.
os-8i-fi-ca'tion (L. os, bone + facere, to
make). The formation of bone.
08'8i-fy-ing. Changing into bone.
08-tal'gia (Gr. osteon, bone + algos,
pain ) . Pain in a bone.
08'te-, 08'te-o« (Gr. osteon, bone). A
prefix indicating relation to bone.
08'te-al. Relating to bone.
08-te-al'gia. Same as ostalgia.
08-tec'to-my, 08-te-ec'to-my (Gr. os-
teon, bone + ektome, excision). Ex-
cision of bone tissue.
08-te-rti8 (Gr. osteon, bone + His, in-
flammation). Inflammation of a
bone.
08'te-o-bla8t (Gr. osteon, bone +
blastos, germ). One of the embryon-
Digitized by
Google
OSTEOBLASTIC
ic cells concerned in the development
of bone tissue. They are intimately
associated with the external surface
of cementum and bone. In the case
of those associated with cementum
they have been called cementoblasts.
Also called membrana ehoris.
os'te-o-blas'tic. Relating to the osteo-
blast, or composed of osteoblasts.
08-te-o-car-ci-no'ma. Carcinoma of
bone tissue.
08-te-o-chon-dro'ma (Gr. osteon^ bone
+ chondroSy cartilage). A tumor
composed of bone and cartilage.
08-te-o-cla'8i8, 08-te-o-cla'8ia (Gr. os-
teon j bone + klasiSy breaking). The
destruction and absorption of bone
tissue by the osteoclasts.
08^te-o-cla8t. A large multinuclear
cell concerned in the absorption of
bone or cementum.
os-te-o-clas'tic. Relating to osteo-
clasts, or bone destruction.
08-te-o-den'tm (Gr. osteon, bone + L.
dens, tooth) . A tissue intermediate in
structure between bone and dentin.
08-te-o-gen'e8is, 08-te-og'e-ny (Gr. os-
teon, bone + genesis, origin). For-
mation of bone.
08-te-o-gen'ic, 08-te-o-ge-net'ie (Gr.
osteon, bone + genesis, origin). Re-
lating to development of the bones.
08'te-oid (Gr. osteon, bone + eidos,
form). Resembling bone.
08-te-oro-gy (Gr. osteon, bone + logos,
treatise). The branch of anatomy
which treats of the bones.
08-te-o-ly'8i8 (Gr. osteon, bone + lysis,
solution). Dissolution or decay of
bone.
08-te-o'ma, pi. osteomata (Gr. osteon,
bone + oma, tumor). A tumor of
bone, or consisting of osseous tissue.
08-te-o-ma-la'cia (Gr. osteon, bone +
malakia, softness). The softening of
bone due to loss of earthy matter.
08-te-o-my-e-li'ti8 (Gr. osteon, bone +
myelos, marrow + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the marrow of the
bone or both bone and marrow.
08^te-o-path. A practitioner of oste-
opathy.
os-te-op'a-thy (Gr. osteon, bone +
pathos, disease). 1. Disease of bony
211 OUTLINE FORM
structure. 2. A system of medical
practice founded on the assumption
that many diseases are the result of
morbid conditions of the bones and
joints, and that treatment should be
chiefly by manipulative correction.
08'te-o-phore (Gr. osteon, bone +
pherein, to carry). Forceps for
crushing bone.
os'te-o-plast (Gr. osteon, bone + plas-
tos, formed). Same as osteoblast,
08'te-o-pla8ty (Gr. osteon, bone +
plassein, to form). Plastic surgery
of the bones.
08-te-o-po-ro'8i8 (Gr. osteon, bone +
poros, passage). A spongy or rare-
fied condition of bone.
08-te-o-8ar-co'ma. A sarcoma com-
posed of bony tissue.
08-te-o-8cle-ro'8i8 (Gr. osteon, bone +
stderosis, hardening). Abnormal
hardening or denseness of bone.
08'te-o-tome (Gr. osteon, bone + tem-
nein, to cut). A knife for cutting
bone.
08-te-ot'o-my (Gr. osteon, bone +
temnein, to cut). Cutting of bone.
08-ti''tis. Same as osteitis.
08'ti-iimy pi. ostia (L.). A mouth or
opening.
o-tal'gia (Gr. oils, ear + algos, pain).
Pain in the ear.
o'tie (Gr. ovs, otikos, ear). Relating
to the ear.
0-ti'ti8 (Gr. OILS, ear + itis, inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the ear.
o'to- (Gr. OILS, ear). A prefix indicating
relation to the ear.
0-toro-gy (Gr. oils, ear + logos,
treatise). The branch of medicine
which relates to the ear.
Ottolenffai reamer [R. Ottolengui, New
York contemporary dentist). An
instrument designed by Ottolengui,
used in enlarging the canals of the
roots of teeth.
ounce (L. unda, a twelfth part). A
measure of weight. The sixteenth
part of the avoirdupois pound. The
twelfth part of the troy pound.
outline form. In cavity preparation,
the form of the area of tooth surface
included in the prepared cavity.
[Black.]
Digitized by
Google
OVA
212
OZONIZER
OTa. Latin plural of ovunif egg.
OT'en. A chamber in which substances
are heated, as an oven in which por-
celain is fused.
overbite. The overlapping of the
. upper anterior teeth over the lower.
o'void (L. ovum, egg + Gr. eidoa, form).
Egg-shaped.
o'Tola. Ovum of a mammal.
o'vnm, pi. OWL Latin meaning egg.
The female reproductive cell.
ox'ac-id. An acid that contains
oxygen.
ox VUte. Salt of oxalic acid.
ox'al-ic add. See add.
ox'id (Gr. oxya, sharp). A com-
poimd of oxygen with another ele-
ment.
ox-i-da'tion. The act or process of
combining with oxygen.
ox'i-diie. To combine with oxygen.
«ox-oL A termination used to denote
a mixture of hydrogen dioxid with
other substances, as camphoxol, with
camphor; merdhoxol, with menthol,
etc.
ox'one. Trade name of a preparation
of hydrogen dioxid.
ox'y« (Gr. oxya, sharp). A prefix indi-
cating the presence of oxygen, or its
compoimds.
ox'y-ae-id. Same as oxacid.
ox-y-€hlo'rid. Compoimd of oxygen
and a chlorid.
o. of line cement. A dental cement
consisting of a powder, zinc oxid,
and a liquid, a concentrated solution
of zinc chlorid in water. Used as a
temporary filling material, and for
lining the thin walls of cavities.
ox'y-dase. A ferment that produces
oxidation.
ox'y-gen (Gr. oxya^ sharp or sour +
gennan, to produce). A gaseous
element existmg in the air and in
combination with various elements.
Symbol O.
ox-y-ge-na'tion. Impregnating with
oxygen; noting particmarly aeration
of the blood in the lungs.
ox-y-h6m-o-glol>in. Combination of
hemoglobin with oxygen.
oxyhydrogen blow-nipe. An instru-
ment in which hydrogen is combined
with oxygen in producing a flame.
It is capable of producing a very in-
tense heat, estimated at 5000'' F.
ox'y-phil (Gr. oxysy acid + vhUein, to
love). A cell or tissue tnat has a
special affinity for acid dyes, being
readily stained therewith.
oxyphosphate of copper cement. A
dental cement consisting of a powder,
composed of black oxid of copper ana
zinc oxid, and a liquid, composed of
a mixture of zinc phosphate and
glacial phosphoric acid in distiUed
water. Used as a filling material for
deciduous teeth.
oxyphosphate of line cement. A den-
tal cement consisting of a powder,
zinc oxid, and a Hquid, composed of
a mixture of zinc phosphate and
glacial phosphoric acid m distilled
water. Used as a temporary filling
material, for filling root caniUs and
for attaching bridgework.
oxysnlphate of line cement. Known
also as Fletcher's Artificial Dentin.
A dental cement consisting of a pow-
der, composed of zinc oxid, zinc sul-
phate and powdered gum niastic, and
a fluid, 40 per cent, gum arabic solu-
tion in water. Used as a temporary
filling material.
01. Abbreviation for oimce.
o'lo-fen. Trade name of a prepara^
tion of hydrogen peroxid.
o'lone (Gr. ozein, to smell). An allo-
trophic form of oxvgen, occurring in
the atmosphere. A powerful oxidiz-
ing agent, used as a disinfectant.
o'lo-ni-ier. An instrument for apply-
ing ozone to wounds
Digitized by
Google
213
PALPEBRA
P. Chemical symbol for phosphorus,
pab'u-lnm (L.). Food. Any nutri-
tive material.
paehy- (Gr. paphys, thick). A prefix
indicating thick,
pach-y-gnath'oiu (Gr. pachysj thick +
gnathos, jaw). Havmg thick jaws.
pack. A blanket soaked in hot or
cold water and wrapped around the
body.
paek'ixig. The act of filling a wound
with gauze or other material; also
the material used.
pad-. For words beginning thus see
under ped-.
pain (L. pcena, punishment). Bodily
suffering.
palVtal. Relating to the palate.
p. index. Palatomaxillary index,
the relation of the distance between
the outer borders of the alveolar
arch at the middle of the second
molar teeth, to the distance from the
alveolar point to the middle of a
transverse line touching the posterior
borders of the maxillse, the former
being taken as 100.
palmate (L. paMum^ palate). Roof of
the mouth; popularly tiie uvula.
Upper part of the cavity of the
mouth.
arch of the p. The vault of the
roof of the mouth.
artificial p. An obturator of metal
or vulcanite to close a deficiency of
the palate.
p. bone. One of the two small bones
situated at the posterior part of the
nasal fossse and palate.
p. bones. The two bones situated
at the posterior portion of the max-
illffi, between the tuberosities of the
maxillsB and the pterygoid processes
of the sphenoid bone.
cleft p. Fissure in the palate.
hard p. Palatum durum. The roof
of the mouth.
p. process. The part of the max-
illfiB forming the anterior portion of
the hard palate.
soft p. Palatum moUe; vetum peri'
dvlum pakUi; uvula; the fieshy pos-
terior portion of the palate.
palVtine (L. palatum^ palate). Re-
lating to the palate.
p. glands. Mucous glands located
in the deep periosteum of the hard
galate, and under the mucous mem-
rane of the soft palate.
pal-a-to-glos'saL Relating to the pal-
ate and tongue.
pa-la-to-fflos'sns. See Table of Mus-
cles,
pal-a-to-ffnafh'ns. Cleft palate.
pal-a-to-phar-yn'ge-aL Relating to the
palate and pharynx.
pa-la-to-pha-ryn-ffe'ns. See Table of
Mv^sdes,
pal-a-to-plas'ty. Plastic surgeiy of the
palate. Operation for closing the
palatine vault.
pal-a-to-ple'gia (L. palatum, palate +
Gr. plege, stroke). Paralysis of the
palate.
pal-a-tor'rha-phy (L.j»a2a^tim, palate
+ rhaphe, suture) . The suturing of a
cleft palate. Same as staphylorrhor
phy.
pal'a-tom* Latin meaning palate,
p. dorom. The hard palate.
p. moUe. The soft palate.
pal-la'di-om. A hard white metallic
element resembling platinum. Sym-
bol Pd.
pal^-ate. To soothe or relieve.
pal^-a-tive (L. palliare, to cloak).
1. Alleviating suffering without cur-
ing. 2. A medicine that relieves with-
out curing.
pallor (L.). Paleness of the skin or
mucous membrane.
pal'pate (L. palpare, to touch). To
examine by touch.
pal-pa'tion. Examination bv touch;
manipulation of a part by the fingers
to determine the condition of tiie
imderlying tissues.
pal-pel>ra» pi. palpebrce, Latin, mean-
ing the eyelid.
Digitized by
Google
PALPEBRAL
pal-pe'bral. Relating to the eyelids.
pal-pe-bralis su-pe'ri-or. See Table of
Musdes.
pal-pi-ta'tion (L. palpilaref to quiver).
Rapid action of the heart; tachy-
cardia.
pal'sy. See paralysis.
Bell's p. Facial paralysis.
pan- (Gr. pas, pan, all). A prefix in-
dicating aU,
pan-a-ce^a (Gr. partj all + akoSf cure).
A pretended universal remedy or
cure-all.
pan^cre-as (Gr. pan, all + kreas. flesh).
The large racemose gland below the
stomach, the secretion of which is
concerned in the process of digestion.
pan^cre-at-in. The active ferment of
the pancreatic juice.
pan^cre-on. Trade name of a powder
produced by the action of tannin on
pancreatin; used as a substitute for
pancreatin. Dose, 5 to 8 gr. [0.3 to
0.5 gm.].
pan-dem'ic (Gr. pan, all + demos, peo-
ple). An epidemic over a wide area.
pan-gen^e-sis (Gr. pan, all + genesis,
production). A theory of heredity
advanced by Darwin which assumes
that the whole organization, in the
sense of every part of the organism,
reproduces itself in the progeny;
each ovule and spermatozoon con-
taining a germ thrown off from each
separate unit of the parent organism.
pan-pep^tin. Trade name of a prepara-
tion containing digestive enzymes.
pan-si-nn-si^tis. Inflammation in-
volving all the sinuses of a region.
pan'to-graph (Gr. pan, all + graphein,
to write). An instrument for repro-
ducing drawings by means of levers
which cause the recording pencil to
follow the movements of a stylet
passed along the lines of the origmal
drawing.
pan^to-pon (Gr. pan, all + opos, juice).
Trade name of an opium preparation .
pa-pa^in. An enzyme obtained from
papaw, used in indigestion. Dose,
2 to 5 gr. [0.13 to 0.3 gm.].
pamper (L. papyrus; Gr. papyros). A
piece of paper used for wrapping up
a powder; also the powder itself.
See charia.
214 PARACHROMA
bibulous p. A soft absorbent paper
used for making the toilet of cavities,
for introduction of medicaments into
root canals, and recommended by
E. T. Darby for use in condensation
of amalgam fillings.
filter p. A specially prepared paper
used in chemistry for filtering solu-
tions.
litmus p. A paper used for testing
purposes.
wax p. A paper coated with wax.
pa-pil^, pi. papiUcB (L., a nipple). A
small nipple-like protuberance.
circumvaJlate p. One of the pro-
jections on the dorsum of the tongue.
dental p., p. dentis. That part of
the mesoderm beneath the enamel
organ, the cells of which are destined
to form the dentin and the dental
pulp.
filiform p. Any of the papillse of
the tongue.
p. fusiformis. One of the papillse
on the anterior portion of the tongue.
incisive p. An elevation of the
palate at the anterior extremity of
the raphe.
linfualp. One of the papillse on the
dorsum of the tongue.
palatine p. See incisive j)apiUa,
pap-il-lo^ma, pl.papiUomata (L. papilla
a nipple + Gr. oma, tumor). An
epitheUal tumor, as a wart, polypi,
etc.
pa-pilln-la (L. dim. of papilla), A
small papilla.
pap^oid. A digestive enzyme from the
fruit of papaw.
pap^n-la, pi. papuUs. Latin for papvle,
pap^ule (L. papvla, pi. papuLoB, a
pimple). A small circumscribed ele-
vation of the skin.
para- (Gr. para, beyond). A prefix
indicating beyond, besides, against,
near.
Paracelsian method [Philippus Aure-
olus Paracelsus, Swiss physician,
1493-1541]. The use of nothing
but chemical agents in the treat-
ment of disease.
pa-ra-chro^ma (Gr. para, beside +
chroma, color). Change in color,
especially of the skin.
Digitized by
Google
PARACME 215
par-ac'me (Gr. paraj beyond 4- akme,
prime). 1. The stage of decline or
remission of symptoms of a disease.
2. The stage of life beyond the
prime, or the decline of the organ-
ism.
par'a-cone (Gr. para^ beyond + kanosj
cone). Ilie main mesio-buccal cusp
of the upper molars of primitive
manmials and of man. In occlusion
the paracone normally overhangs
and fits between the paraconid and
the hypoconid of a lower molar.
[Gregory.]
par^a-co-nid. The mesio-lingual cusp
of the trigonid of primitive mam-
malian molars. Normally lost in
man. In occlusion the paraconid
fits into the interdental space behind
the protocone of primitive trituber-
cular upper molars. It is often lost
or greatly reduced in forms with
large hypocones on the upper molars.
[Gregory.]
par-ad-e-ni^tis (Gr. para, beside +
aden, gland + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the tissues aroimd
a gland.
pa-ra-den^tal (Gr. para, around + L.
dens, tooth). Aroimd or near a
tootn.
par'af-fin, pa-raf-fin^um (L. parum,
little + ajgHniSy aflfinity). A white.
translucent hydrocarbon obtained
from petroleum.
liquid p. Petrolatum liquidum
[U. S. P.].
pa^ra-form, pa-ra-for-malMe-hyd. For-
malin; tnformal; an antiseptic and
disinfectant. Dose, 5 to 10 gr. [0.3
to 0.6 gm.].
pa-ra-in-fec'tion. Presence of symp-
toms simulating those of an infectious
disease, but without the specific
microorganisms of that disease being
present.
par-al-ler-o-me-ter. An instrument for
paralleling bridge abutments or
canals to receive posts for sup-
porting a bridge.
pa-ral'y-sis (Gr. para, beside + lyein,
to loosen). Loss of sensation or
motion in a part or member.
p. agitans. Shaking palsy.
Bell's p. Paralysis of the face.
PARASITOLOGY
dental p. Anterior poliomyelitis
occurring in teething children.
facial p. BeWs p.; paralysis of the
facial nerve.
infantile p. Acute anterior polio-
myelitis.
lead p. Paralysis due to lead poi-
soning.
linfoal p. Paralysis of the tongue.
Keflex p. Paralysis due to reflex
irritation of the nervous system, as
in the case of palsy from dentition.
tic p. See tic douloureux.
par-a-me^di-an. Near or in the vicin-
ity of the median line.
pa-ra-neph^rin (Gr. para, near +
nephros, kidnev). A preparation of
the suprarenal glands; a powerful
hemostatic.
par-an-es-the'sl-a (Gr. para, beside +
anaisthesia, insensibility). Anesthe-
sia affecting corresponding portions
of two sides of the body, particularly
in the lower hmbs.
pa-ra-nen^ral (Gr. para, near + neuron,
nerve). Beside or near a nerve.
pa-ra-no'ia (Gr. para, beside + nous,
mind). E)elusional insanity.
pa-ra-noi'ac. One affected with par-
anoia.
par-a-op^e^ra-tive. Pertaining to the
accessories of a surgical operation.
par-aph^ia (Gr. para, beside + haphe,
touch). Loss or disorder of the sense
of touch.
par-a-phy'ton (Gr. para, beside +
phyton, plant). Vegetable parasite.
pa-ra-ple'gia (Gr. jmra, beside + plege,
stroke). Paralysis of the lower part
of the body.
pa'ra-site (Gr. para, beside + sitos,
food). An animal or vegetable
living upon or within another organ-
• ism, termed the host.
pa-ra-sit^ic. Relating to or of the
nature of a parasite.
pa-ra-sit^i-cide (Gr. para, beside +
sitos, food + L. casdere, to kill). An
agent capable of destroying para-
sites.
pa-ra-si-toro-gy (Gr. para, beside +
sitos, food + logos, treatise). The
study of parasites and the diseases
produced by them.
Digitized by
Google
PARASTYLE 216
par^a-style (Gr. paraf beyond + styloSf
style). The mesio-buccal, small mar-
ginal cusp of the upper molars of
such primitive mammals as Phena-
codus. Absent in man. The para-
style is located at the junction of the
external and anterior cingula. In
occlusion it overhang the mesio-
buccal cusp (protoconid) of a lower
molar. [Gfregory.]
pa-ra-thy^roid (Gr. para, near +
thyreoSf shield + eidoSf form). Lo-
cated beside the thyroid gland.
p. gland. One of the four small
glands, one on the lateral and one on
the mesial surface of the two lateral
lobes of the thyroid.
pa-ra-thy-roi-dec^to-mise. To remove
the parathyroids.
pa-ra-thy-roi-dec^to-my (Gr. para, near
+ thyreos, shield + eidos, form +
ektome, excision). Removal of the
parathyroid glands.
par-a-fhy^roi-din. Trade name of an
extract of parathyroid gland.
par-at'ro-phy (Gr. para, beside +
irophe, nutrition). Abnormal nutri-
tion; hjrpertrophy.
pa-re-gor^ic (Gr. paregorikos, soothing).
Camphorated tincture of opium; an
anodyne. Dose 1 to 4 fl. dr. [4 to 16
cc.].
par-en^chy-ma (Gr. para, beside +
enchein, to pour in) . The specialized
tissue of an organ as distinguished
from the supporting structure.
par-en-chy'ma-tous. Relating to or
having the nature of parenchyma.
par^e-sis (Gr. parienai, to relax). In-
complete paralysis; partial paralysis,
affecting motion but not sensation.
par-es-the^sia, par-»8-the^8ia (Gr.
para, beside + aisthesis. sensation).
Abnormal or perverted sensation.
par-et^ic. Relating to or affected with
paresis.
parries, pi. parietes (L., a wall). Walls
or limiting structure of a hollow
organ or cavity.
pa-ri^e-tal. Relating to the walls of a
cavity.
SI. bones. Two bones occupying
e lateral and upper parts of the
cranium, which they assist in form-
ing.
PASTE
pa-ri'e-tes (L. plural of paries). Walls
of a cavity.
par^i-8ol. A liquid soap containing
formaldehyd.
par-o-don^tid (Gr. j)ara, beside +
odous, a tooth). A tumor on the
gum; vanUis,
par-o-d^-ti'tis (Gr. para, near +
odous, tooth + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the gum tissue
about a tooth.
par-o-rez'ia (Gr. para^ beside + orexis,
appetite). Perversion of appetite,
with craving for articles unfit for
food.
par-ot^id (Gr. para, near + oiis, ear).
1. The parotid gland. 2. Located
near the ear.
par-ot-id-ec^to-my (Gr. para, near +
OILS, ear + ektome, excision). Re-
moval of the parotid gland.
par-ot-i-di^tis, par-ot-i^tis (Gr. para,
near + oils, ear + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the parotid gland;
mumps.
para, pi. partes, Latin, meaning part,
par-then-o-gen^e-sis (Gr. parthenos,
virgin + genesis, origin). Virginal
generation.
par^n-lis, pi. paruLides (Gr. para, near
+ ovlm, gum). An abscess of the
gum.
pas'sage (L. passare, to pass). L A
channel. 2. The act of passing
from one place to another. 3.
Evacuation of the bowels. 4. The
introduction of a probe into a cavity.
paste (L. pasta, paste). A soft, stickv
mass, specially a mixture of starch
or flour and water.
araenical p. A paste of arsenous
acid, 30 parts; morphin sulphate, 20
parts; cocain, 5 parts; oil of cloves.
5 parts; carbolic acid, 25 parts, used
for destroying the dental pulp.
Beck's p. A paste composed of 1
part bismuth subnitrate and 2 parts
vaselin; used as injection in treat-
ment of chronic sinuses.
bismuth p. See Beck's p,
Buckley's p. [J. P. Buckley, con-
temporary Los Angeles dentist.]
A paste composed of neothesin, 11
parts; thymol, 12 parts; trioxy-
methylen, 77 parts, combined with
Digitized by
Google
PASTEUR'S THEORY
217 PELLAGRA
a |)etroleum base and incorporated
in a fibrous vehicle; used as a dentin
desensitizing paste for hypersen-
sitive dentin.
Pastour's theory [Louis Pasteur, a
French bacteriologist, 1822-1895].
The germ theory of infectious diseases
in its entirety.
pas-teor-i-za^tion. The act of arrest-
ing fermentation by means of heat.
pas^ten-ri-zer. An instrument used
to effect pasteurization.
pas'til, pas'tille (Fr. paatiOe). A
lozenge or troche.
patch. An irregular spot or area.
mncous p. One of the characteris-
tic secondary lesions of syphilis.
pa-tel^ (L., a shallow dish). The knfee-
cap.
path, condyle. See condyle path.
path^o- (Gr. pathos , disease). A prefix
indicating relation to disease.
path-o-don'tia (Gr. pathos, disease +
odous, tooth). Term suggested by
R. Ottolengui to indicate the branch
of dentistry that relates to the
treatment of diseases of the teeth.
path^o-gen (Gr. pathos, disease + gen-
nauj to produce). A disease-pro-
ducmg microorganism.
path-o-gen^e-sis (Gr. pathos, disease +
genesis, origin). The production or
development of disease.
path-o-gen^ic, path-o-ge-net'ic (Gr.
papws, disease + genesis, origin).
Giving rise to or producing disease.
path-o-ge-ni'd-ty. Being pathogenic.
path-og-no-mon^ic (Gr. pathos, dis-
ease + gnomonikos, showing). A
. characteristic symptom of a disease.
path-og^no-my (Gr. pathos, disease +
gnome, a sign). Study of the symp-
toms of disease.
path-o-log^ic, path-o-log'ic-al. Relat-
ing to pathology.
path-oro-gist. A person skilled in
pathology.
path-oro-gy (Gr. pathos, disease +
logos, treatise). The study of the
fimctional and structural changes
caused by disease.
dental p. The study of diseases of
the teeth.
-pathy (Gr. pathos, disease). A suffix
indicating relation to disease, usually
the treatment of disease.
pa^tient (L. patior, suffer). A person
being treated for disease or injury.
pat'tem. 1. Something used as a
copy. A model for imitation. 2.
The act of cop3ring or imitating.
Pavloff's [or Pavlov] method [J. P.
Pavloff, a Russian physiologist con-
temporary]. A method of studying
the modifications of the salivary
reflex caused by psychic reactions.
Pb. (Jj'plumbum), Chemical symbol
for Uad,
Pd. Chemical symbol for paUadium.
pe-be'co. A trade name for a tooth
paste.
pec'cant (L. peccare, to sin). Morbid;
not healthy. Pathogenic.
pe-dia-don^tia (Gr. pais, child + odous,Y^
tooth). The branch of dentistry
which relates to care and treatment
of children's teeth.
pe-di-at'xie. Relating to diseases of
children.
pe-di-at'ric8 (Gr.
therapeutics).
cine which relates to the study and
treatment of diseases of children.
pe-di-at'rist. One skilled in the treat-
ment of children's diseases.
pedl-a-try. Same as pediatrics.
pedl-cle (L. pedicvltLs, dim. of pes,
foot). A slender process acting as a
foot or stem.
peMo- (Gr. pais, paidos, child). A
prefix indicating relation to children.
ped'o- (L. pes, pedis, foot). A prefix
indicating relation to the feet.
pe'dnn-de (L. peduncvlus, dim. of pes,
a foot). A narrow part acting as a
support.
Peeso pliers [Fred. A. Peeso, con-
temporary New York dentist.]
Pliers designed by Peeso for the con-
touring of the band of an artificial
tooth crown.
pel^i-can. Name formerly given to
extracting forceps.
pel-la^gra (L. pellis, skin + Gr. agra,
seizure). A skin and spinal disease
believed to be due to deficiency in
diet.
pais, child + iatreia,
The branch of medi-
f^MJ.
iTO iV-6 /
PELLET 218
pellet (L. pila, ball). A small pill.
pelli-cle (L. pellisy skin). A thin
membrane or cuticle; also a thin
film on the surface of a liquid.
pervis (L., basin). The heavy basin-
shaped bones at the posterior ex-
tremity of the trunk supporting the
spinal column and the abdominal
viscera.
pen^cil (L. peniciLluBf pencil). A medi-
cated cylindrical stick; a roll of lint.
pen'da-lous (L. pendere, to hang).
Hanging loosely.
p. palate. The uvula.
pen-e-tra'tion (L. penetrarCf to pierce).
The focal depth at which the lens of
a microscope will give a clear defini-
tion. Also penetration of a medica-
ment into a tissue, as into dentin.
Also penetration of radium or Roent-
gen rays therapeutically or for diag-
nosis.
pen^ny-weight. A measure of weight.
Twenty-four grams troy weight.
pen'tad. An element or radical with
a valence of five.
pen-tavVlent. Having a valence of
five.
pen-toxld. Compound of five atoms
of oxygen with another element or
radical.
pep^per-mint, oil of. See oU,
pep^sin (Gr. pepsis, digestion). A
ferment of the gastric juice, which
converts proteins into peptones.
Also used as a medicine in indiges-
tion. Dose, 10 to 15 grs. [0.66 to
1 gm.].
pep-sin^o-gen. An enzyme from the
gastric glands which develops into
pepsin.
pep^so-dent. A proprietary tooth
paste, claimed to digest the mucinous
plaque.
pep'tic (Gr. peptein, to digest). Relat-
ing to pepsin or digestion.
pep^to-gen (Gr. pepsis^ digestion +
gennariy to produce). A substance
that produces pepsin.
pep-to-genlc, pep-tog^e-nous (Gr. pep-
teiriy to digest + gennauy to produce).
1. Producing peptones. 2. Relating
to or of the nature of peptogen.
PERIARTICULAR
pep-tory-sis (Gr. peptein. to digest +
lyseiUf to destroy). The process of
spHtting up peptone.
pep'tone (Gr. peptorif digesting). A
protein formed by the action of
pepsin on albumins during gastric
digestion.
pep^to-nize. To digest with pepsin.
pep-to-nu^ria (Gr. peptein^ to digest +
ouron, urine). The condition in
which peptones are found in the
urine.
per- (L., through). A prefix indicating
through or very.
per anum. Latin meaning through or
by the anus,
per'co-late (L. percolarCf to strain). 1.
To strain. To submit to percola-
tion. 2. The liquid resulting from
the process of percolation.
per-co-la'tion (L. percolare^ to strain).
. The act of extracting the soluble
parts of a drug by allowing a liquid
solvent to trickle slowly through it.
per^co-la-tor. A vessel used in the
process of percolation.
per contiguum. Latin phrase meaning
contiguous or in contiguity.
per continuum. Latin phrase meaning
continuums; mthout a break.
per-cus^sion (L. per^ through + cutere,
to strike) . The act of striking short,
sharp blows in an endeavor to diag-
nose the condition of the underlying
parts by means of the sound from the
blows.
per-fo-ra'tion (L. perforare, to pierce
through). The act of boring or
piercing into or through a part.
per^gen-ol. Trade name of a prepara-
tion of hydrogen peroxid.
per-hy'drol. Trade name of a prepara-
tion of hydrogen peroxid.
peri- (Gr. peri, around). A prefix
meaning around.
per-i-ad-e-ni'tis (Gr. peri^ around +
adenj a gland + itiSj infiammation).
Inflammation of the tissues around
a gland.
per-i-ap^i-cal (Gr. peri^ around + L.
apex J the end). Relating to the
area around the apex of a tooth.
per-i-ar-tic^u-lar (Gr. peri, around + L.
articulus, a joint). Located around a
joint.
Digitized by
Google
PERIAXIAL
219
PERIODONTITIS
per-i-ax'i-al (Gr. peri, around + axorif
axis). Located around an axis.
perl-blast (Gr. periy around + blastos^
germ). The substance immediately
surrounding the nucleus of a cell.
per-i-car-di'tis (Gr. periy around +
kardia, heart + itiSy inflammation).
Inflammation of the membranous sac
surrounding the heart.
per-i-car'di-um (Gr. peri, around +
kardiay heart). The membranous
sac inclosing the heart.
per-i-ce-men'tal. Relating to the peri-
cementum of a tooth.
per-i-ce-men-ti^tis (Gr. peri, aroimd +
L. coementumy cement -f- Gr. itiSy
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
pericementum of a tooth.
phagedenic p. An inflammation
of the pericemental membrane ac-
companied by destruction of the
membrane and the alveolar walls.
per-i-ee-men-to-cla^sia (pericementum
+ klassein. to break down). The
breaking aown of the pericemental
tissues.
per-i-ce-men^tom (Gr. periy around +
L. ccBmentuniy cement). The tissue
immediately surrounding the cemen-
tum of the tooth, and between the
cementum and the alveolar process.
It is also called peridental membrauey
periodontal membraney periodontiuniy
dental periosteuniy and alveolodental
membrane,
per-i-chon^dri-um (Gr. periy around +
chondroSy cartilage). The membran-
ous covering of cartilage.
pe-ri-cla'sia. A shortening for sake of
convenience of periodontoclasia.
per-i-den^tal (Gr. periy around + L.
denSy a tooth). Relating to the
tissues around the tooth.
p. anesthesia. See anesthesia.
p. membrane. The tissue situated
between the cementum of the tooth
and the alveolar process.
per-i-gas^tric (Gr. periy around +
gasteTy stomach). Located around
the stomach.
per-i-glot^tic (Gr. periy around +
glottay the tongue). Located around
the tongue.
per-i-glot'tis (Gr. periy around +
glotta. the tongue). The mucous
memorane of the tongue.
per-i-ne'al.
neum.
Relating to the peri-
per-i-neph^ric (Gr. periy around +
nephros, kidney). Located around
the kidney. .
per-i-neph-ri'tis (Gr. periy around +
nephrosy kidney + itiSy inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the peri-
toneal covering of the kidney.
per-i-neph^ri-um (Gr. periy around +
nephroSy kidney). The peritoneal
covering of the kidney.
per-i-ne'um (Gr. perinaioriy perineum).
The space between the anus and the
external genital organs.
per-i-neu^ral, per-i-neu'ri-al. Relat-
ing to the perineurium.
p. anesthesia (Gr. periy aroimd +
neurony nerve). See anesthesia.
per-i-neu-ri^tis (Gr. periy around +
neurony rerve + itiSy inflammation).
Inflammation of the perineurium.
per-i-neu'ri-um (Gr. periy aroimd +
neuron, a nerve). The connective
tissue sheath inclosing a bundle of
nerve fibers.
per-i-nn^cle-ar (Gr. periy around + L.
nucleuSy a nut). Located around a
nucleus.
pe-ri-odlc (Gr. periy aroimd + hodosy
way). Recurring at more or less
regular intervals.
pe-ri-o-dic'i-ty. Recurrence at regular
intervals.
per-i-o-don^tal (Gr. periy around +
odousy tooth). Surrounding a tooth.
p. membrane. The thin connective
tissue with extensive vascular and
nervous systems which intervenes
between the external surface of the
cementum of teeth and the lamina
dura of the bone of their alveolar
sockets. [Hopewell-Smith.] Called
also the alveolodental periosteum;
alveolodental ligament; root mem-
brane; peridental membrane and
dental periosteum.
per-i-o-don^tia (Gr. periy around +
odouSy tooth). The branch of den-
tistry which relates to diseases of the
tissues surrounding the teeth.
per-i-o-don-ti'tis (Gr. periy around +
odouSy tooth + itiSy inflammation).
Inflammation of the periodontal
membrane.
Digitized by
Google
PERIODONTIUM 220
per-i-o-don^ti-um (Gr. peri, around +
odousj tooth). The membranous
tissue immediately surrounding the
cementum of the tooth and between
the cementum and the alveolar pro-
cess.
par-i-o-don-to-da'sia (Gr. peri, around
+ odous, tooth + klassiSf breaking
down). The breaking down of the
tissues surroimding the root of the
tooth.
per-i-o^ral (Gr. peri, around + L. o«,
oris, mouth). Aroimd the mouth.
per-i«OB'te-al. Relating to the peri-
osteum.
par-i-os-te-i'tis. Same as periostitis,
per-i-08-te-o'ma (Gr. peri, around +
osteon, bone + oma, tumor). Perios-
teal tumor.
par-i-os'to-o-tome (Gr. peri, around +
osteon, bone + temnein, to cut). An
instrument for separating the perios-
teum from the bone.
per-i-08-ta-o-my-e-li^ti8 (Gr. peri,
aroimd + osteon, bone + myelos,
marrow + itis, inflammation). Peri-
ostitis with myelitis.
par-i-os^te-um (Gr. peri, around +
osteon, bone). The membranous tis-
sue surrounding the bone.
dantal p. Same as pericementum,
par-i-08-ti^ti8 (Gr. peri, aroimd +
osteon, bone + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the periosteum.
par-i-08-to^8i8. A bony growth on the
surface of a bone.
par-iph^a-rad. In a direction toward
the periphery.
par-q>h'a-ral, par-iph^ic. Relating to
or located near the periphery.
par-iph'a-ry (Gr. peri, around . +
pherein, to bear) . The outer surface.
par^i-plast (Gr^peri, around + plassein,
to mold). Tne protoplasm of a cell
outside of the nucleus.
par-i-ra-dic^u-lar (Gr. peri, around +
L. radix, root). Around the root
of a tootn.
par-i-8tal^8i8 (Gr. peri, around + stal-
sis, contraction) . The convolutional
movement of the alimentary canal
in expelling its contents.
par-i-8tal'tic. Relating to peristalsis.
PER RECTUM
par-i-8tal^tin. A laxative preparation
of cascara sagrada.
par-i-8taph-y-li'ti8 (Gr. peri, around +
stavhyle, uvula + itis, mflammation).
Inflammation of sott tissues about
the uvula.
parl-8to-inal, par-i-8tomVtoii8 (Gr.
peri, around + stoma, mouth).
Relating to the parts immediately
around the mouth or a similar open-
ing.
par-i-tha^-um (Gr. peri, around +
thele, nipple). Layer of cells that
surrounds the smaller vessels.
par-i-to-na'al. Relating to the peri-
toneum.
par-i-to-na'um (Gr. peri, around +
teinein, to stretch). The serous
membrane lining the abdominal
cavity.
par-i-to-iii'ti8 (Gr. peri, around +
tenein, to stretch + itis, inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the peri-
toneum.
par-i-ton'8il-]ar. Located around or
near the tonsils.
par-i-ya8'ea-]ar. Situated around a
parlMia [pare-lesh'] (Fr.). An oral
disease of children, contagious in
character, having a bacterial origin.
The principal symptom is induration
of the epithelium at the comers of
the mouth.
pannanant taath. Teeth of the second
dentition. Teeth of adult age as dis-
tinguished from the deciduous teeth.
par-o^ral (L. per, through + os, oris,
mouth). Through the mouth.
par 08. Latin phrase meaning hy the
mouth,
par-ox'id. The oxid of an element con-
taining more oxygen than any other.
p. of 80diiim. Obtained by adding
peroxid of hydrogen to a solution of
caustic soda and tnen adding alcohol;
antiseptic and bleaching agent.
par-ox'ol. A preparation of camphor
with hydrogen peroxid.
par primam intantionam. Latin phrase
meaning hy first intention,
par ractom. Latin phrase meaning
through orhythe rectum.
Digitized by
Google
PERRY CROWN
231
PHARMACOLOGY
Perry crown. [Safiford G. Perry, New
York dentist, 1844-1911]. An arti-
ficial crown attached to the root of
a tooth, and to which is soldered a
collar with a cap fitted on it. A pin
is fastened into the root canal, its end
projecting into the concavity in the
base of the porcelain crown, which
is cemented to the cap, through
which the pin passes, with oxyphos-
phate cement.
Perry separator. An instrument for
separating the teeth to gain access to
the proximal surfaces in filling teeth,
designed by S. G. Perry.
per secnndam intentionem. Latin
phrase meaning by second intention,
per-spi-ra'tion (L. perspirare^ to
breathe through). The secretion of
sweat.
per tertiam intentionem. Latin phrase
meaning hy third intention.
per-toss'in. Trade name of a prepara-
tion containing thyme used in whoop-
ing cough.
pes, pi. pedes. Latin, meaning foot.
pest. Same as plague.
pes'tle (L. pestillumy a pounder). The
instrument with which substances
are rubbed in a mortar.
Petiji dish [Julius Petri, a German
bacteriolodst, 1852—]. Round glass
dishes used for holding bacterial cul-
tures.
pet-ro-la'tom (L.). A jelly-like oint-
ment obtained from petroleum.
pe-trole-nm (L. petra, stone + oleums
oil). An oily liquia obtained from
wells dug in the earth. Used as an
expectorant, diaphoretic; also in
skin diseases. Dose, 5 to 10 min.
[0.33 to 0.66 cc].
pet-ro-snl'fol. Trade name of a prep-
aration of petroleum and sulphur
used in the treatment of skin dis-
pe^troos (Gr. petra, rock). Having the
nature of stone.
pH. Chemical symbol for hydrogen--
ion concentration. pH^- neutrality;
where the figure is greater than 7,
it represents alkalimty; where less
than 7, acidity.
phag-e-de^na (Gr. phagein, to eat).
A rapidly spreading ulcerous condi-
tion of the soft parts.
phag-e-den'ic. That which rapidly
eats away.
p. pericementitis. Inflammation of
the pericementum accompanied by
destruction of the membrane and the
alveolar walls.
phag'o-eyte (Gr. phagein^ to eat +
kytoSf cell). A cell that destroys-
microdrganisms by enveloping them.
phag-o-ey'tic. Relating to phagocytes.
phag-o-ey'to-blast (Gr. phagein, to
eat + kytos, cell + blastos, germ).
A cell that produces phagoc^s.
phag-o-ey-tory-sis (Gr. phagein, to
eat + kytos, cell + lysis, solution).
Dissolution of phagocytes.
phag-o-cy-to'sis. Destruction of bac-
teria by phagocytes; development of
phagocytes.
phag-o-dy-na-mom^e-ter (Gr. phagein,
to eat + dynamis, force + metron,
measure). An instrument for
measuring the force used in chewing.
phag-o-ly^sis (Gr. phagein, to eat +
lysis, solution) . Destruction of pha-
gocytes.
pha^nx, pi. phalanges (Gr. phalanx,
a row of soldiers). Any one of the
bones of the fingers or toes.
phar., pharm. Abbreviation for phar-
macy, pharmacopeia.
Phar. D. Abbr. for Doctor of Phar-
macy.
phar^ma-cal. Relating to pharmacy.
phar-ma-cen'tic, phar-ma-een'ti-eal.
(Gr. pharmakon, a drug). Relating
to pharmacy.
phar-ma-een'tist. Same as pharmacist.
phar^ma-cist. A druggist.
phar-ma-co-dy-nam'ic (Gr. pharmakon,
drug + dynamis, power). Relating
to the effects of drugs.
phar-ma-co-dy-nam'ics. The science
and study of the action of drugs.
phar-ma-cog'no-sy (Gr. pharmakon,
drug + gnosis, knowledge). The
science which treats of drugs in all
their relations; description, source,
preparation, dosage, action, etc.
phar-ma-coro-gist. One versed in the
nature and action of drugs.
phar-ma-coro-gy (Gr. pharmakon, drug
+ logos, treatise). The study of the
nature and action of drugs.
Digitized by
Google
PHARMACOPEIA 2S
phar-ma-co-pe'ia, pharmacopoeia (Gr.
pharmakon, drug + poiein, to make).
An authoritative work containing
directions for the preparation of
drugs. The U. S. P. is revised every
ten years by a national committee.
phar-ma-co-pe^i-al. Relating to the
pharmacopeia, or sanctioned by the
pharmacopeia.
phar-ma-co-fherVpy (Gr. phxirmakon^
drug -f therapeiaj treatment). The
science of treatment of disease by
means of drugs.
phar^ma-cy (Gr. pharmakon^ drug).
The art which teaches the knowledge,
choice, preservation, preparation and
combination of drugs.
phar-3rn'geal. Relating to the pharynx.
phar-yn-gec'to-my (Gr. pharynx^
pharynx + ektomey excision). Ex-
cision of a portion of the pharynx.
phar-yii-gi^tis (Gr. pharynx, pharynx
+ itisy inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the pharynx.
phar-yn-go-glos^sal. Relating to the
pharynx and tongue.
phar-yn-goro-gy (Gr. pharynx,
pharynx + logoSf treatise). The
study of the pharynx.
phar-yn-go-max^il-la-ry. Relating to
the pharynx and the jaw.
phar-yn-go-my-co^sis (Gr. pharynx,
pharynx + mykes, fungus). Growth
of the fungus Leptothrix buccalis in
the pharynx.
phar-yn-go-na'sal. Relating to the
pharynx and the nose.
phar-yn-go-o^ral. Relating to the
pharynx and mouth.
phar-yn-go-pal Vtine. Relating to the
pharynx and the palate.
phar-yn^go-scope (Gr. pharynx,
pharynx + skopein, to see). An
instrument for examining the
pharynx.
phar-yn-got'o-my (Gr. pharynx,
pharynx + temnein, to cut). In-
cision into the pharynx.
phar'ynx, pi. pharynges (Gr. pharynx,
pharynx). The musculomembra-
nous canal between the mouth and
nares and esophagus.
phase (Gr. phasis, appearance). The
stage of a disease at a certain time.
2 PHENOTYPE
phat^ne (Gr. phatne, socket). An
alveolus, or tooth socket.
phat-nor-rha^gia (Gr. phatne, socket +
rhegnynai, to burst forth). Hemor-
orrhage from the alveoli.
phat-nor-rhe^a (Gr. phatne, socket +
rhoia, to flow). Same as pyorrhea
alveoiaris.
Ph. B. Abbr. British Pharmacopoeia.
Bachelor of Philosophy.
Ph.D. Abbr. for Doctor of Phi-
losophy.
phe-nac^e-tm. Same as acetpheneti-
din. A white, crystalline powder
derived from phenol; used in fevers;
it is antipyretic, analgesic, and anti-
rheumatic. Dose 5 to 15 gr. [0.333
to 1 gm.].
phen-al^gin. Trade name for a prep-
aration of acetanilid, ammonium
carbonate, and sodium bicarbonate,
used as a substitute for acetanilid.
Dose, 3 to 15 gr. [0.2 to 1 gm.].
phen^al-in. Trade name of a laxative
preparation of phenolphthalein.
phe^nic acid. Carbolic acid. See phenol,
phen'o-coll hy-dro-chloMd. A white
Eowder, amido-acetparaphenetidin
ydrochlorid, used in the treatment
of neuralgia and rheumatism. Dose ,
7 to 15 gr. [0.5 to 1 gm.].
phe^nol. Same as carbolic acid.
phenolphthalein [fe-nol-tharein]. A
coal-tar derivative; used in medicine
as a purgative; also used in urinaly-
sis. Dose, 7 gr. [0.46 gm.].
phe-nol-sul-phon^ic acid. See acid.
phe-nom^e-non, pi. phenomena (Gr.
phainomenon, thing seen). A mani-
festation or symptom of an unusual
character.
phen^o-sal. Phenetidin saUcylacetate,
a crystalline powder used as an anti-
pyretic and analgesic in neuralgia
and rheumatism. Dose, 5 to 15 gr.
[0.3 to 1 gm.].
phen-o-sal^yL Trade name of a prep-
aration of phenol, 9 parts; sahcyfic
acid. 1; lactic acid, 2; menthol, 0.1,
usea in the treatment of eczema in
1 per cent solution.
phe^no-type (Gr. phainein, to display
+ typos, type). Possessing the same
typal characters.
Digitized by
Google
PHENYL
223
PH0T08C0PE
phe'nyl. The univalent radical of
phenol CeHfi.
p. salicylate. Salol.
Ph. Q. Abbr., Graduate of Pharmacy.
phi^al (Gr. phicde). Vial; small bottle.
phlebitis [fle-bi'tis]. (Gr. phleps^ vein
•hitis, nflammation). Inflammation
of the inner membrane of a vein.
phlegm [flem]. {Gr. phlegmay phlegm) ,
A viscid mucous secretion from the
mucosa of the air passages.
phleg-mat'ic (Gr. pMegmcUikoSy relating
to phlegm). Abounding in phlegm,
hence apathetic, sluggish; as the
phlegmatic temperament.
phlo-gis^tic (Gr. vhlogistoSf burning).
Inflammatory; heat producing.
pho^bi-a (Gr. phoboSy fear). Any mor-
bid fear or dread.
pho'nal (Gr. phoney voice). Relating
to the voice.
pho-na^tion (Gr. phoney voice). Voice-
production; uttering vocal sounds.
pho-net^ic (Gr. phone, voice). Relat-
ing to sound or to the voice.
pho-net^ics. The science which treats
of sounds or the voice.
pho'nic (Gr. phone, voice). Relating
to the voice.
pho^no- (Gr. phone, voice). A prefix
indicating relation to the voice.
phos^phate. A salt of phosphoric acid.
acid p. An acid in which only one
or two of the three hydrogen atoms
are replaced by a metallic atom or
radical.
p. of lime. Calcium phosphate ; one
of the inorganic constituents of bone
tissue.
p. of soda. Sodium phosphate. A
colorless transparent crystalline pow-
der; a mild cathartic and anti-
lithic. Dose. 5 to 40 gr. [0.32 to
2.6 gm.].
p. of zinc. See zinc phosphate.
phos-phat'ic. Relating to phosphates.
phos-phat-n^ria. An excess of phos-
phates in the urine.
phos'phite. A salt of phosphorous
acid.
phos'pho-ra-ted, phos^pho-ret-ed,
phos'phu-ret-ed. Combined or im-
pregnated with phosphorus.
ph6s-pho-res^cence. Emitting light;
being luminous without combustion.
phos-pho-res'cent. Producing phos-
phorescence.
phos-phor'ic acid. See add.
phosphorous acid. See add.
phos-pho-niM-a. Excess of phos-
phates in the urine.
phos'pho-ms (Gr. phos, light + phordn,
to carry). A translucent, nonme-
tallic inflammable element. Symbol
P. Used in medicine as a tonic.
p. necrosis. Necrosis, particularly
of the jaws, resulting from inhala-
tion of phosphorus fumes.
phos^sy jaw. Necrosis of the jaw.
resulting from inhalation of phos-
phorus fumes.
pho'to- (Gr. phos, light). A prefix
signifying relation to light.
pho-to-chem^ic. Relating to the chemic
properties of light.
pho-to-chem'is-try. The branch of
chemistry relating to the chemical
action of light.
pho-to-dy-nam^ic (Gr. phos, light +
dynamis, power). Relating to the
energy of light.
pho-to-gen^e-sis (Gr. phos, light +
genesis, origin). The production of
pho-to-gen^ic, pho-tog^e-noos. Light-
producing.
pho^to-gram (Gr. phos, light + gramma,
record). A record of a physiological
experiment made by the photo-
graphic process.
pho-to-kin-et^ic (Gr. phos, light +
kinetikos, causing motion). Pro-
ducing motion with rays of light.
pho-tory-sis (Gr. phos, light + lysis,
solution). Dissolution by the action
of light.
pho-tom^e-ter (Gr. phos, light +
metron, measure). An instrument
for measuring the intensity of light.
pho-to-mi'cro-graph (Gr. phos, light +
mikros, small + graphein, to record).
Photograph of a microscopic field.
pho - to -mi^cro- scope. A microscope
with a camera attached for photo-
graphing microscopic objects.
pho'to-scope (Gr. pfws, light + skopein,
to see). An instrument for examin-
ing the antrum.
Digitized by
Google
PHOTOTAXIS 224
pho-to-tax'i8 (Gr. phoSf light + tdxiSf
arrangement). Movement of micro-
organisms in response to the influ-
ence of light.
pho-to-fherVpy (Gr. phos. light +
therapeiaf treatment). The treat-
ment of disease by means of light
rays.
phren [fren] (Gr.vhren, mind or dia-
phragm). 1. The diaphragm. 2.
The mind.
phren^ic (Gr. phreUf mind). 1. Relat-
ing to the mind. 2. Relating to the
diaphragm.
phren-o-gas'tric. Relating to the dia-
phragm and stomach.
*phre-noro-gy (Gr. p^ren, mind +
logos, treatise). Tne study of the
mina through the shape of the skull.
phihi'sis [te'sis] (Gr. phthisis^ consum-
ing). Progressive emaciation or
wasting away of the body.
Phy-eo-my-ee't68. A genus of the
lower order of moulds.
phy-lax'in (Gr. phylaXf guard). A
defensive protein detect^ in arti-
ficially immunized animals.
phy-lo-gen'e-sis, phy-log^e-ny(Gr.p%-
lon, tribe + genesis^ origin). Evolu-
tionary I development of a type of
organisms.
phy-lo-ge-net^ic. Relating to phylo-
genesis.
phylum, pi. phyla (Gr. phyloriy race).
A primary division of the vegetable
or animal kingdom.
phy'ma, pi. phymata (Gr. phymaf
growth). A cutaneous tubercle, or
skin tumor.
phy-ma-to^gis. The presence of cu-
taneous tubercles.
phy8-i-at'riC8 (Gr. physis, nature +
iatreia, treatment). Therapeutical
appUcation of physical forces to the
cure of disease. The healing power
of nature.
physic [fiz-ik] (Gr. physis, nature). 1.
The science of medicine. 2. A medi-
cine, particularly a cathartic.
physl-eal. Relating to nature or the
body.
phy-8i'ci-an. One who practices medi-
cine.
phys-i-co-chemlc. Relating to phys-
ics and chemistry.
PHYTOPARA8ITE
physics (Gr. physia, nature). The
science of the nature and forces of
inorganic matter.
phys-i-o-chem'ic. Relating to phys-
iologic chemistry.
phys-i-og'no-my (Gr. pAj/«M, nature +
gnomorif a judge). 1. The face.
2. The art of determining the dis-
position from the facial features.
phys-i-o-log'ic, phys-i-o-log'ic-al. Re-
lating to physiologv, especially to
normal as distinguished from patho-
logical physiology.
p. salt solution. A solution of
sodium chlorid, from 0.6 to 0.75 per
cent, in distilled water: it has the
same density as most of the animal
fluids.
phys-i-oro-gist. One versed in physi-
ology.
phys-i-ol'o-gy (Gr. physiSy nature +
logos, discourse). The science which
has tor its object the study of the
functions of the living organism and
its relation to chemical and physical
laws.
phys-i-onVmy (Gr. physia^ nature +
nomoSf law). Natural philosophy.
phys-i-o-path-o-log'ic. Relating to
physiologic and pathologic condi-
tions.
phys-i-o-path-oro-gy. Study of func-
tion as modified by disease.
phys-i-o-psy^chic (Gr. physia, nature +
vsyche, mind). Having relation to
both body and mind.
phys-i-o-therVpy (Gr. physis, nature
+ therapeiaf treatment). Applica-
tion of natiiral forces to the treat-
ment of disease, such as light, heat,
water, etc.
physique [fiz-ek]. Physical structure;
constitution.
phy-tall>u-mo8e (Gr. phyton, plant +
albumose). Vegetable albumose.
phy^to- (Gr. phyton, a plant). A prefix
signifying relation to vegetable or-
ganisms.
phy-to-genVsis (Gr. phyton, plant +
genesis, origin). The science of the
origin and development of plants.
phy-to-ge-netlc, phy-to-genlc, phy-
tog^en-ous. Proiduced by plants.
phy-to-parVsite. A vegetable para-
site.
Digitized by
Google
PHYTOPLASM
225
PIXOL
phy^to-pUsm (Gr. phyton, plant +
plasma^ formed). Vegetable proto-
plasm.
phy-to'sis (Gr. pkyton, plant). A dis-
ease due to vegetable parasites.
pia mater (L., affectionate mother.)
The fibrous membrane that envelops
the brain and spinal cord.
pick^ling. Term applied to the method
of removing oxidation from the sur-
face of gold by the use of acids, par-
ticularly hydrochloric acid.
pic^rate. A salt of picric acid.
pic'rin (Gr. piAros, bitter). A bitter
substance obtained from digitalis.
Dose, i toj gr. [0.016 to 0.033 gm.].
pier. In bridgework, a natural tooth
or root utilized as an attachment for
a bridge. Same as abutment.
pig'ment. Metals, or their oxids, which,
when added to porcelain and heated
to a high degree, will produce a
definite hue of a color.
pig^men-ta-ry. Relating to a pigment.
pig-men-ta^tion. Discoloration by pig-
ment.
pig^men-ted. Containing pigment.
Discolored by pigment.
pig-men-tory-sis. Destruction of pig-
ment.
pil. Abbreviation for L. pilvla, pi.
pilidcBf pill.
pill (L. piluUij pill). A round or oval-
shaped medicated mass for internal
administration.
pillar (L. pUa, a pillar). In anatomy
a colunmar supporting structure.
p's. of the fauces. Folds of mucous
membrane on each side of the fauces.
pillet. A small pill.
pi-lo-car'pin hy-dro-chlo'rid [U S. P.].
An alkaloid of pilocarpus obtained
from a South American shrub. It
is a powerful diaphoretic and sia-
logue. Dose, hypodermically, i to i
gr. [0.008 to 0.016 gm.].
pil'n-la, pi. pUiUcB. Latin meaning
piU.
pil'n-lar. Relating to pills.
pillule. A small pill,
pilus, pi. pUi (L.). Hair.
15
pim'ple. A pustule. A small protu-
berance on the skin.
pin^cers. An instrument with two
handles joined together at one end
and with grasping points at the other,
for holding an object.
pin'e-al (L. pineus, a pine cone).
Resembling a pine cone.
p. gland. Epiphysis cerebri.
pin-e-al-ec^to-my. Surgical removal of
the pineal gland.
pin^e-al-ism. Disturbance due to ab-
normal secretion of the pineal gland.
pinledge. A bridge anchorage sup-
ported by pins extending into tne
tooth structure. Name suggested by
James K. Burgess, contemporary
New York dentist.
pin^na (L., wing). The external ear.
pint. A measure of quantity. Sym-
bol O. (L. octarius). See Table of
Weights and Measures.
pi-pet^ pipette (Fr. pipette), A glass
tube open at both ends used in
handling liquids.
pit. 1. A pock-mark. 2. An indenta-
tion in the occlusal surface of a tooth
as the result of faulty enamel devel-
opment.
retaining p. A pit made in a cavity
to facilitate the insertion of a gold
filling.
pit^ting. Formation of pits. Making
indentations by pressure with the
finger.
pit-u^i-ta-ry. Concerned in the secre-
tion of phlegm or mucus.
p. body or gland. A small roimd
body attached by a pedicle to the
brain. Hypophysis cerebri,
pit-n^i-tin. A preparation made from
the anterior lobe of the pituitary
gland.
pi-ty-ri^a-sis (Gr. pityron, bran). The
name given to various skin diseases
marked by branny scales.
piv'ot. A metallic post or pin inserted
into the root canal of a tooth, to act
as anchorage for an artificial crown.
p. crown. An artificial tooth crown
anchored to a pivot in the natural
tooth root.
pix^ol. Trade name of a liquid anti-
septic preparation containing liquid
Digitized by
Google
PLACENTA
226
PLASTER
e
pitch, green soap and potassium
aydroxid.
pla-cen^ta (L., a cake). A soft, spongy,
vascular body, adherent to tne uterus
and connected with the fetus by the
umbilical cord.
pla-cen'tal. Relating to the placenta.
plagae (Gr. plege, a stroke). Any
contagious epidemic disease. A
malignant disease endemic in eastern
Asia.
plane (L. planus, flat). Any flat sur-
face.
base-p. An imaginary plane upon
which the retention of an artificial
denture is estimated. The plane
may be from the crest of the process
to the crest on the opposite side of the
mouth, or from the muscle attach-
ment of one side of the mouth to the
muscle attachment of the other side.
The location of the plane will be
determined by the form and resorp-
tion of the process, thus determin-
ihg where the peripheral bearing
may be. [Wilson.]
bite-p. An imaginary plane ex-
tending from the edge of the upper
lip, at rest and relaxed, backward at
right angles to the sagittal plane,
and parallel with a line drawn from
the spine of the nose to the lower
border of the external auditory
meatus. This is the plane to which
the bite is constructed. [Wilson.]
Wilson suggests occlusion plane as a
better term.
ocdusion-p. A modem and better
term for hite^planef which see. [Wil-
son.]
sagittal p. The ventrical line or
plane dividing the body antero-
posteriorly in the median fine or line
of the sagittal suture.
planes of the teeth. Any planes de-
fining the shape of the teeth in defi-
nite directions, as axial plane, hori-
zontal plane, etc. See surfaces of
angles of the teeth.
pla-no-con^cave. An object flat on
one side and concave on the other.
pla-no-eon^ex. An object plane on
one side and convex on the other.
planum. Latin for a plane.
plaque. A flat circumscribed area or
plate. A flat plate made up of a
colony of microorganisms and adhe-
sive intercellular substance, fastened
or clinging, or cemented to enamel
of the teeth.
dental p. Accretion of food debris
on a tooth which affords lodgment
for bacteria and supposed to be the
starting point of caries. Also called
bacterial plaque, and mucoid plaque.
plasm, plas^ma {Gv. plasma, a thing
molded). 1. The fluid part of the
blood and lymph. 2. Glycerite of
starch.
plas-mat^ic. Relating to plasma.
plas^mic. Relating to protoplasm.
plas-mo'di-a. Plural of Plasmodium.
plas-mo'di-um, pi. Plasmodia (Gr.
plasma, molded + eidos, form).
A protoplasmic mass formed by the
fusion of several amebiform bodies.
Also a protozoan genus to which
belong the species producing malaria.
plas^mo-gen (Gr. plasma + gennan, to
produce). Same as protoplasm.
-plast (Gr. plastos, formed). A suffix
indicating an embryonal cell.
plas^ter. 1. An adhesive medicated
substance spread on cloth for appli-
cation to the skin surfaces. 2.
Calcium sulphate.
adhesive p. A cloth strip with a
coating of adhesive material used in
surgery.
p. bandage* A bandage of cloth
treated with an adhesive material
used in surgery for approximating
incised surfaces and m securing
immobility of the parts in fracture.
p. bowl. A bowl made of rubber
in which plaster is mixed.
capsicum p. A small cloth treated
medicinally with capsicum; used in
dentistry as a coimterirritant in
pericementitis.
court p. A thin silk coated with
isinglass, used as a protection to cuts
of the skin.
p. jacket. A bandage of plaster of
Paris for bandaging the body.
mustard p. A mixture of mustard
and flour spread on cloth.
p. of Paris. Gypsum. Calcium
sulphate from which the water of
crystallization has been removed by
Digitized by
Google
PLASTIC 227
heat. Used in dentistry for taking
impressions of the jaws and also for
making casts of the jaws in construct-
ing artificial dentures.
p. spatula. An instrument with a
long flat metal blade used for mixing
plaster.
plas^tic (Gr. plassein, to mold). 1.
Building up tissues, as plastic sur-
gery. 2. Capable of being molded.
p. surgery. Surgical restoration
of the soft tissues by grafting or
transfer of tissue from another part.
plas-ti'ci-ty. Having the quality of
being plastic.
plas^tics. Dental fillings, materials
having plastic qualities, like cements,
gutta-percha and amalgam.
plas'tin (Gr. plastos, formed). A con-
stituent of the cell-nucleus.
plate (Gr. plate). 1. A flattened part,
specially of a bone. 2. A disk.
3. A flat surface of limited extent.
4. Improperly used to designate an
artificial denture.
base-p. A plate of metal or or-
ganic material used as a rest upon
the mucosa as a support for the
superstructure — ^teeth. The base-
plate may be constructed and the
teeth attached later or the base-plate
may be molded or cast to the teeth.
[WUson.]
bite-p. A base-plate of any more
or less rigid material used to support
the rim of wax, parafl&n or modeling
compound whOe securing the bite.
[Wilson.]
blood p. Circular disks forming
one of the constituents of the blood.
p. forceps. A forceps employed in
adapting the metal to the cast pre-
vious to soldering.
p. punch. An instrument for punch-
ing holes in metal plate.
retention -p. 1. A term used in
orthodontia to designate a base-
plate used to retain the teeth in
their corrected positions. 2. The
base portion of an obturator or
velum.
trial p. An artificial denture with
the teeth set in wax or paraffin and
ready to place in the mouth so as to
check up the occlusion, antagoni-
PLEXIFORM
zation [articulation] and esthetics.
[Wilson.]
platelet. Same as blood-plate.
pla-ti'na foil. Platinum foil coated
with pure gold; used in filling teeth.
planting. 1. The act of placing bac-
terial culture media on glass plates.
2. Cultivating bacteria on plates.
3. The act of applying plates of
metal to fractured bones to hold the
fragments of bone together. 4.
Electrically depositing metal on the
surface of another metal.
platinized gold. Gold plate or wire
that has been covered with a plating
of platinum.
platinous gold. An alloy of gold con-
taining less than 50 per cent of
platinum.
plat^in-um (L.). A soft, whitish metal,
very high fusing, used in dentistry
for various purposes. Symbol Pt.
plat'y- (Gr. platys, broad). A prefix
indicating broad.
plat'y-glos-sal. Having a broad tongue.
plat-y-o^pi-a (Gr. platys, broad + ops,
eye). Being broad across the face
in the region of the eyes.
pla-tys'ma my-oiMes. See Table of
Musdes.
pled'get. A small compress of cotton
or wool.
pleth^o-ra (L.; Gr. pUthoa, fulness).
Excess of blood in the general system
or some part of it.
pheth^or-ic. Relating to or affected
with plethora.
pleu^ra, pi. pleura; (Gr. pleura^ rib).
The serous membrane that covers
the lungs and lines the thorax.
pleu^ral. Relating to the pleura,
pleu^ri-sy (Gr. pleura^ rib). Pleuritis.
Inflammation of the pleura.
pleu-ri^tis. Same as pleurisy.
pleu'ro- (Gr. pleura^ side). A prefix
indicating relation to the pleura, or
side.
pleu^ro-dont (Gr. pleura^ side + odov^,
tooth). Animals in which the teeth
are ankylosed in their sockets.
pleu-ro-pneu-mo^nia. Pneumonia with
involvement of the pleura.
plexl-form (L. plectere, to knit +
formay form). Resembling a plexus.
Digitized by
Google
PLEXUS 228
plez^us (L. plecterej to knit). Network
of bloodvessels or nerves.
pli^ca, pi. plicce (L., a fold). An ana-
tomical structure in which there is a
folding over of the parts.
p. sablinffoalis. An elevation be-
neath the tongue on each side,
which marks the site of the sub-
lingual gland.
plug. Material employed to close an
opening; anything obstructing a
hollow tube. Term sometimes ap-
pUed to a tooth filling.
plng^ger. An instrument for con-
densing gold or other material in the
cavities of teeth.
antomatic p. An instrument for
condensing gold foil in a tooth
cavity in which the motive power
is furnished by the dental engine or
by a releasing spring hammer in the
hand instrument.
electro-magnetie p. An instrument
for condensing gold in a tooth cavity
in which the motive power is elec-
tricity.
plum-ba^go. See graphite.
plum11>ic (L. plumbum, lead). Relat-
ing to lead.
pliim11>i8m. Lead poisoning.
plum11>iim, gen. plumJbi. Latin mean-
ing Uad. Symbol Pb.
plu^ri- (L. plus, more). A prefix sig-
nifying m>ore or several,
plu-ri-na'clear. Having more than
one nucleus.
pnen-mat^ic (Gr. pneumxi, air). Relat-
ing to air or respiration.
pnea-mat^ic8. The branch of science
which treats of physical properties
of air and gases.
Pnen-mo-ba-cillus. Synonym of Ba-
dUus mucosua capsulatus, which see.
pnen-mo-coc^cal. Relating to pneu-
mococci.
pnea-mo-coc-ce^mia. Condition of
having pneumococci in the blood.
pnen-mo-coc'cus (Gr. pneumon, lung
+ kokkus, berry). Synonym of
Micrococcus lanceolaius, which see.
pneu-mo'ni-a [nu-mo'ne-ah] (Gr. pneu-
mouy lung). Inflammation of the
lung.
pneu-mo-ther^a-py. Medical treatment
of lung diseases.
POISON
pock. Pustule of smallpox.
p. maik. Pit left from a smallpox
pustule.
pock'et. Sac-shaped cavity or recep-
tacle.
po-di'a-try (Gr. pou^j podos, foot +
iatreia, treatment). That branch
of medical science which concerns
itself with the treatment of diseases
of the feet.
point (L. punctum, fr. pungere, to
prick). A minute area or spot. To
come to a head; as an abscess.
p. of an abscess. The point or spot
at which the pus of an abscess comes
nearest to the surface.
alveolar p. The point on the lower
border and at the center of the upper
alveolar arch.
boiling p. The temperature at
which a liquid will boil.
contact p. The point where the
proximal surfaces of two teeth come
in contact.
fusing p. The temperature at
which a metal changes from sohd
to liquid form.
melting p. Same as fusing point,
point angles of teeth. Those angle
formed by the junction of the an^es
of three surfaces of a tooth at a point.
p. a. of cavities. Those angles
formed by the jimction of three
cavity walls of a tooth at a point.
[Black.]
poi'son (L. potiOf a draught). Generic
name for all substances which when
taken into the animal economy act
in a noxious manner on the vital
properties or the texture of an organ
or the system at large. See List of
Poisons and Antidotes following:
List op Poisons with Symptoms,
Antidotes and Treatment.
acid, carbolic. See p^enoZ in this list.
a. chromic. Symptoms: dark-
yellow stains, abdominal pains,
vomiting and purging, collapse.
Treatment: evacuation of stomach;
chalk, milk or albumin; demulcent
drinks.
a. hydrochloric [muriatic]. Symp-
toms: pain throughout digestive
tract, vomiting, feeble pulse, clammy
Digitized by
Google
POISON
skin, collapse. Treatment: alkalies;
demulcent drinks; oils; stimulants
[intravenous injection].
a. hydrocyanic [pnissic]. Symp-
toms: sudden unconsciousness, slow,
labored respirations, slow pulse,
staring eyes, purple face, general
convulsions, then relaxation and
collapse, odor of peach-kernels;
death may be almost mstantaneous.
Treatment: stomach-tube if possible:
dilute anmionia; alternate cold and
warm effusions; atropin and cardiac
stimulants; artificial respiration.
a. nitric. Symptoms: yellow stains
on skin; otherwise sinular to add,
svlphuric. Treatment: alkalies; soap;
demulcents; stimulants.
a. oxalic. Symptoms: hot, acrid
taste burning, vomiting, collapse;
sometimes general paralysis, numb-
ness and stupor. Treatment: lime
or chalk.
a. sulphuric. Symptoms: black
stains, pain throughout digestive
tract, vomiting, often of tarry matter,
feeble pulse, clammy skin^ profuse
and bloody salivation. Treatment:
chalk; magnesia; soap; demulcent
drinks.
aconite. Symptoms: sudden col-
lapse, slow, feeble, and irregular
pulse and respirations, tingling in the
mouth and extremities, giddiness,
great muscular weakness, sometimes
pain in the abdomen, pupils gener-
ally dilated, but may be contracted,
marked anesthesia of skin, mind
clear, convulsions at times. Treat-
ment: tannic acid solution for wash-
ing out stomach; digitalis, atropin
and stimulants; artificial respiration;
warmth and friction; absolute quiet
in recumbent position.
alcohol. Symptoms: confusion of
thought, giddiness, tottering gait,
slight cyanosis, narcosis from which
patient can be aroused; full pulse;
deep, stertorous breathing; injection
of eyes, dilatation of pupils, low
temperature; convulsions may occur.
Treatment: evacuate stomach; coffee:
battery; amyl nitrite; hot and cola
douches.
ammonium and its compoimds.
Symptoms', intense gastro-enteritis,
often with bloody vomiting and
229 POISON
purging, lips and tongue swollen and
covered with detached epithelium,
violent dyspnea, characteristic odor.
Treatment: vegetable acids; demulc-
ents.
antimony and its compoimds.
Symptoms: metallic taste, violent
vonuting becoming bloody, feeble
pulse, pain and burning in the
stomach, violent serous purging, be-
coming bloody, cramps in extrem-
ities, thirst, great debility, some-
times prostration, collapse, uncon-
sciousness, and convulsions without
vomiting or purging. Treatment:
tannic acid; demmcent drinks;
opium; alcohol; external heat.
antipyrin (phenason). Symptoms:
headache, nausea, vomiting, a rash
like that of measles, vertigo, drow-
siness, deafness, confusion of ideas,
cyanosis, collapse. Treatment: re-
cumbent position; warmth; stiych-
nin; stimulants; oxygen; artificial
respiration.
apomorphin. Symptoms: violent
vomiting, paralysis of motor and
sensory nerves, delirium, depression
of respiration and of heart. Treat-
ment: cardiac and respiratory stimu-
lants.
arsenic and its compoimds. Symp-
toms: violent burning pain in the
stomach, retching, thu-st, purging of
blood and mucus with flakes of epi-
thelium, tenesmus, suppression of
urine; sense of constriction in throat;
pulse small and frequent. Treat-
ment: hydrated iron sesquioxid;
precipitated iron carbonate; emetics;
castor-oil; demulcents.
atropin (belladonna). Symptoms:
heat and dryness of the mouth and
throat, pupils widely dilated, scarlet
rash, noisy delirium, quick pulse, at
first corded, later feeble ; rapid respir-
ations, early strong, late shallow and
feeble; retention of urine; sometimes
convulsions, collapse, and paralysis.
Treatment: evacuate stomach; tannic
acid; stimulants; coffee; pilocarpin;
artificial respiration; evacuation of
bladder.
belladonna. See atropin in this list.
bichlorid of mercury. See mercury
hichlarid in this list.
Digitized by
Google
POISON
caffein. Symptoms: burning pain in
the throat, giddiness, faintness,
nausea, numbness, abdominal pain,
great thirst, dry tongue, tremor of
extremities, diuresis, weak pulse,
cold skin, collapse. Treatment: eme-
tics; stimulants; warmth; morphin
and atropin.
camphor. Symptoms: characteristic
odor, languor, ^ddiness, disturb-
ance of vision, delirium^ convulsions,
clammy skin, smarting m the urinary
organs, pulse quick and weak, no
pain, no vomiting, no purging.
Treatment: evacuate stomach; stimu-
lants; warmth; hot and cold douches.
carbolic acid. See phenol in this list.
chloral hydrate. Symptoms: deep
sleep, loss of muscular power, lividity,
reflexes diminished, pulse weak,
respirations slowed, pupils con-
tracted during sleep, but dilated on
waking, temperature low. Treat-
ment: evacuate stomach; heat to the
extremities; massage; coffee b^ the
rectum; strychnin; amyl mtrite;
artificial respiration.
chloroform. Symptoms: excitement
and intoxication followed by anes-
thesia and unconsciousness, later
profound narcosis; pulse and respira-
tions fail progressively or suddenly.
Treatment: (Caw tongue forward;
artificial respiration; faradic current;
hot and cold douches; amyl nitrite;
ammonia injected into a vein; evac-
uation of the stomach if chloroform
has been taken by mouth.
chromic acid. See add, chromic, in
this list.
cocain. Symptoms: faintness, giddi-
ness, nausea, pulse small, rapid, inter-
mittent, dilated pupils, severe pros-
tration, respiration slow and feeble.
Treatment: stimulants; amyl nitrite;
artificial respiration.
codein. See opium in this list.
cyanogen and its compounds.
Similar to acid, hydrocyanic, which
see in this list.
digitalis purptira (foxglove). Symp-
toms: purging, with severe pain, vio-
lent vomiting, vertigo, feeble pulse,
although heart's action is tumult-
uous, eyes prominent, pupils dilated,
sclera blue ; delirium and convulsions.
230 POISON
Treatment: evacuate stomach; tannic
and gallic acids; stimulants; aconite;
recumbent position.
hydrochloric acid. See add, hydro-
chloric, in this list.
hydrocyanic add. See add, hydro-
cyanic, in this list.
iodin and its compounds. Symv-
toms: pain in throat and stomacn,
vomiting, purging, vomit yellow from
iodin, or blue if starch is present in
stomach; giddiness, faintness, con-
vulsive movements. Treatment: evac-
uate stomach; starch; amyl nitrite;
morphin.
iodoform. Symptoms: shght deli-
rium, drowsiness, high temperature,
rapid pulse; symptoms resemble
meningitis. Treatment: See iodin in
this list.
laudanum. See opium in this list.
lead acetate. Symptoms: sweet
metallic taste, vomiting of white
matter, great thirst, pain in ab-
domen, abdominal muscles usuallv
rigid, constipation or diarrhea with
black stools, cramps in the legs,
paralysis of the extremities, convul-
sions; in the chronic forms, a blue
line at margin of the gums. Treat-
ment: evacuate stomacn; dilute sul-
phuric acid; Epsom or Glauber's
salts; milk; morphin; potassium
iodid to eliminate the poison.
mercury bichlorid. Symptoms:
acrid metallic taste, burning heat in
throat and stomach, vomiting, diar-
rhea with bloody stools, lips and
tongue white and shriveled, pulse
small and frequent, death in coma
or convulsions; pain may be absent;
secondary symptoms, hectic fever,
coppery taste, fetid breath, gums
swollen, salivation. Treatment: al-
bumin in some form; raw white of
eg^ or flour; evacuate stomach;
opium; potassium iodid.
morphin. See opium in this list.
muriatic add. See add, hydro-
chloric, in this list.
narcein. See opium in this list.
nitric add. See add, nitric, in this
list.
nux vomica. Symptoms: tetanic
convulsions in paroxysms at varying
intervals of from five minutes to haff
Digitized by
Google
POISON
an hour; eyeballs prominent, pupils
dilated, respiration impedea, pulse
feeble and rapid, anxiety. Treat-
ment: evacuate stomach; tannic acid
followed by an emetic; catheterize:
keep patient q^uiet; bromids ana
chloral; amyl mtrite or chloroform
to control convulsions; artificial
respiration if indicated.
opium (morphin, nareein, codein,
laudanum). Symptoms: preliminary
mental excitement, acceleration of
heart, soon weariness, sensation of
weight in the limbs, sleepiness, di-
minished sensibility, pin-point pupils,
pulse and respiration slow and strong;
patient can be roused with difficulty,
later this becomes impossible^ reflexes
abolished, respiration, slow, irregular
and stertorous, pulse rapid and feeble .
Treatment: 1. Evacuate stomach
with mustard or stomach-tube. 2.
Arouse patient to maintain respira-
tion by exercise, flagellation with
wet towels, cold and hot douches
alternately. 3. Stimulate by atro-
pin, coffee, alcohol, if pulse fails;
external heat; inhalations of oxygen;
injection of dilute solution of potas-
sium permanganate.
oxalic add. See addy oxalic^ in this
list.
paris-green. See arsenic in this list.
phenol. Symptoms: immediate burn-
ing pain from mouth to stomach,
giddmess, loss of consciousness, col-
lapse, partial suppression of urine,
which is smoky in color, character-
istic odor, white, corrugated patches
in mouth. Treatment: stomach-
pump; magnesium sulphate or so-
dium sulphate; atropin.
phosphorus. Symptoms: vomiting
and pain, vomit may be luminous in
the dark, characteristic odor; after
several days deep jaundice, coffee-
colored vomit, hepatic tenderness,
albuminuria, marked fall in temper-
ature, coma, failure of pulse and
respiration. Treatment: sulphate of
copper as an emetic, then as an anti-
tode in small doses with opiimi;
purgation.
prussic add. See add, hydrocyanic,
in this list.
silver salts. Symptoms: pain, vomit-
ing, and purging; vomit white and
231 POLYARTHRITIS
cheesy, rapidly turning black in the
sunlight; vertigo, coma, convulsions,
paralysis, and marked disturbance
of respiration. Treatment: salt and
water; evacuate stomach; a large
amoimt of milk.
strychnin. See nux vomica in this
list.
sulphuric add. See acidy suLphuriCj
in this list.
tobacco (nicotin). Symptoms:
nausea, vomiting, weakness^ weak
pulse, cold and clammy skin, col-
lapse, pupils contracted, then dilated.
Treatment: evacuate stomach; tannic
acid; strychnin; stimulants; warmth;
recumbent position.
wood alcohol. See alcohol in this
list.
po^ar. Relating to a pole.
po-lar^is-cope (Gr. polos, axis + sko-
pein, to view). An instrument for
polarizing and analyzing light.
po-lar^i-ty. The quality of having-
poles or possessing opposite proper-
ties.
po-lar-i-za'tion. Separation of a ray
of light by reflection from or trans-
mission tlirough certain media whose
planes of vibration are at right-
angles to each other.
po^ar-ize. The act of polarization.
po^ar-i-zer. An apparatus for polari-
zing light.
pole (L. polm; Gr. polos). One of the
two points at which opposite physi-
cal qualities manifest themselves, as
the poles of a magnet, or battery.
pol-i-o-my-e-li^tis (Gr. polios, gray +
myelos, marrow + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the gray matter of
the spinal cord.
polishing wheel. A wheel made of cloth,
buckskin or soft leather which is
revolved by a lathe and used in
E)lishing metals, etc., in the dental
boratory.
pollex, pi. pollices (L.). Thumb.
pory- (Gr. polys, many). A prefix in-
dicating many.
pol-y-ar-thri^tis (Gr. polys, many +
arthron, joint 4- itis, inflammation).
An inflammation involving several
joints.
Digitized by
Google
POLYBASIC 232
pol-y-ba'sic (Gr. polys^ many + basisj
base). Characterizing an acid hav-
ing several hydrogen atoms replace-
able by bases.
pol-y-cep'tor. An amboceptor capable
of connecting several complements.
pol-y-chro-mat^ic (Gr. polys, manv +
chromaf color). Having many colors.
pol-y-chro-mat'o-pM (Gr. polys, many
4- chroma, color + philein^ to love).
1. Capable of being stamed with
many kinds of stains. 2. A cell
thus stainable.
pol-y-chro-mat-o-pM^ia. Having the
quality of being stainable with many
kinds of stains.
pol-y-chro-mat-o-pM'ic. Stainable
with many kinds of stains.
pol-y-din^ic (Gr. polys, many + Mine,
bed). An institution in which all
kinds of diseases and injuries are
treated clinically.
pol-y-in-fec^tion (Gr. polys, many +
infection). A multiple mfection.
pol-y-mer'ic. Relating to polymerism.
pol-y-mi^cro-tome (Gr. polys, many +
mikros, small + temnein, to cut).
An instrument for cutting several
microscopic sections at one time.
pory-morph. A polymorphonuclear
leukocyte.
pol-y-mor'phic, pol-y-mor^phou8 (Gr.
polys, many + morphe, form). Ap-
pearing in many forms.
pol-y-mor^phism. The quality of oc-
curring in many forms.
pol-y-mor-pho-cellu-lar (Gr. polys,
many + morphe, form + L. ceUida,
cell). Possessing cells of many
forms.
pol-y-mor-pho-nu'clear (Gr. polys,
many + morphe, form + L. nucleus,
nut). Having a variety of forms of
nuclei.
pol-y-mor'phou8 (Gr. polys, many +
morphe, form). Of many forms.
pol-y-neu-ri^tis (Gr. polys, many +
neuron, nerve + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of several nerves at
the same time.
pol-y-nu'clear, pol-y-nu^de-a-ted.
Having several nuclei.
pol-y-o-don^tia (Gr. polys, many +
odous, tooth). Condition in which
supernumerary teeth exist.
PONTIC
poryp. Same as polypus.
pol-y-path'ia (Gr. polys, many + pathos,
disease). Having several diseases
at once.
pol-y-pha^gia (Gr. polys, many or
much + phagein, to eat). Gluttony.
Excessive eating.
pol-y-phar'ma-cy (Gr. polys, many +
pharmakon, dru^). The mixing of
numerous drugs in one prescription;
' * shotgun' ' prescriptions.
pol-y-phy^o-dont (Gr. polys, many +
phyein, to produce + odous, tooth).
A species of animals having several
sets of teeth forming in succession
throughout life.
pol'yp-i-form. Resembling a polypus.
pol-y-plas^mia (Gr. polys, much +
plasma, molded). Extreme fluidity
of the blood.
pol-y-plas^tic. Cells having many con-
stituent substances.
pol-yp-ne^a, pol-yp-noB^a (Gr. pohjs,
many + imoia, respiration). Ex-
treme rapidity of respiration.
poryp-oid (polypus + Gr. eidos, form).
Resembling a polypus.
poryp-ou8. Having the nature of a
polypus.
poryp-U8| pi. polypi (L.; Gr. polys,
many + pous, foot). A pedicled
tumor, especially of the mucous
membrane, as in the nose, rectum,
or uterus.
pol-yr-rhe^a, pol-yr-rhoB^a (Gr. polys,
much 4- rhoia, flow). Excessive
secretion of fluid. Profuse dis-
charge.
pol-y-fd-nu-i'tis, pol-y-id-nu-si^tis (Gr.
polys, many + L. sinus, cavity +
Gr. itis, inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of several sinuses at the same
time.
pol-y-tro^phic, pol-y-tro^phia (Gr. polys,
much + trophe, nourishment). Ex-
cessive nutrition.
pol-y-u'ri-a (Gr. '^lys, much + ouron,
urine). Excessive secretion of urine.
pol-yv^a-lent. Combining with more
than two univalent atoms.
pons, gen. pontis. Latin meaning
bridge.
pontic (L. pons, pontis, a bridge). Sug-
gested to supersede the word dum-
Digitized by
Google
POPPY 233
my. Can be used as a substantive,
especially in the plural (pontics), to
designate the suspended members of
a bridge.
pop'py [Papaver somniJerumV A plant
from the unripe capsules of which
opium is obtained.
por'ce-lain (O. F., porcelaine). A
composition of the mineral sub-
stances; quartz, kaolin and feldspar,
to which is added coloring matter,
used in making artificial teeth, inlays,
etc. There are two kinds used in
making porcelain inlays; high-fusing,
that which fuses at a very high heat,
2300° F. to 2600° F., and low-fusing,
that which fuses at a comparatively
low heat, around 1500° F.
p. basal body. Porcelain composed
of the basal ingredients and the
pigment. This includes such terms
as block body, tooth body, etc.
p. basal ingredients. Those ingre-
dients which form the fundamental
mass of the porcelain, viz.^ silex,
kaolin and feldspar.
biscuiting p. The process of heat-
ing the mixed porcelain to the point
where it holds its shape sufiiciently
well to be handled for shaping or
carving.
dental p. A solidified mass com-
posed of one or more silicious sub-
stances in a fused silicate.
p. enamel. That portion of an
artificial tooth, crown, or inlay,
which corresponds to the natural
tooth enamel.
fonndation p. That portion of an
artificial tooth, crown or inlay, which
corresponds to the dentin of a natural
tooth.
p. fonndation body. A basal body,
the fusibility of which has been
increased bv the addition of a flux,
and one which requires more than
two minutes to fuse at a temperature
of 2100° F.
p. teeth. Artificial teeth made of
porcelain.
fusing points of p. Low-fusing:
Ash, 1550° F.; Jenkins, 1550° F.
Medium fusing: Ash, 1900° F.; S. S.
White's, 2100° F. High-fusing:
White's, 2300° F.; Close's, 2300° F.;
Whiteley's, 2400° F.; Consolidated,
POST
2600° F.; Johnson and Lund, 2500°
F.; Brewster's, 2300° F.; Justi's,
2440° F.
high»fosing p. A porcelain which
requires a heat of 2300° F. and
above for fusing.
Jenkins' p. A low-fusing porce-
lain used for making inlays.
low*fasing p. A porcelain which
fuses at point below 1600° F.
pore (Gr. poros). A hole or perfora-
tion; one of the small openings of
the sweat glands of the skin.
po-ro^ma (Gr. poromaj callus). An
induration.
po-ro-plas^tic. Being porous and plas-
tic.
po-ros'i-ty. The state of being porous.
po'rous. Having pores or open spaces.
por-ri^go. A name applied to several
diseases of the scalp.
por^ta (L.. gate). The depression or
pit at wnicn nerves and vessels enter
a gland.
p. hepatis. The place at which the
portal vein enters the liver.
p. renis. The hilum of the kidney.
por^tal. Relating to a porta, particu-
larly the porta of the liver.
porte (L. portarCf to carry). A carrier
or holder.
p. -polisher. A holder for carrying
a polishing implement.
portio. Latin meaning part.
points. Latin for pore or foramen.
po-si^tion (L. ponerey to place). Loca-
tion. Posture.
pos'i-tive (L. ponere, to place). Op-
posed to negative.
p. electrode. Same as anode.
p. plate. The plate in a battery
that is acted upon by the fluid.
p. pole. The anode or part of the
galvanic battery which connects with
the cathode or negative element.
po-so-log^ic. Relating to doses.
po-soro-gy. The science of dosage.
post. A metallic pin used as an attach-
ment for an artificial crown to the
natural tooth root.
p. crown. An artificial crown at-
tached to a natural tooth root by
Digitized by
Google
POST.
234
POUND
means of a metallic post anchored in
the root canal.
post» (L. postf after). A prefix de-
noting after or behind.
po8t-an-68-thet^ic. Occurring follow-
ing or after anesthesia.
p08t-az'i-al. Located behind the axis.
po8t-buc'cal. Situated behind the buc-
cal cavity.
po8t-con'dy-lar. Situated behind a
condyle.
post damming. A term used to de-
scribe the operation of perfecting
the palatal border of an impression.
[Wilson.]
po8t-de-vel-op-men^tal. Taking place
after the developmental period.
post-di-ges^tive. After digestion.
po8t-em-bry-on^ic. Taking place after
the embryonic stage.
pos-te'ri-or (L. posterittSf after, behind).
Located behmd or to the rear of a
part.
pos-teM-os. Latin neuter form of
posterior.
p08^te-ro-. A prefix indicating pos-
terior.
postero-inferior. Behind and below.
postero-superior. Behind and above.
p08t-gl6n^oid. Located behind the gle-
noid fossa.
posfhu-moos (L. postumusj coming
after). Occurring after death.
pos-ti'-ciis(L.). Posterior. TheB.N.A.
substitutes this for posterior in the
names of muscles.
postmortem.
death.
Latin, meaning after
post-na'sal. Back of the nasal fossse.
post-op'e-ra-tive. After an operation.
post-palVtine. Behind the palate.
po'ta-ble (L. potare, to drink + habUis,
fit). Drinkable; fit to drink.
pot^ash. Potassium carbonate or hy-
drate. Vegetable alkali.
po-tas^fdum, gen. potassii (L. pota^sa,
potash). A soft, silvery-white, duc-
tile metal. Symbol K (L. kaUum).
Many of its salts are used in medi-
cine.
p. and sodium. Used in the treat-
ment and cleansing of putrescent
pulp canals. See Schreier's method
of root-canal treatment.
p. and sodium tartrate [U. S. P.].
Rochelle salt; laxative. Dose, 1 to
4 dr. (4 to 16 gm.).
p. bicarbonate [U. S. P.]. A color-
less crystalline substance, used as
an antacid. Dose, 5 to 30 gr.
[0.3 to 2 gm.].
p. bitartrate [U. S. P.]. Cream of
tartar; diuretic and also used to
neutralize alkalinity of the urine.
Dose, 5 to 60 gr. [0.3 to 4 gm.].
p. bromid [U. S. P.]. A white
crystalline Jpowder; sedative and
hypnotic. Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.3 to
2gm.].
p. carbonate. A deliquescent,
white, granular powder; antacid,
antilithic and diuretic. Dose, 2 to
20 gr. [0.13 to 1.3 gm.].
p. chlorate. A colorless crystalline
powder, readily soluble in water;
used as a mouthwash and gargle in
sore mouth, stomatitis, and as a
preventive of mercurial salivation.
Dose, 2 to 10 gr. [0.13 to 0.65 gm.].
p: citrate. A white granular pow-
der; a diuretic and diaphoretic.
Dose, 5 to 60 gr. [0.3 to 4 gm.].
p. iodid. Produced by decom-
posing iodid of iron with carbonate
of potassium. Used in the treat-
ment of mercurial stomatitis. Dose,
5 to 60 gr. [0.3 to 4 gm.].
p. permanganate. A purple crys-
talline substance, soluble in water;
used as an antiseptic and disinfec-
tant for ulcerations.
p. sulphate. A colorless costal
substance, used as a laxative. Dose,
5 to 30 gr. [0.3 to 2 gm.].
potato-culture. Potato cut in slices
and used as a culture medium.
potio. Latin, meaning a drink or po-
tion.
portion (L. potio f draught). A draught;
a large dose of medicine.
pouch. A pocket or sac.
poul^tice (L. puis J porridge). A semi-
liquid mass, used for application to
the skin to produce heat and mois-
ture, or act as a local stimulant.
pound (L. ponduSf weight; libra, pound)
A measure of weight; sixteen ounces
Digitized by
Google
POWDER
235
PRESCRIPTION
avoirdupois or twelve ounces troy
weight.
pow'der (Fr. poudre, fr. L. pvlviSf
powder). A mass of small particles
obtained by grinding a hard sub-
stance.
tooth p. A specially prepared
powder for cleansing the teeth.
pox. A disease characterized by pock
eruptions. Vulgar name for sypnilis.
prac'tice (Gr. praktike from prassein,
to do, to conduct business). The
practice of dentistry or medicine;
treatment of dental diseases.
prac-ti^tion-er. One who practices
medicine, dentistry, oral surgery or
any branch of medicine or dentistry.
pre« (L. prcBy before). A prefix mean-
ing before.
pre-can^cer-oos. A stage in the
growth of a neoplasm just prior to the
development of malignant charac-
teristics.
pre-cip'i-tant. An agent causing pre-
cipitation.
pre-cip^i-tate (L. prcedpitarej to cast
down). 1. To throw down solid
particles held in suspension or solu-
tion in a fluid. 2. The deposit so
made.
pre-eip-i-ta^tion. The process of caus-
ing substances held in solution to be
thrown down.
pre-cip'i-tin. An antibody formed in
the blood-plasma of animals by
injections of a foreign protein, which
causes precipitation of the protein
of the same variety as that injected.
pre-cipl-tom. Latin for precipitate.
pre-di-^es'tion. Partial digestion of
foods artificially, before being eaten.
pre-dis-po'sing (L. prce, before +
disponere, to put in order). Making
susceptible or Uable to attack, as
predisposing cause of disease.
pre-dis-po-si^tion (L. prce, before +
disponere f to dispose). A condition
in which there is tendency to some
disease.
preff^nan-cy (L. prce, before + gignere,
to beget). The state of being with
child. Gestation. Gravidity.
pre-hen^sile (L. prehenderey to lay
hold of). Adapted for grasping, as
the hands.
pre-hen'sion (L. prehenderey to lay
hold of). Act of laying hold of or
grasping.
pre-ma-ture' (L. proe. before + ma-
turare, to ripen). Occurring before
the normal time.
pre-max-il^, pi. premaxillce (L. pra,
before + maxilla jaw bone).
The intermaxillary bone.
pre-max'il-la-ry. In front of the max-
illa.
p. bone. The intermaxillary bone.
pre-mo^ar (L. prce, before + mola,
mill). 1. One of the two teeth situ-
ated inamediately in front of the
molar teeth. 2. Same as bicuspid.
Incorrectly used in medical termino-
logy to designate a deciduous molar
tooth.
pre-na'tal (L. prcsj before + natus,
born). Existing before birth.
pre-op'e-ra-tive. Going before an op-
eration.
pre-o'ral (L. prcBy before + osj mouth).
Situated in front of the mouth.
prep-a-ra^tion (L. prceparare, to make
ready). 1. A medicinal compound
made after a formula. 2. A speci-
men prepared for pathologic or
anatomic study.
prepared chalk. Creta prceparata.
Chalk reduced to an impalpable
powder by grinding. It is used in
dentistry as a polishing material.
pre-8cribe' (L. prce, before + scribere,
to write). To designate a medicine
for use.
pre-scrip^tion. Formula written by a
dentist or physician for compounding
of medicines adapted to the treat-
ment of diseases. The prescription
consists of four parts: the super-
scription, i. e., the symbol I^, recipe,
meaning take; the inscription^ the
names and quantities of ingredients;
the subscription, directions for com-
pounding; and the signature, direc-
tions to the patient.
The ingredients of a compound
prescription are divided into four
parts: the basis, or principal ingre-
dient; the adjuvant, an mgredient
designed to promote the action of the
basis; the corrigent, an ingredient
designed to obviate any impleasant
symptom which is apt to be pro-
Digitized by
Google
PRESSURE
236
PROCREATION
duced; and the constituentj or vehicle,
the substance that gives form or con-
sistence to the other ingredients.
pras^sme (L. premere, to press) . Force ;
the act of pressing; compression.
p. anesthesia. See anesthesia,
arterial p. The pressure of the
blood in the arteries.
atmospheric p. Pressure exerted
by the atmosphere.
blood p. The force exercised by
the blood against the walls of the
blood-vessels.
osmotic p. The pressure that brings
about diffusion between solutions of
varying concentrations, or between
a solid substance and the fluid in
which it is dissolved.
venous p. The pressure of the
blood in the veins.
pre-ven^tive (L. prcevenire^ to prevent).
Preventing; warding off.
p. dentistry. That department of
dentistry which deals with the means
and methods of preventing dental
diseases.
pri'ma-ry (L. primiLs, first). First in
time, place or character.
p. teeth. The deciduous teeth.
pri'mate. An individual of the order
of Primates.
Pri-ma^tes. An order of mammals
including lemurs, monkeys, apes and
man.
prim^i-tive (L. primuSy first). First
formed; original.
pri-mor^di-al. Primitive; of the sim-
plest form of development.
pri-mor^di-nm (L. primus, first -f
ardior, to begin). The earliest stage
in the development of any structure.
prin'ceps (L., a leader) . First ; original.
See arteries.
prin'ci-ple (L. princeps, chief). A con-
stituent of a compound representing
its essential characteristics.
active p. The constituent of a
drug which gives to it its therapeutic
action.
organic p. See proximate p.
proximate p. One of a consider-
able number of substances composed
of at least three elements, obtained
from animals and vegetal:)les without
alteration by simple processes, which
unite in forming more complex
compounds; albumins, gelatins, fats,
etc., are such substances.
prism (Gr. prizein. to saw). A solid
the sides of wnich are parallelo-
grams; and the bases parallel and
equal surfaces. A triangular prism
of glass breaks up a ray of white
light separating it mto its component
colors, producing the spectrum.
enamel p. One of the colunms that
make up the enamel of the teeth.
pris-mat^ic. Prism-shaped; produced
by the action of a prism.
pris'moid. Prism-like.
p. r. n. Latin, abbr. for pro re nata,
meaning according to circumstances.
pro- (L. pro; Gr. pro, before). A prefix
meaning for, before, in front of.
probe (L. jn-obare, to test). A slender,
flexible mstrument used for explora-
tion of wounds, sinuses and cavities.
pro'cain. Para-amido-benzoyldiethyl-
amino-ethenol hydrochlorid. a syn-
thetic local anesthetic, used for injec-
tions in 0.2 to 2 per cent solutions.
pro^cess (L. ^ocedere, to go forward).
1. A pronunence or outgrowth. 2.
A method of procedure.
alveolar p. The border of the jaw
4x)nes in which the tooth sockets are
. contained.
condyloid p. The condyle of the
mandible including its neck.
coronoid p. The prominence at
the anterior part of the ramus of the
mandible.
malar p. The eminence on the
malar bone at the point of articula-
tion with the maxilla.
maxillary p. That portion of the
malar, inferior turbinated, and pal-
atal bones which articulates with
the maxilla.
nasal p. The maxillary process of
the palate bone.
palate p. A part of the process of
the maxilla which helps to form the
hard palate.
pro-ces'sos. Latin, meaning process.
pro-cre-a^tion (L. procreare, to bring
forth). Generation; the act of be-
getting offspring.
Digitized by
Google
PRODROMAL
237
PROSTHESIST
pro-dro'mal. Relating to prodromes
or the early symptoms of a disease.
pro'drome (Gr. prodromoSf f orerumiing) .
A symptom mdicating the approach
of a disease; an anticipatory symp-
tom.
pro-dro'mtis, pi. prodromi. Prodrome.
prod'uct. Result; that produced.
pro-duc'tive (L. prodttcerCf to lead).
Forming new tissue, as productive
inflammation.
pro-fer'ment. Zymogen.
pro-fer'rin. Iron nucleoprotein; a
brownish powder containing organic
iron, usea in anemia. Dose, 5 gr.
[0.3 gm.].
pro-fes'fdon-al (L. profiterif to profess).
Relating to a profession.
proff-nath'ic (Gr. proj before + gnathoa^
jaw). Having a protruding lower
jaw.
pronr'iiA-thism (Gr. pro^ before +
gnathosj jaw). Pronounced projec-
tion of the lower jaw.
pronr-iUkth'ous (Gr. pro, before +
gnathos, jaw). Having a protrud-
ing lower jaw.
proff-nose^ (Gr. pro, before + gnosis,
knowledge). To foretell the ter-
mination of a disease.
prof-no^sis (Gr. pro, before + gnosts,
knowledge). The foreteUing of the
result or termination of disease.
proi^-nos'tic. Relating to prognosis;
a symptom upon which to base a
prognosis.
prof-nos^ti-cate. To foretell the prob-
able outcome of a disease.
proff-nos-ti'dan. One skilled in mak-
ing prognoses.
pro^pse (L. pro, before + labif to
fall). The falling down of a part.
pro-lif^er-ate (L. prolesy offspring +
ferre, to bear). Reproduction; gen-
eration.
pro-Uf^er-ft-ting. The act of repro-
ducing, especially of cells.
pro-lif '•r-ft-tive, pro-Uf 'er-ous. Repro-
ductive.
pro-lif^ic (L. proles^ offspring + facere^
to make). Fruitful. That which
has the faculty of reproduction.
pro-lig^er-ou8 (L. proles^ offspring +
gerere^ to bear). Producing or carry-
ing the offspring.
prom^i-nence (L. promineoy to jut out).
A protuberance.
pro-nu^de-us (L. pro, before + nux,
a nut). One of the two nuclear
bodies of the newly fecundated
ovum.
pro-pa-ga'tive. Relating to reproduc-
tion.
pro'pane. A hydrocarbon of the marsh-
gas series, CsHg.
pro-phy-lac'tic (Gr. prophylaktikos,
guarding). Relating to prophylaxis.
A remedy that tends to ward off
disease.
pro-phy-laz% (Gr. pro, before +
phyiassein, to keep guara). Preven-
tive treatment. Meajsures directed
to the prevention of diseases of the
mouth.
prop-to^sis (Gr. pro, forward + ptosis,
falling). Prolapse or displacement
of an organ in a forward direction.
pro-pyram-in. A liquid obtained by
heating together propyl nitrate,
alcohol and ammoma; an antispas-
modic and antirheumatic. Dose,
30 to 60 gr. [2.0 to 4.0 gm.].
pro re nata. Latin phrase meaning
according to circumstances, Abbr.
p. r. n.
pror^sad (L. prossum, forward). In a
forward direction.
pros- (Gr. pros, to). A prefix meaning
to,
pros^tate (Gr. pro, before + histemi, to
stand). A glandular body situated
before the neck of the bladder and
surroimding the first portion of the
urethra. Its excretory outlets open
into the urethra.
pro-80-pal^gia (Gr. prosopon, face +
algos, pain). Tic douloureux; facial
neuralgia.
pro-80-po8^chi-8i8 (Gr. prosopon, face
+ schisis, fissure). Harelip, or fis-
sure of the face.
pro8'o-po-8pa8m (Gr. prosopon, face +
spasmos, spasm), ttisus sardonicus;
spasm of the facial muscles.
pro8'the-8i8 (Gr. pros, to + thesis,
placing). Supplying a missing part
by artificial means.
dental p. Supplying missing teeth
by artificial substitutes.
pros^the-si8t. One who practices pros-
thesis.
Digitized by
Google
PROSTHETIC 238
pro8-thetlc. Relating to prosthesis.
p. dentistry. That branch of den-
tistry which has to do with supplying
missing teeth by artificial substitutes.
pros'the-tist. One who practices pros-
thesis.
pro8^thi-on. The alveolar point.
pros-tho-don'tia. Term suggested by
R. Ottolengui as a substitute for
prosthetic dentistry.
pros-tho-don^tist. One who special-
izes in prosthetic dentistry.
pro8-tra'tion (L. pro, before + sterneref
to spread out). Extreme depression
of nervous or muscular force.
pro-tar'ffol. A yellow, soluble powder,
silver albumose, containing 8 per
cent of metallic silver; used as an
antiseptic in wounds in solution of
1 to 3 per cent.
pro'te-an. Assuming many shapes.
pro'te-ase. An enzyme which digests
proteins.
pro'teid (Gr. protosy first). Same as
protein.
pro'tein (Gr. protos, first). One of a
class of organic substances composed
of C, H, N, O and S, characteristic
of living matter and found in various
forms in animals and plants.
bacterial p. Protein derived from a
bacterial cell.
pro-tein-u^ri-a. The appearance of
proteins in the urine.
pro-te-o-ly'8i8 (Gr. protos, first + lysis,
solution). The changing of proteins
into peptones by the action of fer-
ments.
pro-te-o-lytlc. Having the power to
digest protein.
pro'te-08e. The intermediate stage
in the digestion of proteins, between
proteins and peptones.
pro'the-sis (Gr. pro, before + thesis,
placing). Same as prosthesis,
pro-thetlc. Same as prosthetic.
pronto- (Gr. protos, first). A prefix in-
dicating first.
pro'to-blast (Gr. protos, first + blastos,
germ). Protoplasm; the embryonic
cell.
pro'to-col. A record of the treatment
and history of a case made for legal
purposes.
PROTOZOOLOGY
pro^to-cone (Gr. protos, first + konos,
cone). The main mesio-lingual (an-
tero-internal) cusp of the upper
molars of primitive mammals such
as the opossum, civet, dog; also of
human molars. In occlusion the
protocone normally fits into the basin
of the talonid of a lower molar.
[Gregory.]
pro-to-co^nid. The mesio-buccal cusp of
the lower molars of primitive mam-
mals. Well developed in human
lower molars. In occlusion the pro-
toconid fits into the interdental
space, or between the metaconule of
one upper molar and the protoconule
of the next.
pro-to-co'nule (Gr. prolos, first + L.
convlus, dim. of conus, a cone). A
small cusp lying between the proto-
cone and the paracone in the upper
molars of many primitive mammals,
such as Phenacodus. Usually absent
in man. In occlusion the proto-
conule fits between the protoconid
and the hypoconid of a lower molar.
[Gregory.]
pro^to-ffen (Gr. protos, first + genesis,
origin). Any albuminous substance
that is not coagulable when heated
in aqueous solution.
pro'ton (Gr. protos, first). The em-
bryonic mass of cells which consti-
tutes the rudimentary stage of a
part. Same as ardage.
pro'to-plasm (Gr. protos, first + plasma,
formed). The proteinogenous ma-
terial which comprises the essential
substance of the living cell.
pro-to-plas^mic. Relating to proto-
plasm.
pro'to-plast (Gr. protos, first + plasma,
formed) . One of the embryonic cells.
pro'to-type (Gr. protos, first + typos,
type). An original type or form
after which others are copied.
pro-tox'id. An oxid of metal contain-
ing the lowest amoimt of oxygen.
pro-to-zo^a. Plural of protozoon, which
see.
pro-to-zoVcide. An agent that de-
stroys protozoa.
pro-to-zo'al, pro-to-zo^an. Relating to
protozoa.
pro-to-zo-ol'o-gy (Gr. protos, first +
zoon, animal + logos, treatise). The
science and study of protozoa.
Digitized by
Google
PROTOZOON 239
pro-to-zo^on, pi. protozoa (L. protoSf
first + zoon^ animal). One of the
primitive unicellular organisms of the
lowest type of the animal kingdom.
pro-tni^fdon (L. pro, forward + trvderef
to thrust) . A term used to designate
the condition in which the teeth
extend forward of the normal arch
line.
pro-ta11>er-ance (L. pro, forward +
tvbeTy a swelling). A swelling; a
projecting part.
prox^i-mad. In a proximal direction.
prox^i-mal (L. yroximua, next). Near-
est to the median line. Used in
dentistry to indicate the surface of a
tooth nearest to the adjacent tooth.
p. cavity. A cavity on the proximal
surface of a tooth.
p. contact. The point of contact
of the proximal surfaces of teeth.
prox'i-mate (L. proximus, next). Near-
est or next.
p. principle. One of a considerable
number of substances composed of at
least three elements, obtained from
animals and vegetables without
alteration by simple processes, which
unite in forming more complex com-
poimds; albumins, gelatins, fats, etc.
are such substances.
pra-ri^|j:o (L. prurire^ to itch). A skin
disease characterized by intense itch-
ing accompanied by small papules.
pm-ri^tns. An intense itching condi-
tion.
Prussian-blue. A dyeing agent.
prussic add. See add,
pseu-dar-thro^sis (Gr. pset^des, false +
arthrosis, joint). A false joint.
pseu^do- [su'do]. (Gr. psevdes, false). A
prefix meaning false.
pseu^do-cyst (Gr. vsevdes, false +
kystis, bladder). A false cyst or an
abnormal condition resembling a
cyst.
pseu-do-mem11)rane. False membrane.
pseu-do-mem11)ra-nous. Relating to
false membrane.
Pseu-dom^o-nas. A genus of rod-
shaped bacteria, having polar flagella.
For species see list under BaciUus,
pseu-do-par^a-site. Any organism re-
sembling a parasite.
PSYCHOPATH 1ST
pseu^do-plasm. A tumor-like growth
that disappears spontaneously.
pseu^do-pod, pseu-do-po'di-um (Gr.
psevdesy false + pons, foot). A
protrusion of a part of the ameba,
serving for locomotion purposes.
psoras [so'asj. (Gr. psoa, loin). See
List of Muscles.
psora [so'ra]. Same as psoriasis.
pso-ri^a-sis (Gr. psoriasis, psora, itch).
A chronic inflammatory skin disease
characterized by reddish patches
covered with wnitish scales.
p. buccalis. Same as leukoplakia.
psych», psy^cho* [si'ko]. (Gr. psyche,
mind). A prefix indicating connection
with the mind.
psy-chan-al^y-sis (Gr. psyche, mind +
ana, apart + lyein, to loosen).
A method of obtaining from nervous
patients a history of their past
experiences.
psy-chi^at-rics, psy-chi'at-ry (Gr.
psyche, mind + iatreia, healing).
The science and treatment of dis-
eases of the mind.
psy^chic, psy^chi-cal. Relating to the
mind.
psy-cho-bi-oro-gy (Gr. psyche, mind +
bios, life + logos, treatise). The
branch of science which has for its
purpose the study of the interactions
of the body and mind.
psy-cho-dy-nam^ics (Gr. vsyche, mind
+ dynamis, power). Tne science of
the laws of mental action.
psy-cho-iren'e-sis (Gr. psyche, mind +
genesis, origin). Development of
the mind.
psy-choro-gy (Gr. vsyche, mind +
logos, treatise). The science of the
study of mental action.
psy-cho-neu-ro'sis (Gr. psyche, mind
+ neuron, nerve). Mental disease.
psy-cho-pa-re'sis (Gr. psyche, mind +
paresis, weakness). Mental weak-
ness.
psy-cho-path'i-a (Gr. psyche, mind +
pathos, disease). Disease of the
mind.
psy-cho-path'ist. One who makes a
specialty of the treatment of mental
diseases; alienist.
Digitized by
Google
PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
240
PULP
psy-cho-path-oro-gy (Gr. psyche^ mind
+ pcUhoSf disease + logos, treatise).
The science of the study of diseases
of the mind.
psy-chop'a-thy. Mental disease.
psy-cho-physl-cal. Relating to the
mind and its relation to physical
manifestations.
psy-cho-phys-i-oro-gy. Mental physi-
ology.
psy-cho'sis (Gr. psyche, mind). Dis-
ease of the mind.
psy-cho-ther-ft-peu^tics, psy-cho-ther'-
»-py (Gr. psyche, mind + therapeia,
treatment). Treatment of diseases
by mental suggestion.
psy-chot'ic. Relating to psychosis.
pter'y-goid (Gr. pteryx, wing + eidos,
form). Wing-shaped. Name given
to two processes at the inferior sur-
face of the sphenoid bone.
p. fossa. The depression separat-
ing the two laminse of the pterygoid
process.
p. muscles. See Table of Muscles.
pter-y-goi-de'us [external and inter-
nal]. See Table of Muscles.
pter-y-goi-de'us pro^pri-os. See Table
of Muscles.
pter-y-go-xnax'il-la-ry. Relating to the
pterygoid processes and maxillary
bones.
p. ligament. The tendinous band
of bucco-pharyngeal fascia, extend-
ing from the apex of the internal
pterygoid plate to the posterior end
of the internal oblique line of the
lower jaw.
pter-y-go-pal'a-tine. Relating to the
Eterygoid process and the palate
one.
p. canal or groove. The small
canal formed by the internal ala of
the pterygoid process and the palate
bone; it gives passage to the vessels of
the same name.
pto'main (Gr. ptoma^ a corpse). One
of the putrefactive alkaloids of
animal or vegetable matter.
pto^sis (Gr. ptosis, fall). Drooping of
the eyelids caused by paralysis.
pty-al^a-gogue (Gr. ptyalon, saliva +
agogos, leading). An agent that in-
creases the flow of saliva.
ptyVlin (Gr. ptyalon, saliva). The
ferment in the saliva that converts
starch into dextrose.
pty^a-lism. An excessive flow of saUva.
mercurial p. Salivation.
pty'a-lith (Gr. ptyalon, saliva + lithos,
stone). Salivary calculus.
pty Vlise. The act of stimulating the
flow of saUva.
pty-al-o-lith-iVsis. The formation of
salivary calculus.
pty-al'o-cele. A cystic tumor result-
ing from an obstruction of a salivary
duct.
sublingual p. Ranula.
pty-al-o-gen'ic (Gr. ptyalon, saliva +
gennan, to produce). Produced by
the action of saliva.
pty'al-ose. The product of the action
of ptyalin on starch.
pu11>er-ty (L. puber, adult). The age
at which the generative organs
become capable of exercising the
function of reproduction. •
pu-bes^cence. Puberty.
pu11)is (L., hair on the genitals). The
pubic bone.
pu'er-ile (L. puer, boy). Relating to
children.
pu-er^pe-ral. Relating to childbirth.
pul-lu-la^tion (L. pvUvIare, to sprout).
Budding; germination.
pul^mo-na-ry (L. pvlmo, lung). Re-
lating to the lungs.
pul^mo-tor (L. pvlmo, limg + motor,
mover). An appliance used to pro-
duce artificial respiration by forcing
oxygen into the limgs.
pulp (L. pulpa, flesh). Any soft tissue
Sling an organ.
p. canal. The central opening
lengthwise in the root of a tooth
leading from the pulp chamber in
the crown portion of a tooth to the
apical end of the root. Also called
root canal. [Black.]
p. cavity, p. chamber. The cavity
in the central portion of the tooth
crown containing the dental pulp.
dental p. The vascular organ
occupying the central portion of the
tooth which supplies sensation to the
tooth.
Digitized by
Google
PULPA DENTIS
241
PUTREFACTION
p. nodulei p. stone. A calcic de-
posit in the dental pulp.
tooth p. The dental pulp.
polpa dentis. Latin for dental pvlp.
pul^pal. Relating to the pulp.
pul-pa'tion. The act of reducing a
substance to a pulp.
pul-pe-fac^tion (L. pvlpay pulp +
facere, to make). To make into
pulp.
pul-pi'tis (L. puLpa^ pulp + Gr. itiSf
inflammation) . Innammation of the
tooth pulp. Toothache.
pul^sate (L. pidsare, to beat). To
throb or beat like a pulse.
pul-sa^tion. The rhythmical beating
like a pulse, as the beat of the heart.
pulse (L. mdsusj stroke). The expan-
sion and contraction of the arteries
caused by the pulsation or beating of
the heart as the result of blood being
forced into the arteries from the
heart.
pul^sos. Latin, meaning pulse,
pul-ta^ce-oos. Being of the consist-
ence of pulp; mufiSy.
pulv. Abbr. for Latin pvltria, meaning
powder.
pul-ver-i-za^tion (L. pidviSf powder).
The act of reducing to a powder.
pul'ver-ize. To reduce a substance to
powder.
pul'vis, gen. pulviriSj pi. mdveres. Latin,
meaning powder. Abbr. pvlv.
ptunex. Latin for pumice.
ptun^ice (L. pumex, foam). Pumice
stone, used in a pulverized form for
polishing purposes.
pump. An apparatus for drawing up
liquid or gas and forcibly ejecting
it from one end.
punch. A tool for making perforations .
plate p. A punch for making holes
in metal plate.
rubber dam p. A punch for making
holes in rubber dam.
punc'ta. Plural of pundurriy which see.
punc^tate (L. puncium, point). Dotted
full of small punctures.
punc'ti-form (L. punctutrij point +
format shape). 1. Pointed. 2. De-
noting small colonies in bacteriology.
punc'tum, pi. puncla, Latin, meaning
point.
16
punc'ture. A hole made with a
pointed instrument.
punk. A species of fimgus. Prepared
punk is used in dentistry for drying
cavities preparatory to introducing
a filling.
pu'pa (L., a girl). The intermediate
stage in the formation of an insect
between the larva and the imago.
pu'pil (L. pupilla, a little girl). The
opening in the iris of the eye for the
passage of light.
pure (L. purus). Unadulterated; free
from admixture of any kind.
pur^^a-tive (L. purgare, to purge).
A medicinal agent for evacuating
the bowels.
pur^e (L. purgare). To evacuate the
bowels.
pur'^en (L. purgare j to purge). Trade
name of a preparation of phenol-
phthalein ; used as a laxative. Dose,
1 to 5 gr. [0.06 to 0.33 gm.].
purple of Cassius. A compound of
gold, tin and oxygen, used as a pig-
ment in the manufacture of gum frits.
pur^pu-ra (L., purple) . A disease of the
skin and mucous membranes result-
ing from extravasation of the blood,
and characterized by purple patches
on the skin.
pu'ru-lence, pu'ru-len-cy (L. im«,
puris). liie state of being purulent.
pu^ru-lent. That which has the char-
acter of pus or consists of pus.
pu'ru-loid (L. pu8 + eidos, like). Being
like pus.
pus, pi. pura^ gen. puria (L.). A
hqmd substance composed of cells
and albuminous fluid resulting from
inflammation.
p. corpuscles. Leukocvtes sus-
pended in a thin fluid called liquor
puris.
pust'u-la. Latin, meaning pustule.
pust'u-lar. Relating to pustules.
pus^tule (L. pustuM). A small pro-
tuberance on the skin surface filled
with pus.
malignant p. Anthrax.
pu-tre-fac'tion (L. putris^ rotten +
facere, to make). Decomposition of
animal matter caused by micro-
organisms.
Digitized by
Google
PUTREFACTIVE
242
PYTHOGENIC
pu-tre-fac'tive. Relating to putre-
faction.
pu-tr68^cenc6 (L. piUrescere, to decay).
Beginning or complete putrefagtion.
pu-tres'cent. Undergoing the process
of putrefaction.
p. pulp. A dental pulp undergoing
the process of putrefaction.
pu-tres^cin. A poisonous ptomain re-
sulting from the action of bacteria on
decaymg animal tissue.
pu^trid (L. piUreo, to rot). Rotten.
py-e'mi-a, py-8d^mi-a (Gr. pyon, pus
+ hainuiy blood) Presence of pyo-
genic bacteria in the blood stream,
with the formation of multiple
abscesses on the viscera.
py-e^mic. Relating to pyemia.
py'ic (Gr. pyoUf pus). Relating to
pus.
pyk-no^siB (Gr. pyknosisy condensing).
A degenerative process in cells in
which the nuclei shrink and the
chromatin becomes more condensed.
pyk-not^ic. Relating to pyknosis.
py-lo'ni8 (Gr. vyUy gate + ourosy
guard). The lower orifice of the
stomach at the entrance to the intes-
tines.
py'o- (Gr. pyoUf pus). A prefix indi-
cating relation to pus.
py-o-coc^cos (Gr. jyyonf pus + kokkos,
berry). Any pus-producing coccus.
py-o-cy-an'ic. Relating to the Ba^cU'
liLs pyocyaneus,
py-o-cy^a-nose. An enzyme produced
by the culture of BadUtts pyocyaneua,
py'o-cyst (Gr. pyon, pus + kyatis,
bladder). A sac containing pus.
py'o-cyte (Gr. pyoUj pus + kytos, cell).
Pus-cell or corpuscle.
py-o-^en^e-sis (Gr. pyorij pus + genesis^
origin). The production of pus.
py-o-gen'ic. Forming pus.
py-Off'en-otis. Produced or caused by
pus.
py^oid (Gr. pyon, pus + eidoa, like).
Pus-like. Resemoling pus.
py-or-rhe'a (Gr. pyon, pus + rhoia,
flowing). Discharge or flow of pus.
p. alveolaris. A generic term used
to include various inflammatory con-
ditions of the periodontal tissues,
but commonly understood to mean
suppurative inflammation of the peri-
odontal tissues. Also called Rigg's
disease; Fauchard's disease; inter-
stitial gingivitis; periodontoclasia,
etc.
py-or-rhelC| py-or-rhetlc. Having the
nature of or relating to pyorrhea.
py-or'rhi-cide. A proprietary prepa-
ration used in the treatment of pyor-
rhea.
py-o'sis (Gr. pyon, pus). Suppura-
tion.
py-ral^ox-in. A preparation of gallic
acid used as an ointment with
vaselin and lanolin in the treatment
of eczema.
pyr^a-mid (Gr. pyramis). Any ana-
tomical structure having the shape
of a pyramid, as the petrous bone.
py-ra-mi-dal^is na'si. See Table of
MtLsdes.
py-ram^i-don. A white crystalline
powder obtained from antipyrin,
used as an antipyretic and anodyne.
Dose, 5 to 8 gr. [0.3 to 0.5 gm.].
py-ret'ic (Gr. pyretos, fever). Febrile.
Relating to fever.
py-rex'ia, pi. pyrexuB (Gr. pyressein, to
be feverish). Fever; a febrile con-
dition.
py-rex^i-al, py-rex^ic. Relating to fever.
py'ro- (Gr. pyr, fire). A prefix indi-
cating relation to heat or fire.
py-ro-gen'ic, py-ro-ge-net'ic (Gr. pyr,
fire 4- gennan, to produce). Exciting
fever.
py-rom'e-ter (Gr. pyr, fire + metron,
measure). A instrument for meas-
uring the intensity of heat, as in
fusing porcelain.
py-ro'siB (Gr., a burning). Eructations
of acrid liquid from the stomach;
heartburn.
py-rox'y-lin (Gr. pyr, fire + xylon,
wood). Soluble gun-cotton, used in
the preparation of collodion.
py'ro-sone. Trade name of a prepara-
tion of peroxid of hydrogen, used as
a bleaching agent and as an anti-
septic.
py-tho-gen Vsis (Gr. pyihexn^ to rot +
genesis f origin). The process of the
production of decomposition.
py-tho-gen^k, py-thog'en-ous (Gr. py-
theinj to rot + gennan, to produce).
Relating to or caused by the process
of decomposition.
Digitized by
Google
Q H
243
Q V
Q
q. h. Abbr. of the Latin phrase qiLo-
qua hora, every hour.
q. 1. Abbr. of quantum libety Latm,
meaning as much as you please.
q. s. Abbr. for quantum suficitf Latin,
meaning sufficient quantity.
quack. Charlatan; one who practices
fraudulently.
quack^e-ry. The methods of a quack.
quad^rant (L. quadratus, the fourth
part). The fourth part of a circle
or 90 degrees.
quad'rate (L. quadralvs, four-sided).
Square or quadrangular.
quad-ra'tns men'ti. See Table of
Muscles.
quadM» (L. quaUum, four). A prefix
meaning four.
quad^ri-ba-sie. An elemental substance
having four atoms of hydrogen
replaceable.
qnad-ri-irem'i-niis cap^i-tis. See Table
of Musdes.
qnad-rivVlent (L. quadri-y four +
valere, to oe wortn). A chemical
substance having a valence of four.
quall-ta-tivei qual^i-tive (L. qualitor
tivuSy quality). Relating to quality.
quan-tim^e-ter (L. quantus^ how much
+ Gr. mjetroUf measure). An instru-
ment for measuring a>-ray dosage.
quan'ti-ta-tive, quan'ti-tive (L. quan^
titativus, quantity). Relating to
quantity.
quan-tiv^a-lence (L. quantus^ how
much + valere J to be worth). The
combining power of an element ex-
pressed in terms of the number of
hydrogen atoms with which it will
imite.
quan-tiy^a-lent. Relating to quantiva-
lence.
quan^tom (L., how much). A definite
amount.
quantom libet. Latin, meaning as
much as you please.
quantom satis. Latin, meaning suffi-
cient quantity. Abbr. q. s.
quantum suffieit. Latin, meaning stij^-
cieiit quantity. Abbr. q. s.
quantum vis. Latin, meaning as much
as you wish.
quar'an-tine (It. quaranta^ forty).
The time (formerly forty days) which
ships or persons coming from a
coimtry where a contagious disease
is epiciemic are required to remain
outside the port of destination, as a
safeguard against the disease.
quart (L. quartuSfJourth). A measure
of quantity. The fourth part of a
gallon.
quarts. A hard mineral substance
found in rocks, used in dentistry in
the manufacture of porcelain. Sym-
bol, Sip2.
quarts^te lamp. A lamp composed
of a vacuum tube of quartz with
small tubes of mercury at each end,
which serve as positive and negative
electrodes. Used in dentistry in
the treatment of periodontal dis-
quat-er^na-ry (L. quaUuor. four).
1. Fourth in order. 2. Made up
of four elements.
quicklime. Calcium oxid.
quick^sil-ver. Mercury.
quinld-in. An alkaloid of cinchona;
used as a substitute for quinin.
Dose, 5 to 20 gr. [0.3 to 1.3 gm.].
quin'in. A whitish powder, alkaloid,
obtained from the bark of various
species of cinchona. It is used as'
an antiperiodic in malaria, and as an
antipyretic in other febrile condi-
tions. Dose. 1 to 30 gr. [0.065 to
2gm.].
quinina, gen. quinince [kwi-ne'nah]
(L.). Quinin.
quin^in-ism. Injurious effect from the
excessive use of quinin.
quin'one. Chinone; an oxidation pro-
duct of anilin. Also obtained from
quinic acid by treating with diluted
sulphuric acid.
quin'0-soL Chinosol; an external
antiseptic. Used to preserve ana-
tomical specimens.
quin^sy. Acute suppurative inflam-
mation of the faucial tonsils.
quis. Method of teaching by questions
and answers.
quis -master. A person who conducts
a quiz.
quo-tid'i-an (L. quoliiHanus^ daily).
Occurring every day.
q. V. Abbr. of Latin quantum viSy as
much as you wish. Also abbr. for
Latin qu^d vide, meaning, which see.
Digitized by VjOOQ IC
244
RADIOMETER
R
R. Abbr. for recipe (L.) take, com-
monly written Q. Abbr. for RSau-
muTj a thermometer scale.
rallies (L. ra&ere, to rage). Hydro-
phobia. A specific infectious dis-
ease in dogs, cats, and other animals
communicable to man through a bite.
race (L. radix, root). Aggregate of
individuals descended from a com-
mon stock; a nation or tribe; one of
the great divisions of the human
family.
rac'e-mose (L. racemus, a bunch of
grapes). Occurring in clusters like
grapes.
r. gland. A gland having numerous
branching ducts terminating in acini,
as the parotid gland.
ra-chi-al'gia (Gr. rhachis, spine +
algoSf pain). Pain in the spine.
ra-chit'ic. Relating to or affected with
rickets.
ra-chi'tis (Gr. riachisj spine + itiSj in-
flammation). Formerly inflamma-
tion of the spine. Later use, same
as rickets.
rach'it-ism. Tendency to rickets.
ra^cial. Relating to a particular race
of mankind.
ra-dec'to-my (L. radix, root + ektome,
excision). Excision of the whole or
a part of the root of a tooth.
ra'di-ad. Toward the radial aspect.
ra'di-al (L. radius, a spoke). Relating
to the radius.
ra'di-ant (L. radius, a spoke). Emit-
ting rays, as of heat or light.
r. enerc^. Energy produced by
rays of light or heat.
ra'di-ate (L. radiare, to radiate). 1.
To emit rays. 2. To diverge from
a common center.
ra-di-a'tion. The divergence of rays,
as of heat or light, from a central
point.
rad'i-cal (L. radix, root). 1. An atom
or group of atoms regarded as the
chief constituent of a compound sub-
stance and which remains on decom-
position of the compound. 2. Going
to the root of a morbid process; used
in opposition to palliative.
rad'i-ces. Plural of radix, root.
rad'i-cle (L. radicvla, a little root).
1. A small root. 2. Same as rodicaZ.
rad-ic'u-la. Latin, meaning radicle.
rad-ic'u-lar. Relating to a radicle or
root.
ra'dio- (L. radius, ray). 1. A prefix
indicating relation to radiant energy
or radium. 2. Also prefix indicating
relation to radius.
ra-dio-ac^tive. Giving off radiant
energy.
ra-di-o-ac-tiv'i-ty. Property of emit-
ting chemically active rays, for
electric effect, or to act upon the
human body.
ra-di-o-chem^is-try. The chemistry
of radio-active phenomena.
ra-di-o-di-ag-no^sis. Diagnosis of dis-
ease by means of the aj-ray.
ra-di-o«ere-ment. An element pos-
sessing radio-active properties.
ra'di-o-gram (L. radius, ray + Gr.
gramma, a writing). The film or
finished printed ra(uographic picture.
ra'di-o-graph (L. radius, ray + gra-
phein, to write). 1. The method of
obtaining a picture by the action of
radiant energy upon a sensitive
plate. 2. The apparatus for ob-
taining such a picture.
ra-di-og^ra-pher. One who makes
radiograms
ra-di-og'ra-phy. The production of
photographic pictures by means of
radiant energy.
ra-di-oro-gist. One versed in the use
of radiant energy.
ra-di-oro-gy (L. radius, ray + logos,
treatise). The science of radiant
energy.
ra-di-o-lu^cent (L. radius, ray + lu4xre^
to shine). A term used to designate
substances which transmit the ra-
dium, Roentgen or other light rays.
ra-di-om'e-ter (L. radius, ray + Gr.
metron, measure). An instrument
for measuring the penetrating power
of the Roentgen or other light rays.
Digitized by
Google
RADION
245
RAY
ra'di-on. A particle given ofif by a
radio-active substance.
ra-di-o-paqae' (L. radius, ray +
opacus, opaque). A term used to
indicate a substance that is opaque
to radium or Roentgen rays.
ra-di-o-pa'rent (L. radius, ray + parere,
to appear). A term used to desig-
nate substances so readily permeable
by radium or Roentgen rays that
they do not obstruct the view of
substances in the background.
ra-di-o-prax^is (L. radium, ray + Gr.
praxis J practice). The application
of radiant energy or light rays to the
treatment of disease.
ra-di-08'co-py (L. radium, ray + Gr.
skopeiUy to view). The process of
securing an image of an ooject on a
fluoroscope by means of radiant
energy.
ra-di-o-ther-a-pea^tic8 (L. radius, ray
+ Gr. tkerapeia, treatment). The
treatment of disease by means of
radiant energy.
ra-di-o-therVpy (L. radius, ray +
therapeia,) treatment. The applica-
tion of radiant energy to the treat-
ment of disease.
ra'di-nm (L. radiare. to emit rays).
An elementary boay obtained from
pitch-blende, having radio-active
properties. It has three kinds of
radiation, known as alpha-, beta-,
and gamma-rays. The gamma-
rays are quite similar to x-rays, and
are the most penetrating of the three.
ra^di-os, pi. radii. 1. Latin for ray or
spoke. 2. The outer of the two
bones of the forearm.
ra'dix, pi. radices, gen. radicis (L.).
A root.
r. dentis. Root of a tooth.
r&le (Fr., rattle). A rattling respiratory
sound heard in auscultation, indi-
cating an abnormal condition.
ram-i-fi-ca^tion (L. ramus, branch +
facere, to make). 1. A branch. 2.
The act of branching.
raml-fy (L. ramus, branch -{-facere, to
make). To branch off in various
directions.
ra'mose, ra^moos. Branched or
branching; diverging into many
branches.
ram'part, maxillary. The ridge of
epithelial cells in the jaw of the
embryo which later becomes the
alveolar process.
ra^rnos, pi. rami (L., a branch). Branch
or division of an artery, vein or
nerve. A portion of a bone forming
an angle with the body, as the
ramus of the jaw.
r. of the jaw. The ascending
branch at each end of the mandible.
r. xnandibnli. The ramus of the
mandible.
ran'u-la (L. dim. of rana, a frog). A
cystic tumor imder the tongue, re-
sulting from obstruction of the out-
let of the sublingual or submaxillary
gland or one of the mucous glancis
beneath the tongue.
ran'u-lar. Relating to a ranula.
ra'ph6, rha'ph6 (Gr. rhaphe, a seam).
Name given to the ridge that marks
the line of juncture of two symmet-
rical halyes or parts.
r. palati. The median ridge of the
hard palate.
rar-e-fac^tion (L. rarus, thin + facere,
to make). The act of diminishing
in density, but not in volume.
rar-e-fied' area. An area about the
apex of a tooth in which the bone
tissues have been so affected by an
infective process that the area is
translucent under the radiograph.
rar-e-fy'. To become less dense or
more porous.
rar'e^fy-ing os-te-i^tis. A disease pro-
cess in bone, which causes the bone
to become porous and less dense.
rash. An eruption on the skin; ex-
anthema.
tooth r. A rash attributed to den-
tition; also called strophulus.
ray (L. radius, a spoke). A line of
light, heat or other form of radiant
energy.
actinic r's. Light rays that pro-
duce chemical changes.
alpha-r'8. Radio-active emana-
tions that have the lowest velocity
and the least penetrating power.
beta-r's. Radio-active emana-
tions having moderate velocity and
penetrating power.
Digitized by
Google
RB
246
RECEPTOR
Finsen r's.
which see.
The jdtra-violet raySy
r.-fungos. The fungus that is sup-
posed to cause actinomycosis. It is
found in grain.
gamma-r's. Radio-active emana-
tions having the highest velocity and
penetrating power.
Boentgefn r's. The ethereal waves
emitted from a Crooke's tube having
the property of penetrating sub-
stances ordinarily opaque and affect-
ing a photographic plate. These
rays are also used in the treatment of
lupus, cancer and other affections.
ultra«yiolet r's. Invisible rays de-
flected beyond the violet of the
spectrum when sunlight is decom-
posed by a prism,
z-rays. Same as Roentgen rays.
Kb. Chemical symbol for rubidium.
R. C. P. Royal College of Physicians.
R. C. S. Royal College of Surgeons.
r. e. Abbr. for radium emanation.
re*. Latin prefix, meaning hackf again.
re-ac'tion (L. re, again + agere, to act).
1. Resistance to a power applied;
also continuance of this state after
the orig^al action has ceased. 2.
The activity in vital processes that
succeeds the depression caused by
physical or psychical shock. 3.
The chemical changes induced by
the influence of two or more bodies
upon each other.
Abderhalden'8 r. A test of serum
devised by Abderhalden based upon
the principle that foreign protein
introduced parenterally stimulates
the elaboration of a ferment that
causes disintegration of the protein.
This test is applied in the diagnosis
of pregnancy, cancer, syphilis, tuber-
culosis and other affections.
add r. The reddening of blue
litmus paper by a fluid, which is then
said to possess an acid reaction.
alkaline r. The turning of red litmus
paper blue by a fluid, which is then
said to possess an alkaline reaction.
amphoteric r. The turning blue
of red paper and reddening of blue
paper by the same fluid.
complement fixation r. See fixa-
tion of complement.
focal r. The reaction at the focus
of a disease to a vaccine carried by
the blood stream.
nentral r. A reaction indicating
absence of both acid and alkaline
properties in a fluid.
Nogochi's r. A modified Wasser-
mann reaction.
Wassermann r. A serological test
for the diagnosis of syphilis. Equi-
valent parts of patient's serum,
''antigen," complement, washed ery-
throcytes and homologous inacti-
vated hemolytic serum are mixed
together and incubated. If no hemo-
lysis occurs, the reaction is positive,
and the diagnosis is positive. Il
hemolysis occurs the reaction is
negative.
re-ac-ti-va'tion. The rendering active
again of a serum which has been in-
activated by the addition of a com-
plement.
re-a^gent (L. re, again + agere, to act)
A chemical substance used for deter-
mining the component parts of other
substances.
ream. To enlarge a canal or hole by
cutting away material.
rea'mer. An instrument used for
enlarging root canals or holes in
metal or vulcanite.
R^'anmor's thermometer [Ren^ An-
toine de Reaumur. French physicist,
1683-1757]. A thermometer with
zero as freezing-point and 80** as
boiling-point. See Comparative
Thermometric Scale under thermo-
meter.
rebreathing. The act of breathing the
same inhalation of an anesthetic, as
nitrous oxid, in the process of
anesthesia.
re-cal-ci-fi-ca^tion. The redepositing
of Hme salts in bone tissues.
re-cep-tac^u-lnm. A receptacle,
r. chyli. Receptacle of the chvle;
the enlargement of the thoracic duct
in front of the lumbar region of the
vertebral column.
re-cep'tor. A name given by EhrUch
to substances existing in each cell
which combine with intermediarv
bodies and unite them with the cell.
When produced in excess, they are
cast on into the fluids of the body
and become antibodies.
Digitized by
Google
RECESS
re-cess' (L. recessusy a small cavity).
A small depression or cavity.
re-ces'sion. The act of receding, as
recession of the gums.
ree'i-pe (L. recipere, to take). 1. A
prescription or receipt. 2. The su-
perscription of a prescription, usually
expressed by the symbol Q.
re-ci'sion (L. re, back + caederCf to cut).
The act of resecting.
re-cni-des'cence (L. re, again + cru-
descerey to become raw). The re-
currence of symptoms of a disease
after temporary remission.
ree-ti-fi-ca'tion (L. rectvsy straight +
facerey to make). The act of purify-
ing, as redistilling a liquid to purify
it.
ree'ti-fy (L. rectvsj straight ■\-facerey to
make). To remie or purify.
ree'tom (L. rectus, straight). The
lower portion of tne large intestine,
extending from the sigmoid flexure
to the anus.
rec'tos, gen. recti, Latin meaning
straight.
r. capl-tis an-ti^cus ma'Jor and
mi'nor. See TahU of MuscLes.
r. eM»'i-ti8 U-te-ral'is. See TahU
of Muscles.
r. CM^l-tis pos'ti-ctis ma'Jor and
mi'nor. See Table of Muscles.
r. ez-ter'nus oc'a-U. See Table of
Muscles.
r. in-fe'ri-or oc'n-li. See Table of
Muscles.
r. in-ter^nus oc'n-lL See Table of
Muscles.
r. sn-pe'ri-or oc'n-lL See Table of
Muscles.
re-euml^ent (L. recumbercy to recline).
Reclining or lying down.
re-cn-pe-ra'tioii (L. recuperare, to
recover). Recovery of strength and
health.
re-cnr^rence (L. re, back + curere, to
run). Relapse; return of s3rmptoms
of a disease after a remission.
re-dnee' (L. re, back + ducere, to lead).
1. To restore to normal condition,
as a luxated limb. 2. In chemistry;
to restore to metallic form; also to
diminish the number of atoms of
oxygen in a compound, i. e., the op-
247 REGRESSIVE
posite of oxidation, and then by
extension to diminisn the number of
any electro-negative atoms in a com-
pound, or to increase the number of
electro-positive atoms.
re-doe'tioii. The act of correcting a
fracture or luxation.
re-fine' (L. re, again -^finirey to finish).
To purify, as separating a substance
from foreign matter.
re'flez (L. re, back -^ftectarey to bend).
1. A thing reflected or thrown back.
2. The reflection by an efferent nerve
of an impression conveyed to a ner-
vous center by an afferent nerve.
patellar r. Knee-jerk; a stroke on
the patellar tendon causing sudden
contraction of the anterior muscles
of the thigh, the absence of the jerk
bein^ a diagnostic sign of locomotor
ataxia.
re-fract' (L. re. back + frangercy to
break). 1. To bend back. 2. To
change the direction of light rays.
re-frac'tion (L. re, back + frangere. to
break). 1. The act of bending
back. 2. The act of changing the
direction of the rays of light.
re-frae'tive. Relating to refraction.
re-frig'er-ant (L. re, again + frigusy
cold). An agent that depresses an
elevated temperature of the body.
re-fa'sion (L. re, again + fundercy to
pour). Restoring blood to the cir-
culation which has been temporarily
drawn from it.
re-f en-er-a'tion (L. re, again + gene-
rare, to beget). The morphological
and physiological restoration of a
part after injury.
ref'i-men (L. regercy to rule). The
rational use of food and of every-
thing essential to life, both in a state
of health and of disease.
re'gi-o. Latin, meaning region.
re'gion (L. regio). Determinate
spaces on the surface of the body or
of dififerent organs.
re'gion-aL Relating to a region.
regional anesthesia. See anesthesia.
re-gres'sion (L. re, back + gradiy to go).
Degeneration. A going backward.
re-fies'sive (L. re, back + gradiy to go).
Relating to regression.
Digitized by
Google
REGULAR 248
reg'u-lar (L. regtda, rule). According
to rule.
regulating appliance. An appliance
used in orthodontic practice for re-
storing irregularly placed teeth to
their proper positions.
reg-u-la'tion (L. regvla, rule). The
act of conforming to a normal stand-
ard.
r. of teeth. The act of restoring
teeth irregularly placed to the posi-
tion of normal occlusion.
re-gur-gi-ta^tion (L. re, back + gurgi-
tare, to flood). 1. The return of
food to the mouth soon after eating.
2. The backward flow of blood
through a defective heart valve.
re-im-plan-ta'tion (L. re, again +
implantare, to plant) . Tne replacing
of a tooth that has been removed
from its socket.
re-in-fec'tion. Infection occurring a
second time by the same agent.
re-lapse' (L. re, back + labiy to fall).
A return of an attack of a disease
after convalescence has begun.
re-lief (L. reUvare, to Ughten). The
removal of a portion of an impres-
sion or cast to reUeve the pressure of
the artificial denture on hard spots
in the palatal or alveolar regions.
re-me'di-al (L. re, again + mederi, to
heal). Medicinal; having curative
properties.
rem'e-dy (L. re, again + mederi, to
heal). An agent that cures or pre-
vents disease.
re-mis'sion (L. re, back + mittere^ to
send). Temporary diminution of
the symptoms of a disease.
re-mit'tent. A disease characterized
by remissions, as remittent fever, a
form of malarial fever in which the
temperature falls at intervals but
does not reach normal before the
new paroxysm occurs.
ren, pi. re?ies. Latin, meaning kidney.
regnal (L. ren). Relating to the kid-
ney.
ren'in (L., ren, kidney). A substance
prepared from the kidneys of ani-
mals.
ren'nin. The ferment of the gastric
juice which has the power to curdle
milk.
RESISTANCE
re-pellent (L. re, back + pellere, to
Eush). An agent that causes a mor-
id process to disappear.
re-plan-ta'tion (L. re, again + flantare,
to plant). The act of replacing
teeth that have removed from their
sockets. Same as reimplantation.
re-pro-duc'tion (L. re, again + fro-
ducere, to produce). The function
by which living bodies produce
bodies similar to themselves.
re-pro-duc'tiye. Capable of producing
offspring.
re-sect' (L. re, again + secare, to cut).
To excise a part of an organ.
re-sec'tion (L. re, again + secare, to
cut). The act of excising a part of
an organ, as the end of a root of a
tooth.
re-sid'u-al (L. residere, to remain).
That which remains, as residual air,
the air that remains in the lungs after
forced expiration.
res'i-due (L. re, back + sidere, to
remain). That which remains after
a part has been removed.
re-sid'n-um. Same as residue.
re-sil'i-ence, re-sil'i-en-cy (L. re, back
+ satire J to leap). Elasticity; the
property of returning to original
form after compression or distortion.
re-sil'i-ent. Having the property of
resiliency.
res'in (L. resina). Any one of a class
of vegetable substances exuding
from various plants; soluble in alco-
hol and volatile oils; highly inflam-
mable.
gum r. A resin containing gum
capable of softening in water.
res'i-nol. Trade name of an antiseptic
ointment, containing resorcin, used
in the treatment of skin diseases.
res'in-ous. Having the nature of
resin.
re-sis'tance (L. resistare, to with-
stand). The opposition offered by
a conductor to the passage of an
electric current.
r. form. In cavity preparation,
the shape given to the internal parts
of a cavity to afford such a seat for
the filling as will best enable it to
withstand great stress without move-
ment. [Black.]
Digitized by
Google
RESOLUTION
249
RETICULAR
res-O-la'tion (L. resolverej to resolve).
Return of a part to normal condition
after disease. Resolution is one of
the terminations of inflammation in
which the inflamed part returns
gradually and without suppuration
to a healthy condition.
re-solve' (L. resolverCf to resolve). 1.
To restore to normal after a diseased
proceiss. 2. To separate a sub-
stance into its component parts.
re-80l'yent (L. resolvere, to resolve).
An agent capable of inducing resolu-
tion.
res'o-nance (L. re, again + sonare, to
sound). Reverberation of sounds,
especially those induced by percus-
sion.
re-sorb' (L. re, again + sorherCf to suck
up). The absorbing of what has
been excreted.
re-80rb'ent (L. resorhere, to draw to
itself). An agent capable of induc-
ing resorption.
re-sor'dn. See resordnol.
re-sor'd-noL A white crystalline
powder obtained from sodium ben-
zenemetadisulphonic acid by heating
with sodium nydroxid. Used with
equal parts of iodoform as an anti-
septic dusting-powder for wounds.
Also used in a 5 to 15 per cent oint-
ment in psoriasis and other skin dis-
re-80rp'tion (L. re, again + sorherej to
suck in). The act of taking up
secretions or tissues originating in
the body. The process by which
the roots of the deciduous teeth are
removed; also the process by which
the alveolar process is removed after
the extraction of the teeth.
res-pi-ra'tion (L. re, again + spirare,
to breathe). The act of taking into
and expellmg air from the lungs.
artificial r. Producing the respira-
tory movements artificially. See
under artificial respiraiion.
forced r. Respiration induced by
blowing air into the lungs.
res'pi-ra-to-ry. Relating to respira-
tion.
rest. 1. Repose; freedom from exer-
tion. 2. A portion of embryonic
tissue retained in the developed or-
ganisms.
epithelial r. Embryonic epithelial
tissue remaining in the organism
after development has taken place.
Malasses' epithelial r's. See under
Malassez.
res-to-ra'tion (L. reaiaurarej to restore).
1. Recovery of health. 2. The re-
placement of a lost organ or part of
an or^an, as the filling of teeth or
replacmg of teeth with artificial
substitutes.
res-to'ra-tiye. Relating to restora-
tion or capable of inducing a return
to health.
re-sab-li-ma'tion (L. re, again +
syblimare, to raise on high). The act
act of suDUming a dm? the second
time.
re-sn-pi-na'tioii (L. re, again + aupin-
arCy to bend backward). Appearmg
as if turned upside down. Lying
upon the back.
re-stui-ci-ta'tion (L. re, again + sua-
citaref to raise up). The act of
restoring to consciousness one appar-
ently lifeless.
retainini^ appliance. See retention ap-
pliance.
retch'in^. An involuntary strain at
vomiting.
rete, pi. retia (L. a net). Interlacing
fibers, nerves or blood-vessels form-
ing a network. A plexus.
re-ten'tion (L. re, back + tenerCj to
hold). The act of retaining.
r. appliance. An appliance used
in orthodontia to retam the teeth in
position after orthodontic treatment,
r. form. In cavity preparation,
the form of the internal parts of a
cavity provided to prevent the dis-
placement of the tilling by force.
[Black.]
Hawley's r. appliance [C. A. Haw-
ley, Washington, D. C, contempo-
rary orthodontist]. An appliance for
retaining the teeth in position after
orthodontic treatment.
r. plate. 1. A term used in ortho-
dontia to indicate a base plate used
to retain the teeth in their corrected
positions. 2. The base portion of
an obturator or velum.
re-tic'u-lar, re-tic'a-la-ted (L. reOcu-
lurrif a network). Relating to or
resembling a net.
Digitized by
Google
RETICULUM
250
RHAGADES
re-tic'a-lum, pi. reticula (L.). LA
network. 2. Second stomach of the
ruminant animal.
stellate r. See stellate reticulum.
retl-form (L. rete^ a net -\- format form).
Reticular.
retl-na (L. rete, a net). The thin
membrane of the eye covering the
back part of the eye as far as the
ora aerrata.
ret-in-ac^u-lum, pi. retinacula (L., a
halter). 1. A band-like structure
which holds a part in place. 2. A
surgical instrument used in opera-
tions on hernia.
ret-i-ni^tis (retina + Gr. itis, inflamma-
tion). Inflammation of the retina.
re-tort' (L. re, back + torqtterej to
twist). A long-necked glass vessel
used in distillation.
re-trac'tile (L. re, back + trahere, to
draw). Capable of being drawn
back.
re-trac'tion(L. re, back + trahere, to
draw). The act of retracting, as in
the case of an amputated muscle.
re-trac'tor (L.). An instrument for
holding the soft tissues aside during
operation.
lip r. An instrument for retracting
the lips in operating upon the pos-
terior teeth.
re'trad (L. retroy backward). In a
backward direction.
re'tra-hens au'rem. See Table of
Muscles.
re'tro- (L. retro y backward). A prefix
meaning backward.
re-tro-buc'cal. Relating to the back
part of the mouth.
re'tro-flex-ed (L. retroy backward +
flexus, bent). The condition of
being bent backward.
re-tro-flezlon (L. retrOy backward +
flecterCy to bend). A bending back-
ward upon itself of an organ.
ret'ro-grade (L. retroy backward +
grjdiy to go). Going back; degener-
ating.
ret-ro-gres'sion (L. retro, backward +
gradiy to go). The act of degener-
ating.
ret-ro-in-fec'tion. Infection from the
fetus to the mother.
re-tro-jee'tion (L. retrOy backward +
jacerCy to throw). Washing a cavity
from within outward.
re-tro-lin^goal (L. retro, behind +
linguay the tongue). Having refer-
ence to that part of the throat back
of the tongue.
ret-ro-man-dib'a-lar (L. retroy back +
manderey to chew). Situated be-
hind the mandible.
re-tro-pos'ed (L. retro, backward +
ponerey to place), being displaced
backward.
re-tro-po-si'tion.
ward.
Displacement back-
ret - ro - yac'dne. Vaccine obtained
from the cow after inoculating the
animal with vaccine matter from the
human subject.
re-tro-yer'sion (L. retroy backward +
vertercy to turn). The tipping back-
ward of a part or organ without
bending upon itself.
re-tro-vert'. To put in a state of
retroversion.
re-tra'sion (L. re, back + trudercy to
thrust). A term used to designate
the condition in which the teeth are
located back of the normal arch line.
Retntis' stria [Gustaf Retzius. Swe-
dish histologist, 1842-]. Shaay con-
centric lines crossing the enamel
prisms, seen on cross-section of the
enamel. Also called lines of Retzius.
re-yer'sion (L. re, back + verterCy to
turn). Return to a former type;
the appearance of characteristics
which were present in remote ances-
tors.
re-yiy'i-fi-ca'tion (L. revivercy to re-
vive + facercy to make). 1. The
act of restoring to consciousness. 2.
Refreshening of opposing surfaces to
facilitate union.
re-yi-yis'cence (L. reviverCy to revive).
Renewal of life, as of insects or ani-
mals after hibernation.
re-yul'siye (L. re, back + veWere, to
pull). An agent that withdraws
blood from the seat of a disease.
rhab'doid (Gr. rhdbdoSy rod + eidosy
form). Shaped like a rod.
rha-dii'tis. Rickets.
rha^fa-des (Gr. rhagosy rent). Fis-
sures or chaps on the skin surfaces.
Digitized by
Google
RHAGIA
251
RIDGE
«rhagia (Gr. rhegnynai, to burst forth).
A suffix indicating discharge from a
vessel; commonly denoting bleeding
from a part.
rha'phd. A suture. Same as raphe.
Rhein file [M. L. Rhein, contemporary
New York dentist]. A file designed
especially for filing metallic fillings
in proximal spaces, as an aid in
finishing the filling.
Rhein's method [M. L. Rhein, con-
temporary New York dentist]. A
modification of Schreier's method of
treating and cleansing root canals
with potassium and sodium.
rhe'o-stat (Gr. rheos, current + his-
lemiy to stand). An instrument for
regulating the resistance of an elec-
tric current.
rhe^o-tome (Gr. rheosj current + tem-
neiUf to cut). An instrument used
to cut off or interrupt the faradic
current.
rheum, rheu^ma (Gr. rheumaj flux).
Any thin watery discharge from the
mucous membrane or the skin.
rheu-mat'ic (Gr. rheuma). Relating
to or affected with rheumatism.
rheu'mft-tism (Gr. rheuma). A con-
stitutional disease characterized by
inflammation in the muscles and
joints and attended by pain.
rheu'ma-toid (Gr. rheumaj flux +
eidos, like). Resembling rheuma-
tism.
rheu'mic. Relating to rheum or
watery discharge.
rhez^is (Gr. rfiexis, rupture). Rup-
ture of a vessel or organ.
rhin'i-on (Gr. rhiniorij nostril). A
craniometric point, namely, the
lower end of the suture uniting the
nasal bones.
rhi-ni'tis (Gr. rhiSj nose + itiSy inflam-
mation). Inflammation of the nose
or nasal mucous membrane.
rhi-nol'o-gy (Gr. rhiSj nose + logos,
treatise). That branch of science
which relates to the study of the
nose and its diseases.
rhi^no-plas-ty (Gr. rhiSj nose + plas-
seiUf to form) . Plastic surgery of the
nose.
rhi-nos'co-py (Gr. r/iis, nose + skopeiUf
to inspect). Examination of the
nasal cavity.
rhi'zo» (Gr. rhiza, root). A prefix
referring to a root.
rhi-zo-don'tro-py (Gr. rhizaj root +
odouSy tooth + tropey a pivot). The
fixing of an artificial crown by means
of a pivot to the root of a tooth.
rhi-zo-don'try-py (Gr. rhiza, root +
odouSy tooth + trypCy hole). Perfora-
tion of the root of a tooth for the
discharge of fluid.
Bhi-zop'o-da (Gr. rhizay root + pousy
foot) . A variety of Sarcodina having
pseudopodia; the amebse belong to
this class.
Rhizopos ni^6am». One of the phy-
comycetes, a cause of black tongue
{Jiingua nigra).
rhythm [rithm] (L. rhythmv^; Gr. rhyth-
mos, rhythm). Measured movement.
Recurrence of an action at regular
intervals.
rib (L. casta). Any one of the flat,
curved bones, twenty-four in number,
forming the walls of the thorax.
Richmond crown, [C. M. Richmond,
New York dentist, 1835-1902]. A
crown made of a porcelain facing, re-
inforced with metal and having a
metal post for attachment in the root
canal of the natural tooth.
rick'ets. A constitutional disease
characterized by lack of calcification
of the bone tissues of the body;
supposedly due to deficiency of in-
take of earthy salts.
ridge. A crest or projecting border.
alveolar ir. The upper border of
the alveolar process.
basal r. The cingulum.
bucco-cervlcal r. The ridge on
the buccal surface of a deciduous
molar tooth near the cervix.
bucco-gingiyal r. Same as bucco-
cervical ridge.
Imguo^gingival r. A ridge on the
lingual surface of incisors and canine
teeth near the cervix.
marginal r. The ridge at the outer
margin of the occlusal surface of
molar and bicuspid teeth.
maxillary r. A ridge of epithelium
in the embryo at the place where the
teeth are to be developed.
palatine r. A ruga.
Digitized by
Google
RIGGS' DISEASE 252
supra-orbital r. The ridge on the
temporal bone marking tne upper
border of the orbit.
triangular r. The ridge running
down from the point of a cusp to the
center of the crown. [Black.]
Riggs' disease [John M. Riggs, Hart-
ford, Conn., dentist, 1810-1885].
Same as pyorrhea alveolaris.
ri-gid'i-ty (L. rigidusy stiff). Stiffness.
ri'gor (L. rigere, to be cold). Rigidity,
chill, coldness.
r. mortis. The muscular rigidity
that occurs shortly after death.
ring. 1. A round or circular opening
or the tissue surrounding it. 2. A
circular metal band used in casting.
Ringer's solution [Sidney Ringer, an
English physiologist, 1835-1910].
A solution composed of sodium
chlorid, 1.8; calcium chlorid, 0.048;
potassium chlorid, 0.084; sodium
bicarbonate, 0.06*; distilled water,
200. Used in dentistry as a vehicular
solution for procain in producing
local anesthesia.
ring-worm. A parasite disease of the
skin occurring in circular patches.
ri-so'ri-U8. See Table of Miiscles.
Bivinos's duct [August Rivinus, Ger-
man anatomist. 1652-1723]. The
duct of the sublingual gland. Also
called Bartholin's duct.
riy'u-lose (L. rims, a brook). Char-
acterized by wavy lines.
riz'i-form. Having the appearance of
grains of rice.
R. N. Abbr. for Registered Nurse.
Robinson's remedy [James Robinson,
English dentist, 1813-1862]. Car-
bolized potash; equal parts of caustic
potash and carbolic acid; employed
as an obtundent for sensitive dentin,
and in the treatment of periodontal
RONGEUR FORCEPS
Rochelle salt. Potassium and sodium
tartrate; laxative. Dose, 1 to 4 dr.
[4 to 16 gm.]
rod. An anatomical structure in the
shape of a slender stick, as the cones
of the retina.
enamel r. The prisms which com-
prise the enamel of the teeth.
rodent ulcer. A carcinomatous ulcer
that gradually eats away the soft
tissues and bones; basal-celled car-
cinoma.
Roentgen rays [rent'gen rays] [Wil-
helm Konrad Roentgen, a German
physicist, 1845-]. A form of electric
energy capable of penetrating ordi-
narily opaque substances and affect-
ing the photographic plate.
roent-gen-i-za'tion. The act of expos-
ing to the action of the Roentgen rays.
roent-gen'o-gram. A photograph made
by the Roentgen rays.
roent-gen'o-graph. The process of
making a photograph by the Roent-
gen rays.
roent-gen-og'ra-pher. One who makes
roentgenograms.
roent-gen-og'ra-phy. The art of pro-
ducing photographs by the Roentgen
rays.
roent-gen-oro-gist. One who makes
a specialty of diagnosing and treat-
ing diseases by the Roentgen rays.
roent-gen-oro-gy. The science and
study of Roentgen rays.
roent-gen-o-lu'cent. A term used to
designate substances that transmit .
the Roentgen rays.
roent-gen-om^e-ter. An instrument for
measuring the penetrating power of
the Roentgen rays.
roent-gen-o-paque^ A term used to
designate a substance opaque to the
Roentgen rays.
roent-gen-o-pa'rent. A term used to
designate substances that offer no
resistance to the passage of the
. Roentgen rays.
roent-gen'o-scope. An appliance for
examining the body by means of the
Roentgen rays. Same ssfluoroscope.
roent-gen-o-ther'a-py. Treatment of
disease by means of the Roentgen
rays.
routing mill. An apparatus for reduc-
ing metal to thin plates. It consists
of two iron rollers, mounted in a
strong frame, and revolved by a
crank. The metal is repeatedly
passed between the rollers and the
latter gradually drawn closer to-
gether until the required thickness
of the plate is obtained.
rongeur forceps [rong-zjur]. A pair
of forceps for biting or breaking off
pieces of bone.
Digitized by
Google
ROOT 268
root (L. radix). 1. The part of an
organ buried in the tissues, as the
root of a tooth.
r. canal. The opening through the
center of the long axis of the root
of a tooth from the crown to the apex,
which contains the root portion of
the dental pulp. Also called pulp
canal. [Black.]
nerve r. The part of the nerve
between the cells in which it ter-
minates and the ganglion.
tooth r. That portion of the
tooth that is fixed in the alveolus
and covered with cementuro.
r. trimmer. An instrument used
for shaping and trimming the roots
of natural teeth preparatory to plac-
ing an artificial crown.
ro'py. Having a stringy quality.
ros'in (L. resina). The crystalline resi-
due remaining after mstillation of
turpentine from the pitch of pine
wood.
rot. To decompose.
restate. To turn or twist.
ro-ta'tion (L. roiare. to turn). The
act of turning, or the movement of a
body around its axis.
ro-ta-to'res spi'nss. See Table of
Muscles. -
rot'ten stone. An earthy mineral,
consisting of alumina, carbon and
silica, used for polishing metals.
rouge. A red peroxid of iron powder
used in polishing metals.
Ru. Chemical symbol for rvihenium.
mbber. See caoutchouc.
velum r. Caoutchouc gum with
one-fifth of its weight of sulphur,
which by vulcanizing cannot be made
hard, only tough and elastic.
rubber dam. A thin sheet of very
elastic rubber used for keeping the
teeth dry and clean while performing
operations upon them.
r. d. clamp. An instrument for
holding the rubber dam in place
about the tooth.
RUTHENIUM
r. d. clamp forceps. Forceps de-
signed to facilitate the adjustment
of the r. d. clamp.
r. d. holder. An appliance for
holding the rubber dam so that it
will not interfere with the operator.
r. d. punch. An instrument for
perforating the rubber dam for the
reception of the teeth,
r. d. weight. A weight attached
to the lower part of the rubber dam
so that it will not interfere with the
operator.
rubber sore mouth. An inflammatory
condition of the mucous membrane
of the mouth, due to an improperly
vulcanized or finished vulcanite
denture.
ru-be-f ancient (L. rubor, red + facere,
to make). An agent that produces
redness of the skin.
ru-bel^. False or German measles.
ru-bid^i-um (L. rubidus, red). A red
metallic alkaline element; symbol
Rb.
ru^i-form. A proprietary mouth
preparation.
ru-bi'go. Latin, meaning rust.
ru'bor (L. redness). Redness resulting
from inflammation.
ru-di-men^ta-ry (L. rudis, the first
beginning). Slightly developed.
r. tooth. An imperfectly devel-
oped tooth.
ru'ga, pi. rugcB (L.). A ridge or eleva-
tion.
ruga, palatal. The. ridges in the
anterior portion of the palate or
vault of the mouth.
ru'mi-nant (L. ruminare, to chew the
cud). An animal that chews the
cud, as the cow.
rup'ture (L. rumpere, to break).
Hernia; tearing of a part.
rust. Oxidation of a metallic sub-
stance; a reddish deposit on the sur-
face of metals, particularly iron,
resulting from exposure to moisture.
ru-the'ni-um. A rare hard metalUc
element of the platinum group;
symbol Ru.
Digitized by
Google
s
254
SALIVARY
S
S. Abbr. for Latin signaj sign ; sinister ,
left; semis^ half; symbol for sidphur.
sac (L. saccus; Gr. sakkos, a bag). A
bag or pouch.
dental s. The sac inclosing the
dental papilla and enamel organ.
sac'cha-ra-ted (L. saccharunij sugar).
Containing sugar.
sac'char-id. A group of carbohy-
drates, including the sugars.
sac'char-in. A white crystalline, ex-
ceedingly sweet substance, obtained
from coal tar. Dose, i to 3 gr.
[0.03 to 0.2 gm.]
sac^char-ine. Having the nature of
sugar.
Sac-char-o-my'ces (Gr. sakcharorif
sugar + mykes, fungus). A genus of
yeasts; Ascospores in a single mem-
brane, germinating by buddmg some-
times with the formation of a rudi-
mentary mycelium.
S. albicans. Synonym of Oidium
albicans.
S. nigrans. Found in cases of black
tongue, lingua nigra.
sac'char-ose (L. saccharunij sugar).
Cane sugar or beet sugar. A di-
saccharid, C12 H22 On.
sac'char-um. Latin, meaning sugar.
s. lactis. Sugar of milk; obtained
from whey in firm masses, and having
a sweet taste.
sac'cu-lus, pi. sacculi (L. dim of saccus).
A small sac.
sac'cus, pi. sacci (L.; Gr. sakkus, a
bag). A bag or pouch.
sack. Same as sa^.
sa'crum (L. sacer, sacred). The bone
forming the posterior part of the
pelvis and a continuation of the ver-
tebral column.
sad'dle. Term applied to the portion
of a bridge or partial denture that
rides over the alveolar border.
sag^it-tal (L. sagittal an arrow). Arrow-
shaped,
s. plane. The median plane of the
body.
s. section. A section made in the
direction of the sagittal suture.
8. sntore. The suture uniting the
parietal bones.
Saint Anthony's fire. Same as erysip-
elaSf which see.
Saint Vitas' dance. Chorea.
sal. Latin, meaning salt.
s. ammoniac. Ammonium chlorid.
s. hepatica. A proprietary efferves-
cing saline laxative.
s. sodss. Sodium subcarbonate.
sal-e-ra'tus (L. sal^ salt + aer, air).
Common potassium carbonate, used
for cooking purposes.
sal'i-cyl-ate. A salt of salicyhc acid.
sal-i-cyric acid. See acid.
sall-fi-a-ble (L. sal, salt + fierij to
become). Capable of forming salts.
sal-im'e-ter (L. soZ, salt + Gr. metronj
measure). An instrument for meas-
uring the strength of saline solutions.
saline (L. salj salt). Containing or
having the nature of salt,
s. solution. A solution containing
salt. See solution.
sall-phen. Sahcylphenetidin; an an-
tipyretic and analgesic crystalline
powder.
sa-li^va (L.). An insipid, transparent,
viscid fluid secreted by the parotid,
submaxillary and sublingual glands.
s. ejector. An attachment to the
fountain spittoon for removing saliva
from the mouth during an operation
upon the teeth.
sal'i-va-ry (L. saliva). Relating to the
saliva.
s. calculus. Concretions, usually
of phosphate and carbonate of lime
and animal matter, precipitated from
the saliva and forming as deposits
about the necks of the teeth.
s. duct. The duct of a salivary
gland.
s. gland. One of the glands that
secrete saliva; the subungual, sub-
maxillary or parotid glands.
Digitized by
Google
SALIVATE
sal'iy-ate (L. saliva). To cause an
excessive flow of saliva.
sal-iv-a^on. Ptyalism. Excessive
flow of saliva caused by mercurial
preparations and pilocarpin.
mercurial 8. Salivation resulting
from the use of mercury.
sal^iy-a-tor. An agent that causes
salivation.
sal%-in. Same as ptyalin,
sal-i-YO-lifh-iVsis (L. saliva + Gr.
lilhoSf a stone). The formation of
salivary calculus.
sal^o-coU. Phenocoll salicylate; an
antipyretic, antineuralgic and anti-
rheumatic. Dose, 15 to 30 gr.
[1.0 to 2.0 gm.].
sal-o-cre'ol. Trade name of a com-
bination of creosote and salicylic
acid, used externally in rheumatism.
salol. Phenol salicylate. A white
crystalline powder, with antiseptic
and antipyretic properties. Dose, 5
to 15 gr. [0.333 to 1 gm.].
salol>cam'phor. A compound of three
parts of salol and two of camphor;
an antiseptic and analgesic. Dose,
3 to 8 gr. [0.2 to 0.5 gm.].
sal'o-phen. Acetylparamidosalol; a de-
rivative of salol containing 51 per
cent of salicylic acid. It is an anti-
pyretic and antirheumatic; used in
acute rheumatic arthritis. Dose,
5 to 15 gr. [0.3 to 1.0 gm.].
sal-pin-gi^'tis (Gr. salpinx^ tube + itiSy
inflammation). Inflammation of the
Eustachian tube.
sal-pin-go-pha-ryn-f e'os. See Table of
Musdes.
8al'pinx(Gr.,atube). The Eustachian
tube.
salt (L. sal; Gr. hals). 1. Sodium
chlorid or common salt. 2. A com-
pound produced by the action of an
acid on a base, the hydrogen in the
acid being replaced by the base.
acid s. A salt in which some of the
replaceable hydrogen atoms remain.
alkaline s., or basic s. A salt in
which the basic elements predomi-
nate.
doable s. A salt in which two basic
elements combine with the same
acid.
Epsom s. Magnesium sulphate.
255 SANGUINEOUS
Glauber's s. Sodium sulphate.
haloid 8. A salt formed by one of
the halogen group of elements.
Monsers s. Iron subsulphate.
neutral s., normal s. A salt that
is neither acid nor basic.
Rochelle s. Sodium tartrate,
s. solution. A solution of sodium
chlorid in distilled water.
salt-pe'tre (L. «aZ, salt + petra^ rock).
Potassium nitrate.
sal'u-min. Aluminum salicylate, an
astringent antiseptic reddish powder,
used in treatment of pharyngitis.
sal'var-san. Dioxydiamidoarsenoben-
zol, a proprietary preparation used
in syphilis, malaria and pernicious
anemia. It is administered intra-
venously after mixing with dilute
solution of caustic soda.
salve. Ointment.
san^a-tive (L. sanarey to heal). Cura-
tive; having healing qualities.
san-at'o-gen. A proprietary prepara-
tion said to contain 95 per cent milk
casein with 5 per cent sodium glycero-
phosphate; used in gastric disturb-
ances, anemia and nerve affections.
san-a-to'ri-um (L. sanare^ to heal).
An establishment for the treatment
of the sick.
san'a-to-ry. Curative.
sand, molding. Finely granulated
sand mixed with a small amount of
oil, used in making molds for metallic
castings.
san'da-rac (Gr. sandarake). A white
transparent resin; readily soluble in
alcohol and used in dentistry in the
form of varnish as a separating fluid
and for painting plaster casts for
better preservation. Formula, gum
sandarac, 5 ounces; alcohol, 1 pint.
sandpaper disks. Disks of sandpaper
used in the dental engine for cutting
tooth structure or polishing fillings.
sandpaper strips. Sandpaper cut in
strips for polishing fillings.
sanguine [sang'win] (L. sanguis,
blood). Bloody; blood-like,
s. temperament. Active, hopeful.
sang-uin>-ous (L. sanguis, blood).
Relating to blood; having an abun-
dance of blood.
Digitized by
Google
SANGUIS
256
SATURATED
saug'uis. Latin, meaning blood,
san-i-ta^ri-an (L. sanare, to heal). A
person versed in public health mat-
ters.
san-i-ta'ri-um (L. sanarcj to heal).
An establishment for the treatment
of the sick.
san^i-ta-ry (L. sanare^ to heal). Relat-
ing to or promoting health.
san^i-tas. Latin, meaning health.
san-i-ta^tion (L. sanitasj health). The
establishing of healthful conditions;
making healthful.
san'i-toL Trade name of an antiseptic
mouthwash.
sap'id (L. sapioj to taste). Having
taste.
sapientiflB dentes. Latin phrase mean-
mg wisdom teeth. A term frequently
applied to the third molar teeth.
sa'po. Latin, meaning soap.
sa-po-lan'o-lin. A proprietary prepa-
ration of soft soap and lanolin, used
in eczema.
sa-po-na'ce-ous (L. sapo^ soap). Con-
taining or resembling soap.
sa-pon-i-fi-ca'tion (L. aapo^ soap +
facerCf to make). The process of
converting a substance into soap.
sa-pon'i-fy. To change into soap.
sa-po-nin'. Glucoside occurring in
various plants; it is a local irritant
and emetic.
sap-re'mi-a, sap-ra'mi-a (Gr. sapros,
rotten + haima. blood). Intoxica-
tion resulting irom absorption of
the products of the activity of
saprophytic bacteria into the blood.
sap'ro- (Gr. sapros, putrid). A prefix
indicating decay.
sap-ro-don'tia (Gr. aaproa, rotten +
odouSf tooth). Decay of the teeth.
sap'ro-gen. A saprogenic microorgan-
ism.
sap-ro-fen'ic, si^rof ^en-oos (Gr. sa-
prosy putrid + gennan, to produce).
Inducing putrefaction.
sap'ro-phyte (Gr. saprosj putrid +
phyton, plant). A vegetable organ-
ism that lives upon dead organic
material.
8ap-ro-ph]rt'ic (Gr. saprosy putrid +
phytoriy plant). Relating to a sapro-
phyte.
8ap-ro-iolc (Gr. saproSy putrid + zoouy
animal). Relating to certain pro-
tozoa that live on decaying organic
matter.
Sar^dn-a, pi. sardncB (L., a bundle).
Genus of Schizomycetes consisting
of cocci, dividing in three directions,
grouped in regular packets, which
have been likened to minature bales
of cotton.
8ar'co« (Gr. sarXy flesh). A prefix in-
dicating relation to flesh.
sar^co-blast (Gr. sarXy flesh + hlastosy
germ). The embryonic cell which
gives rise to the muscle ceU.
8ar-co-cys'tis (Gr. aarxy flesh + kystisy
bladder). A species of protozoan
parasites.
sar-co-genlc (Gr. sarXy flesh + gennan,
to produce). Producing flesh.
sar^coid (Gr. sarx, flesh + eidoSy form).
ResembHng flesh.
sar-co-lem^ma (Gr. sarx. flesh +
lemmay sheath). A sheatn surround-
ing muscle fibers.
sar-co-lem^miCi sar-co-lem^moas. Re-
lating to a sarcolemma.
sar-coro-gy (Gr. sarx, flesh + logosy
treatise). The branch of anatomy
that treats of the soft tissues.
8ar-co-ly'8i8 (Gr. sarXy flesh + lyein, to
dissolve). Dissolution of the soft
tissues.
8ar'co-lyte (Gr. sarXy flesh + lyeiny to
dissolve). A cell concerned in pro-
ducing degeneration of the soft tis-
sues.
8ar-co'ma, pi. sarcomata (Gr. sarx,
flesh + oma, tumor). A tiunor.
malignant, composed of embryonal
connective tissue.
sar-co^ma-toos. Relating to sarcoma.
sar-co-iny^ces (Gr. sarx, flesh + mvkes,
fungus). A fungous growth of flesh.
sar-to'ri-os. See Table of Muscles.
sat. Abbr. of saturated.
sat. sol. Abbr. of saturated solution.
sat'a-ra-ted (L. saturare, to fiU). 1.
A state in which a liquid contains
all of a substance that it can hold in
solution, while in contact with some
of that substance in the solid phase
at a given temperature. 2. The state
of a chemical substance having all
its valencies satisfied.
Digitized by
Google
SATURATION 267
sat-u-ra'tion (L. saturare, to fill). The
act of being saturated.
say'o-nal. Trade name of a prepara-
tion containing soap. It is usea as a
base for ointments.
saw. An instrument with a thin blade
having serrated edges, used for cut-
ting bone or metal.
saz^ol. Trade name of a liquid paraffin,
specially prepared.
Sb. The chemical symbol for stibium
(antimony).
Sc. The chemical symbol for scandium .
scal^ies (L. «ca6ere, to scratch). Itch.
A contagious skin eruption caused
by the presence of the itch-mite.
scale. (L. squama). 1. A small, thin
plate of any substance, as of bone,
epidermis, etc. 2. (L. scala^ a lad-
der). A series of equidistant marks
arranged as a standard of measure.
sca-le'nos, an-ti'cus, me^di-us, and
pos-ti^cos (L.; Gr. skalenos, un-
even). See Table of Muscles,
scaler. An instrument used for re-
moving accretions from the teeth.
Black's s's [G. V. Black, Chicago
dentist, 1836-1915]. A set of scal-
ing instruments devised by Dr. Black.
Kirk's dentate s. A scaling instru-
ment with a dentate cutting surface,
used for removing deposits from the
roots of teeth.
scaling. The act of removing calculus
from the teeth.
scalp. The integument covering the
cranial vault.
scal^pel (L. scalpere, to cut). A small
cutting blade with a convex edge.
scaly. Resembling scales; having or
being covered with scales.
scap'u-la (L.). The shoulder-blade.
The irregular, broad, flat bone of
triangular shape, situated at the
posterior part of the shoulder.
scar (Gr. eschar ay a scab). A mark left
by a sore or wound. A cicatrix.
scar-i-fi-ca'tion (L. scarificare^ to
scratch). A number of small inci-
sions made into the skin with a
lancet.
scar-la-ti'na (L. scarlatinusj scarlet).
Scarlet fever. One of the acute con-
tagious exanthemata, characterized
by a scarlet rash.
17
SCISSORS
scarlet fever. Same as scarlatina.
sche-matlc [skematic] (Gr. schema^
form). A design to illustrate a com-
plex mechanism.
schia-o-f en'e-sis (Gr. schizein, to split
+ genesis J production). Reproduc-
tion by fission or segmentation.
schi-zo-my-cete^ (Gr. schizein, to split
+ mykes, fungus). Any species of
the Schizomycetes.
Schi - 20 - my - ce^tes [ski-zo-my-ce'tes]
(Gr. schizetn, to split + mykes^
fungus). Unicellular microorganisms
that reproduce by division and spore
formation. Bacteria. Fission fungi.
schi-20-my-co^sis. A disease caused
by Schizomycetes.
Schnei-de'ri-an membrane [Conrad
Schneider. German anatomist, 1610-
1680]. The mucous membrane lin-
ing the nose.
Schreger's lines [Christian H. T.
Schreger, Danish anatomist, 1768-
1833]. 1. Markings seen in sections
of enamel due to coincidences in the
curvatures of the individual enamel
rods. 2. Markings in de^tin pro-
duced by coincidences of the primary
curvatures of the dentinal tubes.
[Hopewell-Smith.]
Schreier's method [Emil Schreier,
contemporary Austrian dentist].
The method of cleansing putrescent
root canals by the use of sodium and
potassium. The action of Na. and
K. is through the decomposition of
water, forming hydroxids of the
metals which unite with the fatty
substances, saponifying them, when
they can be washed from the canals.
A violent explosive action occurs on
application of the Na. and K.
Schwann's sheath [Theodor Schwann,
German anatomist, 1810-1882]. The
neurilemma of the nerve fiber.
S.'s white substance. Medullary
sheath of the nerve fiber.
sci-atl-ca (L. sciaticas, the ischium).
Inflammation of the sciatic nerve,
sds'sion (L. sdndere, to cut). Split-
ting; fission.
scis'sors (L. sdndere, to cut). A cut-
ting instrument with two blades held
together by a rivet, so that in closing
they cut the object placed between
them.
Digitized by
Google
SCLERA 258
Bcle^ra [sklera] (Gr. skUroa, hard).
The hard fibrous coat of the eye.
sde-re^ma (Gr. alderos, hard). An
induration of the cellular tissue.
BCle^ro- [sklero] (Gr. sJderos, hard). A
prefix meaning hard.
Bcle'roid (Gr. sJderoSf hard + eidos,
like). Hard, indurated.
Bcle-ro'ma (Gr. skleroSf hard + omay
tumor). Circumscribed induration
of granulation tissue in the mucous
membrane or skin.
scle-ro-sar-co'ma (Gr. sMeroSy hard +
sarx, flesh + <wia, tumor). A hard
fleshy tumor of the epulis variety.
8cle-rosed^. Hardened, having under-
gone sclerotic degeneration.
sde-ro'sis (Gr. skleros, hard). In-
duration or hardening due to increase
in connective tissue in a part.
8Cle-rotlc. Being hard or indurated.
8CO-li-o^si8 (Gr. skoliosiSy curvature).
Curvature of the spine laterally.
-scope (Gr. skopein, to see). A suffix
meaning to see or examine.
sco-pora'Onin. An alkaloid from sco-
pola, similar to but milder in action
than atropin. Dose of the hydro-
chlorate uiir to A gr. [0.00025 to
0.0011 gm.].
-scopy. A suffix indicating examina-
tion.
scor-bu'tie. Relating to scurvy.
8. teeth. Teeth deficient in amount
of phosphate of lime in the dentin
and enamel during development.
8Cor-ba^ta8. Latin, meaning scurvy.
seo-to'ma, pi. scotomata (Gr. skotoma,
darkness). A fixed blind spot or
temporary patches in the field of
vision.
scrapper. A cutting instrument used
in finishing vulcanite work.
screen, flaoroscope. The plate of a
fluoroscope coated with calcium
tungstate.
screw eleyator. An instrument with
a threaded end used for removing
the roots of broken-down teeth.
scro-bic'u-late (L. scrohicuLuSy a Uttle
trench). Furrowed or pitted.
scro-bic^u-las (L.). A small pit or
furrow.
SECRETIN
serorn-la (L. scroja, sow). A morbid
condition of the lymphatic glands,
characterized by indolent, slow heal-
ing tumors.
scrof^a-lous. Relating to or suffering
from scrofula.
scni^ple. A measure of weight; 20
grains troy weight. Symbol 9.
scor^vy (L. scorhvius). A disease
resulting from lack of proper food
for a length of time — specifically,
from lack of sufficient quantity oi
the antiscorbutic vitamin in the
diet for a length of time. Its symp-
toms are spongy, bleeding gums,
hemorrhages from the mucous mem-
brane, fetor of the breath, etc.
Se. Chemical symbol for selenium.
sea-tanglo- A form of seaweed used
in dried form as a surgical tent.
se-ba^ce-oos (L. sebuw, fat). Relat-
ing to suet or sebum.
s. flands. Glands situated in the
skin which secrete sebaceous matter
of an oily nature.
se-bip^ar-ous (L. sebum, suet + parere^
to produce). Secreting a sebaceous
fluid.
seb Vlite, seb'o-lith (L. ae&um^ suet +
Gr. liihoSy stone). Concretion in a
sebaceous gland.
seb-or-rhe^a, seb-or-rha'a (L. sebum,
suet + Gr. rhoia. flow). A disease of
the sebaceous glands in which there
is an excessive secretion of sebum,
collecting upon the skin and forming
oily scales.
se^um (L.). Suet or fat.
se^co-dont (L. secare, to cut + Gr.
odous, a tooth). Having teeth in
which the cusps of the molars have
sharp cutting edges.
secondary dentin. Dentin formed in
the pulp chamber of a tooth when the
pulp is irritated, representing an
effort on the part of nature to protect
the tooth pulp.
se-cre^ta (L. pL). Secretions.
se-crete' (L. secemere, to separate).
To separate; to form a substance
called secretion from materiab fur-
nished by the blood.
se-cre'tin. A substance secreted by
the epithelial cells of the duodenum
which incites pancreatic secretion.
Digitized by
Google
SECRETION
269
SENSITIVE
se-cre'tion (L. secemerej to separate).
1. The act of separating substances
from the blood. 2. The substance
separated and secreted.
se-cre'to-ffOfue (L. secernere^ to sepa-
rate + Gr. agogosy leading). An agent
that promotes secretion.
se-cre'to-ry. Relating to secretions.
sec'tio (L. secare, to cut). Latin
meaning section.
sec'tion (L. aectio), 1. The act of
cutting. 2. A portion of the body
or of an organ.
• sagittal s. A cut in a ventro-
dorsal direction through the body
or an organ or portion of the body.
secnndam artem. Latin phrase mean-
ing in an approved manner, Abbr.
s. a.
sedVtive (L. sedare, to soothe). An
agent that depresses the vital forces
thereby allaymg excitement.
sed'i-ment (L. aedere^ to sit). Mate-
rial deposited by precipitation.
86d-i-men-ta'tion. Causing the de-
position of sediment.
seg'ment (L. segmentunij secare j to cut).
A portion of the body marked off
from another part by a real or
imaginary line.
seg-men-ta'tion. To divide into seg-
ments, as the division which takes
place in the fertilized ovum.
Seid^lxts powder. An effervescent
aperient powder.
selen-ite. A pearly translucent form
of calcium sulphate.
se-le^ni-um (Gr. selene, moon). A
rare non-metallic chemical element
resembling sulphur in its properties.
Symbol, Se.
sele-no-dont (Gr. seHenCy moon +
odous, tooth). Having teeth with
longitudinal crescent-shaped ridges,
as the molar teeth. Paleontological
term.
self-limited. Limited by its own
action.
sel^ tur'ci-ca. The saddle-like de-
pression at the upper surface of the
sphenoid bone in which is lodged the
pituitary gland.
sem-ei-og'ra-phy (Gr. semeion, sign +
graphCy writing). Description of the
signs or symptoms of disease.
sem-ei-oro-gy, sem-i-oro-gy (Gr. se-
meiony sign + logos, treatise). Study
of the signs and symptoms of disease.
sem-ei-otlc. Relating to symptoms of
disease.
se-men-aM-a (L. semeny seed + Gr.
ouronj urine). The discharge of
semen in the urine.
sem'i- (L. semis, half). A prefix
meaning half.
sem-i-cre'tin-ism. Cretinism in a mild
or partial form.
sem-i-ciiml>ent. Partially recumbent.
sem-i-flex'ion. The position half-way
between flexion and extension.
sem-i-ln^nar (L. semi, half + luna,
moon). Having the shape of a half
moon; crescentic.
sem-i-lnx-a'tion. Partial dislocation.
sem-i-nor'mal. Half the normal stand-
ard strength.
sem-i-prone'. Half-way between the
position of pronation and supination.
se'mis. Latin, meaning half; abbr., ss,
sem-ivVlent. Having half the nor-
mal valency.
se-nes'cence (L. senescere, to grow old).
Old age.
se'nile (L. senerr, gen. seniliSf old).
Relating to old age.
se'nil-ism. Premature old age.
se-nil'i-ty. Old age.
sen-sa'tion (L. sensaiiSf from sentire,
to feel). An impression conveyed by
stimulation of an afferent nerve.
sense (L. sentire, to feel). A faculty
by which stimuli from external
bodies are received and transformed
into sensations.
sen-si-bil'i-ty (L. sentire, to feel + ha-
hUis, able). The faculty of receiv-
ing and transmitting impressions and
having the consciousness of them.
sen'si-ble. Having the faculty of
sensation; perceptible by the senses.
sen-sif^er-ous (L. sensus, sense +
ferre, to carry). Carrying sensa-
tions.
sen-sig'en-oiis (L. sensus, sense +
Gr. gennan, to produce). Giving rise
to sensory impulses.
sen'si-tive (L. sensiiivus, sense). Cap-
able of receiving ana transmitting
sensations.
Digitized by
Google
SENSITIZATION
260
SERIES
sen-8i-ti-za'tion. The act of render-
ing a cell sensitive to the action of a
complement through treatment with
a specific amboceptor; also, render-
ing an organism susceptible to the
action of a foreign protein, as e. g.,
in anaphylaxis. See Ehrlich*s side-
chain theory.
sen-si-ti'zed. Made sensitive.
8en-80-mo'tor. Concerned with both
sensory and motor impulses.
sen-so'ri-um (L. sentire, to feel).
The entire sensory apparatus of the
body.
sen'so-ry. Relating to sensation.
sen'tient. Sensory; having feeling.
sep'a-ra-tor (L. separare, to separate).
An instrument used to separate
teeth to gain access for the filling
operation.
Ivory 8. An instrument for sepa-
rating teeth to gain access for fillmg
cavities in proximal surfaces; design-
ed by J. W. Ivory, Philadelphia
instrument manufacturer.
Perry 8. [Safford G. Perry, New
York dentist, 1844-1911]. A separ-
ator for the purpose indicated above,
designed by Dr. Perry.
8eiHe-do-gen^e-8i8, 8ep-e-do-no-gen^e-
8i8 (Gr. sepedorif rotten + gennan, to
produce). Putrescence.
8ep'8m (Gr. sepsis, decay). A poison-
ous product of decaymg yeast.
8ep'8i8 (Gr. sepsis ^ decay). Putre-
faction. Infection with pathogenic
microorganisms.
8ep'tal. Relating to a septum.
8ep'tate. Provided with one or more
septa.
8ep-tav^a-lent. Same as septivaleni,
sep-tec'to-my (L. sepire, to hem in +
Gr. ektome, excision). Excision of a
part of the nasal septum.
8ep-te'im-a, 8ep-t8B'mi-a. Same as
septicemia.
8ep'tic (L. septicus; Gr. septoSy putrid).
Produced by putrefaction.
8ep-ti-ce'im-a, 8ep-ti-C8B'mi-a (Gr.
sepsis f decay + haima^ blood).
Blood-poisonmg. A morbid condi-
tion of the blood caused by the pres-
ence of pathogenic microorganisms.
sep-ti-ce^imc. Relating to septicemia.
8ep-ti-co-py-e'mi-a. Combination of
septicemia and pyemia.
8ep-tif'er-oii8 (Gr. sepsis^ decay + L.
ferrcj to carry). Carrying sepsis.
8ep^tile. Relating to a septum.
8ep-tiv'a-lent (L. septum, seven +
valens, able). Capable of combining
with seven atoms of hydrogen.
8ep-tot'o-my (L. septum, a partition +
Gr. tome, incision). Incision into a
septum, particularly the nasal sep-
tum.
8ep^ta-liim (L. dim of sceptum). A
small septum.
8ep'tam, pi. sepia (L. sceptum, septum).
A partition or dividing wall.
alveolar 8. The alveolar bone that
separates the alveoli of the teeth.
gingival 8. The portion of the
gum that occupies the dental inter-
proximal space.
gum 8. Same as gingival septum.
8. interalveolare. Same as alveo-
lar septum.
lingual 8. The median fibrous
portion of the tongue.
na8al 8. The partition between
the nares.
8e-qaera, pi. sequelai (L. sequi, to
follow) . A lesion following or result-
ing from a disease.
8e-qae8'ter (L.). Same as sequestrum.
8e-qae8'tral. Relating to a seques-
trum.
8e-qae8-tra'tion (L. sequestrum). 1.
Process of forming a sequestrum. 2.
Isolation of the patient in cases of
contagious diseases.
8e-qae8-trec'to-my (L. sequestrum +
Gr. ektome, excision). Excision of a
sequestrum.
8e-qae8-trot'o-my (L. sequestrum +
Gr. temnein, to cut). Removal of
necrosed bone.
8e-qae8'tnun, pi. sequestra (L.). A
piece of necrosed bone that has
become separated from the living
bone.
8e'ra. Plural of serum, which see.
8e'ri-al (L. series, a succession). Ar-
ranged to form a series.
8e'rie8 (L., a row). A group of ob-
jects arranged in order of succession.
Digitized by
Google
SERO-
261 SESQUISALT
ae'ro" (L. serums whey). A prefix
meaning relation to serum.
se-ro-bac'te-rin. Killed bacterta
treated with a specific immune
serum.
se'ro-chrome (L. serum + Gr. chromaj
color). The pigment of serum.
se-ro-di-ag-no'sis. Diagnosis by means
of the serum.
se-ro-lem'ma (L. serum + Gr. lemmaj
a sheath). The external layer of
the fetal membrane.
se-ro-log^ic, se-ro-log^ic-al (L. serum
+ Gr. logos f treatise). Relating to
sera.
se-roro-gy (L. serum + Gr. logos^
treatise). That branch of medical
science which deals with the study
of sera.
se'ro-phsrte (L. serum + Gr. phytoUf
plant). An organism that flourishes
in the body fluids.
se'ro-pus. Serous fluid containing pus .
se-ro'sa. A serous membrane.
se-ro-si'tis. Inflammation of a serous
membrane.
se-ro-ther'a-py (L. serum + Gr. thera-
peittf treatment). Treatment of dis-
ease with sera containing antitoxins.
se'roiis (L. serum). 1. Relating to or
having the nature of serum. 2.
Resembling or containing serum.
8. membrane. The membrane lin-
ing the closed cavities of the body,
and forming the inner coat of blood-
vessels.
8er-pig^i-no!i8 (L. serpere^ to creep).
Capable of creeping from one part to
another, as serpiginous erysipelas.
ser-pi'go (L. serpere^ to creep). Any
creeping dermatosis; herpes.
ser-pillum. Latin, meaning thyme,
ser'rate, ser'ra-ted (L. serra^ a saw).
Having sharp projections like a saw.
ser-ra'tion (L. serra^ a saw). A forma-
tion with sharp prominences like
the teeth of a saw. The condition
of being serrated.
serrefine [sair-fen'J (Fr.). A small
wire-spring forceps used for holding
together the edges of a wound, or for
closing a cut artery during an opera-
tion.
Serres' glands [Antoine Renaud Serres,
French physician, 1786 - 1868].
Masses of epithelial cells near the
surfaces of tne gums of the infant.
se'mm (L., meaning whey). The
watery portion of animal fluids,
secreted by serous membranes; a
constituent of blood, milk, etc.
antitoxic s. Serum containing anti-
toxin against a pathogenic micro-
organism, used as a protection
against infection by the organism
producing the antitoxin.
blood 8. The liquid which sepa-
rates from the blood when coagulated
at rest; it is composed of water,
sodium chlorid, phosphates ana
albumin, and coagulable by heat,
acids and alcohol.
glycerin s. Blood serum with 5
per cent of glycerin added; it is used
for the cultivation of the tubercle
bacillus.
Ldffler's 8. A bacteriologic culture
medium, consisting of blood serum,
and glucose bouillon, solidified and
sterilized by heat, used largely for
the cultivation of the diphtheria
bacillus.
specific s. Serum containing am-
boceptors which have a special
aflfinity for a special cell.
yeast s. Serum from animals which
have received through their food in-
creasing doses of yeast.
se-ni'mal. Relating to serum or formed
from serum.
8. calculus. Deposits of calcium
salts upon the teeth thought to be
derived from the blood-serum.
ser-vi-ette^ (Fr.). A small napkin.
ses'qui- (L. sesque, one and a half).
A prefix signifying one and a half.
ses-qui-ba'sic (L. sesque, one and a
half + basis J base). Referring to a
salt containing three atoms of the
base to two of the acid.
ses-qui-ho'ra. Latin, meaning an hour
and a half. Abbr. sesquih.
ses-qui-ox'id. An oxid containing three
atoms of oxygen to two of the base.
s. of iron. Ferri subcarbonas. An
effective antidote for arsenical poi-
soning.
ses'qui-salt. A salt containing one
and a half times as much of an acid
as of the base.
Digitized by
Google
SESSILE
262
SIALOANGITIS
ses'sile (L. sedercj to sit). Term ap-
plied to tumors having no pedicle.
set. 1. To reduce a fracture and apply
bandages for holding in position. 2.
To solidify or harden, as plaster,
amalgam or cement.
sexton (L. seta, bristle). A thread of
linen, silk or cotton passed through
a fold of skin to produce a fistulous
tract.
setting of amalgaTn. The hardening
of an amalgam, so that it will resist
pressure.
seventh nerve. The facial nerve.
See Table of Nerves.
sex (L. sexus, sex). The physical dis-
tinction between male and female.
sex- (L., six). Used as a prefix to
mean six.
sex-iv'a-lent (L. sex, six + valens, able).
Having a combining power of six
as compared with hyarogen.
sex-oro-gy (L. sexus, sex + Gr. logos,
treatise). The study of the sexes
and their relations.
sex'va-lent. Same as sexivcdent.
shade. A gradation of color.
shad'ow-gram. Same as radiogram.
shad'ow-graph. Same as radiograph.
shank. The portion of an instrument
extending from the handle to the
working point.
Sharpey's fibers [Wm. Sharpey, Eng-
Ush anatomist, 1802-1880]. Pene-
trating connective-tissue fibers which
run from the periosteum into the
substance of bones. They also
attach the alveolo-dental periosteum
to the cementum, passing from the
alveolo-dental penosteum inward,
penetrating the superficial layers of
cementum and in normal conditions
becoming completely calcified and
indistinguishable imder the micro-
scope. [Hopewell-Smith.]
sheath. A membrane of tubular form
inclosing or covering another struc-
ture.
dentinal s. A layer of tissue lining
the walls of the dentinal tubules,
supposed to be resistant to the action
of acids. Also called Neumann^s
sheath.
Neumann's s., Hertwig's s.,
Schwann's s. See under proper
names.
root 8. An epithehal sheath in-
closing the root of the embryonic
tooth.
shel-lac^ A resinous substance ob-
tained from certain East Indian
trees. It is used, dissolved in alco-
hol, to varnish plaster casts. It is
dissolved in the proportions of 5
ounces of shellac to 1 pint of alcohol.
shell crown. A crown made of metal
so contoured and shaped as to re-
produce the anatomic form of the
crown of the tooth which it covers.
Also called Morrison crown.
shield. Anything protecting a part
from injury.
shingles. Herpes zoster.
shock. Sudden depression of organic,
nervous, or vital power, occasioned
by a severe injury or profound emo-
tion.
snrgical s. Shock caused by a
surgical operation.
short circmt. A circuit formed be-
tween two points which diverts the
electric current from the longer cir-
cuit.
shotgun prescription. A prescription
containing numerous in^-edients, all
incorporated with the hope that some
one or more may produce the desired
effect.
Si. Chemical symbol for silicon.
si-a-gan-tri'tis (Gr. siagon, jaw +
antron, antrum + His, inflammation).
Inflammation of tne antrum of
Highmore.
si-al'ad-en (Gr. sialon, saUva + aden,
^and). One of the salivary glands.
si-al-ad-e-ni'tis (Gr. sialon, saliva +
aden, gland + His, inflammation).
Inflammation of a saUvary gland.
si-al-ad-e-non'cus (Gr. sialon, saliva
4- aden, gland + onkos, tumor).
Tumor of a salivary gland.
si-al'a-gogue (Gr. sialon, saliva +
agogos, leading). An agent that
stimulates the flow of saliva.
si-al'ic, si'al-ine (Gr. sialon, saUva).
Relating to saliva.
si'al-ism, si-al-is'mus (Gr. sialismos).
Ptyalism; salivation.
si-al-0-an-gi'tis (Gr. sialon, saliva +
angeion, vessel + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of a salivary duct.
Digitized by
Google
SIALODOCHITIS 263
si-al-o-do-chi'tis (Gr. sialony saliva +
dochCj vessel + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of a salivary duct.
si-al-og'en-ous (Gr. aialoriy saliva +
gennan, to produce). Producing
saliva.
si-al-o-gog'ic (Gr. sialorif saliva +
agogoSf leading). Sialogogue; pro-
ducing a flow of saliva.
si-al'o-ifogae (Gr. aialon, saliva +
agogos, leading). An agent that
promotes a flow of saliva.
si-al'o-lith (Gr. aialon, saliva + lUkos,
stone). Salivary calculus.
si-al-o-lith-iVsis (Gr. aialonf saliva +
lithiasis^ formation of stone). The
production of salivary calculi.
si-al-oro-gy (Gr. sidUm, saliva +
logos J treatise). The study of saliva.
si-al-or-rhe^a, si-al-or-rhoB^a (Gr. aia-
lon, saliva + r/ioia, flow). An ex-
cessive flow of saliva.
si-al-o-Bche'sis (Gr. sicdon, saliva +
achesis, suppressing). Stoppage or
suppression of the flow of saliva.
si-al-o-se-mei-oro-gy (Gr. aialon,
saliva + aemeionf sign + logos,
treatise). Diagnosis of diseases by
the study of the salivary secretions.
8i-al-o-8t6-no'8i8 (Gr. aiahnj saliva +
8tenoai8f narrow). Stenosis or con-
striction of a salivary duct.
si-al-o-sy'iinx (Gr. aialon, saliva +
ayrinx, pipe). SaUvary fistula.
si-al-o-ie'nii-a (Gr. aialon^ saliva +
zemia, loss). Loss of sahva; saliva-
tion.
sie'eus. Latin, meaning dry,
siek'ness. Disease; illness.
side-chain theory. Ehrlichia aide-
chain theory, which see.
sid'e-rol. A proprietary preparation
of beef essence, iron and phosphorus
in organic combination; used in
treatment of anemia, neurasthenia,
rickets, etc.
sid'er-ous (Gr. aideroa, iron). Con-
taining iron.
Biff. Abbr. for Latin aigna, sign.
siffht [sit]. The faculty of vision.
siff'moid (Gr. aigma, the letter 2 +
eidoa, like). Having the shape of
the Greek letter 2, aigma.
SILVER
siffn (L. aignum, a mark). Any physi-
cal evidence of a disease.
siff'na. Latin, meaning aign, Abbr. a.
or aig. in prescriptions.
siff'na-tore (L. aignum, sign). That
portion of a prescription containing
the directions as to dose and manner
of taking a medicine.
silez. Silicon dioxid(Si02). A white,
highly infusible, and exceedingly
hard crystalline substance.
liquid 8. Sodium silicate, also
called liquid glass. It is used in
surgical dressings and in dentistry for
painting plaster casts to give to
them a smooth even surface, and
also in painting impressions in order
to facilitate the separation of the
poured cast.
8il'i-ca (L. ailex, flint). Silicon dioxid;
foimd in nature in the form of quartz.
sil'i-cate (L. ailex, flint). A salt of
silicic acid.
8. cement. A cement used in filling
teeth composed of a powder made of
quartz, kaolin, lime and mamesia
in various proportiors, and liquid
phosphoric acid as the liquid.
sil-ic'ic acid. See imder add.
ai-li'cioas. Resembling or containing
sihca.
8ill-con (L. ailex, flint). An element
existing in nature in the form of
siHca and the silicates. It does not
exist in the free state. Symbol Si.
ailk^worm-ffut. A silkworm product
used as a substitute for catgut as
surgical sutures.
sil'ver (L. argentum). A soft white
metallic element; particularlv mal-
leable and ductile. Symbol Ag. It
has various uses in dentistry.
8. nitrate. A silver salt made bv
dissolving silver in dilute nitric acid.
It is a powerful germicide and escha-
rotic and is used in the deciduous
teeth to stop the carious process. It
is also used in combination with
ammonia to deposit silver on the
walls of putrescent root canals for
the purpose of sterilizing them. See
Howe^a method of root-canal sterili-
zation.
8. 80lder. Silver alloyed with
copper and zinc used in soldering
Digitized by
Google
SIMESTHESIA
silver. A common formula is silver,
60 parts; copper, 30 parts; zinc, 10
parts.
sim-es-the'si-a. Sensibility of the bony
structures.
similia similibus curantar. Latin
phrase meaning, Likes are cured by
likes y the foundation doctrine of
homeopathy, i. c, that a disease is
cured by remedies which produce
effects similar to the disease itself.
gi'mul. Latin, meaning at the same
time; at once,
sim-n-la'tion (L. simvlare, to feign).
1. The feigning of disease. 2. The
resemblance of one disease to
another.
sin^ew. A tendon or ligament.
sing. Abbr. of singiUorum. Latin
meaning of each,
sin'is-trad (L. sinister, left). In a
direction toward the left.
sin'is-tral (L: sinister, left). Relating
to the left side.
sin-a-i'tis. Same as sinusitis.
sin^n-oiis (L. sinus, a curve). Tortu-
ous; winding.
si^niis (L., a hollow). 1. A cavity the
interior of which is more expanded
than the entrance. 2. A channel
that conveys venous blood. See also
veins,
air s. A bone cavity communicat-
ing with the external air.
cavemous a. Venous sinus extend-
ing from the sphenoidal fissure to the
apex of the petrous portion of the
temporal bone, communicating with
the inferior and superior petrosal
sinuses behind and receivmg the
ophthalmic vein in front.
circtilar 8. Venous sinus surround-
ing the pituitary body; communicat-
ing on each side with the cavernous
sinus.
coronary 8. [of the heart]. Venous
sinus in the transverse groove be-
tween the left auricle and left ven-
tricle of the heart.
ethmoidal s. An air space in the
ethmoid bone.
frontal 8. A cavity beneath the
superciliary ridge of the frontal bone,
communicating with the nasal fossa.
264 SINUS
inferior longitudinal s. Venous
sinus extending along the posterior
half of the lower border of the falx
cerebri and terminating in the
straight sinus.
inferior petroaal 8. Venous sinus
arising from the cavernous sinus
running along the lower margin of
the petrous portion of the temporal
bone and joining the lateral sinus to
form the internal jugular vein.
lateral 8. Venous sinus beginning
at the torcular Herophili and run-
ning horizontally on the inner sur-
face of the occipital bone to the base
of the petrous portion of the temporal
bone, where it unites with the inferior
petrosal sinus to form the internal
jugular vein.
nuuitoid 8. An air cell in the mas-
toid bone.
maxillary s. Antrum of High-
more; an air cavity in the maxillaiy
bone, communicating with the mid-
dle meatus of the nose.
occipital s. Small venous sinus
situated in the attached margin of
the falx cerebelli, opening into the
torcular Herophili.
oral 8. Invagination of the epi-
blast forming the mouth of the
embryo.
sphenoidal 8. Air space in the
sphenoid bone.
straight 8. Venous sinus running
from the inferior longitudinal sinus
to the lateral sinus along the junc-
tion of the falx cerebri and tentorium.
superior longitudinal s. Venous
sinus that runs along the upper edge
of the falx cerebri. It begins in
front of the crista galli and termi-
nates at the torcular Herophili.
superior petrosal s. Venous sinus
that runs in a groove in the petrous
portion of the temporal bone, extend-
ing from the posterior part of the
cavernous sinus to the lateral sinus.
terminal s., s. terminalis. Venous
sinus that encircles the vascular area
of the blastoderm. It empties either
by one trunk, the anterior vitelline
vein, into the left vitelline vein, or
by two trunks into both vitelline
veins.
transverse s. Venous sinus that
unites the inferior petrosal sinuses.
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XIX
ANTERIOn
8PI^
Skull, Viewed from the Left Side, Showing the Bones and Principal Craniometrie
Points. (Gerrish.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
SINUSITIS
265
SNUFFLES
venosus 8. The chamber of the
lower vertebrate heart into which
the veins returning the blood from
the body empty.
si-nu-si'tis, si-nn-i'tis (L. sinusy a
hollow + Gr. itisy inflammation).
Inflammation of a sinus.
si^niis-oid (L. siniiSj a hollow + Gr.
eidos, form). Like a sinus.
Si02. Chemical formula for silicon
dioxid.
si'phon (Gr. siphorif tube). A bent
tube with arms of unequal length
used for transferring liquids from
one vessel to another.
■sis. A termination of words of Greek
origin indicating a state or condition.
si-toro-gy (Gr. «ito«, food + logos,
treatise). The study of food, diet
and nutrition.
si-to-toz'in. A poison formed in vege-
table food by the growth of bacteria.
si'tus (L.). Site, position.
sits-bath (Ger. siteen, to sit). A bath
in which the patient sits in a tub
and which allows the water to cover
the hips. ^
sixth nerve. See Table of Nerves,
ska'tol. A foul-smelling substance from
human feces; resulting from the de-
composition of proteins in the in-
te>*tine.
skein. A thread-like figure seen in
karyokinesis.
skere-tal. Relating to the skeleton.
skel'e-ton (Gr. skeletoUf \ dried body).
The bone framework of the animal
body.
ske-o-cy-to'sis (Gr. skaios, left +
kytos, cell). A condition in which
undeveloped white cells are present
in the blood.
ski'a-gram (Gr. skia, shadow + gram-
ma, writing). Same as radiogram.
skiVfraph (Gr. skia, shadow +
graphein, to write). Same as radio-
graph,
ski-ag'ra-phy (Gr. skia, shadow +
graphein, to write). Same as radiog-
raphy,
ski-am^e-ter (Gr. skia, shadow +
metron, measure). An appliance
used for measuring the intensity
of Roentgen rays.
ski'a-scope (Gr. sfcicr, shadow + sko-
pin, to view). An apparatus or
instrument employed in skiascopy.
ski-as'co-py (Gr. skia., shadow + sko-
pein, to view). Examination of the
body with the fluoroscope. Same
as fluoroscopy.
skin. The general investing mem-
brane of the surface of the body.
gold beater's s. The outer mem-
brane* of the cecum of the ox, beaten
out thin, and used in the making of
gold foil by placing the gold between
the skins and beating it out to the
proper thinness.
s. grafting. A method of treating
ulcerated surfaces by transplanting
small pieces of skin from another
part of the body.
skull. Cranium; the bony case form-
ing the framework of tne head.
slant. An oblique surface.
s. culture. A culture of bacteria
in agar which has been allowed to
harden with the test tube held in a
slanting position.
slav'er-ing. Involuntary flow of saliva
from the mouth.
sleep. Repose of the organs of sense,
the intellectual faculties and volun-
tary motion.
sleeve. A protective tube-like cover-
ing.
slide. A plate of glass upon which
objects are placed for microscopical
examination.
slough [slufj. Broken-down or cast-
on dead tissue.
slough'ing. The breaking down or
casting off of dead tissue.
smear-culture. See under culture.
Sn. Chemical symbol for tin (L.
stannum).
snare. An instrument for removing
soft growths, as nasal polypi. It has
a wire loop attachment which can
be placed around the growths and
so tightened that it tears them out.
snore. Noisy breathing during sleep.
Snow's articulator. An articulating
instrument devised by Geo. B.
Snow, contemporary Buffalo dentist.
snuf'fles. Inhahng forcibly through
the nose owing to accumulation of
mucous secretions.
Digitized by
Google
SO2. Chemical formula for sulphur
dioxid.
soap (L. sapo). A compound of fatty
acids with an alkali.
green s. A soft soap made of lin-
seed oil and potassium hydroxid.
Used in treatment of skin diseases.
soap-stone. Talc.
so-ci-oro-gy (L. sociua, fellow + Gr.
logos f treatise). The study of social
relations.
sock'et. A hollow or cavity into which
a movable part is inserted.
tooth s. The cavity in the alveolar
process in which the tooth is held.
An alveolus.
so'da (L. sodium). Sodium bica]>
bonate.
so'di-i. Latin gen. of sodium,
so'dium (L., soda). A white soft me-
tallic element. Symbol Na. Abbr.
of Latin natrium.
s. acetate (U. S. P.]. A white
crystalline powder, used as a diuretic.
Dose, 10 to 30 gr. (0.65 to 2.0 gm.].
s. and potassium. Na. and K.,
used in combination for cleansing
putrescent root canals. See Schreier's
method.
s. arsenate [U. S. P.]. A white
crystalline powder, having the same
propertiesas the otnersaltsof arsenic.
Dose, iAf to i\y gr. [0.0022 to 0.0065
gm.].
s. bensoate [U. S. P.]. An amor-
phous powder, used as an antilithic,
antiseptic and antirheumatic. Dose,
10 to 30 gr. [0.65 to 2 gm.].
s. bicarbonate [U. S. P.]. A white,
odorless powder, used as an antacid.
Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.32 to 2 gm.].
s. borate [U. S. P.]. Occurring in
colorless, transparent prisms; it is an
alterative, antiseptic and antacid.
Dose, 5 to 15 gr. [0.32 to 1 gm.].
s. bromid [U. S. P.]. A bromin
compound occurring in white, color-
less crystals; it is a sedative. Dose,
5 to 30 gr. [0.333 to 2 gm.].
s. chlorid [U. S. P.]. Common salt.
It is a stimulant and resolvent^ and
increases salivary action. It is an
antidote of silver nitrate, and emetic
in large doses. Dose 5 to 30 gr.
[0.333 to 2 gm.].
266 SOLDER
s. diozid. A white powder, Na203,
used in dentistr^r as a bleaching
agent and antiseptic.
s. hydroxid. Caustic soda. It is
caustic and antacid.
s.h7pophosphite[U.S.P.]. Occurs
in white, granular rods: used as a
tonic, alterative, and in skin diseases.
Dose, 5 to 10 ^. [0.33 to 0.66].
s. iodid [U. S. P.]. A white, crys-
talline powder used in syphilis and
rheumatism. Dose, 10 to 30 gr.
[0.65 to 2 gm.].
s. nitrate [U. S. P.]. Saltpetre; a
purgative. Dose, 8 to 40 gr. [0.5 to
2.5 gm.].
s. perborate. A compound formed
by the action of sodium peroxid on
boric acid. When dissolved in water
dioxid of hydrogen is generated.
s. phosphate [U. S. P.]. A com-
poimd formed by adding a solution
of acid phosphate of calcium to a
solution of sodium; used in cases of
deficiency of phosphorus, diarrhea,
rickets. Dose, 5 to 30 gr. [0.33 to 2
gm.].
s. salicylate [U. S. P.]. A white
amorphous powder; antirheumatic
and used the same as salicylic acid.
Dose, 2 to 10 gr. [0.13 to 0.66 gm.].
s. silicate [liquid glass]. An anti-
septic used in surgical dressings. In
dentistry as a separating medium
between the impression and the
poured cast.
s. stearate. White^ soapy powder;
prescribed in skin diseases.
s. sulphate. Glauber's salts. It is
diuretic, cathartic and sedative.
Dose, 5 to 20 gr. [0.33 to 1.33 gm.].
soft palate. See under palate.
sol. Abbr. for solution.
solar plexus. The plexus of sympa-
thetic nerves on the dorsal aspect of
the stomach.
so-lar-i-sa^tion.
vulcanite.
The act of solarizing
solar-ize. To stabilize or fix the
color of a certain character of vul-
canite by exposure to light. .
sorder. 1. To unite metal surfaces.
2. An alloy of metals used to unite
the surfaces of two pieces of metal.
Digitized by
Google
SOLDERING 267 SOLUTION
Fowler's 8. A solution of 10 pm.
arsenous acid, 20 gm. potassium
carbonate, and 30 gm. tincture of
lavender and distilled water added
to make 1000 cc. It is a convenient
form for using arsenic. Dose, 3 to 10
min. [0.2 to 0.66 cc.].
Gram's s. A solution of iodin, 1
part, and potassium iodid, 2 parts in
300 parts of water; used as a staining
agent.
hypertonic s. A solution possessing
a greater osmotic pressure than that
of the solution taken as standard,
e. g,y blood serum.
hypotonic s. A solution having a
lower osmotic pressure than that of
the solution taken as standard, e. ^.,
blood serum.
isosmotic s., isotonic s. A solution
having the same osmotic pressure as
that of the solution taken as stan-
dard, e. g.f blood serum.
Labarraqne's s. A solution of chlor-
inated soda used as a disinfectant.
Nessler's s. A solution of potas-
sium iodid, 5 per cent; mercuric
chlorid, 2.5 per cent; potassium
hydroxid, 16 per cent; used as a test
for ammonia.
normal salt s. A solution of NaCl,
containing 58.37 grams to the liter
of water. Often incorrectly used for
the physiologic salt solution, which
is approximately a decinormal solu-
tion.
normal s. A solution containing
in 1 liter enough of the dissolved sub-
stance to saturate or replace 1 gr^m
of hydrogen.
physiologic salt s. A solution of
sodium chlorid in water, of 0.6 to
0.75 per cent strength, isotonic with
the body or tissue liquid, with which
it is to be compared; approximately
a decinormal solution.
Ringer's s. A solution of sodium
chlorid, 1.8; calcium chlorid, 0.048;
potassium chlorid, 0.084; sodium
bicarbonate, 0.06; distilled water,
200. Used as a menstruum for novo-
cain in local anesthesia.
saturated s. A solution containing
all of any substance that it is possible
to dissolve in the menstruum em-
ployed.
gold s. An alloy of gold for solder-
ing gold.
silver s. An alloy of silver, copper
and zinc for soldering silver.
soft s. A low-fusing alloy of tin
and antimony for soldering the base
metals.
sorder-ing. The act of uniting metal
surfaces with solder.
s. block. A block of asbestos and
fire-clay used for supporting pieces of
metal during the soldering process.
sorid (L. solidiis). The opposite to
fluid or gaseous; also not hollow.
sol-n-bil'i-ty (L. solverey to set free +
habUiSj able) . The property of being
soluble.
sora-ble (L. solvere^ to set free).
Capable of being dissolved.
so-late'. Any substance dissolved in
a solution.
so-ln'tion (L. solverey to set free). 1.
The act of dissolving. 2. The prod-
uct of the action; or any liquid hold-
ing dissolved matter.
alcoholic s. A solution of any sub-
stance in alcohol as a menstruum.
aqneons s. A solution of any sub-
stance in water.
arsenical s. Same as Fowler^s 8.
centinormal s. A solution one-
hundredth the strength of a normal
solution.
coUoid s. Solution of a colloid sub-
stance.
Dakin's s. A solution made by
dissolving 140 gm. of washing soda,
sodium carbonate, in 10 liters of
water, and then adding 200 gm. of
chlorinated lime; this is then si-
E honed off, filtered and 40 gm. of
oric acid added. Used in antiseptic
wound treatment.
decinormal s. A solution one-
tenth the strength of a normal solu-
tion.
Dobell's s. A solution of sodium
bicarbonate, borax, carbolic acid, and
glycerin, used as a spray in nose and
tmroat diseases.
Fehling's s. A solution of cupric
sulphate, potassium-sodium tartrate,
and potassium hydroxid, used in
testing for glucose or compounds
containing the aldehyd radical.
Digitized by
Google
SOLV 208
standard s. A solution containing
a known and definite quantity of any
substance.
superaatorated 8. A solution in
which by heating the menstruum a
greater quantity of the substance
is dissolved than would be possible
were the process conducted at normal
temperatures.
Thiersch's s. A solution of boric
acid and salicylic acid, 12 to 2 parts,
respectively, m 1000 parts of water;
it is used as an antiseptic wash.
volumetric s. Same as standard s.
SPASMODIC
solv. Abbr. for solve.
dissolve.
Latin, meaning
sorvent (L. solvere^ to set free). 1. An
agent that dissolves. 2. A medicinal
agent that is supposed to dissolve
obstructions, as a stone in the gall-
bladder, etc.
sorve-ol. Solution of sodium-cresol
in excess of cresol. Used in a 0.5
per cent solution as an antiseptic in
treatment of wounds and abscesses.
so'ma. Greek meaning body.
so-ma-tal'gia (Gr. somaj body + algos,
pain). Pain in the body.
so-matlc (Gr. somatikoSj body). Re-
lating to the body.
so-mat-o-gen'ic (Gr. soma, body +
gennan, to produce). Having origin
in the cells of the body.
so-mat-oro-gy (Gr. soma, body + logos,
treatise). The study of the human
body; its anatomy and physiology.
so-mat-ot^o-my (Gr. soma, body +
temnein, to cut). The study of
anatomy by dissecting the body.
som-ni-fa'cient (L. somnus, sleep +
facere, to make). An agent that
induces sleep.
som-nif'er-oiis. Causmg sleep.
som'no-form. A mixture of 60 parts
ethyl chlorid, 35 parts methyl
chlorid and 5 parts ethyl bromid;
used as a general anesthetic.
som'no-lence (L. somnolentia, sleepi-
A condition of drowsiness.
som^nus. Latin for sleep.
so-no'rous (L. sonus, sound). Pro-
ducing a musical sound.
soor. See thrush.
so'por. Latin, meaning deep sleep.
so-po-rif'er-ous (L. sopor, sleep +
facere, to make). Causing deep
sleep.
SO-po-rif'ic. A drug that induces
sleep.
sor-be-fa'cient (L. sorbere, to suck +
facere, to make). An agent that
promotes absorption.
sor^es (L. sordere, to be foul). Filth;
specially the accumulation of secre-
tions that collect on the teeth in con-
tinued fevers.
sore. An ulcer or lesion.
sore month. Cancrum oris.
sound (L. soniLs). The effect produced
upon the sense of hearing.
so 7 bean. Chinese bean; a bean rich
in albuminoids, used in making bread
for diabetics.
so'nn (Gr. sozein, to save). A defen-
sive proteid normally present in the
human body.
sp. Abbr. for Latin spirUus, spirit.
space (L. spatium). An area on the
surface of the body or an organ;
a cavity in the body.
apical 8. A space supposed to
exist between the apex of the tooth
and the alveolar process.
Czermak's s's. Irregular spaces
in the interglobular substance of the
dentin.
Haversian s's. Irregular spaces
in developing bone filled with mar-
row.
interglobular s's. Irregular spaces
near the surface of the dentin result-
ing from defective calcification.
interproximal s's., interprozimate
s's., proximal s's., proximate s's.
Spaces between adjoining teeth.
span. The space between the abut-
ments of a bridge.
spar. A vitreous, crystalline mineral
ejdiibiting a degree of luster, and
breaking with regular surfaces.
spark. The flash and sound made by
a discharge of electricity.
spasm (L. spasmus; Gr. spasmos). In-
voluntary muscular contractions.
Bells' s. Convulsive tic douloureux.
spas-mod^ic (Gr. spasmodes). Relat-
ing to spasm.
Digitized by
Google
SPASMOPHILIA 260
spas-mo-phil'ia (Gr. spasmosy spasm +
phUeirij to love). Tendency to
spasms.
spas'miui (L.; Gr. spasmos, spasm).
Spasm.
spas'tic (Gr. spastikoSj stretching).
Spasmodic; in a state of tonic spasm;
tetanic.
spa'tial. Relating to space.
spa'ti-um, pi. spatia. Latin, meaning
space.
spat'u-la (L. dim. of spatha, a ladle).
An instrument with a knife-like
blade, used for carving and spreading
wax and for mixing cement, plaster,
amalgam, etc.
spat'n-late. The act of using the
spatula in mixing cement, etc.
spe'ci-al-ism. Devoting oneself to a
particular branch of dentistry.
spe'ci-al-ist. One who devotes his
attention to a special branch of den-
tistry.
spe'cies (L.). A subdivision of a
genus of animals or plants.
spe-cif' ic (L. species^ sort + facerej to
make). 1. Relating to a species.
2. Produced by a particular kind of
microorganism. 3. A medicine that
has a definite action in a particular
disease.
8. fravity. Weight of a substance
as compared to an equal volume of
another substance taken as a stand-
ard, water being the standard for
solids and liquids; air for gases.
sp6-ci-fic'i-ty. The condition of being
specific.
spec'tro-scope (L. spectrum^ image +
Gr. skopeiUy to view). An instru-
ment containing a prism for the
development of a spectrum, and a
telescope arrangement for the study
of the image formed.
spec'tnun, pi. spectra (L., image). A
multicolored band caused by the
decomposing of hght in passing
tfifou^ * P^^"^-
spec u-ium, pi. specula (L., a mirror).
An instrument for opening a cavity
of the body for examination.
Spoe, curve of [Ferdinand Graf von
Spee, German anatomist, 1855-].
An imaginary curve extending from
the cusp of the lower canine teeth
SPICULE
along the buccal cusps of the pre-
molars and molars to the anterior
border of the head of the condyle.
[Wilson.]
speech. The articulated voice.
Spence's metal. A low-fusing metal
composed of sulphur, bismuth and
antimony used for making counter-
dies.
sper-mat-o-zo'on, pi. spermatozoa (Gr.
sperma, semen + zoon^ animal). The
male cell of generation contained in
the semen.
sp. gr. Abbr. of specific gravity.
spha-gi'tis (Gr. sphage, throat + iiiSj
inflammation) . Inflanmiation of the
throat.
sphe'noid [sfe'noid] (Gr. spheuj wedge
+ eidoSf form). Wedge-shaped. A
wedge-shaped bone at the base of the
skuir.
sphe-no-maz'il-lary. Relating to the
sphenoid and maxillary bones.
sphe-no-palVtine. Relating to the
sphenoid and palate bones.
sphere [sf^r] (Gr. spkaira^ sphere). A
ball or globis.
spheric, spherlc-al (Gr. sphaira, a
globe). Relating to a sphere.
spher-o-bac-teM-a (Gr. sphaira, sphere
+ bakterion, a bacterium). Micro-
cocci.
spher^oid, spher-oi^dal (Gr. sphaira,
sphere + eidos^ form). Sphere-
shaped.
spher^ule. A little sphere.
sphincter (L.; Gr. sphinkter^ binder).
A circular muscle that constricts or
closes a natural orifice,
s. oris. Orbicularis oris muscle.
sphinc'ter irl-dis. See Table of Mus-
cles.
sphjg'mic [sfig'mic] (Gr. sphygmos,
pulse). Relating to the pulse.
sphyg-mo-dy-na-momVter, sphyg-
mom'e-ter (Gr. sphygmos, pulse +
dynamiSy power + metron, measure).
An instrument for measuring the
force of the pulse.
spi'ca (L.). 1. A spike or spur. 2.
A bandage with reversed turns that
form a letter V shape.
spic'u-lar. Relating to a spicule.
spic'ule (L. spicuhim, a small spike).
A small spike-like fragment of bone.
Digitized by
Google
SPICULUM
spic'u-lum, pi. spicula (L. dim of spica^
a small spike). Same as spicule.
spi'iia, pi. spincB (L., a thorn). A
thorn-like process on the surface of a
bone.
spinal (L. spina, spine). Relating to
the vertebral colunm.
8. cord. The portion of the central
nervous system contained in the
spinal canal.
8. nenre8. The nerves given off
from the spinal cord.
8pi-nali8 colli See Table of Muscles.
8pi'iiate (L. spinatv^f having spines).
Having thomnshaped processes.
8pm'dle. A tapering rod.
spine (L. spinay a thorn). 1. The
vertebral column. 2. A sharp pro-
cess of bone.
mental 8. A process on the inner
aspect of the symphysis of the
mandible.
spiral (Gr. speira, a coil). Winding
like a coil or screw.
8pi-ril1i-cide (L. spirillum, a coil +
ccBdere, to kill). An agent capable
of destroying spirilla.
8pi-ril-lo'8i8. Any disease due to
spirillum.
Spi-nllum, pi. spirilla (L., a coil). A
genus of tne curved, rod-shaped bac-
teria; motile, differing from Micro-
spira [q. v.] by possession of a tuft
of polar flagella Qophotrichic].
S. 8patigeniim. Foimd in saliva;
non-pathogenic.
8pi'rit (L. spirare, to breathe). A
volatile alcoholic distilled Uquid.
spirlt-ous. Relating to alcoholic
liquors.
spirlt-us, pi. spiritus (L., spirit).
Official name for any pharmacopeial
spirit or alcoholic solution of any
volatile solid, liquid or gas; an alco-
• holic solution of a non-volatile sub-
stance is called a tinctura, tincture.
8. 8dtheri8 compo8itii8. Compound
spirit of ether, Hoffman's anodyne,
contains ether 3.25, alcohol 6.50, and
ethereal oil 2.5. Antispasmodic,
stimulant and anodyne. Dose, J to
1 dram [2 to 4 cc.].
8. 8Btheri8 nitrosi. Sweet spirit of
niter, a solution of ethyl nitrate 4
270 SPIROMETER
per cent in alcohol; sedative and
diuretic. Dose, 20 to 30 min. [1.3
to 2 cc.].
8. ammoniflB aromaticiu. Aromatic
spirit of ammonia, composed of
ammonium carbonate, 3.4; ammonia
water, 9.0; oils of lemon, lavender
flowers, and nutmeg, each 0.1;
alcohol, 70.0; distilled water, 17.3;
antispasmodic and stimulant. Dose,
0.5 to 1 dr. [2 to 4 cc.].
8. ani8i. Spirit of aniseed, com-
posed of oil of anise 10 parts and
alcohol 90 parts. Carminative.
Dose, 0.5 to 2 dr. [2 to 8 cc.].
8. anrantiL Spirit of orange, solu-
tion of orange peel, 5 parts in alcohol
95. Dose, 10 to 60 mins. [0.65 to
4 cc.].
8. camphorsB. Spirit of camphor;
camphor, 10 parts; alcohol, 90; stim-
ulant, anodyne. Dose, 5 to 30 min.
[0.32 to 2 cc.].
8. menthsB piperitSB. Spirit of pep-
permint, oil of peppermint, 10 parts;
alcohol, 90; carminative. Dose, 5
to 20 min. [0.32 to 1.3 cc.].
8. rectificatii8. Alcohol diluted
with 16 per cent water, used to dis-
solve resmous substances.
8pi-ro-bac-te'ri-a (Gr. speira, coil +
bakterion, little rod). Spiral bac-
teria, including spirilla, spirochetes
and vibrios.
Spi-ro-chflB^ta, Spi-ro-chsB^te, pi. spiro-
chcetce, spirochetes (Gr. speira, coil +
chaite, hair). Genus of Schizo-
mycetes, spirillum; thread-like spiral
form.
S. vincenti. Found associated with
B. fusiformis in Vincent's infections.
8pi-ro-che'tal. Relating to spirochetes.
8pi'ro-chete. An individual of the
SpirochsBta genus.
8pi-ro-che-to'8i8, 8pi-ro-ch8B-to'si8 (Gr.
speira, coil + chaite, hair). Infection
produced by spirochetes.
8pi'ro-fraph (L. spirare, to br^g^^Jie +
Gr. graphein, to write). A^ jnstt^"
ment used to register the movements
of respiration.
8pi^roid (Gr. speira, coil + eidos, form).
Resembling a spiral.
8pi-rom'e-ter (L. spirare, to breathe +
Gr. meiron, measure). An instru-
Digitized by
Google
SPIROPHORE
ment for measuring the air capacity
of the lungs.
spi'ro-phore (L. spirare, to breathe +
Gr. phoreiUf to bear). An instru-
ment used for performing artificial
respiration.
spi'ro-scope (L. spirarCf to breathe +
skopein, to view) . A form of spirom-
eter.
spis-sa'ted (L. spissare, to thicken).
Thickened by evaporation; inspis-
sated.
spit'fle. Saliva.
splanch'nic [splank'nic] (Gr. splanchna,
viscera). Relating to the viscera.
splanch-noro-gy (Gr. splanchna^ vis-
cera + logos J treatise). The study
of the viscera.
splanch-no-ine-ffa^ (Gr. splanchna.
viscera 4- megaSj large). Abnormal
growth of the viscera.
spleen (Gr. splen; L. splen^ spleen). A
purple colored ductless gland situ-
ated just below the diaphragm on
the left side, connected with the
circulatory system and concerned in
changes in tne red corpuscles.
sple-nel-co'sis. Ulceration of the
spleen.
sple-ne^mi-a (Gr. splerty spleen +
haimaj blood). Congestion of the
spleen.
sple-net'ic. Relating to the spleen;
one having a diseased spleen.
sple'nic. Relating to the spleen.
sple-ni'tis (Gr. splen. spleen + iiiSf
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
spleen.
sple^ni-um (Gr. splenion, a bandage).
A bandage or compress.
8ple^ni-!i8 cap^i-tis. See TahU of
Muscles.
sple'ni-iis colli. See Table of Mus-
cles.
sple'noid (Gr. splenj spleen + eidos,
form). Shaped like tne spleen.
sple-noro-gy (Gr. splen, spleen + logos,
treatise). The study of the func-
tions and diseases of the spleen.
splint (Swedish, a spike). An appli-
ance for fixing displaced or movable
parts.
coaptation s. A splint used to
insure coaptation of the fractured
ends of bones.
271 SPONGIFORM
dental 8. An appliance for holding
two or more teeth firmly together.
Ounning*8 8. [Thos. B. Gunning,
New York dentist, 18 1890]. An
interdental splint made of vulcanite,
for use in holding the jaws inmov-
able in cases of fracture.
interdental s. A splint consisting
of metal bands extending aroimd the
upper and lower dental arches and
wired to the teeth and then the arch
bands wired together to secure the
jaws firmly together.
Kingsley'8 8. [Norman W. King-
sley. New York dentist, 1829-1913].
An interdental splint made of vulcan-
ite, with space between the jaws, or
upper and lower portion of the splint,
through which the patient may take
food.
plaster s. A splint of gauze im-
pregnated with plaster of Paris.
splin^ter. A small piece of fractured
bone.
spo-dophVgons (Gr. spodos, ashes +
phagdn, to eat). Destroying the
waste products of the body.
spon-dyl-ar-thri'tis (Gr. spondylos, ver-
tebra + arthron, joint + itis, inflam-
mation). Inflammation of the ver-
tebral joints.
spon-dyl-i'tis (Gr. spondylos. vertebra
+ itis, inflammation). . Inflamma-
tion of the vertebra.
spon-dy-lo'sis. Vertebral ankylosis.
spon'dy-lns (Gr. spondylos, vertebra).
A vertebra.
sponge (L. spongia; Gr. spongia,
sponge). The skeletal remains of a
marine animal organism, used as an
absorbent.
8. gold. Gold prepared in a spongy
form for filling teeth.
8. graft. A piece of sponge in-
serted in an ulcer or wound to pro-
mote granulation.
8. platinum. A precii^itated plati-
num used as a pigment in the manu-
facture of blue frits with a grayish
hue.
8. tent. A tent made of sponge.
spon'gi-a, pi. spongice. Latin, meaning
sponge.
spon'gi-form. Resembling sponge.
Digitized by
Google
SPONGIOBLAST
spon^gi-o-blast (Gr. spongiay sponge +
blastoSy germ). An embryonic epi-
thelial cell, which afterward becomes
the neuroglia.
8pon^gi-o-cyte (Gr. svongia, sponge +
kytosy cell). A cell of the neurog-
lia.
spon^gi-oid (Gr. spongia^ sponge +
eidosy form). Having the form or
structure of a sponge.
spon'gi-o-plasm (Gr. ajHrngia, sponge
+ plasma J plasm). Network of
chromatin giving to protoplasm its
granular appearance.
spon-gi-o^sum. Ethmoid bone.
spon^gy. Having a sponge-like tex-
ture.
spoon excavator. An instrument with
a spoon-shaped cutting end for
removing decayed dentin from a
tooth cavity.
spo-rad^ic (Gr. svoradikoSf scattered).
A term applied to diseases that are
not epidemic but occur in isolated
individuals.
spo-rad^o-neore (Gr. sporadikos, spo-
radic + neuron f nerve). An iso-
lated nerve cell.
spo-ran^gi-um, pi. sporangia (Gr. sporos
seed + angeion, vessel). A capsule
containing spores.
spore (L. spora; Gr. sporos, seed).
A stage in the life cycle of many
organisms during which heightened
resistance againSt unfavorable en-
vironmental conditions is exhibited;
usually associated with reproduc-
tion.
spo-ri-ci^dal (L. spora, seed + ccederey
to kill). Capable of destroying
spores.
spo^ri-dde. An agent capable of de-
stroying spores.
spo-ridl-um, pi. sporidia. The spore
stage of a protozoon organism.
spo-rif^er-ons (L. spora, seed + ferre,
to bear). Spore-producing.
spo-rip^ar-ons (L. spora, seed + parere,
to produce). Spore-producing.
spo'ro- (Gr. sporos, seed). A prefix
indicating relation to a spore.
spo^ro-blast (Gr. sporos, seed + blastos,
germ). A rudimentary spore.
272 SPUR
spo^ro-cyst (Gr. sporos, seed + kystis,
cell). 1. A cyst containing spores.
2. The envelope forming around
a sporoblast in its developmental
stage.
spo-ro-gen^e-sis (Gr. sporos, seed +
genesis, origin). The process of re-
production by spores.
spo-ro-gen^ic (Gr. sporos, seed + gen-
nan, to produce). Capable of re-
production by spores.
spo-rog^en-ons. Spore-producing.
spo-rog^e-ny (Gr. sporos, seed + gen-
nan, to produce). Reproduction by
spores.
spo'ro-phore (Gr. sporos, seed + phorein
to bear). Vegetable organic matter
that supports the spore.
spo^ro-plasm (Gr. sporos, seed +
plasma, plasm). The protoplasm of
reproductive spore cells.
spo-ro-zo^a (Gr. sporos, seed + zoon,
animal). A class of protozoa, all
of which are parasitic. Plasmodium
vivax of malaria belongs to this
group.
spo-ro-801te. An embryo sporozoon.
spo-ro-zo^dn, pi. sporozoa (Gr. s'poros,
seed + zoon, animal). A species of
sporozoa.
spor^ola, spor^ule. A minute spore.
spor^u-lar. Relating to a spore.
spo-ru-la^tion. Formation and devel-
opment of spores.
spot. A circumscribed discolored area
of the skin.
sprain. Wrenching or partial rupture
of the attachments of a joint.
spray. A liquid separated into fine
particles by a stream of air.
ether s. Ether applied in the form
of a spray for local anesthesia.
sprew, sprue. Thrush. A chronic
form of sore mouth.
sprue. A metallic or other substance
used to form the gateway for metal
melted and forced into a mold. Also
the hole so formed.
spunk. Punk; a fun^ growth, dried
and used in dentistry for drying
cavities in teeth preparatory to
filling.
spur. 1. A sharp point or projection.
2. The angle made by a branch
with the main vessel. 3. Ergot.
Digitized by
Google
SPUTUM
273
spu'tam, pi. sputa (L. spuere, to spit).
Spittle; the secretion ejected from
tne mouth in the act of spitting.
sqaa'ma, pi. squamoB (L.). A scale.
sqaa^mate. Having the nature of
scales.
squa-mo'sa. The squamous portion of
the temporal bone.
sqaa^mons (L. squama^ scale). Scaly.
Relating to or resembling a scale.
8. bone. See sqiuimoaa,
8. epithelium. Pavement epithe-
lium.
Sr. Chemical symbol for strorUium,
88. Abbr. for Latin semis, a half.
8tab. The planting of bacteria in the
depth of a culture medium instead of
on the surface.
8tab^ile (L. stabilis, starCf to stand).
Fixed.
8. current. A current of electricity
produced by holding the electrodes
m a fixed position.
8tab^i-lize. To make stable, as a sup-
port to a bridge or partial denture.
8ta^di'-umi pi. stadia (L., a course)
A period or stage of a disease.
8ta|^e. 1. A period of a disease. 2.
The platform of a microscope on
which the specimen to be examined
is placed.
8tair'-na^tion (L. stagnare, to settle).
Accumulation and retardation of
fluids in any part of the body.
8tain. A dyeing agent used to color
tissues for microscopic examination.
green 8. A fungus deposit on the
cervical portion of the teeth, particu-
larly in children.
8tain'ing. The act of coloring tissues
for microscopical examination.
Staining Methods.
Abbott'8 method. For staining
spores: The specimen is first cov-
ered with methylene-blue and
brought to boiling-point several
times, then decolorized with a 2 per
cent solution of nitric acid in 80 per
cent alcohol, then dipped in satu-
rated alcoholic solution of eosin 10
parts to water 90 parts. The
spores are stained blue and the
bacilli red.
IS
STAINING
add fuchsin 8tain. A stain of acid
fuchsin, 2 gm. in 40 cc. of 90 per
cent alcohol and 160 cc. distilled
water, used specially for staining
axis-cylinders of nerve fiber.
carbolfuehsin 8tain. A stain com-
posed of 5 per cent aqueous solution
of carbolic acid, 90 parts, and 10 per
cent alcoholic solution of fuchsin,
10 parts; used for staining histologic
specimens.
Delafield'8 hematoxylin method.
A stain for histologic specimens,
composed of hematoxylin, 4 parts;
ammonia-alum, 52 parts; absolute
alcohol, 25 parts; methyl alcohol,
100 parts; glycerin, 100 parts; water,
400 parts.
eosin stain. A 5 per cent solution
of eosin in aqueous solution, used for
staining red-blood corpuscles and
muscle fibers.
Esmarch's method. For anaerobic
cultures. A roll culture of the
organism is prepared in glucose-
gelatin on ice; when the gelatin is
still cold and spread on the walls of
the tube, the tube is filled with
liquefied gelatin, solidified in cold
water, and the tube sealed air-tight.
formalin stain. A 40 per cent solu-
tion of formaldehyd gas in water;
used as a fixing fluid.
fuchsin stain. See carbolfuehsin
stain,
gentian-Tiolet stain. An anilin dye
of violet color, used for staining his-
tologic specimens and microorgan-
isms. It is prepared by dissolving
0.5 gm. of the dye in 20 cc. of 90 per
cent alcohol; 80 cc. of distilled water
and 1 cc. of glacial acetic acid.
Oiemsa's method. A method of
demonstrating spirochetes and other
protozoa.
Oram's method. A method of
staining bacteria; the specimen is
placed in gentian violet, rinsed in
water and immersed in Gram's iodin
solution, rinsed again, placed in 95
per cent ethyl alcohol just until
decolorized, and then dipped in
eosin solution. The bactena which
are stained violet are called Gram-
positive) those that are decolorized
and take the contrast stain are called
Grnm-negative.
Digitized by
Google
STALAGMOMETER
274
STEAPSIN
hematoxyUn-eosin stain. Sections
previously stained in hematoxylin
are placed in a 2 per cent sol ition of
eosin, washed in water and placed
for a short while in absolute alcohol.
LdfOer's methylene-blue stain. A
stain made of 30 cc. methylene-blue
to 100 cc. of 0.01 per cent solution
of potassium hydrate.
Loffler's stain. For staining fla-
gella the specimen is treated with
a mixture of ferrous sulphate, tannic
acid, and alcoholic fuchsin, then
stained with gentian-violet to which
has been added 0.1 per cent of
sodium hydrate solution.
methyl-violet stain. An anilin dye
used for staining bacteria; Used in
2 per cent aqueous solution.
Neisser's method. A method of
staining diphtheria bacilli, by treat-
ing first with methylene-blue, 0.1
gjr cent solution, and then with
ismarck brown, 0.2 per cent solu-
tion.
stal-ag-mom^e-ter (Gr. stalagmosj drop-
ping + metron, measure) . An mstru-
ment used to measure the size of
drops of a liquid.
sta^men. The male pollen of a flower.
stanch, stamich. To stop, as the flow
of blood from a part.
stan-dar-di-sa^tion. The act of con-
forming a preparation to a standard,
particularly as to strength.
stan^dard-ixe. To make standard.
stan^nate. A salt of stannic acid.
stan^nons. Containing tin.
stan'nom. Latin, meaning tin; abbr.
Sn.
sta-peMi-us. See Table of Musclea,
staph-yl-e-de^ma (Gr. ataphyle, uvula
+ Mema, a swelling). £dema or
enlargement of the uvula.
staph-yl-i-no-phar-yn'ge-118. The pal-
ato^ossus muscle.
staph-y-li^nns (L.; Gr. staphyle^ uvula).
Relating to the uvula.
staph-yri-on (Gr. staphylion, a little
grape). The uvula.
staph-y-li^tis (Gr. atavhyle, uvula +
itis, inflammation). Inflammation of
the uvula.
staph-y-lo-coc^cal. Relating to staphy-
lococci.
staph-yl-o-coc-ce'mia (Gr. staphyUy
bunch of grapes + kokkoSj berry +
haima, blooa). The presence of
staphylococci in the blood.
Staph-yl-o-coc^cus, pi. staphylococci
(Gr. StaphyUy bunch of grapes +
kokkoSj berry). A genus of spherical
bactena grouped in "grape-like"
clusters. See Micrococcus,
staph-y-lo^ma (Gr. staphyU, grape).
A protruding of the cornea or sclera
of the eye.
staph-y-lo-my-co^sis (Gr. staphyU,
grape + mykes, fungus). Any dis-
ease caused by staphylococci.
staph-y-lo-phar-yn'ge-118. Thepalato-
pharyngeus muscle.
staph^y-lo-plas-ty (Gr. staphyUy uvula
+ pla^ssein, to mold). Operation for
closing the palatine vault.
staph-y-lor'rha-phy (Gr. stajihyle, uvula
+ rhaphe, suture). Surgical closure
of a cleft palate.
staph-y-los^chi-sis (Gr. staphyU, uvula
+ schists, splitting). Cleft of the
uvula and soft palate.
staph'y-lo-tome. An instrument used
for cutting the uvula.
staph-y-lotVmy (Gr. staphyle, uvula
+ temneiny to cut). Surgical in-
cision or removal of a part of the
uvula.
starch. A carbohydrate from various
(C6Hio06)n plants.
Starr's articidator. An articulating
instrument devised by Wsdter R.
Starr, a contemporary Philadelphia
dentist.
Sta'sis (Gr. stasis, standing). The
arrest of fluids in any part of the
body.
state (L. staitts, stare, to stand). Con-
dition.
static (L. staiicus; Gr. statikos, to
cause to stand). A condition of
equilibrium or rest; opposed to
dynamic.
statics. That branch of mechanics
which treats of matter in a state of
rest.
sta'tos (L. stare, to stand) . Condition.
ste-ap^sin (Gr. stear, fat + pepsis,
digestion). The pancreatic ferment
wmch causes the emulsifying of fats.
Digitized by
Google
STEARATE
275
STERILE
8te^ar-ate. A compound of stearic
acid with copper, magnesium or
zinc, used as an antiseptic dusting
powder.
8te-arlc acid. See acid.
8te^ar-in. A fat consisting of a com-
bination of glycerin and stearic acid.
ste^at-ite. Talc; soapstone.
8te-a-ti^ti8 (Gr. steaVf fat + Uis. inflam-
mation). Inflammation of fatty tis-
sue.
ste-at-ory-sis (Gr. stear^ fat + lysis,
solution). The emulsifying process
by which fats are prepared for ab-
sorption.
8te-at-o'ma (Gr. stear, fat + oma,
tumor) . A tum 3r composed of fatty
tissues.
ste-at-o^sis (Gr. steary fat). Degenera-
tion of fatty tissue.
steel. Iron containing a percentage
of carbon.
steg-no^sls (Gr. stegnosis, stoppage).
Same as ste losis.
stellate (L. stelUiy star). Resembling
a star in shape.
8. re-tic'u-luin. A syncitium of stel-
late epithelial cells which constitute
a large part of the enamel organ. It
originates in the central portions of
the tooth-band, and after functioning
probably as a filter, or, according to
Leon Williams, merely as an inter-
cellular stroma, entirely disappears.
[Hopewell-Smitn.]
stender dish. A dish in which histo-
logic specimens are prepared and
stained.
ste^no- (Gr. stenoSf narrow). A prefix
indicating constricted or narrow.
Steno's duct. The duct leading from
the parotid gland and opening into
the mouth opposite the upper molar
teeth. Also called Stenson^s dud.
sten-o-ce-phal^ia, sten-o-eeph Vly (Gr.
stenos, narrow + kephcdef head).
Narrowness of the head.
ste-no^sal. Relating to stenosis.
ste-nosed^. Narrowed or constricted.
ste-no^sis (Gr. stenos, ^narrow). A
narrowness or constriction of a duct
or canal.
sten-o-steg-no^sis, sten-o-ste-no^sis.
Constriction of Stensen's duct.
sten-os-to^mia (Gr. stenoSf narrow +
stoma, mouth). Contraction of the
mouth.
sten-o-ther^mal, sten-o-ther^mie (Gr.
stenoSy narrow + therme, heat).
Capable of withstanding only a
small range of temperature.
sten-ot^ie (Gr. stenos, narrow). Ab-
normally narrowed or constricted.
Sten^sen's duct [Nils Stensen, Danish
anatomist, 1638-1686]. The duct
leading from the parotid gland to the
mouth carrying the parotid secretion;
it opens into the mouth opposite
the upper molar teeth.
Stent's composition. An English prep-
aration for taking impressions of the
mouth.
step. A step-like projection in a tooth
cavity.
ster^cns. Latin, meaning /eces.
stere. A kilohter.
ste^re-O" (Gr. stereos, solid). A prefix
indicating sohd.
ste-re-o-chemlc. Relating to the space
relations of the atoms of a molecule.
ste-re-om^e-try (Gr. stereos, sohd +
metron, measure). The measure-
ment of solid bodies or cubic con-
tents.
ste-re-o-pho-tog^ra-phy. The art of
making stereoscopic photographs.
ste-re-o-i^o-to-mi^cro-graph. A ste-
reoscopic photograph of a micro-
scopic object or specimen.
ste^re-o-plasm (Gr. stereos, solid +
plasma, plasma). The solid por-
tions of cell protoplasm.
ste^re-0-scope (Gr. stereos^ sohd +
skopein, to view). An instrument
used tQ combine the images of two
objects and producing the appear-
ance of one in rehef .
ste-re-o-ski-ag^ra-phy. The produc-
ing of stereoscopic photographs by
means of the Roentgen ray.
ster^e-sol. A thick, Uquid substance,
formed by solution of balsam of tolu,
carboUc acid, benzoin, shellac, sac-
charin, and oil of cinnamon in alco-
hol; it is used as an external anti-
septic in skin diseases.
ster'ile (L.sieri^zs, barren). 1. Barren;
incapable of producing young. 2.
Aseptic; devoid of microorganisms.
Digitized by
Google
STERILITY
ster-il^i-ty. The condition of being
unable to produce young.
8ter-il-i-za^tion. The process of ren-
dering a part sterile or free from
living microorganisms.
fractional 8., or interminent 8.
Sterilization of a fluid effected by
heating to approximately 70® C.
[158® F.], for a stated period on suc-
cessive days. This destroys the
developed germs, and as the spores
develop to adult form they are de-
stroyed, until finally the fluid is
rendered absolutely sterile.
zter^'il-ue. To produce asepsis, par-
ticularly >y means of heat.
8ter^il-i-zer. An apparatus for the
destruction of microorganisms by
the means of heat.
8ter^nal (Gr. sternon, breast-bone).
Relating to the sternum.
8ter-nal^i8. See Tahle of Muscles.
ster-no-dei-do-mas-toi-de^ns. See
TahU of Muscles,
8ter-iio-fa-ci-al^i8. See TcMe of Mus-
cles,
8ter-iio-glo8^8al. Relating to the ster-
num and tongue.
8ter-iio-hy^oid. Relating to the ster-
num and the hyoid bone.
8ter-no-hy-oi-de^n8. See Table of
Muscles,
8ter^iioid (Gr. stemouy breast-bone +
eidoSy form). Shaped like the breast-
bone,
8ter-iio-thy^rold. Relating to the
sternum and the thyroid cartilage.
8ter-no-thy-roi-de^ii8. See Tahle of
Muscles.
ster^num (L.; Gr. stemoUj breast-bone).
The breast-bone; the flat, narrow
bone along the median line and in
front of the thorax.
8ter^tor (L., a snoring). Deep snoring;
stertorous breathing.
8ter^iile. A container made of glass for
carrying a sterile solution.
8teth'o-graph (Gr. stethosj chest +
grapheiriy to write). An instrument
for measuring the movements of the
chest in respiration.
8teth-om^e-ter (Gr. stethos, chest +
metron, measure). An instrument
for measuring the extent of the move-
ments of the walls of the chest.
276 STOMACH
8teth'o-8Cope (Gr. stethos, chest +
skopetriy to view). An instrument
used to facilitate auscultation in
determining the sounds of the chest.
sthen^ic (Gr. sthenos, strength). Ac-
tive, powerful.
sthen-om^e-ter (Gr. sthenos, strength
+ metron, measure). An instrument
used to measure the muscular
strength of a part.
8tibl-iiin. Latin, meaning antimony.
Symbol, Sb.
8tig'ma, pi. stigmata (Gr. stigma, mark).
1. A small spot or mark. 2. A sign
characteristic of a condition.
8tig-mat^ic. Relating to a stigma.
8tig^ma-ti8m. The condition resulting
from or characterized by stigmata.
8tig-ma-to^8i8 (Gr. stiom^a, spot). A
disease of the skin characterized by
ulce ated spots.
8ti-let^ 8ti-lette^ (Fr. from L. stylus, a
point). A wire passed through a
tube or cannula, as a catheter.
still. An apparatus in which a liquid
substance is vaporized by means
of heat, the vapor then condensed
again.
stilus. Medicinal agents prepared in
the form of a pencil or bougie, as a
pencil of nitrate of silver.
stim^u-lant (L. stimulus, a goad). An
agent capable of exciting the action
of a part.
stim^u-late (L. stimulare^ to excite).
To produce vital activity of a part
or organ.
stim-u-la^tion (L. stimvlare, to excite).
The act of producing vital activity
of a part or organ.
stim^a-las, pi. stimuli (L., goad). An
agent capable of causing demon-
strable changes of dynanucs in the
part or organ upon which it acts.
stitch. 1. To unite with a suture. 2.
A sharp lancinating pain.
sto^ma, pi. stomcUa (Gr. stoma, mouth).
Mouth. A minute opening in a
membrane; a pore.
stom'ach (L. sUrmachus; Gr. stommhosj
the stomach). One of the principal
organs of the digestive apparatus.
The musculomembranous pouch be-
low the esophagus, one ena connect-
ing with the esophagus and the other
with the intestine.
Digitized by
Google
STOMACHIC 277
8to-mach^ic. 1. Relating to the stom-
ach. 2. A medicinal agent that
promotes activity of the stomach.
sto-mat^a. Plural of stoma.
8to-mat-al'gia (Gr. stomas mouth +
algos, pain). Pain in the mouth.
sto-matle. Relating to the mouth.
8to-ma-ti^ti8 (Gr. stoma, mouth + itis,
inflammation). Inflammation of the
mouth.
l^hthons 8. An ulcerous inflam-
matory condition of the mucous
membrane of the mouth.
antenical 8. Stomatitis resulting
from arsenical poisoning.
catarrhal s. Simple inflammation
of the mucous membrane of the
mouth.
erythematoiis 8. Simple inflam-
mation of the mouth.
gangrenoiu 8., canemm oris. An
acute stomatitis occurring in children
and characterized by the develop-
ment of a spreading ulcer on the
mucous membrane of the mouth.
Same as noTna.
mercurial 8. Stomatitis resulting
from mercurialism.
mycotic 8. Thrush.
scorbutic 8. Stomatitis accom-
panying scurvy.
traumatic 8. Stomatitis due to
mechanical or chemic causes.
ulcerative 8. Inflanmiation of the
mouth accompanied by the forma-
tion of ulcers on the cheeks, tongue
and lips.
vesicular s. Same as aphihous s.
Vincent's s. Stomatitis resulting
from Vincent's spirillum.
sto-ma'to- (Gr. sUmta^ mouth). A pre-
fix indicating relation to the mouth.
sto-ma-tocVce (Gr. sUyma^ mouth +
kakCy badness). Ulcerative stoma-
titis; scurvy.
8to-mat-o-dyn^ia (Gr. stom^, mouth +
odynCy pain). Pain in the mouth.
sto-mat-o-dys-o^dia (Gr. stomas mouth
+ dysodiay bad smell). Offensive
odor from the mouth.
8to - mat - - log^ic, sto-mat-o-log^ic-al
(Gr. stom>df mouth + logos, treatise).
Relating to stomatology.
STONE
sto-ma-toro-gist. One who special-
izes in the treatment of diseases of
the mouth.
sto-ma-toro-gy (Gr. stoma, mouth +
logos, treatise). That branch of
medicine which treats of the diseases
of the mouth.
sto-mat-o-ma-la^cia (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ malakia, softness). Sloughing or
softening of the tissues of the mouth.
sto-ma-to-me^ni-al (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ men. month). Vicarious menstru-
ation by the mouth, by bleeding of
the gums.
. sto-mat-o-my-co'sis (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ mykes, fungus). Anv disease of
the mouth caused by Schizomycetes.
sto-ma-to-ne-cro^sis (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ nekrosis, death). Noma; gan-
grene of the mucous tissues of the
mouth.
stom-at-o-no^ma (Gr. stoma, mouth +
noms, spreading). Noma; gangrene
of the mucous tissues of the mouth.
sto-ma-topVthy (Gr. stoma, mouth +
paihos, disease). Any disease of the
mouth.
sto-mat-o-plas^tic. Relating to stoma-
toplasty.
sto'mat-o-plas-ty (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ plassein, to mold). Plastic sur-
gery of the mouth.
sto-mat-or-rha^gia (Gr. stoma, mouth
+ rhegnynai, to burst forth). Hem-
orrhage from the mouth.
8. alveolorum. Alveolar bleeding.
8. gingivarum. Bleeding from the
gums.
sto-mat^o-scope (Gr. stom>a, mouth +
skopein, to view). An instrument
or speculum for examining the
mouth.
sto-ma-to^sis. Any disease of the
mouth.
sto-mo-de^um, 8to-mo-d»^um, stoma-
todeum. (Gr. stoma, mouth +
daiein, to divide). Invagination of
the epiblast forming the mouth of
the embryo.
stone. A concretion or hard mass of
mineral matter.
gall 8. A calculus in the gall-blad-
der.
pulp 8. A calcular deposit in the
pulp of a tooth.
Digitized by
Google
STOOL
stool. The fecal dejection.
stop^ping. A term used in England
to indicate a filling in a tooth.
sto-va^in. A local anesthetic for sub-
cutaneous use. Dose, 1 per cent,
solution, A min. [0.002 cc.].
stra-bis^mus (Gr. strahismoSf crooked).
Squint; cross-eye. Lack of <;on-
cordance of the visual axes.
strain. 1. To use to an excessive
degree. 2. To filter, as passing
decoctions through a filter cloth.
stra-mo^ni-um. A poisonous product
of iimson-weed, similar in action to
belladonna. It is narcotic and anti-
spasmodic. Dose, fluidextract of
seeds, 1 to 5 min. [0.066 to 0.333
cc], of tincture, 5 to 20 min. [0.333 to
1.333 cc.].
strang^u-la-ted (L. strangvlare, to
choke) . Constricted .
s. hernia. Hernia made irreducible
by constriction.
strang-u-la^tion (L. strangvlarey to
choke). Constriction of a part
causing arrest of circulation.
strap. 1. To bind tightly. 2. A band
of adhesive plaster.
strat-i-fi-ca^tion (L. stratum^ layer +
facerey to make). Formation in
layers.
stratl-fied. Formed in layers.
stra^tom, pi. strata (L. stemere, to
strew). Layer,
s. fibrosom. The outermost layer
of the ligamentous capsule of a
joint.
s. grannlosum. The layer of den-
tin in a tooth just beneath the cemen-
tum,
s. intermedium. An intermediate
layer of round or polygonal epithelial
cells in the enamel organ of the
mammalian tooth germ, placed ex-
ternally to the internal epithelium,
from which it is separated by
the outer ameloblastic membrane.
[Hopewell-Smith.]
s. synoviale. The innermost layer
of the ligamentous capsule of a joint.
strawberry tongue. A characteristic
appearance of the tongue in Scarla-
tina, in which the tongue is first
coated with a thick white fur, which
278 STREPTpCOCCUS
clears away and leaves the tongue
preternaturally red and clear.
streak. A line or defined mark.
stream. A flow of fluid or air.
strem'ma (Gr. stremmay a twist). A
sprain.
strep-ti-ce^mia. Infection caused by
streptococci.
strep'to- (Gr. streptoSy twisted). A
prefix indicating twisted.
strep-to-ba-cillus, pi. streptohaciUi, A
species of bacillus occurring in the
form of chains.
strep-to-bac-te'ria. Bacteria linked to-
gether in the form of twisted chains.
strep-to-coc^cal. Relating to strepto-
coccus.
strep-to-coc-ce^mia, strep^to-coc-c»^-
mia. Presence of streptococci in the
blood.
strep-to-coc^de. Relating to strepto-
cocci.
Strep-to-coc^cus, pi., streptococdy (Gr.
streptoSy twistea + kokkoSy berry).
A genus of non-motile, spherical
bacteria, reproducing by division in
one plane and grouped typically in
chains; does not ferment inulin; not
dissolved by bile.
S. alpha [Brown]. (Classed accord-
ing to the ^action of its deep colonies
on 5 per cent blood-agar plates of a
uniform thickness of about 2 mm.)
A S. in which the deep colonies in
blood-agar, after twenty-four to
forty-ei^t hours incubation, are
surrounded by a zone, green macro-
scopically (usually about the width
of the colony), in which zpne micro-
scopically the blood cells are found
to be present, but are olive brown
and not red in color. At this stage
or after a subsequent twenty-four to
forty-eight hours in the ice box, the
green zone is surrounded by a clear,
colorless zone, in which the blooa
cells have undergone lysis. Several
concentric alternating green zones
and hemolysed zones may be pro-
duced by subjecting the plate to
alternate perioos of incubation and
refrigeration. S. alpha usually oc-
curs in short chains, and in other
classifications is called S. viridans or
green streptococcus.
Digitized by
Google
STREPTOCOCCUS
S. alpha prime [Brown]. (Classed
according to the action of its deep
colonies on 5 per cent blood-agar
plates of uniform thickness of about
2 mm.) A S. in which there is pro-
duced a hemolysed zone immediately
surrounding the deep colony in blood
agar. This zone is not perfectly
clear, as is the case in streptococci
of tne beta type, but contains a
number of brown-colored blood cells
lying next to the colony but not
sufficient in number to give a green
color to the zone macroscopically.
Their number is greater near tne
colony, decreasing as the distance
from tne colony increases. In colo-
nies of this type alternate periods of
incubation and refrigeration faU to
produce concentric alternate rings
of brown cells and hemolysis, but
tend only to increase the diffuse
condition and to enlarge the already
existing zone.
S. beta [Brown]. (Classed accord-
ing to the action of its deep colonies
on 5 per cent blood-agar plates of a
uniform thickness of about 2 mm.)
A S. in which the deep Qplonies in
blood-agar after twenty-four to
forty-eight hours incubation, are
directly surrounded by an absolutely
clear colorless zone, containing
neither blood cells nor hemoglobin.
Further incubation or refrigeration
makes no change in the type of
action on the blood cells, but usually
increases its extent. This type of
strei)tococcus according to other
classifications is called S. hemoly-
ticus.
S. breyis. Short-chained; in gen-
eral descriptive of S. viridans, non-
hemolyticus, salivarius.
S. erysq^latiis. Synonym of S.
pyogenes.
S. feealis. Found in the intestines
in chronic cystitis.
S. gamma [Brown]. (Classed ac-
cording to the action of its deep colo-
nies on 5 per cent blood-agar plates
of a uniform thickness of about
2 mm.) A streptococcus which
produces no change whatever in the
surrounding medium. It is called in
other classifications " non hemolytic."
S. hemolyticiu. Forms colonies
on blood-agar surrounded by clear
279 STRIA
zone due to destruction of hemo-
gobin. A general term including
> pyogeneSf S. anffinosus,
S. laetieuB. Concerned in souring
of milk. Synonym of S. lactia,
S. lactis. Concerned in souring of
milk.
S. lonfiu. Long-chained; in gen-
eral descriptive of S. pyogenes,
anginosus and hemolyticus.
S. mitior. Synonym of S, hrevU.
S. mitis. Synonym of S, hretns,
S. mneosiu. Encapsulated, prob-
ably included in Type III, M.
lanceolatus.
S. non-hemolyticns. Colonies on
blood-agar are not surrounded by a
clear zone: includes S. viridans, S.
fecalis, S. salivarius.
S. pyogenes. Hemolytic; cause of
puerperal septicemia, erysipelas, ab-
scesses, peritonitis, pneumonia, etc.
S. salivarins. A i^ort-chained,
methemoglobin-forming strain.
S. viridans. Colonies on blood-
agar surrounded by greenish-colored
zone, due to formation of methemo-
globin.
Strep'to-cyte (Gr. streptos, twisted +
kytos, cell). A streptococcus.
strep - to - my - CO ^ sis (Gr . streptos,
twisted + mykes, fungus). A dis-
eased condition caused by strepto-
cocci.
strep^to-sep-ti-ce'mia. Septicemia due
to invasion by streptococci,
strep-to-fhri-co^sis. An infectious dis-
ease caused by streptothrix; actino-
mycosis.
Strep^to-fhrix (Gr. streptoa, twisted +
thrix, hair). A genus of Schizo-
mycetes with hair-like filaments.
See Actinomycee,
strep-to-tri-cho^sis. A disease similar
to actinomycosis, due to invasion
from streptothrix.
stress. To exert force; or force ex-
erted,
stria, pi. struB (L., a streak). Streak,
line or groove.
Betiiiis's s. Lines of brownish
color occurring almost parallel to
the surface of the enamel of the
tooth; supposed to indicate the
stages of formation.
Digitized by
Google
STRIATE
280
STYLUS
Schreger's s. Irregular shadowy
lines crossing the strise of Retzius and
enamel rods of the t^eth.
striate, striated (L. stria, a streak).
Marked with streaks or lines of
another color.
stri-a^tion. The condition of being
streaked.
stric^ture (L. stringerey to draw tight).
A constricted condition of a tube or
duct.
stridor den^ti-um. Grinding of the
teeth,
stri-o-cellu-lar. Made up of striated
muscle fibers and cells.
stripe. Streak, stria.
stroke. A sudden attack of disease.
s. culture. See under culture.
stro'ma (Gr. stroma^ a bed). The
foundation tissue or framework of
an organ.
«tro'mal, stro-matlc. Relating to
stroma.
stron^tia. Oxid of strontium. SrO.
stron^ti-um. A dark yellow metallic
element; symbol Sr. Its salts are
used in medicine.
s. salicylate. A white soluble crys-
talline salt, used in treatment of
gout and rheumatism. Dose, 5 to
30 gr. [0.3 to 2 gm.].
stro-phan'thns (Gr. strophos, a twisted
band + anthos, flower). A genus of
?lants of the order Apocynacese.
ts tincture is a cardiac stimulant
and tonic, having the same use as
digitalis. Dose, of tincture, 1 to 6
min. [0.066 to 0.4 cc.]; of the extract,
0.25 to 1 gr. [0.016 to 0.066 gm.].
stroph'u-liis (L.; Gr. strophos, a
twisted band). Eruption of red
pimples occmring in infancy about
the face and neck . Also called tooth-
rash.
stmc^tu-ral. Relating to structure.
stm'ma (L.). 1. Scrofula. 2. Goiter.
stm-mi^tis (L. struma^ goiter + ilia,
inflammation). Inflammation of a
thyroid gland.
stm^moiis. Scrofulous.
strych^nia, strych^nin (Gr. strychnosy
nightshade). A bitter poisonous
alkaloid of nux vomica.
s. sulphate. A white crystalline
powder having same properties as
strychnin. Dose, ^V to j^ gr. [0.001
to 0.003 gm.].
stomp. A term used to designate the
portion of a tooth extending above
the gums after the crown has been
lost or removed.
stupe (L. stupaj tow). A cloth dipped
in hot water and wrung out, used as
a compress for counterirritation.
stu-pe-fa^dent, stu-pe-fac'tive (L. stu-
por ^ benumbed + facerCj to make).
A narcotic.
stu'por (L. stupere, to be benumbed).
Complete or partial insensibility.
stu^por-ous. Characterized by stupor.
sty, stye. Inflammation of a sebaceous
^and of the eyelids.
style, stylet (L. stylus; Gr. styhs, a
post). 1. A slender wire probe. 2.
A wire used to pass throu^ a cathe-
ter. Also used for sharp, pointed
instrument to puncture skin, from
which to obtain blood for examina-
tion. Same as stUet.
styli-form (L. stylus, a stake + forma,
form). Shaped like a style.
stylo- (L. stylus; Gr. stylos j a pen). A
prefix denoting relation to the sty-
loid process of the temporal bone.
sty-lo-au-ric-u-la'ris. See Table of
Muscles.
sty-lo-glos'sns. See Table of Muscles.
sty-lo-hy-oi-de'us. See Table of Mv^-
cUs.
styloid (Gr. stylos, pen + eidos, like).
Shaped like a style.
sty-lo-la-ryn'ge-ns. The portion of
the stylopharyngeus inserted upon
the epiglottis and cartilage of the
thyroid.
sty-lo-man-dib^u-lar. Relating to the
styloid process and the mandible.
sty-lo-mas^toid. Relating to the sty-
loid and mastoid processes.
sty-lo-max'il-la-ry. Relating to the
styloid process and the maxillse.
sty-lo-myloid. Relating to or con-
necting the styloid process and the
region of the molar teeth.
sty-lo-pha-ryn-ge'iis. See Table of
Muscles.
stylus (L., a pen). 1. A style or pen.
2. A medicated pencil or bougie.
Digitized by
Google
STYPE
281
SUBMENTAL
stype (Gr. stype, tow). A cotton
tampon.
styp^sis (Gr. stypsis, astringent). Styp-
tic action.
styp^tic (Gr. stypsiSf astringent). An
agent that arrests hemorrhage. The
principal styptics are alum, tannic
acid, copper sulphate, iron sulphate.
styp^ti-cin. Cotamin hydrochloride a
soluble crystalline substance havmg
styptic, analgesic and sedative prop-
erties. Dose, f to i gr. [0.025 to
0.005 gm.].
styp^tol. Cotamin phthalate. A yel-
low powder, soluble in water; a
powerful hemostatic, locally and
internally. Dose, i gr. [0.05 gm.].
sub- (L., under). A prefix indicating
under or near. Before c it becomes
sue; before f, suf; before g, sug;
before p, sup; before r, sur; before s,
sus.
sab-ac^e-tate. A basic acetate.
sub-ac-id^i-ty. Lack of normal acidity.
sab-a-cate\ Moderately acute.
sub-ap^i-cal. Under the apex.
sub-az'ial. Below the axis.
sub-cla^vi-an. Below the clavicle.
sub-cla^vi-ns. See Table of Muscles.
sab-col^ture. Culture made by trans-
ferring microorganisms previously
cultured in a medium, to a fresh
medium.
sub-cu-ta^ne-oiu. Immediately under
the skin.
sub-cu^tin. Paraphenolsulphonate of
anesthesin. Local anesthetic.
sub-cu^tis (L. svbf under + cutis, skin).
Subcutaneous tissue.
sub-den^tal (L. sub, under + dens,
tooth). Under the teeth.
sub-der^mal, sab-der'mic. Under the
skin.
sub-duct' (L. sub, under + ducere, to
lead). To draw downward.
sub-ep-i-the^-al. Under the epithe-
lium.
sub-fas'cial. Below the fascia.
sub-ge'nus. Subdivision of a genus
above the species.
sub-in-fec'tion. 1. A mild de^^e of
infection. 2. A chronic autointoxi-
cation resulting from small and fre-
quent doses of a toxic agent intro-
duced into or produced in the body.
sub-i'o-did. An iodid of a series con-
taining the smallest amount of iodin.
sub-ja'cent (L. sub, under + jacere, to
lie). Lying below or beneath.
sub'ject. 1. An experimental animal.
2. A body used for dissection.
sub-jec'tive. Relating to symptoms
perceptible only to the individual
affected.
sublam-ine. Ethylendiamine sul-
phate of mercury. A white crystal-
line powder, readily soluble in water.
It is a powerful antiseptic and dis-
infectant. Used in 1 to 500 or 1 to
1000 solution.
sub-la'tion (L. subkUio, removal).
Removal, ablation.
sub^-mate (L. sublimare, to Uft up).
The product of sublimation.
sub-li-ma'tion. The process of vapor-
izing and condensing a solid sub-
stance.
sub-lin'ffual (L. sub, under + lingua,
tongue). Under the tongue,
s. gland. The salivary gland situ-
ated beneath the tongue.
sub-lin-gui'tis. Inflammation of the
sublingual gland.
sub-luz-a'tion (L. sub, under + luxatio,
dislocation). Incomplete luxation or
dislocation.
sub-ma-rine'. In dentistry, applied
to an amalgam that can be used in
the presence of the salivary fluids.
sub-max'il-la-ry. Beneath the jaw.
s. artery. See Table of Arteries.
s. gland. The salivary gland situ-
ated beneath the lower jaw.
8. fossa. Depression on the man-
dible in which is situated the sub-
maxillary gland.
s. ganglion. Small nervous gang-
lion opposite the submaxillary ^and.
Its filaments form a plexus penetrat-
ing the submaxillary gland.
s. region. The space between the
hyoid bone and the lower jaw.
8. vein. Vein leading from the
submaxillary gland to the facial vein.
sub-men'tal (L. sub, under + mentum,
the chin). Below the chin.
Digitized by
Google
SUBMERSION
282
SUGAR
sub-mer^sion (L. sub, under + mergeref
to dip). The act of placing a body
below the surface of a liquid.
sub-mu-co'sa. The connective tissue
beneath the mucoua membrane.
sub-mu-co'sal. Under the mucosa.
sub-mu^coiu. Under the mucous
membrane.
8. anesthesia. See anesthesia,
sab-ni^trate. Salt of nitric acid having
an excess of base.
sub-nor'mal. Below or less than nor-
mal.
sub-nu-tri^tlon. Nutrition that is be-
low the normal.
sub-oxld. The oxid of a series that
contains the least amount of oxygen.
sub-ox-i-da^tion. Deficient oxidation.
subjperiosteal anesthesia. See anes-
thesia.
sab-salt^. A basic salt.
sub-scap-u-la'ris. See Table of Mus-
cles.
sub-scrip^tion (L. «t*6, under + scnberey
to write). The part of a prescrip-
tion that gives oirections for com-
pounding.
sub'stance (L. substantia, substance).
Material of which anything is com-
posed.
colloid s. A jelly-like substance
formed in colloid degeneration.
white s. of Schwann. See myelin.
sub-stan^tia. Latin meaning sub-
stance.
s. adamantina. The enamel,
s. ebumea. The dentin.
sub^sti-tute. A tooth in a bridge that
takes the place of a natural tooth;
also callea "dununy," or pontic
preferably.
sub-sti-tu^tion (L. sub, under + statute,
to place). The chemical replace-
ment of atoms or radicals of a com-
pound by other atoms or radicals.
sub-stra'tom (L. sub, under + stratum,
a layer). A layer or stratum be-
neath another.
sub^tile (L. subtUis, keen). Keen,
acute, as pain.
suc-ce-da'ne-ons. Having the nature
of a succedaneum; substitutional.
s. teeth. The permanent teeth
which take the places of the decidu-
ous teeth.
suc-ce-da^ne-um (L. succedere, to take
the place of). A medicine substi-
tuted for another of similar prop-
erties.
royal mineral s. A former name for
amalgam, used by the Crawcours,
who introduced amalgam into the
United States in 1833.
soc-dnlc acid. See add.
soc-dnl-mid of mercury. A white
powder [C4H402N]2Hg; an antiseptic
and antisyphilitic; used in dentistry
for treatment of ulceromembranous
stomatitis. Dose, i to i gr. [0.012
to 0.02 gm.] hypodermicafly.
suc^cns, pi. su^ci. Latin, meaning
juice.
s. entericns. Intestinal juice,
s. gastricus. Gastric juice,
s. pancreaticns. Pancreatic juice.
su^croL A sweetening condiment,
iKsed instead of sugar in cases of
diabetes.
su'crose. Same as saccharose.
suc^tion (L. sugere, to suck). The act
of sucking.
sunder (L.). Sweat.
su'dor-al (L. sudor, sweat). Relating
to sweat.
su-dor-e'sis. Excessive sweating.
sa-dor-if^er-ous (L. sudor, sweat +
ferre, to bear). That which pro-
duces sweat.
su-dor-if'ic. A medicine that causes
sweating.
saet (L. sebum). The fat from the
abdomen of an animal, specially a
sheep or an ox.
suf-fo-ca^tion (L. suffocare, to stop the
breath). Stoppage of the passa^
of air into the lungs, resulting m
asphyxia.
suf-fa^sion (L. sub, imder + fundere,
to pour). 1. Extravasation of blood.
2. The act of pouring water upon a
patient as a remedial measure.
sugar (L. saccharum; Gr. sakcharon).
Sweet carbohydrates of various
kinds; obtained from animals and
vegetables.
Digitized by
Google
SUGGESTION 283
beet 8. Saccharose obtained from
the root of the beet.
cane s. Saccharose obtained from
sugar cane.
grape s. Glucose.
malt 8. Maltose.
milk 8. Lactose or lactin, obtained
from whey by evaporation and crys-
tallization; it possesses the demul-
cent properties of the sugars.
8. of lead. Lead acetate.
sug-ges^tion (L. suggererey to suggest).
The creation or recall of an idea in
the mind of a person.
8111'cate, 8iil'ca-ted (Jj. svlcusy a groove).
Grooved or furrowed; having sulci.
8. groove. A groove following the
bottom of a sulcus.
snl^eu-lns, pi. suUvli (L. dim of svlcusy
a little groove) . A small sulcus.
snl^cns, pi. sulci (L., a groove).
Groove or fissure, as a groove on the
surface of a tooth.
alveolobnecal 8. Sulcus in the
mucous membrane of the mouth
between the cheek and gums.
alveololingaal 8. Sulcus in the mu-
cous membrane of the mouth be-
tween the gums and tongue.
sulf". For words beginning thus see
under sulph-. Sulfur, sulfate, etc.
is the more modem form of
spelling, but has not been adopted
generally.
sotoh-, 8i]l^i>ho-. A prefix indicating
that the compound contains sulphur
or SO2, sulphurous anhydrid.
sul^Ikhate [siil'fate] (L. sulphas), A
salt of sulphuric acid, produced by
the combination of sulphuric acid
and a base.
snl'phid. [sul'fid] A combination of
sulphuric acid and another element
or base.
sul^phite [sul'fit] (L. sulphis), A
combination of sulphurous acid and
a base.
snl-pho-carlK)!. Sulphocarbolic acid.
See add,
sul-pho-carlKHlate. A salt prepared
by heating together sulphuric and
carbolic acids, diluting with water,
and saturating with a base, as soda,
zinc, etc. The sulphocarbolates are
SUPERINDUCE
disinfectants used on wounds and
as an intestinal disinfectant.
8al-pho-car-borie acid. See add.
8111-pho-cy^a-nate. A salt of sulpho-
cyanic acid. See add,
sul-pho-cy-anle acid. See thiocyanic
acid,
8al-pho-phe^iiol. Phenolsulphonic acid;
an oily, brownish antiseptic and dis-
infectant, used in 1 to 10 per cent
solutions, like phenol.
8i]l-pho-8al-i-cyric acid. An acid ob-
tained by the action of sulphuric
anhydrid upon salicylic acid. It is
usea as a test for albumin in urine,
and as a substitute for salicylic acid.
Dose, 5 to 10 gr. [0.3 to 0.6 gm.].
8iil^phar (L., gen. svlphuris), A yellow,
rock-like element occurring in abun-
dance in volcanic regions. Symbol
S. In powdered form it is used in
skin diseases; it is laxative and dia-
phoretic. Dose, 10 to 30 gr. [0.666
to 2 gm.].
flower8 of 8. Sublimated sulphur.
8i]l'pha-ra-ted, 8iil^plm-ret-ed. Im-
pregnated with sulphur.
8i]l^pha-ret. Same as svlphid,
sul-phu^ric acid. See add.
8iil^pha-ron8 acid. See add,
8iima. Latin for toA;e, abbreviated
sum.
su-men'dus. Latin for to he taken,
also abbr. sum.
sum-ma'tion (L. summa, total). Ac-
cumulated muscular, sensory or
mental stimulation.
8ump. A trade name for an investing
material.
8a^per- (L. super ^ above). A prefix
indicating above, or excess.
8a-per-a-cidl-t7. Excessive acidity.
su-per-cill-a-ry (L. super, above +
cUium, eye-lash). Relating to the
region of the eyebrow.
8a-per-cill-um, pi. super dlia (L. super,
above + dlium, eyelash). The eye-
brow.
su-per-fi^dal. Relating to or located
near the surface.
su-per-in-duce^ (L. super, above +
inducere, to bring). To bring on in
addition to a condition already
existing.
Digitized by
Google
SUPERIOR
su-pe'ri-or (L. comp. of supenim, higli).
Higher; indicating the upper of two
parts. Opposed to inferior.
su-per-me^di-al. Above the middle.
su-per-nu^me-ra-ry (L. super, above +
humemsj number). In excess of the
normal number.
s. teeth. Teeth above the usual
or normal number.
supper-salt. A salt having an excess
of acid.
su-per-sat^u-rate L. super, over +
saturarey to saturate). To add to a
liquid a larger quantity of a sub-
stance than it can dissolve.
supersaturated solution. A solution
containing more of the solute than
is normal for a given temperature.
The excess of solute is instantaneous-
ly precipitated by the addition of a
minute, solid particle of the solute,
or by mechanical agitation.
su-per-scrip^tion (L. super, above +
scribere, to write). The beginning
of a prescription, usually consisting
of the sign I^, the symbol for recipe,
,ake.
su-per-sen^si-tive. Being excessively
sensitive.
su-per-sen-si-ti-za^tion. Inducing ex-
cessive sensitiveness. Same as hy-
per sensitization.
su-pine^ (L. sumnus, on the back).
Lying on the back.
sup-pres^sive (L. sub, beneath +
premere, to press). Stoppage of
secretion or excretion, or of growth.
sup^pu-rant (L. suppurare, to form
pus). 1. An agent that induces
suppuration. 2. Suppurative.
sup-pu-ra'tion (L. suppurare, to form
pus). Formation of pus; purulence.
sup^pu-ra-tive. That which produces
pus.
su^pra- (L. supra, above). A prefix
indicating above or over.
su-pra-man-dib'u-lar. Situated above
the mandible.
su-pra-max^il-la-ry (L. supra, above +
maxilla, jaw). 1. Above or over
the maxUlse. 2. Relating to the '
maxillse.
supra-ocdusion. Term used to desig-
nate the condition of the teeth being
284 SURGERY
extruded more than normally from
the sockets.
su-pra-re'nal (L. supra, above + reri,
kidney) . Situated above the kidney .
s. extract. A principle extracted
from the suprarenal glands of ani-
mals, particularly sheep. It is a
very powerful hemostatic. See epi-
nepkrin.
s. gland. The ductless gland above
the kidney.
su-pra-ren^al-in. A proprietary prep-
aration of suprarenal glands.
su-pra-re^nin. The active principle
of the suprarenal gland; a powerful
hemostatic. Same as epinephrin.
su-pra-spi-nales. See Table of Mus-
cles.
sur'face. The exterior part of a body.
approximal s., buccal s., contact s.,
distal s., facial s., labial s., lingual s.,
masticatory s., occlusal s., proximal
. s. See surfaces of teeth.
s. angles of the teeth. See angles
of surfaces of the teeth.
surfaces of teeth. Generally speaking
the crown of each tooth has five
surfaces which are named according
to position and use. The incisors
and cuspids have labial, toward the
lips; lingual, toward the tongue;
occlusal, toward the opposing teeth;
mesial, toward the median line of the
face; and distal, away from the
median line. Tne bicuspids aud
molars have the same surfaces except
that buccal, toward the cheek, is
used instead of labial. In addition
to these, the surfaces lying against
adjoining teeth are called proximal
or approximal surfaces. [Black.]
sur'geon (Gr. chirurgein, cheir, hand
+ ergein, to work). One who prac-
tices surgery.
S. 0. O. Abbreviation for Surgeon-
General's Office.
sur'ge-ry (L. chirurgia; Gr. cheir, hand
+ ergein, to work). 1. That branch
of medicine which deals with the
treatment of diseases by operative
measures. 2. The place where such
measures are applied.
aseptic s. Surgical practice in
which strict asepsis is observed.
Digitized by
Google
SURGICAL
285
SYCOSIS
clinical 8. Surgeiy practiced in a
teaching surgical clinic.
cosmetic s. Plastic surgery for
the purpose of correcting disfigure-
ments.
dental s. Operative dentistry.
oral s. Surgery of the mouth.
orthopedic s. The correction of
deformities in children.
plastic s. That branch of surgery
which deals with the correction of
defects by the transfer of tissue from
another part of the body.
sor^gi-cal. Relating to surgery.
sor-re^nal. Suprarenal.
sor^ro-gate (L. surrogarej to substi-
tute). A medicine or ingredient
substituted for another.
sns-pen'sion (L. sm6, under + penderCy
to hang). Temporary cessation of
the action of an organ or part.
su-tu'ra. Latin, meaning sviure,
su^tu-ra). Relating to a suture.
su^ture (L. siUura). 1. A stitch used
in closing a wound. 2. The line of
imion of adjacent bones.
apposition s. A suture for the
approximation of the edges of a
wound through the skin only.
catgut 8. A suture made of catgut.
coaptation s. Same as apposition s.
dentate s. One in which the oppos-
ing edges of the bones are toothed.
figure-of-eight s. The form of
suture employed to unite wounds of
the cheeks and edges of a harelip.
A pin or needle is passed through the
edges of the wound or lip so as to
keep them in contact, and a piece of
thread is then wound aroimd the
pin from one side of the division to
the other in the form or the figure 8.
frontal s. The vertical suture be-
tween the two halves of the frontal
bone in fetal and early childhood
life.
frontomazillary s. The suture be-
tween the frontal and the maxillary
bones.
harelip s. See figure-of-eight s.
incisive s. See premaxillary s.
intermaxillary s. The line of junc-
tion between the maxillary bones.
interrupted s. A number of stitche s
made separately and at short dis-
tances from each other.
lead"plate s. A method of suturing
in which the ends of the threads are
fastened to lead plates.
mattress s. A form of continu-
ous suture backward and forward
through the two lips of the wound.
nasofrontal s. The suture between
the nasal and frontal bones.
nasomaxillary s. A suture between
the nasal and maxillary bones.
palatine s. A suture between the
palate bones.
palatomaxillary s. A suture be-
tween the palate and maxillary bones.
premaxillary s. A suture between
the maxillary and premaxillary bones
when the latter are present.
quilted s. A continuous mattress
suture in which each stitch is tied
when formed and the next stitch
made in the opposite direction.
rubber s. A harelip suture in
which a rubber band is used to take
the place of the thread.
sagittal s. The suture between the
parietal bones.
Suzanne's gland [Jean Georges-
Suzanne, French physician, 1859].
A small mucous gland under the
alveololingual sulcus of the mouth.
swab. A piece of cotton attached to
a wire or small stick of wood, used
for collecting material for bacterio-
logical study.
swage. To shape a piece of metal be-
tween a die and counter die.
swallow. The act of deglutition.
sweat. Perspiration.
s. gland. A gland that secretes
sweat.
sweat^ing. The process of uniting two
ends of metal by means of heat,
without the use of a soldering
medium. Also called autogenous
soldering.
swelling. An abnormally elevated
part of the body.
sy-co'sis (Gr. sykon, a fig). A disease
characterized by inflammation of the
hair follicles.
Digitized by
Google
SYLLABUS
286
SYNDROME
syl^la-buB (Gr. syUaboSy a collection).
Outline of a course of lectures.
sym", syn- (Gr. ayn, together). A
prefix signifying together.
sym'bi-on (Gr. syn, together + bios,
life). Either of two organs living
in a state of symbiosis.
sym-bi-o'sis (Gr. aymbiosisy living
together). Coexistence of organ-
isms; living together of two dissimi-
lar organisms.
sym-bi-ot^ie. Relating to symbiosis.
sym'bol (Gr. symholon, a sign). A
character or sign representing some-
thing else. In chemistry a letter or
letters representing an element.
sym-pa-thet'ie (Gr. syn, with + pathos.
suffering). 1. Relating to or caused
by sympathy. 2. Sympathetic ner-
vous system. See nerve.
sym-pa-tiiet^i-cns. The sympathetic
nervous system.
sym'pa-thy (Gr. syn, with + pathos,
suffering). Connection existing be-
tween the action of organs or parts
more or less distant from each other.
sym-pez^is (Gr. sympexis, \ concre-
tion). A concretion.
sym-phys^e-al. Relating to a sym-
physis.
sym^phy-sis (Gr. syn, with + phyein,
to grow). The line of fusion or
union of bones.
8. mandibulfle. Same as s. menti.
s. menti. The central line of the
mandible where the two parts of
which the bone is composed at birth
are joined together.
symp'tom (L. symptoma; Gr. symp-
toma, syn, with + ptoma, a falfing).
Any sign indicating disease or con-
dition of the body.
objectiye s. A symptom of dis-
ease observed only by the diagnos-
tician.
reflex s. A symptom of a disease
occurring in a part remote from the
part affected.
sabjective 8. A symptom of dis-
ease observed only by the patient.
symp-to-mat^ic. RiBlating to or hav-
ing the nature of a symptom.
symp-to-ma-toro-gy (Gr. symptoma,
symptom + logos, treatise). The
study of symptoms.
symp-to^sis (Gr. syn, with + ptosis,
falling). Gradusd emaciation of the
body or a part.
syn- (Gr. syn, with, together). A pre-
fix indicating with.
syn-al^gia (Gr. syn, with + algos, pain).
Pain in one part of the body caused
by a diseased condition in another
part.
syn-al^gie. Relating to or having the
nature of synalgia.
8yn-ar-(hro^dia (Gr. syn, with + ar-
throdia, joint) . An immovable artic-
ulation.
8yn-ar-(hro^di-al. Relating to syn-
arthrodia.
8yn-ar-(hro'8i8. Same as synarthrodia.
8yn-ath-roi^8i8 (Gr. syn, with + alhroi-
sis, collection). Congestion.
syn-chi^-a (Gr. syn, together + cheHos,
lip). Atresia of the hps.
8yn-chon-dro^8i8 (Gr. syn, with +
chondros, cartilage). Articulation of
bones by means of cartilage.
syn'chro-nism. The act of occurring
at the same time.
syn^chro-nons (Gr. syn, together +
ckronos, time). Occurring at the
same time.
syn'co-pe (Gr. syn, together + koptein,
to fall). Fainting; temporary cessa-
tion of the functions of respiration
and circulation.
syn-cytl-um (Gr. syn, with + kytos,
cell). A protoplasmic mass of cells
with ill-aefined limits and large
nuclei.
syn-des-mi^tis (Gr. syndesmos, a band
+ itis, inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of a ligament.
syn-des-moro-gy (Gr. syndesmos, liga-
ment + logos, treatise). The study
of ligaments.
syn-des'mo-plas-ty (Gr. syndesmos,
ligament + pUissein, to mold).
Plastic operation on ligaments.
syn-des-mo^sis (Gr. syndesmos, liga-
ment). Articulation of bones by
means of ligaments.
syn-des-mot'o-my (Gr. syndesmos, liga-
ment + temnein, to cut). Dissec-
tion of ligaments.
syn^drome (Gr. syn, with + dromos,
course). The aggregate of symp-
toms of a disease.
Digitized by
Google
SYNECHIA 287
syn-e^chi-a, pi. synechicB (Gr. syn,
together + echeirif to hold). An
adhesion of parts.
syn-er-get^ie, syn-er^gic, syn-er-gis^tic
{syn, with + ergein, to work). The
act of working together.
syn^er-gist (Gr. syn, with + ergon,
work). A remedy that assists the
action of another.
syn'er-gy (Gr. syn, together + ergein^
to work). Cooperative action be-
tween drugs or organs.
syn-es-the'sia (Gr. syn, together +
aisthesiSf sensation). Sensation in
a part resulting from stimulation
applied in another part.
syn^o-nym (Gr. syn. with + onynuiy
name). A wora having the same
meaning as another.
syn-os-to-o'sis, syn-os-to^sis (Gr. ayn,
together + osteon, bone) . The union
of bones by means of osseous tissues.
syn-o-vec^to-my {ayn, with + oon, egg
+ temnein, to cut). The operation
of excision of a synovial membrane.
syn-o'vi-a (Gr. syn, with + oon, egg).
The viscid fluia resembling the white
of an egg excreted by the membranes
surrounding a movable joint.
syn-oM-al. Relating to synovia.
s. fluid. The lubricating fluid of a
joint.
s. membrane. The membrane sur-
rounding movable joints and excret-
ing synovial fluid.
syn-o-vi^tifl (Gr. syn, with + oon, egg
+ itis, inflammation). Inflamma-
tion of the synovial membrane.
syn^the-sis (Gr. syn, together + titkenai
to put). The artificial forming of a
chemical compound by combining
its elements.
syn-thetlc. Artificial. Relating to
synthesis.
s. ^cement. A cement supposedlv
made up of the elements of tootn
structure.
syph^il-id, syph^il-ide. A skin erup-
tion of syphilitic origin.
syph^il-is. An infectious, contagious
venereal disease characterized by
lesions, mucous patches and gum-
mata, caused by the Spirocnseta
pallida or Treponema pallidum.
SYRUPUS
congenital s. Hereditary syphilis.
primary s. The first stage of
syphilis, from the time of the infec-
tion to the appearance of the initial
lesion.
secondary s. The second sta^e of
the disease in which constitutional
symptoms are developed, as exhib-
ited m lesions of the skm and mucous
membrane.
tertiary s. The final stage of the
disease, marking the formation of
gummata.
syph-i-litlc. Relating to or affected
with syphilis.
syph-il-o-gen^e-sis. The origin or de-
velopment of syphilis.
syph-il-og^ra-phy. The literature or
writings on syphilis.
syph^il-oid. Resembling syphilis.
syph-il-oro-gist. One having expert
knowledge of syphilis, its symptoms
and treatment.
syph-il-oro-gy. The study of syphilis
and its treatment.
syph-il-o^ma, pi. syphilomata, A
lesion or gumma of syphilitic origin.
syph^il-oos. Relating to or affected
with syphilis.
syr. Abbr. of Latin syrwpus, syrup.
syr'inge (L. syrinx; Gr. syrinx, a tube).
An instrument used to inject fluids
into a vessel, cavity or other part of
the body.
hot»air s. An instrument for intro-
ducing hot-air into a tooth cavity.
hypodermic 8. A S3rringe used to
inject local anesthetics into the body
tissues.
syr-in-gi^tifl (Gr. syrinx, tube + itis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
Eustachian tube.
syr^inx (Gr. syrinx, a tube ). 1.
Eustachian tube. 2. Fistula. 3.
Syringe.
syr^up (L. syrupus, syrup) ^ A medi-
cated solution of sugar.
syra^pos. Simple syrup, a saturated
solution of sugar in wrfter. Abbr.
syr.
8. aorantii [U. S. P.]. Made from
tincture of orange or from sweet
orange peel.
Digitized by
Google
SYSSARKOSIS
288
SYZYGY
s. ferri hypophosphitis [N. F.].
Syrup of ferric hypophosphite.
s. hypophosphitam [U. S. P.]. Con-
tains 1 grain each of hypophos-
phites of sodium and potassium, and
2 J grains of hypophosphite of cal-
cium to the drachm. Dose, 4 to
16 cc.
s. ipecacuanhflB [U. S. P.]. Con-
tains fl. extract of ipecac, 7 parts;
acetic acid, 1 part; in 92 parts of
syrup. Dose, as expectorant, 20 to
60 min. [1.3 to 4.0 cc.]; as emetic, 0.5
to 1 ounce [15 to 30 cc] adult.
s. simplex. Simple syrup [U. S. P.].
s. sodii hypophosphitis [N. F.].
Syrup of sodium hypophosphite.
Dose, 1 dr. [4 cc], contains 2 gr. [0.13
gm.] of the salt.
sys-sar-ko'sis (Gr. syuy together +
sarXj flesh). Union of bones by
means of muscles, as the union be-
tween the hyoid bone and the man-
dible,
sys-tal^tic (Gr. systaUikos, drawing
together). Alternate contraction
and dilatation,
sys^tem (Gr. syn, together + histemi, to
place). 1. The body as a whole.
2. Combination of parts into a work-
ing whole, as the nervous system.
3. An orderly arrangement.
alimentary s. The alimentary tract
with the digestive organs.
circulatory s. The blood-vessels
and lymph-vessels. Also called the
vascular system.
dentinal s. The dentinal tubules
radiating from a pulp cavity.
digestive s. The eastro-intestinal
tract with associated organs.
endocrine s. The organs and
glands of internal secretion; the thy-
mus, thyroid, adrenals, pituitary,
testicles, ovaries, etc.
glandular s. The glandular struc-
tures of the body.
Haversian s. A Haversian canal
with the lamellae around it.
lymphatic s. The l3rmphatic glands
and vessels of the body.
moscnlar s. The muscles of the
body taken together.
nervous s. The nerves and nerve
centers of the body considered to-
gether.
portal s. The vessels that convey
venous blood to the liver.
sympathetic nervous s. The nerve
ganglia extending from each side of
the spinal column.
vascular s. The blood-vessels and
l3rmph-vessels of the body considered
together.
sys-te-matlc. Arranged according to
a system.
sys-tem^ic. Relating to the body as
a whole.
sys^to-le (Gr. systole, contraction).
The contracting movement of the
heart.
sys-toric. Relating to the systole.
sys'y-gy (Gr. syzygia, conjunction).
The fusion of two bodies which still
retain their identity.
Digitized by
Google
280
TANTALUM
T
T. Abbr. for temperature.
Ta. Chemical s3rmbol for tantalum,
tab-a-co^sis. Poisoning from exces-
sive use of tobacco.
tab^ac-um. Latin, meaning tobacco.
tal>es (L. tabere, to decay). 1. Ema-
ciation of the whole body; atrophy
of a part of the body. 2. Loco-
motor ataxia.
ta-bes^cent. Wasting; shriveling.
ta-betlc. Relating to or affected with
tabes.
ta'ble (L. tabiUa). 1. A flat plate of
bone; the two plates of compact
tissue forming the bones of the
cranium. 2. A flat-topped piece of
furniture. 3. Orderly arrangement
of data.
bracket t. A dentist's table for
holding instruments, supported by a
wall bracket.
operating t. A table upon which
a patient is placed during an opera-
tion.
tal>le-spoon. A large spoon contain-
ing approximately four fluidrams,
15 cc.
tablet. A medicated lozenge.
tabloid. Resembling a tablet.
tache [tash]. French, meaning spot.
tach-y-car^dia (Gr. tachya, swift +
kardiay heart). Rapid action of the
heart.
tach-y-pha^gia (Gr. tachya, swift +
phageirij to eat). Rapid eating.
tac^tile (L. tangere, to touch). Relat-
ing to touch.
tac-ti-loglc-al. Relating to touch.
tac^tu-al. Same as tactile.
tse^nia, pi. toBnicB (L., a band). 1.
Fascia; a strip of nerve substance.
2. A tapeworm.
Taggart'8 casting method [W. H.
Taggart, contemporary Chicago den-
tist). A method of casting gold
under pressure; used extensively in
casting inlays of gold.
tag^ma, pi. tagmata (Gr. tagnuij a thing
arranged) . The ultimate part of the
19
living cell, corresponding to the
molecule of inorganic matter.
tail (L. oauda). The caudal extremity.
Talbot's iodo-glycerol [Eugene S.
Talbot, contemporary Chicago den-
tist]. A compound of zinc iooid, 12
gm.; water, 8 cc; iodin, 20 gm.; and
glycerin, 40 cc. Used as a counter-
irritant in pericemental disturb-
ances and in diseased conditions of
the mucous membrane of the mouth
accompanying pyorrhea.
talc, tal^com. Hydrated magnesium
silicate, used as a dusting powder.
tal^on (L., bird's claw). The posterior
Erominence on the crown of a maxil-
iry molar tooth.
tal^o-nid (L. toZow, claw). The posterior
moiety of primitive mammalian
lower molars, comprising the hypo-
conid, the entoconid, the hypo-
conulid and the talonid basin.
[Gregory.]
tains. Ankle.
tamVrac. Bark of the North Ameri-
can tree, Larix americana; it is
tonic and astringent. Dose, of
fluidextract, 30 to 80 min. [2.0 to
5.33 cc.].
tam^pon (Fr.). A piece of cotton or
other material used to control hemor-
rhage.
tam^pon-age, tam^pon-ing. The use
of the tampon.
tan^nate. A salt of tannic acid.
tan^nic acid. See add.
tan^nin. Tannic acid; obtained from
oak bark and other astringent vege-
tables. It is astringent, styptic and
hemostatic. Dose, 1 to 10 gr. [0.066
to 0.666 gm.].
tan'sy. Tanacetum wlgarcy a plant of
the U. S. The leaves and tops con-
tain tannic acid, and an essential
oil, oleum tanaceti. The latter is
diuretic, emmenago^e and anthel-
mintic. Dose of oil, 1 to 3 min.
[0.066 to 0.2 cc.]; fluidextract, 20 to
60 min. [1.3 to 4 cc.].
tan^tal-um. A metallic element; sym-
bol, Ta.
Digitized by
Google
TAPETUM
200
TEETH
ta-jpe^tam (L. tapes, a carpet). The
fibrous band extending from the
corpus callosum to the temporal
lobe.
t. alyeolL The periosteum of the
alveolL
tar. A black liquid resin obtained by
destructive distillation of various
species of the pine tree.
coal t. A black viscid substance
obtained from bituminous coal.
tare. Weight of the container of a
chemical substance.
tar^suB. pi. tarsi (Gr. tarsis, eyelid).
1. The connective tissue tnat gives
shape to the eyelid. 2. The pos-
terior part of the foot.
tar'tar (L. tartarum; Gr. tartaron). 1
The incrustation that forms on the
teeth. 2. The dregs or sediment of
a wine-cask. 3. Tbe common term
applied to salivary calculus.
cream of t. Potassium bitartrate.
tar-tar^ic ac^id. See add,
tar^trate. A salt of tartaric acid.
tar^tra-ted. Combined with tartaric
acid.
taste. One of the five senses; the
faculty possessed by the tongue by
which sensations of savor are per-
ceived.
tax^is (Gr. taxis from tassein, to ar-
range). 1. The reaction of a cell to
stimulus. 2. Reduction of a hernia
by manipulation. 3. Orderly classi-
fication.
tax-on^o-my {Gr, taxis, order + nomas,
law). The principles of classifica-
tion of living organisms.
Tb. Chemical sjrmbol for terbium.
T -bandage. See bandage,
Te. Chemical symbol for tellurium,
teak. A tree of southern Asia, from
which a medicinal oil and tar are
obtained.
tease. To separate tissues for micro-
scopic examination.
tech^nic. Method of procedure of a
surgical operation or a mechanical
process.
tech^nic-al. Relating to technic or
technique.
tech'nics. 1. The doctrine of arts in
general. 2. The technical rules,
terms, methods, etc., peculiar to an
applied art, science, or studv; as
dental technics, operative technics.
tech^nique (Fr.). Same as technic,
tec-toro-gy (Gr. tekton, builder 4-
logos, treatise). Study of the shape
of structures.
teeth (L. denies, pi. of dens, tooth).
The bone-like dermal appendages
set in the alveoli of the maxillse and
mandible, which serve the purpose
in man of prehension, cuttmg and
masticating the food, and aid in
phonation. Man has two sets of
teeth, the deciduous set composed
of twenty teeth; four central inci-
sors, four lateral incisors, four cuspids
or canines, and eight molars, and the
second or permanent set composed
of thirty-two teeth; four central in-
cisors, four lateral incisors^ four cus-
pids or canines, four first bicuspids or
premolars, four second bicuspids or
premolars, four first molars, four
second molars, and four third molars.
The teeth are made up anatomic-
ally of the following structures:
Nasmyth's membrane; enamel,
covering the crown; cementum,
covering the root; dentin and pulp.
The tooth is divided anatomically
into the crown, or exposed portion:
the cervix, or neck, the constricted
portion at the gum line, and the
root, the portion imbedded in the
alveolar socket. The crown por-
tion is further divided anatomic-
ally for convenience of description
into the incisal third, the middle
third, and cervical third of the crown.
The root portion is similarly, and
for descriptive purposes, divid^ into,
the cervical tmrd, the middle third,
and the apical third of the root.
angles of the t. See under angles
of the teeth.
artificial t. Teeth made of porce-
lain in imitation of the crown portion
of natural teeth.
block t. Porcelain teeth made in
groups of two and three with enamel
imitation of the gums fused to the
teeth.
calcification of t. The hardening of
the teeth by the process of deposition
Digitized by
Google
u.
PLATE XX
v. c
o 0) d
^ <^
« c
iZ
^ '5
— 05
1^ 5 a • • •• " 1
-"3 ? ? el if
Hi I -SI! -gis
a a a s 5 ^ x^
22 2 2 2e2 2££»;:2
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XXI
FIG. 1
Decalcification of the Deciduous Teeth. The numbers on figure
indicate years.
FIG. 2
Skull of a Child Aged about Six Vears, Showing All the Deciduous
Teeth in Position and the Developing Permanent Ones. (Cryer.)
Digitized by
Google
PLATE XXII
nes of Sohregef .
lies of Retzitts.
aamel rods,
aamel.
Bntin.
9ntinal tubuli.
mtal pulp.
Ddontoblasts.
Bpithelium.
Principal fibers.
Interglobular spaces
Cementum.
Pericementum.
Cement corpuscles.
Tomes's granular layer
Bone trabecule.
Bone.
Pulp cells.
Arteries, veins, nervert.
Periosteum.
Multiple foramina.
Showing Histology of the Normal Tooth and Supporting Structures. (Buckley.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
TEETH 291
of calcium salts in their structures.
The progress of calcification is graphic
ally illustrated in the accompanying
charts.
decalcification of the deciduous
teeth. The process of decalcifying
of the roots of the deciduous teeth
preparatory to exfoliation. The
accompanying chart shows the prog-
ress of decalcification in years.
deciduous t. Teeth of the first
dentition.
eruption of the deciduous teeth.
The average age of eruption of the
deciduous teeth is as follows: Cen-
tral incisors, six to eight months;
lateral incisors, seven to nine months;
first molars, fourteen to sixteen
months; cuspids or canines, seven-
teen to eighteen months; second
molars, eighteen * to twenty-four
months.
eruption of permanent teeth. The
average age of eruption of the
permanent teeth is as follows: First
molars, six to seven years; central
incisors, seven to eight years; lateral
incisors, eight to nine years; first
bicuspids or premolars, ten to eleven
years; second bicuspids or pre-
molars, eleven to twelve years;
cuspids or canines, twelve to fourteen
years; second molars, twelve to six-
teen years; third molars, sixteen to
twenty years.
eye t. Term improperly applied to
the cuspid teeth.
Hutchinson's t. Teeth that are
peg-shaped, with semilunar notches
at the incisal edges supposed to be
characteristic of syphilis.
incorruptible t. Term formerly
applied to porcelain teeth.
milk t. Term applied to the decid-
uous dentition.
mineral t. Term formerly applied
to porcelain teeth.
mounting t. The act of placing
artificial teeth in their proper rela-
tions on the articulator.
names of margins of surfaces of
the teeth. These take the names
of the surfaces of the teeth toward
which they are placed. In the
bicuspids and molars these are the
mesial, buccal, distal and lingual
TELODENDRION
margins of occlusal surfaces; the
mesial, occlusal, distal and gingival
margins of buccal and lingual sur-
faces; the buccal occlusal lingual and
gingival margin of mesial and distal
surfaces. In the incisors and cuspids
these are the mesial, incisal, distal and
gingival margins of labial and lingual
surfaces. Proximal surfaces of the
incisors, because of their triangular
form, have but three margins; the
labial, gingival and lineal. The
incisal surface or edge is not sup-
posed to have margins ordinarily
requiring names, but in case of any
necessity, especially in cases of
considerable abrasion, the margins
would be named on the same plan as
the above. [Black.]
permanent t. Teeth of the second
or permanent dentition.
succedaneous t. Teeth of the
second or permanent dentition that
succeed corresponding with those of
the deciduous set.
surfaces of the t. See angles of
surfaces of the teeth.
wisdom t. Term improperly ap-
plied to the third molar teeth.
teeth^ing. Dentition; eruption of the
teeth.
teg^men, pi. tegmina (L.). A cover.
teg-men^tum (L.). A covering.
teg^u-ment (L. tegmen, a cover). In-
tegument or skin.
tel-an-gi-i^tis (Gr. telos^ end + angeion,
a vessel + itiSj inflammation). In-
flammation of the capillaries.
tel-an-gi-o'ma (Gr. telosy end + angeion^
vessel + omay tumor). A tumor
composed of dilated capillaries.
tel-e-neu^ron (Gr. tele, end + neuron,
nerve). Termination of a nerve.
tel-e-o-ther-a-peu'tics (Gr. tele, far +
therapeia, treatment). Treatment
by mental suggestion.
tel-ep^ath-y (Gr. tele, far + pathos, feel-
ing) . Communication of mind with-
out the use of external means.
tellu-rate. A salt of telluric acid.
tel-lu'ri-um. A rare metallic element;
symbol Te.
tel-o-den^dri-on, pi. telodendria (Gr.
telos, end + deridrion, a small tree).
One of the terminal twigs in the
dendrites of a neuron.
Digitized by
Google
TELOPHASE
292
TENSILE
tero-phase (Gr. telosy end + vhasiSj
phase). The phase of karyokinesis
at which cell division becomes com-
plete.
tem^per. The state of a metal with
regard to its hardness, produced by
heating and sudden cooling.
tem^pe-ra-ment (L. temperare^ to mod-
erate). Characteristics of mind and
body of the individual; there are
four classes: sanguine, bilious, lym-
phatic and nervous. Efforts have
been made by Ward, North and
others, with some measure of success,
to establish a classification of pa-
tients according to temperament as
a determining factor in the color and
form of artificial teeth suited to the
individual.
bilious t. The temperament char-
acterized by a preponderance of bile,
indicated by dark complexion, dark
hair, high blood pressure, slow pulse,
strong appetite and tenacity of pur-
pose.
lymphatic t. One characterized by
a fair complexion, sluggish circula-
tion, light hair and tendency to
inflammation of the skin and lym-
phatics.
neryons t. One characterized by
mental and physical alertness, rapid
pulse, excitability, but lacking in
fixedness of purpose.
sanguine t., sanguineous t. One
characterized by a ruddy complexion
light hair and eyes, full pulse, indi-
cating an abundant blood supply.
tem^pe-ra-ture (L. temperatura, tem-
verare, to moderate). The degree of
heat or cold of a body measured by
the thermometer.
body t. Temperature of the body.
maTiTnum t. In bacteriology, used
to indicate the temperature above
which growth will not take place.
mean t. The average atmospheric
temperature of a given locality.
fninimnin t. In bacteriology, used
to indicate the temperature below
which growth will not take place.
normal t. The temperature of the
human body in health, 98.6** F. or
37° C.
optimum t. The temperature most
favorable for the culturing of any
special microorganism.
subnormal t. Any temperature
below the normal.
tem'po-ral (L. tempus, temple). Relat-
ing to the temples,
t. bone. The irregularly shaped
bone situated at the lateral and
inferior parts of the cranium, which
it assists in forming.
tem-po-ral% (L.). See Table of Mus-
cles.
temporary stopping. A preparation
of gutta-percha used as a temporary
tooth fillmg.
tem-po-ro-man-dib'u-lar. Relating to
the temporal bone and the mandible.
t. articulation. The articulation
of mandible in the glenoid fossa of
the temporal bone.
tem-po-ro-max^il-la-ry. Relating to
the temporal bone and the maxilla.
te-nacl-ty. Toughness.
ten-ac^u-lum (L. tenere, to hold). 1.
A hooked instrument for holding
parts out of the way. 2. A band of
fibrous tissue.
te^nax. Roge fibers prepared for sur-
gical dressings.
ten^der-ness. Abnormal sensitiveness
to touch.
ten^di-nous (L. tendere, to stretch).
Relating to or resembling a tendon.
ten^don (L. tendere, to stretch) . The fi-
brous cord of connective tissue by
which a muscle is attached to a bone
or other structure.
ten-es^mus (Gr. teinein, to strain).
Straining.
ten^o» (Gr. tenon, tendon). A prefix
indicating relation to a tendon.
ten'o-phyte (Gr. tenon, tendon +
phyton, growth). Tumorous growth
in a tendon.
ten-o-si^tis (Gr. tenon, tendon + itis,
inflammation). Inflammation of a
tendon.
ten-os-to^sis (Gr. tenon, tendon +
osteon, bone). Ossification of a
tendon.
ten-o-syn-o-vi'tis (Gr. tenon, tendon +
syn, with + oon, egg + itis, inflam-
mation). Inflammation of tendons
and their sheaths.
ten^sile (L. tendere, to stretch). Re-
lating to the quality of a metal
which permits of extension.
Digitized by
Google
TENSILITY
293
TEST
ten-sill-ty. The quality of a metal
that permits it to be stretched.
ton^sion (L. tendercy to stretch). The
state of being stretched.
ton^sor (L. tendere, to stretch). A
muscle that creates tension. See
Table of Muscles.
ten^sor pa^-ti. See Table of Muscles.
ten^sor tar^sL See Table of Muscles,
tent (L. tendere, to stretch). A plug
of gauze or other material inserted
into the orifice of a wound to induce
healing from the bottom.
tonth cranial nerve. The pneumo-
gastric or vagus nerve. See Table
of Nerves.
ter« (L., three times). A prefix indi-
cating three or three times.
ter'a-tism (Gr. teratismay a monstros-
ity). A monstrosity or anomalous
formation.
terl>i-um. A metalic element; sym-
bol Tb.
tor-chlo^rid. A compound containing
three atoms of chlorin with one
atom of a base.
tere. Latin, meaning rtib.
ter^e-bene. A liquid hydrocarbon ob-
tained from turpentine by the action
of sulphuric acid. It is an antiseptic
and expectorant. Dose, 5 to 20 min.
[0.33 to 1.33 cc.].
teres major and minor. See Table of
Muscles.
ter in die. Latin phrase meaning
three times a day. Abbr. t. i. d.
term (Gr. terma; L. terminus, Kmit).
Limit. The time through which a
thing lasts.
terminal anesthesia. See anesthesia.
ter-mi-noro-gy (L. terminus, term +
Gr. logos, treatise). Nomenclature;
the science which deals with the
derivation and construction of terms.
ter^min-ns (L.). The end.
ter^na-ry. Third; consisting of three.
ter^pene. One of a number of hydro-
carbons contained in many essential
oils and resins.
ter^pin. Turpentine camphor obtained
from terpin hydrate by the action
of heat.
t. hydrate. A colorless crystalline
substance obtained from turpentine
oil by the action of alcohol and nitric
acid. It is antiseptic and expector-
ant. Dose, 2 to 20 gr. [0.13 to 1.3
gm.].
ter^ra. Latin, meaning earth.
t. alba. White clay; an absorbent.
ter'ti-a-ry [ter'she-a-rv] (L. iertius,
third). Third in order.
t. syphilis. The third stage of
syphilis,
test (L.^ea^wmj a crucible). 1. Method
of ascertainmg a fact by experiment.
2. The material used in such an
experiment.
t. meal. A meal, definitely deter-
mined in quantity and quality, for
testing the digestive power of the
stomach.
t. paper. A paper on which is de-
posited a reagent, as litmus paper.
t. solution. A standard solution
of a reagent used in making chemical
reagents.
t.-tnbe. A glass tube closed at one
end, used to observe chemical reac-
tions or growth of bacterial cultures.
Tests
acetone t. A test for the presence
of acetone in the urine, made by
adding a few drops of sodium nitro-
prussic, shaking and pouring over
the mixture stronger ammonia water;
a magenta-colored line is formed
over the area of contact if acetone
be present. It is indicative of an
acidosis.
airirlutination t. A test based on the
fact that specific agglutinins are
formed in the blood-serum of infected
individuals, which will agglutinate
the specific bacteria of the infection.
Used widely as the Widal test in the
diagnosis of typhoid fever; also
used to differentiate pneumococci
and streptococci.
albumin t. Urine is boiled; a
cloudiness, which is not dissolved by
acetic acid, indicates the presence
of albumin.
Fehling's t. Mix the suspected
liquid (urine) with freshly prepared
Fehling's solution and boil. A red
precipitate of cuprous oxid indicates
the presence of glucose. Fehling's
solution is an aqueous solution of
Digitized by
Google
TETANIC
294
THERAPEUTICS
cupric sulphate mixed with potassio-
sodic tartrate in a KOH solution.
indican t. (Jaffe's). To the sus-
l)ected liquid add an equal amount
of concentrated HCl and a few drops
of a strong solution of sodium hydro-
chlorite. A blue color indicates the
presence of indican, which is present
when intestinal putrefaction occurs.
Marsh's t. [for arsenic]. The sus-
pected substance is placed in a flask
with dilute sulphunc acid and zinc.
The gas formed is ignited, a porcelain
dish held over the flame and if arsenic
is present metallic arsenic will be
deposited on the porcelain.
te-taa^ic. Relating to or producing
tetanus.
tet'aa-ism. Continuous hypertonicity
of muscles.
tet^aa-os (Gr. teineiuj to stretch). A
disease caused by Bacillus tetani,
characterized by persistent tonic
spasm of the voluntary muscles.
te-tar^to-cone (Gr. tetartos, fourth +
konoSy cone). The posterior internal
cone of a maxillary molar tooth.
te-tar-to-con'id (Gr. tetartoSy fourth +
konoSy cone). The posterior internal
cone of a mandibular molar tooth.
tet'ra- (Gr . tetray four) . A prefix mean-
ing /our.
tet-ra-ba^sic (Gr. tetray four + basiSy
base). An acid having four replace-
able atoms of hydrogen.
tet-rac^e-tate. Combination of a base
with four molecules of acetic acid.
tet-ra-chlo^rid. Combination of a rad-
ical with four atoms of chlorin.
tot^rac-id. Having four atoms of
hydrogen replaceable by acid radi-
cals.
tet^rad (Gr. tetray four). 1. An ele-
ment having a valence of four. 2.
Bacteria occurring in groups of four.
tet-rair^en-oos (Gr. tetray four +
gennariy to produce). Said of bac-
teria forming in groups of four.
tet-ras^ter (Gr. tetray four + aster y star).
Karyokinesis in which the nucleus
divides into four.
Tet-ra-tri-cho-mo^nas. A genus of
the Mastigophora or FlageUata or of
the Protozoa; pyriform; undulating
membrane; four flagella.
T. buccalis. A synonym of T.
hominis.
T. hominis. Found about salivary
calculus in neglected mouths; non-
pathogenic.
tet-rav^a-leat. Having a valency of
four. Same as quadrivalent,
tet-rox^id. Combination of a radical
with four atoms of oxygen.
tet^tor. Herpes. Common name for
various skm diseases.
tex^tu-ral. Relating to the texture of
tissues.
tex^ture (L. texerey to weave). Ar-
rangement of the tissues that con-
stitute an organ.
thallin. A crystalline substance de-
rived from coal-tar. It is antiseptic,
bactericidal, and antipyretic. Dose,
2 to 15 gr. [0.133 to 1 gm.].
thal^-um. A blue-white metallic ele-
ment; symbol Tl.
thea. Latin, meaning tea.
the-ba^ic. Relating to opium.
the-ba^in. An alkaloid of opium,
similar in action to strychnin. Dose,
li gr. [0.1 gm.].
the^ca, pi. theccR (L.; Gr. theke, a box).
Sheath.
the-d^tis (Gr. thekey sheath + itiSy in-
flammation). Inflammation of the
sheath of a tendon.
the^co-dont (Gr. thekey sheath + odouSy
tooth). Having teeth enclosed in
alveoli.
theli-um, pi. thelia (L.). A nipple,
or papilla.
the^o-cin. Sythetically prepared theo-
phyllin; a diuretic. Dose, 4 gr.
[0.26 gm.].
the'o-ry (Gr. theoriay a view). 1. The
abstract principles of a science. 2.
Loosely used to indicate a hypothe-
sis or opinion not based on facts.
ther-a-peu^tic, ther-a-peu'ti-cal. 1.
Curative. 2. Relating to the art
of healing.
ther-a-peu'tics (Gr. therapeutikey the
art of healing). 1. The art of heal-
ing. 2. A treatise on medical treat-
ment.
empiric t. Treatment of diseases
with remedies that have proven by
experience to be useful.
Digitized by
Google
THERAPEUTIST 296
mental t. Treatment of disease
by mental suggestion.
rational t. Treatment of disease
based upon an accurate knowledge
of the cusease, together with an ac-
curate knowledge of the action of the
remedies used.
ray t. Radiotherapy.
suggestive t. Treatment of dis-
ease by mental suggestion.
ther-a-peu^tist, ther^a-pist. One
skilled in the treatment of diseases.
ther^a-py (Gr. therapeiaf treatment).
Treatment of disease.
opsonic t. Treatment of disease
by the injection of dead bacteria
that produce the disease.
serum t. Treatment of an infec-
tious disease by the injection of a
specific serum or aniitoxm.
thyroid t. Treatment of diseases
by the use of thyroid extract.
vaecine t. Same as opsonic L
therm (Gr. thertne, heat). A unit of
measure of heat. The amount of
caloric heat necessary to raise 1 gm.
of water through 1° centigrade.
ther^mal (Gr. therme, heat). Relatmg
to heat.
ther^mic. Relating to heat.
ther^mo- (Gr. therme, heat). A prefix
indicating relation to heat.
ther-mo-cau^te-ry (Gr. thermos, hot +
kaiUer, a burner). To cauterize by
means of a heated point of wire.
ther-mo-chem^is-try. Study of the
chemical relations and reactions of
heat.
ther-mo-dy-nam^ics (Gr. therme, heat
+ dynamis, power). The study of
the transformation of heat into
energy.
thermo-electrie. Relating to electri-
cally generated heat.
thermo-ezdtory. An agent having
the power of stimulating the produc-
tion of heat in the body.
ther-mo-gen^e-sis (Gr. therms, heat +
genesis f production). The produc-
tion or generation of heat in the
body.
ther-mo-ge-net^ic,ther-mo-gen^ic. Re-
lating to or causing the production
of heat.
THESIS
ther'mo-graph (Gr. therme, heat +
graphein, to record). An instru-
ment for determining heat variations ;
a recording thermometer.
ther-mory-sis (Gr. therme, heat +
lysis, solution). 1. Chemical dissolu-
tion by means of heat. 2. Diminu-
tion of animal heat.
ther-mo-lyt^ic. Relating to thermo-
lysis. Heat discharging.
ther-mom^e-ter (Gr. therms, heat +
metron, measure). An instrument for
determining various temperatures.
centigrade t. A thermometer scale
in which zero represents freezing
point and 100® boiling. See Com^
parative ThermomMric Scale, p. 296.
clinical t. A small thermometer used
to take the temperature of the body.
Fahrenheit t. A thermometer scale
in which 32® represents freezing and
212° boiling. See Comparative Ther-
momstric Scale, p. 296.
Btoomor t. A thermometer scale
in which zero represents freezing and
80° boiling. See Comparaiive Ther^
mometric Scale, p. 296.
ther-mom^e-try. Use of the ther-
mometer in diagnosis of disease.
ther^mo-phil, ther-mo-phillc (Gr.
therme, heat + phylein, to love).
Said of bacteria which develop at
high temperatures, such as 40° to
70° C.
ther^mo-scope (Gr. therme, heat +
skopein, to view). An instrument
for determining differences in tem-
perature.
ther^mo-stat (Gr. therms, heat + his-
temi, to stand) . An automatic appa-
ratus for maintaining constant tem-
perature by controlling the source
of heat.
ther-mo-tac^tic, ther-mo-tax^ic (Gr.
therme, heat + taxis, order). Regu-
lating the temperature of the body.
ther-mo-tax^is. 1. Regulation of the
temperature of the body. 2. At-
traction of or repulsion from micro-
organisms toward a warm body.
ther-mo-therVpy (Gr. therms, heat +
^Aerapcia, treatment). Treatment of
disease by means of heat.
the^sis (Gr. thesis, a proposition). The
essay prepared by a candidate for a
degree.
Digitized by
Google
THERMOMETER
Comparative Thermometric Scale.
296
THROMBOID
BOILING ,/vA
POINT *^
cc
O
z
UJ
X
z
X
212
3
<
UJ
o:
Q^ BOILING
W POINT
^
^
=
= 200 =
90
E
= 190 =
70
= ==
~
^ 180 ^
80
E
^ 170 =
z=. T=:
60
^ 160 ^
H
70
-
= 150 =
= 140 =
50
60
—
= 130 =
— '
50
^^^ 19A ^^^
40
— 1*U : —
= =
-
= 110 r=
A(\
^ ^
1U
^ 100 =
■^^IMA
NORMAL BOOV
rcMrcRATunc
= 90 =
= ' '
—
30
=
= 80 =
= =
20
E
= 70 =
20
-
E
= 60 ^
= ^
10
in
= 50 ^
—
= 40 =
—
TREEZING
^^^ 30 ^^
ftfREEriNG
^ POINT
POINT
3
~
^ , =
= 20 r=r
1A
=■ ^E
= 10 =
10
—
= =
^
= ZERO ^
= 10 =
20
20
thifh. The part of {the leg from the
pelvis to the knee.
thi'o* (Gr. theion, sulphur). A prefix
indicating that a chemical com-
pound contains sulphur instead of
oxygen.
fhi-o-cy'a-nate (Gr. theion, sulphur +
kyanos, blue). A cyanate salt con-,
taining sulphur instead of oxygen.
Potassium thiocyanate is found in
the saliva.
thi-o-genlc (Gr. theion, sulphur +
gennan, to produce). Generating
sulphur. A term ai^lied to bac-
teria which convert sulphureted
hydrogen into higher sulphur com-
pounds.
thi^o-lin. A green substance produced
by boiling together linseed oil and
sulphur. It has a therapeutic action
in skin diseases similar to ichthyol.
thi^o-nin. A dark blue staining mate-
rial used in microscopy.
thi-o-sol^phate. A salt of thiosul-
phuric acid.
thi-o-sol-phu^ric add. HsSsOt; forms
thiosulphate salts.
fluid cranial nerve. Motor oculi nerve.
See Table of Nerves.
tho-raclc (Gr. thorax, the chest). Re-
lating to the chest,
t. duct. See duct,
tho^rax (Gr. thorax, the chest). The
chest. The cavity of the body ex-
tending from the neck to the abdo-
men and containing the organs of
respiration and circulation.
tho^ri-om. A rare metallic element
possessing radio-active properties;
symbol Tn.
throat. 1. The anterior part of the
neck. 2. The fauces and pharynx.
throin-bec^to-my (Gr. thrombos, a clot
+ ektome, excision). Surgical re-
moval of a thrombus.
throml>in. A fibrin ferment in the
blood that converts fibrinogen into
fibrin.
throm1i>o-cyte (Gr. thrombos, clot +
kytos, cell). A blood platelet.
throm-bo-genlc (Gr. thrombos, a clot
+ gennaUf to produce). Capable of
producing a blood clot.
throm1ix>id (Gr. thrombos, a clot +
eidoa, form). Resembling a throm-
bus.
Digitized by
Google
THROMBOPHILIA 297
throm-bo-phil^ia (Or. thrombos, a clot
+ phileiny to love). Having a ten-
dency to thrombosis.
throm-bo-plas^tlQ. A ferment of the
blood that causes clotting. A he-
mostatic.
throm-bo'sis (Gr. thrombosiSf clotting).
Coagulation of blood in the blood-
vessel.
throm-bo-sta^sis. Stasis of the blood
accompanied by formation of a
thrombus.
throml>as, pi. thrombi (Gr. thronibos, a
clot). A clot of blood formed in a
blood-vessel during life.
thrush. Infant stomatitis, character-
ized by the formation of aphthse, or
white spots in the mouth, caused by
a group of yeast-like microorgan-
isms, among which is Oidiimi albi-
cans.
thumb. The digit on the extreme
radial side of the hand.
thyme (L. thymus; Gr. thymoSf thyme).
A garden vegetable, containing a
volatile oil that has aromatic and
carminative properties. Dose of oil,
1 to 5 min. [0.066 to 0.333 gm.].
t. camphor. Thymol.
thy-mec'to-mize. To excise the thy-
mus gland.
thy-mec^to-my (Gr. thpmos, thymus +
ektomCj excision). Excision of the
thymus gland.
thy^mic. Relating to the thymus.
thy^mo-form. An antiseptic powder
made from formaldehyd and thymol.
It has similar properties to iodo-
form.
thy^mol. Thyme camphor. An oil
obtained from the vegetable th3rme;
antiseptic and antirheumatic exter-
nally, and an anthelmintic and intes-
tinal antiseptic internally. Dose,
i to 2 gr. [0.033 to 0.133 gm.].
thy^mus (L.; Gr. thymos), 1. A bi-
lobed gland in the neck and thorax
of an infant; a lymph gland. 2.
Thyme.
thy^ra-den. Extract of thyroid gland,
used in rickets, cretinism, etc. Dose,
5 to 10 gr. [0.333 to 0.666 gm.].
thy^rin. Name given to the active
principle of the thyroid gland.
THYRO-IODIN
thy-ro*ad-en-i^tis (Gr. thyreos, shield
+ adeuj gland + itis^ inflammation).
Inflammation of the thyroid gland.
thy-ro»a-pla^si-a (Gr. thyreos, shield +
a J not + plasseirif to mola). Defi-
cient development of the thyroid
gland.
thy-ro-a-ryt-ae-noi-de^UB. See Table
of Muscles.
thy^ro-cele (Gr. thyreos, shield + kele,
tumor). Tumor of the thyroid
gland; goiter.
thy-ro-ep-i-glot-tl-de^U8. See Table of
Muscles.
thy-ro-glob'u-lin. The iodin proteid
secreted by the thyroid gland.
thy-ro-glos^sal. Relating to the thy-
roid gland and the tongue.
thy-ro-hy'oid. Relating to the thy-
roid gland and the hyoid bone.
thy-ro-hy-oi-de^us. See Table of Mus-
cles.
thy^roid (Gr. thyreos, shield + eidos,
like). 1. Shield-shaped. 2. The
ductless gland covering the anterior
and inferior part of the larynx. Its
secretion has important functions as
yet imperfectly understood,
t. extract. A preparation of thy-
roid of animals used for therapeutic
purposes,
t. gland. The thyroid.
thy-roi-dec^to-mize. To excise the
thyroid gland.
thy-roi-dec^to-my (Gr. thyreos, shield
+ ektome, excision). The operation
for the excision of the thyroid gland.
thy-roid'in. Extract of the thyroid
gland of the sheep; used in treat-
ment of goiter, cretinism, psoriasis,
etc. Dose, li to 3 gr. [0.1 to 0.2
gm.].
thy^roid-ism. 1. Disturbances result-
ing from hjrpertrophy of the thyroid
^and, causing excessive secretion of
Sie gland. 2. General effects of
overdose of thyroid extract.
thy-roid-i^tifl (Gr. thyreos, shield +
eidos, form + itis, inflammation).
Inflanmiation of the thyroid gland.
thy-roid-ot'o-my {thyreos + Gr. tern-
nein, to cut). Incision of the thy-
roid gland.
thyro -iodin. The most important con-
stituent of the thyroid gland of the
Digitized by
Google
THYROSIS 298
sheep, containing iodin and phos-
phorus, used as a stimulant of the
nervous and circulatory systems in
goiter, cretinism, psoriasis, etc.
Dose, 4 to 12 gr. [0.25 to 0.75 gm.].
thy-ro'sis, pi. thyroses. Disease result-
ing from faulty thyroid action.
thy-ro-toz'in. A cytotoxin acting spe-
cifically on the cells of the thyroid
gland.
Ti. Chemical symbol for titanium,
tib'ia (L., a pipe). The larger of the
two bones m the leg below the knee.
tic (Fr.). A twitching, especially of
the facial muscles,
t. douloureux. Trigeminal neu-
ralgia resulting from degenerative
changes in the nerve.
facial t. Spasmodic twitching of
the facial muscles.
t. i. d. Abbr. for the Latin phrase ter
in die, three times a day.
ti^dal air. The air taken into the lungs
and expelled in an ordinary respira-
tion. See respiration.
tin (L. stannum). A white, metallic
element; symbol Sn. It is used for
various purposes in dentistry, as a
filling material and in the laboratory.
tinct. Abbr. for tincture.
tinc-tu^ra, gen. tincturcsy pi. tincturcBj
Latin, meaning tincture.
tinc^ture (L. tinctura from tingere, to
tinge). A solution of a medicinal
substance held in a menstruum,
especially alcohol.
Churchill's t. A tincture composed
of iodin, 16.5; potassium iodid, 3.3;
distilled water, 2.5 and alcohol 77.7.
tin^e-a (L., a worm). Ring-worm; any
of a class of skin diseases caused by
parasitic fungi.
tin-ni^tus (L., a tinkling). A ringing
sound in the ears.
tint. A tone of a color produced by the
addition of white and white light of
material colors.
tis^sue (Fr. tissu from L. texere^ to
weave). The anatomical elements
forming a structure of the body.
adenoid t. Connective tissue con-
taining lymphoid cells.
adipose t. Tissue composed of
fat-cells, a form of connective tissue.
TISSUE
areolar t. A form of connective
tissue.
bony t. Tissue that has become
cancellous t. Spongy tissue of
bones.
cartilaginous t. The tissue com-
posing cartilage, which see.
cellular t. Connective tissue with
large interspaces.
cicatricial t. Dense fibrous tissue
that forms a scar or cicatrix, derived
from granulation tissue.
connective t. The tissue that com-
poses the supporting structures of
the various parts of the body. It
originates from the mesoblast, the
varieties being: areolar^ adipose,
fibrous, elastic, lymphoid tissues,
cartilage and bone.
dentinal t. Dentin.
elastic t. Connective tissue made
up of yellow elastic fibers.
embryonic t. Primitive connective
tissue as it occurs in the embryo.
endothelial t. The endothelium;
the tissue that lines serous spaces,
blood- and lymph-vessels.
epithelial t. Epithelium.
fatty t. See adipose t.
fibrous t. The ordinary connective
tissue of the body composed of
bundles of white fibers with connec-
tive tissue cells between; the tendons,
ligaments, and some of the mem-
branes are composed of fibrous tis-
sue.
glandular t. A specialized form
of epithelial tissue.
granulation t. Cicatricial tissue
formed in the process of healing
wounds or ulcers.
interstitial t. Connective tissue
between the cellular elements.
laminated t. Cellular tissue.
Isrmphoid t. Same as adenoid t.
mucous t. Cellular tissue.
muscular t. The tissue comprising
the substance of muscles.
nervous t. The tissue comprising
the substance of nerves.
osteogenic t. The portion of the
periosteum next to the bone con-
Digitized by
Google
TITANIUM
299
TONSILLAR
cerned in the forming of osseous
tissue.
sclerosis t. Term used collectively
for the cartilaginous, osseous, and
fibrous tissues.
skeletal t. Term used collectively
to indicate the fatty, fibrous, ade-
noid, bony and cartilaginous tissues.
subcutaneous t. Layer of connec-
tive tissue directly beneath the skin.
ti-ta^ni-um (L. titauy the sun). A
grayish, metallic element; symbol Ti.
t. dioxid. Found native in the form
of rutile. Used as a pigment to
produce a hue of yellow in porcelain.
ti^trate. Analysis by titration. To
determine the strength of a solution
by titration.
ti-tra^tion (Fr. titrey standard). The
use of standard solutions in making
a quantitative analysis.
Tl. Chemical symbol for thallium.
Tm. Chemical symbol for thvlium.
to-coro-gy (Gr. tokoSj childbirth +
logos, treatise). Obstetrics.
toilet (Fr. toilette, a cloth). The
cleansing and dressing of a wound
after operation; also the cleaning of
instruments, etc., before and after
an operation.
torer-ance, tol-er-a^tion (L. tolerare,
to bear). The ability to tolerate
large or continued doses of a drug.
tol-er-if ^ic. Inducing or causing toler-
ance.
toru-ene. A colorless liquid obtained
from coal-tar and resins.
tol-u^id-iu. A compoimd similar to
anilin obtained from toluene,
t. blue. A powerful bactericide.
•tome (Gr. temnein, to cut). A ter-
mination indicating a cutting in-
strument.
Tomes' fibers [Chas. Tomes, contempo-
rary English dentist]. Protoplas-
mic processes of the ameloblasts of
the enamel organs of developing
teeth aroimd which calcification of
enamel takes place. The term is by
some authors applied to the distal
processes of the odontoblasts of the
dental pulp. [Hopewell-Smith.]
Tomes' granular layer. See granular
layer of Tomes.
-tomy (Gr. temnein, to cut). A ter-
mination indicating a cutting opera-
tion.
tone (L. tonus; Gr. tonos, tone). 1.
The state of health normal to an
organic tissue. 2. A quality of
sound.
tongs. An instrument consisting of a
pair of pivoted levers, used for grasp-
mg objects.
tongue [tung]. The movable muscular
organ attached to the floor of the
mouth, and concerned in tasting,
masticating, speaking and swallow-
ing.
black t. Nigrities lingua, which
see.
coated t. A tongue covered with a
layer of whi ish debris, bacteria,
fungi, etc., associated with gastric
indigestion.
t. depressor. An instrument for
depressing the tongue to facilitate
examination of the fauces.
geographic t. Scaly patches on
the tongue producing a map-like
appearance.
t. scraper. An instrument used
for cleaning the tongue.
smoker's t. Leukoplakia.
strawberry t. A tongue with a
whitish coat through which project
enlarged papillae, a characteristic
symptom of scarlet fever.
tonic (Gr. tonos; L. tonv^, tone). A
medicinal agent capable of restoring
normal tone.
to-nicl-ty. The state of normal tone
of organs or tissues.
to-nom^e-ter (Gr. tonos, tone + metron,
measure). An instrument for meas-
uring blood-pressure tension.
ton'sil (L. tonsiUa). The two almond-
shaped bodies between the pillars of
the fauces on each side,
faucial t. Same as tonsil.
lingual t. A collection of lymphoid
tissue at the root of the tongue.
palatine t. Same as tonsil.
pharyngeal t. A mass of lymphoid
tissue across the back part of the
cavity of the pharynx.
ton^sil-lar. Relating to a tonsil.
Digitized by
Google
TONSILLECTOME
300
TOURNIQUET
ton-8il-lec'tome. An instrument for
removing tonsils.
ton-8il-lec^to-my (L. tonsilla. tonsil +
Gr. ektomef excision). Tne opera-
tion for removing the tonsils.
ton-sil-li^tifl (L. tonsiUay tonsil + Gr. Uis,
inflammation) . Inflammation of the
tonsils.
ton^sil-lo-tome (L. tonsillay tonsil +
Gr. temnein, to cut) . A knife used in
performing tonsillotomy.
ton-8il-lot^o-my (L. tonsiXUiy tonsil +
Gr. temndnf to cut). The operation
of incising a tonsil.
to'nus. Latin, meaning tone.
tool. An implement used in perform-
ing mechanical work.
tooth (L. dens). See teeth.
t.«fferm. Ingrowth of the Epithe-
lium and connective tissue from
which the tooth is later developed.
peg t. A peg-shaped tooth,
t. palp. The soft, vascular and
sensitive organ occupying the cen-
tral portion of the tooth.
toothache. Pain in a tooth resulting
from inflammation of the pulp.
Pulpitis.
tooth-band. The inner-horizontal por-
tion of the original primitive epithe-
hal inflection of the ectoderm into
the mesoderm, occurring before the
commencement of tooth develop-
ment. From its labial portion are
derived the ten deciduous tooth
germs; from its lingual side and ex-
tension backward, the sixteen per-
manent tooth germs. It rapidly
atrophies between the sites of the
future- tooth germs. It may per-
sist in places, and its vestigial re-
mains may ultimately form super-
numerary or supplemental teeth, the
so-called "glands" of Serres, enamel
nodules, accessory cusps or roots,
true gemination, etc. Lamina den-
talis. [Hopewell-Smith.]
tooth-bnuh. A brush used for clean-
ing the teeth.
tooth-paste. A medicated paste for
cleansing the teeth.
tooth-powder. A medicated prepared
chalk preparation for cleansing the
teeth.
tooth-rash. Strophulus. Gum rash,
Uchen infantum; occurring in infants,
associated with intestinal disturb-
ances.
to-pha^ceous (L. topvs; Gr. tophos,
stone). Having a stony or gritty
nature.
to^phus, pi. tophi (L.; Gr. tophos). A
stony concretion forming at the sur-
face of joints affected with gout, and
around the teeth; salivary calculus.
top'ic, top^ic-al (Gr. topoSj a place).
Relating to a particular part; local.
to-poff^ra-phy (Gr. toposy place +
graphetny to write). Description of
a particmar part or locaUty.
top'o-nsnn (Gr. topes, place + onyma,
name). Name of a part in relation
to its position or to direction.
to-pon'y-iny (Gr. topos, place + onyma.
name). Terminology of organs and
parts in relation to their position or
direction.
tor^pent (L. torpor , sluggish). An
agent that lessens irritative action.
tor^pid (L. torpor, inactive). A state
of inactivity.
tor-pidl-ty. A state of sluggishness
or slowness of action.
tor^por (L., inactive). Sluggish condi-
tion of a part or of the whole body.
tor'sion (L. torquere, to twist). A
twisting, or the state of being
twisted.
t. of teeth. Rotation of teeth in
their sockets.
tor-so-clu^sion. See torso-occlusion,
imder ocdusion.
to'rus (L., a fleshy part) . An elevation
or projection; any curved solid part
in anatomy.
Tor^u-la. A genus of budding yeasts,
but forming no asci; generally
spherical cells, often forming a scum,
but only after fermentation; scums
always slimy without the presence of
gas bubbles.
touch (L. tadus). The sense of deter-
mining the physical qualities of an
object by feeling; the tactile sense.
tour'ni-quet (Fr. toumer, to turn). A
device for controlling the flow of
blood to a part by means of com-
pression upon the main artery of
supply.
Digitized by
Google
TOX-
301
TRANSECTION
tox«, tox'i-co«, tox'o- (Gr. toxikon,
poison). A prefix indicating rela-
tion to poisoning or caused by a
poison.
toz-e^mia, toz-s^mia (Gr. toxikon^
poison + haima, the blood). Blood-
poisoning by bacterial toxins; septi-
cemia; pyemia.
toz-e'mic. Relating to or caused by
toxemia.
toz^ic, toz^ic-ftL Relating to or having
the nature of a poison.
tozl-cant. A poisonous agent.
toz-i-ce^mia, toz-i-cflB^mia. Same as
toxemia.
toz-ic^i-ty (Gr. toxikon^ poison). The
condition or quality of being poi-
sonous.
tozl-coid (Gr. toxikon, poison + eidoSf
like). Resembling a poison.
toz'i-col'o-gy (Gr. toxikon, poison +
logos, treatise). The study of poi-
sons, their actions and treatment of
conditions caused by poisons.
toz-i-co-phy-laz^in (Gr. toxikon, poi-
son + phylassein, to guard). A de-
fensive proteid produced in an ani-
mal that has acquired immunity to
a certain disease, which has the
power of destroying the products of
the pathogenic bacteria which cause
the disease.
toz-i-co'sis (Gr. toxikon, poison). Any
disease caused by introduction of
poison into the system.
toz-if^er-ous (L. toxicum, poison +
ferre, to bear). Producing or carry-
ing poison.
toz^in (Gr. toxikon, poison). Any
poisonous product of bacterial ac-
tion; also often used synonymously
with "exotoxin" as produced, e. g.,
by diphtheria and tetanus bacilli.
toz-i-ne^mia. Poisonous action of
texins on the blood.
toz-in'i-iide (L. toxicum, poison +
ccedere, to kill). An agent capable
of destroying toxins.
toz-i-no'sis. Any disease produced by
toxins.
toz^is (Gr. toxikon, poison). Condi-
tion resulting from poisoning, par-
ticularly by toxins.
tox-i-ther'a-py. The application of
antitoxins to the treatment of dis-
eases.
toz-ol'y-sin. Same as antitoxin.
toz'o-phile (Gr. toxikon, poison +
philein, to love). Possessing an
aflSnity for toxins.
toz-o-phy-laz^in. An agent that de-
stroys the poisonous products of
bacteria. Same as toxicophylaxin,
toz-o-so^zin. Same as toxicophylaxin,
tr. Abbr. for tincture.
tra-bec'u-lft, pi. trabecules (L. dim. of
trabs, a little beam). A fibrous
membrane extending from the cap-
sule into an organ.
tra-bec'u-lar. Relating to a trabecula.
tra-bec'u-la-ted. Having trabeculse.
tra^cer. An instrument used to isolate
vessels and nerves in dissecting.
tra^che-a (L.; Gr. tracheia, rough).
Windpipe; the cartilaginous tube
extending from the larynx to its
division into the two bronchi.
tra^che-al. Relating to the trachea.
tra-che-os^to-my (Gr. tracheia, trachea
+ sUmia, mouth). The operation of
forming an opening into the trachea
through the neck.
tra-che-al^is. See Table of Muscles,
tra-che-lo-mas-toi-de'us. See Table
of MusdeSi
tra-che-ot^o-my (Gr. tracheia, trachea
+ temnein, to cut). The oi)eration
for forming an artificial opening into
the trachea.
tract (L. tractus). A tract or course;
a region of length.
trac^tion (L. trachere, to draw). Act
of drawing.
trac^tor. A lever.
trac'tus. Latin, meaning tract or
course.
trag^a-canfh. A resinous gum ob-
tained from Astralgus LeauminosoB,
similar to gum arabic and used for
suspending in water insoluble pow-
ders.
tra^gus, pi. tragi (L.; Gr. tragos, a
goat). The cartilaginous projection
in front of the external meatus of the
ear.
trans- (L., across). A prefix meaning
across, over or beyond.
tran-sec'tion (L. trans, across + secare,
to cut). A cross-section.
Digitized by
Google
TRANSFUSION
302
TREPONEMA
traus-fa^sion (L. transj across + fun-
derCf to pour). The injection into
the blood-vessels of a fluid, either
blood or physiologic salt solution.
The transferring of blood from one
person to another.
traus-il-la-mi-na^tion (L. trans, across
+ Uluminarey to make light). The
lighting up of a cavity by means of
passing a strong light through its
walls from the outside, for the pur-
pose of examining the cavity.
trans-lu^cent (L. trans, across + Iricere
to shine). Partially transmitting
light.
trans-mi-fra^tion (L. trans, across +
migrarey to wander). Passage of
cells through a limiting membrane.
Diapedesis. A wandering from one
part of the body to another.
trans-mis^sion (L. trans, across +
mittere, to send). Communication
of disease from one person or place
to another. Also passage of a nerve
impulse.
trans-par'ent (L. trans, through +
parere, to appear). Transmission of
light so that objects may be seen
through a substance.
trans-pi-ra^tion (L. trans, through +
spirare, to breathe). Perspiration.
The exhalation of vapor or volatile
matter through the skin.
trans-plan-ta^tion (L. trans, across +
plantare, to plant). Gralting living
tissue to a part for the purpose of
repairing a defect,
t. of teeth. Insertion of a tooth
removed from one person into a
socket left by the extraction of a
corresponding tooth in another per-
son.
trans-po-si^tion (L. trans, across +
jxmere, to place). 1. Transfer of
living tissue from one part to another
in plastic surgery. 2. Abnormal
change in the location of an organ.
trans^u-date (L. trans, through +
sudare, to sweat). A fluid that has
Eassed through a membrane, as
lood serum t&ough the vessel walls.
trans-u-da'tion. The act of the blood
serum or other fluid passing through
a membrane.
trans-ver-sal^is ab-dom'i-nis. See
Table of Muscles.
trans-ver-sal^is colli. See Table of
Muscles.
trans-verse^ (L. trans, across + vertere,
to turn). Crosswise, or at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of a
part.
t. ridge. The ridge extending
across the crown of a superior molar.
[Black.]
trans-ver'siis au^ris. See Table of
Muscles.
tra-pe'ri-us, pi. trapezii (L.). See
Table of Muscles.
traa^ma, pi. traumata (Gr. trauma, a
woimd). A wound or injury; also
the condition of the organism result-
ing therefrom.
trau-matlc. Relating to or caused by
trauma.
trau'ma-tisin. The condition result-
ing from trauma.
traa-ina-to^sis. Traumatism.
treat'ment (L. tractare, to treat). The
means employed for the relief of dis-
ease; also the care and management
of a patient in combating disease.
tre^mor (L. tremere, to shake). The
involimtary trembling of the body
or some part of it.
trench mouth. An ulcerative condi-
tion of the mucous membranes of
the mouth, accompanied by inflam-
mation, redness and sloughing of the
tissues. It is caused by the Bacillus
fusiformis and Vincent's spirochete.
It has also been called Vincent's
angina [incorrectly], gangrenous
stomatitis, ulceromembranous sto-
matitis, ulceromembranous angina,
Vincent's infection, etc.
tre'phine (Fr.). An instrument with
a cylindrical saw edge, used for
removing a circular dSsk of bone,
particularly from the skull.
tre-phine^ment. The act of using the
trephine.
tre-phin^ing, trephination. The act of
using the trephine.
trep'i-dant (L. trepidare, to be agi-
tated). Affected by tremor.
Tre-po-ne^ma (Gr. trepein, to turn +
nema, thread). A genus of micro-
organisms, formerly included in
genus Spirochaeta; spirally curved,
Digitized by
Google
TRI-
cork-screw shaped filaments, motile.
See also Spirochceta.
T. buccalis [Cohn]. Non-patho-
genic, common in normal mouths;
known also as Spironema buccalis,
T. mucosum. From pyorrhea al-
veolaris.
T. pallidum. The cause of syphilis.
SpirochcBta pallida.
T. recurrentifl. The cause of re-
lapsing fever.
T. refringenB [Schaudinn and Hoff-
mann] . Found on genitalia; patho-
genicity imdetermined.
tri« (Gr. treis; L. tresy three). A prefix
indicating three or three times.
tri-ac^id. A salt containing three
hydrogen atoms replaceable by a
base.
tri'ad (L. trias; Gr. triasy a group of
three). 1. A trivalent radical. 2.
A syndrome of three elements.
Hutchmson's t. The combination
of notched teeth, interstitial keratitis
and otitis occurring in hereditary
syphilitics.
trial plate. A temporary denture with
the teeth set in wax or parafl&n and
ready to place in the mouth in order
to verify the occlusion, antagoniza-
tion [articulation], and esthetics
before the placing of the rubber and
the vulcaniziation process.
tri^an-ffle (L. tres^ three + angvlus,
an angle). A three-cornered figure
formed by three lines meeting at
their extremities. A term much
used in anatomy to designate cer-
tain regions of more or less triangular
shape.
Bonwill's t. A triangle formed by
a line from the center of one condyle
to the center of the other and two
converging lines from these points to
the center of the alveolar ridge of the
mandible.
cephalic t. Triangle formed by
lines connecting the anterior part
of the head and the chin with the
posterior parts of the head, and a
line uniting the former two.
digastric t. The submaxillary tri-
angUy which see.
facial t. Triangle formed by lines
connecting the basion with the alveo-
303 TRICRESOL
lar and nasal points and a line joining
the latter two points.
frontal t. The triangle having its
apex at the metopion and its base
at the superior facial diameter.
palatal t. A triangle formed by a
Ime across the greatest transverse
diameter and lines converging from
its extremities to the alveolar point.
submandibular t. Same as sub-
maxUlary t.y which see.
submaxillary t. The triangle formed
by the mandible above, the posterior
belly of the digastric muscle and the
stylohyoid below, and the median
line of the neck in front.
triangular ridge. The ridge running
down from the point of a cusp toward
the center of the crown of a tooth.
[Black.]
tri-an-gu-lar^is. See Table of Muscles,
tri-at-om^ic. Having three replace-
able hydrogen atoms.
tri-ba^sic (L. treSy three + 6a«is, base).
Having three hydrogen atoms re-
placeable by a base.
tri-bro^mid. A compound containing
three bromin atoms to one of a base.
tri-cal'cic. A compound containing
three calcium atoms to one of a base.
tri-chlor-a-ce'tic acid. See acid,
tri-cho-glos^sia (Gr. thriXy hair +
glossa, tongue). A condition of the
tongue in which it has a hairy
appearance, resulting from thicken-
ing of the papillae.
Trichomonas. See Tetrairichomonas,
Tri-cho-my-ce'tes (Gr. thriXy hair +
mykesy fungus). The genus of or-
ganisms between bacteria and higher
fimgi, having hair-like filaments
projecting from them, as actino-
myces, leptothrix, etc.
tri-con'o-dont (Gr. treisy three + konosy
a cone + odouSy tooth). A tooth
having three cones in a line.
tri-cre^sol. A strongly antiseptic and
germicidal compound composed of
metacresol, 40 per cent; paracresol,
33 per cent; ortnocresol, 27 per cent
soluble in 40 parts water. It has
three times the germicidal value of
phenol. Used in the treatment of
putrescent pulp canals. [Buckley.]
Digitized by
Google
TRICUSPID 304
tri-cnB^pid (L. tres, three + ciispiSf
a point). Having three cusps.
triMent, tri-den'tate (L. tres, three +
denSf tooth). Having three teeth or
being three-pronged.
tri-fa'cial (L. tresj three -\- fades, face).
The fifth cranial nerve. See Table
of Nerves.
tri-|^'tric (Gr. treiSy three + gasteTf
belly). A muscle having three
beUies.
tri-geml-nal (L. tri, three + geminusy
twin). Relating to the fifth cranial
nerve.
tri-gem'i-nas (L. triy three + geminuSy
twin). The fifth cranial nerve.
See Table of Nerves.
Xn'gon (Gr. trigonon, triangle). The
triad of main cusps in the upper
molars, comprising the proto-, para-
and metacones.
The primary trigouy or original
trigon, of Mesozoic trituberculate
mammals, consisting of the main
apex of the crown (homologous
with the para- and metacones of
later mammals) and the external
margin.
The secondary trigon. See trigon
above. Probably arising through
the inward growth of the basal
talon (protocone) or internal cingu-
lum, and the subdivision of the
primitive apex into para- and meta-
cones. The secondary trigon has
probably developed pari passu with
the talonid of the lower molars.
The protocone of the secondary
trigon fits into the talonid basin of
a lower molar, while the para- and
metacones occlude on either side of
the hypoconid. [Gregory.]
tri-ffo^nid (Gr. trigonony triangle). The
triad of cusps surmounting the
anterior moiety of the crown of
primitive mammalian lower molars.
In occlusion the trigonid fits into
the interdental space between two
upper molars. [Gregory.]
tri-ffon^o-dont (Gr. trigonoSy triangled
+ odouSy tooth). A tooth having
three cones in a triangle.
tri-ffo^num (L.; Gr. trigonony triangle).
A triangular space or area.
tri-hy^dric. Containing three atoms
of hydrogen replaceable by a base.
TRIVALENT
tri-i'o-did. A compound containing
iodin in the proportion of three
atoms to one of a base.
tri-kre^8ol. See tricresol.
tri-lat'er-al (L. tres. three + latusy side).
Having three siaes.
tri-lo1[>ate, trilobed (L. tresy three +
lohiLSy lobe). Having three lobes.
tri-mor'phous (Gr. treisy three +
morphey form). Occurring in three
different forms.
tri-ni^trate. A nitrate containing three
nitric acid radicals.
tri-oz'id. A compound containing
oxygen in the proportion of three
atoms to one of the base.
tri-ox-y - meth^yl - ene. Paraf ormalde-
hyd.
triph-the^mi-a (Gr. trivhthosy waste
matter + haimay blooa). Retention
of waste matter in the blood.
tri^plez (Gr. triploos, triple). Three-
fold.
trip^sis (Gr. tripsisy rubbing). The
act or process of triturating.
tris^mic. Relating to trismus.
tris'miui (Gr. trismoSy gnashing).
Spastic closure of the jaws; partial
tetanus; lockjaw resulting from
spasm of the muscles of mastication.
tri^sol^phid. A compound of sulphur
in which there are three atoms of
sulphur to one of a base.
tri-ti-ce-o-ffl08'8ii8. See Table of
Muscles.
tri'to-cone. The posterior external
cusp of an upper premolar tooth.
tri-tu-ber'cu-lar (L. treSy three +
tubercvZuniy a tubercle). Having
three tubercles, as molar teeth.
trit^a-rate (L. trUurarCy to rub). 1.
To reduce to a fine powder by rub-
bing. 2. The substance so reduced.
trit-u-ra^tion (L. triturare, to rub).
The act of reducing a sutwstance to a
fine powder by rubbing.
trituration of amalgam. The mulling
of an amalgam in a mortar.
triv'al-ence. Having a trivalent qual-
ity.
triv^al-ent (L. treSy three + valercy to be
worth). Having a combining power
equal to three atoms of hydrogen.
Digitized by
Google
TROCAR, TROCHAR
305
TUBERCLE
tro'car, tro'char. An instrument used
^for evacuating fluids from cavities.
tro^che [tro'ke] (Gr. trochoSf a wheel).
A medicated lozenge or tablet.
tro-chis'cos, pi. trochisci (L. from Gr.
trochiskoSy a small disk). A troche.
tFO-pa-co-ca^in. An alkaloid obtained
from Javanese coca; also prepared
synthetically. It is used as a local
anesthetic like cocain. The hydro-
chlorid is the preparation usually
employed in 3 to 10 per cent solu-
tions.
troph^ic [trofick] (Gr. trophe, nourish-
ment). Relating to nutrition.
tro^pho* (Gr. trophCj nourishment). A
prefix indicating relation to nourish-
ment.
troph-o-dy-namlcs (Gr. trophCf nour-
ishment + dynamis, power). Study
of foi^ces concerned in nutrition.
tro-phoro-gy (Gr. trophe, nutrition +
logoSy treatise). The science of
nutrition.
troph-o-neu-ro'sis (Gr. trophSy nutri-
tion + neuroUy nerve). Local dis-
turbance of nutrition resulting from
modified trophic action of the nerve
supply to the part.
tro-phop^a-thy (Gr. trophCy nutrition +
pathosy disease). Disorder of the
nutritional process.
tro-pho-therVpy (Gr. trophcy nutri-
tion + therapHay treatment). Treat-
ment of disease through dietetic
means.
tro-phot^ro-pism (Gr. trophCy nutrition
+ tropeiUy to turn). The power of
organic cells to attract or repel
certain nutrient liquids.
trop^in. A decomposition product of
atropin.
troy ounce. The ounce in troy weight.
See Table of Weights and Measures.
Traeman's liniment [Wm. H. True-
naan, contemporary Philadelphia den-
tist]. A preparation of camphor-
gum 4 gm.; ether, 8 cc; alcohol,
30 cc.j chloroform, q. s. ad. 90 cc.
Used m the treatment of non-septic
pericementitis.
tmn^cate. Having the end square as
if amputated.
tron^cos, pi. irund. Latin, meaning
trunk,
20
trunk (L. truncus). 1. The body
proper, without the limbs. 2. The
principal part of a nerve or vessel.
trypan«blue. A dye used to destroy
trypanosomes; also used for intra-
vital staining tissues; has been used
to study processes of tooth develop-
ment.
Try-pan-o-so'ma (Gr. trypanon, a borer
+ somay body). A genus of proto-
zoan microorganisms having a whip-
like flagella attached to the body.
try-pan-o'8ome. A member of the
genus Trypanosoma.
tryp^sase. See trypsin.
tryp^sin (Gr. trypsiSy a rubbing). The
principal ferment of the pancreatic
juice, which converts proteins into
peptones.
tryp-sin^o-gen, tryp^so-gen (Gr. trypsiSy
a rubbing + gennany to produce).
The zymogen in the pancreas that
produces trypsin.
tryp'tone. The substance produced by
the action of trypsin upon proteids.
.tuba, pi. tuhcB. Latin, meaning tube.
tube (L. tuba). A hollow cylindrical
organ or part. A hollow instru-
ment.
auditory t. The Eustachian tube.
Coolidge t. An x-ray tube in
which the cathode is inclosed in a
molybdenum tube.
Crookes' t. A glass tube, ex-
hausted of air, through which elec-
tricity is passed in the production
of the Roentgen rays.
Eustachian t. The tube passing
from the nasopharynx to the tym-
panum.
feeding t. A tube used to introduce
food into the stomach.
salivary t. The ducts in the sub-
stance of the salivary glands con-
necting the lobes of the glands.
stomach t. A tube used for wash-
ing out the stomach.
vacuum t. See Crookes' tube.
tu'ber-cle (L. tuberculuniy a tubercle).
A small prominence or projection
from the surface of the skin, from
the surface of a bone or from the
grinding surface of a tooth; a cusp,
t. bacillus. The bacillus that
causes tuberculosis.
Digitized by
Google
TUBERCULA 306
miliary t. The characteristic lesion
of tuberculosis.
tu-ber'cu-lft| pi. of Latin tuber crdum.
t. dentis. Cusps of molar or pre-
molar teeth.
tu-ber^cu-lar. Relating to tubercles,
or to tuberculosis.
tu-ber'ca-lin. A vaccine used in the
treatment of and in the test for
tuberculosis.
tu-ber-cu-lo'ma. Neoplasm caused by
the action of the Bacillus tubercu-
TURGESCENCE
tu-ber-cu-lo'sis. A disease, generally
of the lungs, caused by the Bacillus
tuberculosis, characterized by the
formation of tubercles in the tissues.
ta-ber^cu-lum, pi. tubercida. Latin,
meaning a tubercle.
tu-ber-os'i-ty (L. tuher^ a protuber-
ance). A broad protuberance or
eminence on a bone.
malar t. The prominence on the
malar bone.
tu'bu-lar. Relating to or having the
form of a small tube.
ta1i>iile (L. tubulus). A small tube.
dentinal t's. Minute canals in the
dentin containing dentinal fibers.
tu'ba-las, pi. tubvli. Latin for tubuk,
tu-me-fa'cient (L. tumejacere, to cause
to swell). Producing swelling.
tu-me-fac'tion. A swelling; the con-
dition of being swollen.
tu-mes^cence. The process or act of
swelling.
tu'mid. Swollen; enlarged.
tu'mor (L. tumere^ to swell). A cir-
cumscribed enlargement of a part
due to the presence of a morbid
growth.
adenoid t. Adenoma.
adipose t. Lipoma,
benign t. A tumor of slow growth
usually limited in size and approxi-
mating in structure the normal tis-
sue, and having no tendency to recur
after removal.
blood t. Hematoma.
cartilaginous t. Enchondroma.
cellular t. A tumor occurring in
cellular tissue which does not contain
fat.
colloid t. A tumor containing
colloid material.
connective-tissue t. A tumor de-
veloped from some connective-tissue
structure, as lipoma, fibroma, chon-
droma, or sarcoma.
dermoid t. A tumor containing
fatty cutaneous elements.
encysted t. A tumor surrounded
by a membranous sac.
fatty t. Lipoma.
fibroid t. Fibroma.
granulation t. Granuloma.
histioid t., histoid t. A tumor
composed of a single tissue like that
of the surrounding parts.
infiltrating t. A tumor not clearly
defined from the surrounding tissues.
innocent t. See benign t,
malignant t. A tumor of rapid
growth, differing in structure from
the surrounding tissue, infiltrating,
and with a tendency to be de-
structive.
mucous t. Myxoma.
muscular t. Myoma.
osseous t. See exostosis,
papillary t. Papilloma.
ranine t. Ranula.
sebaceous t. A tumor formed by
retention of secretions from a seba-
ceous gland.
vascular t. Angioma.
tu'mor-ous. Having the nature of a
tumor.
tung'sten. A metallic element; sym-
bol. W. [German, Wolfram.]
tu^nic (L. tunicGy a coat). An envelop-
ing membrane or coat.
tu^ni-ca, pi. tunica. Latin, meaning
tunic or coat.
t. propria. The outer layer or coat
of a part proper as distinguished
from an investing membrane.
tur'bi-nal (L. turbo, a top). A tur-
binated bone.
tur^bi-nate, tur'bi-na-ted (L. turbo, a
top). Shaped like a top.
t. bones. The thin bony plates of
the nose, rolled in the shape of tops
or scrolls.
tur-ges'cence (L. turgere, to swell).
Swelling or distention of a part.
Digitized by
Google
TURGESCENT 307
tur-jres'cent (L. turgercj to swell).
Swelling.
tur^gid (L. turgor, swelling). Swollen.
tur-gidl-ty. Fulness; the state of
being swollen.
tur'gor (L., swelling). The state of
being swollen or of fulness.
tur'mer-ic. A South American plant
from which a tincture is obtained
which is used in making a testing
paper similar to litmus.
tur'pen-tine. A volatile oil obtained
from various species of pine trees.
It is a stimulant, diuretic and anthel-
mintic. Externally it is used as a
liniment. Dose of oil, 20 to 60 min.
[1.333 to 4 cc.].
tusk. An enormously large incisor or
canine tooth projecting beyond the
lips.
tus^sis. . Latin, meaning cough.
twee^zers. Small pincers for handling
tiny particles.
twelfth cranial nerve. Hypoglossal
nerve. See Table of Nerves.
twelfth-year molar. The second per-
manent molar tooth; so named
because it erupts in or near the
twelfth year of age.
TYPIC
twinge. A sharp, darting pain.
twitch. A sudden, irregular muscular
spasm of slight extent.
tym''pan-al, tym-pan^ic (L. tympanum,
a drum). Relating to the tym-
panum.
tym^pan-o-man-dib^u-lar. Relating to
the tympanum and mandible,
t. cartUage. Meckel's cartilage.
tym'pan-om (L., a drum). The ear-
drum.
type (Gr. typos, a stamp). A nonnal
average example. Form in which
symptoms of a disease exhibit them-
selves.
ty-phe^mia. Typhus fever.
ty-phi'a. Typhoid fever.
.ty^phoid (Gr. typhos, stupor + eidos,
like). Resembling typhus,
t. fever. Abdominal typhus^ en-
teric fever; an infectious disease
caused by Bacillus typhosus.
ty^phus fever (Gr. typhos, stupor). A
contagious disease caused by the
Bacillus typhi exanthematici, char-
acterized by rash, nervous symptoms
and fever.
typlc, typ'ic-al (Gr. typos, a stamp).
Constituting a particular type.
Digitized -by
Google
308
ULITIS
U
U. Chemical symbol for uranium.
ula (Gr. oulorij the gums). The gums.
a-lat-ro^phi-a (Gr. ovlorij gum + atro-
phiQf atrophy). Shriiildng or wast-
ing away of the gums.
nl'cer (L. ttfcws, ulcer). A sore; a
gradual loss of substance on the skin
or mucous membrane resulting from
some local disease or constitutional
cause.
adherent a. An ulcer of the skin
in which the base is adherent to the
subcutaneous fascia.
arterial u. A skin ulcer caused by.
disease of an artery.
cancroid a. An erosive ulcer of
the skin.
carious n. A gangrenous ulcer.
cold a. Small, inflammatory ulcer
occurring spontaneously at the ex-
tremities of the body, sometimes
gangrenous.
corrosive a. Gangrenous stomati-
tis.
creeping a. Same as serpiginous
ulcer,
endemic a. An ulcer peculiar to a
certain locality.
fistulous u. An ulcerated condi-
tion at the opening of a fistula.
follicular u. An ulcer in which the
destructive process starts from one
of the follicles on the mucous mem-
brane.
gastric u. An ulcer on the inner
wall of the stomach.
gummatous u. An ulcerating gum-
ma.
hard u. Same as chancre.
indolent u. A chronic ulcer with
hard indurated edges, with little
tendency to heal; usually occurring
on the leg.
lupid u. Same as rodent ulcer,
mercurial u. An ulcer caused by
mercurial poisoning.
phagedenic u. A rapidly spreading
sloughing ulcer.
rodent u. A cancerous ulcer grad-
ually involving and destroying the
soft tissues and bone; generally lo-
cated on the face.
serpiginous u. An ulcer extending
in one direction while heal^g in
another.
sublingual u. An ulcer of the
frenum of the tongue.
traumatic u. An ulcer caused by
injury.
tuberculotis u. An ulcer caused by
tubercle bacillus.
ul'cer-ate (L. ulcerare, to make sore).
To break down into an ulcer.
ul-cer-a'tion (L. ulcerare, to make sore).
Molecular death of a part; superficial
ulcer.
ul'cer-a-tive. Relating to ulceration.
ul-cer-o-mem1[>ra-nous. A condition
in which there is ulceration in con-
nection with a membranous exudate.
u. gingivitis. See imder ginffivUis.
ul'cer-ous. Having the character of
an ulcer. Affected with ulcers.
ulceus, pi. ukera. Latin, meaning ulcer,
ule (Gr. oule, scar). A scar or cica-
trix.
-ule (L. -uluSy -ulaj -ulum), A ter-
mination used with words of Latin
origin to denote the diminutive.
u-lec^to-my (Gr. oule^ scar + ektome,
excision). Surgical removal of scar
tissue.
u-lem-or-rha'gia (Gr. oulon, gum +
haimorrhagia, bleeding). Hemor-
rhage from tne gums.
u-lefic (Gr. oulon, gum). Relating to
the gums.
u-li^tis (Gr. oulon^ gum + itis, inflam-
mation) . Inflammation of tne gums .
aphthous u. White spots on the
gums; thrush.
interstitial u. Inflammation of the
tissues surrounding the teeth ; pyor-
rhea alveolaris.
mercurial u. Inflammation of the
gums resulting from excessive ad-
ministration of mercury.
Digitized by
Google
ULNA 309
ulcerative u. Ulcerative inflam-
matory condition of the gums.
ul'na (L.). The larger of the two
bones of the arm extending from the
elbow to the hand.
u-loc^a-ce (Gr. otdoiij gum + kakcy evil).
Ulcerative inflammation of the gums.
u-lo-car-ci-no^ma. Carcinoma of the
gums.
u-lo-fflos-si^tis (Gr. outoUj gum +
glossttf tongue + itis, inflammation).
Inflammation of the gums and
tongue.
u-lon'cus (Gr. otiZow, gum + onkoSj
tumor) . Tumor of the gums ; epulis .
u-lor-rha'gi-a (Gr. otdon, gum + rheg-
nymif to burst forth). Profuse
bleeding from the gums.
u-lor-rhe^a (Gr. ovlon, gum + rhoiaj
flow). Bleeding from the gums.
nl'tra* (L., beyond). A prefix indi-
cating beyond or excess.
ul-tra-vi'o-let rays. Rays of the spec-
trum beyond the violet rays.
iim1[>er. A brown pigment composed
of manganese, iron oxid and sihca.
un^ci-a. Latin, meaning ounce.
un'ci-form (L. uncus^ hook + format
form) . Hook-shap ed.
unc^tion (L. unguerCj to anoint). An
immction or ointment.
unc^tu-ous. Fatty; greasy,
unpens. Latin, meaning a hook.
un^der-cut. A cut made beyond the
general surface of a cavity to aid in
the retention of a filling.
dove-tail n. An undercut made in
a flaring shape, as the shape of a
dove's tail.
un-der-jawed'. Having a projecting
lower jaw.
un-dn-la^tion. A wavy motion in a
medium.
ung. Abbr. for Latin unguentunif
ointment.
un^guent (L. ungiLentuniy ointment).
An ointment.
un-gaen^tum, pi. unguenta. Latin,
meaning ointment or salve. A simple
unguentum is one containing 80
parts lard and 20 parts white wax.
u'ni- (L. unusj one). A prefix indicat-
ing one.
URANOPLASTY
u-ni-cenn-lar (L. untis, one + ceUttUif
cell). Composed of a single cell.
u-ni-cus^pid, a-ni-cii8''pid-ate (L. unus,
one + cuspisy a point). A tooth
having one cusp.
n-ni-lat'er-al (L. uniis. one + latti^f
side). Occurring only on one side.
n-ni-loc'a-lar (L. units, one + loculus,
a place). Having but one cavity.
un^ion (L. unio from unv^, one). The
act of uniting or joining. Union by
first and second intention, see heal-
ing.
u'nit (L. unv^, one). A standard of
measurement. A single thing.
n-niv'a-lent (L. unus, one + vatere, to
be worth). Having a valence of
one; capable of replacing in com-
bination one atom of hydrogen.
un-of-fi'cial. Not oflScial. Not given
in the pharmacopeia.
un-or^gan-ized. Not organized; with-
out organs.
un-sat^n-ra-ted. A term applied to a
solution in which there is not as
much of the solid dissolved as can be.
nn-striVted. Not striped.
n-rsd^mia. See uremia.
n'ra-ffogue (Gr. ouron, urine + agogos,
leading). An agent capable of in-
creasing secretion of urme.
n-ran-al^y-sis (Gr. ouron, urine + ana,
apart + lyein, to loosen). Analysis
of the urine.
u-ran-is-co-chas^ma (Gr. ouraniskos,
palate + chasma, cleft). Cleft pal-
ate.
u-ran-is-co-ni'tis (Gr. ouraniskos, pal-
ate + itis, inflammation). Inflam-
mation of the palate.
n-ran-is^co-plas-ty. Plastic surgery of
the palate.
n-ran-is-cor^rha-phy (Gr. ouraniskos,
palate + rhaphe, seam). Operation
of suturing a cleft palate.
u-ran-is^cus (Gr. ouraniskosy palate).
Palate.
u-ra'ni-um. A metallic element; sym-
bol U.
u-ran-o-plas'tic. Relating to urano-
plasty.
u^ran-o-plas-ty (Gr. ouranos, palate +
plasseinj to mold). Plastic surgery
of the palate.
Digitized by
Google
URANOPLEGIA
a-ran-o-ple^gia (Gr. ouranosy palate +
plegSf stroke). Paralysis of the
muscles of the palate.
u-ran-or^rha-phy (Gr. ouranos^ palate
+ rhaphCy seam). Operation for sur-
gical closure of a cleft palate.
u-ran-os'chi-sis (Gr. ouranoSy palate +
schisiSj fissure). Cleft palate.
u-ran-o-staph-yl-or^rha-phy (Gr.
ouranoSf palate + sta'phyUj uvula +
rhaphCf seam). Surgical closure of
cleft of the hard and soft palates.
n'rate (L. uras from Gr. ourouy urine).
A salt of uric acid.
u-ra-tu^ria. Condition of excess of
urates in the urine.
u-re'a (Gr. ourouy urine). A white,
crystalline substance, the principal
solid constituent of the urine; also
occurring in chyle, blood and lymph.
n^re-al. Relating to urea.
u-re'mi-a, n-r»'mi-a (Gr. ouroriy urine
+ haima. blood). A toxic condition
produced by retention of urinary
constituents in the blood.
n-re'mic. Relating to uremia.
"Tiret. A sufl5x indicating a binary
compound of sulphur, carbon, etc.,
with another element.
u-ret'ic. Relating to the urine.
a^ric. Relating to the urine.
a. acid. See add,
a-ri'na. Latin, meaning urine.
n-rin-al^y-sis (L. urinay urine + Gr.
lysisy solution). Chemical analysis
of urine.
n^rine (L. urina; Gr. ouron). The
fluid secreted by the kidneys.
n-ri-ne^mia. See uremia.
u-rin-oro-gy. The study of urine,
especially as an aid to diagnosis ana
prognosis.
u'ro- (Gr. ouroriy urine). A prefix in-
dicating relation to urine or uric acid.
310 UVULOTOMY
u-ro-ey-a-no'sis (Gr. ouron, urine +
kyanoSj blue). A condition resulting
from mdican in the urine; indi-
canuria.
u'rol. The quinate of urea, used as a
remedy for gout.
u-roro-gy (Gr. owrony urine + logoSy
treatise). The study of urine espe-
cially as an aid to diagnosis and
prognosis.
n-ron^cos (Gr. ourouy urine 4- onkoSy
tumor). A tumorous swelling con-
taining urine.
u-ro'sis. Any disease of the urinary
organs.
u-ro-tro'pin. A crystalline substance
obtained by the action of formalde-
hyd on ammonia; it is a diuretic and
solvent of uric acid. Dose, 5 to 15
gr. [0.3 to 1 gm.].
ur-ti-ca^ri-a (L.). Nettlerash; hives.
A skin infection characterized by
development of wheals of pinkish
color and accompanied by stinging
sensations.
U. 8. P. Abbr. for United States
Pharmacopeia.
os^tion (L. urere, to bum). Cauteriza-
tion.
u'va, pi. uv(B (L., a grape). Raisin.
u'vu-la (L. dim of uvay a little grape).
The small fleshy mass extending
from the soft palate, above the roof
of the tongue.
u'vu-lar. Relating to the uvula.
u-YU-li'tis (L. uvuiay uvula + iliSy in-
flammation of the uvula.
a-YU-lop-to^sis (L. umday uvula +
ptosis, faUing). Relaxation of the
uvula.
a^YU-lo-tome (L. uwla + Gr. temnein,
to cut). An instrument for excising
the uvula or a part of it.
u-vu-lot'o-my. The operation for ex-
cising the uvula or a part of it.
Digitized by
Google
311
VARNISH
V. Chemical symbol for vanadium.
vac^cin-ate (L. vacca^ cow). To inoc-
ulate with a virus to produce im-
munity against a disease.
vac-ci-na'tion (L. vaccay a cow). The
act or process of inoculation with a
virus.
bacterial v. Inoculation with a
bacterial vaccine.
vac^dne. Any virus used in preven-
tive inoculation.
antogenoos v. Vaccine made from
the isolated bacteria of the lesion of
the individual to be treated with it.
bacterial v. Vaccine made from
dead bacteria and injected for the
purpose of raising the opsonic index
of a person suffering from infection
by that particular organism.
multivalent v., polyvalent v. A
vaccine made from several different
strains of bacteria.
sensitized v. A suspension of
killed bacteria, subjected to the
action of specific amboceptor before
injection.
stock V. Vaccine made from bac-
teria of the species that causes the
disease, but not from the person to
be treated with it.
V. viros. Lymph obtained from a
vaccinal eruption.
vac^a-o-lar. Relating to a vacuole.
vac'u-ole (L. vacuus ^ empty). A space
or cavity in a cell.
vac'n-um (L.). An empty space.
V. chamber. A depression or cham-
ber made in the palatal portion of a
denture for the purpose of assisting
in the retention of the denture, by
creating vacuum suction.
vag^in-ate (L. vaginare, to sheath).
Sheathed.
valgus (L., wandering). The pneumo-
gastric nerve. See Table of Nerves.
valence, valen-cy (L. valere, to be
worth). The combining capacity
of an atom measured by that of an
atom of hydrogen.
va-leM-an (L. Valeriana). The dried
rhizome and roots of Valeriana oflS-
cinalis, used as a nerve stimulant
and antispasmodic. Dose, extract,
5 to 10 gr. [0.333 to 0.666 gm.];
fluidextract, 10 to 30 min. [0.666 to
2 cc.].
val-e-ri-anlc, va-le^ric acid. See add.
vallate (L. vallum^ a wall). Cupped;
having a rim surrounding.
valgoid (L. valere^ to be equal). Name
given to certain fluidextracts, the
weights of which, and the drugs from
which they are derived, have the
same strength.
valve (L. valva, a door). A fold in a
membrane which prevents reflux in
the canals and vessels of the body.
val^YU-la, pi. vcdvuloB (L. dim of valva,
a valve) . A small valve.
val^YU-lar. Relating to a valve.
van-a'di-om. A metallic element;
symbol V.
va^por, 'pi. vapores. Latin meaning
steam or ga^.
va^por-ize. To convert into vapor.
va-ri-a^tion. Deviation in form, posi-
tion, state or qualities of the same
individual; or from the parent.
varl-cose (L. varix, crooked). Relat-
ing to a swollen or tortuous vein.
va-ri'o-la (L. varius, spotted). Small-
pox.
va-ri-o-loid'. A mild form of smallpox ;
sometimes occurring in a person who
has had a previous attack or has
been vaccinated.
va^rix, pi. varices (L., crooked). A
swollen or tortuous vein.
var^nish. Solution of a gum or resin
in alcohol, ether or chloroform,
cavity v. A varnish containing
gum dammar, 1 dr.; resin, 6 drs;
ether, \ fl. oz.; and alcohol, \ fl. oz.;
used for lining cavities previous to
insertion of a filling to protect the
pulp from thermal changes conveyed
by the filUng material.
sandarac v. A varnish composed
of sandarac, 1 part; resin, 1 part, and
Digitized by
Google
VAS
alcohol, 2 parts; used in dentistry as
a separating varnish and as a lining
for tooth cavities.
separatinf v. A varnish used to
prevent the adhering of plaster in
pouring a cast.
shellac v. A varnish composed of
shellac 1 part to 3 parts of alcohol;
used as a separating varnish.
vas, pi. vasa (L.). A vessel.
vas^cu-lar. Relating to vessels. Full
of vessels.
vas-cu-larl-ty. The state of being
vascular.
vas-cu-lar-i-za'tion. Formation and
extension of blood-vessels in a part.
vas^e-lin. Petrolatum.
va-80-con-8tric^tor. 1. Term applied
to nerves that constrict the blood-
vessels. 2. A drug that causes con-
striction of the blood-vessels.
va-so-di-la'tor. 1. Term applied to
nerves that dilate the blood-vessels.
2. A drug that causes dilation of the
blood-vessels.
va-80-mo^tor (L. vasj vessel + motor,
mover). Term applied to nerves
that control the movements of the
walls of the blood-vessels.
vault (L. valvere, to turn). A dome-
like structure, as the roof of the
mouth.
veg'e-ta-tive. Having relation to
growth and nutrition.
veliic-le (L. vehere, to carry). 1. A
substance serving as a medium for
the administration of medicine. 2.
An excipient.
vein (L. vena). A vessel that carries
blood toward the heart.
Table op Veins.
(See also imder sinits.)
angular v. A continuation of the
frontal vein downward to become the
anterior facial at the lower margin of
the orbit.
anterior internal maxillary V. Same
as facial v., defip.
auricular v. [anterior and posterior].
1. The vein of the ear emptying into
the posterior facial. 2. A vein from
the cardiac auricles.
312 VEIN
azygos v*8. Three veins situated
in front of the bodies of the thoracic
vertebrsB; they form a communica-
tion between the superior and infe-
rior venae cavse.
basilar v. A large vein passing
back from the base of the brain to
unite with the veins of Galen.
buccal V. A branch of the internal
maxillary vein, returning the blood
from the buccinator muscle.
cardiac v. The vein that returns
blood from the substance of the
heart.
cerebral v's. Veins draining the
cerebral hemispheres; they are cor-
tical and central.
coronary v. The cardiac vein
opening into the coronary sinus of
tne heart.
dental v., inferior. A vein drain-
ing the tissues about the teeth and
emptying into the internal maxillary
vein.
emissary v's. Small veins passing
through the cranial foramina and
connecting the venous sinuses with
external veins.
esophageal v. A vein draining the
esophageal region and emptying
into the inferior thyroid.
facial V. The direct continuation
of the angular vein; it joins the
internal jugular at tne level of the
hyoid bone.
facial v.| deep. The vein joining
the facial vein below the malar bone;
it receives the blood from the ptery-
goid plexus.
frontal y. The anterior vein of the
scalp as it crosses the frontal bone,
forming with its fellow from the
opposite side the nasal arch.
Galen's v's. Two large veins of
the brain, formed by the internal
cerebral veins and opening into the
straight sinus.
innominate v's. Two large veins
on each side of the root of the neck
returning the blood from the head,
neck andupper extremity.
jugular v., anterior. A vein com-
mencing at the level of the chin and
ending at the clavicle in the external
jugular vein.
Digitized by
Google
PLATE KXIll
Superficial Veins of the Cranium and Face, Right I^ateral View^. (Testut.)
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
VEIN
jugular y., external. A vein formed
at the angle of the lower jaw b^ the
junction of the posterior auricular
and temporomaxillary veins; it emp-
ties into the subclavian.
jugular v., internal. A continua-
tion of the lateral and inferior petro-
sal sinuses, beginning at the jugular
fossa, accompanying the internal
and common carotid arteries, and
uniting the subclavian vein to form
the innominate vein.
labial y's. [superior and inferior].
Veins that carry the blood from the
lips into the facial vein.
laryngeal y's. Veins corresponding
with the laryngeal arteries that
carry the blood from the re^on of
the larynx to the internal jugular
vein.
masseteric y. The vein carrying
blood from the masseter muscle into
the internal maxillary vein.
mastoid y. Vein carrying blood
from the mastoid process into the
occipital vein.
maxillary y., anterior. A small
vein in the anterior portion of the
face.
maxillary y., internal. A large
vein accompanying the first part of
the internal maxillary artery.
nasal y. A transverse trunk con-
necting the frontal veins on each
side.
occipital y. Vein following the
course of the branches of the artery
which unite into a single trunk and
empty into the internal jugular vein.
ophthalmic y. Vein carrying the
blood from the eye and emptying
into the cavernous sinus.
palatine y., inferior. Vein leading
from the palatine region into the
facial vein.
palato-labial y. Same as facial v,
purotid y. Vein from the parotid
region carrying blood to the tem-
poral vein.
pharyngeal y. Vein carrying blood
from the pharjmgeal plexus into the
internal jugular vein.
portal y. Vein entering the liver
at the transverse fissure, formed by
the jimction of the superior mesen-
teric and splenic veins.
318 VEIN
pterygoid plexus y. A large plexus
formed bv the branches of the inter-
nal maxiUary vein.
pulmonary y's. Four veins, two
from each limg. that return the
arterialized blood from the lungs to
the heart.
ranine y. The chief vein that con-
veys blood from the tongue. It
originates near the tip of the tongue
beneath the mucosa, accompanies
the hypoglossal nerve across the
hypoglossus muscle and empties
into the internal jugular vein.
renal v. The vein that accom-
panies the renal artery.
splenic y. The vein returning the
blood from the spleen; forming the
portal vein by its union with the
superior mesenteric vein.
subdayian y. A continuation of
the axillary vein. It unites with
the internal jugular vein to form the
innominate vein at the sternocla-
vicular articulation.
submaxillary y. A vein leading
from the submaxillary gland into
the facial vein.
submental y. A vein from the
re^on of the chin leading into the
facial vein.
supraorbital y. A vein leading
from the forehead and uniting with
the frontal to form the angular vein.
temporal y's. The veins that re-
turn the blood from the temporo-
maxillary region of the head; they
join the internal maxillary vein to
form the temporomaxillary vein.
temporomaxillary y. The vein
formed by the union of the temporal
and internal maxillary veins in the
parotid ^and; terminating in the
external jugular.
thyroid y's. [inferior and superior].
Veins leading from the thyroideal
plexus to the internal jugular vein.
thyroid v., middle. Vein carrying
blood from the lateral lobe of the
thyroid gland into the internal
jugular vein.
Trolard's y. A vein of the cere-
brum passing along the posterior
branch of the fissure of Sylvius and
emptying into the superior petrosal
sinus.
Digitized by
Google
VELAR
314
VESSEL
vertebral y. A vein accompanying
the vertebral artery and carrying
blood from the neck into the innomi-
nate vein.
Vesalin's v. Vein forming the
communication between the ptery-
goid plexus and the cavernous sinus.
vidian v. Vein accompanying the
vidism artery and carrying blood
from the phar3aix into tne internal
maxillary vein.
vitelline v's. Veins that return the
blood from the yolk-sac to the primi-
tive heart of the embryo.
velar (L. vdum, veil). Relating to a
velum.
velmn. A term applied to a soft
vulcanite appliance for closing a
cleft of the palate and vault.
artificial v. An appliance of vul-
canite or vulcanite and metal used
as a mechanical substitute for the
soft palate.
V. pisJati, V. pendulum palati. The
soft palate.
V. robber. Caoutchouc gum with
one-fifth of its weight of sulphur,
which by vulcanizing cannot be made
hard, only tough and elastic.
ve'na, pi. veruB (L.). A vein.
ve-ne're-al (L. Venusj the goddess of
love). Relating to sexual inter-
course.
V. disease. Syphilis, gonorrhea or
chancroid.
ve-ne-sec'tion (L. vena, vein + secare,
to cut). Blood-letting.
ve'notis (L. veria, vein). Relating to
the veins,
vent. An outlet, particularly the anus.
ven'ter, pi. ventres (L., belly). The
belly or abdomen.
ven'trad (L. venter , belly + od, toward).
Toward the ventral aspect.
ven^tral. Relating to the belly.
ven^tri-cle (L. ventricidua, dim of
verUeTf a belly). A small cavity or
pouch.
ven-tric^u-lar. Relating to a ven-
tricle.
ven-tiic'a-lti8, pi. veniricvli (L.). A
small cavity or pouch.
ver^mi-cide (L. vermis^ worm -f- coBderey
to kill). A drug employed to kill
intestinal worms.
ver^mi-form (L. vermis^ worm 4- formay
form) . Resembling a worm in shape .
ver^mi-fof e (L. vermis, worm 4- fugare,
to expel). An agent that expels
worms from the intestines.
ve^ro-nal. A white crystalline sub-
stance, used as a hypnotic. Dose,
5 to 15 gr. [0.33 to 1 gm.].
ver-ro^ca, pi. verrucce (L.). A wart.
ver^sion (L. vertere, to turn). Turning.
ver^te-bra, pi. vertebras (L.). One of
the bones comprising the spinal
column, thirty-three in number.
The various sections of vertebrae are
cervical [first 7 vertebrse], dorsal
[12]. lumbar [5], sacral [5] and coccy-
geal [4].
ver'te-bral (L. vertebra, a bone of the
spine). Relating to a vertebra.
ver^tez, pi. vertices (L.). The top or
highest part or crown of the head.
ver'ti-cal. Relating to the vertex.
ver'ti-go (L. vertere, to turn). Dizzi-
ness; swimming of the head.
ves'i-ca. Latin, meaning bladder,
ves'i-cant (L. vesicare, to blister).
An agent that causes a blister or
blistering.
ves-i-ca^tion (L. vesicare, to blister).
The action of a vesicant.
ves'i-cle (L. vesicvla, dim. of vesica,
bladder). A small sac or bladder-
like structure.
ve-sic'u-la, pi. vestcrdcs, Latin, mean-
ing vesicle,
ve-sic'u-lar (L. vesicula, a little blad-
der). Relating to or composed of
vesicles.
ve-sic'u-la-ted. Composed of vesicles.
ve-sic-u-la^tion. The process of form-
ing vesicles.
ves^seL A more or less elastic canal
for transporting fluids, as the blood
and lymph.
blood-v. One of the blood-carrsring
tubes — an artery, vein or capillary,
lacteal v. A lymphatic vessel con-
veying chyle from the intestinal
canal.
lymph v., lymphatic v. One of the
system of vessels conveying lymph.
Digitized by
Google
VESTIBULAR
315
VITAMIN
yes-tib^a-Ur. Relating to a vestibule.
yes^ti-bule (L. vestibulum, a porch).
Any anatomical structure resem-
bling a porch; an antechamber,
y. of the mouth. The space in-
cluded between the teeth and cheeks
and lips.
yes-tib'a-liiin. Latin, meaning vestv-
bvle.
yes'tige (L. vestigium^ footprint). A
remnant or trace of a part formerly
more fully developed.
yes-tig'i-al (L. vestigium^ footprint).
Relating to a vestige; rudimentary.
yes-tif^i-mn. Latin, meaning vestige.
via, pi. vicB {L.). A way.
yi'al (Gr. phiale, a drinking cup). A
small glass bottle; a phial.
yi-bra^tion (L. vihrare, to shake). L
An oscillating motion. 2. A to-
and-fro motion made in the act of
massaging.
yib^ia-tiyes. Term applied to certain
consonants because of the vibratory
motion of the respiratory canal made
in making the soimds.
yi-bra'tor. An instrument used to pro-
duce vibratory movements in the
treatment of disease.
yib'ra-to-ry (L. mbrare, to shake).
Relating to or causing vibrations.
Vib'ri-o, pi. vibriones (L.). A genus
of Schizomycetes quite similar to
the spirilla.
yi-bro-ther-a-peu^tics. The use of
vibratory appliances in the treat-
ment of disease.
y. choler». Synonym of Micro-
apira cholerCB, which see.
y. septique. Synonym of BadUus
edematis maligniSy which see.
Victoria blue. A blue dyeing agent
used in staining histologic specimens.
yin. Abbr. for Latin vinum, wine.
Vincent's stomatitis. Stomatitis caus-
ed by Vincent's spirillum.
Vs. disease. Same as VincenCs
stomatitis; also called trench rruyuih,
which see.
yi'nous (L. vinwn, wine). Relating to
wine.
yi'num, gen. vini, Latin, meaning
wine.
yi^o-let, gentian. A violet staining
agent.
methyl y. A blue anilin staining
agent.
Virchow's law [Rudolf Virchow, Ger-
man physician, 1821-1902]. The
cells of tumors are derived from
normal preexisting cells.
yir^ile (L. vir, a man). Relating to or
characteristic of the man; procrea-
tive.
yir-il'i-ty (L. vir, man). Reproductive
power in the male sex.
yir'u-lence (L. virus, poison). In-
tensity of noxious action.
yir'u-lent. Highly toxic.
yi'rus (L., poison). Poison of an
infectious disease, especially an ani-
mal poison capable of transmitting
disease.
yis, pi. vires, Latin, meaning force,
y. a tergo. A force that impels.
y. medicatrix nature. The healing
power of nature.
y. yit». Vital force.
yis^ce-ra, pi. of viscus (L.). Litemal
organs of the body.
yis^ce-ral. Relating to the viscera.
yis'cid (L. visddtLs, sticky). Sticky;
adhesive. Used to denote a glue-
like material.
yis-cid'i-ty. Having viscid properties.
yis^cose. 1. A glue-like material pro-
duced by the Micrococcus viscosus.
2. Viscous.
yis-cos'i-ty. Having viscid properties.
yis'cous. Sticky; viscid.
yis'cus, pi. viscera (L.). One of the
larger abdominal internal organs.
yi'tal (L. vita, life). Relating to life.
yi-tal'i-ty. The state of being aUve.
yi^tal-ise. To give life to any part of
the body.
vi'ta-min, yi^ta-mine (L. vita, life +
amin). One of a group of sub-
stances of unknown composition,
existing in natural foodstuffs in
minute quantities, necessary to nor-
mal nutrition and growth, and the
absence of which may cause defi-
ciency diseases, such as scurvy,
rachitis, etc. There are at present
three known vitamins:
Digitized by
Google
VITELLIN 316
VULNUS
fat-solable A. Growth factor. Its
deficiency in the diet is conducive to
rickets, xerophthaknia and growth
disturbances. Sources: Codliver oil,
egg-yolk, butter fat and green veg-
etables.
water-soluble B. Antineuritic vita-
min. Its deficiency in the diet is
responsible for beri-beri, a form of
polyneuritis, and is conducive to
growth disturbances. Sources: Yeast,
the outer coat of the cereal grains.
Relatively heat-stabile.
water-soluble C. Antiscorbutic.
Sources: Juice of lemons, oranges,
limes, tomatoes, etc.
▼i-teliin (L. viteUu^j yolk). The prin-
cipal proteid contained in yolk oi egg.
▼i-tel^line. Relating to or resembling
the yolk of an egg or ovum.
vi-tellus (L.). The yolk of egg or an
ovum.
vit-i-a^tion (L. vitiare, to corrupt).
1. Contamination especially of air
or water. 2. Lessening of efficiency.
vi-to-chem^ic. Relating to organic
chemistry.
▼i-to-dy-nam^ic. Relating to vital
force.
▼it^re-ous (L. vUrumj glass). Glassy;
hyaline.
vit'ri-ol. Sulphuric acid.
vit^mm. Latin, meaning glass.
▼iy-i-sec^tion (L. vivum^ living + secare,
to cut). The act of dissecting living
animals for experimental purposes.
YO^cal (L. voXy voice). Relating to the
voice.
voice (L. vox. voice). The sound pro-
duced by tne organs of speech.
vora-tile (L. voUvre^ to fly). Term
applied to substance evaporating
quickly.
Yorat-i-li-ser. An atomizer.
volt. The unit of electro-motive force,
i. e., the force required to cause 1
ampere of current to flow against
1 ohm of resistance.
y. ampere. A watt.
yortaffe. Electric force measured in
volts.
yol-tam^e-ter, yolt^me-ter. An in-
strument for measuring electro-
motive force in volts.
yol-u-met^ric. Relating to measure-
ment of volume.
yoryu-lus (L. volvere, to roll). Ob-
struction due to a twisting of the
intestine.
yo'mer (L., a plowshare). The bone
that forms the posterior portion of
the septum of the nose; so-called
because it resembles a plowshare.
yom^ic-ose. Ulcerative; purulent.
yom^it (L. vomere, to vomit). 1. To
throw up solids or liquids from the
stomach. 2. The matter so ex-
pelled.
yom^i-tus (L.). Same as vomit.
vox, pi. voces. Latin, meaning voice.
Yul^ca-nite. Vulcanized rubber. A
chemical combination of caoutchouc
gum and sulphur.
y. denture. An artificial denture
made of vulcanized rubber.
Yul^ca-nize. The process of removing
under pressure and high steam heat,
the sulphur from dental rubber in
maMng artificial dentures.
Yul'ca-ni-ser. An apparatus in which
sulphur is driven from the rubber
under heat in making vulcanite
dentures.
Yul^ne-ra-ry (L. vulnv^f a wound).
Relating to healing wounds.
Yul^nus, pi. vulnera. Latin, meaning
wourid.
Digitized by
Google
w
317
WILLI A
W
W. Chemical symbol for tungsten
[German, Wolfram].
Walker's articulator. An articulating
instrument devised by W. E. Walker,
New Orleans dentist, 1868-1914.
wall. A limiting portion of a cavity.
wan^der-ing cell. A leukocyte.
w. rash. A rash of the tongue.
ward. A room in a hospital.
wart (L. verruca). An hypertrophied
projection of the skin.
war'ty. Full of warts. Resembling
warts.
wash. Lotion.
mouth-w. A lotion used for wash-
ing the mouth.
Wassermann reaction. See under
re€uU,ion.
waste. 1. To fall away or decay. 2.
Material rejected or unsuited for
use by an organ.
waiter. An inodorous, transparent
fluid occurring in all organic tissue,
H2O.
acidulous w. Water impregnated
or charged with carbonic acid gas.
chalybeate w. Water containing
salts of iron.
distilled w. Water that has been
purified (deprived of its inorganic
constituents and living organisms)
by the process of distillation.
Javelle w. A solution of hydro-
chlorite of potassium; liqu^tr potasaice
Morinatce [N. F.].
lime w. Liquor calds [U. S. P.].
A solution of IJ parts of lime in
1000 parts water. It is an antacid.
Dose, i to 2 oz. [15 to 60 cc.].
w. of crystallization. The water
contained in chemical combination
in the crystals of various salts, and
without which they could not retain
the physical configuration.
water-soluble B. The antineuritic vita-
min. See vitamin,
water-soluble C. The antiscorbutic
vitamin. See vitamin.
watt. Unit of electric force, i. e., the
force developed by 1 volt of electric
force with 1 ampere of current.
wax (L. cera). A plastic substance
obtained from plants or deposited by
insects. The wax generally used in
dentistry is beeswax.
beeswax. A wax made by bees;
used in various ways in the dental
laboratory.
paraffin w. A wax made from
petroleum; used in dentistry in com-
bination with beeswax for making
trial plates, taking the bite and vari-
ous other purposes.
weight. The force of attraction of a
body toward the earth's center.
atomic w. The weight of an atom
of an element as compared with the
weight of an atom of hydrogen,
which is taken as 1, the standard.
molecular w. The weight of a
molecule of a substance as compared
with the weight of a molecule of
hydrogen, wWch is taken as the
standard, 1.
weights and measures. See tahlcj pp.
318 to 321.
weld. To unite, as two pieces of
metal, by means of heat or pressure,
or both; and also by means of elec-
tricity.
wen. A sebaceous tumor, occurring
principally on the scalp and face.
whar - ton - i ^ tis. Inflammation of
Wharton's duct.
Wharton's duct [Thos. Wharton, Eng-
lish anatomist, 1610-1673]. The
excretory duct of the submaxillary
gland.
whi^ting. A white powdered chalk
used for polishing, and also in liquid
solution on metalsurfaces to prevent
solder from flowing thereon.
whooping-cough. An infectious dis-
ease of the respiratory tract, accom-
panied by coughing paroxysms.
Willia. A genus of yeasts; ascopores
in the shape of a lemon or hat with
a projecting ring around them . Spe-
cies of this genus have been found in
thrush.
Digitized by
Google
WEIGHTS 318 MEASURES
TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.
Grains.
Scruples.
Drams.
Ounce
gr. 1
as
20
s
31
60
s
3
as
31
480
8
24
as
8
ss
51
5760
=
288
B
96
=
12
APOTHECARIES' WEIGHT.
Pound.
tb. 1
Metric
equivalent.
0.065 gm.
1.300 gm.
3.90 gm.
31.20 gm.
373.23 gm.
Grains.
Drams.
Ounc
gr. 27.34375
437.5
7000.
-
dr. 1
16
256
-
OS. 1
16
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHT.
1 pound » 1.2153 pounds troy.
Pound.
" lb. 1
Metric
equivalent.
1.772
28.35
453.60 gm.
Milligram
Centigram
Decigram
Gram
Decagram
Hectogram
Kilogram
METRIC WEIGHTS.
1 gram » 1 cubic centimeter of distilled water at 62 ** F.
Gram.
.001
.01
.1
1.
10.
100.
1000.
Troy grain.
.01543
.15432
1.54323
15.43235
Avoirdupois
ounce.
.03528
.3528
3.5275
35.2758
Grains.
1
24
480
5760
lib.
Dwt.
1
20
240
TROY WEIGHT.
Oa.
1
12
lb.
Metric
equivalent.
0.065 gm.
1.555 gm.
31.103 gm.
373.236 gm.
22.816 cubic inches of distilled water at 62° F.
APOTHECARIES' MEASURE.
Minims.
Fluidrams.
Fluidounces.
Pints
m 1
=
60
=
f31
ss
480
=
8
=
fjl
7.680
=
128
B
16
0. 1
61.440
=
1024
SB
128
8
Gallon.
C .1
Metric
equivalent.
0.06 cc.
3.75 cc.
30.00 cc.
473.11 cc.
3785.00 cc.
Tea-cup
Wine-glass
Tablespoon
Teaspoon
DOMESTIC MEASURES.
fSiv
fSiJ
f^ss
f3J
Approximate
metric
equivalent.
118.40 cc.
59.20 cc.
15.00 cc.
3.76 cc.
Digitized by
Google
Minims.
60
480
9.600
76.800
WEIGHTS 319 MEASURES
IMPERIAL MEASURE.
Fluidounoes. Pints. Gallon.
Fluidrams.
1
8
160
1280
1
20
160
Gills.
4
8
32
LIQUID OR WINE MEASURE.
1 Gill " 7.2187 cubic inches.
Pints. Quarts.
1
2 - 1
8-4
Gallon.
1
COMPARATIVE METRIC, DRY AND LIQUID MEASURE.
MilDUter
„
Liter.
.001
^
Cu. in.
.061
„
Liquid
Dry
U.S.
.00845 gill.
.0018 nint .
CentiUter
DeciUter
Liter
■■
.01
.1
1.
^
.61
6.1
61.02
"
Liquid
Dry
Liquid
I Dry
Liquid
1 Dry
.0 845
.018
.845
.18
1.057
.908
?ill.
pint,
gill,
pint,
quarts,
quart.
Decaliter
-
10.
-
610.16
- ■
[Liquid
Dry
2.641
9.08
gallons,
quarts.
HectoUter
KiloUter
:
100
1000
«
Cu. ft.
3.531
35.31
_ ,
Liquid
Dry
Liquid
[Dry
26.414
2.837
264.141
28.374
gallons,
bushels,
gallons,
bushels.
METRIC FLUID MEASURES CONVERTED TO APOTHECARIES'
MEASURES.
Cubic
centimeters.
Fluid-
ounces.
Cubic
centimeters. Fluidrams.
Cubic
100
75
50
30
3.38
2.53
1.69
"■ z.oz
8 = 2.16
7 - 1.89
6 - 1.62
5 - 1.35
1 ■■ 16.23
0.09 - 1.46
0.07 - 1.14
0.06 - 0.81
METRIC WEIGHTS CONVERTED TO APOTHECARIES' WEIGHTS.
Grams.
Grains.
Grams.
Grains.
Grams. Grains.
Grams.
Grains.
0.0010 =
A
0.0486
i
0.300 = 4.630
5 =
77.16
0.0020 =
S
0.0567
s= 1
0.500 = 7.716
6 =
92.60
0.0040 «
^«
0.065
= 1.003
0.700 = 10.803
7 =
108.01
0.0065 =
A
0.100
= 1.643
0.900 = 13.890
8 =
123.46
0.0081 =
0.130
= 2.006
1 = 15.43
9 =
138.90
0.0108 =
0.150
= 2.315
2 = 30.86
10 =
154.32
0.0162 =
0.180
= 2.778
3 = 46.30
100 =
1543.23
0.0324 =
0.200
= 3.086
4 = 61.73
Digitized by
Google
WEIGHTS
320
MEASURES
APOTHECARIES' WEIGHTS CONVERTED TO METRIC
EQUIVALENTS.
Grains. Grams.
Grains.
Grains.
Grams.
Grams.
li
, = 0.00065
1
^
0.065
24
^
1.55
1 «
3.90
A = 0.00101
2
a
0.130
25
s
1.62
2 «
7.80
A = 0.00108
3
B
0.196
26
B
1.70
3 =
11.65
^ = 0.00130
4
es
0.260
27
S
1.75
4 =
16.50
A = 0.00135
5
s
0.324
28
B
1.82
6 =
19.40
z
\ « 0.00162
6
B
0.400
29
SS
1.87
6 «
23.30
^ - 0.00180
7
s
0.460
30
S
1.96
7 -
27.20
^ = 0.00202
8
B
0.620
31
B
2.00
Ounces.
^ = 0.00216
9
B
0.600
32
B
2.10
z »
3 Z. 1034
ig - 0.00259
10
B
0.650
33
B
2.16
^ «= 0.00270
11
B
0.716
34
a
2.20
^ - 0.00324
12
B
0.780
36
a
2.26
i>s = 0.00360
13
B
0.846
36
a
2.30
A - 0.00406
14
B
0.907
37
s
2.40
iV = 0.00432
15
B
0.972
38
B
2.47
,\ = 0.00540
.|.43a
B
x.ooo
39
B
2.65
^ = 0.00648
B
1.040
40
a
2.60
= 0.00810
17
B
1.102
42
B
2.73
= 0.01080
18
S
1.160
44
a
2.86
= 0.01296
19
B
1.240
48
B
3.00
= 0.01620
20
B
1.300
50
a
3.25
= 0.02160
21
B
1.360
52
a
3.40
» 0.03240
22
S
1.426
56
B
3.65
= 0.04860
23
=
1.460
58
=■
3.75
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHTS CONVERTED TO METRIC EQUIVALENTS.
Avoir.
Avoir.
Avoir.
Avoir.
ounces.
ounces. Grams.
ounces.
Grams.
iV =
1.772
3 - 85.060
9 - 266.16
14 -
396.90
t =
3.644
4 = 113.400
10 = 283.50
16 =
426.25
7.088
6 - 141.76
11 « 311.84
Avoir.
s
14.175
6 = 170.10
12 = 340.20
pound.
B
28.360
7 = 198.46
13 « 368.64
1 =
453.60
2 =
56.700
8 = 226.80
APOTHECARIES' MEASURES CONVERTED TO METRIC
EQUIVALENTS.
Cubic
Cubic
Cubic
Fluid- Cubic
Minims.
centimeters.
Minims, centimeters.
Minims, centimeters.
ounces, centimeters.
1
= 0.06
11 = 0.68
25 = 1.54
1| = 5.60
If = 6.61
2
= 0.12
12 = 0.74
is « 2.'?6
3
= 0.18
13 = 0.80
2 = 7.60
4
- 0.24
14 = 0.85
40 = 2.50
3 = 11.26
5
- 0.30
15 - 0.92
46 = 2.80
4 = 16.00
6
= 0.36
16 « 1.00
50 = 3.08
6 « 18.60
7
= 0.42
17 - 1.05
55 = 3.40
6 = 22.60
8
= 0.50
18 = 1.12
Fluidrams.
7 - 26.00
9
= 0.55
19 = 1.17
,1 : III
Fluidounce.
10
= 0.60
20 = 1.25
X = ag.ST
Digitized by
Google
WILLIS 821 WRENCH
METRIC WEIGHTS CONVERTED TO AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHTS.
Grams.
o».
Gr.
Gramfl. Oa. Gr.
Grains. Oa.
Gr.
Grains. Oa.
Gr.
28.36
^ J
38 - 1 149
125 - 4
179
600-21
72
29
— 1
10
39 - 1 164
150-5
127
650 - 22
405
30
a 1
25
40 - 1 180
200 - 7
24
700-24
303
31
B 1
41
50 - 1 334
250-8
358
750 - 26
198
32
— 1
56
60 - 2 50
300-10
255
800 - 28
96
33
■i 1
72
70 - 2 205
350 - 12
152
850 - 29
429
34
— 1
87
80 - 2 360
400 - 14
48
900 - 31
326
35
s* 1
103
85-3
450 - 15
382
950 - 33
222
36
— 1
118
90-3 76
500-17
279
1000 - 35
120
37
— 1
133
100 - 3 230
550 - 19
175
Willis, circle of. An anastomotic
circle formed at the base of the brain
about the pituitary body, between
branches of the internal carotid and
vertebral arteries, for the purpose of
equalizing the cerebral circiilation.
window crown. A metallic shell crown
with the labial or buccal surface
removed.
wine (L. vinum), 1. Fermented grape
juice. 2. A medicinal substance in
solution in wine.
wineglass. A measure of capacity,
equivalent to two fluidounces [60.0
cc.].
wing (L. ala). A projecting process.
wool (L. kma). Hair of sheep and
certain other animals.
w.-fat. Lanolin.
worm (L. vermis). A small creeping
animal whose body is made up ol
rings or segments.
wonnd (L. wlnv^), A solution of
continuity of the parts produced by
some mechanical agent.
wrench. An instrument for turning
nuts.
Digitized by
Google
XANTHALIN
322
XYLONITE
X
zan^tiud-in [zan^thal-in] (Gr. xanthoSj
yellow). An alkaloid obtained from
opium.
zaa^thate. A salt of xanthic acid.
zan^fhic ac^id. An oily liquid pro-
duced by the action of sulpnuric acid
on potassium 3canthate.
zan^fhin (Gr. xanthoa, yellow). A
non-poisonous leukomain found in
nearly all the tissues and fluids of the
body. It is the product of decom-
position of nuclein by acids. Its
purpose is to stimulate muscle tissue.
zan-tho-dont^, zan-tho-don^tous (Gr.
xanthoSj yellow + odouSy tooth).
Having yellow teeth.
zan-tho^ma (Gr. xanthos, yellow + omay
tumor). Neoplastic connective-tis-
sue growths appearing as yellowish
non-indurated growths, usually
about the eyelids.
zan-tho^sis. Yellowish discoloration
often observed in cancerous tumors.
zan^thous (Gr. xanthos). Yellow.
zen-o-genVsis (Gr. xenos, strange 4-
gennarif to produce). 1. Production
of offspring that differs in character
from the parents in succeeding gen-
erations. 2. Asexual generation.
zen-og'en-ous. Originating from out-
side the system.
zen-oph-thal'mi-a (Gr. xenos, strange
+ ophthalmoSf eye). Traumatic con-
junctivitis.
ze-ran^8i8 (Gr. xeroSf dry). Drying;
loss of moisture.
ze-roph-thal^mi-a, z6-roi»h-thal^ma8
(Gr. xeroSf dry 4- ophthalmoSf eye).
Inflammation of the eye, without dis-
charge^
ze-ro'sis. Abnormal dr3mess espe-
cially of the conjunctiva or skin.
ze-rot^ic. Relating to or accompanied
by xerosis or d^ess.
z-rays. See Roentgen rays.
zy-lene^. Same as xylol.
zylol (Gr. zylon, wood). An antisep-
tic obtained from coal-tar or methyl
alcohol. Antiseptic. Used as a
solvent for gutta-percha.
zylo-nite. Celluloid.
YARD
YOLK
yard. A measure of three feet.
yeast. One of the various species of
Saccharomyces, especially the fer-
ment that causes alcoholic fermen-
tation. Yeast is antiseptic and is
used in medicine as an application
to ulcers and as a preventive of boils.
yelk. Same as yolk.
yellow. One of the seven primitive
colors.
yerl)a. Spanish, meaning herb.
=yl (Gr. ykf matter). A termination
used in chemistry to indicate a
radical, particularly a univalent
hydrocarbon radical.
■ylene. A termination used in chem-
istry to indicate a bivalent hydro-
carbon radical.
ylang-ylang oil [elang-elang) . A vol-
atfle oil obtained from the flowers
of the Cananga odoraia, a tree of
Southern Asia; it is used as a per-
fume.
yog-hurt^. A milk fermented with
Bulgarian bacillus; supposed to
neutralize the action of harmful
intestinal bacteria.
yolk. 1. The yellow portion of an
egg. 2. The nutritive portion of
an ovum.
Digitized by
Google
ZERO
323
ZOOSMOSIS
z
zero. The point on the thermometer
at which graduation begins. In
the Centigrade and Reaumur scales
zero is the freezing-point of water;
in the Fahrenheit it is 32** below this
point. Symbol 0. See comparative
thermometric scale, under thermometer,
zhon-gi^va. A proprietary prepara-
tion containing zinc oxid, recom-
mended for use in treatment of
pyorrhea.
zinc (L. zincum). A bluish-white
metaUic element; symbol Zn. Many
of its salts have medicinal properties.
z. acetate, zinci acetas [U. S. P.].
A local astringent, in solutions of
1 to 2 gr. to the ounce of water.
z. carbonate. An antiseptic dust-
ing powder used on excoriated sur-
faces.
z. chlorid. Zind chloridum
[U. S. P.]. Used as an escharotic in
ulcers, and as a disinfectant and
astringent in mouth affections.
z. iodid. Zinci iodidum [U. S. P.].
A local astringent and disinfectant.
z. oxid. Zinci oxidum [U. S. P.].
Used locally as a dusting powder or
ointment in eczema, ulcers, etc.
z. oxychlorid. See oxycMorid of zinc
cement.
z. oxyphosphate. See oxyphosphate
of zinc cement.
z. oxysulphate. See oxysulphate of
zinc cement.
z. sulphate. Zinci sulphas [U. S. P.],
A crystalline substance with tonic,
astringent and emetic properties.
Used locally in 1 per cent solution
in laryngitis.
zin-cif ^er-ous. Containing or relating
to zinc,
zin^coid (L. zincum^ zinc + Gr. eidosy
form). Resembling zinc.
zin^cum. Latin, meaning zinc\ sym-
bol Zn.
zin^gib-er. Latin, meaning ginger.
air-co'ni-um. A metallic element,
symbol Zr.
Zn. Chemical symbol for zinc\ L.
zincum.
ZNCI2. Formula for zinc chlorid.
ZnO. Formula for zinc oxid.
zo^na, pi. zoncB (L.). LA girdle;
an anatomical structure resembling
a girdle or belt. 2. Herpes zoster.
zone (L. zona; Gr. zone). A girdle or
belt.
zo-nes-the^sia, zo-n»s-the^sia (Gr.
zone J zone + aisthesis^ sensation).
A sensation of constriction of a part
as by a girdle.
zon^u-la, pi. zonules (L. zonula^ dim. of
zonaj a little zone). A small zone
or gu"dle.
zon'ule (L. zonula). A small zone or
girdle.
zo-5-bi-oro-gy (Gr. zoon^ animal +
hioSy life + logos y treatise). Study
of animal life.
zo^o-blast (Gr. zoony animal + hlastos,
cell). An animal cell.
zo-o-chem^is-try (Gr. zoony animal 4-
chemeioy chemistry). Chemistry of
animal tissues.
zo-o-dy-nam^ics (Gr. zoony animal 4-
dynamiSy power). Animal physi-
ology.
zo-5-genVsis, zo-6g'e-ny (Gr. zoony
animal + genesis j beginning). Gen-
eration of animals.
zo-o-gle^a, zo-o-gloB^a (Gr. zoony animal
+ gloioSy sticky). A developmental
stage of certain microorganisms in
which they present themselves as
small masses surrounded by a jelly-
like material.
zo-6g'o-ny (Gr. zoony animal + gonCy
production). The study of the
origin and formation of living ani-
mals.
zo-ol'o-gy (Gr. zoony animal + logoSy
treatise). Study of the natural
history of animals.
zo-o-path-oro-gy (Gr. zoony animal 4-
pathosy disease + logoSy. treatise).
Study of diseases of animals.
zo^o-phyte (Gr. zoony animal + phytony
plant). A plant-like animal.
zo-5s-mo^si8 (Gr. zoony animal 4- osmosy
impulsion). The passage of living
protoplasm through a membrane.
Digitized by
Google
ZOOTOXIN
324
ZYMOTIC
zo-d-tox^in (Gr. zooriy animal + toxiSj
poisoning). A poison originating
from animals, sucn as snakes, spiders
or scorpions.
zog^ter (Gr. zoster ^ girdle). Herpes
zoster or shingles, an inflammatory
skin disease characterized by reddish
groups of vesicles.
Zr. Chemical symbol for zirconium.
zy-go^ma (Gr. zygoma^ the cheek bone).
The arch formed by the zygomatic
processes of the temporal and malar
bones.
zy.go-mat^ic. Relating to the zygo-
ma.
zy-go-mat^i-cus ma^jor and minor.
See Table of Musdes.
zy-go-max^il-la-ry. Relating to the
zygoma and maxilla.
zy^gote, zy-go-cyte'. The spore result-
ing from the conjugation of two pro-
toplasmic bodies or gametes.
zyaon-ite. Celluloid.
zy^mase (Gr. zymej ferment). A sol-
uble enzyme to which the fermenta-
tive activity of yeast is due.
zyme (Gr. zymey ferment). A ferment.
zy^mic (Gr. zymey ferment). Relating
to fermentation.
zy^mo> (Gr. zyme^ ferment). A prefix
indicating relation to fermentation.
zy^mo-C3rte (Gr. zynwy ferment + kytos,
cell). An organism that produces
fermentation.
zy^mo-gen (Gr. zyme^ ferment + gen-
narij to produce). A substance that
produces ferments, existing in the
glands secreting digestive juice. It
splits up into a ferment and a protein.
zy - mo - gen^ic, zy-mog>n-oa8. Re-
lating to or causing fermentation.
zy-moro-gy (Gr. z^me, ferment +
logos, treatise). Study of ferments
and fermentation.
zy-mory-sis (Gr. zyme, ferment -f
lysis, solution). Decomposition or
digestion effected by the action of
ferments.
zy-mo-l]rt^ic. Relating to zymolysis.
zy^mo-phyte (Gr. zyme, ferment +
phyton, plant). A microorganism
that produces fermentation.
zy-mo^sis. 1. Fermentation. 2. Af-
fected with a zymotic disease. 3.
An infectious or contagious disease.
zy-mos-then^ic (Gr. zyme, ferment +
sthenos, strength). An agent that
stimulates the activity of a ferment.
zy-motlc. Relating to or caused by
zymosis.
z. disease. A disease due to bac-
terial activity.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 05567 4116
dictiorwfy of cienwix
Digitized by
Goo^e
Digitized by
Google
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11